PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2010

125

WEST COAST 

OF 

SOUTH AMERICA

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2010 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

TENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
Pub. 125 III

Preface

0.0 Pub. 125, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of South

America, Tenth Edition, 2010, is issued for use in conjunction

with Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia. Companion volumes are Pubs. 126

and 127.

0.0 Digital Nautical Charts 7 and 14 provide electronic chart

coverage for the area covered by this publication. 

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 8 May 2008, including Notice to Mariners No. 19 of 2010.

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/dnc

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/mari

0.0 time

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Digital Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain website.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/maritime

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.
IV Pub. 125

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

website.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

0.0Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Chilean Sailing Directions.

0.0 Ecuadorian Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks.

0.0 Reports from United States naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.

0.0
Pub. 125 V

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

Sector 1

West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Sector 3

Coast of Peru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Sector 4

Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Sector 5

Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Sector 6

Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes, including the West Coast of Isla de Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos . . 113

Sector 7

Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Sector 8

Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes, including the Patagonian Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Sector 9

Coasts of Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Pub. 125 VII

0.0SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 125
VIII Pub. 125

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
X Pub. 125

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder HF high frequency

R/T radiotelephone VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

MF medium frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse AuthoritiesNo./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
1

Pub. 125

1. 

West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 125

SECTOR 1 

WEST COAST OF SOUTH AMERICA—OFF-LYING ISLANDS AND DANGERS

1.0 Plan.—This sector describes the off-lying islands, dangers,

and banks that are widely scattered W of the coasts of Colombia, Ecuador, and Chile. The sequence of the description is

from N to S. 

General Remarks

1.1 The waters W of the coasts of Colombia, Ecuador,

and Chile contain a number of off-lying islands, dangers, and

banks, most of which are not marked by navigational aids. The

islands, volcanic in origin, are in general precipitous and steepto, but detached dangers lie close off many of them. Isla de

Malpelo, about 200 miles off the Colombian coast, lies closest

to the coast. Isla de Pascua, about 2,000 miles off the Chilean

coast, is the westernmost of the off-lying islands described

herein. The Archipelago de Colon and the Archipelago de Juan

Fernandez are the principal island groups; the Archipelago de

Colon is the largest group.

Off-lying Islands, Banks, and Dangers West of

Columbia

1.2 Isla de Malpelo (3°59'N., 81°36'W.), lying about 200

miles off the W coast of Columbia, consists of a sheer and barren rock with three high peaks; a light is shown from the N

peak. In clear weather the island is visible from a distance of

30 miles and is reported to be a good radar target at 30 miles.

From some directions the island resembles a crown. Strong

currents in the vicinity cause the appearance of breakers, but

the island is believed to be steep-to, with depths of 46 to 110m

less than 1 mile offshore.

1.2 North Rocks, consisting of four above-water rocks and a

rock awash, lie close NNW of the N end of the island. South

Rocks, two above-water rocks, lie close S of the S end of the

island. A number of above-water rocks lie close off the S and

SE end of the island.

1.2 A landing place is situated on the E side of the island, about

0.3 mile SSW of the N extremity, but the swell makes it difficult.

1.2 It was reported that a meteorological station was established

on the island.

1.2 Anchorage can be taken off the NE end of Isla de Malpelo, in

a depth of 46m, rock, during light to moderate seas, although

anchorage is not recommended due to the presence of submerged pinnacles, the rocky bottom, and a lack of soundings.

1.2 Caution.—The island was reported (1992) to lie 2 miles

NW of its charted position. 

1.2 Malpelo Nature Reserve is a circular area of radius 6 miles

centered on position 3°58.5'N, 81°34.8'W. Fishing and any other activity identified by Colombian authorities is prohibited in

the area.

1.2 Depths of 128 and 134m were reported about 70 and 73

miles, respectively, NNW of Isla de Malpelo.

1.2 Area to be Avoided.—To avoid risk of damage to the environment and economy, all vessels greater than 500 grt and all

fishing vessels should avoid the area bounded by: 

a. 4°04.8'N, 81°43.5'W.

b. 4°04.8'N, 81°28.2'W.

c. 3°52.2'N, 81°28.2'W.

d. 3°52.2'N, 81°43.5'W.

1.2 It was reported (1992) that a vessel was detained and a severe fine imposed for approaching within 200 miles of the islands.

1.2 Rivadeneyra Shoal (4°15'N., 85°10'W.), position doubtful,

was reported to lie about 215 miles W of Isla de Malpelo. The

least depth over the shoal was 3m. 

1.2 Isla del Coco (5°32'N., 87°04'W.), about 340 miles WNW

of Isla de Malpelo, is described in Pub. 153, Sailing Directions

(Enroute) West Coasts of Mexico and Central America.

The Archipelago de Colon

1.3 The Archipelago de Colon (Galapagos Islands)

(0°00'N., 90°00'W.) is the group of islands and islets forming

the archipelago that lies on and near the Equator, between 500

and 700 miles W of the coast of Ecuador. The entire group

comprises an area of about 2,966 square miles and is a military

reservation. It is reported that there are airports on Isla Baltra

and at the naval base on Isla San Cristobal.

1.3 Winds—Weather.—Although the island group lies on and

near the Equator, the climate is tempered by the cool Peru Current.

1.3 The Southeast Trade Wind is the prevailing wind in the Archipelago de Colon and blows between SE and SW. From

April to December, the trade wind blows with great regularity

and gales are unknown. Calms are frequent from January to

April, with occasional light squalls from the NW. Heavy rollers

occasionally break upon the N shores during the rainy season,

but no wind of any consequence accompanies them.

1.3 The greater part of the islands are, in general, embraced in a

dry zone which rises to about 244m. The period of January to

April is the rainy season for the low grounds, but even during

this period rainfall cannot be relied on. At the higher levels

light rain occurs throughout the year, and rainfall is greater

from June to November when thick mists are prevalent.

1.3 Thick fog has been reported at sea near the Archipelago de

Colon in April and September.

1.3 In the vicinity of the islands, bioluminescence (phosphorescence) has been observed.

1.3 Tides—Currents.—The currents in the vicinity of the Archipelago de Colon are strong, with rates of 1 to 2.5 knots.

They generally set W and NW. There is a marked difference in

the temperatures of the bodies of water moving within a few

miles of each other. On one side of Isla Isabela the temperature

of the sea 0.3m below the surface was 26°C, but on the other

side it was less than 15°C. These differences are due to the cool

Peru Current (Humboldt Current) coming from the S along the

coasts of Chile and Peru, which, at the archipelago, joins a
4 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 

Pub. 125

warmer body of water moving from the Gulf of Panama.

1.3 Near Cabo Blanco, the Peru Current leaves the coast and sets

WNW and W toward the archipelago, passing this group on

both the N and S sides. The breadth of the current stream on

the meridian of the Archipelago de Colon is 400 to 500 miles.

Beyond the archipelago the current widens rapidly and is lost

in the Equatorial Current near 108°W.

1.3 Aspect.—There are six principal islands, nine smaller islands, and a number of islets and rocks. The formation of the

entire archipelago is volcanic. In general, the higher islands

have one or more principal craters toward their centers with

several smaller ones on their flanks. There are as many as

2,000 craters, some rising to 1,524m at their centers, among the

islands. There is a marked difference between the S and N

sides of the islands. The S sides are covered with luxuriant vegetation. The N sides consist in general of bare lava, from the

crevices of which springs a thick undergrowth. The low lands

are generally parched and rocky; however, the larger islands

are fringed with dense mangroves which are backed in places

by impenetrable thickets. The trees on the islands seldom grow

over 9.8m high.

1.3 Water is found on many of the islands during the rainy season. An adequate supply of water can be obtained at Isla San

Cristobal, but it must be boiled for drinking purposes.

1.3 Note.—Several lighted beacons and markers are situated on

the islands and islets to assist small craft with local knowledge

in entering the coves, craters, and narrow fairways.

1.3 Regulations—Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA).—

Archipelago de Colon and its surrounding waters have been declared a natural and world heritage site, recognized worldwide

for its scientific and cultural importance. In order to safeguard

the island marine ecosystem, a PSSA has been established surrounding the affected waters.

1.3 Within the PSSA the following regulations apply:

1. The area should be avoided by ships of 500gt and over

carrying oil and dangerous cargoes, and by ships carrying

large quantities of bunker fuel.

2. The discharge of oil or oily mixtures, other noxious

liquids, garbage or other harmful substances is prohibited

from all vessels regardless of size.

3. The dumping of plastics, synthetic fishing lines or

nets, plastic garbage bags, loose stowage materials, coverings and packaging material, paper, rags, glasses, bottles,

metal, ceramics and similar materials is prohibited from all

vessels regardless of size.

1.3 As an associated protective measure, an Area to be Avoided

has been established largely enclosing the PSSA. The area is

joined by the following positions: 

a. 2°29'49.2''N, 92°21'25.2''W.

b. 1°25'55.8''N, 89°03'32.4'W.

c. 0°00'42.0''S, 88°05'45.0''W.

d. 0°11'54.0''S, 88°00'57.0''W.

e. 0°34'54.0'S, 87°54'34.2''W.

f. 1°02'12.6''S, 87°52'57.0''W.

g. 2°35'04.2''S, 88°48'18.0''W.

h. 2°46'12.0''S, 89°29'41.4''W.

i. 2°41'59.4''S, 90°42'12.6''W.

j. 2°05'12.0''S, 92°17'40.8''W.

k. 1°32'01.2''S, 92°92'55.2''W.

l. 1°48'40.2''N, 92°51'30.6''W. 

1.3 Effective on 1 May 2008, all ships and barges carrying cargoes of oil or potentially hazardous material entering and departing any port in the Galapagos and all ships 500 grt and

above entering and departing any port in the Galapagos shall

use the following routes: 

1. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, westbound

ships shall follow the route established by a recommended

track between the following two positions:

a. 1°05'08.4''S, 87°54'43.8''W.

b. 1°05'08.4''S, 88°41'19.2''W.

2. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, eastbound

ships shall follow the route established by a recommended

track between the following two positions:

a. 1°10'10.2''S, 87°57'42.6''W.

b. 1°10'10.2''S, 88°44'15.8''W.

3. On the W side of the Area to be Avoided, westbound

ships shall follow the route established by a recommended

track between the following two positions:

a. 1°21'04.8''S, 92°43'43.8''W.

b. 1°14'28.2''S, 92°06'21.0''W.

4. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, eastbound

ships shall follow route established by a recommended track

between the following two positions:

a. 1°26'11.6''S, 92°43'49.8''W.

b. 1°18'56.4''S, 92°02'48.6''W.

1.3 All vessels, including private yachts, desiring to call at any

of the islands or to enter their waters must obtain clearance

from the Ministeriao de Defense National, Quito, Ecuador, or

from an Ecuadoran consul before sailing to the islands. Upon

arrival at the archipelago, vessels must clear with the local authorities at Bahia de Naufragio, Isla San Cristobal or at Bahia

de la Academia, Isla Santa Cruz, before proceeding to any of

the other islands.

1.3 The Ecuador Ship Reporting System is mandatory and applies to all vessels navigating within 200 miles of Equador and

Archipelago de Colon. For further information, see Pub. 120,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia.

1.3 The Autonomous Temperature Line Aquisition System (ATLAS), a successive chain of mooring buoys, with quick flashing orange and white colored lights, are placed along the

equatorial belt of the Pacific from the Archipelago de Colon to

New Guinea. Vessels are to give them a wide berth of 6 miles.

1.3 Caution.—Mariners should exercise caution in the waters

adjacent to the islands due to numerous unconfirmed reports of

depths less than 200m in much deeper water.

1.4 Isla Darwin (Isolote Culpepper) (1°39'N., 92°00'W.),

a small, rocky and barren islet, is the NW islet of the Archipelago de Colon. An arched rock, 31m high, lies about 0.3 mile E

of the S end of the islet. A reef extends 0.2 mile SE from the

rock. 

1.4 The island was reported (1996) to lie 1 mile N of its charted

position.

1.4 Isla Wolf (Isla Wenman) (1°22'N., 91°49'W.), rocky and

barren, lies about 18.5 miles SE of Isla Darwin. It actually consists of three islets and a large above-water rock which lie close

together and are separated by narrow passages; when sighted

from the offing they appear as one islet. 

1.4 The group of islets is formed by the crater of an old volcano,
Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 5

Pub. 125

the W side of which is broken away and submerged, so that the

islet is in the form of a crescent with concave sides W.

1.4 A light is shown from the NE extremity of the largest islet.

1.5 Isla Pinta (0°35'N., 90°45'W.), about 7 miles long

and 4 miles wide, lies about 77 miles SE of Isla Wolf. The island has an active volcano near its center that rises to a height

of about 762m.

1.5 Shoal water, on which breakers have been reported, extends

0.5 mile N from the N end of the island. Rocas Nerus, belowwater rocks, extend about 0.3 mile N from a position on the N

shore about 0.8 mile E of the above shoal area. A depth of 8.2m

lies about 1.3 miles NNW of Cabo Chalmers, the SW extremity of Isla Pinta.

1.5 A depth of 131m was reported to lie 6 miles N of the N extremity of the island. A depth of 140m was reported to lie 7

miles NNE of the N extremity of the island. A depth of 264m

was reported to lie 34 miles WNW of the island.

1.5 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 27.4m, rock

and sand, about 1.5 miles NNW of Cabo Chalmers (0°33'N.,

90°47'W.). The anchorage lies 0.3 to 0.4 mile off high, sheer

cliffs which on closing show a narrow sloping shelf of rock

with patches of black sandy beach at their base.

1.5 A vessel approaching the anchorage from the S can round

Cabo Chalmers (0°33'N., 90°47'W.) about 1 mile offshore and

anchor 0.2 to 0.3 mile N of a conspicuous green patch near the

base of the highest cliff.

1.5 Isla Marchena (0°20'N., 90°28'W.) lies 15.5 miles SE of Isla Pinta. Numerous above and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3

mile offshore and a dangerous rock lies in an approximate position about 3 miles off the NE side of the island.

1.5 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about 31.1m, sand, 1

mile WNW of Punta Montaluo (0°23'N., 90°28'W.). The anchorage lies off a small cove with a black beach marked by a

rocky point W and high rocks E. Fishing vessels frequent the

anchorage.

1.5 Isla Genovesa (0°20'N., 89°57'W.), a flat island, lies about

25 miles E of Isla Marchena. A crater lake lies near the center

of the island. Bahia Darwin, marked at its head by a pair of

lights, indents the S side of the island. The entrance of the bay,

about 0.5 mile wide, is shallow and encumbered by reefs.

Small craft with local knowledge can enter the bay via a constricted channel and anchor on a small ledge in the NE part of

the bay, where there are depths of 7.3 to 16.5m, sand.

1.6 Isla San Cristobal (0°50'S., 89°25'W.) lies at the E

extremity of the Archipelago de Colon. Numerous above and

below-water rocks and dangers lie close to the shores of the island which is a good radar target at 25 miles. Most of the inhabitants reside in and about Bahia de Naufragio, a town

situated near the SW end of the island.

1.6 A radiobeacon is situated on the S side of the island, about 6

miles ESE of the town.

1.6 The E side of Isla San Cristobal, between Punta Pitt (0°43'S.,

89°14'W.) and Punta Naufagio (0°55'S., 89°38'W.), is rockfringed and contains no harbors or anchorages. Roca Este, drying, and Roca Ballena (Roca Whale), awash, are off-lying

dangers shown on the charts of this coast. There is an abovewater rock (Estefania) and adjacent shoal patch lying almost 3

miles NNW of Punta Pitt. The former gives a good radar return

up to 15 miles.

1.6 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 36.6m, in Bahia de

Agua Dulce (0°56'S., 89°30'W.), an open roadstead exposed to

heavy rollers. The anchorage lies 0.4 mile off a waterfall, at the

base of which fresh water is available. The water should be

boiled or otherwise treated before drinking.

1.7 Bahia de Naufragio (Puerto Baquerizo Moreno)

(0°54'S., 89°37'W.) (World Port Index No. 15345) is the bay

and town that is entered between Punta Lido, from which a

light is shown, and Punta Malamocco, about 0.8 mile apart, is a

port of entry for the Archipelago de Colon. A radio station is

situated near the head of the bay.

1.7 Tides—Currents.—The flood and ebb tidal currents set NE

and SW, respectively, with a velocity of up to 1.8 knots.

1.7 Depths—Limitations.—Shoals and reefs fringe the harbor

and coast around the bay. Depths of less than 5.5m exist 0.5

mile offshore. Reefs, above and below-water, lie in the inner

harbor and approaches to the harbor. Arrecife Schiavoni, with a

least depth of 0.3m, lies in the entrance and helps protect the

bay from NW weather. A dangerous wreck lies on shoals close

E of the reef. Arrecife Schiavoni and nearby reefs are not visible on a bright day with a calm sea except for the light-colored

water over them. With a swell, the sea breaks heavily on the

reefs and across the S entrance of the bay. A lighted buoy

marks the NE exremity of the shoal water.

1.8 Rocas Dalrymple (0°51'S., 89°38'W.), 19m high and

steep-to, lies in the N approach to the bay. A light, with a racon, is shown from a concrete block on the highest rock. Rocas

Dalrymple is a good radar target; it is also a landmark on a N

approach to the harbor.

1.8 Aspect.—Two piers are available here, but their alongside

depths have not been reported. The piers stand 229m NE and

137m W, respectively, of Puerto Baquerizo Moreno Light

(0°54'N., 89°38'W.). The pier W of the light is reserved for Naval and harbor vessels only.A prominent grey stone building,

housing the Governor of the Islands and the Naval headquarters, stands 0.2 mile WNW of a conspicuous church standing at

the head of the bay. The Naval base extends from the grey

building WNW to another prominent building standing on

Punta Malamocco.A radio mast exhibiting fixed red obstruction lights lies 91m SW of Pueto Baquerizo Moreno Light.

1.8 .Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about

11m, with a lighted, metal framework tower bearing 157°, distant 0.4 mile, and Punta Lido (0°53'S., 89°37'W.), bearing

007°. Small vessels may find better holding ground nearer the

head of the bay. Additional anchorage is available, in 29.3m,

sand, about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Lido. 

1.8 Directions.—Caution must be exercised when approaching

the bay, particularly from the W. From a position about 0.5

mile S of Rocas Dalrymple, steer a course of 165° with the

rock astern, bearing 345°. When about 0.3 mile W of Punta

Lido, and when the light at the head of the bay bears 165°,

change course to 165° and proceed to an anchorage.

1.9 The W side of Isla San Cristobal is fringed by rocks,

reefs, and shoals extending as far as 1.3 miles offshore. These

are numerous, small coves indenting this low dark-colored

coast. Isla Lobos (0°51'S., 89°34'W.), a good radar target, lies
6 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 

Pub. 125

close offshore. A detached 3m patch lies 1.2 miles W of Isla

Lobos. Punta Bassa (Manglecito) (0°49'S., 89°32'W.), a salient

feature, is low, dark, and reported to be a good radar target.

Breakers extend up to 0.5 mile N of the point. Anchorage can

be taken about 1.5 miles SW of the point, in depths of 11 to

32.9m.

1.9 Bahia Stephens (0°48'S., 89°30'W.), an open bay on the

NW side of the island, can be identified by Roca Kicker (Roca

Peteadora) (0°46'S., 89°31'W.), a sheer, high rock shaped like a

church with a high, square tower. The rock is a good landmark

on approaching the bay, which is clear of dangers except for

several shoal patches lying 1.2 miles off the NE entrance point.

Punta Finger (0°45'S., 89°28'W.) is a conspicuous dark-colored cliff topped by a pinnacle rock which is located at the NE

extremity of Bahia Stephens.

1.9 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 18.3 to 21.9m, good

holding ground, about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.9 Caleta de la Tortuga (0°42'S., 89°22'W.), an open roadstead, lies 1.5 miles SW of Cabo Norte (0°41'S., 89°21'W.), the

N extremity of Isla San Cristobal. Cerro Pan de Azucar

(0°43'S., 89°21'W.), about 220m high, and another hill rising

0.2 mile SW, are good landmarks when approaching the roadstead.

1.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the roadstead, in

depths of 21.9 to 27.4m, sand, about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.10 Isla Espanola (1°23'S., 89°40'W.), the S island of the

Archipelago de Colon, is 195m high, rugged, and covered with

brushwood. Its coasts are bold and rocky. The island gives a

good radar return at 21 miles. Rocks and reefs, above and below-water, lie 0.2 mile off the island, except in the vicinity of

Isla Gardner, which is encircled by foul ground. There is a

7.3m detached patch 0.6 mile N of the N extremity. Isla Gardner (1°20'S., 89°39'W.), an islet, gives a good radar return up to

Bahia de Naufragio
Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 7

Pub. 125

16 miles.

1.10 Bahia Gardner (1°21'S., 89°38'W.), lies S and W of Isla

Gardner. A reef, with an islet at its N end, extends N from Isla

Espanola leaving a passage about 137m wide and with a least

depth of 5.5m N of the islet. A rock, with a depth of 3.7m, lies

in the bay about 0.4 mile from the SW end of Isla Gardner. Local knowledge is required.

1.10 Anchorage can be taken in the bay, in depths of 9.1 to

18.3m,. Vessels can anchor about 0.8 mile W of the summit of

Isla Gardner, in 36.6m. There is anchorage with the N extremity of Isla Gardner bearing 075°, and the S extremity 116°, in a

depth of 34.7m.

1.10 Arrecife Macgowen (1°07'S., 89°54'W.) lies about 20 miles

NW of Isla Espanola. It consists of rocks awash, 1.8m below

the surface, which are dangerous as soundings give no warning

of their proximity. A pinnacle rock, with a depth of 2.1m, was

reported to lie about 0.5 mile ENE of Arrecife Macgowen.

1.10 Banco Hancock, with a depth of 19.5m, is an isolated patch

lying about 19 miles WNW of Arrecife Macgowen.

1.11 Isla Santa Maria (1°17'S., 90°25'W.) has several

round-topped hills that are visible from any direction. Numerous above and below-water rocks lie on fringing shoals encircling the island. Islets lie up to 1.8 miles off the NE side and up

to 5 miles off the E side of the island. Isla Enderby lies 2.5

miles NNW of Punta Ayora. Isla Campeon is located 1.3 miles

W of Isla Enderby and just 0.7 mile off the N coast of Isla Santa Maria. Isla Caldwell, 114m in height, lies 2 miles SSE of

Punta Ayora. Isla Gardner, 227m in height, lies 2.9 miles SE of

Isla Caldwell. Isla Watson lies 0.9 mile SW of Isla Gardner. An

isolated rock, awash, lies about 8 miles SE of the E extremity

of the island.

1.11 Bahia Playa Prieta (Black Beach Anchorage) (1°16'S.,

90°30'W.) affords good anchorage, in depths of 18.3 to 36.6m,

sand, about 0.3 to 0.5 mile off the head of the bay. There is

some swell, but reefs lying SW give some shelter. Vessels must

not anchor in depths less than 18.3m in order to avoid a rock,

with a depth of 1.8m, that lies 0.1 mile offshore. The summit of

Isla Santa Maria, bearing 118°, leads S of the rock and to the

anchorage.

1.11 Landmarks approaching the anchorage include a high rock

lying 0.2 mile offshore and 0.5 mile S of the anchorage, and a

brownish sandy beach inshore; a light is shown from the NE

point of the bay.

1.11 Bahia del Correo (Post Office) (1°14'S., 90°25'W.), indenting the N coast of Isla Santa Maria, is mostly foul, but affords

sheltered anchorage, good holding ground, with easy access.

There are depths of 12.8 to 14.6m in the center of the bay,

about 0.5 mile ENE of the W entrance point. Landing can be

effected at a sandy beach in the SE part of the bay.

1.12 Isla Santa Cruz (0°38'S., 90°19'W.) is featured by a

prominent mountain rising near the center of the island. It is

volcanic. Rocks and foul ground fringe the island; several

above-water rocks and islets lie up to 3 miles offshore.

1.12 Bahia Academy (0°45'S., 90°18'W.) indents the S coast of

the island E of Punta Estrada (0°45'S., 90°18'W.). The shores

of the bay are foul for 0.5 mile offshore and depths generally

are less than 5.5m. Isla Coamano (0°45'S., 90°17'W.) lies on

foul ground about 1.5 miles E of Punta Estrada. There are several shoal patches lying up to 1.5 miles S and SE of the Punta

Estrada. A light, frequently extinguished, is shown from the Isla Coamano. Another light is shown near a stone landing jetty,

about 1 mile NNW of Punta Estrada.

1.12 Landmarks include three research station buildings standing

2.2 miles N of Punta Estrada and a white sandy beach at the

head of a small cove, 0.7 mile NW of the same point.

1.12 Pilotage, if required, can be provided by the Harbormaster;

there is no formal pilot service. 

1.12 Anchorage can be taken in Bahia Academy, in depths of 11

to 14.6m, about 0.6 mile from the landing jetty with Punta Estrada bearing 180°, distant about 0.7 mile. Vessels approaching

the bay from the E or W should keep about 3 miles offshore.

Puerto Nunez (0°43'S., 90°13'W.), a foul cove, affords anchorage, in 6.4m, clear of the foul ground which extends up to 0.8

mile offshore.

1.12 Rocas Gordon (0°34'S., 90°09'W.), a group of three rocks,

of which the largest is 61m high, lies 1 mile NE of Islas Plaza

(0°35'S., 90°10'W.). A light is shown from the S side of the S

island of Islas Plaza.

1.12 Isla Baltra (0°27'S., 90°16'W.), low and covered with brush,

is separated from the N coast of Isla Santa Cruz, and from the

E end by Canal de Itabaca (0°29'S., 90°16'W.), a shallow passage about 0.3 mile wide. Buoys mark the fairway, which is

used by fishing vessels in transit. It is reported that most of the

buoys have been removed and a pole beacon marks a rock near

the W outlet of the fairway.

1.12 Isla Baltra accommodates a naval and air force base; because

of this, the use of Isla Baltra is restricted.

1.12 The quay is controlled by the naval authority.

1.12 Local knowledge is required.

1.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 7.3 to

14.6m, sand and rock, at the E end of Canal de Itabaca. The

steep-to S shore of the canal should be favored on entering to

anchor.

1.13 Caleta del Norte (0°25'S., 90°17'W.) is the N of two

small bays on the W side of Isla Baltra. Punta del Norte, the

NW end of the island and bay, is reported to be a good radar

target. Isla Seymour (0°24'S., 90°17'W.) is separated from the

N end of Isla Baltra by a passage blocked by foul ground at its

E end. Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5m, at least 0.2 mile off

the head of Caleta del Norte.

1.13 Caleta Aeolian (0°27'S., 90°18'W.), the S of two bays, is entered S of Punta Naboa (0°26'S., 90°17'W.). A light is shown

from a tower on the point and prominent lighted radio masts

stand within the point. Seaplane ramps are situated at the sandy

head of the bay. A wharf, 61m in length, with alongside depths

of 6m, is situated nearby as is a radio station and airfield. Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5m, in the outer bay.

1.13 Islas Guy Fawkes (0°31'S., 90°32'W.) are a straggling

group of islets lying off the NW side of Isla Santa Cruz. Isla

Eden (0°33'S., 90°32'W.) lies at the S end of the group. Anchorage can be taken, in about 14.6m, 0.8 mile NNE of Isla

Eden.

1.13 Islas Daphne (0°25'S., 90°22'W.) consists of three islets.

The NE islet, 107m high with sheer sides, lies about 3.5 miles

W of Isla Seymour. The cone-shaped SW islet lies 5 miles W

of Caleta del Norte. The third islet is an above-water rock lying

on a shoal, 0.7 mile E of the SW islet. When approaching from
8 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 

Pub. 125

the NE, Isla Baltra and Isla Seymour appear to merge with the

higher background of Isla Santa Cruz, and Islas Daphne is the

first to be identified.

1.13 Isla Santa Fe (0°50'S., 90°04'W.) lying about 12 miles off

the SE side of Isla Santa Cruz, is steep-to except on its N side

where above and below-water rocks lie up to 200m offshore. A

12.8m patch lies 1.7 miles ENE of the NW extremity of the island.

1.14 Isla San Salvador (0°15'S., 90°45'W.), high and

wooded, consists mainly of lava and has a conspicuous volcanic hill (Cerro Pan de Azucar) at the W side of the island. Isla

Rabida (0°25'S., 90°42'W.), a small, barren island, lies 2.5

miles off the S side of the island. A group of small islets lies 4

miles E of Isla Rabida, and a chain of islets including a 4m

patch lie off the SE end of Isla San Salvador.

1.14 Bahia de Sullivan (0°17'S., 90°34'W.), formed E and S by

Isla Bartholome (0°17'S., 90°33'W.), is open to the NE and has

a 7.4m rocky patch lying in its center. Small vessels can anchor

in at least 20.1m, 0.3 mile off the head of the bay.

1.14 Bahia de James (0°14'S., 90°52'W.), an open bay, has sheltered coves within the NE and SE entrance points. Isla Albany,

lying 0.5 mile off the NE entrance point, merges with Isla San

Salvador from offshore. Cerro Pan de Azucar (a prominent volcanic cone), 395m high, is the best landmark on approaching

the bay. Anchorage can be taken, in 13m, off a sandy beach

with the center of Isla Albany bearing 346°, distant 1.7 miles.

Large vessels should anchor about 0.4 mile farther out, in

27.4m, sand over rock. Depths of 9.1m or less exist up to 0.5

mile from the head of the bay.

1.15 Isla Isabela (0°30'S., 91°10'W.) is composed of six

huge craters, all active, joined at their bases by lava, the most

remarkable isthmus being Istmo Perry. The S end of the island

is moist from the trade wind and has dense vegetation. The N

part is dry and barren. There are few navigational aids or landmarks.

1.15 Punta Albemarle (0°10'N., 91°20'W.), the N end of Isla Isabela, is a good radar target. Foul ground extends 0.5 mile N of

the point. Roca Redonda (0°14'N., 91°37'W.), a barren islet,

lies 18.5 miles WNW of the point. Between Punta Albemarle

and Punta Alfaro, the island is steep-to, but the latter point is

fringed for about 1 mile offshore by shoals of less than 9.1m.

An islet lies 2.2 miles NNW of Punta Alfaro (0°25'S.,

90°57'W.).

1.15 Bahia de Perry (Cartago Bay) (0°35'S., 90°55'W.) indents

the coast between Punta Alfaro and Cabo Barrington (0°36'S.,

90°54'W.). The bay is fringed by mangroves, but anchorage

can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 23.8m, sand and rock. Roca

Blanca (0°33'S., 90°52'W.), above-water, lies 4 miles NNE of

Cabo Barrington.

1.16 Cabo Woodford (0°45'S., 90°47'W.) is the E extremity of Isla Isabela. Between this cape and Cabo Barrington, the

coast is foul for at least 1.3 miles offshore. A rock about 6m

wide, with a depth of 1.8m, was reported to lie about 6.5 miles

ESE of Cabo Woodford.

1.16 The coast between Cabo Woodford and Cabo Rosa, the S extremity of Isla Isabela, is considered hazardous to approach as

there are several islets and rocks scattered offshore. Landings

are difficult due to breakers. The dangers include Islas Crossman (0°51'S., 90°48'W.), Isla Tortuga (1°01'S., 90°52'W.),

Roca Burra (0°58'S., 90°52'W.), and Roca Union (1°02'S.,

91°06'W.).

1.16 Villamil (0°57'S., 90°58'W.) is a village situated at the head

of a bay, about 8 miles SW of Punta Veintimilla (0°55'S.,

90°51'W.). Cerro Villamil is a conspicuous hill rising about 0.8

mile within the W shore of the bay and 1 mile SW of the village. A 46m long pier and a flagstaff are situated adjacent to

the village. The E side of the bay is encumbered with shoals,

rocks, and islets for 1.8 miles offshore. A light is shown from a

tower on the W islet.

1.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is recommended

for the first visit; although there is no formal pilotage service, a

member of the Harbormaster’s staff can advise. 

1.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12m,

about 1 mile W of Villamil Light, but it is not recommended

due to the heavy swell and breakers. Landing is possible in a

cove about 4 miles SW of the village.

1.17 Cabo Rosa (1°03'S., 91°10'W.) is the S extremity of

Isla Isabela. From the cape, the coast trends WNW for 17 miles

then NW to Punta Cristobal (0°54'S., 91°31'W.), which can be

identified by a mass of small craters behind it. Other than Caleta Iquana (0°57'S., 91°27'W.), the coast is quite regular in outline.

1.17 Bahia Isabel (0°37'S., 91°06'W.) indents the W side of Isla

Isabela. Four islets are clustered about 0.5 mile offshore. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 18.3 to 25.6m, sand, about

0.3 mile S of the southernmost islet. The area E of the islands

is shoal with a foul bottom. Only small vessels should anchor

in this area, and even then a tripping line is necessary.

1.17 Anchorage can be taken in a cove about 5 miles NE of Caleta

Webb (0°48'S., 91°27'W.). Two small hills, covered with green

brush with a sandy beach on each side, identify the anchorage.

The cove has depths of 54.9m about 0.8 mile offshore, decreasing to 5.5m close inshore. Good anchorage can be taken about

0.5 mile offshore, in 32.9m.

1.17 Caleta Tagus (0°16'S., 91°22'W.), formed by an old crater,

affords good anchorage, in depths of 11 to 29.3m, sand and

gravel. The shores of the cove are steep-to and the entrance is

clear of dangers. Anchorage is reported as being good in a cove

near Punta Vincente Roca, about 17 miles NW of Caleta Tagus.

There are depths of 11 to 36.6m, good holding ground of rock

and sand in the cove, which is reported to have a large cave at

the water’s edge.

1.18 Isla Pinzon (0°36'S., 90°40'W.) is a small, high island

lying in the passage between Isla Isabela and Isla Santa Cruz,

about 11 miles NE of Cabo Woodford. A small, high islet

stands about 5 miles SE of Isla Pinzon.

1.18 Isla Fernandina (0°25'S., 91°29'W.) lies close to the W side

of Isla Isabela on the NW side of Bahia Isabel. The island is a

high, large volcano that is barren, steep-to, and has a crater lake

near its center. An extensive field of lava encircles the base of

the volcano. Foul ground extends at least 0.5 mile off the SE

side of the island.

1.18 A vessel anchored off the island’s NE coast in Espinosa Bay,

with Punta Espinosa (0°16'S., 91°27'W.) bearing 295° and the

S point of the bay bearing 177°, in 34.7m.
Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 9

Pub. 125

Off-lying Islands, Banks, and Dangers West of

Chile

1.19 Numerous off-lying dangers have been reported between longitude 100°W and the coast of Chile. The effect of

seismic disturbances on the ocean floor within this area, which

is not infrequent, may cause an existing islet or rock to become

submerged. On the other hand, earthquakes thrust submerged

peaks above, or nearly above, the ocean surface. Through the

years, various surveys have failed to locate most of these reported dangers. However, they are retained on the charts as a

warning to navigators.

1.19 Included in these dangers are Sefton Reef (36°43'S.,

83°15'W.), Yosemite Rock (32°04'S., 83°14'W.), Podesta Island (32°14'S., 89°08'W.), Emily Rock (29°38'S., 87°25'W.), a

rock and adjacent shoal depths of at least 165m in position

25°40'S, 85°00'W, and a depth of 155m, which was reported in

the position 43°13'S, 97°43'W.

1.19 Isla San Ambrosio (26°21'S., 79°52'W.) is high, steep, and

about 2 miles long. The island consists of rough burnt volcanic

particles arranged in horizontal strata intersected by vertical

veins of basalt, which appear from the offing as streams flowing from the summit. Fishermen frequent the island, and have

established several houses on it. Three above-water rocks, the

outermost about 0.5 mile offshore, lie E of the island; a conical

rock lies close W.

1.19 Anchorage for small craft can be taken in a cove (Las Moscas) indenting the middle of the N coast of the island, where

shelter from SE winds can be obtained, in a depth of 40.2m,

rock. Landing can be effected at the head of the cove.

1.19 Isla San Felix (26°17'S., 80°07'W.), about 1.5 miles long,

rises to Cerro San Felix (San Felix Hill) at its W end. The W

and SW sides of this arid, volcanic island consist of steep, yellow cliffs sloping down to beaches on the NE side. An airfield

is located in the central part of the island. Foul ground extends

0.3 mile off the E and NE sides of the island, and depths of

12.8 to 25.6m exist up to 1.5 miles E. A light is shown from the

W side of the island.

1.19 Islote Gonzalez (Gonzales Island), high and inaccessible,

lies 0.3 mile S of the SE end of Isla San Felix and is connected

with that island by a submerged reef. Another reef extends NW

from the islet almost to the S shore of Isla San Felix.

1.19 Roca Catedral de Peterborough (26°16'S., 80°08'W.) is

the highest of a group of jagged rocks which lie about 1.3 miles

NNW of Cerro San Felix. Depths of 11 to 30m have been obtained up to 1.8 miles N, NNW, and NW of these rocks.

1.19 Rada San Felix (San Felix Road), on the bank which connects Isla San Felix and Roca Catedral de Peterborough, affords anchorage, in depths of 20.1 to 36.6m, black sand, about

0.3 to 0.5 mile offshore. The tidal current sets SW and NE with

a velocity of 0.5 knot, but may increase to 3 knots.

The Archipelago de Juan Fernandez

1.20 The Archipelago de Juan Fernandez (33°37'S.,

78°50'W.) consists of Isla Robinson Crusoe, Isla Santa Clara,

and Isla Alejandro Selkirk. The islands are a base for a fishing

fleet.

1.20 Isla Robinson Crusoe (33°38'S., 78°50'W.), lying about

360 miles W of Valparaiso, is about 10 miles long and irregular

in outline. The E half of this populated island is wooded, with

alternate craggy ridges and fertile valleys; the W half is flat,

low, and bare. Cerro El Yunque (33°39'S., 78°51'W.), shaped

like an anvil when seen from NE, is a wooded peak, the highest

in a range of mountains and a prominent landmark. Isla Robinson Crusoe has been sighted by radar at 40 miles.

1.20 Alexander Selkirk was landed on Isla Robinson Crusoe in

1705 and lived alone for 4 years before being rescued. Daniel

Defoe based his classical story Robinson Crusoe on this episode. 

1.20 Winds—Weather.—The island has a humid but healthful

climate. Between October and May, the weather is fair, although rain squalls occur during the evening and at night. Unsettled weather, with rain, calms, or fresh N winds occurs

during the rainy season. There are strong N winds in winter.

Fog is not frequent.

1.20 Tides—Currents.—Local currents off the island are most

noticeable at the turn of the tide when they attain a velocity of

3 to 4 knots. The currents follow along the coast, but do not enter Bahia Cumberland.

1.21 Punta Hueso Ballena (33°40'S., 78°46'W.) is the

high, cliffy E end of the island. The coast NW of the point, as

far as Punta Loberia (33°37'S., 78°49'W.), consists of steep,

rugged slopes with no offshore dangers.

1.21 Bahia Cumberland (33°37'S., 78°50'W.), entered between

Punta Loberia and Punta San Carlos, about 1 mile WNW, is

open, deep, and clear of dangers.

1.21 Landmarks approaching the bay include the buildings at Fort

San Juan Bautista (33°37'S., 78°50'W.) and the caves S of the

settlement. Other buildings S of Punta Loberia are conspicuous.

1.21 Weather conditions in the bay differ from the weather offshore as the terrain inland is such that wind squalls move off

the land and into the bay with considerable velocity. The water

in the bay then becomes turbulent and discolored, especially in

summer (November-May).

1.21 Muelle Fiscal, which is 100m long and can accommodate

vessels with a maximum draft of 4m, is situated 0.3 mile S of

Punta San Carlos (33°37'S., 78°50'W.).

1.21 Anchorage can be taken by vessels over 100m in length

about 0.4 mile E of the light in the settlement, in a depth of

49.4m. Vessels less than 100m long can anchor, in a depth of

20.1m, sand, about 0.5 mile SSE of Punta San Carlos and clear

of a sunken wreck lying 0.4 mile SE of the same point. It is advisable to use both bow anchors, with a good spread and a long

scope of chain, to take care of sudden squalls and strong shifting winds.

1.21 Caution.—When approaching Bahia Cumberland from the

W or N, it is easy to mistake Bahia del Oeste (Puerto Ingles)

(33°36'S., 78°51'W.), but the hills are less steep and the terrain

is lower than at Bahia Cumberland.The coast between Bahia

del Oeste and Punta Norte is high and cliffy; Cerro Alto

(33°36'S., 78°52'W.) is a prominent feature. The W side of the

island is rocky, with no anchorages or safe landing places. Punta O’Higgins, the S extremity of Isla Robinson Crusoe, lies 1

mile SE of Punta Isla (33°41'S., 78°57'W.), the SW extremity.

1.21 Bahia Carvajal (33°40'S., 78°56'W.), indenting the S coast

directly N of Punta O’Higgins, affords anchorage, in a depth of

about 27.4m, sand, with the point bearing 217° and the E en-
10 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 

Pub. 125

trance point of the bay bearing 042°.

1.21 Bahia Tierra Blanca (33°39'S., 78°55'W.) also affords anchorage, in depths of 28 to 30m. The bay is named after the

light color of the surrounding hills.

1.22 Isla Santa Clara (33°42'S., 78°56'W.) is separated

from the SW end of Isla Robinson Crusoe by a channel almost

0.8 mile wide. The island is barren and on a N approach shows

as a single peak. Rocks and islets lie off the W and S coasts.

The sea breaks heavily all around the island making landing

dangerous.

1.22 Isla Alejandro Selkirk (33°45'S., 80°45'W.), lying about 84

miles W of Isla Robinson Crusoe, is densely wooded and very

mountainous. Many deep ravines lead to a steep-to rugged

coast on the E side of the island off which are tremendous

depths. The S, W, and N sides of the island have sandy strips of

beach which extend 0.1 mile offshore in places.

1.22 A very high peak rises at the SW side of Isla Alejandro Selkirk, and at the SW extremity there is a prominent rock with a

hole through it. Landing is possible near the center of the E

shore at Quebrada Sanchez, and at the foot of Quebrada Las

Casas (33°45'S., 80°43'W.), where there is a boat slip and

buildings of a former penal colony.

1.22 Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile ENE of Quebrada

Sanchez (33°43'S., 80°44'W.), in depths of 40.2 to 49.4m. The

ravine is recognized by a white patch on a hill near it. This anchorage is unsafe with E winds, but affords shelter from SW

winds. Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of 31.1 to 50m,

sand, off Rada de la Colonia (33°45'S., 80°43'W.).

Isla Sala Y Gomez and Isla de Pascua

1.23 Isla Sala Y Gomez (26°28'S., 105°28'W.) is scarcely

more than a heap of stones, less than 0.5 mile long NW-SE and

about 0.3 mile wide. During a gale it would be hardly distinguished amidst the spray. The highest point, 30m high and

marked by a light, is at the S end of the island. A submerged

rock lies about 200m SW of the S point of the island. Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile off the N side of the island, in

56m, coral, and also 0.2 mile S of the S end of the W side in

33m, sand and shells.

1.23 Bajo Scott (Scott Reef), on which the sea breaks, lies about 1

mile NE of Isla Sala Y Gomez. It is about 91m long with

depths of 30 to 35m close around.

1.23 With E winds, a W current, with a rate of about 1 knot, is experienced in the vicinity of Bajo Scott.

1.24 Isla de Pascua (Easter Island) (27°05'S., 109°20'W.)

is grass-covered and cultivated. The inhabitants of this Chilean-governed island reside mainly at the islands SW side.

There are numerous inactive volcanic craters and high, grassy

hills. The highest crater, Mount Terevaka, is located near Cabo

Norte (North Cape), the NW extremity of Isla de Pascua. Cabo

Sur (South Cape), the S extremity of the island, is very high

and prominent. The N and S sides of the island are high and

steep, and there are only three or four sandy beaches along the

entire rocky coast. Three high rocks, lying as far as 1 mile SW

of the SW extremity of the island, serve as good radar targets.

Winds—Weather.—The weather is never good for more

than a few days at a time at Isla de Pascua. Ships anchoring off

the island should be ready to sail on short notice. There are

abrupt and violent wind changes, usually in a counterclockwise

direction.From October to April, the Southeast Trade Winds

blows constantly, except during the summer months when the

winds are variable. The trade wind is strongest at the beginning

and end of the period and is accompanied by showers.

1.24 In winter, W and SW winds are fairly frequent and are often

accompanied by rain and heavy seas.

1.25 Rada Hanga-Roa lies on the W side of the island between Punta Cook (27°08'S., 109°26'W.) and Punta Roa, about

1.3 miles SSW. The shores of the bay are rocky, with shoals

and foul ground extending at least 0.2 mile offshore. Landing

is not very feasible. A very constricted boat channel leads to a

pier in ruins, but local knowledge is required as there are dangers on the range line. Front and rear beacons named Barril and

Trianguls, respectively, lead to anchorages in the bay when

aligned 144°. Barril Beacon consists of a pyramid of earth and

stone with a barrel and spar topmark painted in orange and

white bands. Trianguls beacon consists of a triangular-shaped

stone wall with a vertical iron column, surmounted by a triangular daymark painted in orange and white bands.

1.25 Landmarks include a church, monument, and a radio mast,

all situated in the vicinity of Barril Beacon. A flagstaff, with

white boards attached, is prominent N of the range beacons.

Three notable white-colored crosses stand on the hill of Maunga Tuutapu (27°08.7'S., 109°24.1'W.).

1.25 Anchorage is available with the range beacons mentioned

above in alignment bearing 144°, and the outermost rock off

Punta Roa Bearing 206°. The berth offers depths of 25m, sand.

In very good weather, anchorage can be had further in on the

range line, with the rock bearing 220°, in a depth of 20m over a

sand bottom.

1.25 Caleta Hanga-Piko is a cove about 0.2 mile S of Punta Roa.

Its inner part forms a natural basin and is the landing place for

all passengers and cargo for Hanga-Roa. Above and below-water rocks lie up to 0.2 mile WNW of the W entrance point.

Small craft drawing less than 1.5m can enter the basin through

a narrow channel between rocks. Local knowledge is absolutely necessary. Cargo is loaded and discharged during the day

from a pier 80m long, with a least depth of 0.9m at its head.

1.25 This anchorage is recommended for small vessels, with

winds from N through E to S, but is open to the W. A vessel

moored here must be ready to put to sea at short notice, but

may find that her anchor has fouled on the bottom.

1.25 Anchorage can be had off the cove, in a depth of 50m, with

the red and white radio mast bearing 093°, and the NE of the

three high rocks off the island’s SW end, in alignment with the

cliff edge below the peak on the island’s SW extremity bearing

180°. The bottom is rocky, and badly fissured.

1.25 Anchorage in Hanga-Roa is preferable, where the holding

ground is better and three 30-ton lighters are available to assist

with landing and embarking cargo.

1.26 Anakena (27°04'S., 109°20'W.), a cove on the N side

of the island, is approached in depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, and has

depths of 3.7 to 9.1m in the preferred E part of the cove. A level sandy beach provides the best landing on the island for small

boats. There is very little sea or swell. A monument within the

SE shore of the cove is a good landmark. There is a concrete
Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 11

Pub. 125

quay.

1.26 Anchorage can be taken just within the cove entrance and in

the middle of the E part of the bay. With winds from S to W,

the cove affords the best anchorage on the N coast, with good

holding ground. Anchorage is also available, in 21.9m, good

holding ground of sand, about 0.3 mile WNW of Punta Rosalia

and with this point aligned with Cabo O’Higgens, bearing

109°.

1.26 Bahia La Perouse (27°05'S., 109°18'W.) is an open roadstead entered between Punta Angamos (27°05'S., 109°18'W.)

and Punta Rosalia. The terrain in the area is low and landing

can be effected W of Punta Angamos and in Rada Benepu,

about 1 mile WNW of the same point.

1.26 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about 21.9m, rock and

shells, 0.3 mile NW of Punta Angamos and off Caleta Ovali.

East and SE winds raise a heavy sea in the bay, which is also

exposed to N and NW winds. The anchorages are tenable with

light N winds, and when the trade winds are blowing.

1.26 Hutuiti Anchorage (27°07'S., 109°17'W.) affords shelter

from N and W winds in about 18.5m, 0.3 mile NE of Punta Yama (27°08'S., 109°17'W.). Several other inlets and coves along

the SE coast of Isla de Pascua afford anchorage to small vessels

and shelter from all but S winds, but the sea breaks heavily on

this coast.

1.26 Rada Vinapu (Benepu) (27°10'S., 109°25'W.) is a cliffringed, open roadstead located about 3 miles NE of the island’s

SW extremity. Five small islets lie off the roadsteads SW entrance point.

1.26 Anchorage.—Anchorage, secure in N or W winds, but open

to winds of other directions, is available in the E portion of the

roadstead, clear of the tanker berth, but requires local knowledge. The holding ground is good, the bottom being sand.

1.27 Vinapu Oil Terminal (27°10'S., 109°25'W.) consists

of an offshore oil berth situated at the seaward end of a buoyed

submarine pipeline. The berth is able to accept vessels up to

150m in length, with a maximum draft of 8.5m.

1.27 Six silver-colored storage tanks stand at the terminal on the

shore behind the berth and are prominent.

1.27 Pilotage is compulsory.

1.27 Directions.—Two range beacons, situated on a point about

0.7 mile NE of the oil tanks, mark the initial approach to the

berth. The beacons consist of an orange pedestal, surmounted

by a white daymark with a black triangle in its center, point

down.

1.27 Vessels 120 to 150m in length approach on the alignment of

the beacons mentioned above, in line bearing 018°; but vessels

under 120m in length should steer for a prominent triangular

patch of grass located about 137m NW of the front beacon on a

bearing of 016°. Steer on either the beacons or the grass until a

second set of beacons, identical to the pair mentioned above,

situated about 137m S of the tanks, are in alignment bearing

284°. At this point, the starboard anchor should be let go. Veer

about 5 to 6 shots of chain, turning the vessel to starboard. Let

go the port anchor when, in large vessels, the ship’s head is

about 050°, or in smaller vessels when the rear range beacon S

of the oil tanks bears 274°, and the front range beacon N of the

tanks bears 020°.

1.27 With both anchors down, maneuver the vessel to pick up two

wire stern lines suspended from a small white buoy; the mooring lines are laid out on the bottom from the shore and are suspended from the buoy by wire messengers. When secured, the

vessel should be on a heading of 140°, with about 7 shots of

chain out on each anchor, and its stern about 0.1 mile seaward

of 10m depths. Smaller vessels should secure with the vessel’s

head between 127° and 137°. A boat is available to assist in

picking up the stern lines and the cargo hose, that is rigged to

the vessel’s port side.

1.27 Caution.—It is normal to allow for a slight W set.
13

Pub. 125

2. 

Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
15

Pub. 125

SECTOR 2 

COASTS OF COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W coast of South America

from Isla Mono, at the Panama/Colombia boundary, to Canal

de Jambeli, at the Ecuador/Peru boundary. The sequence of the

description is from N to S.

General Remarks

2.1 Most of this coast is low, with sandy beaches interrupted by rocky points and prominent headlands. Inland,

mountain ranges often parallel the coast. There are also detached mountains and hills backing the coast in various places.

Numerous islands, some contiguous with the shore, lie near

river deltas and off the many bays which indent this coast.

2.1 Buenaventura and Guayaquil are the most important ports on

this coast. There are many secondary ports where cargo is loaded and discharged while at anchor in open roadsteads.

2.1 Winds—Weather.—The climate of this region is influenced

by the Peruvian Current. Along the N part of the W coast of

Colombia, winds from the NW to NE prevail, except in September and October, and are quite dependable from December

to April. From May to August they alternate with SW winds. In

September and October, SW winds prevail, but with frequent

changes to N. Gales from the N or NE occur occasionally,

chiefly from December to February, but they are rare from any

other direction.

2.1 Along the S coast of Colombia, a SW wind sets in about

April and becomes increasingly steady until September and

October. It then diminishes in steadiness and is replaced in

February and March by N winds. The SW wind is dependable

only from August to December. Gales are practically unknown

along this part of the coast.

2.1 The prevailing winds along the coast of Ecuador are S to W

throughout the year, but are more steady from that quarter from

June to November. North winds occur occasionally from late

January to early April. Gales are practically unknown. The average velocity of the wind is about 8 knots. Heavy squalls and

thunderstorms sometimes occur.

2.1 Fog is extremely rare over the open sea along the coasts of

Colombia and Ecuador.

2.1 Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast are influenced by the northerly Peruvian Current and by a S current,

known locally as "El Nino," that occurs in the first part of the

year along the coast of Ecuador.

2.1 On the main shipping tracks between Panama and the Equator, the current may set in any direction throughout the year.

The majority of the currents observed exceed a rate of 1 knot,

except for the predominantly N current off the coast of Colombia. A small percentage of the currents observed have exceeded

2 knots, except from August to September, and set mainly in W

directions. Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts of this chapter with the features off which they occur.

2.1 The tidal currents between Isla Mono and Cabo Blanco are

not reckoned with, as the ocean current effect is much greater.

2.1 Regulations.—For details on regulations pertaining to vessels approaching the coast and waters of Colombia and Ecuador, see Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia.

2.1 Caution.—Offshore oil fields are encountered off this coast

roughly from a point NW of Punta Malpelo (3°30'S., 80°

30'W.), to a position S of Punta Parinus (4°40'S., 81°22'W.).

Rigs, production platforms, submarine pipelines, and various

other types of hazards, both above and below-water, may be associated with these oil fields, some of which may be lighted.

Vessels are urged to exercise the appropriate caution when navigating along this coast.

2.1 Peruvian authorities advise that oil rigs may be found between the parallels of 3°S and 5°S.

Isla Mono to Buenaventura

2.2 TestIsla Mono (7°13'N., 77°53'W.) lies 0.5 mile offshore in the vicinity of the boundary between Panama and Colombia. The intervening coast between Isla Mono and Bahia

Ardita is high, rugged, heavily wooded, and steep-to within 0.5

mile of the shore.

2.2 Between Isla Mono and Punta Solano, about 65 miles SE,

the coast is indented by several bays, and numerous small rivers flow into the sea. Much of the coast is high, partly steep-to,

with bluff headlands fringed with rocks and reefs. There are also stretches of sandy beaches backed by low land.

Bahia Ardita (7°08'N., 77°48'W.), 6.5 miles SE of Isla

Mono, is a coastal indentation with a village on its N side. The

bay may be identified by an islet lying about 0.5 mile S of Punta Ardita, the bay’s W entrance point.

2.2 A light is exhibited on the coast, about 13 miles NW of Punta Ardita. A light is shown from a structure, 70m high, close

SE of the town of Ardita.

2.2 Punta Marzo (6°50'N., 77°42'W.) is bold, rugged, densely

wooded, and lies about 20 miles SSE of Punta Ardita. A light is

shown from a tower, 15m high, standing on a small island close

off the cape. Detached rocks lie up to 1.8 miles S of the cape.

Rocas Octavia (6°47'N., 77°42'W.) are high, bare rocks on a

detached reef lying 3 miles S of Cabo Marzo.

2.2 Bahia Octavia (6°51'N., 77°40'W.), formed by Cabo Marzo

and the shore E of it, affords anchorage, in depths of 9.1 to

27.4m.

2.2 Punta Cruces (6°39'N., 77°32'W.), about 15 miles SE of

Cabo Marzo, is the prominent S end of a peninsula which

forms the W side of Bahia de Cupica. Rocky islets lie on foul

ground which extends about 1.8 miles SE of Punta Cruces.

Golfo de Cupica is a large, open bight between Punta Cruces

and Punta Solano, about 22 miles S. Several small bays indent

the coast within the gulf. 

2.2 Bahia de Cupica (6°41'N., 77°27'W.), located close E of

Punta Cruces and indented in its NE part by small bays formed

between headlands, has ample depths for vessels in its middle.

A beach at the head of the bay is fronted by shoal ground. Anchorage, exposed to S winds, can be taken in suitable depths
16 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

between 0.3 and 1 mile offshore. 

2.2 Bahia de Solano (6°18'N., 77°25'W.) is entered between

Punta Solano (6°18'N., 77°28'W.) and Punta Nabuga, a lofty

promontory about 6.3 miles NE. Above and below-water rocks

lie off its slopes and a chain of rocky islets, some conspicuous,

lies about 2 miles SW of Punta Nabuga. Rocky patches make

up a reef extending 1.5 miles NNW from Punta Solano. There

is a depth of 7.5m off the outer end of the reef. A light is shown

from a red and white banded tower, 44m high, standing on

Punta Solano. Ciudad Mutis is a small town at the head of Bahia de Solano. A directional light, 15m high, stands in the

town. 

2.2 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 27.4m, about 1.5 miles

from the head of the bay. Cargo is handled by lighters at the anchorage.

2.2 Ensenada Utria (6°02'N., 77°21'W.) is a constricted inlet

extending about 3 miles N from its entrance, which lies about

19 miles SSE of Punta Solano. The W side of the inlet is

formed by a narrow peninsula; the E side by the mainland. Two

islets and detached above-water rocks lie up to 1.5 miles S of

the S end of the peninsula. The inlet is approached E of the islets. Ensenada Utria is easily identified by Playa Baia (6°04'N.,

77°24'W.), a sandy beach fringed by coconut palms, which extends 4 miles NW of the peninsula. Landing can be made on a

spit at the E side of the inlet, about 1 mile within the entrance.

Anchorage can be taken S of the spit, in depths of 22 to 45m.

2.3 Cabo Corrientes (5°29'N., 77°33'W.), a high steep-to

promontory, is easily identified by the dome-like Picos de

Ananas, which rise about 457m, 4.5 miles ENE of the cape and

are densely wooded with the peaks bright green in color. A

light is shown from a metal tower, 18m high, standing on the

cape. Punta Arusi (5°37'N., 77°30'W.) is the steep-to N end of

Cabo Corrientes. A constant N current runs in the vicinity of

the cape.

2.3 Bahia Cuevita (5°28'N., 77°28'W.), open S, has above and

below-water rocks lying up to 0.3 mile off its E entrance point.

Good anchorage can be taken, in 29.3m, about 1.3 miles ENE

and 0.5 mile off the W entrance point.

2.3 Bocana de Virudo (5°26'N., 77°25'W.) empties into the sea

about 1.5 miles SE of Bahia Cuevita. Iglesia de Sevira, an unusual perforated rock, lies 0.5 mile off the S entrance of the river. 

2.3 The coast S of Bocana de Virudo is fronted by shoal water

for several miles offshore and the low, sandy shore is broken by

numerous creeks and river deltas.

2.4 Punta Charambira (4°18'N., 77°30'W.) is the W entrance point of Boca Charambira, one of the N mouths of the

Rio San Juan, which is reported navigable for about 180 miles

inland by craft of 1.5m draft. A sand bar at the river mouth

makes entry difficult. Punta Charambira, consisting of a series

of low spits, is difficult to distinguish. It is the N extremity of

an island which is separated from the mainland by a river. The

point is reported to be a good radar target at 20 miles. There is

a strong outgoing current in the river on an ebb tide and strong

cross currents in the river entrance. Heavy logs are rafted down

the river and offloaded at the anchorage. Vessels, with a draft

of less than 4.5m and local knowledge, can anchor in Boca

Charambira. A light is shown from the point.

Between Punta Charambira (4°18'N., 77°30'W.) and Punta

Aji (3°14'N., 77°33'W.), the low, swampy coast recedes about

20 miles E to form Bahia Choco. Bahia Buenaventura and the

mouth of the Rio Buenaventura lie at the head of this bay.

About 2 miles N of Punta Magdalena (3°56'N., 77°21'W.) the

low cliffs begin. Ensenada de Juanchaco (4°00'N., 77°19'W.)

recedes about 8 miles N between Punta Magdalena and Punta

Sande, 2.8 miles SE. Low cliffs back the shore between the latter point and Punta Bazan (3°50'N., 77°11'W.), the N entrance

point of the Rio Buenaventura. This entire coast from Punta

Charambira to Punta Soldado is fronted by shoals and foul

ground for several miles.

2.4 Bahia de Malaga (3°55'N., 77°20'W.) lies in the approach

to Ensenada de Juanchaco, which is entered between Punta

Magdalena and Punta Sande. The bay is approached by passing

either E or N of Isla Palmas, but the former is the preferred approach. Shoals, with a least depth of 0.3m, extend up to 2.3

miles W of Punta Magdalena.

2.4 Vessels, with a draft of 7.6m, can transit the bay with local

knowledge.

2.4 Recent surveys in Bahia de Malaga show significant changes

to depths from those charted. In particular, the shoal water N

and W of Islas Palmas extends further N and the shoals in

Ensenada de Juanchaco (3°59'N., 77°18'W.) have extended

SW. 

2.4 An area, indicated on the chart, where movement restrictions

apply, has been established off Punta Alta. 

2.4 Anchorage Area A, Anchorage Area B, and Anchorage Area

C lie 3.5, 4.5, and 5 miles S, respectively, of Punta Alta; Anchorage Area D lies 1.5 miles E of Punta Alta. These anchorages are best seen on the chart.

2.4 There are no port services available. 

2.5 Isla Palmas (3°55'N., 77°21'W.) lies about 1 mile S

of Punta Magdalena. It was reported that this island was the

only reliable radar target in the area. A light is shown from a

metal tower, 36m high, standing at the SW end of the island,

but the tower is situated within a wooded area and difficult to

identify. The light is also obscured in the bay. A light marks the

shoals close N of the N end of the island.

2.5 It was reported (1990) that access to the island has been restricted by order of the Colombian military.

2.5 Los Negritos (3°54'N., 77°24'W.), about 2.8 miles W of the

S end of Isla Palmas, is a dangerous reef consisting of several

detached rocks which nearly cover at high water. Depths of less

than 5m exist up to 0.5 mile S and 0.7 mile SE of the reef.

Keeping in mind the depths in the vicinity of Bajo de Negritos

and Los Negritos, vessels should keep in depths greater than

20m, especially during bad weather, while in the vicinity.

2.5 Bajo de Negritos (3°54'N., 77°26'W.), a shoal area about

2.3 miles W of Los Negritos, has a least depth of 8.8m, which

is marked by a lighted buoy. The shoal was reported to be extending to the S.

2.5 Canal de Juanchaco (3°56'N., 77°21'W.), the N channel

leading N of Los Negritos and Isla Palmas, is about 0.5 mile

wide, but the navigable portion, with depths of over 10m, is

only 0.2 mile wide. The channel has a least charted depth of

16.7m, situated about 1.3 miles WSW of Punta Magdalena.

The fairway is marked by lighted buoys and an approach lighted buoy, equipped with a racon, is moored about 5.3 miles W
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 17

Pub. 125

of Isla Palmas. Islote Magdalena and another islet lie on foul

ground extending at least 0.5 mile NNE and E of the NE extremity of Isla Palmas.

2.5 Canal Juan de Dios (3°54'N., 77°20'W.), the E channel between Isla Palmas and the coast E, is about 1.5 miles wide and

shows depths of 5.5 to 7.3m at its seaward entrance, but there

are unmarked shoal patches with depths of 1m lying adjacent

to the narrow fairway.

2.5 Ensenada de Juanchaco (4°00'N., 77°18'W.) is the inner

part of Bahia de Malaga. It extends about 8 miles NE from its

entrance and opens out to a width of 5 miles. Much of it is unsurveyed. Archipelago de la Plata (4°01'N., 77°16'W.), at the

head of Ensenada de la Plata, consists of many cultivated,

wooded islets.

Buenaventura (3°54'N., 77°05'W.)

World Port Index No. 15370

2.6 Buenaventura, the principal port on the W coast of

Colombia, lies about 8 miles within the mouth of the Rio

Buenaventura, which empties between Punta Bazan and Punta

Soldado. The river harbor is well-protected and has good berthing facilities.

2.6 Winds—Weather.—Buenaventura is a tropical port with

practically no seasonal variations in weather. Daily temperature variations range from about 23° to 43°C, with an average

temperature about 27°C. The humidity remains constant at

about 89 per cent. The air is still, sultry, and uncomfortable, except when there are cooling breezes which frequently accompany the rising tide.

2.6 The port is in one of the heaviest rainfall belts of South

America. Rain occurs almost every day, usually at night or during the early morning. However, there may be one or two brief

heavy showers while the sun is shining. The greatest intensity

of rainfall occurs in October and November, when tropical

thunderstorms are frequent.

2.6 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 3m, while

the spring rise is 4m. The falling tide sets out of the mouth of

the river at a rate of 3 knots. The first of the rising tide comes

from N at a rate of a little more than 1 knot. The current off the

city attains a rate of 6 knots. Depending on the state of the tide,

there is a current of up to 3 knots off the berths of the town.

2.6 Depths—Limitations.—Both the Rio Buenaventura and the

port of Buenaventura are subject to siltation: The main channel

through the river to the port is marked by lighted buoys which

cannot be relied upon as they may be removed without notice,

shifted, or carried away by the strong tidal currents in the river.

They may also not mark the deepest portion of the channel,

owing to the shifting nature of the banks.

2.6 The maximum draft a vessel may carry over the bar, and

through the entrance channel, is governed by the height of tide

at the port. 

2.6 Vessels with drafts as deep as 9.1m can reach the inner harbor during high tide. 

2.6 The bar, which extends across the approach to the Rio

Buenaventura S of Culo de Barca, has general depths of 5.5 to

9m, but lesser depths may exist. Shoal banks and shoal patches

are charted up to 1.3 miles off the N shore of the river, while a

large 5.5m shoal is charted about 2 miles SW of the same island. Depths of less than 5.5m extend up to 7.8 miles SW of

Punta Soldado. Two obstructions lie 1.7 miles and 1 mile W,

respectively, of Punta Soldado. It was reported that less water

than charted was found in the vicinity of Lighted Buoy No. 2

and Lighted Buoy No. 7. Recent surveys (1991) show significant changes to depths, with many areas having depths 1 to 2m

less than charted.

2.6 Depths in the entrance channel over the bar are subject to

change due to sedimentation and periodic dredging. 

2.6 The port proper lies on the N side of Isla Cascajall (4°53'N.,

77°04'W.), and consists of a marginal concrete wharf 2,126m

long, plus a 200m angled berth at the W end. Thirteen ships of

average length can be accommodated, allowing 168m of berthing space along the marginal wharf. The depth alongside the

wharf is 7.3m at low tide. Depths alongside the wharf are

maintained by constant dredging, but silting occurs very rapidly. Depths up to 2m less than the dredged depth have been reported alongside, which made it necessary to place a barge

between the vessel and the dock. The bottom is soft mud,

which minimizes damage to the hull if grounded, but which

can enter the intakes. The main wharf will handle break-bulk

and container cargoes. An oil pier is situated at the E end of the

main wharf. 

2.6 Aspect.—Punta Piedra is a prominent point located about 2

miles SSE of Punta Sande.

2.6 Punta Bazan, about 7.8 miles ESE of Punta Piedra, is low

and wooded with a few houses. The coast between is composed

of wooded, red sandstone cliffs. Culo de Barca, about 2.5 miles

SE of Punta Piedra, and Vigia de San Pablo, about 4 miles W

of Punta Bazan, are two small islets lying off this coast. The

latter, triangular in shape, is easily identified.

2.6 Punta Soldado is located about 1.3 miles S of Punta Bazan.

A light is shown from a framework tower, 17m high, standing

on the point. A prominent grey building stands on the point

close to the light structure.

2.6 A conspicuous red roofed house is situated about 2 miles W

of Punta Bazan. Above Punta Bazan, the shore is low and

wooded with an occasional cliff.

2.6 The S shore of the river is a mangrove swamp divided by

small rivers and fronted by mud flats.

2.6 At the city of Buenaventura, a conspicuous church spire lies

0.3 mile SE of the spur mole, and conspicuous piles lie 1 mile

W and 0.8 mile SE of the spire. Several conspicuous water

tanks, antennas, and a conspicuous yellow building are situated

within the town and are best seen on the chart.

2.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than

250 nrt and is available at any time, however, there is an additional charge if the pilot boards between the hours of 1800 and

0600. It is advisable to enter the channel or leave the wharf 1

hour after LW or 2 hours after HW.

2.6 The pilot boards at Fairway Buoy (3°47.5'N., 77°19.2'W.) or

between Lighted Buoy No. 1 and Lighted Buoy No. 2. The pilot may board S of Punta Bazan, between Lighted Buoy No. 22

and Lighted Buoy No. 23.

2.6 The pilot may be contacted on VHF channel 11, 12, or 16.

The signal for a pilot in the inner harbor is four prolonged

blasts. 

2.6 Regulations.—Vessels entering Buenaventura for the first

time are advised not to enter at night. Tankers may berth only

during daylight hours, but around the clock arrivals are allowed
18 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

at the general cargo berths.

2.6 Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours,

and 12 hours in advance of arrival. Contact with the pilot station should be made using VHF 3 hours prior to arrival. At

least 48 hours advance notice should be given to obtain a pilot

on a Saturday afternoon or on a Sunday; at least 24 hours notice should be given at other times to avoid delay. 

2.6 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor in the charted anchorage

areas, which are located, as follows:

1. Anchorage Area No. 1 is centered 1.2 miles W of

Punta Soldado.

2. Anchorage Area No. 2 lies 4 miles NE of Punta Soldado.

3. Anchorage Area No. 3 is located 5.5 miles NE of Punta Soldado.

4. Anchorage Area No. 4 is located 0.8 mile NW of the

wharf in Buenaventura. Depths range from 4.9 to 9.1m in the

anchorage.

5. Anchorage Area No. 5 is 1.5 miles ENE the point of

Punta Soldado.

2.6 Quarantine anchorage is available in two areas located close

to the fairway lighted buoy. Anchorage Area 6 is 1 mile NNW

of the buoy and Anchorage Area 7 is 1 mile S. Both areas are

best seen on the chart.

2.6 Regulations.—At least 24 hours prior to arrival, the vessel

should cable its ETA at Punta Bazan and select information to

its agents, the port captain, and the port doctor. The message to

the port captain should include the quantity of cargo carried,

draft, number of passengers (if any), and the type and quantity

of dangerous or inflammable commodities consigned for the

port.

2.6 Special regulations are in effect for vessels carrying explosives.

2.6 Caution.—Vessels are generally docked and undocked only

at slack water, due to the strong tidal currents off the berths.

2.6 It was reported that very strong ebb tidal currents were experienced at the anchorages within the river. Buoys may drag

from their charted positions.

2.6 It was reported (1991) that surveys showed significant

changes to depths in Bahia Buenaventura; many areas have

depths of 1 to 2m less than charted. 

2.6 Mariners are advised to be alert to abnormal or hostile activities due to piracy, especially during evening hours.

2.7 Punta Guascama (2°37'N., 78°25'W.) lies about 100

miles SW of Punta Soldado. The coast between these two

points is low, flat, and heavily wooded, interrupted by mangrove swamps, river deltas, and the mouths of streams. There

are no prominent headlands. Coastal shoals, with depths of less

than 5.5m, lie up to 6 miles offshore. Pico Tortugas, with an elevation of 162m, stands about 20 miles S of Punta Soldado and

is the only hill above a flat and featureless coast. The many river deltas and streams emptying into the sea between the various

points discharge a considerable volume of water, debris, and

tree trunks, causing a rolling swell and currents.

The mouth of the Rio Guapi, about 29 miles ENE of Punta

Guascama, can be reached through a narrow channel. Local

knowledge is required. A light is exhibited from the E bank at

the river entrance. Another light marks Punta Chocon, about 11

miles NE. A lighted buoy lies about 20 miles W of Punta Chocon. The mouth of the Rio Sanguianga, about 23 miles W of the

Rio Guapi, can be entered through breakers via a passage with

depths of 9 to 22m. A shoal patch, with a depth of 6.4m, lies in

mid-channel. Local knowledge is required.

2.7 Tides—Currents.—Currents near the coast run parallel

with it and generally set N on a rising tide and S on a falling

tide with a velocity of 1.3 knots. Up to 40 miles offshore the

current sets NE.

2.7 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies in approximate position

3°43'N, 77°30'W, about 19.5 miles WSW of Punta Soldado

2.8 Off-lying islands.—Isla Gorgona (2°58'N., 78°

11'W.), about 25 miles NE of Punta Guascama, is rugged,

mountainous, and has five distinct peaks visible from the E and

NE. Rocky foul ground lies off the SW side of the island; landings can be made on the E side. A light is shown from a metal

tower, 19m high, standing on Punta Coll, the N extremity of

the island.

2.8 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Watering Bay

(2°58'N., 78°10'W.), off the island’s E side, about 0.4 mile offshore, in a depth of 55m.

2.8 The best landing places are found on the E side of the island.

Isla Gorgonilla (2°57'N., 78°13'W.) is located close SW of Isla Gorgona. A light is shown from a framework tower, 22m

high, standing on the islet. Roca del Viudo lies 1 mile WSW of

Isla Gorgonilla.

2.8 The coast between Punta Guascama and Cabo Manglares,

about 72 miles SW, is low, wooded, and intersected by streams

and river deltas. Eusenada Tumaco, about 40 miles SW of Punta Guascama, is 11 miles wide at its mouth. The port of Tumaco lies on the S shore of the bay entrance. This entire low coast

should be approached with caution as depths are very irregular.

The treetops are the first objects seen on the horizon. Depths

give no warning of approach, as depths of 37m are found within 1 mile of the banks.

2.8 Pasa Caballos is located about 13 miles SW of Punta Guascama. A light is shown from a metal tower,36m high, standing

on the S side. A depth of 11m was reported to lie about 13.5

miles NW of the light tower.

2.8 An explosives dumping area is situated about 22 miles W of

Pasa Caballos.

2.8 Bahia San Ignacio, lying about 19 miles SW of Pasa Caballos, has a drying sandpit extending 2 miles W from its entrance, with depths of 64 to 73m close off it.

2.8 Punta Cascajal (1°59'N., 78°41'W.) is the SW extremity of

Isla del Gallo, an island lying near the N entrance of the shallow Ensenada de Tumaco, about 10 miles S of Bahia San Ignacio. Punta Cascajal, consisting of a reddish cliff with two hills

over it, is prominent along this flat coast. Between Punta Cascajal and Boca Grande, 15 miles SW, the coast recedes forming

a bight of which Ensenada de Tumaco occupies the greater

part.

Tumaco (1°49'N., 78°45'W.)

World Port Index No. 15360

2.9 Tumaco, the S port of entry of Colombia, is entered

via Rada de Tumaco, which lies at the SW end of Ensenada de

Tumaco between Boca Grande (1°49'N., 78°51'W.) and the
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 19

Pub. 125

Rio Chilvi, about 7.5 miles E. A steep-to shallow bank extends

almost 0.8 mile off Boca Grande and 3 miles offshore as far as

Isla del Morro, 6.5 miles NE. Isla del Guano, with two islets

close SW, lies on this bank 1 mile NW of Isla del Morro. Isla

Tumaco lies close W of the S end of Isla del Morro and is connected to it by a bridge with a vertical clearance of 1.8m. Isla

del Morro fronts the mouths of the Rio Chilvi. The port of Tumaco consists of Isla de Tumaco (1°49'N., 78°46'W.), Isla del

Guano (1°50'N., 78°46'W.), and Isla del Morro (1°49'N.,

78°45'W.). The town of Tumaco is situated on the E side of Isla

de Tumaco.

2.9 Winds—Weather.—The inner harbor and town are protected from the prevailing winds. There is heavy rainfall during the

year.

2.9 Tides—Currents.—The mean spring rise here is 3.1m,

while the neap rise is 2.4m.

2.9 Currents on the bar set in a WNW-ESE direction, at a rate of

1.1 knots. Currents off the wharf set in a NE-SW direction, at

the same rate.

2.9 Depths—Limitations.—Numerous shoals, best seen on the

chart, encumber the harbor. There are depths of 3.9m within

0.5 mile off the outer edges of the previously-described shallow bank. Depths shoal gradually from the 15m curve, in the

vicinity of Entrance Buoy No. 1, to the bar 0.8 mile N of Isla

del Morro. El Viudo (1°51'N., 78°43'W.) is flat-topped and

dries about 3.7m. Shoals, which form the bar, extend at least 3

miles W and 2 miles N of El Viudo. The channel to the wharf

has a least depth of about 8m, but the area between Buoy No. 7

and Buoy No. 8 must be navigated with extreme caution due to

the rocky bottom and the narrow width of the channel. Depths

in this area are subject to continuous change. 

2.9 Entrance to the port is only permitted during daylight hours.

Vessels must berth with a suitable tide due to the bar between

Buoy No. 2 and Buoy No. 3, with a depth of 3.7m at LWST;

this increases to 6.1m at HW. There is no restriction on length. 

2.9 The municipal wharf, situated 0.3 mile SW of the E extremity of Isla del Morro, is 310m long with depths of 7.6 to 10.6m

alongside. A turning basin off the wharf is about 732m long,

411m wide, and has a depth of 10.1m.

2.9 The Trans-Andean oil pipeline extends to Pindo Oil Terminal, an offshore terminal situated about 4.8 miles WNW of the

N end of Isla del Morro. A submerged oil pipeline leads to the

loading berth, a multi-point mooring for tankers, situated in

depths of 27m, which can handle vessels up to 55,000 dwt. It

was reported that vessels up to 80,000 dwt and 366m in length

could be accommodated. The loading berth is marked by a

lighted buoy, painted white, with a radar reflector. Hoses are

marked by red and yellow pick-up buoys. A mooring master

boards ships in the vicinity of the sea berth. Ships are handled

during daylight hours only. A tug and launches are available

and a 12 hour ETA is required.

2.9 A restricted area, best seen on the chart, surrounds the terminal. 

2.9 Aspect.—Boca Grande, the largest and northernmost mouth

of the Rio Mira, can be identified by a village encircled by coconut palms. A white cliff at the NE end of Isla del Morro is

conspicuous. A light is shown from a concrete tower 11m high,

standing at the E end of Isla del Morro. A lighted beacon

stands on El Viudo. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at

the W end of the Isla del Morro near the airport.

2.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards ships

outside the channel, about 4 miles NW of the light on Isla del

Morro, immediately before high water, by day, from a launch

displaying the national flag with a white border and the pilot

flag. If the pilot is not waiting, vessels should anchor W of the

safe-water lighted buoy and call for the pilot by sounding three

long blasts on the whistle or siren. Arrival messages are sent

via Buenaventura. The port and oil terminal may be contacted

by VHF channel 16. Vessels should send ETA messages 72

hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours prior to arrival. The

ETA message should include the date and local time of arrival;

draft; number of crew, including the Master; and any special

requirements such as tugs, etc.

2.9 Anchorage.—Rada de Tumaco, the outer harbor of the port,

lies NW of Isla de Morro, and just seaward of the shoal banks.

This roadstead offers anchorage in depths of about 18m, over a

mud and sand bottom. The current usually sets NE. There is

anchorage within the harbor off the NE side of Isla del Morro,

in a depth of 10.1m. Anchorage is also available close to the pilot boarding position, in a depth of about 46m.

2.9 Caution.—An area of shoal water, the limits of which may

be seen on the chart, was reported to lie about 7.5 miles N of

Isla del Morro.

2.10 Cabo Manglares (1°36'N., 79°03'W.), about 22 miles

SW of Isla del Morro, is the low SW end of an island and contiguous with the shore. Shoals of less than 5.5m extend 1.5

miles off the cape. A light is shown from a framework tower,

36m high, standing on the cape.

2.10 The low coast for 40 miles SW of the cape recedes E to form

Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas. Vessels should not approach this

coast unless seeking an anchorage. Numerous streams and rivers intersect this coast.

2.10 Note.—The border between Colombia and Ecuador is situated approximately 16 miles SE of Cabo Manglares. See see

Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean

and Southeast Asia for details on regulations pertaining to vessels entering Ecuadoran waters.

2.10 All vessels entering waters within 200 miles of Ecuador and

between the mainland and the Archipelago de Colon must send

an ETA and destination to the naval radio station at Guayaquil.

Additional reports required by the reporting system are contained in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia.

2.11 Bahia de San Lorenzo (1°27'N., 79°02'W.), in the N

part of Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas, is fronted by shoals extending 7.5 miles offshore from its entrance which is marked

on its W side by Buoy No. 1. The channel leading through the

shoals to the entrance of the bay has a least depth of 3.7m. The

bay extends 4 miles S from the entrance, is at least 0.5 mile

wide, and has a 3.7m bank fronting its W side for about 0.4

mile. Palo Seco Light (orange rectangular daymark, 8m high),

in alignment bearing 140° with a small white spherical beacon,

leads into Bahia de San Lorenzo. A channel connects the heads

of this bay and La Posa del Puerto, forming Isla de Santa Rosa.

A light is shown from a tower on the W side of Isla San Pedro

which lies NE of Isla de Santa Rosa. Lights are shown from

three white concrete beacons with orange-colored daymarks

situated at the SW end of Isla San Pedro, near the middle of the
20 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

E side of Isla de Santa Rosa, and on a shoal N of Puerto de San

Lorenzo pier.

2.11 Puerto de San Lorenzo (1°16'N., 78°51'W.) is a very small

port situated on the N part of Ecuador’s coast. It is a natural

harbor at the entrance of the Bolivar Canal. .

2.11 The minimum depth over the sand bar leading to the port is

3.4m; larger vessels, up to 6.6m draft, must pass over at HW. 

2.11 There is one steel pier 85m long and 10m wide, with a depth

alongside of 7m. Vessels of 5,000 tons can berth. There is a

coast and port radio station in town. Port officials board at the

pier. Pilots will board vessels in the vicinity of No. 1 approach

buoy. Pilotage is compulsory, but is carried out during daytime

only. The port captain should be contacted on VHF channel 16.

Pilots advise that the best time to enter the channel is 2 or 3

hours before HW.

2.11 La Posa del Puerto, located about 8 miles SW of the mouth

of Bahia de San Lorenzo, is entered by a channel leading SE

through the offshore breaking shoals. The channel, 0.8 mile

wide, has a depth of 3.7m. The harbor inside the entrance is

sheltered, large, and has depths of 4.6 to 7.3m between the

shore banks. A channel connects La Posa del Puerto with the

Rio Santiago, about 4 miles SW. The Rio Santiago has a shallow entrance marked by a light. Poblacion de La Tola (1°13'N.,

79°06'W.), a town, is situated 1 mile within the river entrance.

A channel, with a depth of 5.5m, leads inland for 30 miles from

the town. A light is shown from a tower on an islet lying 1 mile

NE of the W entrance point of the Rio Santiago. A pilot for the

Rio Santiago can be obtained at Poblacion de La Tola.

2.11 Punta Verde (1°05'N., 79°27'W.) is a cliffy bluff backed by

a high hill from which a light is shown. The mouth of the Rio

Verde, about 1 mile WSW of Punta Verde, is entered over a bar

which is navigable at high tide. The Rio Vainillita lies 13 miles

E of Punta Verde.

2.11 Caution.—Vessels should not enter the channels within Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas without a pilot, due to the numerous

isolated shoals and sharp curves. Local knowledge is essential.

2.11 Punta Coquitos (0°59'N., 79°40'W.) is located about 15

miles WSW of Punta Verde. A light is shown from a tower,

13m high, standing on a hill with an elevation of 150m at the

point. The low coast SW of Punta Verde becomes higher and

more cliffy towards Punta Coquitos. The Rio Esmeraldas is located close E of Punta Coquitos.

Esmeraldas (1°00'N., 79°39'W.)

World Port Index No. 15330

2.12 Esmeraldas, a port and tidal basin, is located on the W

side of the Rio Esmeraldas, about 1 to 2 miles S of Punta Coquitos, the W entrance point of the river. Punta Este, the E entrance point, marked by a round peak, lies 2 miles E of Punta

Coquitos. The river, fed by many streams inland, flows rapidly

between steep-to banks.

2.12 Winds—Weather.—The climate is humid and hot. There is

an afternoon breeze. Rainfall is heavy from January thru April.

West to SW winds prevail, except during the wet season (December-May), when NE winds predominate.

2.12 Tides—Currents.—Spring tides rise 3.2m; neaps rise 2.5m.

The tidal current is reported to have a velocity of 1.5 knots and

to be stronger on a falling tide. Strong tidal currents occur in

the river anchorage and across the entrance to the harbor basin.

2.12 Depths—Limitations.—The port will accept vessels up to

200m in length, with drafts of 10.7m.

2.12 The entrance channel to the Rio Esmeraldas, which is deep,

cuts between coastal banks extending 2 miles N and 4.5 miles

NNW, respectively, of Punta Coquitos and Point Este. Dangerous shallow rocks lie on the coastal bank adjacent to the W side

of the entrance channel.

2.12 The port proper consists of a basin situated on the W river

bank, separated from a fishing harbor S of it by a point of land.

The main harbor is protected from the N by a breakwater. The

main basin was reportedly dredged to a depth of 11.5m, but

shows charted depths of 0.2 to 11.6m, while the fishing harbor

shows charted depths of 0.9 to 7m. The fishing harbor basin is

fronted by a bar with a charted depth of 4.2m. A rock, with a

charted depth of 1.7m, lies about 137m NE of the fishing harbor’s E entrance point.

2.12 Ro-ro, break bulk, and container cargo can be handled at a

marginal quay, 350m in length, situated on the S side of the

main harbor basin. The berths will reportedly accept vessels

with drafts of 11m alongside.

2.12 The entrance to the Rio Esmeraldas, located SE of the harbor

entrance, is shallow and subject to freshets. During a freshet,

depths within the entrance are subject to rapid and extensive

changes, as is the channel through it. It is quite possible for a

vessel navigating within or near the river entrance to ground, or

strike floating debris carried down river by the current.

2.12 Aspect.—Punta Gorda (0°58'N., 79°44'W.), a steep bluff

with a reef extending 0.5 mile off it, and Punta Este, are conspicuous, as is the narrow, precipitous gorge through which the

river flows. Several oil tanks standing on a small plateau about

2.5 miles E of Punta Gorda can be seen at a great distance. A

radio mast close E of the tanks, and a water tower situated 1

mile S of Punta Gorda are conspicuous.

2.12 An airport is situated 1 mile SSW of Punta Este, while a radio mast exhibiting red fixed obstruction lights and several huts

lie 1.5 miles SSW, and 0.5 mile SW, respectively, of the same

point.

2.12 Lights are exhibited from the entrance points of the harbor

basin and the fishing harbor, as well as the breakwater. Two

sets of range lights and lighted buoys mark the channel from

seaward to the main harbor basin and are best seen on the chart.

2.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available by day

only. Pilots and quarantine officials board ships bound for Esmeraldas in the quarantine anchorage about 2 miles N of Punta

Coquitos Light. It is reported that pilots will board within 1

mile seaward of the breakwaters, but clear of the prohibited anchorage area. Communication with the pilot boat (black hull

with white top) is established on VHF channel 16, switching to

VHF channel 14 after communication is established.

2.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage for ships bound for Esmeraldas

can be taken in suitable depths N of the port, but clear of the

Prohibited Anchorage Area and Tanker Operating Area shown

on the chart. There is anchorage, in 12m, about 2 miles N of

Punta Coquitos Light.

2.12 A Prohibited Anchorage Area, covering the harbor entrance,

extends about 2.3 miles N and 1.5 miles E of Punta Coquitos

Light. Lighted buoys, the pilot waiting area, and the quarantine

anchorage area for Esmeraldas lie adjacent to and NE of the
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 21

Pub. 125

Prohibited Area.

2.13 Balao Oil Terminal (1°02'N., 79°42'W.), an offshore

loading terminal NW of Esmeraldas, consists of two outer

berths and one inner berth situated within a Tanker Operating

Area in which navigation is restricted. The limits of the area

may best be seen on the chart.

2.13 The outer berths are formed by two single point mooring

buoys "X" and "Y" situated about 4 miles offshore. There are

least depths of 36m at the berths and each buoy can handle vessels up to 100,000 dwt.

2.13 The inner berth is formed by four mooring buoys situated

about 2.3 miles offshore. There are least depths of 14m at the

berth, and vessels up to 20,000 dwt with drafts up to 10m can

be handled.

2.13 Submarine pipelines extend from the coast to the berths and

may best be seen on the chart. Berthing is carried out during

daylight hours (0500-1700); unmooring is conducted 24

hours..

2.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots and mooring masters board tankers in the pilots waiting area shown on the chart

about 1.5 miles NW of Buoy Y. A vessel is not permitted to enter the terminal area without a pilot onboard; until the pilot arrives, the vessel is required to remain in the waiting and pilot

boarding area. The ETA should be transmitted 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Radio contact can be made

on VHF channels 12, 14, and 16, with VHF channel 12 used

only for internal traffic. There are facilities for discharging

dirty ballast. 

2.13 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken by tankers at the

Quarantine Anchorage, about 1.5 miles SW of Lighted Buoy

X. The bottom is soft mud and clay. The entire port and tanker

areas are relatively calm; the prevailing currents set between S

and SW, with a greatest velocity of 1.2 knots.

2.13 There is a port radio station on the shore at the landing site of

the oil pipelines.

Esmealdas to Cabo San Lorenzo

2.14 The coast to Punta Galera, 26 miles WSW, is quite

Esmeraldas
22 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

regular. The coast between Punta Coquitos and Punta Gorda,

which was described in paragraph 2.12 with Esmeraldas, consists of cliffs interspread with valleys.

2.14 Punta Sua (0°52'N., 79°56'W.), marked by a light, with a

cliffy islet lying close off it and to which it is joined at low water, marks a section of low coast and the entrance to Ensenada

de Atacames, a shallow bight. A small inlet, used by local shallow-draft fishing craft, is located close SE of Punta Sua.

2.14 Arrecife de Atacames (0°57'N., 79°50'W.) is a coral reef

which lies on the coastal bank extending 6 miles offshore between Punta Sua and Punta Gorda. An extensive area of rocks,

with depths of 5.3 to 10.4m, extends seaward for up to 15 miles

offshore N of the above-mentioned coral reef.

2.14 Punta Galera (0°50'N., 80°03'W.), about 10.5 miles WSW

of Punta Sua, is a low, shelving point at the N extremity of a

wide promontory of which Cabo de San Francisco, about 10

miles S, forms the S end. A light is shown from a tower, 11m

high, standing on the point.

2.14 Most of the coast for about 125 miles SSW to Cabo San

Lorenzo consists of long, sandy beaches backed by white cliffs,

some of which are wooded. There are several headlands. Detached mountains are visible inland.

2.14 The promontory consists of steep cliffs topped by tall trees.

It is generally steep-to, though rocks marked by heavy breakers

lie close off the coast in places. The terrain backing the coast is

mountainous and wooded.

2.14 Caution.—Dangers in the form of detached islands and

rocks lie less than 4 miles offshore and with the shore banks

are usually steep-to. It was reported that uncharted dangers

may exist within a radius of 20 miles N of Punta Galera. A

ship, with a draft of 8m, reported striking an underwater rock

about 21 miles NNE of Punta Galera.

2.15 Cabo de San Francisco (0°39'N., 80°05'W.) forms

the W side of a small cove with depths of 4.6 to 5.5m. A the

village of San Francisco is situated on the shore of the cove and

landing can be made near the mouth of a small river emptying

into the W side of the cove. A light is exhibited approximately

3 miles SE of the village.

The coast between Cabo de San Francisco and Cabo Passado

consists of an open bight broken by smaller bights and coves.

2.15 Ensenada de San Francisco (0°36'N., 80°05'W.), a small

bay with several villages on its shores, is entered between Cabo

de San Francisco and Punta Mompiche (0°31'N., 80°05'W.).

The Rio Muisne is the largest of several small rivers flowing

into the bay. The Rio Bunche, 2 miles E of the cape, is identified by four prominent rocks off its entrance. Anchorage by

small vessels can be taken with the four rocks bearing 053°,

distant 1.3 miles. Punta Zapotal (0°27'N., 80°05'W.), on Isla

Zapotal, is low and mangrove-covered.

2.15 Bajos de Cojunes (0°23'N., 80°08'W.), an extensive shore

bank about 4 miles offshore, extends S from Punta Zapotal for

5 miles. Depths of 11m exist 1 mile from the bank, but then increase abruptly to 73.2m. From the S end of the shore bank to

Cabo Pasado, the coast is fronted by a bank with depths of less

than 9.1m extending up to 2.5 miles offshore.

2.15 Punta Pedernales (0°04'N., 80°07'W.) is a narrow and cliffy

ridge with rocky islets lying off it. The village of Pedernales is

situated NE of the point. Depths of 11.3 to 12.9m can be found

up to 7.5 miles offshore about 10 miles NNW of Punta Pedernales. The point is marked by a light.

2.15 Punta Ballena (0°10'S., 80°20'W.) is the W extremity of a

small bay backed by a wide plain through which two rivers

flow and empty into the bay. A reef is charted about 1.5 miles

NE of the point. The coast NE of the bay is backed by a high

mountain range. South of Punta Ballena the coastal terrain

changes to bare white cliffs fronted by long sandy beaches as

far as Punta Borrachos (0°13'S., 80°25'W.), thence wooded

cliffs back rocky beaches to Cabo Pasado. The point is marked

by a light.

2.16 Cabo Passado (0°21'S., 80°30'W.) is high and rounded, with the adjacent land densely wooded and bound by white

cliffs on the S side. A reef, with depths of less than 3.7m, extends about 0.5 mile N and E of the cape, which is reported to

be a good radar target. A light is shown from a concrete tower,

9m high, standing on the cape.

2.16 The Rio Chone (0°37'S., 80°25'W.) empties into the sea

about 14.5 miles S of Cabo Passado. The estuary lies between

Punta Del Napo, 12.3 miles SSE of Cabo Passado, and Punta

Bellaca 3 miles SSW. Punta Bellaca, where a light is shown,

appears as an island with a grey-green tint.

2.17 Bahia de Caraquez (0°35'S., 80°25'W.) is the small

port that lies at the mouth of the Rio Chone. Poblacion de Bahia de Caraquez, containing the port facilities, is located on the

W bank of the river near the mouth, about 2 miles ENE of Punta Bellaca. Tides in the estuary rise about 2.7m at MHWS. 

2.17 Depths—Limitations.—From Punta Bellaca to a point on

the coast about 4 miles N, the approaches to the Rio Chone are

encumbered by shoals with depths of less than 5.5m. Many of

the shoals shift positions. Within the shallow river entrance,

there are extensive drying shoals. Bajo de Santa Martha, a

rocky patch on which the sea always breaks, lies 1.5 miles N of

Punta Bellaca.

2.17 The entrance to the port is marked at a distance by the constant breakers on top of Santa Martha Shoal. However, navigation is impossible from the outer mouth to the mouth of the Rio

Chone due to the countless shoals.

2.17 Coming from the N, to assume proper position, one must

take Cape Passado as reference; it has been sighted by radar at

40 miles.

2.17 Approaching from the S, one must pass N of Cape Lorenzo

and the Bay of Manta until one spots Bellaca Point, where

there is a lighthouse. The elevation of this point makes it very

noticeable; then one notices the beach with a seawall against

which the waves break.

2.17 In general, there are no port facilities here, although there is

a municipal wharf.

2.17 On the other shore, in the little town of San Vicente, there is

another municipal wharf.

2.17 The port has lighters to transport cargo or vehicles from Bahia de Caraquez to San Vicente, as well as small craft to transport passengers and light cargo.

2.17 Canal de Manavi, trending along the NE shore of the estuary,

leads into the river, but has a sandy bar and is silted so that local knowledge is necessary to effect transit. Canal Viejo, the

shallow S approach channel, trends along the S shore. It was

reported that vessels with a draft of about 7m can cross the bar

at HW, but only small craft and lighters enter the port. Large
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 23

Pub. 125

vessels anchor outside the port.

2.17 Aspect.—Monte San Vicente, 275m high, stands about 3.8

miles ENE of Punta Bellaca and is prominent. The river is a remarkable coastal feature because of the ravine formed by it.

2.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory due to the fact that

only inland coastal navigation vessels sail here; however, pilotage services are available. 

2.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a charted depth of

12.5m, about 1.5 miles off Punta Bellaca Light, with the light

bearing 122°. Depths vary from those in the vicinity of the

charted recommended anchorage, with shoaling reported S of

the charted anchorage area.

2.17 A recommended anchorage can be situated 1 mile away and

on a true bearing of 133° from Bellaca Point, where the depths

are 10m.

2.18 The coast from Punta Bellaca trends SSW for 9 miles

to Punta Charapoto, then turns SW for about 15 miles to Punta

Jaramijo (0°56'S., 80°40'W.). The Rio Charapoto empties into

the open bay formed between these points. The bay is backed

by an extensive plain bound by high, white cliffs. Bars obstruct

the delta of the river. A light is shown from a square concrete

tower, standing on Punta Jaramijo. Three lighted buoys are

moored 2.5 miles N of Punta Jaramijo. A shoal patch, with a

least depth of 6.7m, lies about 1.8 miles NNE of Punta

Jaramijo and several rocks lie between this patch and the shore

close E of the point.

Bahia de Manta (0°57'S., 80°43'W.)

World Port Index No. 15310

2.19 Bahia de Manta recedes nearly 1 mile S between Punta Jaramijo and Punta Muercielago (0°57'S., 80°44'W.), about

5 miles W. The city of Manta is situated at the W end of the

bay. An extensive fishing fleet operates out of the port. Manta

is a medium size commercial port.

2.19 Tides—Currents.—Spring tides rise 2.9m, while neap tides

rise 2.4m. Mooring lines should be checked frequently while in

port.

2.19 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of less than 10m

up to 1 mile N of Punta Muercielago. A bank, with a depth of

5m, extends E across the entrance of the bay from Punta Mal

Paso (0°56'S., 80°45'W.) to the jetty; from the freight yards E

to Estero Salitral the bank has a depth of 2m.

2.19 It was reported (2003) that the entrance width is approximately 91.5m. It is recommended that ships with a draft of 9m

or greater enter and exit at HW.

2.19 Bahia de Manta is shallow, with depths of less than 5.5m

throughout its W part. Dangerous wrecks lie close N and NE of

the freight yards. They are marked by a lighted buoy that lies

0.6 mile SSE of the breakwater head.

2.19 It was reported that the harbor was dredged in 1999 and that

there are depths from 10 to 12m in the vicinity of the piers.

2.19 A breakwater extends about 0.8 mile NNE from a position

ashore 0.5 mile E of Punta Muercielago. At the outer end of the

breakwater two piers, each 200m in length, extend E into the

harbor. The berths alongside the piers have depths of 10m and

can handle vessels up to 183m in length, with drafts of up to

9.8m.

2.19 Two ro-ro ramps are situated near the S pier and can handle

vessels up to 20,000 tons. Two lighted mooring buoys, reserved

for naval use, are situated S of the piers.

2.19 Three wharves, each about 150m in length, occupy the E

face of the breakwater, inshore of the two piers mentioned

above. The N wharf will accept vessels with a draft of 7.5m

alongside; the central and southern will, respectively, accept

drafts of 5.7 and 3.8m alongside. A small harbor, enclosed by

breakwaters located SE of the main breakwater, has a depth of

2.7m and is used by fishing vessels and small craft.

2.19 An offshore tanker berth extends offshore from a position

0.4 mile E of the fishing harbor. Mooring buoys lie near the

end of the pipeline. The local authorities should be consulted

for information on depths at this berth.

2.19 Aspect.—A triangular church with a green roof SW of the

port and a prominent building are situated in the town. A prominent grey gas tank stands on the breakwater head of the fishing

harbor. Conspicuous radio towers stand near the airport E of

the town and a group of conspicuous tanks stand on the shore

about 0.5 mile E of the fishing harbor. A light and racon is exhibited from the main breakwater head. A pyramidal church

building stands about 1.3 miles SW of the breakwater head. An

aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at the airport. 

2.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels

over 500 tons with some exceptions, and is available by day

and at night with at least 12 hours prior notice of arrival time.

Arrival during the hours of daylight is advisable. Pilots board

vessels about 1 mile N of the breakwater head. The port can be

contacted by VHF channels 12 and 16. It has been reported

(1991) that pilotage is not required when anchoring. 

2.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to

20m, sand and mud, about 0.3 mile E of the main breakwater

head. Use caution when anchoring near the submarine pipeline

located near position 0°56.0'S, 80°42.2'W. Cargo is worked by

lighters at this anchorage.

2.19 During the rainy season (December-April), vessels anchor

farther offshore, as there is usually a heavy swell and the sea

breaks, in a depth of 4.9m. Deep-draft vessels anchor at least

0.3 mile N of the head of the breakwater, but are exempt from

port charges if anchored within 1 mile NE and ENE of the

same point and are not engaged in any commercial activity.

The anchorages are unprotected from wind, sea, and swell. 

2.19 Directions.—When approaching Bahia de Manta from the

S, it is advisable to make landfall at Cabo San Lorenzo and

then sail parallel to the coast at a distance of 3 miles until

reaching a point N of Cabo San Mateo (0°57'S., 80°49'W.);

then ships sail a true course of 075° until the breakwater lighthouse and the racon are on a true bearing of 170°, thereafter,

falling to starboard until that same lighthouse is on a bearing of

180°, whereupon, one can make the approach to the wharfs

with the purpose of mooring. An approach from the N is preferred.

2.19 The only major hazard is located W of the breakwater and in

the vicinity of Muercielago Point where there are shallows of a

rocky nature.

2.19 Caution.—It is reported that the landmarks and aids are very

difficult to identify until the vessel is within about 1 to 2 miles

of the breakwater. 

2.19 It has been reported (2002) that long period swell entering
24 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

the harbor has parted mooring lines and forced vessels to leave

the piers for anchorage. 

2.19 A firing practice area, best seen on the chart, is located NW

of Manta.

2.19 It was reported (2003) that a wreck lies outside the harbor in

approximate position 0°53'S, 80°43'W.

2.20 Cabo San Mateo, about 6 miles W of Manta, is a salient point and forms a plain 40m high.

2.20 Punta Jome is the W end of Cabo San Mateo. A light is

shown from a concrete tower, 7m high, standing on the point.

2.20 Cabo San Lorenzo (1°03'S., 80°49'W.), about 8 miles SW

of Punta San Mateo (0°57'S., 80°51'W.), is the outer part of a

high projection of the coast which terminates in a tongue of

land about 0.5 mile long. Above and below-water rocks lie off

Cabo San Lorenzo. One of the rocks is pinnacle-shaped, white

in color, and prominent. A light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, standing on the cape.

2.20 Caution.—Naval operating areas lie N and W of Cabo San

Lorenzo, as follows:

1. Area A—bounded by lines joining the following positions:

a. 0°35'S, 81°00'W.

b. 0°35'S, 80°45'W.

c. 0°48'S, 81°00'W.

d. 0°48'S, 80°45'W.

2. Area B—bounded by lines joining the following positions:

a. 0°44'S, 82°39'W.

b. 0°44'S, 81°29'W.

c. 1°45'S, 81°29'W.

d. 1°45'S, 82°39'W.

Bahia de Manta 
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 25

Pub. 125

Cabo San Lorenzo to Punta del Morro

2.21 Isla de La Plata (1°16'S., 81°05'W.) lies about 14

miles offshore and 16 miles SW of Cabo San Lorenzo. This

brownish dried-up appearing island is formed of precipitous

cliffs on its W side, off which there are a few islets. There are

below-water rocks off the W extremity of the island and a reef

extends 0.3 mile E of the SE extremity. A light is shown from a

framework tower, 20m high, standing on the NW summit of

the island. At night, the tower displays white light flashes with

a range of 11 miles. 

2.21 Bajo Cantagallo (1°17'S., 80°58'W.), about 8 miles E of the

E extremity of Isla de La Plata, is a shoal area 0.5 mile in extent with a least depth of 11m.

2.21 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 32.9 to 36.6m, about

0.2 mile off the beach on the E side of Isla de La Plata, but local knowledge is required. 

2.21 The coast between Cabo San Lorenzo and Punta Santa Elena, 70 miles S, is indented by two large open bays separated by

Punta Piedra Verde. 

2.21 Puerto Cayo (1°21'S., 80°45'W.) is a minor port situated at

the head of a small bight, about 21 miles SE of Cabo San

Lorenzo. Cargo is lightered to vessels anchored about 0.3 mile

offshore, in a depth of 8.2m, hard sand.

2.21 Punta Cerro Viejo is a bluff marked by a tower with radar reflector located 2 miles SW of Puerto Cayo. Islote Cayo (El Islote) lies 1 mile N of Punta Cayo and Roca Daphne (Islote La

Viuda) lies 1 mile SSW.

2.22 Puerto de Machalilla (1°28'S., 80°46'W.), about 7.5

miles S of Puerto Cayo, is a small, sheltered port situated on

the E side of a small bight, easy to approach. Cliffs fringe the

coast N of the port. There is a beach, with cliffs to the W, along

the SE side of the bay. Islets and below-water rocks lie up to

1.5 miles N and NE of the W entrance point of the bay. Anchorage can be taken, in 18.3m N of the islets at the W entrance point or, in 12.8 to 14.6m, about 0.4 mile offshore and

W of the village.

2.22 Isla Salango (1°36'S., 80°52'W.) lies about 10 miles SSW of

Puerto de Machalilla. The island is 160m high and covered

with vegetation. The narrow channel between the island and

Punta Piedra Verde on the mainland is obstructed by submerged and drying rocks and is not navigable. Some above-water rocks, which are steep-to, lie about 0.3 mile W of the island.

2.22 A light is shown from a framework tower standing on Isla

Salango and two towers, equipped with radar reflectors, stand

on the island.

2.22 Anchorage may be taken, in 47m, NE of the island with the

NW extremity bearing 235°, and the E extremity bearing 172°.

Anchorage may also be taken, in 29m, with the NW extremity

of the island bearing 264°, and Punta Piedra Verde bearing

191°.

2.22 Punta Blanca (1°41'S., 80°48'W.) is a conspicuous point located about 6.5 miles SE of Isla Salango. Above and belowwater rocks lie close off the point.

2.22 Islas Los Ahorcados, a small group of rocky islets, lie about

1.5 miles NW of Punta Blanca. There is clear passage between

the islets and the point. A rock, with a depth of 7.3m, lies close

NW of the islets.

2.22 Punta Montanita is a conspicuous point about 8 miles SSE of

Punta Blanca. Above and below-water rocks lie close off the

point.

2.22 Bajo Montanita (1°50'S., 81°03'W.) is a shoal with a least

depth of 10m, lying about 17 miles W of Punta Montanita. In

2000, shoal patches were reported to exist W of Bajo Montanita, as seen on the chart.

2.22 Punta La Leona (1°58'S., 80°46'W.), a rocky promontory, is

located about 24 miles SSE of Isla Salango. The coast between

is backed by a low range of mountains lying 3 to 7 miles inland.

2.22 Islote El Pelado, a rocky islet 22m high, lies about 3 miles

NW of Punta La Leona. A reef extends about 0.2 mile from its

N side and a dangerous rock lies close NW. A light is shown

from a concrete structure, 7m high, standing on the summit of

the islet.

2.22 Between Punta La Leona and Punta Santa Elena, about 19

miles SW, the coast consists of beaches interspersed with rocky

bluffs.

2.22 Puntilla de Santa Elena (2°11'S., 81°00'W.) is a narrow,

bare, and sandy promontory projecting about 4 miles NW from

a blunt peninsula. The N end of the promontory rises to a steep,

flat-topped hill which appears as an island when seen from seaward. A light is shown from Puntilla de Santa Elena, which is

the W extremity of the promontory. Radio masts stand on the

outer part of Puntilla de Santa Elena and are conspicuous unless obscured by the hill.

2.22 A light is shown from a tower, 12m high, standing on the

promontory; a radiobeacon is situated at the light tower.

2.22 A measured mile, indicated by beacons, is situated close N

of the promontory and may best be seen on the chart.

2.22 Banco Cope, over which heavy seas break, lies about 1 mile

N of Puntilla de Santa Elena and is marked by a lighted buoy.

2.23 Bahia de Santa Elena (2°12'S., 80°55'W.) is a bight

extending about 10 miles E of Puntilla de Santa Elena. The

small ports of Salinas and La Libertad are contained within the

bight. Several of the points contained within Bahia de Santa Elena make good radar targets. There are many excellent landmarks including tall buildings, church spires, towers, tanks,

and stacks within the points and towns along the shores of the

bay.

2.23 Depths shoal gradually from the 20m curve, which lies 2 to

4.5 miles N of the bay coastline, to about 5.5m at 1 to 1.5 miles

offshore or 0.5 mile off the points. 

2.23 Punta San Lorenzo lies close E of Salinas, about 2.5 miles

SE of Punta Santa Elena. A light is shown from the point.

2.23 Caution.—Several dangers lie in the approaches to the

ports.

2.23 Roca Belshaw, with a depth of 5.4m, lies about 1.5 miles NE

of Punta San Lorenzo and is marked by a lighted buoy.

2.23 Bajo de Ballenita, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 2.8 miles

NNE of the pier at La Libertad and is marked by a lighted

buoy.

2.23 Bajo de Columbia, with a least depth of 3.9m, lies about 0.5

mile from the shore, about 1.5 miles SSE of Bajo de Ballenita.

2.23 An abandoned Submarine Cable Area, the limits of which

are shown on the chart, extends about 3 miles N of Punta Santa

Elena.

2.24 La Libertad (2°13'S., 80°55'W.) (World Port Index
26 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

No. 15290) is a small oil-loading port situated 2.8 miles E of

Punta San Lorenzo.

2.24 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 2.1m at springs and

1.6m at neaps.

2.24 Depths—Limitations.—A submarine pipeline extends from

shore to an offshore oil berth situated about 2.5 miles N of the

town. A lighted buoy and four mooring buoys indicate the seaward end of the pipeline. Tanker vessels up to 228m in length,

with drafts up to 11m, can be accommodated at the terminal.

This limitation is due to the constant swell in this area. Docking masters assist in berthing. Vessels are moored port side-to

on a westerly heading. Vessels moor to three buoys aft and one

forward, using the starboard anchor off the starboard bow. Berthing is restricted to daylight hours and high tide. 

2.24 Aspect.—There is one pier at La Libertad which is about

322m long. Its minimum depth is 5m and it can handle ships of

10,000 dwt with a length of up to 98m and a draft of 4.8m. The

pier is used by coastal vessels,while larger vessels work cargo

at the anchorage. A number of mooring buoys and wrecks are

situated in the vicinity of the pier and may best be seen on the

chart.

2.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 2 miles

NW of the terminal. The vessel’s ETA may be sent through Radio Naval of Guayaquil. The ETA should be sent at least 12

hours in advance. The port can be contacted by VHF channel

16.

2.24 Regulations.—Several regulatory areas are situated offshore

and designated for maneuvering, anchoring, and waiting. The

limits of these areas may best be seen on the chart. The local

authorities and the pilot should be consulted for information on

these areas, and for regulations pertaining to their use.

2.24 Tankers berth in daylight hours only.

2.24 Caution.—An old abandoned underwater pipeline extends

from the shore for about 1.8 miles, close W of the pipeline described above. This old pipeline should not be confused with

the pipeline leading to the terminal.

2.25 Salinas (2°12'S., 80°59'W.) is situated about 4 miles

WNW of La Libertad. There are several good landmarks in the

town and vicinity, including conspicuous buildings at Punta

Chipipe, located 1.3 miles W of Punta San Lorenzo. It is basically a tourist port.

2.25 The terrain on which this town stands is flat, with La Puntilla

Hillock standing out.

2.25 The La Puntilla Hill is abrupt, 95m high, flat at the top, and

forms the S side of the Bay of Santa Elena. From a considerable distance it appears to have a yellow, arid-dry color, without any vegetation on it, except in the upper part.

2.25 Two lighted mooring buoys, situated about 0.8 mile NNE of

Punta Chipipe, are for the use of naval vessels. Small craft may

use several mooring buoys situated close N of a pile standing

about 0.5 mile NNW of Punta Chipipe. There is a small pier,

with depths of 3m alongside, which is used by fishing craft and

lighters. Larger vessels work cargo at anchor.

2.25 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 14.6m, sand,

about 1 mile NNE of Punta San Lorenzo. 

2.26 Punta Ancon (2°20'S., 80°54'W.), from which a light

is shown, is located about 11 miles SE of Puntilla de Santa Elena. The point, although projecting 1.3 miles from the coastline,

blends with the background and is inconspicuous from seaward. Punta Carnero, 2.5 miles NNW of Punta Ancon, although lower in height, is more prominent. Foul ground, which

breaks, lies about 1 mile off the points, and several detached

shoal patches of less than 5.5m lie up to 2.5 miles off Punta

Ancon. A dangerous wreck is charted about 4.3 miles SSW of

the point. A platform is situated about 8 miles SW of the light.

Numerous shoals, with depths of less than 11m, lie up to 4.5

miles off the coast, extending for 20 miles SE of Punta Ancon.

Many of these shoals break during a moderate ground swell.

2.26 Caution.—Due to the presence of many dangers, vessels are

advised to stay in depths of more than 100m while transiting

the coast.

2.26 Offshore oil exploration is being carried out in the vicinity of

the coast in these waters.

2.27 Punta Chanduy (2°24'S., 80°42'W.) lies about 12

miles ESE of Punta Ancon. The point, with the village of

Chanduy at the head of a cove close E, is fronted by rocks and

shoal patches. A steeple is situated within the town. A light is

shown about 2 miles WNW of the point. Pipelines, for the discharge of fish from small vessels, extend seaward for up to

about 0.5 mile from positions close NW of the point.

2.27 Punta Piedras del Morro (Punta Chapoya) (2°39'S.,

80°26'W.), about 21 miles SE of Punta de Chanduy, is marked

by a white tower from which a light is shown. A high hill rises

1.3 miles ENE of the point, which is a good radar target.

Depths of less than 5.5m lie up to 2.5 miles offshore. Cerro El

Morro, 6 miles E of Punta Piedras del Morro, is a prominent

hill with a distinctive shape of two peaks, one rounded and one

sharp, close together.

2.27 Punta del Morro (2°44'S., 80°15'W.) lies about 12.5 miles

SE of Punta Piedras del Morro. The coast between is low and

sandy. The point forms the N entrance point of Canal del Morro and is fringed by rocks and foul ground which extend S and

W in close proximity to the entrance channel leading to Canal

del Morro.

2.27 The dangers off this point will be described in paragraph

2.28 with the port description for Puerto Maritimo de Guayaqil.

2.27 The coast between the point and Punta Payana (3°19'S.,

80°16'W.) recedes about 28 miles E, forming a large bight occupied N by Isla de Puna (2°50'S., 80°10'W.). Canal del Morro

and Canal de Jambeli lie N and S, respectively, of Isla de Puna.

The mainland is generally low and wooded, with many creeks

and estuaries intersecting the terrain. The Rio Guayas discharges into Canal de Jambeli N of the NE end of Isla de Puna.

Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil

(2°17'S., 79°54'W.)

World Port Index No. 15275

2.28 Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil (Puerto Nuevo), the

marine terminal for Guayaquil, handles most of the commerce

that formerly moved through Guayaquil. The approach to this

port lies between Punta del Morro and Punta Trinchera

(2°45'S., 80°13'W.), where the width at the entrance of Canal

del Morro is 2 miles. The port is reached through Canal del

Morro and Estero Salado.
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 27

Pub. 125

2.28 Tides—Currents.—Tidal data for Puerto Maritimo de

Guayaquil, using Guayaquil as a reference station, has been reported as follows:

1. Low water at the sea buoy occurs 3 hours earlier than

at Guayaquil and at the dock 52 minutes earlier.

2. High water at the sea buoy occurs about 2.5 hours earlier, and at the dock about 30 minutes earlier than at Guayaquil.

2.28 The mean range of tides is 3.3m at the terminal and 1.8m at

the entrance, where it is reported that HW on the outer (131°)

leading line occurs about 2.5 hours before HW at Guayaquil.

2.28 A heavy swell and strong tidal currents may be experienced

in Golfo de Guayaquil and the outer approach to Canal del

Morro. The current generally flows N across the entrance of

the gulf, but a set E or W occurs within the gulf depending on

the incoming or outgoing tidal current in the Rio Guayas and

tributaries. Off Isla Santa Clara, the ebb sets to the S and the

flood to the E. Currents up to 6 knots have been reported in the

vicinity of the sea buoy and tide rips of 2.5 to 3 knots in Canal

del Morro. Currents of 5 knots in the stream at Canal del Morro

decrease to 0.5 knot at Puerto Maritimo.

2.28 Depths—Limitations.—The port handles general cargo, bananas, bulk solids and liquids, containers, and LPG vessels.

2.28 Vessels up to 30,000 dwt and 198m in length, with drafts up

to 10.6m, can be accommodated within the port.

2.28 It was reported that vessels with drafts of over 8.8m had reported that their intakes became blocked when navigating between Buoy No. 62 and Buoy No. 39. It was also reported that

the departure of these deep-draft vessels was controlled by the

local authorities to coincide with the tide. Vessels may be required to anchor off Posorja (2°42'S., 80°15'W.) to await the

next tide before completing the passage to sea.

2.28 The Marginal Wharf is 960m long, with a depth alongside of

9.1m, and provides five berths. Three berths, each 185m long,

and the bulk berth, 157m long, complete the quayage. Four anchorage berths, with associated mooring buoys, lie S of the terminals between Buoy No. 78 and Buoy No. 84, and have

depths of 10m. 

2.28 Estero Cobina, leading off the E end of Puerto Maritimo, is a

busy waterway used chiefly by lighter and barge traffic from

the Rio Guayas. The inlet is connected with the Rio Guayas by

a lock 122m long and 4.2m deep, situated at La Josefina close

S of the city of Guayaquil. The waterway has a least depth of

5m.

2.28 Estero del Muerto, leading off the W end of Puerto Maritimo, turns N to a private fertilizer and chemical pier and a Naval

Dockyard situated on the E bank of the inlet. The fertilizer

quay is 70m long and can handle vessels with drafts up to

7.8m.

2.28 El Salitral, part of Estero Santa Ana, leads NNW for about 6

miles, then turns E towards Guayaquil. On the W side of the inlet there are three berths handling fuel oil and gas, within 7 or 8

miles upstream from the inlet entrance. Vessels turn off the

LPG terminal and are limited to a length of 128m and a draft of

6.4m.

2.28 Aviation gasoline is discharged into barges from small tankers at moorings W of Trinitaria Island. The maximum draft allowed at the moorings is 10m.

2.28 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send their

ETA 72 hours in advance through Guayaquil (HCG) on frequency 8476 kHz and 500 kHz.. Vessels should send their ETA

at the sea buoy 1 hour in advance to confirm, and contact the

pilot by VHF channel 16 upon reaching the sea buoy. The pilots board at Lighted Buoy No.1 (2°44'S., 80°23'W.). There is

another pilot station situated at Puna (2°44'S., 79°54'W.) when

the approach is made through Canal de Jambeli. As the ship

leaves the channel, the pilot debarks between Lighted Buoy

No. 6A and Lighted Buoy No. 7. 

2.28 Regulations.—Passing or overtaking is prohibited between

Buoy No. 33 and Buoy No. 45; vessels with a following current

have priority.

2.28 Anchorage.—Two anchorage areas, best seen on the chart,

lie NW and SW of the sea buoy. The S anchorage area is for

vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Anchorage is also available

in suitable depths outside the fairway of the channel enroute to

Puerto Maritmo, for which the pilot should be consulted. 

2.28 The E zone of the channel, from Buoy No. 69 to Buoy No.

62, is used as an anchorage for explosives. Here, the channel is

wide and may be as much as 120m away, especially off Buoy

No. 69. 

2.28 The S sector of Santa Ana Island has been designated as a

quarantine anchorage; it is between Buoy No. 75 and Buoy No.

69. The anchorage sectors are left up to the opinion of the pilots, according to the needs or to the order of arrival of ships

that wish to enter the Maritime Port. Tankers may transfer all

or part of their cargo into barges while anchored 2 miles above

Punta Samper (2°22'S., 80°00'W.).

2.28 Directions.—Vessels should approach the lighted sea buoy,

moored about 10 miles W of Punta del Morro, avoiding the numerous offshore dangers. Vessels should then follow the recommended tracks E and SE through the entrance channel,

which is marked by buoys, to Canal del Morro. Estero Salado

is an estuary which extends NE from Canal del Morro for

about 30 miles to the S point of Isla Santa Ana, where it divides and passes E and W of that island. The E branch leads

NE passing E of Trinitaria Island and joins Estero del Muerto,

where Puerto Maritimo is situated on the E bank just within the

entrance.

2.28 The fairways are marked by buoys and ranges. The lighted

sea buoy is equipped with a racon. 

2.28 Cautions.—Vessels should exercise caution when approaching the seaward end of the entrance channel due to the frequent

spells of low visibility over this coast, the strong tidal currents,

and the tendency of the channel to silt.

2.28 The presence of unlit fishing craft in Golfo de Guayaquil has

been reported.

2.28 The S entrance to Canal del Morro, which is unmarked and

almost blocked by shoals, should not be approached without

local knowledge.

2.28 Less water than charted has been reported (1997) in Canal de

Morro, Estero Salado, and in Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil.

2.28 In 1996, controlling depths were, as follows:

1. In the vicinity of the sea buoy—11m.

2. Between Buoy No. 8 and Buoy No. 13—8m.

3. Between Buoy No. 20 and Buoy No. 26—8.7m.

2.29 Canal de Jambeli—Guayaquil Approach.—The

main approach to the Rio Guayas and the old port of Guayaquil

is through Canal de Jambeli (3°10'S., 80°10'W.), an inlet extending about 50 miles NE from its entrance between Punta
28 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

Salinas (3°01'S., 80°16'W.) and Punta Payana (3°19'S.,

80°16'W.); the latter low and inconspicuous.

2.29 Isla Puna (2°50'S., 80°10'W.), a thickly-wooded and high

island, lies on the NW side of Canal de Jambeli. A channel on

the N side of the island leads to Estero Salado from Canal de

Jambeli. The previously-mentioned shoal bank extends at least

7 miles W, 4 miles SW, and 2 miles S of Punta Salinas, but converges to 0.5 mile off Punta Arenas (3°02'S., 80°08'W.). A

lighted buoy marks the outer (SW) edge of the shoals off Punta

Salinas, the low, wooded SW end of Isla Puna. A light is shown

on Punta Arenas, the wooded SE end of Isla de Puna. Cerro

Zambapala (2°58'S., 80°13'W.) is a conspicuous peak of a

range of hills.

2.29 Isla de Santa Clara (3°10'S., 80°26'W.), on which a light is

shown, has steep-to fringing and detached dangers lying up to

3 miles off its shores. A dangerous underwater rock lies about

3 miles SSW of the island, which gives a good radar return at

20 miles. Isla de Santa Clara, lying in the approach to Canal de

Jambeli, is high, prominent, and a good mark. The island, is divided into two parts which are joined at low water by a sandpit,

should not be approached closer than 4 miles or within depths

of 21.9m.

2.29 The approach to Canal de Jambeli can be made by passing

either 6 miles N or S of Isla de Santa Clara; however, the S

track, in depths of more than 36.6m, is preferable. The island,

when approached from N, is visible from about 16 miles as

three hummocks. Cerro Zambapala (2°58'S., 80°13'W.), the

highest of several peaks, can also be seen at the same time. 

2.29 Tides—Currents.—In Canal de Jambeli, the tidal currents

follow the shoreline. The flood current runs at a rate of 3 to 4

knots and the ebb current reaches 8 knots in winter. Off Puna

the flood current sets NW and the ebb current sets SSE at a rate

of about 2.5 knots at springs. The flood current has a mean duration of 6 hours 6 minutes and the ebb current runs for 6 hours

14 minutes. The difference in times of the tidal current between

Puna and Guayaquil is 1 hour 12 minutes for the flood and 2

hours 27 minutes for the ebb.

2.29 Depths—Limitations.—Canal de Jambeli has general

depths of 6.5 to 13m. Depths of less than 5.5m lie up to 2 miles

off the NW shore and up to 4 miles off the SE shore. A light is

shown from Punta Jambeli (3°12'S., 80°01'W.). Banco de Mala

(2°53'S., 79°52'W.) is an extensive, partly drying shoal which

parallels the SE side of Isla de Puna. Bajo de Afuera (3°01'S.,

80°03'W.), with a least depth of 0.5m, lies at the S end of Banco de Mala. A narrow shoal, with a least depth of 0.5m, lies

close E and parallel to the N part of Banco de Mala. Lighted

buoys, moored clear of all shoals, mark the side of the channel.

A depth of 6m shoal has been reported to exist at 6.8 miles

WNW of Punta Jambeli.

2.29 Anchorage.—The island offers no protection against winds,

waves, and currents; it is recommended that anchorage can be

obtained within an area off the SE side of Isla Santa Clara, between parallels of 3°10.6'S and 3°11.1'S, and between meridians of 80°24.7'W and 80°25.2'W. 

2.29 Cautions..—A submarine gas pipeline is located in the approaches to the canal. It extends WSW from the shore to a

point 5 miles S of Isla Santa Clara as seen on the chart. Vessels

should not trawl or anchor in the vicinity of this pipeline.

2.30 Puerto Bolivar (3°16'S., 80°00'W.) (World Port Index No. 15250) is situated on the E side of Estero de Santa Rosa (3°14'S., 80°01'W.), about 4 miles within the inlet which is

entered 1 mile NNE of Punta Jambeli.

2.30 Tides—Currents.—The tide occurs twice daily. The maximum known tides, such as the low and high tide, occur between the months of December through April and reach

average heights of 3.2m.

2.30 Aspect.—Boca de Jambeli, the entrance of Estero de Santa

Rosa, is about 0.3 mile wide and has a depth of 11m, but caution is advised when entering by this channel, as depths within

it are constantly changing. An approach lighted buoy is moored

on the outer side of shoals, about 1.2 miles NNE of Punta Jambeli.

2.30 When approaching the port, the buildings of the city of

Machala, the port lights, the ocean buoys, and the lighthouses,

particularly that of Punta Jambeli can be clearly seen. 

2.30 The access channel is deep enough to accommodate ships

with drafts up to 9m and there is ample room for maneuvering

ships in its interior. The port is situated 5 miles from the open

sea. 

2.30 Depths—Limitations.—Puerto Bolivar has a concrete

wharf with two 140m long berths. The wharf can accommodate ships with maximum drafts to 9.7m.

2.30 There is also a marginal wharf, 372m long, which also has

two berths. The wharf can accommodate ships with maximum

drafts to 10.6m. Both wharfs can accommodate ships up to

20,000 tons.

2.30 The port handles general cargo, refrigerated goods, dry

grain, and liquid grain.The pilot station is situated at Data de

Villamil, about 3 miles NW of Punta del Morro.The pilot station is situated at Data de Villamil, about 3 miles NW of Punta

del Morro.

2.30 The Municipal Wharf can accommodate vessels with smaller

drafts because of the 2m shoal which appears during low tide.

The wharf is used by coastal traffic vessels.

2.30 The estuary of Guayeala has wooden wharfs which are used

to load fruit brought in on small, short flatboats because the estuary is narrow and rather shallow. It can accommodate vessels

with drafts up to 2.7m during low tide.

2.30 Pilotage.—With the exception of warships, all national or

foreign ships greater than 50 tons must use pilots.

2.30 Piloting services are available 24 hours. The ship’s agent

should request such services from the port authorities at least

12 hours in advance.

2.30 The pilot boards about 1.5 miles N of Punta Jambeli. 

2.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 5.5 to

11m, good holding ground of mud and clay, in the stream off

the piers. Anchorage can be taken about 1 mile N of Punta

Jambeli, if necessary while awaiting a pilot.

2.30 A quarantine area, which is the port’s internal anchorage area, is bordered by 3°15.3'S and 3°16.75'S, and has a 5m shoal

on its E shore and a 10m shoal on the W shore of the Santa Rosa estuary. 

2.31 Canal de Jambeli (continued).—The E side of Canal

de Jambeli, between Punta Jambeli and Punta Mondragon

(2°39'S., 79°54'W.), is low, wooded, and intersected by many

streams. Isla Mondragon (2°37'S., 79°52'W.) is low, mangrovecovered, and forms the E side of the entrance to the Rio Guayas. A drying bank and depths of less than 5.5m extends up to
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 29

Pub. 125

3.5 miles S of Isla Mondragon. Punta Mondragon is the E entrance point of the Rio Guayas.

2.31 The NW side of Canal de Jambeli, between Punta Arenas

(3°02'S., 80°08'W.) and Cerro Mala (2°48'S., 80°00'W.), consists chiefly of mangrove swamps intersected by inlets. Cerro

Mala, with its two prominent peaks, appears as an island from

the offing. The coast NE of Cerro Mala is cliffy and fronted by

a beach. Punta Espanola (2°48'S., 79°56'W.), from which a

light is shown, is cliffy and a useful clearing mark for Banco de

Mala. Shoaling is reported (1992) about 3 miles SSE of Punta

Espanola. Punta Mandinga (2°45'S., 79°54'W.), on which a

light is shown, is a bold bluff forming the NE end of Isla de Puna. Bajo de Puna, with a least depth of 0.3m at its N end, lies 2

miles off Punta Mandinga.

2.31 Puna (2°44'S., 79°55'W.) is a port for ships unable to reach

Guayaquil. Cargo is discharged into lighters at the anchorage.

There is a prominent white painted church in the town. 

2.31 Puna is the pilot boarding place for vessels bound for the Rio

Guayas and Guayaquil. A short pier, marked by two lights and

a flagstaff, has depths of about 1 to 3m alongside. Passenger

barges operate between Puna and Guayaquil. Anchorage for

several vessels is available in the charted area about 0.5 mile

NE of town, where there are depths of 11 to 14.6m, sand.

2.31 Directions.—From about 6 miles S of Isla Santa Clara, steer

060° for 30 miles to a position with Punta Arenas Light bearing 270°, distant 7 miles. Then steer 038° for about 10.5 miles

passing E of a stranded wreck, marked by a lighted buoy, 9

miles ENE of Punta Arena Light to a position with Punta

Mandinga bearing 000°, distant 8.5 miles; care should be taken

not to get into depths of less than 7.3m. Change course to 005°

for about 8.8 miles to a position about 0.8 mile E of Punta

Mandinga. Then steer NW to the anchorage off Puna. On this

latter course Punta Mandinga can be rounded at a distance of

about 0.5 mile.

2.31 Caution.—Caution should be exercised as strong tidal currents have been reported to run off Banco de Mala.

2.31 The position of the buoys in Canal de Jambeli cannot be relied on.

2.31 It is reported that a stranded wreck, marked by a lighted

buoy, lies about 9 miles ENE of Punta Arenas.

2.32 The Rio Guayas (2°40'S., 79°55'W.), the largest river

on the W coast of South America, is navigable for about 80

miles. The river, about 3 miles wide at its main entrance between Punta Mondragon (2°39'S., 79°54'W.) and Isla Verde

(2°39'S., 79°56'W.), leads N for 28 miles to the river port of

Guayaquil. The lower part of the Rio Guayas, about 1 mile

wide, is bordered by low, mangrove-covered islands fronted by

drying mudbanks. Isla Mondragon and Isla Matorillos, on the

E bank of the river, are actually large banks covered with mangrove trees encircled by partly drying mud flats.

2.32 Note.—A draft of 5.8m has been established for the entrance

to the Rio Guayas for larger-sized ships.

2.32 Canal Naranjal and Canal Matorillos are connected with the

Rio Guayas about 11.5 and 15 miles N of Punta Mondragon.

These two channels discharge at their S ends into Canal de

Mondragon, on the E side of Isla Mondragon, and are used by

small craft.

2.32 The W bank of the lower part of the river is also low and

tree-covered, but has occasional clear spaces on which landing

may be made. The first of these, Puerto Balsa, is situated about

9.5 miles N of Punta Mandinga. Punta de Piedra, about 9.5

miles farther NNE, is more extensive and has a small pier. A

light is shown from Punta de Piedra. Other landing places on

both banks of the river as far as Guayaquil are shown on the

chart.

2.33 Isla Santay (2°13'S., 79°52'W.) lies in the river E and

SE of Guayaquil. A bank and shoals encircle the island and extend into the main channel of the river W of the island. The

channel E of the island is shallow. About 2 miles above

Guayaquil, the Rio Guayas is joined by the Rio Daule and the

navigable stream is known as the Rio Babahoyo. Fixed road

bridges span the two rivers close N of their junction; navigable

spans beneath the bridges have vertical clearances of 7.2 to

10.6m. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 24m,

and a submarine water main cross the river at the N end of

Guayaquil.

2.33 Depths—Limitations.—The Rio Guayas is encumbered by

a bar that extends NNW between Punta Mondragon and Puerto

Balsa (2°35'S., 79°55'W.). There is a least depth of 3.7m at low

water, soft mud, over the bar located 8 miles N of Puna. No. 4

lighted buoy is moored on the bar. A black and white striped

lighted buoy is moored in the constricted channel and W of

several submerged rocks about 2.5 miles NNW of Puna. Bajo

de Mondragon (2°40'S., 79°55'W.), a drying mudflat, lies in

the entrance of the Rio Guayas and at the E side of the channel.

Roca de Santa Rita (2°28'S., 79°52'W.), with a depth of 0.3m,

lies in mid-channel and is marked close W by a lighted buoy.

There are many other dangers in and near the channel leading

to Guayaquil. Buoys, shown on the chart, mark these dangers.

The channel sometimes shifts and the buoys may be out of position. There are lights shown on the E and W shores and a

lighted range, in line bearing 150°, is shown from Sitio Nuevo

(2°19'S., 79°50'W.).

2.33 Caution.—Large quantities of debris, tree trunks and

branches, silt, etc. are carried downstream on the ebb tide, particularly during the rainy season. Buoys marking the channel

and adjacent dangers could be missing or out of position.

Depths in the river channel change often and silting is a problem.

2.33 Numerous fishing craft may be encountered off the entrance

of the river.

Guayaquil (2°12'S., 79°53'W.)

World Port Index No. 15270

2.34 Guayaquil, the port, encompasses the city of Guayaquil on the W bank of the Rio Guayas and the town of Duran

(Alfaro) on the E bank with its adjacent river facilities. Oceangoing vessels anchor in the river off the city and work cargo

with lighters. A quay, capped by stone, extends along the entire

bank fronting the city. Finger piers along the quay are joined to

floating stages used by local river boats. There are no large

wharves or piers in the port except at and near the grain silos at

the S end of the city.

2.34 Winds—Weather.—Windstorms are infrequent. Earthquakes occur occasionally. Guayaquil has a dry season from

May to December and a wet season from January to the latter
30 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 

Pub. 125

part of April. Humidity is high during the wet season. There is

a weather advisory service at Guayaquil.

2.34 Tides—Currents.—The spring range at Guayaquil is 3.6m,

the mean range is 3.3m, and the neap range is 1.8m. Between

Punta Mondragon and Guayaquil, there is no regularity in the

times of the tides, probably due to the winds and velocity of the

river current.Off Guayaquil, the tidal current has a rate of 3 to 4

knots; the ebb has a rate of 6 knots at times. Rates as high as 8

to 12 knots have been recorded in the river off Guayaquil during the rainy season. There is a difference of about 30 minutes

in the duration of the flood and ebb currents, the flood being

shorter. The mean duration of the incoming current is 4 hours

56 minutes, and that of the outgoing current is 7 hours 38 minutes. The ebb and flood currents do not commence until at least

10 minutes after high and low water, with an average of 20 to

25 minutes. Occasionally the interval is as great as 1 hours 30

minutes with the ebb current, in which case it is never greater

than 10 minutes with the flood current. During the rainy season, from December to April, the flood current lasts only 3

hours.

2.34 Depths—Limitations.—In the N part of the city, there is a

concrete wharf with a length of 152m (the old customs wharf)

and with a depth of 4.5m at the pilings.

2.34 At Duran (2°10'S., 79°51'W.), there is a wooden wharf belonging to the Anglo Company, which is used to unload processed petroleum products. A wharf, continuing the abovementioned one, belongs to the Aztra Company and is used for

exporting molasses. Tankers usually berth heading N and with

the port anchor down. The tidal current sets off the pier and at

times attains a velocity of 6 knots.

2.34 Cipresa has a 25m long wharf, with a maximum depth of

8m. This wharf is equipped to handle bulk cement and liquid

bulk items.

2.34 Minaoil has a 55m long wharf, with a maximum depth of

7.6m. It has ten tanks of 400,000 gallons each. The type of cargo handled at this wharf consists of oil for lubricants.

2.34 Molinos del Equador is equipped with a 78m long wharf; the

maximum depth at the foot of the wharf is 9.7m. The type of

cargo handled at this wharf includes wheat, grease, or oil.

2.34 Industrial Molinera has two wharfs with a length of 24m; the

maximum depth is 10.6m. The type of cargo handled at this

wharf consists of wheat, oats, and corn. 

2.34 Timsa has an 18m long wharf. The maximum depth at the

wharf is 10m.

2.34 La Favorita has a 15m long wharf. The type of cargo consists

of bulk soy beans and crude oils.

2.34 In addition to these commercial wharfs, there are eight municipal wharfs along the oceanfront.

2.34 Vessels up to 183m in length and 7.1m draft can be accommodated in the port.

2.34 There are strong tidal currents at all river berths, as much as

7 knots velocity at spring tides, making it preferable to berth

heading downstream.

2.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board off Puna

(2°44'S., 79°55'W.). Pilots generally pick ships up 0.5 mile to

the NE of Mandinga Point. Pilots are on duty 24 hours. The request for a pilot must be sent by radio to the Guayaquil Port

captain or to naval radio. The pilot can be contacted by VHF.

2.34 Anchorage.—Pilots select the proper anchorage off

Guayaquil. The anchorage is often congested and the holding

ground poor in spots. Ocean-going ships anchor 0.3 mile off

the city, or in mid-stream. It is reported that vessels of 183m

are permitted to anchor, but the anchorage is unsuitable for vessels over 146m in length.

2.34 Off Duran, vessels can anchor, in 9m, allowing for swinging

room. Tankers anchor off the S end of Isla Santay and either

lighten up or fully discharge.

2.34 Vessels carrying explosives anchor, in about 7.3m, off the S

end of Guayaquil.

2.34 Long rafts of balsa logs are floated down the river and constitute a danger to anchored vessels at night. Floating debris

and quantities of hyacinths drifting downstream may foul a

ship’s anchor chain. Due to the strong currents, it is advisable

to be prepared to use the engines when necessary.

2.34 Directions.—Specific directions for the Rio Guayas to

Guayaquil are not given as pilotage is compulsory and the

channel is subject to silting and constant change. It was reported that vessels should arrive at Puna 3 hours before desired

time of arrival at Guayaquil. Vessels can arrive at Guayaquil

from 30 minutes before to 1.5 hours after HW at Guayaquil.

Vessels leaving Guayaquil can sail from 1.2 to 2.2 hours after

LW at Guayaquil.

2.34 It is preferable for vessels to berth heading S on the last of

the flood tide, as there is a greater depth of water for turning

the vessel; whereas, ships berthing heading N have to turn ship

on departure soon after LW.
31

Pub. 125

3. 

Coast of Peru

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
33

Pub. 125

SECTOR 3 

COAST OF PERU

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Peru from Canal de

Jambeli, at the Ecuador/Peru boundary, to the Peru/Chile

boundary, including the off-lying islands. The sequence of the

description is from N to S. 

General Remarks

3.1 The coast trends about 100 miles S from Cabo Blanco

to Punta Falsa and is indented by several bights, the S and largest of which recedes about 15 miles E to form Bahia de Sechura. From the S end of the Punta Aguja headland, the coast

trends SSE for about 665 miles to Punta Dona Maria, where it

turns and trends almost 400 miles in a more ESE direction to

Arica. The coast is quite regular in outline, with small bights fit

only for small vessels with local knowledge, and a few deepwater bays large enough for ships.

3.1 Most of the Peruvian coast consists of a very low, narrow

desert plain made arable in places by irrigation. The coastal

plain varies between 1 to 50 miles wide and is backed inland

by the great range of the Andes Mountains. Spurs of the mountains rise abruptly from the coast in some places, and sandy

beaches, interrupted by points, and small rivers are common.

3.1 Generally, the coast is steep-to with depths of 11 to 91.4m

less than 3 miles offshore. Above and below-water dangers

fringe many parts of the coast, and shorebanks extend up to 3

miles offshore and 6 miles off the E shore of Bahia de Sechura.

3.1 Caution must be exercised because of the lack of sufficient

soundings along many parts of this coast and the possibility of

uncharted dangers. In addition, the charts have been reported

not to conform with the actual coastal configuration in a number of places.

3.1 Note.—See Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia for details on regulations

pertaining to vessels entering Peruvian waters.

3.1 It is reported that all foreign vessels regardless of type or

tonnage, entering waters within 200 miles of the coast, must

participate in the Peruvian Maritime Information System on

Position and Safety. Details are found in Pub 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia.

3.1 Oil fields.—Oil fields may be encountered off this coast

from a point NW of Punta Mapelo (30°30'S., 80°20'W.) to a

position S of Punta Parinas (4°40'S., 81°20'W.). Rigs, production platforms, submarine pipelines, and various other forms of

hazard may be associated with these oil fields, some of which

may be lighted. Vessels are urged to exercise the appropriate

caution when navigating along this portion of the coast. Peruvian authorities advise that oil platforms may be met between the

parallels of 3° and 5°S.

3.1 Winds—Weather.—Close to the coast of Peru and N Chile,

winds are predominantly S to SW throughout the year. From

September through December, when there is a marked contrast

between sea and land temperatures, the winds known locally as

"virazon" increase in strength to such an extent as to hinder the

loading and discharging of ships cargoes. Winds vary considerably over the ocean off the Peruvian coast as a result of the

movement N and S of the doldrums belt. Gales are rare off the

Peruvian coast.

3.1 Humidity prevails throughout the year along the almost rainless coast of Peru. At Lima, the relative humidity averages over

90 per cent throughout the year during the early morning

hours. At Arica, where it seldom rains, the humidity averages

76 per cent. Fog occurs frequently along this coast from the latter part of December to the end of April.

3.1 Temperatures along the coast of Peru become cooler than

other areas near the Equator because of the Humboldt Current

flowing N. The prevailing coastal winds carry warm surface

water away from the coast, bringing to the surface the cool waters from below.

3.1 Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Peru are

influenced by the Peru Current, which predominates along this

coast, and to a lesser extent by the El Nino Current. In general,

the current sets N parallel to the coast of Peru at a rate of about

0.5 to 1 knot. It is strongest between Punta Falsa and Puerto

Eten and between Punta San Juan and Mollendo. A S set of

equal or greater strength occurs occasionally and suddenly at

any time of year, and it does not necessarily follow a change of

the wind to a N direction. Currents setting S parallel to the

coast and close inshore have been encountered, particularly off

Cabo Blanco, Isla Lobos de Tierra, and between Callao and the

Peninsula de Paracas. The S set of the Holy Child Current

sometimes extends as far S as Punta Dona Maria, but usually it

has little effect S of Golfo de Guayaquil.

3.1 Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts

of this sector with the features off which they occur. Tidal currents are similarly described.

3.1 Discoloration of the water, known as “aguaje,” may be encountered on the Peruvian coast.

3.1 Caution.—Navigating, anchoring, and fishing are prohibited

within 0.5 mile of offshore tanker moorings and buoys used for

the loading and discharging of inflammable liquids along the

Peruvian coast.

Canal de Jambeli to Punta Falsa

3.2 Between Isla San Gregorio (3°19'S., 80°16'W.), the

S entrance point of Canal de Jambeli, and Cabo Blanco, about

82 miles SW, the coast is indented by numerous bays and inlets. A light is exhibited close SW of Punta Payana.

3.2 Punta Capones, about 4.5 miles SSW of Punta Payana, is located on the S side of a channel which forms part of the border

between Ecuador and Peru. A light is shown from the point.

3.2 Bahia de Tumbes lies between Punta Capones and Punta

Malpelo, about 12 miles SW.

3.2 The mouths of the Rio Tumbes lie within a delta which extends from Punta Malpelo, about 6 miles E to Puerto Pizarro,

situated in the S part of the bay. Small craft can navigate the

river as far as the town about 5 miles upstream. Local knowledge is required.
34 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

3.2 Anchorage can be taken about 3 miles ENE of Punta Mapelo

and 1 mile offshore, in depths of 9.1 to 11m.

3.2 Caleta La Cruz, a small cove, is located about 10 miles SW

of Punta Malpelo. A light is shown from a jetty and a prominent water tank is situated at the fish factory. Three lighted

platforms are situated about 10 miles offshore from Punta Malpelo to Punta Mero. Anchorage can be taken about 2 miles offshore, in depths of 8 to 10m, sand.

3.3 Contralmirante Villar (Puerto Zorritos) (3°40'S.,

80°40'W.), situated about 6 miles SW of Caleta La Cruz, occupies a cove between Punta Santa Rosa and Punta Sechwita, 1.5

miles WSW. The small port can be contacted by VHF. Oil derricks and tanks are conspicuous from the offing, and a pier, in

ruins, extends off Punta Santa Rosa. Sunken wrecks lie 0.5

mile WNW and 0.2 mile WSW of the point. There is a jetty,

180m long, 0.1 mile E of Punta San Rosa. 

3.3 Mooring buoys lie off the pier head. Most of the port activities have been transferred to Caleta Los Organos, about 9 miles

NE of Cabo Blanco. Anchorage can be taken, in 5.5 to 9.1m,

up to 1 mile off Punta Santa Rosa. A light is shown from a

black and white banded tower close SW of Contralmirante Villar.

3.3 The coast SW of Contralmirante Villar is both sandy and

cliffy, with several small coves used by small local vessels. Detached mountains rise inland in some areas. Caleta Mero is located about 15 miles SW of Contralmirante Villar. This cove,

which is moderately sheltered, has anchorage, in depths of 9 to

12m, sand. Care should be taken to avoid the obstruction situated about 1.5 miles offshore. 

3.3 Los Organos (4°15'S., 81°08'W.) is a village at the E end of

a cove situated about 40 miles SW of Contralmirante Villar.

Two tanks and several buildings are prominent. A disused submerged oil pipeline, surrounded by a prohibited anchorage area

best seen on the chart, extends about 0.5 mile NW from the

shore.

3.3 It is reported that a jetty extends from the shore, but is out of

use.

3.4 Punta Cabo Blanco (4°16'S., 81°15'W.), about 7.5

miles SW, is a guano-covered bluff which rises to an elevation

of 275m. A light is shown at the cape. The cape, sloping gradually seaward, has two sharp hillocks near its extremity. Above

and below-water rocks lie 0.2 mile off the cape. Oil tanks are

conspicuous at the town of El Alto, situated on the heights

above the cape, about 1.3 miles SE. At night, gas flares and the

lights of the town are visible for many miles seaward.

3.4 Monte Organos, about 422m high, stands 7.5 miles E of Cabo

Blanco. The W side of the mountain resembles a pipe organ.

3.4 Puerto Cabo Blanco (4°16'S., 81°15'W.) (World Port Index

No. 15210) is a small port situated on the NE side of Cabo

Blanco and a chief exporter of crude oil from El Alto, but is also a sport fishing center. The port is an open roadstead, sheltered from the S and partly from the SW, but exposed to N

weather. There are four mooring buoys in 11.3m, 910m offshore. 

3.4 Winds—Weather.—Except for December through February, the prevailing wind is SE in the morning and SW in the afternoon. In winter, showers may occur in early morning, but by

noon the weather is clear.

3.4 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 1.2m; the

spring range is 1.5m. The current sets N except in summer,

when it shifts to SSE.

3.4 Depths—Limitations.—A pier, at least 183m long and

marked at its head by a light, extends N from a point ashore

about 0.3 mile E of Cabo Blanco. A submarine oil pipeline,

marked at its seaward end by a lighted buoy, extends about 0.2

mile N from the pier. There are depths of 14.6m in the berth at

the outer end of the pipeline. Mooring buoys are laid NW of

the pierhead and N of the oil pipeline. It is reported that generally ten hawsers, five forward and five aft, are required for

mooring. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt, with drafts up to 12.2m,

can be accommodated at the berth. 

3.4 Anchoring in the vicinity of the pipeline is prohibited. 

3.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards about 2

miles N of the berth. Vessels will be moored only during daylight, but can be unmoored at night. The port is under the jurisdiction of the port captain at Talara, from which customs

officials and the pilot are supplied. The pilot can be contacted

by VHF channel 16.

3.4 Caution.—A wreck is reported (1994) to lie approximately

6.8 miles W of Punta Cabo Blanco. 

3.4 An obstruction lies 1.8 miles NNW of the pier.

3.4 Numerous platforms, lit and unlit, are scattered which extend

to about 6 miles offshore lying within 100m contour. 

3.5 Punta Lobos (4°27'S., 81°18'W.) lies about 12.5

miles SSW of Cabo Blanco. The coast between is indented by

shallow bights separated by cliffy points that are fronted by

rocks and foul ground up to 0.5 mile offshore.

3.5 A small jetty situated at Pena Negra, about 1.8 miles SSW of

Cabo Blanco, is used by small craft employed by the oil company.

3.5 Caleta Lobitos (4°27'S., 81°17'W.) (World Port Index No.

15200) is small port, also named Puerto Lobitos, and situated

in a bight between Punta Folch (4°27'S., 81°17'W.) and Punta

Lobitos (4°27'S., 81°18'W.). The port includes a roadstead NW

of the bight. Conspicuous oil derricks, oil storage tanks, and

buildings of the town of Lobitos stand along and within the

shores of the bay.

3.5 The approach to port is free of all known dangers, except for

several charted 10.1 to 11m patches lying close seaward of the

10m curve. Submerged rocks and reefs lie close off Punta Lobitos. Breakers are visible at least 0.3 mile off the point. There

are depths of less than 5.5m as far as 0.4 mile off the SW side

of the bight. Weather and current conditions are similar to

those at Puerto Cabo Blanco, except for very heavy swells

from January to March.

3.5 A pier, with a depth of 7m at its head, extends NW from

shore at the town and is used by local fishing craft.

3.5 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken about 1 mile NW of

the jetty head, in depths of 12 to 18m, but the anchorage lies

within an oil field area.

3.5 Caution.—An oil field, in which there are numerous structures, some carrying lights, is situated off Caleta Lobitos.

3.5 Vessels should give this part of the coast a wide berth on account of the oil field.

3.5 The coast in the vicinity of Punta Lobos (4°28'S., 81°18'W.)

is cliffy, but becomes low between Punta Capullana and Punta

Malaca (4°32'S., 81°17'W.); then to Talara, is closely backed
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 35

Pub. 125

by a plateau with several high hills. Isla Sheba lies on a reef

fringing Punta Yapato, about 1.3 miles S of Punta Lobos, and is

reported to be conspicuous. The coast, fronted by rocky shoals

and foul ground, should not be closed within 3 miles as there

are detached patches of less than 7.3m. Roca Miguel Angel,

submerged, is charted 1.7 miles WNW of Punta Lobos, but it

has been reported as lying 0.2 mile W of its charted position.

3.5 Bahia de Talara (4°34'S., 81°17'W.) is entered between

Punta Rocallosa, the NE extremity of Punta Talara, and Punta

Macara (4°32'S., 81°17'W.), a small, rocky point backed by

sand dunes located about 2.3 miles N. Punta Talara is the W

end of a steep, rugged peninsula that forms the SW side of Bahia de Talara.

Talara (4°34'S., 81°17'W.)

World Port Index No. 15190

3.6 Talara, a port situated at the S end of Bahia de Talara,

includes the coast from Punta Talara to Punta Arena, 1.5 miles

S. The port and adjacent town are important because of oil

fields nearby and the large oil refinery.

3.6 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind, often fresh, varies

from SE in the morning to S and SW in the afternoon. The harbor is sheltered except from the N, but there is little protection

from strong S land (offshore) winds which may cause considerable swell in the harbor, particularly from June to October.

Within the harbor the wind greatly moderates and there are

only small swells. The prevailing weather is good. Rain is rare

and fog occurs infrequently.

3.6 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide here is 1.2m,

while the spring rise is 1.5m.

3.6 The current sets N offshore, but on closing the coast a countercurrent sets S. Approaching the harbor from the N of Punta

Rocallosa (4°34'S., 81°17'W.), the current is reported as setting

toward the coast. Within the harbor, the current may set N.

3.6 Depths—Limitations.—All known dangers in the immediate approach to port are contained within the 10m curve. Banco

Oeste (West Bank), less than 9.1m deep, extends about 1 mile

NNW and W from Punta Rocallosa. There are depths of less

than 5.5m lying up to 0.2 mile off Punta Talara and Punta

Rocallosa. Banco Este (East Bank), about 3.7 to 5.5m deep, extends from Punta Macara to the head of Bahia de Talara and W

to the approach channel. Depths on Banco Este and Banco

Oeste are variable and the positions of the banks edges are unreliable due to the shifting nature of the bottom. The entrance

channel, clear of dangers in the fairway, is at least 183m wide.

The fairway has a least depth of 18.5m, but is constricted by

the 5.5m depths at the edge of the channel.

3.6 The harbor has depths of about 11 to 16m in the middle,

which is steep-to and fringed to the shores by a bank of less

than 5.5m. There are several mooring buoys in the harbor

where vessels can secure while awaiting a berth; however, the

harbor is confined and swinging room is limited. Cargo is lightered from vessels in the harbor, at the anchorages, and at

mooring berths.

3.6 Pier No. 1, which is used for general cargo, is 235m long and

15m wide at the N end, narrows to a width of 7.6m at the shore

end, with a minimum depth of 5.5m alongside; the maximum

permissible draft is 5.8m. Pier No. 2 has an alongside depth of

11.6m; it can accommodate vessels up to 24,000 dwt and a

maximum draft of 9.5m.

3.6 A new liquid cargo pier, 180m long, is located N of Pier No.

1. Vessels up to 35,000 gross tons can be accommodated on the

S side. The ruins of the previous Pier No. 2 lie close to the W.

3.6 An offshore tanker berth, consisting of mooring buoys, lies

in depths of about 12m 1 mile WSW of Punta Talara. An obstruction lies 0.8 miles W of the berth. A submarine pipeline

extends E from the berth to the shore. Tankers with drafts up to

9.8m can be accommodated at the berth. Berthing at the offshore oil terminal is conducted during daylight only. 

3.6 It is reported that due to the swell and strong undertow, vessels berthing alongside the moles are breasted off about 6m by

hawsers to mooring buoys.

3.6 Generally, vessels entering the harbor are limited to a length

of about 200m, but it was reported that vessels up to 250m

have been handled.

3.6 Aspect.—Landmarks in the vicinity of Talara are not readily

identified if over 8 miles distant, as the terrain appears as an

unbroken ridge of sand with mountains in the background.

Cerro Tres Picos (4°33'S., 81°17'W.) is a conspicuous peak. A

prominent building stands on Punta Macara, and two high and

conspicuous tanks stand about 1 mile E of the point. A prominent water tower and a conspicuous television tower stand 0.4

mile and 1.5 miles, respectively, SSW of Punta Roca-llosa.

3.6 A light is shown from a prominent tower (black masonry

tower, white band) (4°34'S., 81°17'W.), 10m high, standing on

Punta Talara. A signal station stands close NE of the light tower. A lighted range indicates the entrance fairway to the harbor. 

3.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board the ship

at anytime of the day or night, unless the berths are occupied,

in which case the ship should anchor and the pilot will embark

when there is an open berth. Ships should give their ETA to the

Port Captain by radio 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours prior to

arrival. The port can be contacted by VHF channel 14. Pilots

generally board vessels about 1 mile NW of Punta Talara and

tankers 1.5 miles WNW of the same point.

3.6 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

is located in the approaches to Talara Port and may best be seen

on the chart. 

3.6 Vessels are not permitted to pass between the offshore oil

terminal and the shore. 

3.6 Anchorage.—Vessels may find good holding ground, in

depths of 9 to 18m, between 0.8 to 1 mile NW of Punta Talara.

Small vessels may anchor in an area, the limits of which are

shown on the chart, about 0.3 mile NNW of Punta Talara.

Tankers bound for the offshore berth may anchor about 1.5

miles WNW of Punta Talara, in a depth of 45m, good holding

ground.

3.6 Anchorages will be assigned by the Harbormaster prior to arrival.

3.6 Anchorage may be obtained, for tankers or other vessels, in

designated anchorage areas, which may best be seen on the

chart, as follows:

1. Anchorage No. 1 lies 1 mile WNW of Punta Talara. It

is used by tankers and has a least depth of 12m.

2. Anchorage No. 2 lies 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Talara.

It is used by gas tankers and has a least depth of 9m.

3. Anchorage No. 3 lies 2.5 miles WSW of Punta Talara.

It is a quarantine anchorage. An obstruction lies 0.6 mile E.
36 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

4. Anchorage No. 4 lies 2 miles N of Punta Talara .It is a

quarantine anchorage.

5. Anchorage No. 5 lies 0.4 mile N of Punta Talara and

is used by other vessels.

3.6 A good anchorage is found with Talara Light bearing 100°,

distant 1 mile. The depth in the channel averages 31m. 

3.6 Caution.—Vessels should avoid anchoring near the submarine cables charted NW of the harbor.

3.6 Vessels must not navigate between the offshore tanker berth

and the shore.

3.6 Oil structures are situated within the approaches to the port.

3.6 Due to the current, vessels should exercise caution while

awaiting a pilot, as steerageway may be lost with the ship setting E of the entrance range and grounding.

3.6 Vessels approaching from the S should keep at least 3 miles

off Parinas Point, then steer to pass about 1.5 miles W of the

Sea Line Buoy, then in toward Talara Point. Care must be taken

to avoid the offshore drilling rigs in the Talara area.

3.6 Numerous wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie in the approaches to Talara. Mariners are urged to use caution.

3.7 Punta Parinas (4°40'S., 81°20'W.) lies about 5 miles

SSW of Punta Arena. The coast between is cliffy in many places, with valleys fronted by dunes between the heights. A shoal

bank fronts this stretch of coast. There are several reported

dangers, consisting of detached shoals lying inside or close

seaward of the 20m curve, and which are best seen on the

chart. Vessels should pass at least 3 miles offshore.

3.7 Punta Parinas, a conspicuous bluff 50m high, is the W extremity of South America. The point is separated from a range

of hills SE of it by low land, so that from N or S the point appears as two islets. Pinnacle rocks and a reef front the point. A

light, with a racon, is shown at the point.

3.7 Negritos (Punta Parinas) (4°40'S., 81°19'W.), an oil center,

is part of the Talara complex and comes under the Talara Port

Captaincy. The town, about 1.5 miles NE of Punta Parinas, is

conspicuous from offshore due to the lights of the derricks and

other oil installations. 

3.7 An offshore tanker berth lies in a depth of 12.2m, about 1.5

miles N of Punta Parinas. A submarine pipeline extends from

the berth SSE to the shore. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt, with a

maximum length of 203m, can be accommodated. Drafts of

10.6m can be handled. Pilots are embarked at Talara.

3.7 Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be taken, in depths of 8

to 12m, rock and sand, about 0.8 mile NW of the town.

3.8 Punta Paita (Punta Erada) (5°04'S., 81°09'W.) lies

about 25 miles SSE of Punta Parinas. The coast between is low,

sandy, and pounded by heavy surf. Generally, this stretch of

coast is steep-to, but soundings are insufficient. Mariners are

advised to pass at least 2.5 miles clear of the coast. A prominent tank stands near the coast about 4 miles SE of Punta Parinas Light. The Rio Chira is navigable by boats from its mouth,

located 19 miles SE of Punta Parinas, as far as 7 miles inland.

Caleta Colan, about 7 miles SE of the Rio Chira, affords anchorage, in 10 to 12m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore. The town

is a resort and has a conspicuous church with a belfry. Caleta

Colan is used by fishing craft, but local knowledge is required.

3.8 Bahia de Paita (5°02'S., 81°06'W.) is a large, open bight between Punta Nez, located 2 miles S of the Rio Chira, and Punta

Erada, about 9 miles SSW. The latter point terminates in a dark

bluff. Steep-to underwater rocks lie at least 183m off the point.

3.8 A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established in the approaches to Bahia de Paita; Rule 9 of the 72 COLREGS applies. Details are best seen on the chart. The Inshore Traffic

Zones lie between the coast and the scheme and are used by local vessels.

3.8 Calata Tierra Colorada (5°04'S., 81°09'W.) lies between

Punta Erada and Punta Interior, 1.8 miles E. The bay is backed

by an uneven and broken plateau, distinguished by red patches

on the surface from which it derives its name. There are some

prominent tanks and buildings, including a fish processing

plant and a whaling factory, at the head of the bight.

3.8 At night, care is necessary to avoid confusing the lights of

the whaling factory and those of Puerto de Paita.

3.8 Two small piers extend from the shore and two mooring

buoys are situated in the cove. A lighter, used by fishing craft,

is moored in the cove and a submarine pipeline extends from

the lighter to the shore. A small pier extends from a point on

the E side of the cove, about 0.4 mile SW of Punta Interior.

3.8 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16 to 20m, at the entrance to the bay and about 0.5 mile N of the fish meal plant.

Depths decrease irregularly between the anchorage and the

head of the bay.

Paita (5°05'S., 81°07'W.)

World Port Index No. 15170

3.9 The port and town of Paita occupy the head of an open

bight indenting the coast between Punta Interior and Caleta

Colan, about 5.8 miles NE.

3.9 Bahia de Paita is entered through a locally established Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) as seen on the chart. The pier is

approached on 150°as led by leading lights. 

3.9 Winds—Weather.—Paita is the best of this type of open

port on the coast. It is well-sheltered from the prevailing winds

and there is no swell, so cargo can be worked without interruption. The weather is always hot; very little, if any, rainfall occurs and there is only an exceptional storm from the N

quadrant. Fog does not occur.

3.9 The port is sheltered from the prevailing SE winds by the

high ground, but heavy swells have been reported.

3.9 Tides—Currents.—The near range of tide is 1.2m, while

the spring range is 1.5m. Tides here are affected by the winds,

and may rise as much as 3.6m.

3.9 Depths—Limitations.—Muelle del Terminal Maritimo is

the principal pier in the port. It is a finger pier, 360m in length,

containing four berths, with alongside depths from 6 to 9.7m.

Muelle del Pesquero, a fish wharf, 221m long, has a depth of

15m at its head.

3.9 It is reported that a tanker berth, consisting of mooring buoys

connected to the shore by submarine pipeline, lies close E of

the pier.

3.9 Vessels of up to 200m in length and 9.4m draft have been accommodated in the port. An underkeel clearance of 1m is recommended.

3.9 Aspect.—The town, built on a slope and foot of a hill, is

scarcely visible as the houses have identical colors with the

cliffs behind them. Except at the town, sand cliffs rise abruptly
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 37

Pub. 125

from the shores of the bight.

3.9 A prominent cathedral and custom house building stand in

the town. A prominent radio mast stands about 0.4 mile SSW

of the root of the pier. A fish processing plant, with a conspicuous tower, stands about 1 mile WNW of the pier.

3.9 Paita Light is shown from a tower standing on the cliffs close

W of Muelle del Pesquero. Range lights are shown from metal

framework towers with daymarks, situated at the head and

within the root of the main pier. The range leads through the

approach and to the pier.

3.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board NW of the

pier. ETA should be sent at least 24 hours in advance. The port

can be contacted by VHF channels 13, 14, and 16.

3.9 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas, the limits of

which may be seen on the chart, are situated in the bay. Anchorage Area No. 1 is for general cargo vessels, in depths of

18.6m. Anchorage Area No. 2 is for fishing vessels, in depths

of 17m. Anchorage Area No. 3 is for general cargo vessels and

fishing vessels, in depths of 13m. Anchorage Area No. 4 is for

dangerous cargo vessels, in depths of 16m. Anchorage Area

No. 5 is for quarantine, in depths of 15m. Anchorage Area No.

6 is for small craft, in depths of 2 to 6m. Anchorage Area No. 7

is for naval vessels, in depths of 17m. The bottom is mud and

sand.

3.9 Caution.—Depths shoal regularly from the 20m curve to the

10m curve, about 0.3 mile off the town. A shorebank extends

0.3 mile offshore. Vessels are advised not to close the shore in

depths less than 12.8m, as depths may shoal abruptly in places.Vessels should not confuse the lights in Tierra Colorada for

those in Paita when approaching port from the S. Oil structures

may be situated in the approaches to the port. Numerous

wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie in the approaches and adjacent entrance channel to Paita. Mariners are urged to use caution. Two dangerous wrecks lie just NW of the Northern

Whaling Company Pier, 1.1 miles SW of Point Chuy.

3.10 Punta Foca (5°14'S., 81°12'W.) 67m high, lies about

9 miles S of Punta Paita (Punta Erada). The coast between rises

abruptly to high cliffs and is apparently steep-to; however, lack

of sufficient soundings make it advisable to keep at least 3

Paita—Muelle del Pesquero from NE
38 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

miles offshore. Care must be exercised not to mistake Punta

Capitala (5°08'S., 81°11'W.), a rocky spur projecting 1 mile

offshore, for Punta Foca. Cerro Silla de Paita is a range of three

isolated, high hills lying 4.5 miles ENE of Punta Foca. The

hills make an excellent landmark, varying in color from bright

yellow to black according to the sun’s position; however, from

the N only they appear as a saddle.

3.10 Isla Foca, marked by a light, lies 0.5 mile NW of the point.

The passage is foul and rocks fringe the islet for about 0.5 mile.

A dangerous below-water rock lies 1.2 miles NW of the N end

of Isla Foca.

3.10 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m, about 0.2 mile

off the NE end of the islet.

3.10 Caution.—A submarine exercise area is situated about 48

miles WSW of Isla Foca.

3.11 Bahia de Sechura (5°40'S., 81°00'W.) occupies a

bight that recedes about 15 miles E between Punta Foca and

Punta Aguja, about 36 miles SSE. The N shore of the bay is

high and cliffy; whereas, the E and S shores are low and

backed by sandhills. The terrain inland is a low coastal plain

for miles. Depths are ample for ships in the bay and approaches. A shoal of 6m lies on the W edge of a shorebank extending

about 6 miles off the SE side of the bay. Soundings are lacking

in the S of the bay.

3.11 Tides—Currents.—The current generally runs out of Bahia

de Sechura. Off Isla Foca, the current sets NW, but vessels

bound S into the bay have experienced a slight current setting

S. Between Isla Foca and Punta Paita (Punta Erada) the current

sets N, but it is hardly felt N of Punta Paita. Off Punta Falsa,

when the current is setting strongly NW in the offing, a current

setting S has been experienced close inshore and in Bahia de

Sechura. Near Punta Falsa, a strong S or SW set is frequent.

3.11 The Rio Piura (5°34'S., 80°52'W.) empties into Bahia de

Sechura about 29 miles SE of Punta Foca. The town of Sechura, about 4 miles upriver, can be reached by boat. The church in

town has two high, prominent steeples and is a good landmark

above the sandhills. One of the steeples has a considerable inclination N which, at a distance, gives it more the appearance

of a tree than a stone building.

3.11 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 21.9m, sand,

about 1 mile off the mouth of the Rio Piura. The anchorage is

exposed to wind and swell, but the holding ground is good.

With local knowledge, anchorage can be taken 1.5 to 2 miles

off the shore of Caleta Chullillache, 1.5 miles S of the Rio Piura, where the depths are 9.1 to 16.5m.

3.11 Matacaballo (5°39'S., 80°51'W.) and La Salina (5°50'S.,

80°57'W.) are two, small shipping places along the SE side of

the bay which should be approached with local knowledge as

depths are uncertain. Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1 to 12.8m,

seaward of a shorebank which extends about 3 miles off La

Salina.

3.12 Puerto Bayovar (5°50'S., 81°03'W.) (World Port Index No. 15140) is a roadstead in the S end of Bahia de Sechura

off Punta Lagunas, which is located about 2.3 miles SE of Punta Aguja. Punta Bayovar and the small village of Bayovar lie

about 1.3 miles SSE of low, sandy Punta Lagunas.

3.12 Puerto Bayovar is a large tanker port. Crude oil is loaded into

VLCCs for international shipment and coastal vessels for domestic use. This marine terminal is used by Petroleos del Peru,

serving the oil fields of the Peruvian Amazon region. 

3.12 Winds—Weather.—The port is sheltered from the prevailing winds. Land and sea breezes blow regularly. The sea breeze

is moderate from between W and NW and lasts from 1000 or

1100 to 1400 or 1500. It then shifts to the S or SE and freshens.

The land breeze starts about 2100 and continues for about 12

hours. Protection from the sea and swell is afforded by Punta

Aguja.

3.12 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise at Pueto Bayovar is

1m, while the spring tide rises 1.3m. A strong set towards the

main berth has been reported and should be guarded against.

3.12 Aspect.—A lighthouse, painted in black and white bands,

stands on a hill behind the town and is prominent. Radio masts

lie about 0.3 mile S of the light, and exhibit aircraft warning

lights. Range lights, shown from two white towers when

aligned 235°, lead into port. The lower range light is equipped

with a racon.

3.12 Depths—Limitations.—Bayovar Oil Terminal (5°47'S.,

81°03'W.), at the end of a Trans-Andean pipeline, consists of a

T-head pier oriented due N/S, 118m offshore (6m wide viaduct), with a loading platform 25 by 25m, as part of a berthing

front 150m long. It has four breasting dolphins and buffer fenders, designed for vessels up to 250,000 dwt in 27m at LW (tide

about 2.5m). To the E and W, connected by metallic gangways,

Paita—Antennas near root of Muelle de

Terminal Maritimo
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 39

Pub. 125

are two sets of mooring dolphins, staggered so that the inner

pair take spring lines and the outer pair mooring lines. The

overall length of the installation is 450m. The T-head pier will

accommodate tankers of 250,000 dwt, with a maximum length

of 400m and a maximum draft of 21.9m.

3.12 A small cargo wharf is situated at the land end of the viaduct

in order to unload stores and supplies for the terminal; the

depth is 10m.

3.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels berthing at

the oil terminal, and for the anchorage if it is the Master’s first

trip to this terminal. Vessels are met about 2.5 miles NE of the

terminal.

3.12 Vessels should send their ETA and request for pilotage to the

local authorities at least 24 hours in advance of arrival. The pilot should be contacted via VHF channel 13, 14, or 16 about 2

hours before arrival.

3.12 Berthing is conducted in daylight only, while unberthing

takes place around the clock.

3.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a depth of about

30m, with Punta Aguja 3.5 miles distant and bearing 250°.

3.12 Punta Aguja (5°49'S., 81°04'W.) is a cliffy headland with a

conical hill at its N end. Submerged rocks lie at least 0.5 mile

off the headland and vessels should stay at least 1.5 miles offshore when rounding the point. A light is shown from the

point.

3.12 There is a cove on the NE side of Punta Nonura, about 5

miles SW of Punta Aguja, which is sheltered and affords anchorage, in depths of 16.5 to 20.1m, about 0.25 mile off the

stream that empties through the beach at the head of the cove.

3.12 Punta Falsa lies about 9 miles SW of Punta Aguja. The coast

between rises abruptly to a tableland.

Punta Falsa to Morro Guanape

3.13 The coast trends generally SE for 208 miles from

Punta Falsa to Morro Guanape. Fog is frequent off this coast

between December and late April.

3.13 Depths off this coast tend to decrease less rapidly than along

other portions of the South American coast, but the rate of decrease varies widely. The 100m curve is charted about 5.8

miles off Punta Falsa, while it lies up to 43 miles offshore S of

Isla Lobos de Afuera.

3.13 The most dangerous area to navigation off this coast is the

passage between Isla Lobos de Tierra and the coast, and also

the coast S to Pimentel, as strong and variable current sets may

be encountered.

3.13 The coast between Punta Negra and Punta Eten (6°57'N.,

79°52'W.) is low, sandy, and backed by desert that continues

inland to the Andes. Near Punta Eten, there are detached

mountains about 7 miles inland.

3.14 Off-lying islands.—Isla Lobos de Tierra (6°26'S.,

80°51'W.) lies 9 miles offshore. A light is exhibited from a

round metal tower with white bands (6°28'S, 80°51'W.), on the

summit of the S end of the island. This island, a source of guano, is 5.5 miles long, 2 miles wide, with rugged hills rising

abruptly from its shores. The passage between the island and

mainland is not recommended because of the irregular bottom

and strong currents. Islets, rocks, and foul ground lie off the S

end of the island as far as 9.5 miles SSW and SW, where there

are depths of 12.8m. A small jetty and some buildings stand in

Caleta Juanchuquita on the E side of the island, about 2 miles

from the N extremity.

3.14 It is reported that the channel between the island and the

coast has not been completely surveyed. Therefore, large vessels and small vessels without local knowledge are advised not

to use the channel.

3.14 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 11 to 18.3m, sand,

about 0.3 to 0.5 mile off the landing and houses in Caleta Juanchuquita. This anchorage is sheltered from the prevailing SW

swell.

3.14 Islas Lobos de Afuera (6°56'S., 80°43'W.), a small group of

barrier islets and rocks, lie about 35 miles off the mainland.

The island was reported (1992) to lie 1.4 miles W of its charted

position. The entire group of high, rugged, brown, and whitecolored islets is less than 3 miles long and steep-to. A channel,

about 37m wide and 7.5m deep, separates the two largest islets.

There is a settlement at the S islet. Local knowledge is required

to approach the group. A shoal, with a least depth of 14.6m,

lies about 2 miles WSW of the group.

3.14 Currents in the vicinity of both groups of off-lying islets are

strong and irregular. Fog usually obscures the islets in early

morning. Vessels approaching the islet groups from the S have

been set as much as 36 miles W of their course in 24 hours, and

at other times as much to the E. After a strong S breeze, a W

set may be expected.

3.14 Sheltered anchorage can be taken in Puerto Grande, situated

on the E side of the NE largest islet. The anchorage area is

about 0.3 mile offshore, ina depth of 21.9m, sand. There is a

2.7m rocky patch about 0.2 mile offshore at the S part of the

anchorage. Caleta del Horns, on the NW side of the group, lies

in the SE part of a bay between the two large islets. The inlet is

at least 0.2 mile wide and extends about 0.5 mile SE. Anchorage can be taken anywhere in the inlet, in depths of 10.1 to

29.3m, rock. There are several rocky, detached shoals in the approaches to the inlet. Local knowledge is necessary to enter the

inlet and also Bahia Landrou, located between the SW large island and a chain of islets extending SE from the NE principal

islet. The best anchorage in Bahia Landrou is near the head of

the bay, in depths of 14.6 to 21.9m.

3.14 Caution.—The islands have been reported to lie 1.5 miles W

of their charted positions.

3.15 Punta Falsa (5°55'S., 81°09'W.) is a bluff-like eminence, 50m high, projecting from the coast. A fog bank frequently covers the lower parts. A steep-to islet lies 1 mile

WNW of the point and is difficult to identify. A light is shown

from the point.

3.15 Punta Negra, from which a light is shown, lies 10 miles S of

Punta Falsa.

3.15 Cerro Illescas, a massive summit sloping down to the sea,

stands E of Punta Falsa. Punta Negra is the S spur extending

seaward from Cerro Illescas.

3.15 Pimentel (6°50'S., 79°56'W.) (World Port Index No. 15110)

is situated about 4 miles SSE of San Jose, a fishing village and

summer resort. Pimentel, an open roadstead, is a port of entry.

Depths at the entrance is 11 to 13m. 

3.15 Depths—Limitations.—There is one cargo wharf which is

750m long with a depth alongside of 3.6m. Vessels load and

discharge by lighter. There is a pipeline from the shore to a
40 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

depth of 12.1m. There are three mooring buoys for lighters

near the end of the pipeline. The greatest possible draft is 9.1 to

9.7m.

3.15 The cargo handled consists mainly of sugar, oil, and general

cargo.

3.15 Aspect.—The shore of the roadstead is formed of high sand

dunes. A conspicuous sandhill, on which stands a beacon, is located 1 mile NNW of a prominent church at the N part of town.

A radio mast and towers are conspicuous. A cross atop the

church is highly visible from offshore. 

3.15 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 7 miles NE of

the town.

3.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. VHF channel 16 is used.

Vessels should transmit their ETA at least 3 days prior to arrival to the Port Captain and agent. Vessels arrive and depart at

any time.

3.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 10 to

11m, about 1.5 to 2 miles SW of the pier. Vessels should use

caution when approaching the port so as to avoid the many

lighters and small craft in the vicinity of the anchorage areas,

which do not carry proper lights or none at all. An oil transfer

anchorage, best seen on the chart, lies SW of the pier.

3.15 Caution.—Both seas and swells, which often come up suddenly, interrupt cargo operations at the anchorage.

3.15 The port is frequently closed to maritime traffic due to strong

storms which are more frequent from June to September. 

3.15 A detached shoal, with a depth of 5.9m, is reported to lie

about 3 miles WSW of San Jose. A dangerous rock, the position of which is doubtful, lies about 3 miles WSW of the pier

head.

3.15 Punta Eten (6°57'S., 79°53'W.) lies about 8 miles SE of Pimentel. The coast between is low and sandy. Breakers extending about 1 mile offshore can, at times, be heard for several

miles. Shorebanks, reported to extend 3 miles offshore, are to

be avoided. Santa Rosa, a fishing village and resort, is situated

in a cove 3.5 miles SE of Pimentel, near Punta Santa Rosa.

Morro Eten is a double-peaked, high hill with a steep cliff facing the sea, less than 0.5 mile within the point. The hill is

marked by a light shown from a concrete tower, 18m high,

standing on the summit. It is an excellent mark from seaward.

3.16 Puerto Eten (6°56'S., 79°51'W.) consists of an open

roadstead, a ruined jetty no longer in service, and an offshore

tanker berth. Cargo is lightered to vessels at the anchorage. The

depth of water in the harbor is 12.8m. 

3.16 An offshore tanker berth is situated about 1.3 miles SSE of

Punta Eten. A submarine pipeline extends NE from the berth to

the shore. The berth lies in a depth of 12m and is equipped with

mooring buoys. The local authorities should be contacted for

the latest information on depths, dangers, and regulations at

this terminal before attempting to berth here. Pilotage is available via the agent. The port monitors VHF channel 16.

3.16 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12m, 0.8 mile SW of

the pierhead, clay and sand. Anchorage, in 21.9m, about 3

miles SW of the pier, is feasible, but the long swells cause

heavy rolling. Even at the inner anchorage the swells that occur

from June through October, but particularly in May and June,

can make the anchorage very uncomfortable and interrupt

lighter operations. Outer anchorage is available 0.8 mile NW or

WNW of Punta Eten, in depths of 10 to 11m.

3.16 Punta Pacasmayo (7°25'S., 79°35'W.) lies about 33 miles

SE of Punta Eten. The coast between is generally low with

some cliffs in places. Punta Cherrepe, about 15.5 miles NNW

of Punta Pacasmayo, is a highly visible coastal projection having above and below-water rocks, including Roca Antartica, lying up to 1 mile off it. Punta Pacasmayo is fronted by rocks and

shoals on which the sea breaks heavily in bad weather. A light

is shown from a square tower, 11m high, standing on the point.

3.17 Pacasmayo (7°24'S., 79°35'W.) occupies a bight

which recedes 1 mile E on the N side of sandy Punta Pacasmayo. Except for Salaverry, this bight affords the best anchorage on the coast between Laita and Chimbote. It is fairly wellsheltered from the S sea and swell by Punta Pacasmayo, but

that low point does not afford protection from the S winds. The

latter usually blow hard after noon, particularly in winter. A

heavy swell sometimes interupts port operations, but vessels

are not forced to put to sea. August, September, and October

are the worst months for these sea conditions. Ashore there is

very little humidity due to the prevailing S wind. 

3.17 Depths decrease regularly from the 10m curve, which lies 2

miles seaward of the shores. Depths of less than 5.5m exist up

to 0.5 mile off the pier head and rocky, foul ground of 6.5m lies

0.2 mile farther. There are depths of less than 2.5m up to 0.3

mile W of the pier head. 

3.17 Depths—Limitations.—There is one pier, recently overhauled, with a depth of 3m that is served by a railway line and

used for lighter operations only. On the head of the pier is a

fixed red light. 

3.17 The port handles shipment of minerals, tara powder, and

rice, and imports fertilizers, paraffin wax, and general cargo.

3.17 Aspect.—The town of Pacasmayo is situated along the

shores of the bight NE of the point. Cliffs back the shore N and

S of town, which is fronted by a beach. A dark, square building

is very conspicuous atop the cliffs on the N side of the point.

3.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and may be arranged

through the Port Captain’s office on VHF channel 16 during

working hours.

3.17 Anchorage.—The commercial anchorage area lies in a

depth of 10m, about 1 mile W of the pier head. The quarantine

and dangerous cargo area lies in depths of 10m, about 1.5 miles

NW of the pier head.

3.17 Good anchorage can be taken, in 5.4m, with the pier head

bearing 096° and the lighthouse 170°, just outside the lighterage anchorage. There is a 0.5 knot NW current.

3.17 Punta Malabrigo (7°42'S., 79°28'W.), a high islet lying

close off a promontory, is located about 19 miles SSE of Punta

Pacasmayo. The coast between is low, with sandy beaches

backed by cliffs. Punta Arcana, 7 miles SSE of Punta Pacasmayo, with a village on its N side, is low and fronted for about

0.5 mile by rocks on which the sea breaks. Cerro Puemape,

259m high with sharp peaks and steep sides, is a prominent

landmark rising 1 mile NE of Punta Arcana. Cerro Malabrigo,

248m high and marked by a cairn, rises 1 mile ESE of Punta

Malabrigo and appears as an island from seaward. A rock,

awash, can be found 0.2 mile N of Punta Malabrigo.

3.18 Puerto Malabrigo (Puerto Chicama) (7°42'S.,

79°27'W.) is a privately-owned small port occupying a bight

that recedes 2 miles E on the N side of Punta Malabrigo. Car-
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 41

Pub. 125

go, mainly fishmeal, is lightered for export. 

3.18 Depths decrease gradually from the 10m curve, about 2

miles off the town. Roca Reindeer and Roca Garcia, with

depths of 3.9m and 2.1m, respectively, lie about 0.8 mile and

0.2 mile WNW of the pier head in port. An area of shellfish

cultivation extends up to about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Malabrigo. A 4.5m rocky patch lies close ESE of Roca Reindeer, also a

6.5m rocky patch, lies 0.8 mile NNW of the pier head. 

3.18 Berths at an 823m long pier are confined to the N side,

which can be used only by lighters, due to the heavy swell and

N current, which make the S side unsafe.

3.18 Pilotage is not needed and pilots may not be available.

3.18 Submarine pipelines lying N of the pier connect mooring

dolphins, used by fishing craft, to the fish processing plants

ashore.

3.18 Anchorage.—A commercial and waiting area, shown on the

chart, lies in a depth of 10m about 1.5 miles NW of the pier

head. A quarantine and dangerous cargo area, shown on the

chart, lies about 2 miles W of the pier head, in a depth of 11m.

A depth of 7.6m lies close N of the commercial anchorage area.

3.18 Caution.—At night, vessels should not pass inshore of Roca

Reindeer, as lighters, without lights, are moored in the vicinity.

3.18 Fresh breezes occur in port from noon to sunset and are

more prevalent during June, July, and August. Strong squalls

and swells accompany the winds.

3.18 Numerous wrecks lie in the approaches to Puerto Malabrigo

and adjacent to the entrance channel. They may best be seen on

chart. Mariners are urged to use caution.

3.19 Islas Macabi (7°49'S., 79°29'W.), lying 5 miles SSW

of Punta Malabrigo, are two islets separated by a boat passage

spanned by a bridge. The islets, which appear as one from a

distance, are marked by a light. The N islet is somewhat higher

than the other at 31m. The islet on the S side of the passage has

a rounded summit. A lighthouse is also situated on this islet.

Both islets are covered by guano, thereby giving them a distinctive yellowish color.

3.19 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16.5 to 27.4m, sand,

off the E side of the N islet. Vessels should navigate with extreme caution near Islas Macabi, at night or in poor visibility,

due to the many small craft normally operating in the vicinity.

3.19 Punta Huanchaco (8°05'S., 79°06'W.) lies about 30 miles

SE of Punta Malabrigo. The coast between is indented by

many, unimportant small bights. As far as the Rio Chicama, 16

miles SE of Punta Malabrigo, the coast is low and sandy. The

river valley is verdant and conspicuous in contrast to the arid

land on either side. Village lights in the valley, visible from offshore, include a lighted sugar mill E of the river mouth. Three

conical sandhills, in the form of a triangle, lie 1 mile S of the

mouth of the river.

3.19 From the Rio Chicama to Huanchaco, the coast is cliffy and

interspersed by sandy beaches. Surf, breaking heavily on this

coast, can be heard well offshore. Cerro Campana is 993m

high, with three peaks, and conical Cerro Huanchaco are prominent peaks rising 5 and 6 miles inland.

3.19 Punta Huanchaco is fronted by dangerous rocks and shoals

on which the sea breaks. A dangerous rock is reported to lie

about 7.5 miles SW of the point. Another rock can be found 2

miles SSE of the point.

3.19 Huanchaco, a former small port which is now a resort, is situated on the N side of the point. No port activities are being

conducted. The dock, which is 110m long and made of iron, is

not being used.

3.19 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close SE of the

point.

3.19 Morro Guanape, a very high and prominent hill, stands about

25 miles SSE of Punta Huanchaco. The coast between consists

of sandy beaches, backed by low sandhills and cliffs. Heavy

surf pounds this coast. Ranges of peaked mountains, about 7 to

9 miles inland, back the coast between Morro Guanape and the

port of Salaverry 13 miles NNW. Trujillo, a city and provincial

capital, is situated SE of Huanchaco and 1.5 miles inland. Because of its higher altitude, the city lights make a good landmark. Morro Guanape, rising within a low point, appears as an

island when seen from S. Depths of 14.8m, 16.4m, and 10.6m

lie 0.8 mile SW, 4 miles NW, and about 5 miles N, respectively,

of Morro Guanape.

Salaverry (8°14'S., 78°59'W.)

World Port Index No. 15050

3.20 Salaverry, a town and rail terminal, is the shipping

port for Trujillo and the surrounding sugar producing area including a mining complex 75 miles inland. The port consists of

a basin protected by a main breakwater and an offshore tanker

berth close N of the entrance. It is reported that vessels up to

25,000 dwt have been accommodated within the port.

3.20 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are SW. Mists

and showers occur from April to November, and there are light

seasonal rains from December to March. Heavy swells, which

may occur from May to October, can interrupt cargo operations

for vessels anchored outside the breakwater. These swells may

be accompanied by high seas which usually continue for 3

days, on an average of about 3 days a month, and operations

are difficult for another 6 days. May and June are reported to

be the worst months for swells. During January through March,

a thick fog often occurs in the early morning, but usually it

clears by noon. However, the fog may last for several days.

3.20 Tides—Currents.—Tides at Salaverry are semi-diurnal,

with an average range of 0.8m. The spring range is 1.1m.

3.20 Currents set NE at about 0.5 knot. Within the harbor currents

tend to set to the S with appreciable value, causing problems

for vessels at anchor, or alongside the piers.

3.20 Depths—Limitations.—A breakwater, which forms and

shelters the harbor, extends about 0.7 mile NW, where an elbow leads SW for 128m. A light is shown at the elbow. In spite

of the breakwater, the harbor is exposed to sea and swell, even

alongside the piers, and silting throughout the harbor is a constant problem that requires periodic dredging to maintain

depths. A bank of shingle fringes the breakwater, extending 0.2

mile N of its head. Shoaling was reported along the inner side

of the seaward end of the breakwater. Three breakwaters, extending SW from the E shore, offer some protection from the N

and are designed to reduce siltation in the harbor basin. Another breakwater extends SW from the seaward face of the main

breakwater near its root.

3.20 Depths in the approach channel, which is buoyed and

marked by leading lights, and the roadstead are reportedly
42 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

maintained at a depth of 9m, but siltation is rapid and heavy.

An alignment of 101° indicates the access channel to the port

and the access to Pier No. 1 and Pier No. 2. Vessels are advised

to consult the local authorities for the latest information on

depths in the harbor and at berth before attempting to berth

here.

3.20 It was reported that a heavy swell frequently enters the harbor, forcing vessels working cargo to anchor outside. Breakers

are charted off the harbor’s NE, E, and SW sides, but the position of the surf line depends on the weather. With much swell,

it extends a little beyond the 5.5m edge of the coastal bank.

3.20 There are two piers; No. 1 is 225m long and 25m wide, while

No. 2 is 230m long and 30m wide. Four berths are available.

Berth 1A and Berth 1B have a depth of 8.8m; Berth 2A and

Berth 2B a depth of 8.5m. There is a pipeline alongside both

sides of Pier 1 to allow tankers to load molasses. 

3.20 An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring buoys,

is situated in depths of about 8m, 0.5 mile N of the main breakwater head. A submarine pipeline extends NE from the berth to

the shore and handles inward oil products.

3.20 An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the approach to Salaverry and can best be seen on the chart.

3.20 Aspect.—Morro Carretas rises abruptly from the sea on the

S side of the port and is an excellent landmark. The hill stands

out well and appears higher than its actual elevation, especially

when the mountains inland are obscured by mist. Cerro Chiputur (Garita), standing about 4 miles NE of Morro Carretas, is

prominent. A light is shown from the summit of Morro Carretas.

3.20 By day, the buildings and church towers of Trujillo, 8 miles

NNW, are prominent.

3.20 Range lights mark the approach to the port.

3.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, on advance notice, will board ships during the daytime at a position about 0.8

mile W of the breakwater head. The authorities board in the

harbor or at the piers when the gangway is lowered. Pilotage is

not required outbound from the anchorage. The port may be

contacted by VHF channel 16.

3.20 Anchorage.—Four anchorage areas, best seen on the chart,

are classified, as follows:

1. No. 1—Tankers.

2. No. 2—General cargo vessels.

3. No. 3—Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

4. No. 4—Dredges, military vessels, and scientific vessels.

3.20 They are located in depths of 10 to 11m; the sea bottom consists of sand and mud. The outer anchorages are subject to

heavy rollers, especially between May and June.

3.21 Islas de Guanape (8°33'S., 78°57'W.) consists of two

small islands about 1.3 miles apart, with adjacent islets and

rocks lying about 6 miles SW of Morro Guanape. Isla del Sur

(Isla Guanape Sur), the S and highest island, exhibits a light.

Isla del Norte (Isla Guanape Norte) is larger but lower and

more level. Los Leones Marinos, above and below-water rocks,

lie up to 0.8 mile NW of Isla del Norte. Two islets and an

above-water rock lie 0.2 and 0.5 mile S and SW, respectively,

of Isla del Norte. Islas de Guanape appear whitish in color, and

during the season of fog (June-November), allowance must be

made for the offshore current. The channel between Islas de

Guanape and the mainland is deep and free of dangers in midchannel.

3.21 Anchorage can be taken, in 21.9 to 36.6m, close off the N

side of Isla del Sur. The best anchorage off Isla del Norte is

about 0.3 mile NE of the NE extremity, in about 20.1m, sand

and mud. Anchorage can also be taken close off the E side of

that island, in 14.6 to 21.9m.

3.21 Punta Chao (8°46'S., 78°44'W.) lies about 21.5 miles SE of

Morro Guanape. The coast between recedes slightly, is low and

sandy, but rises to high ground inland. Cerro Chao, 491m high,

is a prominent high hill standing 12.5 miles N of Punta Chao

and about 2.5 miles inland. Morro Chao, 348m high, rises

about 1.5 miles E of Punta Chao and is conspicuous.

3.21 Isla Chao, about 2 miles WSW of Punta Chao, is the largest

and S of a group of guano-covered islets and rocks. A group of

rocks, on which the sea always breaks, lies 1.5 miles NW of

the N islet of the Chao group. The channel between these dangers and the mainland is deep and clear, but not recommended.

3.21 Caution.—A dangerous wreck, best seen on chart, lies 6

miles N of Punta Chao close to shore.

3.21 A depth of 3.2m was reported (1993) about 2 miles S of Isla

Chao. Depths ranging from 8.2 to 25m have been reported

throughout the bay N of the Chao group. 

3.22 Punta Santa (9°00'S., 78°40'W.) lies about 15 miles

SSE of Punta Chao. The coast between is low and sandy,

backed by high hills inland.

3.22 Several dangers lie up to 5 miles offshore. Roca Rompiente,

a dangerous rock over which the sea breaks, lies about 5 miles

SSE of Punta Chao and 1.7 miles offshore. Isla de la Viuda,

guano-covered and rugged, is located about 3 miles SE of Roca

Rompiente. Islas el Corcovado, with prominent cliffs on the W

side and gentle slopes on the E, is white with guano and lies

about 4 miles NW of Punta Santa. The sea breaks heavily on a

dangerous rock on its N side. Rocks are reported 0.5 mile N of

Islas el Corcovado. A dangerous wreck lies 5 miles W of Punta

Santa.

3.22 The Rio Santa is one of the largest and most rapid rivers on

the coast of Peru. It flows through a broad valley bounded on

each side by peaked hills and empties into the sea about 1.5

miles NNE of Punta Santa. The river delta is low and shallow.

3.22 Punta Santa is a small rocky peninsula rising to about 141m.

A rock, 18m high, lies close off it. The peninsula appears detached from offshore and resembles an island due to the low

valley behind it.

3.22 Bahia Santa, on the NE side of the peninsula, is protected

from the S and affords anchorage, in a depth of 9.1m, sand,

about 0.5 mile NNE of the NW end of Punta Santa. There is a

landing pier on the NE side of Punta Santa.

3.22 Isla del Santa (9°01.8'S., 78°40.5'W.) lie centered about 2.3

miles SSW of Punta Santa. The three steep and cliffy islets, lying close together, are separated by a cut 18m wide. A group of

high steep-to rocks lies 0.5 to 0.7 mile W of the S end of the S

islet. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 14.6m, mud, 0.5

mile E of Isla del Santa.

3.23 Caleta Coishco (9°01'S., 78°38'W.) extends 2.5 miles

SE from Punta Santa. Isla Monaque, high and rocky, lies off

the NE shore of the bay about 1 mile SE of Punta Santa. The

channel between Isla Monaque and the mainland is used only
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 43

Pub. 125

by fishing craft. The channel between Isla Monaque and Isla

del Santa is 1.5 miles wide and 13 to 16m deep and is frequently used by vessels headed to the port of Chimbote.

3.23 There is a fishing village at the head of the bay protected by

a small breakwater. There are four fish flour canning plants in

this bay, one of which is found on a rocky outcropping at the W

point. It has an old, small, unused pier that is 35m long and

17m wide and another pier that is 96m long and 6.7m wide,

and can supply water and fuel to smaller vessels. 

3.23 There are seven submarine pipelines in the beach area of

Coishco Bay with barges at their terminals. Three of the pipelines extend 300 to 400m from the beach in an E-SW direction

and the other four extend 400 to 600m from the beach in an EW direction. 

3.23 Anchorage can be taken in the SE part of the bay and 0.2

mile NW of a bluff where the cliffs end. Depths are about 10m

and there is very little swell, but a pinnacle rock, which dries,

lies close SW of the anchorage.

3.23 There is a wreck 60m from the tip of the pier belonging to

the Hayduk, SA Corporation, with visible and dangerous pilings.

3.23 Punta Chimbote lies 5.5 miles SSE of Punta Santa. A light is

shown from the point. The coast, extending from Caleta Coishco to the point, is backed by Cerros de Chimbote, a range of

mountains of which dark and conical Cerro Chimbote, 591m

high, near the S end, is the highest.

3.23 Caution.—Several reported shoal depths, which are shown

on the chart, lie about 74 miles W of Punta Chimbote; the least

depth reported was 25.5m.

3.23 A submarine exercise area lies about 100 miles WSW of

Punta Chimbote.

Puerto de Chimbote (9°05'S., 78°37'W.)

World Port Index No. 15030

3.24 The port and town of Puerto de Chimbote occupies

the N part of Bahia de Chimbote (Bahia de Ferrol) which recedes about 3 miles E between Punta Chimbote, the NW entrance point of the bay, and a point about 5.5 miles SSE.

Several islands lying in the bay entrance shelter the port, which

has alongside berths and anchorages with lightering facilities.

Chimbote is the most active fishing port on the Peruvian coast.

The sea in this area of the coast is very rich in fish, and as a result, many fishing companies have established export facilities

in the port. 

3.24 Winds—Weather.—Bahia de Chimbote is well-protected

from ocean swell, but the N portion of the bay is subject to a

daily cycle which continues year-round, almost without interruption. Heavy winds sweep off the surrounding hills generating a sea which may force a vessel to leave its berth. Generally,

this occurs after mid-day, and lasts until sunset when the wind

decreases or drops. By contrast, the S portion of the bay offers

more shelter from S winds, and the sea generated by it.

3.24 Tides—Currents.—Tides here are semi-diurnal, with an average range of 0.8m and a spring range of 1m.

3.24 Currents within the bay are of little significance, but between

Paso del Norte and the piers, the current reaches rates of 0.6 to

1.2 knots at the turn of the tide.

3.24 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is entered via three

channels. Paso del Norte, the N channel, is, about 100m wide,

with a least depth of 21.9m; it is used by ships with drafts up to

9.1m. A lighted range marks the channel.There is a slight N set

across the entrance channel, with a considerable swell at times,

which makes steering difficult. It may be necessary, with heavy

swells, to enter via the main channel and proceed to an anchorage. Depths decrease within the N entrance to about 8.5m off

Pier 1.

3.24 Paso del Medio, the main entrance, has depths over 18.5m,

shoaling gradually approaching the shores of the bay. East of

Isla Blanca there are depths of 6 to 9m in the approaches to the

piers. Vessels, with a maximum draft of 7.6m at low water,

transit Paso del Medio bound for the piers or an anchorage

within the bay. Vessels loading from lighters normally use this

entrance.

3.24 Channels between Islas de Ferrol are recommended for the

use of vessels with local knowledge and small craft.

3.24 There are three concrete piers available where vessels have

the option to either berth alongside or to anchor, in depths of

9.4 to 12.8m, and be unloaded by lighters. The port handles

general cargo and fish meal. The port also has 14 piers dedicated exclusively to the extensive local fishing industry.

3.24 General Cargo Pier No. 1 is 185m long and 16m wide, with a

depth of 8.5m at the end. Pier No. 2, a small appendage off Pier

No. 1, is 54m long and 18m wide. Pier No. 3, also called the

mineral pier, is 265m long. There are three berths available for

general cargo. Berth 1A and Berth 1B have a depth of 9.1m;

Berth 3A has a depth of 9.4m.

3.24 Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of the piers and are shown

on the chart.

3.24 A tanker berth, consisting of mooring buoys, is situated off

the E side of the bay. Submarine pipelines connect the berth,

which is in depths of 8m, to the shore. Tankers up to 25,000

dwt and 183m in length can be handled. Numerous other submerged pipelines lie S of the town and can be best seen on the

chart. These pipelines vary in length from 270 to 1,400m, some

with mooring buoys at their terminal and others with barges. 

3.24 Three other submerged pipelines, from 300 to 380m long

and best seen on the chart, lie in the N half of Bahia De Chimbote and have one barge at each terminal.

3.24 The port has a new floating drydock, length 195m, and can

accommodate vessels up to 40,000 dwt.

3.24 The shores of Bahia de Chimbote are fronted by shoals with

depths of less than 6m, which extend up to 0.4 mile offshore

for about 1 mile E of the mineral pier.

3.24 Isla Blanca, with a high, steep ridge extending the length of

the island, lies with its N end about 0.3 mile S of Punta Chimbote; the W side of the island is colored white.

3.24 Arrecife Blanco, lying up to 0.5 mile W of Isla Blanca, consists of a mass of visible shoals over which the sea breaks; the

area has a least charted depth of 4.3m. A dangerous wreck is

located on the W side of the shoal.

3.24 Islote Roca Blanca, the N and higher of two steep, white

rocks, lies on the S side of the N entrance channel between

Punta Chimbote and Isla Blanca. Roca Negra, above-water, lies

183m ENE of Punta Chimbote and N of the entrance channel; a

rock, with a depth of 3m, lies close SE of Roca Negra. Islote

Azimut, high and rocky, lies off the NE end of Isla Blanca

where it is marked E by a lighted buoy. 

3.24 Islas de Ferrol (9°09'S., 78°37'W.) are steep-sided, appear
44 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

white, and form a chain of islets and rocks lying up to 1.8 miles

NNW of the S entrance point of the bay. Isla Ferrol del Norte,

the outermost islet, lies about 1.5 miles S of Isla Blanca, on the

S side of the main entrance channel. The islands of the group

are quite high; whereas, the shores of the bay they front are

backed by a low, bare, sandy plain with mountains farther inland. The Cerro Peninsula, about 1.3 miles SE of the SE entrance point, is the highest summit of the hilly peninsula that

separates Bahia de Chimbote and Bahia de Samanco.

3.24 A wreck, with a depth of 10m, lies in the center of the main

entrance channel, about 0.9 mile SE of the S extremity of Isla

Blanca.

3.24 Dangerous wrecks are charted about 1.3 miles ESE and 1

mile SE of the drydock.

3.24 Aspect.—Several tanks, hotels, and radio and television

masts, which stand on the shores of the bay, are conspicuous. A

light is shown on the N side of Islote Roca Blanca. A light is

shown from a tower, 7m high, standing near the S end of Isla

Blanca. A light is shown from the N extremity of Isla Ferrol del

Norte.

3.24 Paso del Norte is marked by a lighted range.

3.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the

anchorage area E of Isla Blanca.

3.24 Vessels should radio their ETA to the Captain of the Port at

least 24 hours in advance of arrival.

3.24 Pilotage may be requested on arrival from the Port Captain’s

office via VHF channel 16, between 0545 and 1700, or at any

other time with prior notice. The pilot boards in the anchorage

area.

3.24 Regulations.—In the approach to Bahia de Chimbote in the

passage through Paso del Medio, an IMO-approved traffic separation scheme is established; Rule 10 of COLREGS 72 applies. 

3.24 Anchorage.—Four separate anchorages have been established and are best seen on the chart. Anchorage is available for

vessels with a draft no greater than 11m within an area E and

SE of Isla Blanca Light. Smaller vessels may find anchorage in

another charted area situated about 1 mile SE of Pier No. 1, in

charted depths of 4.5 to 8.8m.

3.24 There is good holding ground anywhere in the bay, but it

may be said that the nearer the vessel can be to Isla Blanca, the

better; here the bottom is softer, and there is more shelter in the

event of a S swell.

3.25 Bahia de Samanco (9°14'S., 78°32'W.) is separated

from Bahia de Chimbote by a T-shaped peninsula that projects

from the coast. The outer part of the peninsular is steep, hilly,

and rock-fringed; but the inner part is a low, sandy isthmus.

The highest summit is the Cerro Peninsula, previously described in paragraph 3.24. Isla Lobo (Isla Redonda), lies close

off the S end of the peninsular and forms the N entrance point

of the bay. Punta Samanco (Punta Filomena), about 2.3 miles

SE of Isla Lobo, is the S entrance point. It is a steep, rockfringed bluff with above and below-water rocks lying up to 0.2

mile NW of it. The bay recedes about 5 miles NNE from the

entrance. Within the bay the depths gradually decrease to 10m

and less about 1 mile offshore. The only known dangers in the

bay are in the vicinity of Isla el Grillo (Isla Pajaros), lying 0.8

mile off the NE bluff of the bay, and off which are sunken

rocks extending about 0.2 mile, on which the sea breaks; another submerged rock lies 1.2 miles S of the island. A dangerous submerged rock lies 1.3 miles NE of Isla Lobo. Landmarks

in identifying the bay from the offing include Monte Campana,

a bell-shaped mountain rising 1.3 miles ENE of Punta Samanco. Cerro Samanco, conical and high, is conspicuous about 2.5

miles NE of Monte Campana.

3.25 Nuevo Samanco (9°14'S., 78°30'W.) is on the E shore of the

bay, about 4 miles NE of Punta Samanco (Filomena). Formally

a lighterage port for sugar, and one of the best open ports on

the coast despite a constant swell, it now lies idle, but there is

the intention of re-opening it as an industrial fishing port to

ease the situation at Chimbote, where growth of the fishing

business has been erratic and uncontrolled. .

3.25 The old pier, 369m long, ends in a depth of 8.5m, though it is

subject to silting. 

3.25 There is a prominent chimney near the root of the pier. At

Samanco, situated 1.8 miles ENE of Punta Samanco, a pier extends 350m offshore with depths of about 3 to 4m at its head.

There are several mooring buoys near the pier. At Samanco,

there are fish processing plants, oil tanks, a water tower, and a

prominent chimney.

3.25 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 13m, sand, about 0.5

mile W of the pier head at Nuevo Samanco. There is an anchorage 0.5 mile off Caleta Guambacho, on the SE side of the bay,

in depths of 7.3 to 11m, mud.

3.25 The coast between Punta Samanco and Bahia de Casma,

about 12 miles SSE, is bold and rocky. Bahia de los Chinos

(9°21'S., 78°26'W.), midway between, is unexamined. Isla Los

Chimu (Isla Viuda) lies off the N entrance point and Isla Tortuga, shaped like a turtle, lies off the S one. Cerro Tortuga,

close E of the S entrance point, rises to an elevation of 410m

and is prominent. A rock, with a depth of 7.5m, lies mid-way

between Isla Los Chimus and Isla Tortuga. Caleta Los Chimus,

with a sandy beach on which the sea always breaks, is entered

close S of Punta Samanco.

3.25 Bahia de Casma (9°27'S., 78°23'W.) is entered between Cachola Sur and Cachola Norte, about 1.8 miles NW. The bay is

identified by a sandy beach at the head of the bay, and backed

by sand hills which contrast with the dark rocks forming the

headlands at the bay entrance. Above and below-water rocks

lie off the entrance points of the bay. The former small port

within the bay is closed. A light is shown close S of the S entrance point.

3.25 Anchorage, in depths of 7 to 10m, sand, may be taken about

0.1 mile off the SE shore of the bay, but it is advisable to moor

as close as possible in the lee of the high land, due to squalls

which blow from midday to sunset.

3.25 Caleta Colina Redonda (9°38'S., 78°22'W.) lies about 11

miles SSE of Bahia de Casma. The coast between is rocky and

is backed by a range of steep hills that run parallel to it.

3.25 Cerro Mongon, a high sharp peak, rises to an elevation of

1,121m about 4 miles E of Punta Colina Redonda; from the S,

this prominent feature appears as a long hill with a peak at each

end. Morro Calvario is a steep bluff at the N end of the above

range and forms the S headland of Bahia de Casma. Several

dangerous rocks and islets lie off the coast between Bahia de

Casma and Caleta Colina Redonda and may be seen on the

chart.

3.25 Punta Cabeza de Lagarto (10°07'S., 78°11'W.) lies about

31 miles SSE of Punta Colina Redonda. Groups of small islets
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 45

Pub. 125

and above-water rocks are located at several places along the

coast and extend up to 1 mile seaward from the shore. The

point ends in a steep cliff, 88m high. A light is shown from a

tower, 18m high with a wind generator on top, standing on the

point.

3.25 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies WSW of the point.

3.26 Bahia de Huarmey (10°06'S., 78°10'W.) (World Port

Index No. 15000) is a small lighterage port used for the export

of fishmeal. This very small bay is entered between Punta Lobitos, 0.5 mile NNE of Punta Cabeza de Lagarto, and Punta

Boqueron, about 2 miles NNE. Punta Boqueron is sharppeaked with a white patch on it. The S shore of the bay is fronted by rocks. The E and SE shores are fronted by a 5.5m shorebank up to 0.2 mile off. Islote Corcovado, rocky, high, and

sheer, lies in the middle of the bay and is radar-prominent. Islote Manache, a low white islet located close off the NW side

of Punta Boqueron, is also radar-prominent.

3.26 A small pier, at which lighters are loaded with bagged fishmeal, is situated about 0.8 mile ENE of Punta Lobitos. A

brightly lighted fishmeal factory is situated close to the pier,

and a prominent church is situated in the town.

3.26 Pilotage.—Pilots are not available and local knowledge is

required to enter the port. An ETA should be sent to the Port

Captain at least 24 hours in advance. The port can be contacted

by VHF channel 16.

3.26 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor approximately 275m SE of Isla Corcovado, in the middle of the bay, where the depth ranges

from 12.8 to 14.5m. Loading is from four 60-ton lighters.

3.26 There is a heavy swell within the bay from June through August. Small craft can anchor 0.2 mile N of the lighted tower at

the head of the pier.

3.27 The coast between Punta Cabeza de Lagarto and

Promontorio Salinas, about 75 miles SSE, is fairly regular,

with many small coves and fringing rocks and islets lying within 1 mile of the shore. Punta Las Zorras (10°17'S., 78°05'W.),

steep and dark with white patches, is radar-prominent.

3.27 Punta Colorado Grande (10°30'S., 77°57'W.) is a high, salient feature fringed with above-water rocks. Cerro Baco,

1477m high, stands about 8 miles NE of the point and is prominent.

3.27 Bahia Bermejo (10°33'S., 77°55'W.), protected on the S by

Punta Bermejo, a peninsula connected to the mainland by a low

isthmus, is formed by Cerro Mansueto at its N entrance. In the

middle of the S shore there are red cliffs divided by a conspicuous white mound. There are depths of less than 9.1m in the

bay. Anchorage, exposed to the W swell, can be take,n in

10.1m, sand, with Punta Bermejo bearing 190°, 0.5 mile distant, and the white mound bearing 129°.

3.27 Paramonga (10°40'S., 77°50'W.), a small oil port, is situated about 2.5 miles S of Cerro Horca, a guano-covered, isolated

hill. Paramonga can be identified by the two prominent chimneys of a power station. A submarine oil pipeline, about

1,219m long, is marked at its seaward end by three mooring

buoys lying 0.8 mile offshore. Vessels moor at the buoys, with

both anchors down and lines to buoys on each quarter and on

the port bow. Depths of 8m exist at the berth and vessels of up

to 23,000 dwt, with lengths of 198m, can be handled. Vessels

must first proceed to Puerto de Supe in order to obtain clearance. It is reported that a mooring pilot boards, but local

knowledge is required. Paramonga may be contacted on VHF

channel 16. The depth at the anchorage is 7.9m.

3.27 Directions.—The alignment (085°) of the power station

chimneys and the oil storage tanks leads to a position where an

alteration of course to 125° brings the vessel into the berth,

with the head buoy on the port bow. 

3.27 The Rio Barranca, about 5 miles SE of Paramonga, is the

source of a spit which extends several miles offshore and

should be given a wide berth. Punta Barranca (10°48'S.,

77°45'W.) is formed of high cliffs, rock-fringed, and has off-lying rocks marked by breakers lying at least 0.4 mile offshore

and 0.8 mile N of the point. The town of Barranca is situated

on the cliffs inshore of the rocks. It is reported that a conspicuous, lighted radio mast stands near the town. The coast in the

vicinity of Punta Barranca is pounded by heavy surf.

3.27 Punta Thomas (10°48'S., 77°45'W.), about 2 miles SSE of

Punta Barranca, is a large headland and an excellent landmark.

A light is shown from the point. Bahia de Supe is entered between the two points.

3.28 Puerto Supe (10°49'S., 77°44'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14990) is the lighterage and fishing port of Supe and is situated at the SE side of Bahia Supe. Vessels anchor in the bay

and work cargo from lighters. Supe is an unprotected lighterage port. It is subject to heavy swell, mainly between June and

August. 

3.28 There is one pier, with a depth alongside of 6.8m. Supe was

formally a sugar port; the only export now is fishmeal. A prominent radio mast stands about 1.5 miles N of the pier. There are

several underwater oil pipelines extend offshore from a position onshore about 0.2 mile NE of the pier. Mooring buoys

mark a tanker berth, in depths of about 14m, at the outer end of

the pipeline.

3.28 Pilotage is compulsory. The ETA should be sent 24 hours in

advance. The port can be contacted by VHF channel 16. The

pilot boards 1 mile offshore.

3.28 There are four charted anchorage areas as best seen on the

chart. Anchorage can also be taken, in 7.5 to 9.1m, about 0.3

mile from the head of the bay. Larger vessels can anchor farther offshore, in depths of 11 to 12.8m, but are exposed to a

heavy swell.

3.28 Caution.—The bay is subject to heavy swells, especially between June and September.

3.28 An explosives dumping area is charted about 0.9 mile NW of

Punta Thomas, and should be avoided by all vessels navigating

the area.

3.29 The coast between Punta Thomas and Bahia de Huacho trends SSE past Punta Atahuaca (10°54'S., 77°42'W.),

which has two mounds that resemble forts and are white in color on their S sides. The coast itself is sandy and fairly high.

3.29 Punta Vegueta (11°01'S., 77°40'W.) lies about 13 miles

SSE of Punta Thomas. Isla San Martin (Isla Don Martin), located 0.8 mile WSW of the point, is 80m high, white with guano and prominent from seaward.

3.29 There is a fishing village at the head of a cove N of, and

within, Punta Vegueta. Small craft in the cove can anchor, in

depths of 14.6m.

3.29 Punta Carquin lies about 5 miles SSE of Punta Vegueta. The
46 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

bay close N of the point is not used by shipping due to constant

surf. Isolte Carquin, a steep flat-topped islet, lies about 1 mile

offshore and opposite a sheer hill that rises close to the coast

about 1.5 miles N of the point.

3.29 Punta Huacho (11°07'S., 77°37'W.) is a reddish rocky

headland, 60m high, lying 7 miles SSE of Punta Vegueta. A

light is shown from the point.

3.29 Bahia Huacho is entered between Punta Huacho and Punta

Carquin. A reef, with rocks above-water, extends 183m N from

Punta Huacho. Depths of 16.5m in the bay entrance decrease

gradually within the bay. The E shore of the bay is fronted by a

narrow, sandy beach backed by cliffs.

3.30 Puerto de Huacho (11°07'S., 77°37'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14980) is a lighterage port situated in the SE corner

of the bay. The town of Huacho is situated on level terrain atop

the cliffs, about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Huacho. Lights in town,

including brightly lighted fishmeal and fish processing plants,

are visible from offshore, as is a radio tower topped by red

lights. The open roadstead is subject to heavy swells, especially during the winter months when sea and swell may close the

port temporarily. A concrete pier, 220m long and used by lighters, is situated at the head of the cove formed by Punta Huacho

at the S end of the bay. The pier has an alongside depth reported to be 3.3m.

3.30 There are two tanker terminals, with 18 and 24m depths, for

30,000 ton tankers.

3.30 The ro-ro facility has been reported closed (1994). 

3.30 Pilots are not available. An ETA should be sent at least 24

hours in advance. The port can be contacted by VHF channel

16 during working hours.

3.30 Anchorage for general cargo vessels can be taken, in depths

of 11 to 12.8m, sand, with the pier head bearing 145°. The

holding ground is good, but a W and SW swell is troublesome.

Quarantine anchorage is located at 1 mile NW and larger vessel anchorage is 0.5 mile NNW of Punta Huacha. These anchorage areas are shown on the chart.

3.30 Caution.—A dangerous wreck is situated about 4 miles W

of Punta Huacho. Another wreck lies just N of the same point.

Both are best seen on the chart.

3.31 Bahia Salinas (11°12'S., 77°36'W.) is entered between Punta Huacho and Punta Bajas (11°14'S., 77°38'W.),

about 6 miles SSW. The shores of the bay consist of sandy

beaches, backed by hills. There are two coves on the S shore of

the bay. Bahia Grande, the W cove, affords anchorage, in

depths of 11 to 12.8m, sand and mud, about 0.2 mile offshore.

The best anchorage, sheltered from the swell, is in Bahia Chica, the E cove, in depths of 5.5 to 7.3m, sand, about 0.3 mile

from the W entrance point and 2.5 miles ENE of Punta Bajas.

Local knowledge is required to use these anchorages.

3.31 Promontorio Salinas (11°16'S., 77°37'W.) is about 5 miles

wide between Punta Bayas, the NW extremity, and Punta

Lachay, the SW extremity of the promontory. Punta Salinas is

1 mile N of Punta Lachay and has a flat-topped islet lying off

it. Punta Bayas, from which a light is shown, is low, dark, and

has above-water rocks extending 0.5 mile NW. There are submerged rocks lying at least 0.3 mile off Punta Lackay. Cerro

Salinas, pyramid-shaped and conspicuous, rises from a sandy

plain about 2 miles SE of Punta Bayas. There are two coves between Punta Salinas and Punta Bayas. The S of the two coves

affords anchorage for small vessels, in a depth of 14.6m, mud,

about 0.3 mile offshore, exposed to surf and swell.

3.31 A measured distance of 2 nautical miles has been established

on the W coast of Promontorio Salinas. The ends and middle of

the distance are each marked by a pair of beacons situated

close W and 2 miles S of Punta Bayas light structure. The front

beacon of each pair has a white diamond topmark and the rear

beacon a white rectangle. The running course is 000°-180°.

The run area is surrounded with a restricted area designation.

3.31 Roca Misteriosa, with a depth of 5.5m and on which the sea

breaks at times, lies about 1 mile offshore and almost midway

between Punta Salinas and Punta Bayas.

3.31 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated on Promontorio Salinas, about 4 miles ENE of Punta Lachay.

3.31 Caution.—A restricted area, best seen on the chart, is situated off the W shore of Promontorio Salinas. Between Punta

Lachay and Punta Bajas, vessels should pass at least 9 miles W

of the shore.

3.32 Grupo de Huaura (11°24'S., 77°45'W.), a chain of

islets, extends about 14 miles SW from Punta Lachay. Islote

Pelado (11°27'S., 77°50'W.), the outermost islet, is rounded,

precipitous, and free of guano. A light is shown from the islet.

Isla Mazorca, which also shows a light and has a radiobeacon

situated at the light tower, lies about 6.5 miles NE of Islote Pelado. The passage between the two islets is free of dangers. Islote Tambillo, the innermost islet, lies about 2.5 miles SW of

Punta Lachay. Several islets and rocks above-water lie between

this islet and Isla Mazorca. The passage between Islote Tambillo and Punta Lachay is navigable.

3.33 The coast, known as Playa Grande, between Punta

Lachay and Punta Chancay, about 27 miles SE, is cliffy,

backed by high sand hills, and fronted by a narrow shingle

beach. Heavy surf prevents a landing. Cerro Pelado (Monte

Mollersh), about 17 miles E of Punta Lachay, is conspicuous

from offshore.

3.33 Bahia de Chancay (11°35'S., 77°17'W.) is entered between

Punta Chancay and Punta Caulan, 1.3 miles NE. Punta Chancay, a bluff with three hills on it, protects the S side of Bahia de

Chancay. A prominent fishmeal factory is situated about 1 mile

NE of Punta Chancay. Conspicuous crosses stand on a hill and

near shore. A church is prominent. A light is shown from Punta

Chancay and prominent radio masts stand 1.3 miles NNE and

0.9 mile ENE of the light tower. Stranded fishing boats and

wrecks lie E and NE of Punta Chancay. The bay recedes about

0.3 mile and has depths of 9.1 to 14.6m in the outer part. Swell

in the bay is very uncomfortable in April and May, also in September and October.

3.34 Chancay (Puerto de Chancay) (11°35'S., 77°17'W.)

(World Port Index No. 14970), primarily a fishing port situated

on the S side of Bahia de Chancay, consists of two small coves

separated by a dark-colored point. Above and below-water

rocks front the coves. The town of Chancay stands on a plateau

about 2 miles NNE of Punta Chancay.

3.34 The principal pier, from which a light is shown, is used for

the unloading of fish, and for also the transfer of general cargo

and fish meal by lighters to ships at anchor. The pier is about
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 47

Pub. 125

210m long, with a depth of about 5 to 6m alongside its head

and berths, which are used by small vessels up to 500 tons.

3.34 Pilotage is not compulsory; the port can be contacted by

VHF channel 16.

3.34 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of between 9m to 14.6m,

sand, in the center of the bay and 0.5 mile N of Punta Chancay.

Vessels are unloaded by lighters. 

3.34 Caution.—Numerous unlighted buoys and moored lighters

may be found within 0.5 mile NW of the piers. A wreck,

marked by a barrel buoy, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta

Caulan.

3.34 A prohibited area with a radius of 200m is centered on position 11°34.3'S, 77°17.0'W.

3.35 Punta Mulatas (11°46'S., 77°12'W.) lies 12 miles

SSE of Chancay. The coast between is fringed with rocks and

reefs in places, but there are depths over 20m about 1 mile offshore. Much of the coast is composed of very high sand dunes

rising almost vertically from the sea and leaving no beach.

Monte Stokes, about 11.5 miles E of Punta Chancay, is prominent. Two prominent television masts and a light stand on a hill

about 0.5 mile SE of Punta Mulatas.

3.35 Punta Salitral (11°47'S., 77°12'W.) lies about 1 mile S of

Punta Mulatas. Isla Referendo and Isla Huaquillo, from which

a light is shown, lie in the entrance to a bay close N of the

point.

3.35 Grupo de Pescadores (11°48'S., 77°16'W.), a group of guano-covered islands, islets, and rocks, extends about 4.3 miles

W of Punta Mulatas (11°46'S., 77°12'W.) and lies in the S approach to Bahia de Ancon. Isla Grande (11°36'S., 77°16'W.),

the W and largest island of the group, lies about 3.8 miles W of

Punta Mulatas and is radar-prominent. Two small islets, Isla

Gallinazos and Isla Torbao, lie off the NE side of the island. A

light is shown from the island, and a radio mast stands about

0.2 mile NNE of the light. Islote La Viuda lies 0.5 mile W of

Punta Salitral. Passage between the island and the point requires local knowledge. The island is conspicuous and a good

mark approaching Bahia de Ancon from the S. Islas Hormigas

de Tierra (11°45'S., 77°17'W.) are two steep-to above-water

rocks lying about 1 mile NNW of the N end of Isla Grande. Isla

El Solitario and four other islets within 0.8 mile, lie about 1

mile SW of Punta Salitral. Isla Huacas, with nearby rocks, lies

1.5 miles SE of Isla Grande. Isla San Pedro lies about 0.5 mile

offshore, 1.5 miles SSE of Punta Salitral. Passages between the

groups of islets are deep, but above and below-water rocks

fringe the islets and local knowledge is necessary.

3.35 Hormigas de Afuera (11°58'S., 77°45'W.) comprise a

group of steep-to guano-covered rocks and reefs that lie about

34 miles WSW of Punta Mulatas. A light is shown from a tower, with a radar reflector, situated on the S rock of the group.

The light tower is reported radar conspicuous at 15 miles.

Depths of 14.5 and 16.5m (soundings doubtful) are charted

14.8 and 13.3 miles SSE, respectively, of the islets. The N

rock, awash, lies 1 mile NNW of the S rock. Reefs extend N

from the N rock and breakers extend SE from the S rock. The

current sets NW, with a velocity of about 1 knot, in the vicinity

of the rocks. Farther offshore, the Peru Current may attain a velocity of 2 knots.

3.35 Caution.—Caution is advised when transiting through the

restricted areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, situated NW and SE of Hormigas de Afuera.

3.36 Bahia de Ancon (11°45'S., 77°11'W.) (World Port Index No. 14960) is entered between Punta Mulatas and a high,

multi-colored point about 4.3 miles N. Punta Mulatas is fringed

by pinnacle rocks marked by breakers. The bay is mainly used

as an explosives anchorage. This lighterage port is the obligatory discharge point for IMO-class dangerous cargo destined

for Callao. The former regulations on other dangerous cargo in

transit have been revoked, and no vessel now has need to return

from Callao to reload. 

3.36 A pier about 107m long extends from shore about 2.3 miles

NE of Punta Mulatas. Explosives from vessels at anchor are

unloaded from lighters at the pier. The town, which has several

small jetties, stands at the S end of the bay and is a fishing port

and resort.

3.36 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 12.8m, about 0.3

to 0.5 mile NW of the pierhead. This anchorage is open to NW

winds and “bravezas” (June to September). Vessels may also

anchor, in 9.1m, off the pier head. The Explosives Anchorage

lies 0.8 mile W of the explosives pier.

3.36 Caution.—A destroyed jetty showing iron pilings which are

awash at low water exists in the central part of the bay. A prohibited area is located near the naval zone N of the port.

3.37 The coast between Punta Mulatas and Puerto del Callao, about 15 miles S, consists of hills and cliffs along the N

part and lower, sandy terrain along the S part. Several islets and

rocks, colored white, lie close to the coast between Punta Mulatas and Punta Pancha (11°51'S., 77°11'W.). Monton de Trigo,

a peaked hill, is conspicuous SE of Punta Pancha.

3.37 La Pampilla Oil Terminal (11°56'S., 77°10'W.) (World

Port Index No. 14955) is an offshore loading facility, with the

refinery situated about 6 miles S of Punta Pancha. The lights of

the refinery are conspicuous from seaward. 

3.37 A discharge berth consisting of mooring buoys lies in depths

of 18.2m; a submarine pipeline 4,500m long extends from the

berth to the shore. The berth can handle vessels up to 50,000

dwt and 335m in length, with drafts up to 15.2m.

3.37 A loading berth, consisting of mooring buoys, lies in depths

of 12.2m; a submarine pipeline, 1,500m long, extends from the

berth to the shore. The berth can handle vessels up to 213m in

length, with drafts up to 10.9m. 

3.37 These mooring berths belong to PETROPERU, one consisting of four buoys and the other five buoys. These berths are positioned so the vessels will be secured on an approximate true

bearing of 180°, which makes for the best conditions in order

to receive the wind and sea.

3.37 A third underwater pipeline belongs to the ENERGAS Company; it is 1,850m long and pushes into the sea on a bearing of

260° until it reaches the 13m isobath; its terminal has 4 mooring buoys and one line buoy.

3.37 Pilotage for this terminal is compulsory, and may be had off

the berths by prior arrangement, or in Bahia de Callao. Pilots

are available 24 hours.. The terminal can be contacted by VHF

on numerous channels.

3.37 There are three wharves between the mouths of the Rio

Chilln and the Rio Rimac. From N to S they are the Mucensa

Wharf, Fertiza Wharf, and the IMSA Wharf.

3.37 The Mucensa Wharf, managed by PESCAPERU (Peruvian
48 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

Fiahing Corporation) is made up of iron pilings and a reinforced concrete platform, 407m long and 10.8m wide, with a

height of 4m above mean sea level. It is situated on Fertiza

beach and has been in operation since 1963. It is used for unloading anchovy and is equipped with water and oil pipelines.

There is a fixed light at its head.

3.37 The Fertiza Wharf, managed by Compainia de Fertilizantes

Sinteticos SA, is made of iron pilings and a wooden platform,

209m long and 4.3m wide; it stands on Fertiza beach and is not

in operation (2001).

3.37 The IMSA Wharf, managed by PescaPeru, is made of reinforced concrete with lightweight iron, 260m long and 3.6m

wide. It stands on Acapulco Beach. It is not in operation.

3.37 Caution.—Navigating and anchoring are prohibited within

0.5 mile of the berths and pipelines. The area is best seen on

the chart.

Puerto del Callao (12°03'S., 77°09'W.)

World Port Index No. 14950

3.38 Puerto del Callao, formed and sheltered by N and S

breakwaters, is the principal harbor of Peru and the port of entry for Lima, the capital. The harbor is entered through Bahia

del Callao (12°02'S., 77°10'W.), bound N by Punta Bernal

(11°55'S., 77°09'W.) and S by El Cabezo (12°04'S., 77°16'W.),

the high, NW extremity of Isla San Lorenzo. Punta Bernal is

low and sandy. The coast between this point and Callao N

breakwater is a sandy beach, fronted for about 1.5 miles N of

the breakwater by a shoal with depths of less than 5.5m, which

extends at least 1 mile offshore. Bahia del Callao is partially

sheltered by Isla San Lorenzo, the adjacent islets, the promontory of which Punta Punta (12°04'S., 77°10'W.) is the SW end,

and the spit extending SW of Punta Punta.

An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme, best seen on

the chart, has been established in the approaches to Callao. The

approach to the port is made through Bahia Del Callao after

passing around the precautionary zone counterclockwise

within the traffic circle, 1 mile in diameter centered in position

12°01.8'S, 77°14.8'W, thereafter following the lead into the

harbor on lights in range bearing 099°. It is reported (2002)

that the harbor entrance range is difficult to distinguish and

often obscured by large cargo vessels. Fog makes the use of the

range problematic.The entrance channel has charted depths of

10.6m. There are a total of 18 berths for ocean-going vessels,

including a petroleum pier. 

Winds—Weather

3.38The prevailing S winds are usually light and the sea smooth.

Isla San Lorenzo reduces the swell in the harbor, but a constant

W swell causes a surf to break on the beaches. The swell does

not usually prevent lighters from working alongside ships at

the anchorage.Surf and wind alongside exposed piers and

wharves may prevent the discharge of cargo from lighters and

interrupt communications between ship and shore. Fog is frequent from December to April. The rainy season occurs between July and September.

Tides—Currents

Tides at Callao are semidiurnal, with a mean range of 0.6m,

and a spring range of 0.8m.

3.38 The currents off the port set N, but the velocities within the

bay are negligible, except with SW swells when the currents

set strongly N through Pasaje El Boqueron (12°06'S.,

77°11'W.). Tidal currents in the vicinity of the terminal reach

rates of 0.8 to 1.3 knots, with the set depending on the tide; a

strong surge may be felt within the breakwaters forming the

harbor. When there is a freshet in the Rio Rimac (12°02'S.,

77°08'W.), the current is strong across Bahia del Callao and

tends to silt up the harbor.

Depths—Limitations

Isla San Lorenzo (12°05'S., 77°13'W.), forming the SW

part of Bahia del Callao, is high, sandy-colored, and cliffy in

places. El Cabezo (Cabo San Lorenzo), the NW end of the island, is radar prominent. A light is shown from the point. Several steep-to islets lie close off the W and S sides of the island.

A wreck is reported about 3.3 miles W of Cabo San Lorenzo. A

foul area, marked by breakers and heavy surf, extends about 1

mile off the SE end of Isla San Lorenzo. Isla Callao (Isla Fronton) is located close SE of the SE end of Isla San Lorenzo; it is

marked by breakers SE and is the outermost danger within the

foul area. 

3.38 Islas Palominos is a cluster of steep-to rocks lying about 2.3

miles SW of the S end of Isla San Lorenzo. A light is shown

from the rocks and they are radar prominent. Roca Iquitos,

with a depth of 4.6m, lies a little more than 0.5 mile NE of Islas

Palominos; several rocks and islets lie between it and the S end

of Isla San Lorenzo. A 16m patch lies about 0.8 mile WSW of

the light tower on Islas Palominos.

3.38 The NE side of Isla San Lorenzo is fringed in places by rocks

and reefs. Two rocks, awash, lie about 0.2 mile offshore, midway between El Cabezo and Punta Galera, 1.5 miles ESE, the

latter is a good radar target. A visible wreck lies 0.4 mile E of

Punta Galera; another visible wreck lies the same distance NW

of the point. Caleta Sanitaria, the site of a Quarantine Station

and a small pier, is situated 0.3 mile SE of Punta Galera. A naval training station and small pier lie close SE of Punta Gruta,

located 1 mile SE of Punta Galera. Foul ground, with a depth

of 9.1m, lies in the approach to the pier. An above-water wreck

is charted 0.3 mile SSE of the head of the pier; a dangerous

wreck lies about 0.9 mile NE of Punta Gruta.

3.38 Banco El Camotal extends SW from Punta Punta. A light is

shown from the roof of a building on the point. 

3.38 Lomo de Ballena, the drying part of the bank and from

which a light is shown, lies about 0.8 mile W of Punta Punta.

3.38 Numerous wrecks and obstructions lie within 1 mile of the N

breakwater and adjacent coast and may best be seen on the

chart.

3.38 Pasaje El Boqueron (12°06'S., 77°11'W.) leads N around

the E side of Isla Fronton and then NW into Bahia del Callao,

between the shorebank that extends off the SE end of Isla San

Lorenzo and Banco El Camotal. This bank is separated from

Isla San Lorenzo by a fairway about 0.4 mile wide and 6.4 to

18.3m deep. The SW end of the bank is steep-to, unmarked,

and subject to frequent change. Strong N currents occur during
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 49

Pub. 125

heavy SW swells. Local knowledge is necessary to transit the

passage. A marine cultivation area lies off the SE end of Isla

San Lorenz. 

Callao

Callao—Port Facilities

Berth No. Length Depth

1A 178m 9.1m

1B 178m 8.8m

2A 178m 8.8m

2B 178m 8.2-8.8m

3A 178m 8.2m

3B 178m 8.5m

4A 178m 8.5m

Callao—Port Facilities

Berth No. Length Depth
50 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

3.38 Immediately S of the main piers are five additional berths,

with a total length of 662m; depths alongside range from 5.5 to

11.6m.

3.38 There are no special container berths. Conventional vessels

may discharge or load containers at any berth, except Pier No.

7, the petroleum pier.

3.38 Ships load fish oil at berth; cargo is brought alongside by

trucks. Ships discharge chemical products at Pier No. 4 and fuel and diesel at Pier No. 7.

3.38 The petroleum pier is situated 0.3 mile NE of the N breakwater head.

3.38 East of the petroleum pier is an area containing the naval base,

fishing facilities, and several berths on the N side of Pier No. 5,

which is reached via a channel showing a charted depth of 9.1m.

A drydock is charted 0.4 mile NNE of the Petroleum Pier. Several small piers lie between the naval piers and Pier No. 5, has

depths of 3.7 to 4.5m, but caution is recommended here as

depths of 3m are charted close by.

Aspect

The Naval School, situated on Punta Punta, is a prominent

yellow square building with regular rows of large square windows, surmounted by two radio masts. A light is shown from

atop a building close by. A white stone water tower, standing

about 0.5 mile NE of the school, is conspicuous.The towers of

Castillo Real Felipe, close S of the root of the S breakwater, are

prominent as is a grain silo standing close E of the same point.

Several conspicuous water towers, church spires, and chimneys

are situated about the area. Cierro La Reglu, a conspicuous isolated hill, 105m high, lies about 6 miles NNE of the point. A

prominent aeronautical light is shown from the airport, about

3.3 miles NE of the harbor entrance. Lights stand at the ends of

the N and S breakwaters. 

Pilotage

Pilotage is compulsory. The vessel’s ETA should be sent 24

hours in advance. Pilots board in the pilot boarding anchorage,

about 1.3 miles WNW of the harbor entrance. The port and pilot may be contacted by VHF channel 13 or 16.

Regulations

A Traffic Separation Scheme is located in the approaches to

the port.Vessels are not permitted to enter the harbor until the

Port Captain’s staff and the health officials have boarded it, and

there is a berth waiting. The port officials will usually board

day or night if the vessel is expected.Vessels are required to report to Tramar on VHF channel 16 when 20 miles, 10 miles,

and 4 miles from Isla San Lorenzo Light. Vessels also report to

Tramar when passing the Outer Fairway Lighted Buoy. It is

prohibited to deballast oil and dump bilges into the bay; the

same applies to refuse and waste in general.Several prohibited

zones have been established. Additional or later date information should be obtained from the port office. The current restrictions are, as follows:

1. Keep 1 mile off the military bases on the E coast of Isla San Lorenzo and 300m off the rest of the island.

2. Keep 600m off Isla Callao.

3. Keep 300m off the buoys marking the aquaculture area in El Boqueron.

4. Keep 300m off Naval School harbor. Keep 150m off

the Callao Naval base and official jetties.

5. Keep 300m off all the warships in the reserved zones. 

Anchorage

Twelve designated anchorages or mooring areas, best seen

on chart, are located off the port, in 9 to 37m of water, sand and

mud bottom. Their designated uses are, as follows:

1. Anchorage Area 1—Merchant vessels.

2. Anchorage Area 2—Fishing vessels, dredges and factory vessels in excess of 350 gross tons.

3. Anchorage Area 3—Inoperative fishing boats in excess of 50 gross tons. 

4. Anchorage Area 4—Fishing boats in excess of 10

gross tons and less then 25 gross tons.

5. Anchorage Area 5—Bay boats (barges, tugboats, motorboats). 

6. Anchorage Area 6—Inoperative merchant vessels and

fishingboats.

7. Anchorage Area 7—Operational fishing boats in excess of 25 gross tons.

8. Anchorage Area 8—Tankers (oil tankers, gas tankers).

9. Area of Pilot Standby Station (Pilot Station).

10. Anchorage Area for Nuclear-Powered Vessels and

Conventional Ships—Vessels containing or transporting nuclear or radioactive materials.

11. Security, Isolation, and Quarantine Area.

12. Anchorage Area for Ships Earmarked for Scrapping.

4B 178m 7.3-8.5m

5A 187m 11.9m

5B 187m 10.3m

5C 183m 9.4-10.3m

5D 375m 11.0m

5E 195m 16.7m

7A 265m 11.6m

7B 265m 11.6m

10C 138m 5.0-6.1m

10D 138m 5.0-6.1m

11A 138m 11.0m

11B 138m 11.0m

11C 138m 11.0m

Callao—Port Facilities

Berth No. Length Depth
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 51

Pub. 125

3.38 A restricted area close S of the entrance channel offers anchorage to Peruvian naval and merchant vessels, in depths of

7.6 to 19.5m. Another reserved anchorage is reported to lie just

S of the restricted area’s SW border.

Caution

Piracy is a menace and boarding attempts are made while

vessels are underway, at anchor, or at a berth.

An extensive area containing submarine cables extends

across the S approaches to the port.

A number of areas utilized for the testing of explosives exist

around Isla San Lorenzo.In the anchorages, jellyfish are so

prevalent in April and July that underwater intakes may become clogged.

The periodic discoloration of the sea, known as “Callao

Painter,” is frequently experienced outside of the port. The

hulls of ships may become discolored by a thick and dark slime

which is caused by gases rising from the bottom of the bay; a

nauseous smell is also emitted.

3.38 It was reported that vessels may occasionally be underway

without lights within the restricted area.

It was reported (1990) that several of the lighted aids to navigation were extinguished.

3.38 A dangerous wreck lies in position 12°00.6'N, 77°10.7'W; a

resricted area, with a radius of 165m, is centered on the wreck. 

Callao to Matarani

3.39 Along the coast from Callao to Matarani, S to SW

winds, known as “paracas,” occur from noon to evening; these

winds may hinder cargo operations at the coastal ports from

August to September.

3.39 The currents offshore set N. In the vicinity of Isla Sangayan

(13°51'S., 76°27'W.), a set toward that island has been experienced. The currents generally follow the coastal trend and set

N into the bays.

3.39 Punta Chorrillos (12°10'S., 77°02'W.) is located about 9.5

miles SE of Punta Punta. The coast between recedes SE forming Bahia de Miraflores, which is open to the weather. The land

S of Punta Punta is low-lying and fronted by a pebble beach.

Rocky T-headed breakwaters have been built at regular intervals here to protect the coast from flooding during stormy

weather, which is most intense in the winter months. This low

coast continues for 1.5 miles, then changes to cliffs of average

height.

Cerro Morro Solar, about 1 mile SE of Punta Chorrillos, rises to an elevation of 279m and is one of the better defined natural features of this coast. The hill is oriented in a N-S

direction, emerging abruptly from the sea, and is surmounted

by a lighted cross. Punta Chorrillos is formed by an extension

of the hills descending from the western side of Morro Solar,

terminating sharply at the water’s edge. Rocks lie up to 0.3

mile W of the point.

3.39 A light is shown from a tower, 22m high, standing on the

coast about 2.8 miles N of the point, and an aeronautical light

is shown from an airfield about 2 miles E of the point.

3.39 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available N of the point, in a

depth of about 12m. Vessels should anchor at least 1 mile from

the shore on the alignment of three beacons which are, from N

to S, a statue, a planetarium, and a monument. Moderate-sized

vessels may use this anchorage, but caution is advised as the

bight has a tendency to silt and submarine cables extend seaward from the vicinity of the point.

3.40 Islotes Horadada, with two pinnacles and above and

below-water rocks surrounding it, lies 5.8 miles WNW of Punta Chorrillos. Roca del Diabolo, on which the sea breaks heavily during bad weather, lies 0.3 mile N of the islet and has a

depth of 2.1m. Shoal depths extend NE from the rock towards

the coast.

3.40 Punta La Chira, rocky, sloping, and leaden-colored, is located about 2.3 miles S of Punta Chorrillos. Islote Pan de Azucar

is an islet lying on a reef about 0.5 mile WSW of the point.

Several small islets and rocks lie between the islet and the

point.

3.40 Anchorage.—Two coves indent the coast S of Punta Chorrillos. The N of the coves, entered S of the point, affords sheltered anchorage to small vessels, in depths of 9.1 to 16.5m. The

S cove, entered close N of Punta La Chira, affords sheltered anchorage, in 14.6m, between the entrance points.

3.40 The Rio Lurin (12°17'S., 76°54'W.) is located about 9 miles

ESE of Punta La Chira. The coast between is formed by Playa

de Conchan, a sandy beach backed by fairly high land. Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1m, about 1 mile off the head of a cove

close S of the river mouth.

3.40 Isla Pachacamac (12°18'S., 76°54'W.), 108m high and the

N of a chain of islets and rocks, is colored white and lies 1.5

miles off the Rio Lurin. Islote San Francisco, with a rounded

summit, is the S and prominent of the group. El Corcovado, a

reef about 1 mile long, lies with its N end 1 mile SE of Islote

San Francisco. Rocas de la Vinda are two submerged rocks lying about 0.5 mile off the N islet. Sea and swell break heavily

on these dangers and the shoals inshore of the group.

3.41 Conchan Oil Terminal (12°16'S., 76°56'W.) is situated about 670m offshore, 1.5 miles NW of the mouth of the

Rio Lurin. Vessels calling at Conchan must first enter Callao

for clearance and for taking on the pilot. All facilities, except

dirty ballast, are available at Callao. Berthing is restricted to

daylight hours only; sailing is permitted at anytime.

3.41 The one offshore tanker berth has two submarine pipelines.

Vessels moor to three buoys in 18.5m of water; maximum size

of vessel is 40,000 dwt, length 230m.

3.41 Conchan Mole, 630m long, shows a red light on its pier head

(12°15.2'S., 76°22'W.) situated close NW of the Offshore Terminal. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt and 185m in length can berth.

The terminal can be contacted by VHF. A cement factory is situated about 0.5 mile NNE of the pier head.

3.41 Punta Chilca (12°31'S., 76°48'W.), about 15 miles SE of the

Rio Lurin, is prominent with a steep cliffy face, 90m high, on

its seaward side. The coast between is indented. With local

knowledge, several coves affording anchorage can be entered

along this stretch of coast. Rocks and reefs lie off the coves entrance points. Depths of at least 9.1m exist within the coves,

where landing is possible.

3.41 Caleta Pucusana (Puerto Chilca) (12°29'S., 76°48'W.) is a

cove about 3 miles N of Puerto Chilca. Isla Chilca, from which

a light is shown, protects the W side of the cove which is entered from N between the islet and coast. Rocks, fringing the
52 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

islet and adjacent coast, restrict the cove entrance to a width of

0.3 mile. An islet lies about 91m off the SE side of Isla Chilca.

Anchorage for small vessels can be taken in the middle of the

cove, in depths of 9.1 to 12.8m, sand. A wharf, with two small

landing stages, lies on the cove’s W side

3.42 Punta del Fraile (13°02'S., 76°31'W.) lies about 37

miles SE of Punta Chilca. The point is the W side of a hilly

promontory that has cliffy NW and SW sides. Cerro Sentinella

rises above the point, and prominent, bluish-colored Cerro

Azul rises close within the S limit of the cliffs. The coast between Punta Chilca and Punta Fraile is indented by a few

coves. Dangers lie up to 2 miles offshore in places. The N part

of this coast, as far as Cerro Calavera, is low, flat, and backed

by hills inland. Cerro Calavera (Morro Calavera) (12°33'S.,

76°46'W.) is a prominent, detached hill of black rocks with

patches of sand and guano. The hill has a sharp peak and a

sheer face to seaward. Between Cerro Calavera and the Rio

Mala (12°41'S., 76°40'W.), the coast consists of low cliffs

fronted by a sandy beach. Islets and rocks above-water lie up to

1 mile offshore. The mouth of the Rio Mala is marked by

heavy breakers and a conspicuous hill rises 2 miles N.

3.42 Caleta Mala (12°43'S., 76°39'W.) is entered between Punta

Chocaya (12°45'S., 76°39'W.) and a point about 3 miles NNW.

Cerro Salazar is prominent close within the latter point. Punta

Chocaya is low and fronted by rocks and foul ground. Small

vessels can anchor on good holding ground of sand, sheltered

from SE winds, in Caleta Mala, where the depth is 11m, about

0.3 mile offshore. The anchorage is subject to a heavy sea and

swell during the winter months.

3.42 Isla de Asia, 123m high, lies 1 mile offshore, about 16 miles

NW of Punta Fraile and is radar conspicuous. It is one of the

most easily-identified objects on this part of the coast. There

are several above and below-water rocks around the islet and

between it and the coast N. A radiobeacon is located on the

mainland 2 miles NE of the island.

3.43 Puerto de Cerro Azul (13°03'S., 76°31'W.) is situated in a cove within the N side of the promontory containing

Punta del Fraile. The port, from which cotton is exported, is

shallow and available only to coastal vessels. Local knowledge

is required. Cargo is worked by lighter from a pier at the head

of which a light is shown. Weather may prevent lighter operations between May and September. The terminal here was reported to be out of commission, and the wharf was in a poor

state of repair. Pilotage is not compulsory. 

3.43 The coast between Punta Fraile and the Peninsula Paracas,

about 45 miles S, recedes to form a bight which is sheltered by

the peninsula at its S part. The shore as far as the Rio Canete

(13°09'S., 76°25'W.) is low and backed by a fertile valley. A

sugar mill, standing N of the river mouth, is conspicuous. From

the Rio Canete to the Rio Jaguay (13°23'S., 76°13'W.), the

coast consists of high, clay cliffs backed inland by very high

hills. On approaching Bahia Pisco, the coast is low and sandy.

3.43 Puerto Tambo de Mora (13°28'S., 76°12'W.) a roadstead

off the town of Tambo de Mora, is closed as a general cargo

port. There are depths of 7.3 to 9.1m at 1 mile offshore of the

lighter pier which had a depth of 1.8m at its head. Landmarks

in town include a large white building on the beach, the church,

and a large and a small cross together on a hill behind town.

The chimneys and tanks of the fishmeal factories situated behind the wharf are visible from seaward. A radio mast is located on the coast N of Tambo de Moro.

3.43 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 10.4m, mud, about 1

mile offshore, with the white building and the crosses aligned

082°. This anchorage is generally secure except for S winds

(paracas), which blow from noon to evening and raise a sea.

3.44 Islands and dangers off the Peninsula Paracas.—

Islas de Chincha (13°38'S., 76°24'W.), a group of three small

islands with several islets and rocks, lies 10 miles N of Punta

Paracas, the NW end of the Peninsula Paracas. The islands are

radar prominent. A light is shown from a tower on the summit

of Isla Centro Chincha, the central and largest island of the

group. The outermost danger of the group is a steep-to rock,

with less than 1.8m over it, lying 1 mile W of the W end of Isla

Centro Chincha. A 24m shoal lies about 3 miles ESE of the

light tower on Isla Centro Chincha. All the islands and islets of

the group are fringed by rocks.

3.44 Isla Norte Chincha, lying at the N end of Islas de Chincha, is

marked by a high islet lying about 0.2 mile NW, and a rocky

spit extending the same distance NE. A landing pier, situated at

the NE side of Isla Norte Chincha, is approached on a SW

heading between buoys which mark the outer end of dangers.

Local knowledge is necessary. The preferred anchorage in the

vicinity of Islas de Chincha is taken at the E and W entrance of

the channel between Isla Norte Chincha and Isla Centro Chincha. There are least depths of 32.9m and 42.1m in the W and E

entrances, respectively.

3.44 Isla Sur Chincha, lying at the S end of the group, is bound by

rocks and reefs, some awash, extending up to 0.3 mile E and

0.5 mile W of the E and S sides of the island, respectively. A

reef lies in the W entrance of the passage between Isla Sur

Chincha and Isla Centro Chincha.

3.44 Isla Goleta, the highest of a group of three islets, is white in

color and lies about 0.9 mile SW of Isla Sur Chincha. Rocks

and shoals encircle the islets. Roca Chata, with a rock awash

close NW of it, lies about 0.5 mile S of Isla Goleta.

3.44 Islas Ballestas, about 4.5 miles NNW of Punta Paracas, are

three guano-covered islets and several adjacent above-water

rocks. Islas Tres Marias, 1.8 miles S of Islas Ballestas, are

three pointed rocks, of which the middle rock is the lowest.

Less water was reported about 0.4 mile WSW of the S rock.

Roca Saludo, steep-to, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 0.4 mile NE

of Islas Tres Marias. The channel between Roca Saludo and Islas Ballestas is not recommended.

3.44 Isla Blanca, with two dangerous rocks lying about 0.8 mile

W and WSW of it, is located about 5.5 miles NE of Punta Paracas. A light is shown from the island.

3.44 Isla Sangayan (13°50'S., 76°27'W.), about 3 miles W of the

peninsular, is high, light-colored, cliffy, and usually shrouded

in mist. From SW the island appears saddle-shaped. The N of a

group of rocks that lie up to 0.5 mile N of Isla Sangayan is high

and shaped like a bowling pin. The island gives a good radar

return at 24 miles. A light is shown from the SW point of the

island. The island is covered with guano. Generally, it is enveloped in a layer of fog; this is cleared by sea breezes, leaving

only a plume of mist over the summit. Foul ground extends at

least 0.3 mile off the S and W sides of Isla Sangayan.

3.44 Caution.—To avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 53

Pub. 125

environment in the Paracas National Reserve, an Area to be

Avoided, bounded by the coast and positions shown on the

chart, has been established. All vessels greater than 200 grt carrying hydrocarbons or hazardous liquids in bulk should avoid

the area.

3.44 Pasaje El Boqueron (13°50'S., 76°25'W.), the passage between the Peninsula Paracas (13°52'S., 76°20'W.) and Isla Sangayan, is about 2.8 miles wide and reported clear of dangers

except for Roca Pineiro, a steep-to pinnacle barely awash and

always marked by breakers, lying about 1.5 miles S of the S extremity of Isla Sangayan. When a strong wind opposes the tidal

current, a confused sea is generated in the area, rendering the

rock difficult to make out. During such times the mainland side

of the pass should be favored until the rock is passed.

3.45 Bahia de Pisco (13°44'S., 76°16'W.) is entered between Punta Paracas (13°48'S., 76°22'W.) and a sandy point

about 13.3 miles NE. The bay is bound W by Islas Ballestas

and Islas de Chincha. The E shore of the bay is sandy, with the

Rio Pisco emptying into the bay near its NE extremity. On approaching Isla Sangayan from the N, a set toward land is experienced, probably caused by the current following the coastline

into Bahia de Pisco.

3.45 Puerto de Pisco (13°43'S., 76°15'W.) is the old lighterage

port of Pisco and is closed except for fishing vessels and tankers. Shipping functions have been taken over by Puerto General

San Martin, situated about 4 miles SW, across the bay. However, all official and shipping offices are still situated at Pisco. A

lighter pier, with a depth of 4.1m at its head, extends about 0.3

mile offshore at Pisco. A spit extending 1.5 miles from the

coast has a depth of 4.6m at its outer end, 2 miles NW of the

pier at Pisco. A 4.5m shoal, a wreck, and a 1.8m shoal lie 0.4

mile WNW, NW, and WSW, respectively, of the pier. Landmarks in Pisco include a radio mast and tower, the church with

its square tower and spire, and a prominent, white hotel. Conspicuous tanks stand near the shore, about 2 miles SSE of Pisco. An airdome lighthouse, 14m in height, has been installed

with a range of 14 miles. 

3.45 A berth for tankers, consisting of mooring buoys, lies in

depths of 8m about 1 mile offshore, 2.3 miles SSW of the pier

at Pisco. A submarine pipeline extends from the berth to the

shore. Another berth, connected to a submarine pipeline, lies

about 0.5 mile offshore, 4 miles SSW of the pier at Pisco.

3.45 Anchorage.—Anchorage, according to draft, can be taken in

suitable depths about 1.5 to 3 miles SW of the lighter pier. The

bottom is mud, good holding ground.

3.45 Caution.—Anchorage No. 4 for tankships is located less

than 1 mile S of the North/South Traffic Seperation Scheme W

of Pisco.

3.45 Bahia de Paracas (13°49'S., 76°16'W.) a southerly extension of Bahia de Pisco, is entered between Punta Pejerrey, the

NE extremity of the Peninsula Paracas, and the coast about 2.5

miles ESE. The shore bank extends up to 0.8 mile off the

shores of the bay. Hotel Paracas is a prominent feature at the

SE side of this bay, which is formed S and W by the Peninsula

Paracas. Paracas is a resort and has several small piers for

small craft. There are several facilities for fishing vessels along

the E shore of the bay, including a designated anchorage area

which may be seen on the chart.

3.46 Puerto General San Martin (13°48'S., 76°18'W.)

(World Port Index No. 14910) has replaced Puerto de Pisco as

the principal shipping port for the area. Situated close S of

Punta Pejerrey, a sandy spit, the port consists of a marginal

wharf on the NE side of the peninsula.

3.46 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S, in the vicinity of the

Peninsula Paracas, are called “paracas.” They blow from noon

to evening and are sometimes so strong that working cargo is

very difficult, especially during August and September. Severe

sandstorms occur in August, reducing visibility and stopping

all cargo operations.

3.46 Depths—Limitations.—The continuous wharf consists of

four berths, each 175m long. Vessels of up to 9.7m draft may

be accommodated alongside. The port handles general cargo,

containers, and bulk, and liquid bulk cargo.

3.46 Aspect.—Lights are shown at each end of the wharf. A light

is shown from Punta Colorado, 1.8 miles W of Punta Pejerrey,

but is obscured within the bay.

3.46 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send ETA

at least 24 hours in advance. The port can be contacted by VHF

channel 16. Pilots board about 0.8 mile ENE of the lighted

buoy moored off Punta Pejerrey. Pilots are also available for

the offshore oil berth S of Pisco.

3.46 Regulations.—Puerto Pisco Traffic Separation Scheme, the

limits of which are shown on the chart, is established in the approaches to Puerto San Martin. A lighted buoy, moored in the

center of the precautionary area, is surrounded by a 200m in diameter Area to be Avoided. 

3.46 Anchorage.—The tanker anchorage lies about 3 miles NNE

of Punta Pejerrey; it has charted depths of 14.6 to 17.3m. 

3.46 The hazardous cargo anchorage lies about 1.5 miles NNW of

Punta Pejerrey; it has charted depths of 18.9 to 21m. The explosives anchorage, with charted depths of 20 to 24m, lies

close W of the hazardous cargo anchorage.

3.46 The waiting anchorage lies about 1 mile ENE of Punta Pejerrey; it has charted depths of 12.8 to 14.9m. Other anchorage areas, which lie close N and close E of Punta Pejerrey, have

charted depths of as little as 10.9m. All of the anchorage areas

are best seen on the chart.

3.46 Caution.—A restricted area has been established for thr Paracas Nature Reserve. The boundaries are best seen on the

chart.

3.47 The Peninsula Paracas (13°52'S., 76°20'W.) is a

bold promontory, highest at its SW end. It is connected to the

mainland by a low, sandy plain. An area reserved for the Ministry of Fishing lies between Punta Paracas and Punta Colorado,

and can best be seen on the chart. Candelabro de Tres Brazos, a

figure resembling a candelabra, consisting of deep trenches in

the hillside, is a prominent landmark situated 0.8 mile ESE of

Punta Colorado. Punta Huacas (13°54'S., 76°24'W.), the SW

point of the peninsula, is high, dark, and steep, with a white

rock lying 0.3 mile S of it. Cerro Lechuza, about 1.5 miles

NNE of Punta Huacas, rises to an elevation of 501m, with a

sharp-pointed peak which is conspicuous in the approaches

from S and W. Ensenada Lagunillas, entered 5 miles E of Punta

Huacas, is a bay used by fishing craft.

3.47 The coast between Punta Huacas and Punta Carretas, about

18 miles SSE, recedes NE to form a bight. Salt is shipped in

lighters from Caleta Salinillo (14°00'S., 76°17'W.), within the
54 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

bight. The holding ground here is bad. Isla Zarate, lying between 0.5 and 0.8 mile W of the inlet entrance, has vertical

cliffs and a flat top. There are several above-water rocks near

the islet. Roca Valdivia, submerged, and on which the sea

breaks, lies about 1 mile WSW of the islet.

3.47 Punta Carretas (14°12'S., 76°17'W.), from which a light is

shown, is the S extremity of a bold peninsula which extends 5

miles S from the mainland. Rocks fringe the point. Cerro Cerretas, the very high summit of the peninsula, rises about 2

miles N of the point.

3.47 Bahia de la Independencia (14°14'S., 76°10'W.) is entered

between Punta Carretas and Punta Quemado, 11 miles SE. It

recedes about 3.5 miles NE from Punta Carretas. Isla Independencia (Isla Viejas) and Islas Santa Rosa lie in the SE half of

the entrance. Morro Quemado, a high hill, is a landmark rising

about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Quemado. This hill, 605m high,

slopes as a ridge to the point, is lighter in color than other

peaks in the area, and has a thick cap of reddish earth.

3.47 The bay can be entered, but local knowledge is required,

through N and S entrance channels, the former being wider,

deep, and clear of dangers; the S channel, about 0.8 mile wide

between Punta Quemado and the SE of the Islas Santa Rosa,

has a least depth of 12.8m. Soundings within the bay give a

least depth of 5.5m where examined. Tidal currents set N into

the bay and are strong following fresh S winds. Isla Independencia is cliffy and has a remarkable hill at its SE end, which is

joined to the island by a low, narrow isthmus. Islas Santa Rosa,

two white-colored, level islets connected by a suspension

bridge, lie near the end of a reef which extends 1.8 miles SE of

the SE end of Isla Independencia. Numerous rocks and breakers lie off the SW sides of the islets. A shoal, with depths of 7.9

to 8.5m, extends 2.5 miles N from the N end of Isla Independencia. There are fishing villages on the shores of the bay.

3.47 Anchorage can be taken throughout the bay. A vessel anchored in 32.9m, mud, good holding ground, with the highest

hill on Isla Independencia bearing 232°, distant 1 mile.

3.47 Caution.—The Paracus Nature Reserve encloses the bay.

The limits are best seen on the chart.

3.48 Punta Dona Maria (14°40'S., 75°55'W.) lies about

25 miles SSE of Punta Quemado. The coast between is both

rocky and sandy, and backed by hills. The few dangers along

the coast lie close offshore. Punta Dona Maria, from which a

light is shown, is low, rugged, and dark with patches of guano.

Punta Azua, 10.5 miles NNW of Punta Dona Maria, is a high

bluff, with a low, rocky point extending off it. 

3.48 Cerro La Mesa de Dona Maria Francisca (14°41'S.,

75°50'W.) rises to 597m and is a prominent, truncated, conical

mountain which is visible in good weather from far offshore.

3.48 Islotes Infiernillos, a group of islets and above and belowwater rocks, extend up to 1 mile WNW of Punta Dona Maria.

A disused light structure stands on the largest islet. Roca

Mairo, a dangerous detached rock with a depth of less than

1.8m, lies 1.5 miles WNW of the largest islet.

3.48 Punta Olleros lies about 13 miles SE of Punta Dona Maria.

Anchorage, with no shelter, can be taken in Caleta Olleros, situated close N of the point which is fronted close SW by an islet

and pinnacle rock. There is a depth of 12.8m, 0.3 mile offshore,

in the anchorage. There is a landing pier at Caleta Lomitos,

about 4 miles NW of Punta Olleros.

3.48 Cabo Nazca, about 18 miles SE of Punta Olleros, is a high,

dark bluff with two sharp hummocks at its base. The cape gives

a good radar return at 20 miles. Caleta Nazca, about 2 miles N

of Cabo Nazca, is backed by white sandhills. Landing is possible during early morning hours, but only in an emergency, as

strong S winds prevail later in the day. There is a 14.6m shoal

5.5 miles SSW of the cape, and a 20.1m shoal was reported to

lie about 5.5 miles SW of the cape.

3.48 Punta Santa Ana (15°09'S., 75°23'W.), about 14 miles SE

of Cabo Nazca, is rock-fringed, cliffy, dark, and radar prominent. Cerro Huricangane (Criterion) rises to 1,781m, 12 miles

NE of the point and is a prominent landmark. A rock, with a

depth less than 1.8m, was reported to lie 6 miles W of Punta

Santa Ana.

3.48 Punta San Nicolas is located about 9 miles SE of Punta Santa

Ana. The point is the W extremity of a peninsula 2.3 miles

long, which constricts to a width of 91m about 1 mile ESE of

the point. Guano covers the point and outer peninsula. A light,

with a racon, is shown from a tower about 0.5 mile SE of Punta

San Nicolas. The point is fringed on all sides by above and below-water rocks for at least 0.3 mile offshore; an islet lies 0.2

mile W of the light tower. A 5.5m patch lies 1.3 miles SSE of

the point and shoals of similar depth lie 4 miles NNW of the

point.

3.48 Caution.—A wreck lies approximately 1.5 miles NNE of

Punta San Nicholas.

3.49 Bahia San Nicolas is entered between Punta San

Nicolas and Punta San Fernando, lying 1.3 miles ESE of Punta

Santa Ana. The NE shore of the bay is backed by very high tableland which extends SE.

3.49 Puerto San Nicolas (15°15'S., 75°14'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14895) is situated on the S shore of Bahia San Nicolas,

about 1.3 miles ESE of Punta San Nicolas.

3.49 Depths—Limitations.—The pier, on the S side of the bay,

lies in a N/S; it is 305m long and 15m wide. The deck is 4m

above MLW. There is a dolphin at the N end, with a diameter

of 15m, and with a connecting bridge 45m long. This dolphin

is used for the stern line of vessels over 274m in length. It is fitted with an electric winch and three large bollards. Vessels

berth with bows to the S. 

3.49 Fendering on both sides of the pier is made of laminated

lumber and rubber, keeping vessels 1.5m off the concrete pier.

3.49 On the W side the depth is 19m, and up to 91m westwards,

except on the anchor pocket, which is 21m deep, 76m long, and

91m wide. When docking, two anchors are let go in the pocket

to prevent any collision of the ship with its own anchors. The

bottom is mud and sand. 

3.49 On the E side, the original depth remains at 12.8m at the

shore end and 18m at the seaward end. Vessels use their own

mooring lines, while on the W, heavy surge lines are compulsory, and may be hired.

3.49 The ore ship loader has a straddle clearance height of 4.26m

and a width of 3.65m.

3.49 The ore loader operates on the W side only, but iron ore slurry can be loaded on either side.

3.49 Vessels, with general cargo to discharge, use the E side. Discharge of bulk petroleum can be made at either E or W berths.

3.49 While alongside, engines must always be ready for immediate use, and sufficient crew on deck to tend mooring lines and
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 55

Pub. 125

heave in the slack as loading progresses. If this is not done,

loading will be stopped and vessels taken out of berth.

3.49 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, using company pilots,

who will remain on board during periods of swell; accommodation should be made available. A starboard gangway must be

rigged on arrival for authorities; official time of arrival is that

of anchoring. Official port hours are 0800-1200 and 1300-

1700, but reception in overtime can be made at any time. Pilots

board ships about 1 mile N of the pier head. An ETA should be

sent to the agent and mining company 5 days, 2 days, and 1 day

in advance. Vessels should contact the port by VHF channel

16, 4 hours prior to arrival. It was reported that pilots for Puerto

San Juan are also available here.

3.49 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

lies in the approaches to Puerto San Nicolas and can best be

seen on the chart.

3.49 Anchorage.—Eight anchorage areas are available as shown

on the chart. Anchorage Area 1 is reserved for naval vessels.

Anchorage Area 2 and Anchorage Area 3 are for merchant vessels. Anchorage Area 4 and Anchorage Area 5 are reserved for

vessels carrying hazardous cargo. Anchorage Area 6 and Anchorage Area 7 are quarantine anchorages. Anchorage Area 8

is for vessels under repair.

3.49

3.50 Punta San Juan is located about 8 miles SE of Punta

San Nicolas. Bahia San Juan is entered N of the point. The S

side of the bay is cliffy, whereas, the E side and head is sandy.

A light is shown from a tower, 13m high, standing 0.5 mile SE

of the point. 

3.50 Punta Parada (15°22'S., 75°12'W.), the outer end of a peninsula extending 0.8 mile SSW of Punta San Juan, is radar

prominent. Cerro Acari (El Huevo), isolated and very high, rises steeply above cliffs and is a conspicuous landmark 5 miles

NNE of the point. Roca Negra, about 1.8m high, lies between

0.5 and 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Parada; a 6.4m patch lies

about 0.8 mile SW, and a reef, awash, extends 0.4 mile NW

and 0.3 mile SSE of Roca Negra. 

3.50 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies have been reported off

Bahia San Juan.

3.51 Puerto San Juan (15°20'S., 75°10'W.) is situated at

the head of Bahia San Juan, about 1.5 miles E of Punta San

Juan. The port was important for its iron ore shipments from

mines nearby, but this function is now carried out by San Nicolas. The Peruvian Navy controls operations of the port, which

functions for area cargo discharge.

3.51 It was reported that the piers within the port were destroyed

and the port was closed to commercial shipping.

3.51 Anchorage, sheltered from swell, can be taken in the SE part

of the bay, in depths of 27.4 to 36.6m, good holding ground. It

is recommended that both anchors should be used due to occasional strong and shifting winds.

3.51 Punta Lomas (15°33'S., 74°51'W.) lies 23 miles SE of Punta Parada. Several dangers front the coast between the points

and may be seen on the chart. Islote Lobo, above-water, lies

about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Parada. Rocas Tres Marias are

three above-water rocks which lie on a reef that extends about

0.5 mile off an unnamed point located 4.5 miles SE of Punta

Parada.

3.51 Punta Lomas, marked by a light, is the extremity of a prominent rocky peninsula, projecting about 1 mile SW from the

mainland, to which it is joined by a sandy isthmus. The peninsula consists of a series of very black rocks, higher toward the

point; from the offing it appears as an island. Above and below-water rocks fringe the point. A detached rock, with less

than 1.8m, lies about 0.4 mile W of the point, and a 14.6m

shoal lies 1.5 miles WNW of the light structure.

3.51 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 27.4m, good

holding ground of sand, in Rada de Lomas, just W and N of

Punta Lomas peninsula. The anchorage is exposed to sea and

swell which causes ships to roll heavily if not kept head to the

sea. A stranded wreck is ashore about 1 mile N of Punta Lomas. The roadstead is the port for Acari, which is situated up

the Rio Lomas about 14 miles. Cargo is lightered from a pier at

the head of the roads.

3.52 Puerto de Chala (15°52'S., 74°14'W.) lies about 40

miles SE of Punta Lomas. The coast between is low, sandy, and

on which the surf breaks heavily. Rivers emptying into the sea

between steep hills flow through green valleys that are visible

from offshore. Punta Chavina, about 11 miles SE of Punta Lomas, appears as a rock from the offing; it serves as a good radar

target. A white islet and rocks lie on a reef extending 0.5 mile

off the point. A patch, with a depth of 11m, was reported to lie

6.5 miles SW of Punta Chavina. Punta Chala, about 18 miles

SE of Punta Chavina, is radar-prominent, being high and rocky.

Monte Chala is a prominent mountain range with several peaks

which terminate in Punta Chala.

3.52 Puerto de Chala is a small, coastal port from which cattle and

minerals are shipped. The settlement, built on high ground, has

a church with towers which is conspicuous from offshore. A

light is shown from a tower standing on high ground in port.

3.52 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 27.4m, rock, with the

church bearing 081°. The anchorage is open to S winds, so that

vessels may roll heavily. Vessels should not proceed within the

rocks which lie up to 0.5 mile off the E and SE shores of the

roadstead. The outer rocks are steep-to and usually marked by

breakers.

3.53 Punta Atico (16°14'S., 73°43'W.) is located 38 miles

SE of Puerto de Chala. The coast between is backed by barren

hills, intersected by rivers emptying into the sea. Punta Atico,

colored white, is the S end of an irregular rock-fringed peninsula, about 1 mile long, which is joined to the coast by a low,

sandy isthmus. The point is radar prominent. A light is shown

from a tower, 18m high, standing on the point, and a prominent

television mast stands about 0.4 mile NNE of the light tower. A

radar conspicuous beacon, consisting of a mast with two parallel reflectors, stands near the head of East Cove, on the E side

of the isthmus. Landing can be made in West Cove, on the W

side of the isthmus. There is a rock, awash, in the cove entrance

and another rock, with a depth less than 1.8m, lying near the

head of the cove.

3.53 A depth of 11.9m was reported to lie 8 miles offshore, 24

miles WNW of the light tower. A depth of 14.6m was reported

to lie about 12 miles W of the light tower. A depth of 11m lies

about 9 miles W of the light tower.

3.53 Atico, a small town, is situated 2 miles up the Rio Atico,

which flows into the sea 4.5 miles E of Punta Atico.

3.53 Atico is a lighterage port equipped with eight lighters, capac-
56 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

ity 500 tons. Lighters are loaded over a chute.

3.53 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. VHF channel 16 is used.

The working hours at the port are 0800-1200 and 1300-1700. 

3.53 Anchorage.—There is an anchorage area in both the E and

W coves offshore; it is exposed to S winds.

3.53 Anchorage can be taken by ships loading fishmeal from

barges in a position about 1.8 miles ENE of Punta Atico, where

depths are ample. Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of

34.7 to 36.6m, about 0.3 mile off the W side of the peninsula in

Rada de Atico (16°13'S., 73°43'W.). Small vessels anchor off

the head of West Cove, in 12.8 to 16.5m. The preferred anchorage in East Cove, open SE, is in 18.3m about 0.5 mile offshore.

3.54 Punta Pescadores (16°24'S., 73°17'W.), a low projecting bluff, lies about 26 miles SE of Punta Atico. It is identified from the S by four, high, dark cliffs, of which the W cliff is

the highest. La Planchada Light stands about 4 miles E of Punta Pescadores. Roca Flara (Flora), which dries, lies 1 mile S of

the point. A depth of 33m was reported to lie about 7 miles SW

of the Roca Flara. Caleta Planchada, entered 5 miles ESE of

Punta Pescadores, affords sheltered anchorage to fishing vessels. Caution should be exercised when entering the bay as it

has not been surveyed recently. A fishmeal factory, with submarine pipelines extending up to 0.2 mile off it, lies within the

bay.

3.54 The Rio Ocona flows through a valley in an area where cotton is grown and empties into the sea about 10.5 miles SE of

Punta Pescadores. Caleta la Chira, about 4.5 miles SE of the

river mouth, is an open cove with Isolote Foca, high and rockfringed, near its head. The shores of the cove and adjacent

coast consist of high, sheer cliffs which are radar prominent.

The S entrance point of the cove is identified by a cove-shaped

hill that rises just E of the point and above the cliffs. Anchorage can be taken, in 14.6m, 0.5 mile WNW of the S entrance

point.

3.54 Punta Camana (16°53'S., 72°48'W.), about 17 miles SE of

Caleta la Chira, is sandy and projects S from the middle of a

valley which is 2 to 3 miles wide near the coast. The valley,

with its rich colors, contrasts with the barren land on each side

of it. The Rio Camana flows into the sea about 1 mile SE of the

point. Monte Fuerte, a prominent hill resembling a fort, rises

close E of the river mouth.

3.54 A depth of 27m lies about 9 miles WSW of the river mouth.

3.54 Morro Siguas, a conspicuous peak, rises from the plain about

22 miles ENE of Monte Fuerte. Camana Light is shown from a

tower on Punta Pano, about 11 miles ESE of Punta Camana.

3.54 Caleta Quilca (16°43'S., 72°26'W.) is located about 17

miles ESE of Monte Fuerte. The cove, about 0.2 mile wide at

its entrance, decreasing to 0.1 mile within, has depths of 25.6

to 5.5m from entrance to head. A light is shown from Morro El

Castillo, the dark red cliff forming the W entrance point. Punta

Quilca, off which lies Roca Foca, an above-water rock, is located about 1 mile SE of Morro El Castillo. The point is radar

prominent. The cove is suitable for small craft only and local

knowledge is required. A valley descends steeply to the coast

close NW of Punta Quilca and the Rio Quilca enters the sea

nearby.

3.54 Anchorage.—Several mooring buoys for lighters lie between the anchorage and Morro El Castillo. Vessels can anchor

about 64m off the lighter buoys, in depths of 34.7 to 36.6m,

with the church bearing 027° and Roca Foca bearing 140°.

Small craft can anchor off a landing pier.

3.55 Punta Hornillos (Cornejo) lies 12 miles SE of Caleta

Quilca. The coast between is regular in outline with very small

coves backed by hills and low black cliffs. Rocks fringe the

shores in many places. The point, a high, reddish colored projection, resembles a two-tiered fort. Three rocks, on which the

sea always breaks, lie close off the point. A rock, with a depth

of less than 1.8m, lies about 1.3 miles SSW of the point. It was

reported that a shoal of 19.5m lies about 3.5 miles SW of Punta

Hornillos.

3.55 Punta Islay (17°01'S., 72°07'W.) is located about 13 miles

SE of Punta Hornillo (Cornejo). It is the center of three points

and may be easily identified by its dark color which contrasts

with the whitish type of lava that is seen along the coast. The

point projects slightly SW under some white patches of the

hillside. A light is shown from a tower, 13m high, standing on

the point. Several rocks and islets lie off the point up to 0.8

mile seaward. Bahia de Matarani is entered about 1 mile NNW

of Punta Islay.

Matarani (17°00'S., 72°07'W.)

World Port Index No. 14860

3.56 Matarani, a small, artificial harbor at the head of Bahia de Matarani, can accommodate large ocean-going ships

alongside the principal wharf. The harbor affords Bolivia with

a free port for incoming general cargo and the shipment of Bolivian ore. Matarani is the main port for the S part of Peru.

There are no dwellings or commercial offices in port; all installations are controlled by the government. Stevedores are transported to and from Mollendo, about 9 miles distant. The port is

subject to congestion, especially when large bulk grain ships

are discharging, as they take up more than one berth, thus reducing port capacity.

3.56 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are S to SW. The

strong winds that occur often necessitate the use of two tugs to

turn the ship around at the harbor entrance. A heavy swell and

surge is common to the area; in winter the swell may prevent

entry and departure. 

3.56 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 0.6 to 0.8m.

Currents in the bay and harbor are negligible.

3.56 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance fairway, leading SE

between breakwater heads, has a depth of 13.1m. Pilots will

not take a ship over the 11.9m rocky patch in the entrance unless it is high tide and there is no swell. A 3.3m patch lies close

inside W breakwater head and is marked by a buoy.

3.56 A ro-ro terminal at the SW end of the basin has a 90.5m berthing face. The principal wharf is situated along the SE shore

of the harbor. It is 540m long and has depths alongside between 9.6 and 13m. It is a concrete marginal wharf with a 20m

wide apron and provides four mooring berths where three ships

of more than 170m can make fast. A small wharf for fishing

vessels lies in the NE part of the harbor. An offshore oil berth

in a 20m depth, 5 miles SE of the harbor, serves a tank farm

close S of Mollendo City. Tankers drawing up to 16m can be

accommodated.

3.56 Aspect.—Islotes Alvizuri consists of several islets lying in
Sector 3. Coast of Peru 57

Pub. 125

the S part of Bahia de Matarani. The islets are high and steepto, but vessels should not attempt to pass between them without

local knowledge. Pasaje de Islay, about 0.1 mile wide, with a

least depth of 15m, leads NNE through the islets. A wreck,

marked by a buoy, lies close NE of the islets.

3.56 The harbor is enclosed by two breakwaters with an entrance

120m wide, the W of which extends NNE for about 0.3 mile,

then forms an elbow extending E for about 46m. The E breakwater extends about 137m W from the NE shore of the harbor.

An 11.3m patch lies about 146m NNW of the W breakwater

head. The harbor entrance is about 119m wide between an obstruction off the E breakwater head and a 3.3m rocky patch

marked by a lighted buoy, lying close off the W breakwater

head. Vessels can enter or leave at any time, weather permitting, but entering is usually not worthwhile between 2200-

0500. 

3.56 Cerro Islay, dark, high, and with a bell-shaped peak, lies

about 5 miles NNE of Punta Islay. This peak is a good mark on

a S approach to port when the area is fogbound. A statue and a

water tank situated in the vicinity of the range markers are visible on nearing the harbor, as is a large grain elevator on the

wharf.

3.56 A lighted range leads to the harbor entrance. A light is

shown from an islet lying close off the shore about 0.2 mile N

of the W breakwater head.

3.56 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots meet vessels 2

miles W of the harbor entrance. A berthing master for Mollendo Oil Berth is obtained 1.5 to 2 miles N of Ponce Islet. Contact can be made via VHF channel 13, 14, or 16. Tugs also

meet vessels at the boarding area and are necessary to turn vessels in the harbor entrance. The ETA should be sent to the Port

Captain 24 hours in advance.

3.56 Anchorages.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 50 to

60m, sand, about 0.3 mile NW of the root of the W breakwater.

Fishing vessels anchor within the NE corner of the harbor.

3.56 An anchorage will be assigned by the Port Authority for

those vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

3.56 When the port is closed due to swells, anchorage may be obtained in Caleta de Islay, in depths of 18 to 26m.

3.56 Caution.—Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in

the vicinity of the port and moored near the breakwaters.

Matarani to Arica

3.57 Puerto Mollendo (17°01'S., 72°02'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14850), the lighterage port of Mollendo, about 6

miles ESE of Punta Islay, no longer engages in shipping operations except for the discharge from tankers of clean petroleum

products at the offshore moorings. The breakwater (mole) and

landing wharf in Puerto Mollendo have been destroyed. All

cargo operations are now carried out at Matarani. 

3.57 An oil terminal, with prominent tanks, is situated close E of

the town. An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring

buoys, lies about 0.3 mile S of the terminal and is connected to

it by a submarine pipeline. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots

board about 1 mile from the berth. Pilots are available from

Matarani. The vessel’s ETA must be sent through Callao at

least 24 hours in advance.

3.57 It is reported that vessels with drafts up to 12.2m can be handled. At times, the berth is closed due to heavy swells.

3.57 A church, with two conspicuous spires, stands in the town.

Volcan Misti, about 60 miles NE of Puerto Mollendo, is a conical mountain covered with snow, and is reported visible in

clear weather from 100 miles offshore.

3.58 Punta Bombon, close to the mouth of the Rio Tambo,

is located about 13 miles SE of Mollendo. The point, low and

brush-covered, is the outer end of the alluvial plain at the entrance to Valle de Tambo. The point should be given a wide

berth. Valle de Tambo is fertile, contrasting sharply with the

steep, barren cliffs that extend along the coast on either side. A

high peak is prominent about 9 miles NNW of Punta Bombon.

3.58 Cabo Peje Perro, a 579m promontory, rises about 10 miles

SE of Punta Bombon. Caleta Cocotea, 3 miles SE of the cape,

affords anchorage, in a least depth of 14.6m, but there is usually a rough sea in the cove. Two high islets lie close off the

coast, about 1 mile SE of the cove.

3.58 Punta Coles (17°42'S., 71°23'W.) is located about 54 miles

SE of Puerto Molendo. The coast between is regular in outline

and backed generally by hills intersected in places by valleys. 

3.58 Punta Coles is a low, sandy spit extending from the base of a

high tableland. Above-water rocks lie on detached foul ground

lying 0.5 mile SW of the point. From the offing the point appears as an island. A light is shown from a tower, 15m high,

standing on the point. The coast N of the point is fronted by

several above and below-water rocks.

3.58 Punta Sopladera is located 11 miles N of Punta Coles. Four

conspicuous chimneys, which emit smoke, stand close N of the

point at the South Peru Copper Company installation; they

serve as an excellent landmark. 

3.58 An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring buoys,

lies about 0.3 mile offshore close N of Punta Sopladera. A submarine pipeline connects the berth to the shore. Vessels approach the berth heading SE on the alignment of two beacons

standing about 0.3 mile ENE of the point. Vessels are secured

at the berth heading SW. Pilotage is compulsory; vessels are required to call at Puerto Ilo for clearance and to embark the pilot. It is reported that the berth lies in depths of 24m, and that

tankers of up to 45,000 dwt, with drafts of 15.2m, can be accommodated.

3.59 Puerto Ilo (17°38'S., 71°22'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14840), the S port of Peru, is situated about 4.3 miles NNE

of Punta Coles and mainly exports fishmeal and minerals.

3.59 It was reported (1999) that under an agreement with Bolivia,

Ilo is being developed into the main general cargo port for the

region.

3.59 Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail and at times

cause a surge and swell that make alongside conditions difficult, especially between June and September. There may be

some days when ships are unable to berth because of sea conditions.

3.59 Depths—Limitations.—The port consists of a roadstead off

the town and two principal piers named Muelle Nuevo ENAPU

and Muelle SPCC. Muelle Fiscal, a small pier in a cove off the

N end of the town, is used by lighters.

3.59 Muelle Nuevo ENAPU extends WSW from a position 0.2

mile W of Muelle Fiscal. The pier offers four berths with

alongside depths of 5.5 to 18.3m. It handles general cargo and

has berths on both sides. Depths on the N side range from 7.3m
58 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 

Pub. 125

at the inner end to 18.3m at the outer end, and on the S side

from 5.5m at the inner end to 16.4m at the outer end. Leading

lights, in line bearing 076°, may be of assistance approaching

this pier.

3.59 A rock, with a least depth of about 10m, has been reported to

lie between 20 and 30m off the S berth and about 120m from

the seaward end.

3.59 Muelle SPCC, 183m long, extends WNW from a rock breakwater. There are depths of 10 to 16m alongside the pier, which

is used exclusively for the export of copper from the refinery.

3.59 PetroPeru Oil Terminal lies 0.6 miles NNE of Muelle SPCC.

There are two berths with mooring buoys that can accommodate vessels up to 170m long, with a draft of 12m.

3.59 Aspect.—A conspicuous group of oil tanks stands in the N

part of the port. Range lights, which may best be seen on the

chart, lead to the berths on the two main piers.

3.59 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be requested

via VHF at least 2 hours prior to arrival. Pilots embark in the

vicinity of the anchorages or about 0.8 mile W of the pier

heads. VHF channel 16 is used.

3.59 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

lies in the approach to Puerto Ilo and can best be seen on the

chart.

3.59 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas for various types

of vessels lie offshore and may best be seen on the chart. Tankers should anchor 1.8 miles NW of Muelle Nuevo ENAPU,

cargo vessels should anchor 1.3 miles WNW of Muelle Nuevo

ENAPU, dangerous cargo vessels should anchor 2.3 miles W

of the piers, and quarantine vessels should anchor 2 miles

WSW of the piers.

3.59 Caution.—A 3.6m patch, marked by a lighted buoy, lies

183m SSW of the head of Muelle SPCC.

3.59 Groups of rocks, marked by a lighted buoy, extend up to 0.4

mile seaward from a point on the shore about 0.5 mile S of the

root of Muelle SPCC.

3.59 Lighters moored inshore of the offshore tanker berth are

used by fishing craft which frequent the area.

3.59 Shoaler depths than charted may be encountered up to 0.5

mile from shore from Pena Blanca SW to near Punta Coles.

3.60 Rada de Arica (18°29'S., 70°20'W.) lies about 75

miles SE of Punta Coles. The coast between is fairly regular

with fringing dangers lying within 0.5 mile offshore. From

Punta Coles to Punta Sama, about 33 miles SE, the coast is

composed alternately of sandy beaches and low cliffs, backed

by tableland.

3.60 Caleta Ite (17°54'S., 70°57'W.), a cove about 1 mile wide,

affords a landing place except during autumn and winter, when

rough seas prevail. The Rio Locumba flows into the sea

through a fertile valley and empties through a beach at the NW

side of the cove. A reef extends from the N shore of Caleta Ite.

An anchorage for vessels carrying dangerous cargo is found off

Playa del Palo.

3.60 Punta Sama (18°00'S., 70°53'W.) is the extension of a spur

leading W from Morro de Sama, a bold rock-fringed, dark

promontory that is the most conspicuous headland along this

coast. A reef, on which the sea breaks at times, lies off Punta

Sama. A light is shown from a tower on Punta Sama.

3.60 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken NW of the reef extending from the N shore of Caleta Ite, in a depth of 18.3m,

sand, with Punta Sama bearing 145° and a road that is cut

through the dark hills behind the cove bearing 015°.

3.60 Small vessels may anchor in Caleta Sama, just N of the

point, in depths of 16.5 to 21.9m.

3.61 Punta de la Quiaca (18°05'S., 70°46'W.), a low

sandy tongue, with cliffs close N of it, is fronted by an abovewater rock lying close SE of it. The coast between the Rio Juan

Diaz (18°10'S., 70°40'W.) and Arica consists of a sandy beach.

It is backed at its NW end by the heights of Cerros de Juan Diaz and Cerro Negro, rising 5.5 miles E of the Rio Juan Diaz.

Los Palos Light is shown at the mouth of the Rio Molles

(18°18'S., 70°26'W.).

3.61 La Concordia Light (Peru) (18°21'S., 70°23'W.) is shown

at the coastal frontier between Peru and Chile. La Concordia

Light (Chile) is shown about 1.3 miles E of its namesake.

3.61 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2 miles E of

La Concordia Light (Chile).

3.61 The port of Arica is situated about 8 miles SSW of the coastal frontier and is described in paragraph 4.2.
59

Pub. 125

4. 

Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
61

Pub. 125

SECTOR 4 

CHILE—ARICA TO PUNTA LENGUA DE VACA

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Arica

to Punta Lengua de Vaca (30°14'S., 71°38'W.). The sequence

of the description is from N to S.

General Remarks

4.1 Several of the larger bights and bays along this coast

are suitable for large vessels. In addition, there are numerous

small bays and bights which may be used by small vessels with

local knowledge.

4.1 There are a number of prominent points and headlands. Numerous islets and rocks lie close off the coast.

4.1 From Arica S to the S limit of this sector, almost the entire

length of the coast consists of desert. Vegetation is sparse except in some of the oases and cultivated areas. The coastal cordillera follows close to the sea, leaving a coast that is high,

level, and steep. There are few natural harbors along the coast.

The Andes Mountains back the entire coast about 30 to 60

miles inland and rise to general heights of 1,524 to 3,048m.

Many of the summits attain a height much greater than 3,048m.

4.1 The rivers along this coast consist of mountain torrents that

are fed by the melting snows of the Andean cordillera and disappear into the desert. The waters of these rivers are used for

irrigation, domestic, and industrial purposes. The Rio Loa, N

of Punta Chileno, is the only river that crosses the desert and

reaches the sea during all seasons.

4.1 In general, the sea fronting this coast is deep. Above and below-water dangers fringe many parts of the coast. Shore banks

extend 2 miles offshore in a number of places. Caution must be

exercised due of the lack of soundings. Uncharted dangers may

exist. In addition, the charts have been reported not to conform

with the actual coastal configuration in a number of places.

4.1 The geographic positions given in this sector have been obtained from the latest available Chilean charts and may differ

as much as 1.2 miles S, 3.5 miles N, or 2 miles E from their

charted positions.

4.1 Antofagasta is the largest port in northern Chile. The ports of

Arica, Iquique, Tocopilla, Taltal, Chanaral, Caldera, Huasco,

and Coquimbo are important. In addition, there are a number of

smaller roadsteads and ore-loading ports that are visited by

coastal vessels or large vessels.

4.1 The principal points, islands, and harbors are lighted. Fog

occurs along this coast at infrequent intervals, the average being less than one or two days a month. The high peaks of the

Andes Mountains are often hidden by clouds.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Chile are

influenced by the Peru Current. In general, the current sets N

parallel to the coast at a velocity of 0.5 knot. It sets slightly

stronger from May to October than from November to April.

The current is generally stronger near the land than at sea.

4.1 A current setting S at a velocity equal to or greater than the N

current may occur occasionally and suddenly at any time of

year. The periods during which this phenomenon occurs cannot

be predicted as it appears to be influenced neither by the seasons, phases of the moon, nor a change of wind to a N direction. It has been reported that along the N coast of Chile, the

Peru Current moves in certain circular directions, which are of

particular importance to the local fishermen. The expressions

“when the current approaches” and “when the current departs”

are commonly used in this area; there is an abundance of fish in

the former case, while in the latter the fish are less numerous.

4.1 At any position along the Chilean coast N of 50°S, after N or

NE winds have been blowing, a coastal current setting S or SE

may be expected. Currents of a local nature are described in the

various parts of this sector with the features off which they occur.

4.1 The tidal wave is generally propagated along the Chilean

coast from N to S. Tidal currents of a local nature are described

with the features off which they occur.

4.1 Note.—See Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia for details on regulations

pertaining to vessels entering Chilean waters.

4.1 The Chilean Ship Reporting System (CHILREP) is a voluntary reporting system operated by a directorate of the Chilean

Navy. Details of the system are found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia.

4.1 Caution.—Submarine exercise areas extending up to 30

miles offshore, lie in the waters within this sector, and are

shown on the chart.

Arica (18°28'S., 70°20'W.)

World Port Index No. 14800

4.2 Arica lies at the SE end of Rada de Arica. The port is

more important for the transshipment of goods to and from Bolivia than for local imports and exports. Bolivia maintains a

customhouse in the port.

4.2 Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail nearly the entire year. These winds may be considered a sea breeze. A

steady wind may be expected from noon until dusk, when it

abates. On rare occasions a land breeze may blow from the E;

such a wind is always very light and generally dies out by

dawn.

4.2 Fogs, called “calimas” or “camanchacas,” occur most frequently from May to September. During and after October

these fogs are generally partial and occur only in the morning.

4.2 Normally, the sea from the SW is calm in the morning, but

increases somewhat in the port in the afternoon and evening.

Heavy storms from the S, caused by S winds, may be experienced and last for several days. The sea becomes continually

rougher until the second or third day following the onset of the

storm, when it reaches its maximum. Such storms usually ocArica Home Page

http://www.puertoarica.cl
62 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

cur in the winter months of June, July, and August and last 3 or

4 days. Harbor work and traffic in the port may be interrupted

for 5 or 6 days. Northeasterly storms, caused by land breeze,

may enter the port, but are not as severe as those from the

south.

4.2 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise at Arica is 0.6m,

while the spring rise is 0.9m. A current setting NE enters the

roadstead. This current is caused by the prevailing SW winds

and its rate is proportional to that of the wind that has blown on

the preceding days. During calm weather, a weak current setting S is experienced.

4.2 Aspect.—From a distance of 25 to 30 miles, Morro de Arica,

close S of the port, and Morro Gordo, about 0.5 mile further S,

form a good landmark. On a clear day Ciudad de Tacna, 29

miles N of Arica, and a valley rising gradually to meet it, are

visible from seaward. To the E rise some of the highest peaks

of the Andes. Volcan Misti lies about 140 miles NNW of Arica

and is often visible. It is conical and snow covered.

4.2 On closer approach, the coast behind the roadstead appears

low. It trends S and SW, terminating in the heights of Morro de

Arica. Isla Alacran, close W of Morro de Arica, is joined to the

mainland by a breakwater. A cross stands on Cerro La Cruz, a

hill SE of the town. Two prominent water towers stand on the

NE slope of the hill, close to the cross.

4.2 Conspicuous tanks stand about 1.5 miles ESE and a little

over 2 miles SSE of Isla Alacran.

4.2 Numerous prominent radio masts and a conspicuous television mast, showing red obstruction lights, lie SE of the port.

4.2 Lights are shown from Isla Alacran and the head of Muelle

de Abrigo. The lights on the breakwater are reported to be visible at greater distances than the lighted aids to navigation. Four

floodlight towers at a stadium situated about 2 miles E of Isla

Alacran are prominent and marked by fixed red obstruction

lights. An airport, from which numerous prominent lights are

shown, is situated about 8 miles N of the port.

4.2 Morro de Arica is a granite bluff which rises steeply from the

sea. A flagstaff, lighted at night, stands on the summit of Morro

de Arica. Morro Gordo is a semi-conical hill about 0.5 mile S

of Morro de Arica. At a distance of 25 to 30 miles, Morro de

Arica has the appearance of a whitish cliff, the S slopes of

which unite with Morro Gordo a short distance from the sea.

4.2 Isla Alacran, a low island of whitish appearance, lies with its

W extremity nearly 0.5 mile W of Morro de Arica. A small

flat-topped hill, 15.8m high, stands near the center of the island, which is connected to the shore by a causeway. A short

breakwater extends from its shore.

4.2 Berths.—The harbor consists of Rada de Arica and Muelle

de Abrigo, an L-shaped breakwater extending WNW from the

shore N of Morro de Arica, and then in a NNE direction. Six

berths, numbered from the root to the seaward end along the inner face of the breakwater, are available. 

4.2 Generally, vessels are limited to 200m in length, but it was

reported that a vessel of 51,891 dwt and 219m in length had

been accommodated in the harbor. Muelle Fiscal, just E of the

breakwater’s root, has an alongside depth of 3m and is used by

lighters. Vessels also anchor or moor in the roadstead where

cargo is worked by barges. The roadstead is one of the best anchorages on the coast, but it is exposed to frequent SW swells

as indicated above with the winds and weather for the port.

4.2 A yacht harbor, protected by a breakwater, lies close E of Isla Alacran.

4.2 A crude oil export berth is available about 0.6 mile NE of the

breakwater head, which is able to accommodate vessels up to

60,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 13.1m. A second berth,

for clean oil products, lies about 0.5 mile NE of the breakwater

head and is capable of handling vessels up to 45,000 dwt, with

drafts of 9.8m.

4.2 Vessels moor on a SW heading with both anchors down at

both of these offshore multi-point moorings. Vessels secure

with lines out to three stern buoys at the crude export berth, or

two buoys at the clean products berth.

4.2 An oil terminal submarine pipeline extends 0.2 mile SW

from the shore in St. Martin Bay, about 2 miles SSE of Isla

Alacran, to an offshore berth. Reports have indicated that the

terminal will accept vessels with a maximum draft of 13.7m at

the multi-point mooring. Vessels are berthed heading WSW

with both anchors down and the stern secured with lines to

three mooring buoys. It is reported that berthing and unberthing take place only at dawn while the land breeze lasts. It is

also recommended not to attempt to berth while a swell is running.

4.2 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, and may be had at the

boarding ground situated about 0.8 mile NNW of the head of

Muelle de Abrigo. Pilotage is available from “Armada Nacional.” The vessel’s ETA should be radioed in advance of arrival;

VHF channel 16 is available. 

4.2 Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage lies about 0.8

mile from the head of Muelle de Abrigo, in depths of 15 to

20m, sandy bottom. This anchorage is exposed and it has been

reported (1992) that vessels will roll to the prevailing SW wind

and swell. Vessels working explosives anchor at the quarantine

anchorage which is situated 1 mile, bearing 345° from the head

of Muelle de Abrigo. Vessels arriving overnight may anchor at

the pilot boarding ground.

4.2 Regulations.—The port is the N quarantine station for Chile

and is a first port of entry. Vessels bound for “non-port-of-entry” ports must call at Arica first, unless specifically exempted. 

4.2 An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the approaches to the port and may best be seen on the chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated on the S side of the separation

zone.

4.2 The size of cargo in transit to Bolivia through the port is limited by the tunnels and the length of railroad cars; it is reported

that the length of a railroad car is about 10m, the height of the

tunnels is 3.2m, and the width of the tunnels about 2.7m. 

Berth Length Depth

No. 1 114m 4m 

No. 2 200m 6m

No. 3 200m 9m

No. 4 170m 10m

No. 5 170m 10m

No. 6 170m 11m
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 63

Pub. 125

4.2 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie

within the vicinity of the port and may best be seen on the

chart.

4.2 A sewer pipeline extends about 1.3 miles WNW from a point

on the shore 1.5 miles NE of the harbor entrance. An area in

which anchoring and fishing are prohibited lies adjacent to the

pipeline and can be seen on the chart. 

4.2 Additional submarine cables, best seen on the chart, extend

seaward from a point on the coast N of the oil berth anchoring

and fishing prohibited area.

4.3 Punta Paloma (18°33'S., 70°20'W.), about 4 miles S

of Isla Alacran, projects a short distance seaward from the

coastal cliffs. A prominent white rock lies on the beach on the

N side of the point. Meseta Condor, a precipitous hill about 2

miles NE of Punta Paloma, rises to a height of 128m. A fish

processing factory and an oil installation on the shore below

the hill are lighted and prominent.

4.3 Bajo Paloma, a stony patch with depths of 3 to 3.9m, lies about

0.5 mile offshore and the same distance N of Punta Paloma. Rocas

Pajaros consist of three rocks, awash, which lie close offshore

about 1 mile SSW of Punta Paloma. About 1 mile S of Punta Paloma, a large white stripe on the coastal cliff is a good landmark and

can be seen for 15 miles in clear weather.

4.3 Punta Blanca lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Paloma. The

base of the point is almost completely white and is visible a

considerable distance. A small rock, awash, lies off the point.

4.3 Cerro Solitario lies about 2 miles SSE of Punta Blanca and is

conspicuous because of its conical shape. A wooden pyramidal

beacon stands on the summit of the hill. Cerro Solitario is the

NW termination of Sierra de Camaraca, a mountain about 2

miles SW which rises to a height of nearly 949m.

4.3 Punta Baquedano (18°39'S., 70°21'W.), about 4 miles S of

Punta Blanca, is very prominent. At its outer end, the point

consists of a low stony hummock. It is backed by high cliffs

which rise rapidly inland to a height of 883m. A little farther S,

the elevation increases to 927m. Punta Baquedano is the most

conspicuous point between Morro de Arica and Punta Argolla.

Roca Vitor lies awash about 0.5 mile off this point and is always visible because of the breakers over it.

4.3 Punta Pinto is about 4 miles S of Punta Baquedano and Cabo

Condell lies about 3.5 miles farther SSW. The former point is

high and cliffy; it has no beach and rocks, awash, lie close off

it. The latter point has a 664m hill about 1 mile E of it.

4.3 Caleta Vitor (18°46'S., 70°21'W.), about 2.5 miles S of Punta Pinto, is a cove which is entered between Cabo Condell and

Punta Thomson, about 1 mile NE. It is completely open W and

exposed to the SW wind and sea which prevail for nearly the

whole year. The cove indents the coast about 0.5 mile E of a

line connecting these two points. The S shore of Caleta Vitor is

low, rocky, and is backed by high cliffs. Cerro Orella, the highest summit, rises to a height of 682m about 0.5 mile SE of the

SE shore. The entrance to a large cave on the S side of the cove

is visible at a considerable distance from the N. Islote Morrito,

a white, conical islet 47m high, lies close offshore W of the

cave. A coast guard post, in a prominent white house with

brick walls, is situated on the E side of Caleta Vitor.

4.3 Quebrada Vitor is a ravine which extends E from the E shore

of Caleta Vitor. It is about 0.5 mile wide and passes between

hills nearly 610m high. The ravine is generally dry but may

have considerable water in it during the melting of the snows in

the Andes. The beach off Quebrada Vitor is sandy.

4.3 All of the dangers in Caleta Vitor lie near the shore, and

depths of 10.1m and over are found within 0.1 mile of the

beach. 

4.3 Caution.—Navigation, anchoring, and fishing are prohibited

in Caleta Vitor between Punta Thomson and the coast close S

of Isolote Morrito. 

4.4 Cabo Lobos (18°48'S., 70°22'W.), about 5 miles S of

Punta Pinto, is dark-colored and steep, rising to an elevation of

about 745m. A spur, terminating in a hillock, projects from the

S side of the cape. Several white patches of guano lie on the S

side of the cape.

4.4 Punta Argolla, about 2 miles S of Cabo Lobos, is a rugged

promontory which rises steeply from the sea to a height of

802m. The summit has a small peak which is very conspicuous

because of its marked seaward inclination. The point is dark

and has several white patches along its lower parts.

4.4 Punta Madrid is a small tongue of land projecting a short distance seaward, about 12 miles S of Punta Argolla. A small conical rock rises from the sea a short distance N of the point.

4.4 Punta Camarones (19°13'S., 70°18'W.), about 12 miles S

of Punta Madrid, is conspicuous from the S because of some

white patches on it and the islets which lie close offshore. Caleta Camarones indents the coast between Punta Camarones and

Punta Norte, about 2 miles NNE. Quebrada Camarones, a ravine with high land on either side, opens S of Punta Norte and

trends ENE. The beach fronting the ravine is sandy. The Rio

Camarones flows down the center of the ravine but does not

reach the sea.

4.4 The depths in Caleta Camarones are moderate. A depth of

10.1m lies about 1 mile NW of Punta Camarones. Landing can

be made, during calm weather, close E of an islet which lies

near the coast about 1.3 miles S of Punta Norte. The islet is

about 7m high and can be identified by its white summit. On

the coast close S of the islet, a white point is frequently visible

at a considerable distance.

4.4 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in 31m, sand, about

0.6 mile N of Punta Camarones. Local knowledge is required.

Small vessels can anchor, in 16.5 to 20.1m, closer inshore.

4.5 Punta Gorda (19°19'S., 70°19'W.), about 5.3 miles S

of Punta Camarores, is a wide massive promontory. Eastward

of the point the land rises to a height of about 986m. Abovewater rocks extend 0.1 mile off the point.

4.5 Between Punta Gorda and Punta Pichalo, about 17 miles S,

the coast consists of low broken cliffs with a few scattered

rocks off it. Eastward of the coast are the high hills of the

coastal range.

4.5 Caleta Chica is a small cove about 1.5 miles SE of Punta

Gorda. The cove, about 0.8 mile wide at its entrance and extending about 0.5 mile inland, is well-sheltered and has excellent landing. Caleta Chica is difficult to identify from the S,

however, a hill, 19.8 to 30m high, S of the cove, and Punta

Gorda make good landmarks. The land at the head of the cove

can be identified by its reddish color.

4.5 The depths off the center of the entrance of Caleta Chica

vary between 25.6 and 29m and decrease gradually toward the

head of the cove where there is 5m about 0.3 mile off. Rocks,
64 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

over which the sea breaks, extend over 0.3 mile from the N entrance point of the cove. Submerged rocks lie up to 183m from

the S entrance point and also border the shore of the cove.

Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 9.1 to 11m, in the cove.

There is a landing place E of the S entrance point and there are

emergency aircraft landing strips N and S of the cove.

4.5 Punta Pisagua, about 16 miles SSE of Punta Gorda, is rocky

and rises very steeply inland.

4.5 Caleta Pisagua Viejo is a small cove entered close N of Punta

Pisagua which is exposed to SW winds. Quebrada de Pisagua,

a ravine at the head of the cove, forms a conspicuous landmark.

The beach fronting the ravine is sand. The ruins of a fishing

village stand on the shores of the cove S of the beach. A rock,

awash, lies near the W extremity of the shore bank which extends nearly 0.5 mile W from the N entrance point of the cove.

Anchorage may be taken close offshore, in 11 to 18.3m, off the

ruins of the village.

4.6 Punta Pichalo (19°36'S., 70°15'W.), about 2.8 miles

SSW of Punta Pisagua, is a ridge which extends about 2 miles

W from the general trend of the coast. There are a number of

hummocks on the ridge. A conspicuous antenna stands on the

ridge about 0.5 mile E of the point. A light is shown from a

tower, 4m high, standing on Punta Pichalo.

Bahia de Pisagua indents the coast between Punta Pichalo

and Punta Pisagua, about 2.8 miles NE. The bay is extensive

and recedes about 1.3 miles E of a line joining these two

points. The shore bank, with several islets on it, follows close

along the shores of the bay. Roca Cooke, Roca Carbonera,

Banco Nuevo, and Roca Osorio are dangers lying close off the

shore bank and not more than 0.2 mile offshore.

4.6 Depths of 44 to 104m in the entrance of the bay decrease

gradually to 14.6 to 46m within 0.3 mile of the shore. Wrecks

lie about 1.3 miles E by N, and 2 miles NE of Punta Pichalo.

4.6 The town of Pisagua is situated on a hillside on the SE shore

of Bahia de Pisagua. A small pier, in poor condition, with a

depth of 2.7m alongside, is situated on the S shore of the bay.

A light is shown from the head of the pier. A pier, 70m long

with a depth of 9m at its head, is situated at the head of the bay.

A yellow tank and two aluminum tanks stand on the pier. It was

reported that both piers were in ruins.

4.6 A monument, consisting of a tall, square, white and blue

tower containing a clock, stands on a small hill behind the town

and is conspicuous. A cemetery is situated about 0.5 mile ESE

of Punta Pisagua. There are several tanks N of the town.

4.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a depth of 18m, with

the pier on the S shore of the bay bearing 167°, distant 0.2 mile.

Vessels may also anchor, in a depth of 66m, mud, with the same

pier bearing 159°, distant 0.5 mile. Caution should be exercised

when anchoring as the bay is exposed to frequent heavy gusts of

wind from SE through S to SW. The shore bank is steep-to and

precautions should be taken to prevent dragging off it.

4.6 A SW heading should be maintained by means of a stern anchor. From April to August, both inclusive, two bow anchors

and a stern anchor should be used.

4.6 Caleta Junin (19°38'S., 70°11'W.) is a cove entered between a point about 4.3 miles SE of Punta Pichalo and Punta

Junin, about 1.5 miles farther S. Two sand hills rise steeply

from the E shore of the cove to a height of nearly 701m. A cone

rises to a height of about 32m, about 0.8 mile SE of the N entrance point. The ruins of a former nitrate shipping village are

situated at the head of the cove. A conspicuous road winds

back and forth along a slope to the nitrate mines beyond Alto

de Junin.

4.6 Rocks and islets lie off both the N and S entrance points.

Shoals extend from these points and line the shore of the cove

to a distance of about 0.2 mile. A wreck, with a depth of 8.2m,

lies about 0.3 mile NNE of Punta Junin.

4.6 The depths in Caleta Junin are generally moderate, diminishing from 37m in the center of the entrance to 9.1m close off the

shoals which fringe the shore.

4.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available; the pilot boarding place is

situated off Punta Junin. 

4.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 27.4m, about 0.5

mile N of Punta Junin. Anchorage may also be taken 0.1 to 0.2

mile farther S, in depths of 29 to 31m. The anchorage is exposed to a SW swell and vessels should moor on a SW heading.

4.6 Foul ground extends 183m from the shore at the head of the

cove. 

4.7 Punta Piojo (19°42'S., 70°10'W.), about 1.8 miles S

of Punta Junin, is somewhat circular in shape. Cerro Junin rises

to a height of 1,060m about 3 miles SE of Punta Piojo.

4.7 Caleta Mejillones del Norte (19°49'S., 70°10'W.) can be

recognized easily from the N by a road which passes over the

hills backing it and by Quebrada de la Aurora, a ravine a little

to the S.

4.7 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the entrance of

Caleta Mejillones del Norte, in 20.1 to 23.8m, sand.

4.7 Isla Peninsula (19°49'S., 70°10'W.) lies about 8 miles S of

Punta Piojo. It is the S entrance point of Caleta Mejillones del

Norte and is joined to the mainland at its NE end. Several white

patches characterize the Isla Peninsula. Close off the N side are

a number of submerged rocks and an islet, the N extremity of

which is black.

4.7 Islotes Mejillones, nearly 0.5 mile SW of the Isla Peninsula,

consist of three large and several smaller rocks, all of a whitish

color. The passage between them and the Isla Peninsula has

depths of 10.1 to 14.6m, but there is a rock awash in the middle

of the passage, and it should not be attempted.

4.7 Caleta Buena, at the foot of a bluff about 3.5 miles SSE of

the Isla Peninsula, is exposed but free from danger. Several

rocks lie close off the shores of the cove and a rock, awash, lies

about 151m offshore. Caleta Buena was formerly a place of

shipment for nitrates, but the piers have been demolished and

the buildings and installations are in ruins. The nitrate slides

falling from the plateau S of the cove and a prominent cemetery at its N end serve as good marks.

4.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available; the pilot boarding place is

off the cove. 

4.7 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18.3 to 20.1m,

sand and gravel, a little over 0.3 mile offshore. The anchorage

is somewhat protected from the S by the S entrance point of the

cove and the holding ground is good. A vessel should be

moored on a SW heading.

4.8 Punta Ballena (19°54'S., 70°09'W.), about 4.8 miles

S of the Isla Peninsula, is high, steep, and rocky with no off-lying dangers. The hills near this point approach very close to the
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 65

Pub. 125

coast. Rocas Union, rocks awash, lie close offshore about 3

miles S of Punta Ballena. Punta Guaneras is located about 4

miles S of Punta Ballena. Islotes Cololue consist of two small

rocks which lie close W of Punta Guaneras. Submerged rocks

lie about 0.8 mile NW of these islets.

4.8 Punta Colorada, 10 miles S of Punta Ballena, can be recognized easily by its reddish color. Caleta Punta Colorada is an

unsheltered cove N of the point. The cove has depths of 16.5 to

23.8m and was formerly equipped for the shipment of nitrates.

4.8 Ensenada Guanillos, about 5 miles S of Punta Colorado, affords anchorage at a prudent distance offshore, in 20.1m. Nitrates were formerly shipped from this small bay.

4.8 Punta Piedras (20°09'S., 70°09'W.), about 6 miles S of Punta Colorada, is a small rocky promontory which rises steeply to

an elevation of 278m. The rocky heights E of the point attain

an elevation of over 701m. Rocks and breakers extend more

than 0.2 mile W of the point.

Iquique (20°12'S., 70°10'W.)

World Port Index No. 14760

4.9 Iquique is an artificial port composed of a mole linking Serrano Island with the mainland, and off the island, a

breakwater 846m long. There are three berths on the inside of

the breakwater, which are used as an operational mole for the

numerous trawlers. These are more exposed to the swell than

the four berths on the finger pier, which lies 100m to the E. 

4.9 Iquique is principally a fishing port, with local factories producing fish meal, frozen fish, and canned fish. Other cargoes

handled include copper concentrates, slag or ores, vegetable

and soya oils, and petroleum products. The harbor is well-protected and large vessels berth alongside for the handling of cargo.

4.9 Bahia de Iquique lies between the W extremity of Peninsula

Serrano and Punta Piedras, about 3 miles N. The harbor consists of Molo de Abrigo and Espigon de Atraque which extend

NNE from the N side of the peninsula. Molo de Abrigo acts as

a breakwater. Two offshore tanker berths lie about 0.3 mile

from the E coast of the bay ENE of Espigon de Atraque. 

4.9 Winds—Weather.—Bahia de Iquique is open to winds between the NW and NE, however, these winds seldom occur. Isla Serrano and the breakwater extending NE from it protect the

harbor from the prevailing winds which blow from the S and

SW.

4.9 Iquique is ordinarily entirely free from storms of any kind

and strong winds are very unusual. The light breezes are generally from the SW. Mist frequently obscures the hills behind the

town, particularly in the early morning and afternoon. Even the

town itself may be obscured at times by a low-lying mist.

4.9 Gales off the S part of the coast of Chile cause a swell at

Iquique from 2 to 4 days later. During N winds, surf enters the

area between the moles sometimes necessitating the reinforcement of mooring lines.

4.9 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 0.6m, while

the spring rise is 0.9m.

4.9 In addition to the general current that sets N, there is an inshore current of variable velocity from 0.5 to 3 knots. It sets N

following the configurations of the coast and is more noticeable from Iquique northward. This current, which is scarcely

noticeable in the vicinity of Punta Gruesa, sets dangerously onto Punta Cavancha and Punta Piedras.

4.9 Depths—Limitations.—Berths alongside the inner side of

Molo de Abrigo have depths of 8 to 9.5m. The inner berth is

used by fishing vessels.

4.9 Berths alongside the W side of Espigon de Atraque have

depths of 9.8m; berths along the E side have reported depths of

16 to 17m. 

4.9 Two offshore tanker berths, consisting of three mooring

buoys, are situated at the E side of the bay. There are two submarine lines for the discharge of clean products. Fuel oil is

brought into the Esso tanks. Vessels must berth in daylight, but

can sail at any time. Only one tanker can berth at a time, as the

lines are near each other. In both cases the vessels moor to

three stern buoys, with the intake on the port side. They lie in

11m of water, heading 270°, and both anchors streamed. The

maximum permissible draft is 9.7m.

4.9 Aspect.—Cerro La Cupula, a dome-shaped mountain 905m

high, lies about 3 miles E of the peninsula and in clear weather

makes a good landmark for recognizing the port. A winding

road, low on the N side of Cerro La Cupula, shows up well

when close inshore. The summit of a sandhill S of the city

shows up sharply from the N. The railroad which leads along

the mountainside N of the city and both ends of its circular tunnel are conspicuous.

4.9 The city of Iquique, with the roads leading to it, is perhaps

the best landmark in the area because of the mist which frequently obscures the hills. At such times as the city is obscured, all that is visible to vessels approaching from the W is

the line of hills showing a sandy color and having no distinguishing marks for miles N or S. It is reported that at night, under certain conditions of clouds, the loom of the city lights may

be seen up to 40 miles seaward.

4.9 Near the roadstead, the following features are conspicuous;

1. The chimney of the hospital on high ground at the

back of the city, about 1.3 miles ESE of the peninsula

2. The cranes on the piers

3. A church with two small towers in the S part of the

city

4. Oil tanks a short distance inland from the E side of the

bay and a chimney connected therewith

5. The light standing on the peninsula

6. Three radio towers, each 18m high and marked by obstruction lights, standing close S of the disused light tower

4.9 A light is shown from a prominent conical tower, 13m high,

standing at the head of Molo de Abrigo. A lighted buoy is

moored about 1.3 miles NNE of the light tower.

4.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory if entering the port or

mooring at the oil terminals. The pilot boards in the pilotage

area, 0.5 mile N of Molo de Abrigo. The vessel’s ETA should

be sent 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 6 hours in advance.

The port can be contacted by VHF channel 16 or 2182 kHz.

4.9 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

lies in the approaches to the port and may best seen on the

chart. 

Iquique Home Page

http://www.port-iquique.cl
66 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

4.9 Signals.—The following signals are displayed from a mast

on the port captain’s office:

1. One ball—Surf.

2. Two balls—Heavy surf.

3. Three balls—All bay traffic is suspended.

4.9 Anchorage.—Ocean-going vessels will find general anchorage off the port, clear of the special and prohibited anchorages,

in depths of 14 to 40m, sand. Anchorage areas are best seen on

the chart. Vessels are urged to consult the local authorities and

the pilot before anchoring.

4.9 The quarantine anchorage lies about 0.5 mile W of the head

of Molo de Abrigo. An explosives anchorage lies 0.8 mile W of

the head of Molo de Abrigo. 

4.9 The special (explosives) anchorage shown on the charts is reported no longer used, as there are no lighters. With prior authority from the Maritime Governor, explosives are unloaded at

the berths and removed immediately under special security

conditions.

4.9 Caution.—Fishing vessel traffic is reported to be heavy

within the port and approaches.

4.9 Two submarine pipelines extend about 0.4 mile W from a

point on the E shore of the bay, 1.3 miles NE of the head of

Molo de Abrigo.

4.9 Anchorage and prohibited areas, the limits of which are

shown on the chart, lie N of the port and in the vicinity of the

naval pier which is situated about 0.5 mile E of Espigon de

Atrague.

4.9 Several dangerous wrecks lie in the bay E of Espigon de

Atrague and may best be seen on the chart.

4.9 A patch, with a depth of 12.7m, lies at the E end of the inbound traffic lane, about 0.6 mile WNW of the head of Molo

de Abrigo.

4.9 A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,

lies close W of Molo de Abrigo and the peninsula.

4.9 Due to significant changes to the port infrastructure, mariners should contact local port authorities and pilots for current

information. 

Iquique to Tocopilla

4.10 Caleta Cavancha recedes about 0.5 mile eastward, 1.3

miles S of Peninsula Serrano. A small pier, 35m long, and a

canning factory, are situated on the S side of the cove. The S

part of the town of Iquique backs the NE shores of Caleta Cavancha. Some abandoned submarine cables exist in Caleta Cavancha. Punta Cavancha, the S entrance point, is low and

rocky. An inshore current sets dangerously onto Punta Cavancha.

4.10 A sandy beach, interrupted by a rocky patch about 0.3 mile

wide, lies between Punta Cavancha and a point about 3 miles

S. Farther inland there is a ridge of yellow sand, the N summit

of which is 270m high.

4.10 It was reported that a depth of 6.2m was found to lie about

5.3 miles WSW of Punta Cavancha.

4.10 Caution.—An anchoring and prohibited fishing area has

been established about 0.4 mile SE of Punta Cavancha. 

4.11 Caleta Molle (20°18'S., 70°08'W.), about 4 miles

SSE of Caleta Cavancha, may be identified by a winding road

which descends the hill behind it, the high sand dunes along

the N shore of the cove, and the yellow sand beach at its head.

Rocas Miami extend NW from the S entrance point of the cove

and are marked by kelp. Breakers are sometimes seen over

these rocks. A former whaling station is situated in the cove. A

ramp and a pier, 53m long, are situated near two tanks and a

small oil refinery on the S side of the cove. A 2.7m shoal lies

NW of the pier. The cove should not be entered without local

knowledge.

4.11 Punta Gruesa (20°21'S., 70°11'W.) lies about 5 miles SSW

of Caleta Molle. The coast between is fronted by rocks and

shoal water to a distance of nearly 1 mile offshore. The point is

low and cliffy, with three white patches on its N side. It forms

the end of a spur extending from Morro Tarapaca, a mountain

about 4 miles ENE. Rocas Los Gemelos consist of two sunken

rocks which lie at the outer extremity of foul ground which extends about 1.5 miles NW from the N end of Punta Gruesa. The

SW rock has a depth of 4.9m over it. Three dark-colored

above-water rocks lie about 0.3 mile NE of Punta Gruesa,

which should be given a berth of at least 3 miles due to heavy

swells and irregular currents. A light is shown from the point.

4.11 Caleta Toyos, about 3 miles SE of Punta Gruesa, may be recognized by the settlement and small pier at its head. Punta Sargazos, the N entrance point, is surrounded by kelp to a distance

of about 151m offshore. Rocks lie nearly 0.2 mile off Punta

Rompientes, the S entrance point, which should be given a

wide berth. Small vessels may anchor close offshore, with a

bottom of sand and shells. Local knowledge is required.

4.11 Punta Sarmenia (20°27'S., 70°10'W.) is located about 7

miles S of Punta Gruesa. Caleta Sarmenia and Caleta Ligate

are small coves which lie N and S, respectively, of Punta Sarmenia. Cerro Oyarbide rises about 5 miles ENE of Punta Sarmenia. Four radio masts, marked by red lights, stand in the

vicinity of Caleta Sarmenia.

4.11 Punta Chucumata lies about 3.5 miles SSW of Punta Sarmenia. Submerged rocks and foul ground fringe the point to a distance of 0.5 mile offshore. Caleta Chucumata, close NE of the

point, affords anchorage, in 12.8 to 18.3m, slightly sheltered

from the S. Nitrates were formerly shipped from the cove, but

at present there are no installations of any kind. Islote Gaviotas

lies about 0.5 mile offshore, about 2.5 miles S of Punta Chucumata. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2 miles

SSE of Punta Chucumata.

4.11 Caution.—An air and naval exercise area, where navigation

is restricted, is charted in the area of Islote Gaviotas, extending

about 4 miles N and S, and 2 to 3 miles offshore.

4.12 Caleta Patillos (20°44'S., 70°12'W.) (World Port Index No. 14671) is situated about 12 miles S of Punta Chucumata. The cove recedes about 1 mile E between Punta Cotitira

and Punta Patillos, about 1.5 miles S. Rocks, with depths of

less than 1.8m, lie within 0.3 mile of Punta Cotitira, and a submerged rock lies about 0.2 mile offshore, a little over 0.3 mile

SE of the point. Bajos de Cotitira, consisting of a number of

submerged rocks and rocks awash, lie about 0.3 mile offshore,

0.8 mile NW of Punta Cotitira. 

4.12 Islotes Patillos consist of three islets, one of which lies about

0.1 mile W of Punta Patillos and the others about 0.4 mile SW

of the point, and a little over 0.3 mile offshore. There is a small

islet a little over 0.5 mile S of Punta Patillos. Islotes Patillos are

whitish in color and visible from a considerable distance sea-
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 67

Pub. 125

ward. A light is shown from Punta Patillos.

4.12 Winds—Weather.—A vessel calling here in the month of

July reported that a moderate swell was felt in an area SW of

Punta Cotitira, but little current or swell was found off the bay's

NE shore. The vessel also reported finding a slight to moderate

swell at the pier.

4.12 Depths—Limitations.—Entrance to the port is from a cove, 1

mile wide, with minimum depths 200m offshore of around 18m.

Berthing is done during daylight hours only. Unberthing can be

done 24 hours, except that vessels longer than 230m can unberth

only during daylight hours.

4.12 A conveyor pier, 91m long with mooring buoys at the head

in depths of 18m, is situated about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Patillos. Generally, the berth, used by vessels loading salt, can accommodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt, with a maximum length

of 225m and a maximum draft of 12.2m.

4.12 Aspect.—A prominent monument stands about 0.5 mile NE

of the pier. The salt conveyor structure on the pier is conspicuous. Four range beacons stand on the shore close SW of the

pier. A light is shown from Punta Patillos. The conspicuous

lights of the salt-loading terminal can be seen at night up to 20

miles seaward.

4.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot comes from

Iquique where notice of arrival should be sent. The services of

a tug may also be obtained by prior arrangement with Iquique.

The pilot boards about 0.8 mile ENE of the pier and may be

contacted by VHF.

4.12 Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be taken about 0.2 mile

from the S shore, in depths of 22 to 24m, or 0.4 mile offshore,

in depths of 24 to 29m.

4.12 Caution.—A rock, with a depth of 5.5m, lies SSW of the

conveyor pier. 

4.13 Punta Patache (20°49'S., 70°12'W.), the S entrance

point of Caleta Patache, lies about 4 miles S of Punta Patillos.

It is low, rugged, and salient. An islet lies about 0.3 mile W of

the point. The coast in this area is backed by the steep slopes of

Alturas de Oyarvide, a plateau 3 miles E of Punta Patillos.

Monte Carrasco, conical in shape, rises in a position about 10

miles SE of Punta Patache.

4.13 Caleta Chanavaya (20°53'S., 70°08'W.), about 6 miles SE

of Punta Patache, affords anchorage to small vessels, in 31m,

about 0.5 mile NW of its S entrance point. There are some

brightly colored houses on the shore of the cove. A landing

place, sheltered by four islets and several rocks, is situated on

the S shore of the cove. Lighters can load safely at the landing

place.Caleta Pabellon de Pica, close S of Caleta Chanavaya, is

entered between Punta Colina, the N entrance point, and a

point about 0.5 mile S. A guano-covered hill, nearly 15.2m

high, rises close E of Punta Colina. A reef, with above-water

rocks on it, extends about 0.2 mile from Punta Colina. Cerro

Pabellon de Pica, about 0.3 mile E of the S entrance point, rises

to a height of 318m. The mountain is conical in shape, and being covered with guano, presents a strong contrast with the barren sunburnt brown of the surrounding hills. Depths of 21.9 to

25.6m in the entrance of Caleta Pabellon de Pica decrease

gradually toward the head of the cove. An exposed anchorage

for large vessels is in 44m, about 0.4 mile SW of the S entrance

point.

4.13 Quebrada de Pica is located about 5 miles SSW of Cerro Pabellon de Pica. This ravine consists of a narrow gorge enclosed

by high hills which fall almost vertically to the sea. Above-water rocks fringe the coast between these two features. The rocks

are whitened by guano and have the appearance of boats under

sail.

4.13 Caleta Pescadores, about 1.5 miles N of Punta Lobos, is entered between Punta Piojo and Punta del Faro, about 0.8 mile

S. Rocks and reefs fringe both entrance points and the shores N

and S of the cove for a distance of about 0.1 mile off.

4.13 Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Caleta Pescadores is

about 0.5 mile N of Punta del Faro, about 0.2 mile offshore, in

a depth of 35m, sand.

4.13 Caleta Lobos indents the coast about midway between Punta

del Faro and Punta Lobos, about 0.8 mile S. Rocks fringe each

of these points to a distance of 0.2 mile offshore and also line

the S shore of the cove for the same distance off. A rock, which

dries, and a submerged rock lie about 0.3 and 0.2 mile, respectively, NW of the head of the pier. A submerged rock lies close

NW of the pier head. 

4.13 Anchorage.—Anchorage for working cargo is obtained, in

depths of 16 to 22m, NW of Punta Lobos; local knowledge is

required. 

4.13 Small vessels can anchor close offshore, in depths of 33 to

37m, rock, with Islote Pajaros obscured by Punta Lobos.

4.14 Punta Lobos (21°01'S., 70°10'W.) is steep with several hummocks on its outer end. About 2.5 miles NE of the

point, the land rises to a height of 900m. The point can be easily recognized for a long distance by Islotes Pajaros, two white

steep-to islets lying about 1.5 miles SE and 0.5 mile offshore.

A disused light structure stands about 0.8 mile NNE of the

point. Rocks fringe the point to a distance of about 0.2 mile. A

line of breakers, which should be given a wide berth, lies about

0.6 mile SW of the point.

4.14 Punta Chomache lies about 7 miles SSE of Punta Lobos. It

can be recognized by patches of guano on its side and by a

small fishing settlement 1 mile N. Farallones de Chomaches

consist of a group of rocks, awash, on a reef which extends

over 1 mile W from Punta Chomache. The outer part of the reef

is marked by breakers. Bahia Chomache is between these two

points. A light is shown from Punta Chomache.

4.14 Caution.—The waters in the vicinity of Punta Chomache

are dangerous and should not be approached at night or in low

visibility.

4.14 Punta Guanillo del Norte is located about 5.5 miles SSE of

Punta Chomache. Rocks and breakers extend up to 1 mile from

the coast between these two points. Punta Guanillo del Norte

can be identified for a considerable distance by a large white

patch on its seaward side. The point is steep-to and there is a

large amount of guano on or near it.

4.14 Caleta Guanillo del Norte is entered close N of a point about

0.5 mile N of Punta Guanillo del Norte. Monte de la Cruz is a

small conical hill close E of the S entrance point, and Monte

Boca del Diablo is a hill on the N side of the cove. A village is

situated close NE of Monte de la Cruz. A small pier is situated

about 0.2 mile N of the S entrance point, and another pier,

where guano is loaded, is situated about 0.2 mile SE of Punta

Guanillo del Norte. Vessels bound for Caleta Guanillo del

Norte should endeavor to make the land S of the cove. Local
68 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

knowledge is required.

4.14 Anchorage.—Small vessels may find anchorage in Caleta

Guanillo del Norte, about 0.5 mile WNW of the S entrance

point, in 25.6 to 27.4m, sand and rock. As a heavy swell occasionally sets into the cove, anchorage farther in is not recommended. Vessels may anchor about 0.4 mile SW of the pier, SE

of Punta Guanillo del Norte, in 33 to 46m, sand.

4.15 Punta Blanca (21°15'S., 70°05'W.) lies about 3 miles

S of Punta Guanillo del Norte and can be easily identified for a

considerable distance by a white patch on its S side. Rocks and

shoals lie up to 0.5 mile off the point. Cerro Chipana, a 1,285m

high mountain, stands about 2.5 miles inland, about 3.5 miles

SE of Punta Blanca.

4.15 Caleta Chipana is entered between Punta Falsa Chipana, on

which a light is shown, about 5.5 miles S of Punta Blanca, and

Punta Chipana, a little over 1 mile NE. Rocks lie 0.1 mile off

Punta Falsa Chipana. Foul ground extends about 0.5 mile NW

of Punta Chipana, and 0.2 to 0.4 mile from the shore of the

cove. Farallones de Chipana consist of two above-water rocks

and a rock awash which lie between 0.8 mile and 1 mile NNW

of Punta Chipana. A rock, awash, lies about 1 mile NW of Punta Chipana.

4.15 Punta Chileno lies about 8.5 miles S of Punta Falsa Chipana.

The Rio Loa discharges into the head of Caleta Loa, which recedes about 2 miles E between the two above points. The Rio

Loa is the principal river of northern Chile. During summer,

the Rio Loa is only a shallow stream which flows within 0.3

mile of the coast, where it spreads and flows over or filters

through the beach. The river does not make any channel or

throw up any banks. About 0.5 mile inland on the N side of the

river may be seen the ruins of a village.

4.15 The best landmark for recognizing the Rio Loa is the ravine

through which it flows. The hills on the N side of the river are

high and irregular, while those on the S side are quite low. 

4.15 Punta Lautaro (21°32'S., 70°06'W.), about 4 miles S of

Punta Chileno, is 70m high, rugged, and has a white summit.

Caleta Lautaro is just N of the point. Depths of 12.8 to 16.5m

in the entrance of the cove decrease gradually to a sand beach

at the head of the cove.

4.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage, suitable for small coasting vessels, is obtainable, in a depth of about 24m, with the N extremity of Punta Lautero bearing 188°, distant 0.1 mile, but local

knowledge is required. 

4.15 Caleta Punta Arenas lies close N of Punta Arenas and about

5 miles SSW of Punta Lautaro. The S and NE shores of the

cove are bordered by shoal water to a distance of about 0.2

mile offshore.

4.15 Anchorage may be taken, in 21.9m, fine sand, about 0.3 mile

offshore in a position about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Arenas.

4.16 Punta Arenas (21°38'S., 70°09'W.) is low and sandy.

It is fringed by rocks which extend to about 0.2 mile offshore.

A fishing village is situated on the S side of the point. Cerro

Mogote rises to a height of 998m, about 3 miles E of the point.

4.16 Cabo Paquica, about 16 miles S of Punta Arenas, extends

about 1 mile W from the general trend of the coast. It is a salient promontory, the N point of which is covered with guano.

An islet lies about 0.5 mile W of the point. Roca Tortuga, a

sunken rock, lies about 1 mile S of Cabo Paquica and about 0.5

mile offshore. A second rock lies roughly halfway between the

rock and the point. Cerro Tolar, about 6 miles ESE of Cabo

Paquica, is a conical mountain.

4.16 Rocks lie up to 0.5 mile off Punta Mal Paso, about 4.3 miles

S of Cabo Paquica.

4.16 Punta Algodonales lies about 12 miles SSW of Cabo

Paquica. Bahia Algodonales is entered between the point and

Roca Blanca, a small white islet located about 1.8 miles NE.

Roca Duendes, with 3.3m over it and surrounded by reefs, lies

about 0.3 mile offshore. It is the outermost of several rocks

which lie NW of Roca Blanca. Islote Blanco is the largest of a

group of islets and rocks which extend about 0.4 mile W and

NW from Punta Algodonales. A light is shown from a tower,

8m high, standing on Islote Blanco.

Tocopilla (22°05'S., 70°14'W.)

World Port Index No. 14720

4.17 Tocopilla lies at the SE end of Bahia Algodonales.

The port was once a major nitrates port. It is now used mainly

for tanker traffic, with occasional bulk cargo being shipped. 

4.17 Winds—Weather.—The port of Tocopilla is well-protected

from the prevailing S and SW winds, but it is exposed to strong

N and NW winds during the winter months. Frequent fogs occur from June to September. When fogs are low, it is impossible to determine accurately a vessel’s position offshore and

caution must be exercised when calling at the port.

4.17 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 0.9m, while

the spring rise is 1.2m. Currents setting ENE at velocities up to

3 knots may be experienced in Bahia Algodonales. During

storms or when the wind is from the E, the currents change and

set S or SW and are strong, particularly during solstices.

4.17 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels anchor or moor; cargo is

worked by barges. Three mooring buoys are available.

4.17 The oil terminal has a pier length of 150m with a depth

alongside of 13.7m. There are mooring buoys at either end of

the pier. Vessels up to 250m in length may berth here.

4.17 Two offshore petroleum berths are available within the bay.

Tankers are moored with both anchors down and lines to stern

buoys. Tankers up to 11m draft can be handled.

4.17 A terminal for unloading coal, consisting of a jetty 240m

long, is situated in the W part of the port. The jetty has a Thead, 80m long, with depths of 19m alongside. Vessels up to

80,000 dwt and 13.5m draft can be handled at the terminal with

the use of several mooring buoys. Several piers which extend

from the shores of the bay are used by barges for handling cargo and for landing passengers. Lights are shown from the

heads of several of the piers and some are lighted throughout

their entire length.

4.17 Vessels loading bulk nitrate moor offshore on a heading of

about 265°, port side to shore, using the starboard anchor and

making bow and stern lines fast to mooring buoys. The nitrate

loader can reach all hatches without shifting the vessel. Mechanical trimmers are available. A maximum draft of 10.9m

can be accommodated at the mooring berth. Only one vessel

can load at a time at a rate of 1,000 tons per hour.

4.17 Aspect.—The vicinity of the port may be recognized by

Quebrada de Tocopilla, a ravine which cuts through the coastal

range and descends to the sea from the high land behind the
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 69

Pub. 125

city. About 9 miles NNE of Punta Algodonales is a group of

mountains, two of which are conspicuous landmarks because

their summits terminate in bluffs. Southward of Quebrada de

Tocopilla is Monte Culillaca which has a broad light-colored

band that is visible many miles at sea. A wide dark-colored

band marks a place on the coast about 1 mile S of Punta Algodonales.

4.17 The light shown from Islote Blanco is difficult to identify by

ships approaching from the S because of the factory on the

point and the lights in the town.

4.17 To vessels approaching from the S, the smoke of the smelting works will be seen apparently seaward of the land; Punta

Algodonales does not appear until later. At night the reflection

of the lights of the town is reported to be visible 30 miles under

favorable conditions. The lights of the city can ordinarily be

seen 10 miles and the lights of the smelting works can be seen

15 miles.

4.17 A large power station, with a number of tall chimneys, is situated W of the city and is perhaps the best landmark on the

bay. The oil tanks on Punta Algodonales serve as additional

marks for identifying the place. A cemetery, about 1 mile NE

of the town, is conspicuous from the offing. Several tanks,

marked at night by obstruction lights, are situated on the hill

behind the town. The aluminum silos, which are also marked

by lights, situated at the nitrate loading berth, provide an excellent landmark.

4.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, both for the mechanical

plant, the oil terminal, and mooring buoys. Pilots will board at

any hour, about 1 mile NNE of the entrance moles. Berthing is

permitted only during daylight hours. Vessels can call port control on 500 kHz, 2182 kHz, or VHF channel 9, 14, or 16. 

4.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken in any part of the

bay, clear of the mooring buoys, in 14.6 to 46m sand, mud, and

shells. The recommended anchorage is in depths of 36 to 40m,

sand, clay, and rock, with the headland on which the nitrate

loader stands bearing 195°, and about 0.8 mile distant. Vessels

which are to remain in the port more than one day are advised

to moor, however, if vessels should remain at anchor they

should use two anchors and lie with their bows in a W direction. Vessels are assigned anchorage and mooring berths by the

port authorities.

4.17 Caution.—Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of the port and

may best be seen on the chart.

Tocopilla to Mejillones

4.18 Between Punta Algodonales and Punta Atala, about

11 miles S, the coast is high with a number of sandy coves

which are separated by rocky points. The coast is backed by a

range of mountains from 610 to 1,557m high. The outermost

dangers consist of rocks which lie from 0.5 to 0.8 mile off

some of the points.

4.18 The working lights of mines, situated close inland of Punta

Blanca and about 3 miles N of that point, are conspicuous. The

lights run vertically up a steep hill.

4.18 Punta Blanca (22°10'S., 70°14'W.) is rocky. Three sunken

rocks lie about 0.5 mile off the point. Caleta Blanca, close N of

Punta Blanca, is a place where vessels anchor occasionally to

load copper ore. Punta Agua Dulce, about 5 miles S of Punta

Blanca, is the W extremity of a chain of hills. It is of medium

height and cliffy.

4.18 Between Punta Atala (22°17'S., 70°15'W.) and Punta Yayes,

about 31 miles S, there are a number of rocky points, behind

which lie high barren hills. Rocks and islets front much of this

part of the coast up to about 1 mile offshore.

4.18 Punta Copaca lies about 2.5 miles S of Punta Ataia, the coast

between being foul. The point is rocky with some knolls at its

extremity. The coast between Punta Copaca and Punta Ampa,

about 2 miles S, is generally foul and is fronted by shoals and

submerged rocks to a distance of 0.7 mile. Punta Ampa is low,

rocky, and fringed with reefs which extend 0.7 mile offshore.

4.18 Punta Guanillo del Sur (22°23'S., 70°16'W.) has several

rocks, above-water and awash, about 228m SW of it. Caleta

Guanillo del Sur is entered between Punta Guanillo del Sur and

a point nearly 1 mile S. Islotes Negros, which are mostly white

with guano, and some submerged rocks lie up to 137m off the

S entrance point of the cove. A rock, awash, lies about 0.3 mile

NNE of the S entrance point. Some copper mines are situated

about 3 miles inland; a prominent zigzag road leading up to

one of them provides a good landmark.

4.18 Punta Bandurria del Norte lies about 0.5 mile SW of Caleta

Guanillo del Sur. Islotes Blancos consist of 5 islets which lie

about 0.2 mile offshore, about 0.3 mile S of Punta Bandurria

del Norte. Caleta Chinos is entered close S of Islotes Blancos

and is visited by fishing vessels. A reef extends about 0.8 mile

seaward from Punta Chinos, the S entrance point of the cove.

4.19 Punta Grande (22°28'S., 70°16'W.) is rocky and

crowned with several flat-topped hills. Reefs extend 0.5 mile

seaward from the point.

4.19 Caleta Gatico recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta

Grande and Punta Gatico, about 3 miles SSE. Rocks extend as

much as 0.1 mile from the N side of Punta Gatico and about

91m from the W and S sides of the point. A good landmark for

approaching the cove is a two-story white house with a red

roof, about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Gatico. There is good anchorage, in 33m, sand, about 0.3 mile W of the head of the cove.

Closer in and more to the S the bottom is rocky and unsuitable

for anchoring. Heavy swells sometimes set into the cove very

suddenly. A village at the head of the cove is reported to be

abandoned. Some wharves, in ruins, extend up to 0.8 mile off

the coast of the cove.

4.19 Vessels approaching Caleta Gatico from the N have frequently mistaken Caleta Guanillo del Sur for this cove. One

feature by which the coves may be distinguished is that the

rocks off Punta Guanillo del Sur are white from guano, while

the rocks off Punta Gatico have a dark appearance.

4.19 Punta Guacache, about 1 mile S of Punta Gatico, has islets

and rocks about 0.2 mile off it. Caleta Cochinos is a small cove

with a sandy beach between these two points.

4.19 Punta Cobija (22°33'S., 70°17'W.) forms the W end of a

rocky peninsula. It attains a height of 33m a short distance inland. Close W and S of Punta Cobija is a group of rocks, one of

which is called Roca Blanca. This flat rock is white and stands

out clearly against the background of the black rocks on the

shore behind it.

4.19 Rada de Cobija lies between Punta Cobija and Punta Guacache. The roadstead is about 2 miles wide at the entrance, and

the shores are rocky and foul. Foul ground extends up to 0.2

mile from the S shore of the cove, with depths of 9 to 14m
70 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

close outside it. The hills rise directly from the coast and form

an almost unbroken ridge 610 to 914m high, with no sufficiently marked feature to indicate the position of the ruins of an

abandoned port at their base. The ruins of the former port can

be seen from a distance of 5 miles and form a landmark in the

approach to Rada de Cobija. Roca Blanca would be a good

mark, but there is a similar rock some miles to the N.

4.19 It is reported (1990) that a pier, which was situated 914m E

of Punta Cobija, has been destroyed and that landing is impossible. 

4.19 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the S part of the bay,

in about 18.3 to 23.8m, sand, about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Cobija. There is good anchorage for large vessels, in 35m, about

0.6 mile NE of Punta Cobija. 

4.20 Punta Guasilla (22°34'S., 70°17'W.) is conspicuous

because of two small flat-topped islets which lie 1 mile off it.

The coast between Punta Guasilla and Punta Tamira, about 2

miles S, is foul to a distance of 1 mile offshore. An islet lies

about 0.1 mile S of Punta Tamira. Punta Chungungo, about 2

miles S of Punta Tamira, is rough, steep, and of a blackish color.

4.20 Punta Tames (22°40'S., 70°20'W.) is rugged and one of the

most conspicuous points along this section of coast. Rocks

fringe the point to 91m off. Islotes Blanco lies nearly 0.5 mile

NE of the W end of the point and about 91m offshore. Caleta

Tames recedes nearly 1 mile E between Punta Tames and Punta

Chungungo.

4.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage, with good holding ground, can be

taken, in a depth of 23m, shells, 0.2 to 0.3 mile offshore.

4.20 Punta Guaque, about 2 miles S of Punta Tames, is low. Islote

Negro lies about 0.2 mile off the point. Caleta Michilla lies between Punta Guaque and Punta Michilla, about 3 miles S. The

cove is about 0.8 mile wide at the entrance and recedes nearly

0.5 mile eastward. Depths of 21.9m in the entrance decrease to

12.8m about 0.3 mile from the shore. Small vessels can find

good anchorage about 0.3 mile N or NW of the S entrance

point, in 21.9m, sand. There is a small settlement and the ruins

of a pier, on the S shore of the cove.

4.20 Punta Gualaguala (22°46'S., 70°20'W.) is high, rocky, and

somewhat conspicuous because of the low black hills with

which it is crowned. Rocks extend a short distance off the

point. Caleta Gualaguala lies between Punta Michilla and Punta Gualaguala, and has a small pier for the shipment of ore.

There is partly-sheltered anchorage, with fair holding ground,

from 0.5 to 0.8 mile WNW of the pier. A small settlement is

situated near the pier.

4.21 Punta Hornos (22°55'S., 70°18'W.) lies about 9.5

miles S of Punta Gualaguala. Above and below-water rocks lie

up to 0.2 mile W and nearly 0.5 mile SW of Punta Hornos.

Caleta Playa del Horno, N of Punta Hornos, has a sandy beach

on its S side where landing can be made at all times. A rock,

awash at low water, lies about 183m N of the beach. A rock,

surrounded by a drying reef, lies about 0.1 mile off the S entrance point of the cove. Good anchorage may be taken in the

cove between 0.8 and 1 mile N of Punta Hornos; in depths of

25m; however, depths shallower than charted have been reported in the vicinity of the anchorage.

4.21 Punta Chacaya lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Hornos.

Patches of foul ground lie from 0.5 to 1 mile offshore between

these two points. It is reported that a conspicuous white pyramid stands about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Chacaya. Caleta

Chacaya is a small cove which is entered N of Punta Chacaya.

Small vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile NW of Punta

Chacaya; in a depth of 29m, but it was reported that shoaling

had taken place in the cove.

4.21 Punta Angamos (23°01'S., 70°31'W.) lies about 11 miles

SW of Punta Chacaya. The point is a remarkable headland

about 220m high and extends N. It is entirely covered with

guano, which gives it the appearance of a chalky cliff. Roca

Abtao is a detached rock a little over 0.8 mile NW of Punta Angamos. This rock has about 2.4m of water over it and usually is

unmarked by breakers. A light is shown from the point.

4.21 Bahia Mejillones (23°03'S., 70°27'W.) is entered between

Punta Chacaya and Punta Angamos.

4.21 The approaches to the bay are clearly depicted by radar from

a distance of about 30 miles. Punta Angamos, Punta Chacaya,

Morro Mejillones, and Tetas de Mejillones serve as excellent

radar landmarks.

4.21 Morro Mejillones has the appearance of a truncated cone and

stands conspicuously above the surrounding heights. In clear

weather this is the best landmark in the vicinity, but as the tops

of the hills on this coast are frequently covered with heavy

clouds, Punta Angamos is a surer mark. Punta Angamos cannot

be mistaken. Besides a chalky appearance, it is the N extremity

of the peninsula, and the land eastward recedes sharply S.

4.21 Tetas de Mejillones consist of two peaks, 325 and 330m

high, on the W shore of the bay about 1.5 miles S of Punta Angamos. A conspicuous group of houses is situated on the N

slope of Morro Mejillones. The lights of the buildings are

clearly visible at night for a distance of 15 miles between the

bearings of 090° and 215°. An unusual phenomenon is the occurrence of large and small areas of discolored water, known as

“aguaje.” These give the appearance of shoals and have been

observed in the bay. They are of a coffee, red, or yellow color

and are caused by the presence of great quantities of marine

growth.

Mejillones (23°06'S., 70°28'W.)

World Port Index No. 14670

4.22 Mejillones lies on the S shore of Bahia Mejillones del

Sur, which is said to be one of the best natural harbors on the

W coast of South America. The port consists of passenger

berths (Muelle Fiscal), one fishing vessel berth, and one terminal with three mooring buoys for the discharge of ammonia.

Large areas of plankton are a local phenomenon. Between six

and 12 explosives-carrying ships berth here a year. 

4.22 Winds—Weather.—Light N winds may start after midnight

and continue until about noon. Southwest winds start about

noon and last until evening. Although these winds descend

from the highlands and are usually quite strong, they do not interfere with the traffic in the port. Fog is rare, but sometimes

occurs between June and September. As the bay is sheltered

from the prevailing SW winds, storms do not generally enter

the bay. Offshore storms produce a swell in Bahia Mejillones

del Sur that, although not interfering with the ships at anchor,

is felt close inshore and alongside the piers.
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 71

Pub. 125

4.22 Depths—Limitations.—Several piers, two of which are in

use, are situated in the S part of the harbor. The piers are used

by small craft and lighters. There is a small fishing wharf, 53m

long, with a depth alongside of 3m. 

4.22 A berth for the discharge of ammonia lies about 3.8 miles E

of Cerro San Luciano and 0.3 mile offshore. The berth consists

of a platform, two dolphins, and three mooring buoys. Vessels

of up to 15,000 dwt and 180m in length can be handled.

4.22 A berth for the discharge of explosives and inflammable materials is situated about 2.5 miles ENE of Cerro San Luciano.

Vessels anchor at the berth, in a depth of 20m. A shoal patch,

with a depth of 4.7m, lies close E of the berth.

4.22 A chemical and grain pier, consisting of a 36m long T-head

and two mooring dolphins, stands E of the city. Vessels up to

71,000 gross tons, with a maximum length of 230m and a maximum draft of 14.4m, can be accommodated.

4.22 An offshore floating pipeline, marked by a buoy, is located E

of the piers and can accommodate vessels up to 30,000 gross

tons, with a maximum length of 183m and a maximum draft of

10.7m.

4.22 Aspect.—Cerro San Luciano, a prominent hill that rises to

an elevation of 522m, stands in the SW corner of the bay, about

4.5 miles SSE of Punta Angamos.

4.22 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close S of the port.

4.22 See the description of Bahia Mejillones in paragraph 4.21.

4.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. However,

as there is no resident pilot in Mejillones, a pilot is usually sent

from Antofagasta. The pilot boards about 1.5 miles NE of the

Mejillones del Sur Light. 

4.22 The vessel’s ETA should be given daily to Antofagasta Radio starting 5 days in advance, clearly indicating arrival at Mejillones. The port captain at Mejillones operates a 24-hour

listening watch on VHF channel 16.

4.22 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken within about 0.8 mile

of the shore in any part of the bay, noting that depths decrease

rapidly towards the shore. A recommended position is in the

SW corner of the bay, in depths of 20 to 27m, about 1 mile

ENE of Cerro San Luciano, but vessels prefer to anchor E of

this position and N of the piers.

4.22 Vessels should not anchor N of Punta Choros; the coast is

steep-to and the holding ground is bad. 

4.22 Caution.—Pontoons, for shellfish cultivation, are moored

close offshore within the bay. Two wrecks, best seen on the

chart, lie close off the town.

4.22 Due to significant changes to the port infrastructure, mariners should contact local port authorities and pilots for current

information. 

Mejillones to Antofagasta

4.23 Peninsula Mejillones del Sur is the high landmass W

of Bahia Mejillones del Sur. Its E side extends from Punta Angamos to the SW extremity of the bay. Its W side trends about

7 miles SW to a position on the coast about 1.5 miles SE of

Punta Loberia.

4.23 From Punta Angamos the coast trends about 5 miles SW to

Punta Baja, which is low, rocky, and surrounded by submerged

rocks to a distance of nearly 0.5 mile. Rocks and reefs extend

from 0.3 to nearly 0.5 mile offshore between these points. Punta Loberia lies about 1.5 miles S of and is similar to Punta Baja. A reef, with a rock awash and submerged rocks, extends

nearly 1 mile W from Punta Loberia.

4.23 Punta Jorgino lies about 8.5 miles S of Punta Loberia. The

point is rocky and rounded. It lies at the foot of Morro Jorgino

which is high, rugged, and forms the N end of a tableland.

4.23 Banco Lagartos extends about 0.5 mile seaward from Punta

Lagartos (23°22'S., 70°37'W.). Islote Lagartos lies at about the

center of the bank. The islet, 4.9 to 5.8m high, is rock covered

with white shells and can be recognized for 3 miles. Rocks extend some distance NW and S from the islet. A reef extends

nearly 0.5 mile NNW from the islet and terminates in an

above-water rock. The boilers of a wrecked steamer lie on this

reef and are always visible.

4.23 Roca Esmeralda, a submerged rock over which the sea

breaks violently, is charted nearly 3 miles WNW of Punta

Lagartos. As the position of the rock is doubtful, caution must

be observed to give it a wide berth. The light on Punta Tetas is

obscured over Roca Esmeralda.

4.23 A rock lies close off and a reef extends nearly 0.5 mile seaward from an unnamed point about 2.5 miles S of Punta Lagartos. From this point the coast trends about 1 mile SE to the N

entrance point of Caleta Constitucion. Rocks extend 0.5 mile

seaward between these two points.

4.23 The coast recedes about 0.8 mile E between the N entrance

point of Caleta Constitucion and an unnamed point about 3

miles S. Isla Santa Maria lies about midway between these two

points. Reefs extend a little over 0.5 mile SSW from the S side

of the island and up to 0.3 mile from all other sides. 

4.24 Caleta Constitucion (23°25'S., 70°36'W.) is entered

N of Isla Santa Maria and lies NE of the island. The entrance

between the reefs, which extend N from the island and those

which extend about 0.3 mile S from the N entrance point, is

about 0.5 mile wide and has a least depth of 13.7m. A channel,

about 180m wide at its narrowest part and with a depth of

11.9m, trends S between Isla Santa Maria and the mainland

and connects Caleta Constitucion and Caleta Errazuriz. This

channel is used only by small vessels with local knowledge.

4.24 Anchorage.—Small vessels can take sheltered anchorage in

the cove, between the NE side of Isla Santa Maria and the

mainland NE. The best anchorage is about 0.5 mile ENE of the

N end of the island, in 11 to 18.3m, mud. Farther out the holding ground is poor. The land breeze, called “paracas,” is sometimes strong, especially at night.

Caleta Errazuriz is entered S of Isla Santa Maria and lies S of

the island. The channel between the reefs, which extend SSW

from the island and those which extend about 0.3 mile N from

the W entrance point of the cove, is about 0.3 mile wide and

has depths over 27.4m.

4.24 Peninsula Moreno is the high land mass S of Caleta Errazuriz. Cerro Moreno, the dominant peak in this region, lies about 3

miles ESE of Caleta Errazuriz in the N part of the peninsula.

The mountain is inclined on its S side, but to the N it ends

abruptly over a barren plain. It is dark in color, lacks vegetation

of any kind, and is split by a ravine on its W side.

4.25 Punta Tetas (23°31'S., 70°38'W.) is the SW extremity of Peninsula Moreno. The point is of moderate height, rocky,

and arid. Two hillocks on the point, aligned NE and SW, are

conspicuous and facilitate the recognition of the point from a
72 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

long distance. Punta Tetas is steep-to and free of off-lying dangers. A light is shown from the point.

4.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage is obtainable, in a depth of 46m

with Punta Tetas Light bearing 303°, distant 1.2 miles. This

berth is usually used by the lighthouse tender; there is a landing

place nearby. Better shelter is obtained by anchoring 0.5 mile

ENE of the light, over a sandy bottom. 

4.25 The coast between Punta Tetas and Antofagasta, about 14

miles ESE, recedes about 6.5 miles NE. A small bight recedes

about 1.3 miles N between Punta Tetas and Punta Jorge, about

4 miles E. Islote Lobos lies close offshore in the N part of this

bight, in a position about 2 miles ENE of the S extremity of

Punta Tetas. Roca Blanca lies close offshore, about 2.5 miles E

of Punta Tetas.

4.25 Bahia Moreno recedes about 4.5 miles N between Punta

Jorge and Isla Guaman, about 7.5 miles ESE. Except for a

sandy beach at the head of the bay, the shores are formed by

rocky cliffs.

4.25 Caleta Abtao (23°31'S., 70°32'W.) indents the W shore of

Bahia Moreno. The cove is well-sheltered and has little or no

swell. Small vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile N of the

S entrance point, in about 17m. There is a landing place at a

small wooden pier.

4.25 The airport for Antofagasta is situated on the NE side of Bahia Moreno. Several conspicuous lights are shown from there.

4.25 La Loberia, a group of above-water rocks, and La Portada,

an above-water rock, lie close offshore along the NE shore of

Bahia Moreno. The highest part of this coast is abreast La

Loberia, where it rises to about 19.8m.

4.25 Isla Guaman (23°33'S., 70°25'W.) is about 21.9m high and

white. Rocks extend nearly 0.1 mile NW from the NW end of

the island and shoals extend about 91m off all other sides of the

island. It is connected to the mainland by a causeway. A beacon, 6m high, equipped with a can-shaped topmark with red

and white bands, stands on Isla Guaman.

4.26 Caleta La Chimba lies NE of Isla Guaman and is protected from the S by a causeway joining the island to the mainland. There are depths of 25.6m in the entrance, which

decrease to about 9.1m about 0.2 mile from the head of the

cove. Above-water rocks lie about 0.3 mile NE of Isla Guaman. The entrance of the cove, between these rocks and the

shoals extending from Isla Guaman, is about 0.2 mile wide.

Small vessels anchor about 0.2 mile NE of Isla Guaman, in 16

to 24m, fine sand and shells. Large vessels anchor off the entrance of the cove, in 25.6 to 29.3m.

4.26 Depths—Limitations.—There is a discharge berth for liquefied gas (propane, butane, or mixed) in the cove. The entrance to the cove is 0.2 mile wide. Tthe maximum draft

accepted is 10m; the maximum length accepted is 150m.

4.26 Vessels moor to two buoys off each quarter, and are also

held by a line from the shore to the port bow, with both anchors

out, lying with ship heading 345°.

4.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. A pilot is essential and

should be taken at Antofagasta, where vessels will also be received, unless the master has been to La Chimba before, then

the pilot and officials will board off Guaman Island, where

there is an anchorage, in 22.3m. There are no navigation lights

nearby and entry or sailing is by day only. 

4.26 Punta Brava (23°35'S., 70°23'W.) fronted by foul ground,

lies about 2 miles S of Isla Guaman. The coast between is

fringed by rocks and unapproachable. A line of high hills backs

the coast about 1 mile inland. Punta Brava marks the N limit of

Rada de Antofagasta.

Antofagasta (23°39'S., 70°25'W.)

World Port Index No. 14660

4.27 Antofagasta lies at the E side of Rada de Antofagasta,

which recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta Brava and a

point about 6 miles S. It is an important commercial center. A

large part of the import-export trade of Bolivia passes through

the port. Bolivia maintains a customhouse here. The harbor is

well-protected and large vessels berth alongside for handling

cargo. The depth inside the port varies from 9.1 to 27.4m. The

port has seven berths varying in depth alongside from 4.8 to

11.2m.

4.27 Winds—Weather.—There is no rain except for an occasional short shower. The interior and surrounding hills are completely dry and barren. The prevailing winds are from the SW

and are somewhat stronger in summer than in winter. These

winds usually rise during the day and die out in the evening.

The nights are usually calm. A land breeze, called “puelche” or

“terra,” occasionally blows during the early morning hours.

The land breeze is uncertain, but at times blows with great violence. During the winter the roadstead is visited by heavy

squalls that sweep suddenly down through the mountain gorges

from the elevated tableland of the interior and frequently interrupt lighter operations.

4.27 Fog is extremely rare, but fog and mist may occur sometimes

during autumn and winter mornings.

4.27 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise at Antofagasta is

0.6m, while the spring rise is 0.9m. 

4.27 Currents in Rada de Antofagasta are ordinarily of a local nature and dependent on the winds. A coastal current setting S

during calm weather has been observed.

4.27 A SW swell sets into Rada de Antofagasta throughout most

of the year, being more or less pronounced in proportion to the

strength of the prevailing winds. During May, June, and July

the swell becomes heavier. At such times the sea in the roadstead becomes rough and breaks over the shoals and along the

entire shore of the roadstead. This ordinarily lasts from 2 to 4

days.

4.27 Depths—Limitations.—The principal harbor, an artificial

one situated at the W side of the city, is protected by a breakwater which extends WNW from the shore and thence N. It is

entered from the N, the entrance being about 240m wide between the above breakwater and one which extends W from the

shore. The harbor is about 0.2 mile wide in the N part and decreases to about 0.1 mile at its S end. The inner part of the outer breakwater is quayed on its SW and S sides. The E side of

the artificial harbor has a long quay for large vessels and a

small quay at its S part for small vessels. 

4.27 The port has seven berths, all of which are used for general

Antofagasta Home Page

http://www.puertoantofagasta.cl
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 73

Pub. 125

and dry bulk cargo, besides a fishing zone and a wharf zone.

4.27 Berth No. 1, Berth No. 2, and Berth No. 3 total 620m in

length, with depths alongside of 9.1m. Berth No. 4 and Berth

No. 5 total 437m in length, with depths of alongside 8.7m.

Berth No. 6 and Berth No. 7 total 350m in length, with depths

alongside of 9.4 and 11.2m, respectively.

4.27 The Wharf Zone has a length of 130m, with a maximum

draft of 4.8m. The Fishing Zone has a length of 135m and a

maximum draft of 7.3m. 

4.27 Caleta Poza del Salitre, the old harbor, lies about 0.5 mile

ENE of the artificial harbor. Several piers extend from the

shores of this cove, which is used only by small craft, yachts,

and fishing vessels. The channel to Caleta Poza del Salitre is

occasionally impassable because of the heavy swell which rolls

over Arrecife Tawn and breaks across the entrance.

4.27 Three offshore pipeline berths are situated in Caleta del Cobre, N of Caleta Poza del Salitre. Another offshore pipeline

berth extends from the shore a little over 0.5 mile S of the artificial harbor. Mooring buoys and, in some cases, floats mark

the seaward ends of the pipelines. Vessels berth on a W heading with both anchors down and lines out to mooring buoys

astern. The terminal operators should be contacted for berth

particulars and restrictions. It is reported that tankers up to

235m in length, with drafts up to 18.3m, can be accommodated.

4.27 Aspect.—Cerro Moreno and Punta Tetas are visible at a considerable distance and cannot be confused by vessels approaching Antofagasta, either from the N or S. Morro Jara is a good

landmark for vessels approaching from southward. Cerros del

Ancia, a number of hills about 1 mile E of Antofagasta, rise

steeply to a height of 293m. A large cement anchor, facing W,

is situated near the top of one of these hills.

4.27 On closer approach to the port, a hospital, about 1 mile SE of

the entrance of the artificial harbor, and a church tower close

NW of it, are conspicuous. Large tank farms are situated about

1.5 and 2 miles NNE of the port. Numerous high chimneys and

large buildings are situated throughout the city. Several prominent grain silos and warehouses stand on the E side of the harbor. A four-story building, illuminated by fluorescent lights,

stands nearly 1 mile ENE of the head of the E breakwater, and

two five-story buildings stand about 0.7 mile ESE of the same

point. A conspicuous 24-story building stands about 1 mile SW

of the hospital. A prominent brewery, with chimneys, stands

about 0.8 mile NE of the E breakwater; this building is brilliantly lit at night. 

4.27 A light is shown from a prominent tower standing on the

head of the W breakwater. A radio mast, 75m high, stands on

Arrecife Tawn close W of Caleta Poza del Salitre. Red obstruction lights are shown from a radio mast, 60m high, standing

about 1 mile ESE from the E breakwater head. A light is exhibited close NE of Arrecifee Tawn at the end of Pier No. 1. 

4.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board vessels

in an area about 0.6 mile NNW of the head of the outer breakwater. The pilot will travel to and from the vessel in a launch

specially designed for this purpose. The launch is also used for

mooring. Weather permitting, pilots will board by day or night,

but ships are not berthed after 2000; they may sail at any time.

The pilot may be contacted by VHF channel 9, 14, or 16. Vessels should send their ETA at least 24 hours in advance. 

4.27 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

lies in the approaches to the port and may best be seen on the

chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated S of the separation

zone.

4.27 Signals.—During periods of stormy weather, traffic to and

from Caleta Poza del Salitre, as well as in other parts of the

harbor, may be restricted. Signals indicating such restrictions

are displayed from a mast on the tower of the Harbor Office,

about 0.5 mile SE of the entrance of the artificial harbor, and

are, as follows:

1. One ball at the dip—The movement of small craft is

suspended. Other vessels should look to their moorings.

2. One ball at the masthead—The port is closed and all

traffic is suspended.

4.27 Anchorage.— Six designated anchor berths, best seen on

the chart, lie N and SSW of the outer breakwater. Berth 1

trough Berth 4 are located NNW of the harbor entrance. Berth

5 and Berth 6 are SSW of the W breakwater. The holding

ground is not good.

4.27 Vessels intending to remain at anchor for several days must

anchor under the directions given by the pilot, on a SW heading.

4.27 Caution.—Roca Paita, awash, lies about 0.3 mile N of the E

side of the entrance to the harbor. A dangerous wreck lies close

N of Roca Paita. The rock is the outermost danger of a large

shoal area which extends about 0.3 mile N from the harbor entrance, then E to the shore. Arrecife Tawn, consisting of drying

and submerged rocks, lies within this area. A shoal, with a least

depth of 2.3m, lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 0.8 mile NNE of

the E breakwater head. Rocas Abel y Ema lie awash about 0.1

mile offshore, a little over 1 mile NNE of the harbor entrance.

A dangerous wreck lies 0.2 mile WNW of Rocas Abel y Ema.

4.27 Roca Hornos, with above and below-water rocks and about

0.2 mile long, lies less than 0.3 mile NNE of Rocas Abel y

Ema. Roca Celina lies awash about 0.2 mile NE of Roca Hornos. A rock, with a least depth of 8.9m, lies about 0.2 mile SW

of Roca Hornos. This rock and others in the vicinity are especially dangerous to vessels mooring off the submerged pipelines in the area.

4.27 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown

on the chart, fronts the harbor entrance.

4.27 The head of the W breakwater should be given a wide berth,

due to rocks extending up to 30m from it.

4.27 Vessels should exercise caution when approaching the anchorage at night, as the lights of the city are reported to be very

deceptive.

Antofagasta to Taltal

4.28 Between Antofagasta and Morro Jara, about 12 miles

SSW, the coast is backed by a high chain of hills which lies

about 1 mile inland.

4.28 Caleta Coloso (23°45'S., 70°28'W.), with a mooring berth,

recedes about 0.3 mile S between Punta Paso Malo, about 7

miles SSW of Antofagasta, and about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta

Coloso. A light, with a racon, is exhibited at Punta Coloso.

Shoal water extends about 0.1 mile off the S and E shores of

the cove. A rocky patch, with 7.3m over it, lies about midway

between the two entrance points and about 0.2 mile offshore. 

4.28 Approach to the berth is made on green leading lights bearing 190°. Caution must be exercised to avoid the 7.3m patch
74 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

mentioned above. 

4.28 Depths—Limitations.—The berth for ore loading consists

of dolphins, the berth can accommodate vessels up to 45,000

dwt, 192m in length, and a draft of 11.2m.

4.28 The starboard anchor is used for port side-to berthing on two

dolphins, while two tugs assist. The least depth at MLW is

13m. Lines are doubled to five mooring buoys and four back

springs are used to the dolphins.The berth usually is sheltered

from the strong SW summer winds which. however. occasionally disrupts loading process.

4.28 Vessels will not be berthed if the winds exceed 18 knots.

4.28 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and boards 1 mile NW of

Antofagasta harbor entrance. Vessels awaiting pilot for Caleta

Coloso anchor close to the boarding area in depth of about 40m

and are required to be underway before the pilot boards. Pilots

may be ordered via the agent on VHF channel 73.

4.28 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor, in depths of 20 to 24m, in a

sand bed with good holding ground, 0.2 mile ENE of Punta

Coloso; avoid the 7.3m shoal patch mentioned above, and the

coastal bank, with depths of less than 5.5m, that extends 0.1

mile from SE shore of the cove.

4.29 Roca Negra (23°47'S., 70°29'W.), a small dark-colored islet, lies about 2 miles SSW of Punta Coloso and about

0.2 mile offshore. Caleta Bolfin indents the coast about 3 miles

S of Roca Negra. The cove has moderate depths and affords

anchorage for several large vessels, sheltered from SW winds.

4.29 Caution.—The coast between Punta Coloso and Caleta Bolfin, about 2 miles SSW, has been reported to extend about 2.5

miles farther SW than charted.

4.29 Morro Jara (23°52'S., 70°30'W.) is steep and conspicuous.

It lies on a small peninsula that extends about 1 mile W from

the coast. Monte Jaron, about 4 miles E of Morro Jara, is conspicuous and a good landmark for ships approaching Antofagasta from the S.

4.29 Islote Aguila lies close offshore, about 4 miles S of Morro

Jara. A white pyramidal beacon stands on the coast about 3

miles S of Islote Aguila. Punta Amarilla lies about 9 miles S of

Morro Jara. The point can be recognized by a large yellow

patch which is visible at a considerable distance.

4.30 Caleta Agua Dulce (24°08'S., 70°30'W.) provides indifferent shelter with deep water and a bottom of stone, sand,

and shell. The hills surrounding the cove rise abruptly from a

rocky shore to a height of about 594m. Pica Agua Dulce, 714m

high, rises at the N side of the cove. Another mountain, 1,890m

high and with a yellow patch on its W side, rises about 4 miles

ESE of the innermost shore of the cove. 

4.30 Caleta Agua Salada, about 3 miles S of Caleta Agua Dulce,

may be recognized by the large yellow patch on the 1,890m

high mountain mentioned above. Punta Agua Salada, the S entrance point of the cove, is high, steep, and of a darker color

than the adjacent coast. A submerged rock lies about 0.3 mile

W of the point. Foul ground, marked by kelp, lies up to 0.2

mile off the SE shores of the cove.

4.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, with local knowledge, in depths of 22 to 31m, rock and sand, about 0.8 mile NE

of Punta Agua Salada.

4.30 Punta Moreno, about 3 miles S of Punta Agua Salada, is low

and rocky, and is the only low land in the vicinity. Roca

Moreno, an above-water rock, lies at the outer edge of a reef

which extends about 0.1 mile N from the point.

4.30 Caution.—It was reported that the coastline between Punta

Moreno and Morro Jara, 25 miles N, lies up to 1.5 miles farther

W than charted.

Caleta El Cobre recedes about 0.4 mile SE between Punta

Moreno and a point about 0.8 mile NE. A winding road on the

hill on the S side of the cove is a good landmark. Two whitetopped islets lie close offshore, about 0.5 mile N of the NE entrance point of the cove. Just N of the islets is a long, black

point with a dark sandy patch on it.

4.30 Anchorage may be taken in Caleta El Cobre, about 0.2 mile

NE of Punta Moreno, in 21.9m. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore, in 12.8m, sand.

4.31 Punta Tres Picos (24°20'S., 70°32'W.) lies about 5

miles S of Punta Moreno, and Peninsula Cangrejos lies about 2

miles farther S. The peninsula is about 9.1m high and is connected with the coast by a sandy isthmus, about 0.9m high and

about 0.3 mile long. Above and below-water rocks extend

about 0.2 mile N from the peninsula. Caleta Blanco Encalada

recedes a little over 0.3 mile S between Peninsula Cangrejos

and a point nearly 1 mile ENE. The cove is protected from S

winds by the peninsula. The S and E shores of the cove are

fringed with rocks which extend up to 0.2 mile from the shore.

The best anchorage is about 0.4 mile ENE of the N extremity

of Peninsula Cangrejos, in 14.6 or 16.5m, fine sand.

4.31 Punta Dos Reyes (24°32'S., 70°35'W.), though low, is one

of the most prominent on this part of the coast. The coast between Peninsula Cangrejos and Punta Dos Reyes is generally

rocky with dangers lying nearly 1 mile offshore in places. A

short distance inland is a hill with a depression about 280m

high.

4.31 Punta Buitre lies about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Dos Reyes.

Roca Buitre, with 1.8m over it, lies about 0.5 mile W of Punta

Buitre. The sea sometimes breaks violently over this rock.

4.31 Caleta Colorada recedes about 0.2 mile SE, between Punta

Piedra, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Buitre, and a point about 0.5

mile NE. A rock lies awash about 0.2 mile offshore, in a position about 0.5 mile WSW of Punta Piedra. Rocks lie up to 0.1

mile W of the NE entrance point of the cove. A conspicuous

observatory, which is visible for up to 50 miles, is situated 7

miles E of Caleta Colorada.

4.31 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile NE of

Punta Piedra, in 18.3m. This berth affords the best protection

from the prevailing SW swell.

4.32 Punta Plata (24°43'S., 70°35'W.) lies about 5 miles S

of Punta Piedra. The N part of the coast between these two

points has rocks which lie nearly 1 mile offshore. The point is

low and rocky, but gradually rises in height to 509m. Rocks lie

up to about 0.5 mile off the point. Punta Plata resembles Punta

Dos Reyes, but is higher.

4.32 Punta Rincon lies about 14 miles SSE of Punta Plata, the

coast between these two points having rocks which extend

nearly 1 mile offshore. Punta Rincon consists of three low

points backed by high mountains. Rocas del Rincon, consisting

of a small white islet surrounded by above and below-water

rocks, lie about 1 mile SW of Punta Rincon.
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 75

Pub. 125

4.32 The coast recedes about 3 miles E between Punta Rincon

and Punta Grande, about 10 miles S. The shores of this bight

are generally rocky, foul, and subject to a frequent heavy swell

that breaks on them. Punta Guanillo, low and white, lies about

midway between these two points and at the innermost part of

the bight. A rock lies about 0.1 mile W of the point.

4.32 Caution.—A magnetic disturbance has been reported near

the coast in this vicinity.

4.33 Rada del Paposo lies between Punta Guanillo and a

point about 1.5 miles N. There are general depths of 12.8 to

40m in the outer part of the roadstead. The E shore of the roadstead is fringed by shallow water and rocks to about 0.2 mile

offshore. Roca Guanillo, a very conspicuous rock of reddishash color, consisting of two pinnacles, lies about 0.8 mile N of

Punta Guanillo and about 0.2 mile offshore.

4.33 A small village, practically abandoned, is situated E of Punta

Guanillo. There is a small pier and telephone service to Taltal.

4.33 Punta Grande (25°06'S., 70°30'W.) appears high and

rounded when viewed from the SW. It terminates in a low steep

bluff, on which are several hummocks. The point is surrounded

by rocks and breakers to about 0.8 mile offshore.

4.33 Bahia Nuestra Senora recedes about 4 miles E between Punta Grande and Punta Taltal, about 16 miles S. Rocks and reefs,

which extend about 0.5 mile offshore, are scattered along the

shores of the bay. Punta Taltal, the S entrance point, is low and

has two conspicuous knobs on it. Islote de Afuera, with a rock

close N of it, lies on a reef which extends about 0.2 mile N

from the point.

4.33 Caution.—Caution should be exercised when rounding Punta Taltal, as the current sets toward Islote de Afuera and tide

rips are experienced for about 1.3 miles N of the point. Breakers have been observed as much as 0.8 mile from the point during a strong wind. An unconfirmed depth of about 12.8m was

reported about 5 miles NNW of Punta Taltal.

4.33 Caleta Oliva is a small exposed cove about 10 miles SSE of

Punta Grande. Anchorage can be taken, in 40 to 48m, with a

large wooden anchor on a hill near the beach bearing 099°.

Closer in, the bottom is rocky, and many anchors have been

lost here.

4.33 Cerro Perales, 1,084m high, rises about 5 miles E of Punta

Taltal. The hill is conspicuous because of its brighter color than

other hills in the vicinity.

Taltal (25°24'S., 70°29'W.)

World Port Index No. 14650

4.34 Taltal occupies a bight which recedes about 1 mile S

between Punta Taltal and Punta Hueso Parado, about 2 miles E.

The harbor of Taltal consists of Puerto Taltal and Caleta Ossa,

a cove on the E side of Puerto Taltal. The port was important

for the export of nitrates and metals, but is now reported to be

largely a fishing port.

4.34 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is protected from the prevailing SW winds by Punta Taltal. It is open to winds between

W and N, but these seldom blow with sufficient force to interfere with vessels at anchor. However, Chilean authorities have

reported that winds have occasionally reached velocities able

to cause damage to vessels at anchor. Occasional heavy swells

set into the harbor from October through December and may

interrupt work at the anchorage.

4.34 Fogs are rare, but may occur during the months from August

to December.

4.34 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 0.6m, while

the spring rise is 0.9m.

4.34 Within Puerto Taltal, there are currents which vary in rate

and direction, making the mooring of ships difficult at times.

4.34 Depths—Limitations.—An anchorage berth for the working of nitrates is situated about 0.3 mile offshore, in a depth of

18m.

4.34 A tanker anchorage berth, with two mooring buoys, is situated in Caleta Ossa in depths of 14.7m.

4.34 A government wharf, 22m long at its head, can accommodate a vessel with a maximum draft of 6m at high water.

4.34 Aspect.—A conspicuous white hill, 285m high, lies about 1

mile S of Punta Taltal.

4.34 The two N of a group of three conspicuous hills lie between

0.8 and 1 mile S of Punta Hueso Parado. The N hill is 56m

high, conical, and surmounted by a red water tank. The second

hill, about 0.1 mile SW of the above hill, is 31m high, while the

third and S has a religious statue on its summit.

4.34 A 134m hill, nearly 1.5 miles S of Punta Hueso Parado, has

some slag heaps on its W side which are black and visible at a

considerable distance. There are white patches on points, about

1 mile and 1.3 miles SE of Punta Taltal. A conspicuous billboard is situated on a hill about 1.8 miles SE of Punta Taltal.

4.34 A conspicuous white church spire is situated in the town a

little over 1 mile SSW of Punta Hueso Parado. A red brick

chimney stands about 0.5 mile SSE of the same point.

4.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is only required for vessels proceeding

to the oil terminal. The port has no official pilot station. Vessels

calling at the port should send their ETA at least 24 hours in

advance through Valparaiso radio. The pilot is supplied from

Antofagasta. The harbormaster’s office may be contacted on

2182 kHz or VHF channel 16. Entry into the port at night is unsafe.

4.34 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is reported about 0.3 mile

N of the government wharf, in depths of 20 to 26m, sand. 

4.34 Caution.—Numerous lighters, not lighted and hard to identify by radar, are moored along the shores of the port.

Taltal to Chanaral

4.35 Bahia Isla Blanca recedes about 3 miles SE between

Punta Taltal and Punta San Pedro, about 9 miles SW. The

shores of the bay are rocky and there are no anchorages. A

number of white islets lie off a steep, prominent point on the

SE side of the bay. Reefs extend about 0.5 mile from the SE

side of the bay.

4.35 Punta San Pedro (25°30'S., 70°38'W.) is steep and has a

conspicuous high, round hummock a short distance inland.

Reefs extend about 0.5 mile from the N side of the point. The

W side of the point has rocks which extend about 0.3 mile offshore.

4.35 Punta Tortolas, about 3 miles SSW of Punta San Pedro, has

the appearance of an island, but is joined to the shore by a low

shingle spit. The summit of Punta Tortolas is steep and has several sharp peaks on it. Close N of the point is a narrow cove

where vessels load copper ore. The anchorage in the cove of-
76 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

fers a depth of 11m.

4.35 Bahia Lavata (25°39'S., 70°40'W.) recedes about 1.5 miles

SE between Punta Artigas and Punta Lavata, about 3.3 miles

SW. Punta Molina, about 2 miles S of Punta Artigas, divides

the bay into two coves. Caleta Cifuncho, the N of these coves,

is further divided by Punta Garcia into two inlets, the N of

which is of no consequence. The S inlet recedes about 0.6 mile

SE between Punta Garcia and Punta Molina. A rock lies on the

SW side of Caleta Cifuncho, about 0.2 mile E of Punta Molina.

4.35 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.5 mile ENE

of Punta Molina, in 21.9m, sand.

4.35 Caleta de Afuera, the southernmost of the coves in Bahia

Lavata, recedes about 0.3 mile SE between Punta Molina and

Punta Lavata. Roca Silva, with less than 1.8m over it, lies

about midway between these points and about 0.1 mile offshore. A shoal extends about 0.1 mile from the E side of Punta

Lavata.

4.36 Punta Lavata is cliffy and has rocks projecting from

its base. The highest part of the point has several steep summits

which are furrowed by ravines.

4.36 Bahia Ballenita recedes about 0.8 mile SE between a point

about 5 miles S of Punta Lavata and Punta Ballenita, about 2

miles SW. The shores of the bay are generally rocky and unprotected. The hills surrounding the bay present a rugged barren appearance.

4.36 Punta Ballenita (25°47'S., 70°44'W.), the SW entrance

point of Bahia Ballenita, is nearly 46m high. Islote Tope Blanco, which has a white summit, lies about 1 mile W of the point.

The channel between the island and the point has been reported

to possess irregular depths, and is not recommended for navigation. A vessel reported striking a rock in a position about 0.5

mile N of Islote Tope Blanco. The position of the rock is

doubtful.

4.36 Caution.—In addition to the general current, a coastal current has been observed between Punta Ballenita and Punta

Morro. This current sets NE at a velocity of 1.5 knots. Because

of this current, vessels should exercise caution and keep well

seaward of Punta Ballenita.

4.36 Punta Ballena lies about 4.5 miles S of Punta Ballenita. Numerous small rocky islets lie close off the point.

4.37 Caleta Esmeralda (25°55'S., 70°42'W.) can be recognized by high hills behind it, one of which is 627m high. Islotes Fernandez Vial, between about 0.3 and 0.6 mile offshore,

are also useful in recognizing the cove. The cove is visited by

small coastal vessels.

4.37 Islotes Fernandez Vial have rocks and reefs which extend

about 0.1 mile from their N sides, and rocks lie about the same

distance NW of the N extremity of the W islet. Rocas Aldea

consist of three rocks which lie about 0.1 mile offshore, nearly

1 mile N of the W islet. Small above-water rocks lie about 0.2

mile WSW and NW of the S entrance point of the cove. A

shoal, with 7.8 to 9.1m, lies about 0.1 mile NE of the latter

rock. The cove is lined with reefs and kelp which extend up to

0.1 mile offshore in places.

4.37 Depths of 27.4 to 29.3m in the center of the entrance of

Caleta Esmeralda decrease gradually toward the shore. The

passage between Islotes Fernandez Vial and the mainland,

though deep, is narrowed by reefs and of use only to small vessels in good weather. A pier is situated in the cove. Several

buildings are situated close E of the pier.

4.37 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile N of the

E end of the E islet, in 25m, sand and mud. 

4.37 Punta Carrizalillo lies about 9 miles SSE of Caleta Esmeralda. The coast between these points is generally low and rugged, but is backed a short distance inland by a chain of high

hills. Rocks lie up to 0.5 mile offshore between the points.

4.37

4.38 Isla Pan de Azucar (26°09'S., 70°41'W.), about 6

miles S of Punta Carrizalillo, lies with its E extremity about 0.5

mile offshore. The island appears light brown and whitish in

color. There are two peaks on the island, with the highest near

the center. Above-water rocks extend nearly 0.5 mile NW from

the island. The outermost and highest rock is 4.9m high, and

lies nearly 2 miles offshore. An islet lies about 0.3 mile S of Isla Pan de Azucar.

4.38 When coming from the S, one should not confuse the two

peaks on Isla Pan de Azucar with two similarly-shaped hills on

the mainland. These lie a short distance inland and S of the island. The hills are higher and more rounded than those on the

island.

4.38 Caution.—A current, which ordinarily sets N at a velocity

of 0.3 knot, has been observed in the vicinity of Isla Pan de

Azucar. Strong winds increase the velocity of the current considerably. The current tends to set vessels toward the coast.

With continued NW winds, the current is stopped and sometimes flows S.

4.39 Puerto Pan de Azucar is situated between Isla Pan de

Azucar and the mainland to the E. Punta Rodriguez, about 1.3

miles ENE of the N extremity of Isla Pan de Azucar, is a

jagged peak 76m high. The point divides Puerto Pan de Azucar

into two coves, Caleta Norte which lies N and E of the point,

and Caleta Sur which lies S of the point, between Isla Pan de

Azucar and the mainland. About 1.5 miles SE of Punta Rodriguez, there is a white patch which is conspicuous from the N.

The patch forms a good landmark as it is more easily identified

than Isla Pan de Azucar.

4.39 The channel leading to Caleta Sur from the S, between Isla

Pan de Azucar and the mainland, has depths of 11.9 to 13.7m,

but is narrowed by shoals on either side to a width of about 0.1

mile.

4.39 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Norte,

about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Rodriguez and about 0.3 mile offshore, in 25.6m, sand. A strong offshore breeze blows in this

cove for about 3 hours after sunrise, and vessels must use sufficient chain to prevent dragging to seaward. Anchorage may be

taken in Caleta Sur, a little over 0.3 mile N of the E extremity

of Isla Pan de Azucar, in 21.9 to 37m, sand. The depths increase rapidly N of this position. This anchorage is more protected than that in Caleta Norte.

4.39 Cabo Falso Pan de Azucar lies about 3 miles S of Punta Rodriguez. The point is hilly and moderately high. An islet lies

close off its NW extremity. Caleta Playa Blanca, N of the point,

provides some shelter from N winds, but is open to S winds.

4.39 Punta Achurra (26°18'S., 70°41'W.), about 6 miles S of Cabo Falso de Azucar, is low and rounded. A short distance inland there is a sandy plain on which are some conspicuous

hills, the highest of which is 184m high. Farther E is a range of
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 77

Pub. 125

hills from 186 to 433m high, the summits of some being covered with bushes. The W and S sides of Punta Achurra are

fringed with above and below-water rocks, and vessels should

remain at least 0.5 mile off the point. A light is shown from

Punta Achurra.

Chanaral (26°21'S., 70°39'W.)

World Port Index No. 14640

4.40 Chanaral occupies the SE end of a bay, which recedes

nearly 2 miles E between Punta Achurra and Punta Bryson,

about 3.5 miles SSE. Caleta Barquito lies on the S side of the

bay and is an important adjunct to the port of Chanaral. The

town of Chanaral is situated on the SE shore of the bay. The

port of Chanaral, along with Caleta Barquito, is important for

the shipment of copper and ores.

4.40 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds blow from the S

and SW and are quite strong, particularly during January and

February. Storms from the W and NW may occur during May

and June, and may interrupt all work in the harbor for short periods. Easterly winds, which generally blow at night, create a

moderately-heavy sea in the bay.

4.40 Fogs are most frequent during the months from April to August, but may occur in other months also.

4.40 Tides—Currents.—When easterly winds off the land are

blowing, a current is created which sets W along the S shore of

the bay.

4.40 The mean tidal rise is 0.7m, while the spring rise is 1.1m.

4.40 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the bay are moderate. There are depths of 33 to 37m in the entrance of the bay,

which decrease gradually toward the shore. The 10m curve lies

about 0.2 mile off the E shore of the bay and up to 0.1 mile off

the S and SE shores. Vessels with a draft exceeding 7.6m are

advised not to enter within the 20m curve in the bay without a

pilot, as depths of 8.2m have been found in places.

4.40 Rocas Simpson extend about 0.3 mile WNW from Punta

Bryson, the S entrance point of the bay. The outermost rock has

a depth of 6m over it. Rocks with less depths, one of which is

awash, lie between the outermost danger and the shore. Rocks,

with depths of 5.2 and 5.5m, lie 0.1 mile ENE and E, respectively, of Punta Bryson, both about 0.1 mile offshore. Vessels

approaching the bay should give Punta Bryson a wide berth.

4.40 Rocks, with a least depth of 3.9m, lie off Punta Piedra Blanca in a position about 0.5 mile NE of the head of the pier in

Caleta Barquito.

4.40 The washings from a copper mine, discharged into the side

of the bay, are mostly deposited in the SE corner and has

caused considerable seaward extension of the coastline, with

shoaling within about 0.8 mile of the shore.

4.40 Large vessels anchor or moor, and cargo is worked by barges. A Naval pier extends from the shore about midway between

Punta Piedra Negra and Punta Piedra Blanca. A second pier, reported to be in a poor state of repair, lies about 150m further

WSW. A pier in Caleta Barquito extends from the shore nearly

0.2 mile ESE of Punta Bryson, and is used by small craft. A

submarine pipeline extends about 0.2 mile N from the head of

the pier in Caleta Barquito.

4.40 Muelle Punta Piedra Blanca, a T-headed pier, extends 38m

NNW from the headland; the width of the head is 6m. Copper

ore and concentrates are loaded at a rate of 1,000 tons per hour

through a fixed chute, necessitating warping to position successive hatches beneath the chute. The pier is also used for discharging general cargo. Vessels up to 200m long may berth at

this pier. 

4.40 Vessels can be berthed alongside the face of the pier using

seven mooring buoys, a shore line, and the starboard anchor.

Care must be taken that the ship’s bow does not swing on to the

4m rocky shoal which lies 91m SW of the head of the pier.

Vessels are loaded one hatch at a time from a conveyor that extends from the shore.

4.40 Generally, vessels up to 240m in length, 30m beam, and

12.5m draft can be accommodated. It was reported that vessels

up to 69,900 dwt, 260m in length, and 36m beam had been

handled.

4.40 It was reported that at the oil terminal in Caleta Barquito vessels are limited to 250m in length, 20m maximum draft, and

moored to three buoys.

4.40 Aspect.—The bay is large and exposed. A sandy beach, 2.8

miles long and on which the surf beats continuously, forms the

head of the bay. On the S side of the bay, hills rise abruptly

from the sea forming an excellent shelter from S winds. On the

N side of the bay the hills, which are also steep, lie farther from

the shore. The appearance of the land is barren. A broad valley

runs inland with steep hills on either side, their lower slopes

and hollows being covered with sand.

4.40 Isla Pan de Azucar is the most conspicuous landmark for

vessels approaching from northward. The white patch on Punta

Rodriguez is also a useful mark.

4.40 Several oil tanks stand on Punta Bryson. A conical mountain

a little over 0.5 mile S of Punta Bryson rises to a height of

369m and is conspicuous from the N.

4.40 A power station, with several tall chimneys, is situated in

Caleta Barquito and is a good mark for recognizing the bay.

4.40 Punta Piedra Blanca, about 0.8 mile ENE of Punta Bryson, is

whitish and has yellow rocks and hills above it. The ore loading pier at Punta Piedra Blanca is conspicuous. Punta Piedra

Negra, nearly 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Piedra Blanca, is composed of black rocks which rise to a height of 33m. The contrast between these two points is remarkable. A prominent

circular concrete tank surmounts Punta Piedra Negra.

4.40 Mogote Rayado, about 0.2 mile S of Punta Piedra Negra, is a

dark rock about 52m high which shows up well against the

sandy slopes behind it. A prominent white stripe runs down the

face of the hummock.

4.40 The gateway of the cemetery, about 0.5 mile NNE of the

town, consists of two buildings surmounted by crosses and is

prominent. A radio tower is situated about 1.5 miles NE of

Punta Piedra Blanca and another, which is occasionally lit,

stands 0.8 mile SE of Punta Piedra Blanca.

4.40 Lights are shown from the ends of the ore loading pier and

the small craft pier. Two sets of range lights mark the anchorage off Caleta Barquito. The first pair stand about 0.2 mile S of

Punta Piedra Blanca and are in line bearing 110°. The second

pair is situated about 0.2 mile SSW of Punta Bryson, and are in

line bearing 200°.

4.40 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and a pilot is available.

Berthing is only possible between 0700 and 1800, but the pilot

can be obtained at other times upon the authorization of the

port captain. The pilot boards about 1.1 miles NW of the light
78 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

at the head of Muelle Mecanizado Santa Fe. Vessels should

send their ETA 24 hours and 12 hours in advance and confirm

3 hours in advance. The port can be contacted by VHF channel

9, 14, or 16.

4.40 Anchorage.—Ships can anchor, in depths of 14 to 15m, with

the head of the pier that extends from the shore about midway

between Punta Piedra Negra and Punta Piedra Blanca bearing

145°, distance about 0.5 mile. The holding ground is good, but

the anchorage is open to winds between the WSW and NW.

For vessels carrying explosives, the anchorage is 0.8 mile

WNW of Punta Piedra Negra, or as directed by the Port Captain.

4.40 The recommended anchorage in Caleta Barquito for deep

draft vessels is 1 mile NNW of Punta Bryson, in a depth of

31m; smaller vessels anchor between 0.5 and 0.7 mile N of

Punta Piedra Blanca.

4.40 Caution.—When approaching the mooring buoys, caution is

advised due to shoal water lying near them.

4.40 Vessels should moor on a WSW heading in order to keep

head on to the swell.

Chanaral to Caldera

4.41 Punta Las Animas (26°23'S., 70°42'W.) is low and

rocky. A reef extends about 0.5 mile NW from the point. Cerro

Tronador, about 3 miles SE of Punta Las Animas, is 632m

high. Bahia Las Animas lies N of Punta Las Animas. Anchorage may be taken near the center of the bay about 0.5 mile offshore, in 12.8m, but the holding ground is poor and the

anchorage is exposed to the prevailing wind and sea. The N entrance point of Bahia Las Animas consists of a rock and a

round hill, which rises directly from the water’s edge. The

sides and top of the hill are lined with conspicuous black

stripes.

4.41 Punta Infieles, about 2 miles S of Punta Las Animas, is

backed by hills which rise to over 400m. Punta Salado lies

about 5 miles S of Punta Infieles. Rocky islets lie close off all

sides of the point. Punta Flamenco lies about 1.5 miles S of

Punta Salado and is backed by hills which rise from the shore

to a height of 225m. Two islets lie close off the point.

4.41 Puerto Flamenco recedes a little over 1 mile E between Punta Roca Baja, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Flamenco and Punta

Patch, about 2 miles farther S. Punta Roca Baja is low and

rocky with a detached hill rising from the low ground close inland. This point is surrounded on its W, S, and SE sides by an

extensive reef, with numerous rocks which lie nearly 0.2 mile

offshore. Punta Patch is dark and rugged. It is backed E and SE

by five or six low hills, which rise directly from the shore. Two

small groups of rocky islets lie close off the W and N sides of

the point. At the head of Puerto Flamenco the land is low and a

deep valley trends E between two ranges of rugged hills. The

hills are covered with sand from their bases to about halfway

up their sides. There is a settlement of about 60 houses on the

SE side of the bay.

4.41 Except in its S part, Puerto Flamenco is not well-sounded.

There are depths of 27.4m about 0.4 mile from the shore, decreasing toward the S. Depths of 5.5 to 9.1m are found close

off the S shore. Rocks lie up to 0.1 mile offshore along the SE

side of Puerto Flamenco. Anchorage may be taken about 0.5

mile E of Punta Patch, in depths of 12 to 14m, sand. The anchorage is protected from S winds by Punta Patch and from N

winds by Punta Roca Baja. Puerto Flamenco is primarily a

fishing harbor, but is visited by coastal vessels and occasionally by larger vessels which call here to load ore.

4.42 Punta Flamenquito (26°36'S., 70°42'W.) is low,

rocky, and surrounded by several islets which lie within 0.5

mile offshore. Several low hills back the point. Punta Salinas,

about 2 miles SSW of Punta Flamenquito, has a rounded appearance, but is rather rocky. Cerro Obispo rises about 2 miles

SE of Punta Salinas. The W side of the mountain extends nearly to the point.

4.42 Punta Obispo lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Salinas. A

rock, with less than 10m, lies close N of the point. Caleta Obispo, NE of Punta Obispo, is exposed and not recommended,

even for small vessels. Islote Blanco, close off a point about 1

mile SW of Punta Obispo, is a good landmark. Caleta Obispito

recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta Obispito, about 2

miles S of Punta Obispo, and a point about 2 miles SW. The

rocks forming the S entrance point of the cove are remarkable

for their blackness. Roca Blanca lies close offshore, about 0.5

mile SW of the S entrance point of the cove. The shore of the

cove is generally low and rocky, and is fringed with reefs

which extend about 0.3 mile offshore.

4.42 There is apparently no danger in entering Caleta Obispito,

but the cove is quite open to the SW and a heavy sea sets in

with the ordinary coastal wind. The best anchorage appears to

be in the NE part of the cove, in 16.5m, sand, with a prominent

house bearing between 102° and 113°.

4.42 A reef lies about 1 mile W of Punta Zenteno (26°49'S.,

70°48'W.). The reef extends about 1 mile N and S, and consists

of numerous submerged rocks over which the sea breaks violently whenever there is a heavy swell. Caleta Zenteno, S of

Punta Zenteno, affords good anchorage, in 25.6m, sand. The

anchorage is well-protected from the prevailing SW winds.

4.42 Punta Totoralillo, about 2 miles SW of Punta Zenteno, consists of a narrow peninsula which extends about 0.8 mile W

from the general trend of the coast. Three small islets lie within

0.5 mile N of the point. A submerged rock lies just N of the

largest of these islets. Bahia de Totoralillo recedes about 1 mile

E between Punta Totoralillo and Punta Cabeza de Vaca, about

1.5 miles SSW. A sandy beach lies at the head of the bay.

4.43 Punta Cabeza de Vaca (26°53'S., 70°50'W.), one of

the most salient points along this part of the coast, has two

small hummocks near its extremity. East of the hummocks, the

land is low for some distance, then it rises to several low hills

which form the W extremity of a chain of coastal hills.

4.43 Caution.—Two vessels, one of which has a draft of 3m,

have reported striking a rock about 3 miles W of Punta Cabeza

de Vaca. The rock is charted on the latest Chilean chart about 3

miles WSW of the point, however, the position is doubtful.

Several surveys of the area have failed to find this danger.

4.43 Punta Frodden, about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Cabeza de Vaca, is steep and rocky, and is fronted by several islets. The point

is backed by hills of moderate height. Bajo Nef, with 6.4m over

it, lies about 1.5 miles SW of Punta Frodden and about 1 mile

offshore.

4.43 Caleta Mora (27°00'S., 70°49'W.), NE of Islotes Ramadas,

provides anchorage, in 13.7m, about 0.3 mile offshore. It is
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 79

Pub. 125

sheltered from SW winds. Roca Pulpo, with 7.9m of water over

it, lies about 1.3 miles WSW of Islote Ramadas. The sea breaks

over Roca Pulpo in bad weather.

4.43 Punta Francisco (27°02'S., 70°50'W.) is the N entrance

point of Puerto Caldera. Islets and rocks extend up to 0.2 mile

NW and 0.2 mile SW from the point. Roca Chango, with 7m

over it, lies about 0.5 mile W of Punta Francisco and is a danger in the immediate approach to Puerto Caldera. In heavy

weather the sea breaks on this rock. There is a 14.5m stony

patch, 0.3 mile WSW of Roca Chango.

4.43 Punta Caldera (27°03'S., 70°52'W.) is the S entrance point

of Puerto Caldera. The point is low and located at the W end of

a small peninsula. Islote Centinela Blanco and Islote Centinela

Negro are islets which stand on a reef extending up to 0.3 mile

W of the point. A light is shown from Punta Caldera.

Caldera (Puerto Caldera) (27°03'S., 70°50'W.)

World Port Index No. 14630

4.44 Caldera lies at the S end of a bight, which recedes a

little over 1.5 miles SE between Punta Francisco and Punta

Caldera, about 1.8 miles SSW. The town of Caldera is situated

on the S shore of Puerto Caldera. The port is important for the

shipment of ore and copper.

4.44 Winds—Weather.—The bay is protected from the prevailing SW winds. Strong N winds sometimes send a heavy swell

into Puerto Caldera, particularly in the S part of the harbor. The

port is situated at the N limit of these winds; they are seldom of

sufficient force to interrupt work here.

4.44 The climate is very mild and there is no rain. Fogs are infrequent, and usually disappear by noon.

4.44 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 0.6m, while

the spring rise is 0.9m. Strong currents setting S into Puerto

Caldera occur when there are strong N winds. A strong current

was reported setting NE across the entrance of the bay.

4.44 Depths—Limitations.—The ore pier, which extends 0.1

mile from the SW side of the bay, is 10m wide at its head. Two

concrete dolphins are situated on either side of the pier head, to

which ships make fast. Ships up to 270m in length, with a maximum draft of 12.5m, berth port side-to using the starboard anchor.

4.44 Punta Caleta is located 1.2 miles SE of Punta Caldera, is

steep-to, and is surmounted by some conspicuous monuments.

4.44 Muelle Punta Caleta lies 300m NW of Punta Caleta. It has a

berthing face 100m long and is 17m wide; its constructed of

concrete on steel piers. There are two roadways 4.6m wide and

70m long, giving access to the berth from the shore. The berth

has good fendering and five mooring buoys in the vicinity. Vessels with a maximum draft of 11m may use the berth. Leading

lights, in line bearing 225°, lead to the berth. 

4.44 Muelle Fiscal, used for general cargo discharge, lighters, and

small craft berthing is situated 1.5 miles SW of the light on

Punta Caldera. The pier extends 223m NW from a rocky point.

The pier has a usable length of 108m and will accept a vessel

with a maximum draft of 6.7m. A short small craft pier projects

from the coast close W of it.

4.44 A multi-point oil mooring, with a depth of 10m, is situated in

a cove about 1.3 miles NE of the ore pier, to which vessels secure in daylight only. Tankers, with a maximum length of

200m and a maximum draft of 12m, can be accommodated. It

is capable of handling vessels of 35,000 grt.

4.44 A wharf, with a berthing face of 90m and four dolphins, is

situated at Punta Padrones, about 0.6 mile E of Punta Caldera.

Ships with a maximum draft of 10.4m can be accommodated.

4.44 Muelle Mecanizado, reported out of service, is a T-shaped

jetty 100m in length, with an alongside depth of 12.5m.

4.44 Aspect.—Most of the shore of the bay is covered with loose

sand, with the exception of a few rocky points. The head of the

bay is low, but the hills rise a short distance inland. The ranges

become higher as they recede from the coast. Cerro Agudo is a

prominent sharp-topped hill, which lies about 3.8 miles E of

Punta Francisco. The sides of the hill are covered with sand

and there are two lower peaks near it. A conspicuous white

tank is situated close to the root of the ore pier. A prominent

white house stands about 795m WSW of the pier head; a

church stands about 0.8 mile SE of the pier head. 

4.44 A radio mast, with high intensity obstruction lights, stands

about 1 mile SE of the ore pier head. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at the mast.

4.44 A set of range beacons leads to the oil berth at the NE side of

the bay. A light is shown close S of the beacons and several

tanks stand close NNE of them.

4.44 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the waiting area, best seen on the chart. Vessels should send their ETA

24 hours and 12 hours in advance. Tankers should include the

amount of cargo to be discharged in the message. The port can

be contacted on VHF channel 16.

4.44 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in any convenient depth in

Puerto Caldera. Large vessels may find anchorage with the

head of the ore pier bearing 220°, 0.6 mile distant, in a depth of

20.1m, sand. Vessels in quarantine and those carrying explosives anchor in the NE side of the bay. 

4.44 The local authorities suggest that vessels intending to remain

anchored for some time stream a kedge anchor, or secure the

vessel’s stern to a mooring buoy on a N heading, to bring the

vessel bows on to a N or NW wind and accompanying swell.

4.44 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly is reported to exist in

the bay.

4.45 Puerto Calderilla (27°05'S., 70°52'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14635), a subsidiary port of Caldera, is situated in

Caleta Calderilla, about 2 miles S of Punta Caldera Light. The

bay recedes about 1 mile SE between Punta Zorro and Punta

Caldereta, about 0.4 mile SW. Rocks which extend up to 0.1

mile from each of these points narrow the entrance of the cove

to about 0.3 mile. A beacon is situated on Punta Zorro and a

light is shown from Punta Caldereta. Islotes Jorge are a group

of small rocky islets located about 0.5 mile SW of Punta Caldereta.

4.45 The E and S shores of the cove are bordered by shallow water and dangers, which lie up to 0.3 mile offshore. Peninsula

Ester, formerly Islote Ester, is connected to shore by a causeway and lies about 0.2 mile offshore in the S part of the cove.

4.45 An ore terminal is situated on the NE side of Peninsula Ester,

where a vessel with a maximum length of 230m and a draft of

14m can be accommodated. Ships make fast to seven mooring

buoys.

4.45 A pontoon pier, used for the production of fish meal, lies 0.5

mile NE of Peninsula Ester.
80 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

4.45 Two white, triangular beacons, situated at the SE end of the

bay, lead through the entrance into the bay. A conspicuous tank

stands on the W side of Peninsula Ester.

4.45 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels bound for the

port must first call at Caldera to obtain clearance and a pilot.

4.45 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in 13.7 to 18.3m,

sand, about 0.2 mile NE of the ore terminal. Small vessels can

proceed further SE, but should not pass S of a line joining Peninsula Ester and Punta Este.

Puerto Calderilla to Huasco

4.46 Bahia Inglesa (27°07'S., 70°54'W.), 2 miles SW of

Caleta Calderilla, is deep throughout. Because it is exposed to

N winds and the holding ground is poor, Bahia Inglesa is of no

use to navigation. Extensive shellfish cultivation areas lie within the bay.

4.46 Punta Morro (27°06'S., 70°57'W.), the S entrance point of

Bahia Inglesa, is rocky, steep, and has conspicuous white

patches on its S side. It is the N end of a chain of mountains

which extends SE from the point. Punta Morro is reported to

give a good radar return. Morro Copiapo lies about 1 mile S of

Punta Morro. It is nearly level at the top and has two small

hummocks near its E extremity. The E side is very steep. Morro Copiapo can be seen 30 to 35 miles in clear weather.

4.46 Punta Medio (27°10'S., 71°00'W.), about 4.3 miles SSW of

Punta Morro, is a small tongue of land, the SW side of which is

furrowed by two prominent ravines. Several rocks and islets lie

close off the point. Punta Huber lies about 2.3 miles SSE of

Punta Medio, and is steep and rocky.

4.46 Caleta Turenne recedes about 0.5 mile E between Punta Totoral, about 2 miles SSE of Punta Huber, and Punta Vial, about

3 miles S of Punta Huber. The cove is easily entered and affords good anchorage inside the line joining the entrance

points, in 14.6m, sand. This anchorage is protected from the

prevailing winds.

4.46 Isla Grande lies with its W side nearly 1 mile W of Punta Vial. The island is very conspicuous, having a small nipple at

each extremity; the one at the NE end being the larger. An islet

lies at the extremity of a reef which extends about 0.2 mile NE

from the NE end of Isla Grande. The channel between Isla

Grande and Punta Vial is about 0.5 mile wide, deep, and clear

of dangers. A heavy swell sets through the channel, and it is

not recommended for any vessel.

4.47 Bahia Copiapo (27°19'S., 70°59'W.), formerly an ore

shipping port, is no longer used as such because of the poor anchorage and landing facilities. The shore of the bay has an extensive sandy beach near its central part with rocky sections at

is N and S ends.

4.47 Roca Janequeo, with less than 1.8m over it, lies about 4

miles NNW of Punta Dallas, the S entrance point of Bahia Copiapo, and is the N of a group of reefs which front the bay. Bajo

Cumming, with rocks awash, lies about 1 mile WNW of Punta

Dallas and is the S of these reefs. Roca Anacachi, about midway between the two above rocks, has less than 1.8m of water

over it and, lying about 3.3 miles offshore, is the outermost of

these dangers. Between Roca Janequeo and Bajo Cumming are

a number of detached reefs with general depths of 0.9 to 1.8m.

An above-water rock lies about 2.5 miles NW of Punta Dallas.

The sea breaks violently over these reefs whenever a heavy

swell sets in.

4.47 Anchorage.—Anchorage in the bay is unprotected and generally bad. A long scope of chain should always be used, and as

rollers often set in with little warning, it is prudent to drop another anchor. The holding ground is poor, consisting mainly of hard

yellow sand with occasional patches of yellow sandstone.

4.47 The anchorage for small vessels is inshore, close N of Punta

Copiapo, in a depth of about 9m, sand.

4.47 Landing on any part of the shore of the bay is difficult and

dangerous.

4.47 Punta Dallas (27°23'S., 70°59'W.) is composed of black

rock with a hummock on its W extremity. When seen from S, it

appears as an island. Eastward of the point the land rises to a

range of low sandy hills with rocky summits.

4.48 Caleta Barranquillas (27°31'S., 70°54'W.) recedes a

little over 0.3 mile S between Punta Dominguez and Punta Barranquillas, about 0.4 mile WSW. Punta Barranquillas is steep

and rocky. Cerro Doble Pico, about 1.3 miles ESE of the point,

shows a double point when viewed from S. Shallow water and

rocks extend from 91 to 274m from the shore.

4.48 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken about midway between the entrance points, in 12m. Small vessels can anchor

about 0.3 mile E of Punta Barranquillas, in 8m. The bottom is

rocky in both anchorages, and neither anchorage is very secure.

Strong winds send a heavy sea into the cove.

4.48 Punta Salado, about 4 miles S of Punta Barranquilla, is rocky

and steep. A group of islets, the largest named Isla Ruky, extends up to 0.8 mile SW from the point. Sandy hills extend SE,

then SW from Punta Salado, and back the shore of Bahia Salado.

4.48 The coast, for 3 miles S of Isla Ruky, is foul, and there are

depths of 8.9m and 11m, about 2.5 and 3 miles SW of the islet.

4.48 Bahia Salado recedes about 3 miles SE between Punta Salado and Punta Cachos, about 7.5 miles SW. The shores of the

cove are generally fringed with rocks, most of which are above

water. There are several coves and inlets in the bay.

4.49 Caleta del Medio (27°41'S., 70°57'W.) recedes nearly 0.5 mile S, between Punta Bell and Punta Weevil, a little

over 1 mile farther E. A shoal, with a depth of 10.4m, lies 0.6

mile NNW of Punta Weevil. Close within the head of the cove

there are sandy slopes with some outcrops of rocks. Small vessels can anchor about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Bell, in 18.3 to

21.9m. Caleta del Medio is protected from SW winds. The

cove is exposed to N winds and vessels are advised not to anchor here during such times. There is a small iron pier on the N

side of Punta Slade, on the W side of Caleta del Medio.

4.49 Caleta Chascos, E of Punta Cachos, is shallow and foul.

There is a depth of only 5.5m about 1 mile from the head of the

cove, and the shores are fronted by above and below-water

rocks. Two above-water rocks lie off the E entrance point of

Caleta Chascos.

4.50 Punta Cachos (27°40'S., 71°02'W.), the SW entrance

point of Bahia Salado, has an islet and some rocks off its W

side. Isla Cima Cuadrada lies close offshore, about 1.5 miles S

of Punta Cachos. A square-topped hill stands near the center of

the islet. Vessels should give this islet a berth of at least 0.5
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 81

Pub. 125

mile.

4.50 Caleta Pajonal, about 4 miles S of Punta Cachos, is a little

over 0.5 mile wide at the entrance and recedes nearly 0.8 mile

SE. Isla Cima Cuadrada, described above, is a useful landmark

for recognizing the cove from the N. Punta Pena Blanca, described below, is a good landmark for recognizing the cove

from the S. A range of hills, backed by others of greater height,

rises directly from the N side of the cove. In a valley, about 1

mile from the cove, there is a range of small very steep hills

which rise from the low ground.

4.50 Shoal water extends from the head of the cove for a distance

of about 0.2 mile. Two small above-water rocks, with breakers

close NW of them, lie about 0.1 mile W of the S entrance point

of the cove. Dangerous submerged rocks lie about 0.8 mile SW

of the same point. The sea breaks over these rocks whenever

there is a heavy swell.

4.50 Small vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Pajonal, about

0.3 mile E of the S entrance point, in 9.1m, fine sand. The anchorage is well-protected from S winds.

4.50 Punta Pena Blanca (27°46'S., 71°05'W.) is rocky. A hill,

with a small knoll at its W end, lies close E of the point. Rocks

fringe the point to a distance of about 0.5 mile. Roca Pena

Blanca, close NW of the point, is above-water and conspicuous. South of Punta Pena Blanca are low coastal hills which are

covered with yellow sand, except near their summits where

there are outcrops of rock.

4.50 Caleta Totoral Bajo, about 4 miles SSW of Punta Pena Blanca, lies at the foot of a valley in which there is a settlement. The

cove is deep, but heavy seas are common here. Coastal vessels

call here occasionally for ore.

4.50 Punta Totoral, about 2 miles SW of Caleta Totoral Bajo, is

low and rocky.

4.50 Caleta Matamoros, about 2.5 miles S of Punta Totoral, is

well-protected from S winds, but it is open to N winds. The

shores of the cove are generally low, but backed a short distance inland by a high range of hills, some of which attain a

height of 747m.

4.50 Anchorage.—Vessels of moderate size can take anchorage

off the S entrance point of the cove, in 13.7 to 18.3m. Care

must be taken not to anchor too close to the shore in depths less

than 13.7m, as the bottom is rocky at these depths. North winds

send a heavy swell throughout the cove.

4.50 Puerto de Carrizal lies about 11 miles S of Caleta Matamoros. The coast between is high and steep. Most of the points

along this stretch of coast are fringed by rocks which lie up to

0.1 mile offshore. A high, rocky, point projects from the coast

about 0.8 mile S of Caleta Matamoros. A small cove, about 1

mile S of this point, is sheltered from S winds and can accommodate a small vessel. A similar cove lies about 1.5 miles farther S. The S entrance point of the latter cove is high and has a

rounded hummock on it. Several steep hills rise E of the point.

4.51 Puerto Carrizal Bajo (28°04'S., 71°10'W.) (World

Port Index No. 14620) lies between Isla Carrizal and a point

nearly 0.5 mile NE. It is well-protected from the prevailing

winds by Isla Carrizal. During N winds, a rough sea enters the

port. Fogs occur usually only during the winter season. Puerto

Carrizal Bajo is a small port for the shipment of iron ore. The

port is little used because of the lack of trade. An old wharf, of

rails and slag, has a depth of 2.4m alongside and can be used as

a landing. A government-owned fisherman’s wharf was built in

1998 immediately to the NE of Escoria Point. The wharf has a

length of 57m and a width of 7m. The depth alongside is 3m.

4.51 There are depths of 11 to 20.1m in the outer part of the harbor N of the entrance. Depths decrease gradually S toward the

head of the harbor. There are depths of 7 to 7.9m in the center

of the harbor abreast the N end of Isla Carrizal. The E and S

shores of the harbor are fringed with shallow water and rocks

to distances of 0.1 to 0.2 mile offshore. Shallow water extends

up to 0.3 mile N from the S shore of the harbor.

4.51 A rock, with a depth of about 4.1m, has been reported a little

over 0.3 mile NNW of the NW extremity of Isla Carrizal. Roca

Arequipa, with 11m over it, lies about 0.3 mile N of Isla Carrizal. A 9.6m patch is charted nearly 0.3 mile NNE of the island. Submerged rocks lie up to 0.1 mile N of Isla Carrizal.

Roca Conquest, with less than 1.8m over it, lies about 128m

ENE of the NW extremity of Isla Carrizal.

4.51 Isla Carrizal is nearly round and about 6m high. It lies about

27m N of Punta Escoria, on the W side of the harbor. The island

and the point are connected by an isthmus of sand, shingle, and

mine waste. An islet, fringed by reefs, lies about 0.1 mile W of

Punta Escoria. Punta Barruel lies nearly 0.8 mile NNE of Isla

Carrizal. An islet lying close off this point has reefs off its W and

S sides. These reefs lie up to 119m off the point.

4.51 The harbor can be divided into two parts. The outer harbor

lies N of Isla Carrizal. The inner harbor recedes nearly 0.5 mile

SSE between Isla Carrizal and a point on the mainland about

0.3 mile E. A church and warehouse near the wharf are prominent. Numerous fishing craft are found in the vicinity of the

harbor. Local knowledge is required.

4.51 Anchorage.—The best anchorage for large vessels is a little

over 0.3 mile NNE of Isla Carrizal, in 11.9 to 15.5m, sand.

4.51 Ships of deep draft should moor and unmoor at high water.

Ships drawing more than 9.1m should not use the berth due to

the proximity of the above-described 9.6m shoal.

4.51 Small vessels may take anchorage about 0.2 mile ENE of Isla Carrizal, in 7.3 to 9.1m, sand.

4.52 Caleta Herradura de Carrizal (28°06'S., 71°11'W.)

recedes about 0.5 mile E between a point about 1.3 miles SW

of Punta Escoria and Punta Herradura, about 0.5 mile SW. A

deep valley, which extends inland from the head of the cove

and separates two high ranges of mountains, is a good landmark for recognizing the cove. The range to the S of the valley

has a hummock on its summit, it is the higher of the two ranges, and can be seen distinctly both from the N and S.

4.52 Islita Herradura lies about 0.2 mile S of the NE entrance

point of the cove. Low rocks extend 0.2 mile NW from Punta

Herradura, and to a vessel approaching from S they appear to

extend across the entrance of the cove. Rocas Baja, two rocks

with less than 1.8m over them, lie about 0.2 and 0.3 mile NW

of Punta Herradura. A rocky shoal lies about 0.5 mile SW of

Punta Herradura and about 0.3 mile offshore.

4.52 The entrance of Caleta Herradura de Carrizal, between the

rocks which extend NW from Punta Herradura and Islita Herradura, is about 0.3 mile wide. Depths of 13.7 to 35m in the entrance decrease gradually toward the head of the cove. The

head of the cove is bordered by shallow water which extends

from 91 to 274m offshore.

4.52 Anchorage.—Large vessels may take anchorage in Caleta
82 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

Herradura de Carrizal, about 0.2 mile S of the W end of Islita

Herradura, in 18.3m. Small vessels can anchor about 0.3 mile

SE of the E end of Islita Herradura, in 7.3m, fine sand. This latter anchorage is too narrow for large vessels. The anchorages

are protected from N and S winds, but N winds send a swell into the cove.

4.53 Punta Molle (28°11'S., 71°11'W.) is low and rocky.

Above and below-water rocks, the outer rock of which is high

and detached from the others, extend 0.8 mile W from the

point.

4.53 Punta Lobos, a conspicuous point about 7 miles S of Punta

Molle, is rugged and has several hummocks on it. A short distance E of the point there are two low hills, and within them the

land rises steeply to a height of about 305m. Punta Lobos is

surrounded by submerged rocks.

4.53 A rocky shoal, which breaks, lies 2.5 miles SE of Punta Lobos and 0.8 mile offshore.

4.53 Cabo Norte, about 5 miles S of Punta Lobos, is low and

rocky. Punta Negra, low and rocky, lies about 2 miles S of Cabo Norte. A beach extends about 3 miles SSW from Punta

Negra. The Rio Huasco enters the sea through this beach; the

river is subject to heavy freshets, but the water is kept low by

numerous irrigation channels.

Huasco (28°28'S., 71°15'W.)

World Port Index No. 14610

4.54 Huasco, along with the neighboring terminals of Santa Barbara and Guacolda, lies at the SE end of a bight which recedes nearly 1.5 miles SE between Punta Negra and Peninsula

Guacolda, about 4 miles SW. The town of Huasco is situated

on the SE shore of the bight.

4.54 Winds—Weather.—The climate is mild with moderate temperatures and very occasional rains. Prevailing winds are SW,

strong in summer, and there can be swells at any time. Fog is

unusual. Generally, storms from the sea occur during the winter months of May through August, particularly at fall and the

change of the moon, but they may also be experienced during

the summer.

4.54 Depths—Limitations.—The Santa Barbara terminal is presently out of service (1992). It was used for loading ore, but has

been out of operation for several years.

4.54 The Guacolda Terminal complex is located on the W side of

the bay. Guacolda Terminal I is 183m long and can accommodate vessels with a maximum length of 240m and a maximum

draft of 13.5m. This terminal is used for coal and oil. Guacolda

Terminal II is 200m in length and can accommodate vessels of

315m length overall and draft of 22m. It is used for the loading

of ores in bulk.

4.54 Aspect.—Peninsula Guacolda, dark in color, is connected to

the mainland by a low causeway. Islotes Los Puentes, whitish

in color and up to 26m in height, extend NW from the SW side

of the peninsula. Rocks and breakers lie between these islets.

Islote Blanco is the outermost of Islotes Los Puentes, lying

about 1 mile WNW of the peninsula.

4.54 Punta Larga, 1.5 miles E of Peninsula Guacolda, is low,

wide, and rocky. The shore in the vicinity of the point is covered with stones out of which project masses of craggy rocks.

Islote Cayo, 3m high, is the outermost islet N of Punta Larga,

lying 0.3 mile N of the point. A patch, with a least depth of

9.5m, lies about 0.4 mile SW of Islote Cayo.

4.54 Cordon el Espinazo is a chain of rugged hills which rises a

little over 0.5 mile SE of Peninsula Guacolda and extends inland. These hills are prominent from the W and S. A power

plant is situated on the slopes and is conspicuous. Tetas de

Huasco lie about 1.8 miles ESE of Peninsula Guacolda. An anchor painted on their NW side is visible at a considerable distance. Cerro Colorado rises to an elevation of 268m, about 0.3

mile S of Tetas de Huasco.

4.54 Cerro Huasco, 576m high and the highest mountain in this

area, lies about 3.5 miles SE of the town. Los Picachos Negros

consist of three conspicuous peaks, the highest being 71m

high, lying close SE of the town. A prominent tank stands 0.3

mile SW of Santa Barbara Terminal. A conspicuous tank, 49m

high, is situated near the center of the peninsula, and a prominent loading tower stands at the Santa Barbara Terminal.

4.54 Lights are shown from Peninsula Guacolda and Islote Cayo.

Islote Cayo Light is exhibited from a GRP tower, 3m high.

Aeronautical obstruction lights are shown from a prominent radio mast standing on Cordon el Espinazo, about 0.8 mile SSE

of the peninsula.

4.54 Several ranges are situated throughout the port and serve as

leads to the piers or anchorage transits; they may best be seen

on the chart.

4.54 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels for both terminals. Pilots board about 0.7 mile NE of Peninsula Guacolda

Light. The port is equipped with radiotelephone. Huasco Port

Radio, VHF channel 16, is used. The vessel’s ETA message

should be sent via Valparaiso radio and arrangements made for

agents to be kept fully informed. Vessels should contact the pilot 2 hours before arrival.

4.54 To assist in berthing and unberthing, the use of a tug with a

minimum of 2,500 hp is available.

4.54 Anchorage.—Large vessels may take anchorage about 0.3

mile NNE of Islote Cayo, in 23.8 to 25.6m. Small vessels can

anchor, in 11.9 to 12.8m, sand, about 0.2 mile E of Islote Cayo.

4.54 The bay is generally deep with a good holding ground of

sand. Shelter from SW winds is afforded vessels here, but the

bay is exposed to N winds which may be experienced in winter.

In the center of the bay there is good holding ground with a

depth of 60m.

4.54 Vessels awaiting the pilot or berth may anchor a little over

0.5 mile E of Peninsula Guacolda, in 51 to 59m, mud.

Huasco to Coquimbo

4.55 Punta Mariposa (28°29'S., 71°16'W.), with islets lying up to 0.2 mile off it, lies about 0.8 mile SW of Peninsula

Guacolda. There are a number of hummocks on the point. The

land S of Punta Mariposa, as far as Punta Alcalde, consists of

bare rocky mountains which rise abruptly from a stony slope to

a height of nearly 610m. An iron ore installation is situated in

Caleta Garcia, a cove lying about 0.8 mile SE of Punta Mariposa. The lights on the installation can be seen for over 20

miles. Punta Huasco Sur, about 1.5 miles SSW of Punta Mariposa, is low and is marked by a light.

4.55 Punta Alcalde (28°34'S., 71°20'W.) projects about 2.8 miles

W from the general trend of the coast and terminates in a small
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 83

Pub. 125

promontory. The point is the W end of a chain of mountains

and is conspicuous. Foul ground extends up to 1 mile NW

through N to NE from the point.

4.55 Caution.—A line of breakers has been reported to exist up

to 1.8 miles off the coast between a position 2.3 miles SE of

Punta Alcalde, to a position 2 miles NW of the S headland defining Caleta Playa Tontado. Vessels are advised to give the area a wide berth.

4.55 Caleta Playa Tontado, about 4 miles SSE of Punta Alcalde,

has a sandy beach at its head. The land rises gradually E from

the head of the cove and consists of sand with several rocky

outcrops. One of these is a sharp pinnacle, higher than the rest

and conspicuous.

4.56 Caleta Pena Blanca (28°42'S., 71°22'W.) lies about

7.5 miles S of Punta Alcalde. The shores of the cove are generally low. Hills close E of the cove have sandy sides and rocky

summits. To a vessel approaching from the W, Caleta Pena

Blanca appears as a small bay with a sandy beach.

4.56 Depths of 25.6 to 27.4m, about 0.3 mile N of the head of

Caleta Pena Blanca, decrease gradually toward the shore. The

E and S shores of the cove are bordered by shallow water and

rocks to a distance of nearly 0.1 mile. A rock, 0.9m high, lies

on the E side of the cove a little over 0.3 mile ENE of the W

entrance point. A rock, 1.5m high, lies on the SE side of the

cove about 0.3 mile E of the W entrance point.

4.56 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Pena

Blanca, about 0.1 mile ENE of the W entrance to the cove, in

18.3m. It is advisable to use two anchors, keeping the vessel on

a W heading.

4.56 Punta Mogote Negro (28°45'S., 71°23'W.), about 4 miles

SW of Caleta Pena Blanca, is low and rocky. Rocks lie up to

0.3 mile off the point. This point is the W end of a high range

of hills, among which there is a sharp, prominent, black peak.

Punta Honda lies about 2.8 miles SW of Punta Mogote Negro.

4.56 Bahia Quebrada Honda recedes about 0.8 mile SE between

Punta Honda and Punta Islote, about 2 miles SW. The bay affords some shelter from S winds. Quebrada Honda, a deep ravine, extends inland from the SE corner of the bay. Anchorage

may be taken about 0.3 mile off the mouth of the ravine, in

14.6 to 21.9m. Caleta Sarco del Sur, at which there is a village

and a copper smelter, lies at the inner part of Bahia Quebrada

Honda.

4.57 Punta Islote (28°50'S., 71°27'W.) is low and rocky. A

small conical islet, 7.9m high and with a black summit, lies

close off the point. A small bluff, about 10 to 15.2m high and

composed of rocks of a yellowish-white color, rises close E of

Punta Islote.

4.57 Bahia Sarco lies between Punta Islote and Punta Baja, about

2.5 miles SW. The bay is open to the N, but is comparatively

well-sheltered from S winds which may blow with some force

from May to September. Two prominent sandy beaches, each

of which lies at the foot of a ravine, are on the SW shore of Bahia Sarco. The NE shore of the bay is formed by a number of

smooth rocks which are interspersed by sandy beaches.

4.57 Cabo Bascunan (28°51'S., 71°30'W.), about 3.5 miles SW

of Punta Islote, is radar prominent. The land rises gradually E

of the point and forms a chain of low hills 0.5 mile E of the

point. A chain of higher hills rises a little farther E. A rocky islet, surrounded by foul ground, lies about 0.2 mile W of Cabo

Bascunan. About 0.5 mile S of the cape is a submerged rock

which lies about 0.2 mile offshore.

4.57 Caution.—The waters S of Cabo Bascunan are reported to

contain shoal patches which break, lying up to 1 mile off the

coast.

4.57 A rock is reported to lie about 2.5 miles SW of Cabo Bascunan. The rock is reported to lie under a cover of seaweed, but

the existence of the rock is uncertain.

4.57 Punta Pajaros, about 4 miles SSW of Cabo Bascunan, is low

and rocky. Cabo Leones, about 5 miles S of Punta Pajaros, extends about 1 mile SW from the general trend of the coast. The

point is low, yet somewhat prominent, and is the most salient

projection on this part of the coast. Rocks extend more than 0.5

mile from all sides of Cabo Leones, and the cape should be

given a wide berth.

4.57 Punta Gorda, about 3.5 miles SSE of Cabo Leones, is low,

steep, and backed to the E by several low hills. Rocks lie up to

1 mile W and N of the point.

4.58 Isla Chanaral (29°02'S., 71°36'W.), about 4 miles W

of Punta Gorda, is almost flat except at its S end where there is a

hill, 158m high, which is surmounted by a hillock. Rocks extend

about 0.5 mile S from the island and about the same distance

from the NW side of the island. Islotes Azocar consist of two islets which lie about 0.2 mile W of the SW end of Isla Chanaral.

A cove on the N side of the island has an anchorage for small

vessels close off its entrance. The cove can be identified by a

flight of wooden steps, 60m high, from which a track leads to the

light tower. There is a derrick near the steps. A smaller cove,

Caleta Buena Pesca, lies close W of the above cove.

4.58 A light is shown from Isla Chanaral; the island is reported to

be radar prominent.

4.58 Caution.—Isla Chanaral is reported to lie about 1 mile NE

of its charted position. Caleta Chanaral, Ensenada Gaviota, and

the adjacent coast, described below, are reported to lie about

1.8 miles E of their charted positions.

4.58 Caleta Chanaral recedes nearly 0.5 mile SE between an unnamed point 1.5 miles SE of Punta Gorda and Punta Sur, nearly 1 mile SW of the unnamed point. The land around the cove

is low with ridges of low hills rising from the points. The tops

of the ridges are rugged and rocky, and the land is sandy and

barren. A range of high hills lies several miles E of the cove.

4.58 Caleta Chanaral is well protected from N and S winds, but a

heavy swell sometimes sets into the cove from the SW.

4.58 The N headland has rocks extending up to 0.1 mile S, and

0.2 mile W of it. The S headland is rock-fringed for a distance

of 0.3 mile W, while 0.4 mile WNW of it exist breakers. The

coast of the cove is fringed by rocks and foul patches up to 0.1

mile off its E shore, and 0.2 mile off its S shore. Depths of 23

to 25m in the outer part of the cove decrease to 9.1 to 11m,

about 0.1 mile offshore.

4.58 Ensenada Gaviota (29°05'S., 71°31'W.) recedes about 1

mile SE between Punta Sur and Punta Rancagua, nearly 1.5

miles SW. Submerged rocks lie up to 0.1 mile off the E shore

of the inlet, and above-water rocks lie up to 0.1 mile off the S

shore of the inlet. Both entrance points of the inlet are low and

rocky. Punta Rancagua is surrounded on all sides by foul water
84 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

to a distance of 0.3 mile. Heavy swells set into the inlet.

4.58 Depths of 13.7 to 28.7m in the outer part of the inlet decrease gradually toward the head of Ensenada Gaviota.

4.58 Small vessels load ore at a small pier situated on the SE

shore of the inlet. There is a depth of 1.5m at the pier.

4.58 Anchorage.—Small vessels may take anchorage in the inlet

about 0.5 mile ENE of the N extremity of Punta Rancagua, in

about 20m, sand. Care must be taken to avoid dangers which

extend 0.3 mile NW and N from this point. 

4.59 Bahia Carrizal (29°06'S., 71°29'W.) recedes about 2

miles E between Punta Rancagua and Cabo Carrizal, about 3.5

miles S. Cabo Carrizal is low and rocky with a remarkable round

summit on it. The point is backed by high land. Bahia Carrizal is

not suitable for vessels. Rocks and reefs fringe the shore of the

bay at about 0.5 mile off. Rocks extend about 1 mile from the SE

shore of the bay and about 1.5 miles S from Punta Rancagua. A

rock, awash, lies in the middle of the entrance to the bay.

4.59 Caleta Apolillado recedes about 0.5 mile E between a point

about 0.8 mile SE of Cabo Carrizal and Punta Zorros, nearly 1

mile SSW. Punta Zorros is low and rocky. A rock, awash, lies

about 55m W of Carrizal. Depths of 18.3 to 21.9m in the outer

part of the cove decrease gradually toward the shore, but caution is advised as the E shore of the bay is reported to be silting. The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile NNE of Punta

Zorros, in 18.3m, sand. The anchorage cannot be recommended as it is completely open to the W and affords little shelter

from the N or S. A constant swell prevails in the cove, and the

sea breaks on the beach.

4.59 Roca Beta and Roca Lambda are two low, rocky islets which

lie about 0.8 mile WSW and a little over 0.5 mile SW, respectively, of Punta Zorros. A small above-water rock lies about

midway between these two rocks. The passage between Roca

Lambda and the shore has not been carefully examined, but it

is foul. A wreck lies about midway between Roca Lambda and

the shore.

4.60 Bahia Choros (29°13'S., 71°30'W.) lies between

Punta Zorros and Cabo Choros, about 5 miles SSE. Isla Damas, Isla Choros, and Isla Gaviota, which lie W and SW of Cabo

Choros, protect the bay.

4.60 Isla Damas, the smallest and N of these islands, lies with its

NW extremity nearly 3.5 miles SSW of Punta Zorros and is radar prominent. Three hills; Morro Norte, 46m high, Pico Singular, and Morro Sur, 31m high, lie on the N, central, and S

parts of the island, respectively. A small peninsula extends

about 0.2 mile W from about the center of the island. A light is

shown from the N extremity of the island.

4.60 The W shores of Isla Damas are generally rocky and fronted

by breakers. Caleta Lynch is a well-sheltered cove near the

center of the E side of the island. A reef, on which stands conspicuous Roca Cutter, extends about 0.3 mile S from the S extremity of the island. Rocas Falso Cutter, two high rocks, lie at

the outer end of a reef which extends about 0.2 mile E from the

E side of the island and forms the S limits of Caleta Lynch.

4.60 Paso Damas, about 0.8 mile wide, separates Isla Damas from

Isla Choros to the S. Roca Beta, above water, lies nearly in

mid-channel, about 0.5 mile W of the peninsula which extends

W from Isla Damas. A rocky patch of 9.1 to 10.1m lies in

about the center of this channel, about 0.5 mile S of the S extremity of Isla Damas. Because of these two dangers and the

shallow water which extends S from Isla Damas and NE from

Isla Choros, Paso Damas is not recommended.

4.61 Isla Choros (29°16'S., 71°33'W.) largest of the three

islands fronting Bahia Choros, lies farther S and W than either

of the other two. Isla Choros is hilly, irregular in outline, and

rises to a height of 110m. The shores are cliffy and rugged;

there is no anchorage. The SW end of the island resembles a

castle.

4.61 A pyramidal rock lies off the S end of Isla Choros. This rock

should be given a berth of at least 0.5 mile to avoid the reef

which extends S from it. Roca Alfa, 1.8m high, lies about 0.4

mile S of the S end of Isla Choros and is the outermost of the

dangers extending S from the island. Roca Gamma, 0.9m high,

lies a little over 0.5 mile WNW of the S end of the island, and

is the outermost of the dangers off the W side of the island.

Dangers surround Isla Choros on all sides to a maximum distance of about 0.2 mile.

4.61 Paso Choros is about 2.5 miles wide between Isla Choros

and Isla Gaviota to the E. This channel is deep and clear, but a

wide berth must be given Isla Gaviota to avoid the reef extending SW from it.

4.61 Isla Gaviota lies with its NE end about 0.2 mile SW of Punta

Bernard, a point a little over 0.5 mile NW of Cabo Choros. The

SW end of the island lies a little over 1.5 miles SW of Cabo

Choros. The island is low, and rises gradually from its E side

toward its SW end, where it attains a height of 37m.

4.61 Isla Gaviota is surrounded on all sides by above and belowwater rocks which lie as much as 0.3 mile offshore. Roca Chata

lies on the outer edge of shoal water that extends about 0.3

mile E from the E point of the island. Roca Saliente lies about

0.2 mile S of the S end of the island. Shoal depths have been

reported to lie about 1 mile SW of the S end of Isla Gaviota.

4.61 Passage should not be attempted between Isla Gaviota and

the mainland. There are numerous submerged rocks in this passage.

4.61 The prevailing current in Bahia Choros sets N at velocities of

0.5 to 2 knots. The current sets toward the dangers which extend S from Isla Damas. Rollers, common on the coast farther

N, are experienced here.

4.61 Anchorage.—Surgidero Norte, situated N of Isla Gaviota, is

suitable for large vessels. It is sheltered from S winds by Isla

Gaviota. The sea, which enters through Paso Choros, is not

heavy enough to be dangerous. The best berth is about 0.5 mile

NNW of the N extremity of Isla Gaviota, in 12.8m, sand.

4.61 Caleta Lynch, on the E side of Isla Damas, is the best anchorage in Bahia Choros, being well-protected from W winds

and suitable for large vessels. Anchorage can be taken about

0.2 mile offshore, in 14.6 to 16.5m, sand. Rocas Falso Cutter,

mentioned above, should be given a berth of at least 0.2 mile.

4.62 Cabo Choros (29°15'S., 71°28'W.) is rocky and

about 31m high. Numerous submerged dangers lie off the cape.

Arrecife Toro lies about 6.5 miles SSW of Cabo Choros, and

about 9 miles W of Punta Mar Brava. The reef consists of several above-water rocks and a submerged rock over which the

sea breaks. The breakers are nearly always visible.

4.62 Playa Choros, a sandy beach on which there is always a

heavy surf, extends about 9 miles SE from Cabo Choros. Punta
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 85

Pub. 125

Mar Brava, at the SE end of Playa Choros, is low and rocky

with submerged rocks close off it. Near the point is a large

white patch of sand which is prominent from the W.

4.62 Punta Chungungo, low and rocky, lies about 2.5 miles S of

Punta Mar Brava, the coast between being low and rocky. A remarkable saddle-topped hill, with a hummock in the middle,

rises close E of Punta Chungungo. When seen from the S, the

hill appears as the N end of a high range that extends from E of

Caleta Totoralillo and is from 610 to 914m high.

4.62 Isla Chungungo, about 1 mile SW of Punta Chungungo, is

low and rocky. Submerged rocks lie off the N side of the island,

and there is foul ground between the island and the point.

4.62 Punta Barrancones (29°25'S., 71°21'W.) is steep and rocky.

An islet and rocks lie within 91m of the point. Caleta Tinajas

recedes a little over 0.5 mile NE between Punta Barrancones,

and Punta Tinajas, about 1 mile SE. Punta Tinajas is fronted by

islets and rocks, is steep and rocky, and rises to a hill 33m high.

4.62 There are depths of 11 to 23.8m in the outer and central parts

of Caleta Tinajas. Above and below-water rocks line the entire

shore of the cove and lie up to 0.1 mile offshore. Good anchorage can be taken in the cove by small vessels, about 0.4 mile

NNW of Punta Tinajas, in 20.1m, sand.

4.62 Punta Medamtos lies about 1.3 miles S of Punta Tinajas. A

28m hill, close E of the point, is surmounted by a beacon,

which consists of a concrete monolith. Punta Mostacilla lies

nearly 0.8 mile SW of Punta Medamtos. Foul ground extends

about 183m W and about 46m N from the point. A light is

shown from the point.

4.63 Cruz Grande (29°27'S., 71°20'W.) lies on the S shore

of Caleta Cruz Grande, which recedes a little over 0.5 mile SE between Punta Medamtos and Punta Mostacilla. A breakwater,

about 92m long, extends E from a position about 0.1 mile SE of

Punta Mostacilla. The harbor can be divided into two anchorages;

the outer anchorage ENE of Punta Mostacilla, and the inner anchorage for tankers. A basin, about 220m long and 70m wide, is

situated about 0.3 mile SE of Punta Mostacilla. Tankers anchor or

moor to buoys. Vessels discharge cargo at anchor.

4.63 Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail in all seasons.

A N breeze sometimes occurs in the early morning.

4.63 Morning fogs are most frequent from March to November,

lasting almost to midday. Most days, low clouds cover the hills,

completely obscuring the valleys.

4.63 Depths—Limitations.—Depths of 33 to 42m in the entrance decrease gradually toward the head of the cove. There

are depths of 21.9 to 23.8m at the anchorage. There is a least

depth of about 8.8m at the tanker berth. Foul ground extends

about 0.1 mile N and W of Punta Mostacilla.

4.63 Aspect.—The most conspicuous objects in Caleta Cruz

Grande are the disused chimney of a power station, 0.6 mile E

of Punta Mostacilla, and three silver tanks situated 0.1 to 0.2 W

of the chimney.

4.63 A depth of 6.1m was reported (1992) about 7.5 miles W of

Punta Mostacilla. 

4.63 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards about

0.5 mile W of the entrance. Pilots should be requested from

Coquimbo 7 days in advance.

4.63 Anchorage.—The best anchorage during SW winds is under

Punta Mostacilla, where the shore is steep-to. A vessel can anchor, in 32.9 to 40.2m about 0.3 mile W of Punta Medamtos.

During NW winds vessels should anchor about 0.3 mile ENE

of Punta Mostacilla, in 21.9 to 23.8m.

4.63 Vessels should not anchor in the inner part of the cove during

winter, as during this time the sea breaks violently in this area.

4.63 The explosives anchorage lies about 0.8 mile SSW of Punta

Tinajas.

4.63 Note.—It was reported that the harbor basin was out of service and the port closed.

4.63 Caution.—Magnetic disturbances have been observed in

Caleta Cruz Grande. These are ascribed to the proximity of

masses of iron ore.

4.64 Caleta Temblador (29°28'S., 71°20'W.) and Caleta

Totoralillo are two coves which recede nearly 1 mile SE between Punta Mostacilla and Punta Totoralillo, about 1.8 miles

SSW. Punta Totoralillo is steep and the land rises abruptly,

forming a conspicuous hill, 112m high. On the shore of Caleta

Totoralillo is a pile of slag which stands out conspicuously

from the white sand.

4.64 Los Farallones (29°28'S., 71°21'W.) consist of a group of

islets and rocks which extends nearly 0.8 mile N from Punta

Totoralillo. The largest islet, about 0.2 mile N of Punta Totoralillo, is 33.5m high. The N islet is 10.9m high, and the S islet is

14.6m high.

4.64 An above-water rock lies about 43m N of Punta Totoralillo,

and a rock with 2.4m over it lies about 50m E of the above-water rock.

4.64 Isla Tilgo lies about 3 miles S of Punta Totoralitto and about

0.1 mile offshore. Except from a short distance off it, the island

appears to be a projecting point.

4.64 Bajo Zoraida, a shoal with two rocky heads, lies about 0.3

mile NE of the N islet of the Los Farallones. The N rock has

about 3.9m of water over it and the S rock has about 3.1m over

it. Roca Valentine, existence doubtful, is charted as having less

than 1.8m over it in a position about 0.5 mile NE of the N islet

of Los Farallones.

4.64 There are depths of 11 to 20m in the outer part of Caleta Totoralillo.

4.64 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the entrance of the

cove, about 0.3 mile E of the summit of the largest of the Los

Farallones, in 16.5m. Farther E, the bottom is very rocky, and

vessels are liable to lose their anchors. Inside the 10m curve the

depths are very irregular, particularly in the S part of the cove.

4.64 Islotes Pajaros (29°35'S., 71°33'W.), about 10 miles W of

Isla Tilgo, are two islets which are steep and rocky, 30 to 46m

high, and completely devoid of vegetation. They are separated

by a channel about 1.3 miles wide. Reefs extend about 0.5 mile

W and SE from the N islet. A reef, on which the sea breaks, extends about 1 mile SW from the S and largest islet. A light is

shown from the S islet.

4.64 Roca Negra (29°36'S., 71°19'W.), about 3.3 miles SSE of

Isla Tilgo, lies on foul ground about 91m offshore. An unnamed point E of Roca Negra forms the N entrance point of

Caleta Los Hornos.

4.64 Caleta Los Hornos recedes nearly 0.8 mile E between the

above unnamed point and Punta Blanca, about 1.8 miles S.

Roca Blanca, above-water and low, with submerged rocks

close W of it, lies about 91m W of Punta Blanca. Quebrada

Honda, a deep straight ravine extending inland from the S

shore of the cove, is a good mark for recognizing Caleta Los
86 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

Hornos. Foul ground, with rocks awash, extends about 0.1 mile

offshore near the center of the cove. A small pier, used by fishing craft, is situated at the mouth of Quebrada Honda.

4.64 Anchorage.—Vessels may take anchorage close to the S

shore of Caleta Los Hornos somewhat sheltered from S winds.

The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile off the S shore of the

cove, in 18.3m. Small vessels can anchor about 0.2 mile off the

S shore, in 11 to 14.6m.

4.64 Caution.—Severe magnetic disturbances have been reported

near the coast in this vicinity, particularly in the vicinity of

Caleta Los Hornos.

4.65 Punta Hornos (29°38'S., 71°20'W.) is high, steep,

and rocky. Cerro Juan Soldado, about 3.5 miles SE of Punta

Hornos, is conspicuous. The N side of this hill is steep, but its

S side descends gradually towards the SSW.

4.65 Caleta El Arrayan, about 3 miles S of Punta Hornos, affords

some shelter to small vessels from S winds. A rocky point

forms the S entrance point of the cove.

4.65 Punta Poroto (29°45'S., 71°22'W.) is low, steep, and rocky.

A rock, with about 2.3m over it, lies almost 0.5 mile S of the

point. The sea breaks over this rock when a strong wind is

blowing. A depth of 27.4m lies 2.25 miles SW of Punta Poroto.

Punta Falso Poroto is about 1 mile SSE, and similar in appearance to Punta Poroto. Three islets lie from 0.25 to 0.5 mile, respectively, SSE of Punta Falso Poroto. Cerros del Cobre rises

to a height of about 1,951m, about 2.5 miles NE of Punta Poroto.

4.65 Punta Teatinos, about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Poroto, is steep

and rocky. The land behind the point rises in ridges, which

gradually become higher as they recede from the coast. It is reported that the coast between Punta Poroto and Punta Teatinos

recedes farther E than is indicated on the charts.

Coquimbo (29°57'S., 71°21'W.)

World Port Index No. 14570

4.66 The port of Coquimbo occupies the S end of Bahia de

Coquimbo, which recedes nearly 3 miles E between Punta

Teatinos and Punta Tortuga about 7 miles S. The city of Coquimbo is situated on the SW shore of Bahia de Coquimbo.

The roadstead affords good shelter in all seasons. La Serena, an

important city, is situated about 1 mile inland and about 5 miles

NE of Coquimbo.

4.66 Winds—Weather.—Southerly and SW winds blow strongly

outside the bay during the greater part of the year, but they are

usually moderate inside the bay. Northwesterly winds occur

during the winter months, but are usually of short duration and

seldom blow with such force as to produce much sea. Easterly

winds off the land are extremely dangerous and occur on rare

occasions during the winter. Temperatures are moderate and

there is very little rain.

4.66 Fogs occur in Bahia de Coquimbo and are most frequent during the winter, when they may be very dense. 

4.66 Tides—Currents.—There are practically no tidal currents

in Bahia de Coquimbo, but in the vicinity of the Farallones de

Coquimbo the currents may attain velocities of 1.5 to 3 knots.

The tidal current sets NE with a rising tide and SW with a falling tide, the former being the stronger.

4.66 Tides rise about 1.2m at HW and 0.3m at LW, although tidal

differences of up to 4.6m have been reported (1991) between

mean low water and mean high water. 

4.66 Currents sometimes enter Bahia de Coquimbo from various

directions, causing ships at anchor to swing in diverse directions.

4.66 Depths—Limitations.—A quay, 378m long, is situated on

the E side of the peninsula. Generally, vessels of up to 180m in

length can be accommodated, with maximum acceptable drafts

of 9.5m at Berth No. 1 and 9.5m at Berth No. 2. It is reported

that vessels of up to 38,800 dwt and 200m in length, with drafts

of 10.0m, have been accommodated. This port also has good

cranes and storage area. Vessels awaiting berths should anchor

at the roadstead.

4.66 Vessels should expect small craft to be anchored N and S of

the pier area.

4.66 Aspect.—Punta Tortuga is the N extremity of Peninsula Coquimbo. The W side of the peninsula is high and steep, especially at N end.

4.66 Farallones de Coquimbo consist of two groups of rocky islets and submerged rocks lying NW of Peninsula Coquimbo,

which forms the SW side of Bahia de Coquimbo. Islotes Pajaros de Afuera, the outer group, lie with the largest islet, about

1 mile NW of Punta Tortuga. A rocky shoal patch, with a least

depth of 5.9m, lies 0.8 mile NNE of the largest islet.

4.66 Depths of 11.2m and 17.4m lie 2.5 miles and 4.5 miles NW,

respectively, of Islotes Pajaros de Afuera.

4.66 Islotes Pajaros Ninos lie about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Tortuga.

4.66 Rocas Pilcachos, consisting of three above-water rocks and a

rock with less than 1.8m over it, lie from 0.1 to 0.3 mile WSW

of Islotes Pajaros Ninos. The central and NW rock is 5.5m

high.

4.66 Paso de Afuera, the passage separating these two groups, is

about 0.4 mile wide, but is not recommended for vessels of any

kind. A wreck lies in this passage in a position about 0.7 mile

NNW of Punta Tortuga.

4.66 Paso Interior separates Rocas Pilcachos and Islotes Pajaros

Ninos from Peninsula de Coquimbo. The channel has a least

width of about 0.4 mile and is suitable for small vessels. There

are general depths of 28 to 42m in the channel, but a rock with

8.8m over it lies nearly in mid-channel about 0.7 mile WSW of

Punta Tortuga. An 11.9m patch lies 0.2 mile NNW of the same

point.

4.66 Roca Havannah, with 7.2m over it, lies about 0.5 mile ENE

of Punta Tortuga. Roca Dorsetshire, a pinnacle rock with less

than 2.8m over it, lies about 0.4 mile E of Punta Tortuga. Roca

Pelicanos, 4.9m high and white, lies close offshore and S of

Roca Dorsetshire.

4.66 Foul ground, consisting of the remains of a wreck with a

depth of 9.1m, lies about 0.1 mile NE of the N corner of the

quay. A dangerous sunken wreck, with 2.7m over it, lies about

0.5 mile SE of the N corner of the quay. Several above water

and sunken wrecks lie up to 0.5 mile S of the quay, and may

best be seen on the chart.

Coquimbo Home Page

http://www.puertocoquimbo.cl
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 87

Pub. 125

4.66 Peninsula de Coquimbo, with its rugged hills and ravines

and yellowish color, is prominent. Farallones de Coquimbo are

also good marks. A light is shown from Punta Tortuga. A radiobeacon is situated at the light structure. An unused lighthouse and the former lightkeeper’s house stand about 137m

SSE of the Punta Tortuga light structure and are conspicuous.

A prominent church stands 1.5 miles S of the point.

4.66 A conspicuous cross stands on Cerro La Cruz, a 151m hill a

little over 0.8 mile S of Punta Tortuga. There are lighted television towers in the vicinity of the cross. A conspicuous radio

mast stands on the S shore of the bay, about 2 miles SE of Punta Tortuga. A conspicuous clump of trees stands at a farm about

3 miles SE of Punta Tortuga. A conspicuous water tower with

obstruction lights is situated 3 miles SE of Punta Tortuga Light.

A cement factory, the lights of which are visible to vessels approaching Bahia de Coquimbo at night, is situated on the N

shore of the bay about 1.5 miles E of Punta Teatinos.

4.66 Five sets of range lights are exhibited from various positions

on the bay’s shores to assist vessels in entering, berthing, and

anchoring. In addition to a light, the ranges show a white diamond daymark with red diagonal stripes.

4.66 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in an area 1.1 miles NE of Punta Tortuga Light. Vessels should send

their ETA 24 hours in advance. The port may be contacted by

VHF channel 14 or 16 and radiotelephone. Pilots are available

for Guayacan.

4.66 Anchorage.—A good berth for large vessels during the winter months is about 1.3 miles E of the cross on Cerro La Cruz,

in 13.7m. Small vessels can anchor in the SW corner of the

bay, in 7.3 to 8.2m, sand and mud. The pilot assigns anchorage

berths. 

4.66 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which

are shown on the chart, lies off the quay.

4.66 When approaching the bay, vessels should guard against being set to the N by the prevailing swell, current, and wind,

which always come from the S.

4.66 When approaching the bay from S, vessels should stay 3

miles from land, altering course to the E when well clear of the

dangers N of Islotes Pajaros de Afuera.

Bahia Herradura de Guayacan

(29°58'S., 71°22'W.)

World Port Index No. 14560

4.67 Bahia Herradura de Guayacan recedes about 1.3 miles

SE. It is separated from Coquimbo by an isthmus, about 1 mile

wide, that connects Peninsula de Coquimbo with the mainland.

The villages of Aldea de Guayacan and Aldea de Herradura lie

at the NE and SW corners, respectively, of the bay.

4.67 The approach to Herradura Bay is a fishing zone, so caution

should be maintained during navigation into the port. 

4.67 The harbor in the bay consists of two anchorages and a large

pier for loading iron ore. There are several small piers on the S

and W sides of the bay. An oil terminal berth is situated on the

N side. The port is administered by Coquimbo.

4.67 Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail although NE

winds may be encountered in the early morning. Fog may be

encountered at this time during the summer months.

4.67 Tides—Currents.—A NNE current has been observed setting across the entrance of the bay.

4.67 Depths—Limitations.—There is one T-head pier 268m

from the shore, with a berth of 214m in length. Vessels up to

315m loa, 215,000 dwt, and maximum sailing draft of 16.2m

can be accommodated.

4.67 Loading is from an elevator which can travel a length of

119m along the pier, the boom extends from 14 to 24m from

the face of the pier.

4.67 There is an offshore oil berth near the N shore used for the

discharge of clean products and LPG. Vessels moor to two

stern buoys with ships head 225°. The depth of water in the area is 15.6m. 

4.67 Several small craft piers exist on the NE and S sides of the

bay, and are best seen on the chart.

4.67 Aspect.—Punta Miedo, steep and rocky, is located about 2.3

miles SW of Punta Tortuga Light. The bay is entered between

Punta Miedo and Punta Herradura, a little over 0.5 mile WSW.

It is about 0.4 mile wide at the entrance and broadens to over 1

mile inside. Depths of 42 to 66m in the entrance decrease gradually toward the shore. Islita Mews, a small islet, lies about 0.2

mile NW of Punta Miedo. Roca Knowsley, with a depth of

1.1m, lies about 0.1 mile offshore, about 0.4 mile SE of Punta

Miedo. Rocks, with less than 1.8m over them, lie between

Roca Knowsley and the shore.

4.67 At night, when making a landfall from W, the lights of Guayacan will be sighted before the lighted aids.

4.67 The bright lights at a fish factory situated close E of Punta

Miedo are conspicuous.

4.67 Cerro Alegre, a prominent hill, 38m high, stands about 0.5

mile E of Punta Miedo.

4.67 Lights are shown from Punta Herradura and Isleta Mews.

Several sets of ranges situated within the bay assist vessels in

entering and berthing.

4.67 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 200m loa

and over, and also for all foreign vessels. Vessels must anchor

in Coquimbo Bay to board the pilot, as the pilot will not board

outside Herradura Bay; VHF channel 16 and 2182 kHz are

used. The vessel’s ETA should be sent by radio 5 days, 96

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.

4.67 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of the

bay, leaving room for movements to and from the pier. The

holding ground is good. The anchorages are protected from all

winds, but strong NW winds send a heavy swell into the bay

which causes vessels to roll considerably. This occurs more often during the winter than at other times.

4.67 Caution.—Numerous fishing craft are found in the bay and

in the approaches.

4.67 Magnetic disturbances have been reported about 1 mile NW

of the bay entrance.

Bahia Herradura de Guayacan to Punta Lengua

de Vaca

4.67 Punta Saliente (30°01'S., 71°26'W.), about 4 miles SW of

the entrance to Bahia Herradura de Guayacan, is low and

rocky. The land behind the point rises gradually until it joins a

chain of high hills to the E. Foul ground surrounds the point,

particularly on its S side. Two submerged rocks, on which

breakers have been seen, lie about 0.3 mile off the point. Caution must be taken in foggy weather not to mistake Punta Sa-
88 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 

Pub. 125

liente for Punta Tortuga, on the NW side of Peninsula de

Coquimbo.

4.67 Punta Lagunillas (30°06'S., 74°24'W.), about 6 miles SSE

of Punta Saliente, is about 9.1m high and rugged. It rises gradually toward the interior and joins a chain of high hills to the E.

Many guano-covered stones lie on the point. From a distance,

Punta Lagunillas has the appearance of a ship under sail. Foul

ground surrounds the point to distances varying between 0.1

mile and 0.2 mile. Two drying rocks lie NW of the point, the

outer lying about 0.3 mile offshore.

4.67 Bahia Guanaquero recedes about 3 miles SE between Punta

Lagunillas and Punta Guanaquero, about 5 miles SW. The SW

shore of the bay is formed of large rocks and cliffs, except for a

small cove with a sandy beach at its head. The S and E shores

of the bay are sandy, except Punta Morrillos, 3.5 miles E of

Punta Guanaquero, which is formed of several small bluffs and

is of a dark color.

4.67 Cerro Guanaquero, with three peaks, lies about 3 miles S of

Punta Guanaquero. Cumbre Norte, 404m high, lies about 0.5

mile N of Cerro Guanaquero. Cerro Jotate, about 2 miles SSE

of Punta Morrillos, is 417m high. Hills of less elevation lie N

of Cerro Jotate.

4.67 The sea breaks violently on Playa de la Hacienda, the sandy

beach between Punta Lagunillas and Punta Morrillos. The sand

behind the beach shifts constantly and forms dunes of considerable size. Cerro La Parva, a low hill of yellow sand, lies

about 1.5 miles NNE of Punta Morrillos.

4.67 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the SW corner of

Bahia Guanaquero, in 20.1m, sand and mud. The anchorage is

well-sheltered against SW winds. Northwesterly winds are rare

and of little strength. Care must be taken to avoid a number of

marine farms situated in the SW part of the bay. 

4.68 Punta Guanaquero (30°10'S., 71°27'W.), the SW

entrance point of Bahia Guanaquero, is high and steep. The

point may be recognized by a hill, about 61m high, which rises

over its extremity and can be seen a long distance. A rocky

ledge, terminating in a high rock, extends about 0.2 mile NW

from the point.

4.68 A concrete tower stands about 0.2 mile SSE of the above

point.

Punta Barnes (30°12'S., 71°29'W.), about 2.5 miles SW of

Punta Guanaquero, is rocky and fronted by above and belowwater rocks to a distance of about 0.2 mile. Monte Barnes,

about 1 mile S of Punta Barnes, is steep, rounded, and rises to a

conical hillock.

4.68 Bahia Barnes recedes a little over 0.5 mile SE between a

point, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Barnes, and the N extremity

of Peninsula de Tongoy, about 1.5 miles SW. The bay has

depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, sand, and is sheltered from S and SW

winds. 

4.68 Peninsula de Tongoy extends nearly 1 mile W from the general trend of the coast and is steep and rocky. Nine rounded

hills, varying in height from 48 to 74m, stand on the peninsula.

The peninsula is joined to the coast by a low sandy isthmus and

appears as an island when seen from the N or W. Punta Errazuriz is the W extremity of Peninsula de Tongoy. Roca Cousino, with less than 3.2m over it, lies about 137m SW of Punta

Errazuriz. Roca Morgan, which covers at high water, lies 137m

WSW of the S extremity of the peninsula. A prominent white

house with a television mast stands on the highest summit of

the peninsula.

4.68 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 1.3 miles SE

of the peninsula.

4.69 Bahia Tongoy (30°16'S., 71°34'W.) lies between

Peninsula de Tongoy and Punta Lengua de Vaca, about 6.3

miles W. Puerto Aldea occupies the S part of the bay, and Puerto Tongoy occupies the E part of the bay, S of Peninsula de

Tongoy. Punta Lengua de Vacathe, the W entrance point of Bahia Tongoy, is described in paragraph 5.2.

4.69 The W shore of Bahia Tongoy, for a distance of about 2.5

miles SSE of Punta Lengua de Vaca, is rocky with low cliffs.

Then the coast trends about 2.3 miles farther SSE and is low

and stony. Islote Morro Grande, a small promontory, 14.9m

high, lies a little over 0.5 mile SE of Punta Lengua de Vaca.

Rocas Megal, a rocky outcrop 115m high and painted white, lie

about 1.8 miles S of Punta Lengua de Vaca. A conspicuous

beacon, consisting of a black iron cross, 7m high and surmounted by a black triangle, stands on the highest part of

Rocas Megal. A beacon (red framework, radar reflector; 3m in

height) is situated on the end of a small pier at Caleta Hornilla

(30°17.5'S., 71°37.2'W.). Two lighted beacons are shown in the

SW part of the bay and may be seen on the chart.

4.69 The S and E shores of Bahia Tongoy consist of sandy beaches, the E shore being backed by sand dunes 12.2 to 15.2m high.

Monte Notable, 3 miles S of Punta Errazuriz, is conspicuous.

Cerros Barrancos Blancos, two hills, lie a little over 1 mile

from the beach on the SE side of the bay; white patches on

these hills make good landmarks.

4.69 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Puerto Aldea, in

the SW part of Bahia Tongoy, about 1 mile off the S and W

shores of the bay, in 9 to 12m. Vessels may also anchor closer

inshore, in 8.2 to 11m. The bottom is of soft muddy sand in

some places, but in others it is hard.

4.69 During S winds, Puerto Aldea is calm, but a heavy sea sets in

with strong N winds.

4.69 Anchorage can be taken anywhere on the E and SE sides of

Bahia Tongoy, about 0.5 to 1 mile offshore, in 11 to 18.3m,

sand.

4.69 The best anchorage in Puerto Tongoy is about 0.4 mile S of

the S extremity of Peninsula de Tongoy in 12.8m. During N

winds, there is good anchorage for small vessels about 0.3 mile

SSE of the S extremity of the peninsula, in 7.3m, sand and clay.

4.69 With strong SW winds, anchorage in Puerto Tongoy becomes untenable. During such times, vessels can anchor in Bahia Barnes, N of Peninsula de Tongoy, which is well-protected

from S and SW winds.

4.69 Caution.—Abnormal magnetic variations have been reported in the vicinity of Bahia Tongoy. Cultivated shellfish beds are

situated in an area close SW of Peninsula de Tongoy.
89

Pub. 125

5. 

Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
91

Pub. 125

SECTOR 5 

CHILE—PUNTA LENGUA DE VACA TO CABO QUEDAL

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Punta

Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal (40°58'S., 73°58'W.). The sequence of the description is from N to S. 

General Remarks

5.1 A number of bays and bights indent the coast and numerous rivers empty from it. The coast is high and level with a

steep-to shore. It has few natural harbors with the exception of

Valparaiso and several minor ports. The ports are mostly roadstead anchorages off the cliffy shore. A mountain range, with

heights of up to almost 1,372m follows the general trend of the

coast from about 2 to almost 20 miles inland. The Chilean

Andes, with heights of up to about 7,620m, roughly parallel the

coast about 65 miles inland.

5.1 In general, the coast is steep-to, but above and below-water

dangers fringe many parts of the shore. Isolated soundings,

some of which are doubtful, are charted up to 30 miles off the

coast between the parallels of 35°10'S, and 36°25'S. These

depths, which vary between 13 and 29m, may best be seen on

the chart.

5.1 Archipelago de Juan Fernandez lies about 350 miles off this

coast and is described in beginning in paragraph 1.20 .

5.1 Visibility may be reduced by fog which occurs about 1 or 2

days each month from January to August. Clouds hide the

higher mountain peaks of the Andes and many of the coastal

hills during much of the year.

5.1 Winds—Weather.—Close to Peru and N Chile, winds are

predominantly S to SW throughout the year. Because of the

strong pressure gradient between the coast and oceanic high located some distance at sea, these winds are persistent, becoming the SE Trades when they turn NW around the periphery of

the South Pacific High. The strongest of these winds occur during the spring and early summer, when the contrast in temperature between the rapidly warming land and the still cool sea is

the greatest. These winds often take on the characteristics of

the sea breeze of marked intensity. Known locally as the "virazon," they may be of such strength as to halt loading or unloading of ships.

5.1 Along the Chilean coast, just S of Concepcion, there is an area where winter winds are frequently N. This zone separates

the winds of N Chile, which are predominantly from the S

quadrants, and the westerlies of S Chile. At Isla Mocha West,

which is in this transition zone and a short distance off the

coast near latitude 38.5°S, the wind is S in 60 per cent of the

observations and N in only 10; however, these leading marks

should not be used during a fog or during a severe wind.during

January, while in the month of July, the percentages are 26 per

cent from the S and 32 per cent from the N. South of this latitude, winds are from a W quadrant in more than half of the observations. Although winds from an E direction are not

common, when they do occur with rising pressure, they bring

fine weather over coastal waters. The extremely rugged nature

of the S coast of Chile contributes to a variability of winds in

many locations.

5.1 A climatic control factor along the central portion of the coast,

in the section between 3°S and 33°S, is the cool water of the Humboldt Current, or Peru Current, which sets NE to the coast of Chile

where it is deflected to the N by the South American continent.

Upwelling is a conspicuous feature of this current and results from

the prevalent SE winds along the coasts of Chile and Peru which,

over certain regions, carry the warm surface waters away from the

coast and bring to the surface the cool waters from below. Between the areas of intense upwelling are warm tongues which carry water of higher temperatures onto the coast. However, the

marked cooling over the regions of upwelling more than compensates for the warm tongues, and the net result is lower temperatures over adjoining coastal areas than would be otherwise normal

for the latitude. Southward beyond the effect of the Humboldt

Current, temperatures are actually higher than average for the latitude.

5.1 The S portion of the W coast of South America is under the

influence of the oceanic westerlies and climate in the area is

more maritime in nature than that experienced on the E coast at

the same latitudes. This region is subject to strong and persistent W winds, the result of a strong pressure gradient existing

between the semi-permanent Pacific High and the region of

low pressure stretching from the general latitude of the South

Orkney Islands and the South Shetland Islands, S into the Antarctic.

5.1 Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Chile are

influenced by the Peru Current, which sets to the NE southward of Isla Mocha. This NE current S of Isla Mocha sets vessels toward the coast, and caution should be exercised by

vessels a short distance off the coast as the current has caused

several shipwrecks. From Isla Mocha northward, the Peru Current follows the trend of the coast, setting between N and NNE.

The direction of the current is influenced by the winds.

5.1 The current stream has a width of about 120 miles off Valparaiso and widens gradually to the N. The current velocity

varies greatly along the coast of Chile. From Valparaiso N to

Cobija, it has an average velocity of 15 miles per day, but may

attain a velocity of 26 miles per day. However, it may be altogether arrested and sometimes reversed.

5.1 Strong onshore currents have been reported to exist between

the parallels of 34°30'S, and 35°35'S, and should be guarded

against.

5.1 Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts

of this sector with the features off which they occur. Tidal currents are similarly described.

5.1 Caution.—Caution must be exercised because of the lack of

sufficient soundings along many parts of this coast and the possibility of uncharted dangers. It has been reported that the

charts do not conform with the actual coastal configurations in

a number of places. In addition, coordinate values of charted

positions may change due to the various differences of chart

datum used within this sector.

5.1 Submarine exercise areas, extending up to 35 miles offshore,
92 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

lie in waters within this sector and may be seen on the chart.

Punta Lengua de Vaca to Bahia Quintero

5.2 Punta Lengua de Vaca (30°14'S., 71°38'W.) is low

and rocky. It rises to a height of 70m about 0.8 mile S of its N

extremity. A series of hills extends 1.5 miles farther S from the

point to Monte Centinela Norte, about 211m high. A 10.1m

patch lies a little over 0.3 mile NNE of the point. Roca Negra, a

drying rock, lies almost 0.3 mile NW of Punta Lengua de Vaca.

Another rock, which dries and is marked by kelp, lies about 0.3

mile W of the point. Vessels should stay at least 0.8 mile from

the point.

5.2 A light is shown from a white GRP tower with a red band,

4m high, standing on the point. A prominent radio mast stands

close SE of the light tower.

5.2 Punta Aldea, about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Lengua de Vaca,

is low, rocky, and has a mound at its extremity.

5.2 Punta Farallones, about 4.8 miles SSW of Punta Aldea, is a

small rocky peninsula with a high and pointed rock rising from

its center.

5.2 Caleta Totoral de Lengua de Vaca indents the coast on the S

side of Punta Farallones. It has a sandy beach on its NE shore

and can easily be identified by a prominent peaked islet close

N. The entrance is blocked by above and below-water rocks,

and may be passed only by small boats in good weather.

5.2 Punta Villa Senor, about 13 miles SSW of Punta Lengua de

Vaca, is wide, rocky, and fronted by above-water rocks. The

mountains, about 3 miles E of the point, attain a height of

823m.

5.2 Punta Talinay (30°37'S., 71°44'W.) is low and rocky. The

coast between Punta Talinay and the Rio Limari is backed by

Altos de Talinay, of which the highest peak of 573m, lies about

5.5 miles NE of Punta Limari Norte. The summits of this range

are covered with vegetation.

5.2 The Rio Limari, an inaccessible river, empties about 5 miles

S of Punta Talinay. A dangerous reef extends about 0.8 mile

NW from Punta Limari Norte, the low and rocky N entrance

point. A below-water rock lies about 1 mile SE of Punta Limari

Norte in the entrance of the river. Punta Limari Sur, the S entrance point, is low. There is a prominent white sandy patch on

the latter point, and the land rises steeply farther inland.

5.3 Punta Piedra Lobos (30°48'S., 71°43'W.) is low and

steep. Arrecife Piedra Lobos extends about 1 mile NNW from

Punta Piedra Lobos. Piedra Lobos, some above-water rocks, lie

on the outer extremity of Arrecife Piedra Lobos. Roca Pilcomayo (30°50'S., 71°43'W.), with a depth of 1.8m, lies about

0.5 mile offshore and 3 miles S of the point.

5.3 Punta Talquilla, about 5 miles S of Punta Piedra Lobos, is

low and rocky and has a prominent white sandy patch on the

point. Punta Talca, about 3 miles farther S, is also low and

rocky.

5.3 Bahia Teniente recedes about 2 miles E between Punta Talca

and Punta Gruesa, about 6 miles S. There is a sandy beach at

the head of the bay and a sandy valley, Valle del Arenal, extends E from it. A sandhill is on the N side of the valley near

the coast. A wreck lies stranded at the head of the bay.

5.3 Punta Gruesa (31°02'S., 71°41'W.) is steep, rocky, and

fronted by submerged rocks.

5.3 Caleta Morritos occupies a small bight between Punta Morritos Norte, about 3 miles S of Punta Gruesa, and Punta Morritos

Sur, about 1 mile S. The entrance points of Caleta Morritos are

steep and rocky.

5.3 Caleta Sierra, a small cove, indents the coast between a point

about 3 miles SSW of Punta Morritos Sur and Punta Sierra, almost 0.3 mile SW. A line of serrated peaks are located on Punta Sierra. Caleta Sierra can be recognized from the N by a large

ravine at the head of the cove, which is visible up to 2 miles

offshore. A group of above-water rocks lies close N of Punta

Sierra.

5.4 Punta Vana (31°10'S., 71°41'W.) is fringed with

rocks at its extremity and marked by a light. Caleta Derrumbe,

a small cove with a sandy beach, lies 2.5 miles SSE of Punta

Vana and may be identified by a large whitish patch on the hills

near the S end of the cove.

5.4 Caleta Maitencillo de Coquimbo lies about 6 miles S of Punta Vana. The coast between consists of blue rocky cliffs, about

46m high. The land backing the cliffs rises to heights of between 91 and 122m. The mountain range backing the coast lies

about 3 miles inland and reaches heights of 914 to 1,524m.

Caleta Maitencillo de Coquimbo is a small cove about 0.2 mile

wide in the entrance, but its shores are bordered by foul

ground, leaving a very narrow channel, with a depth of 7.3m,

which leads up the middle of the cove to within 68m of the

beach at its head. The cove is suitable only for boats.

5.4 The cove can be identified by a large triangular patch of

white sand on the slope of the hills on the N side of the cove.

5.4 Punta Burro (31°25'S., 71°37'W.) is the N entrance point of

Caleta Oscuro. Foul ground extends about 0.1 mile SSW from

Punta Burro. Two below-water rocks, which break, lie on this

foul ground.

5.4 Caleta Oscuro occupies a bight between Punta Burro and a

small unnamed point about 0.2 mile SE. The shores of the cove

are rocky except at a sandy beach at its head. There is a small

settlement in the cove. A dark-colored house is situated at the

head of the cove. A pier, with a depth of 4.9m at its head, is situated on the N side of the head of the cove. Anchorage may be

taken, in 20.1m, sand, by small vessels in the center of Caleta

Oscuro. The anchorage is sheltered from NW winds and the

holding ground is good.

5.4 A prominent hill, having a white apex, stands about 3 miles

SE of Caleta Oscuro.

5.4 Punta Amolanos (31°35'S., 71°35'W.) is low and rocky, but

there is a sandy beach N and S of it. From Punta Amolanos to

Punta Ventana, the coast is fringed by foul ground which extends up to 0.5 mile offshore.

5.4 Punta Ventana, about 2 miles S of Punta Amolanos, is

fringed by rocks which extend up to 0.5 mile SW. From Punta

Ventana to the mouth of the Rio Choapa, the coast consists of a

low sandy beach.

5.4 The Rio Choapa, close S of Punta Ventana, has sandbanks

close off its entrance and is not navigable. Punta Pozo, the S

entrance point of the Rio Choapa, is precipitous with a barren

and smooth summit.

5.4 Caleta Huentelauquen (31°38'S., 71°32'W.) occupies a

bight between Punta Poza and Punta Huentelauquen, about 1

mile S.
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 93

Pub. 125

5.5 Punta Loberia (31°45'S., 71°34'W.) lies about 6

miles S of Caleta Huentelauquen. The coast between is steepto and backed by a range of mountains about 3 miles inland,

which attains a height of 800m. The point is rocky and has a

conical hillock at its extremity. An above-water rock lies close

off the point and submerged rocks and breakers extend about

0.4 mile seaward from the point.

5.5 The coast for 7 miles S of Punta Loberia recedes about 3

miles E to form a large bight. Within this bight are several

smaller bights and anchorages. This section of the coast is

steep-to and fringed by numerous below-water rocks and rocks

awash. The coast is backed by a chain of mountains about 3

miles inland. Lower hills are located in the N part of this chain.

Depths off this part of the coast vary from about 27.4 to 34.7m,

sand and stones, about 0.5 mile offshore.

5.5 Rada Chigualoco is entered between Punta Loberia and Punta Panguecito, about 3.3 miles SSE. From Punta Loberia to the

NW end of Caleta Chigualoco, about 1.8 miles ESE, the coast

is generally low and rocky. Below-water rocks fringe the coast

between Punta Loberia and Caleta Chigualoco from 0.3 to

nearly 0.8 mile offshore. Bajos de Chigualoco lie about 1.5

miles SE of Punta Loberia. Rocas Conchas, two rocks awash,

lie about 1 mile SE of Punta Loberia.

5.5 Caleta Chigualoco (31°46'S., 71°32'W.) occupies a bight

between an unnamed point and Punta Rinconada, about 0.8

mile SE. The shore of the cove is a sandy beach. From Punta

Rinconada to Punta Panguecito, about 1.8 miles SSW, the coast

is low and rocky, except for the head of a small cove, Caleta

Boca del Barco, which is sandy. An above-water rock, three

drying rocks, and some below-water rocks lie in the center of

the cove.

5.5 Punta Pechonas (31°50'S., 71°33'W.) is steep-to, rocky, and

attains a height of 76m. Below-water rocks, which break, extend about 0.2 mile W from the point.

5.5 Isla Lilenes, about 1 mile NW of Punta Pechonas, has a

greenish color. The channel between Isla Lilenes and Punta

Pechonas has a navigable width of 0.2 mile and has depths of

14.6 to 20.1m, rock and sand. Roca Cebollin, awash, lies about

0.5 mile WNW of Isla Lilenes. There are depths of 29.3m less

than 0.1 mile off the rock.

5.5 Rada Tablas (31°51'S., 71°34'W.) occupies a bight between

Punta Pechonas and the NW extremity of Cabo Tablas, about

1.3 miles SW.

5.5 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 21.9m, sand, with

the E extremity of Isla Lilenes bearing 013° and the extremity

of Cabo Tablas bearing 257°. This anchorage is well-sheltered

during S winds, but it is exposed to winds between N and W.

5.6 Cabo Tablas (31°51'S., 71°34'W.) is a prominent

headland marked by perpendicular cliffs, 84m high. The cape

projects about 0.5 mile W from the coast and is about 0.5 mile

wide. Cabo Tablas is fringed by foul ground to 0.5 mile offshore. A drying rock lies almost 0.3 mile W of the SW extremity of the cape. Roca Tablas, above-water, lies about 0.3 mile

SW of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas. A drying rock lies almost 0.5 mile SSE of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas, while

a second drying rock lies 0.6 mile SE of the same position. A

light is shown from the SW extremity of the cape.

5.6 Bahia Conchali recedes about 2 miles NE between Cabo Tablas and Punta Los Vilos, 4 miles SE. It is a large bay with several small bights. Bahia Conchali has general depths of about

36.6m about 1.5 miles offshore, decreasing gradually to 9.1m

about 0.2 mile offshore. Several dangers and wrecks lie in the

bay. Numerous rocks fringe the prominent points in the bay.

5.6 Isla Penitente, rocky and about 9.1m high, lies about 1.5

miles SW of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas. Two rocks,

awash, lie close off the W side of the islet. A light is shown

from the island.

5.6 Isla Verde, about 18.3m high and steep-to, lies about 1.8

miles ENE of Isla Penitente. Rocks and foul ground fringe Isla

Verde for about 137m. Rocas Verdes, one of which is above

water, lie about 0.3 mile S of the W extremity of Isla Verde.

5.6 Islotes Blancos, a group of steep-to islets and rocks, lie about

0.5 mile SE of Rocas Verdes. The largest is about 14.3m high.

Islote El Fantasma, NE and 5.2m high, is prominent due to its

blackish color.

5.6 Caleta Nague occupies a small bight between Punta Conchas, about 1.5 miles E of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas,

and Punta Penitente, about 0.7 mile SE. The cove has depths of

7.3 to 18.3m in the entrance, decreasing gradually toward the N

shore. It is the only place in Bahia Conchali where vessels find

shelter from NW winds. A wreck, the boiler of which is visible, lies in Caleta Nague.

5.6 Punta Penitente is steep-to and attains a height of 35m. It has

a remarkable rock at its extremity. A hill, 130m high, stands

back of the point.

5.6 Ensenada Agua Amarilla recedes about 0.5 mile NW between Punta Penitente and Punta Chungo, about 1.5 miles SE.

The shore is a yellow sandy beach, on which the sea breaks

heavily. It provides no shelter and is not recommended for anchorage. Punta Chungo is sandy, whitish in color, and rocky at

its extremity.

5.6 Punta Los Vilos (31°55'S., 71°32'W.) is low and rocky. Islita Chungungo, 3.3m high, rocky and closely fringed by rocks,

lies about 0.1 mile offshore SW of the SW extremity of the

point.

5.6 Isla Huevos, about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Los Vilos, is

rocky, barren, and yellowish. It is about 43m high at its SW

end. A light is shown from the island. A reef on which the sea

breaks connects the island to Punta Los Vilos.

5.7 Puerto Los Vilos (31°55'S., 71°31'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14540) indents the coast about 0.7 mile SE between

Punta Chungo and Punta Los Vilos, about 1.5 miles SSW. The

small port lies at the S end of the bay. A lighter pier is situated

here. Vessels load and discharge to lighters at the anchorage.

Pilots are unavailable. It is reported that the pier is out of service.

5.7 Winds—Weather.—Westerly winds during the winter cause

a heavy swell in Puerto Los Vilos. The sea breaks between Isla

Huevos and Isla Blanca and between Isla Huevos and Punta

Los Vilos, where it makes a foam which drifts into the bay and

gives the appearance of breakers when a large swell is running.

Vessels can find shelter in Caleta Nague during NW gales.

5.7 Fogs are most frequent in the months of October and November, but may also occur in May.

5.7 Aspect.—A conspicuous white tank stands in the port. Two

lights at the railroad station in the port are reported to be visible

at a distance of about 10 miles seaward.

5.7 There are depths of from 18.3 to 27.4m in the entrance, de-
94 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

creasing gradually toward the shore. Bajo Chacabuco, a 10m

patch, lies almost 0.7 mile NE of the N extremity of Isla Huevos. Bajo Baquedano, an 8.7m patch, lies about 0.2 mile N of

Isla Huevos. Bajo O’Higgins, a 10.1m patch, lies almost 0.3

mile NE of Isla Huevos. Bajo Abtao, a 5m patch, lies about 0.3

mile offshore, about 0.8 mile ENE of Isla Huevos. Bajo Castro,

another 5m patch, lies almost 0.3 mile N of the town of Los Vilos and about 0.7 mile E of Isla Huevos. Roca Desempeno, a

drying rock, and Bajo Lynch, with a depth of 2m, lie 0.6 and

0.5 mile E of the island.

5.7 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor about 0.5 mile N of Punta

Los Vilos in 25.6 to 32.9m. Anchorage may also be taken or

vessels may secure to a mooring buoy about 0.3 mile N of the

town. The SW swell reaching the anchorage is heavy with W

winds in the winter.

5.8 The coast for 20 miles S of Punta Los Vilos is indented by numerous small bights. It is generally steep-to, with intermittent sandy beaches, and fringed by rocks and foul ground

to almost 1 mile offshore. The coast is backed by a chain of

mountains which lie up to 10 miles inland.

5.8 Ensenada Quereo is a small unimportant bight about midway

between Punta Los Vilos and Punta Lobos, about 2.3 miles

SSW. The coast between Punta Los Vilos and Punta Lobos is

fringed with foul ground which breaks to a distance of about

0.2 mile offshore.

5.8 Punta Lobos (31°57'S., 71°33'W.), about 23m high, is

fringed by foul ground to about 0.5 mile offshore. Islote Lobos,

about 4.2m high, lies about 0.1 mile offshore W of the point. A

reef, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, lies almost 0.3

mile WNW of Punta Lobos. Islote Negra, a little over 0.5 mile

offshore S of the point, is closely fringed by dangerous rocks,

and between it and Punta Lobos, there are dangerous rocks.

5.8 From Punta Lobos to Punta Purgatorio, about 1.5 miles ESE,

the coast is fringed by numerous rocks and foul ground which

breaks to a distance of 0.5 mile offshore. This part of the coast

is exposed to the constant SW swell and is dangerous to approach.

5.8 Punta Changos, low and rocky with some above-water rocks

close off it, lies about 3.5 miles S of Punta Lobos.

5.9 Ensenada Totoralillo (32°01'S., 71°32'W.) indents

the coast between Punta Changos and Punta Totoralillo, about

1.5 miles S. An islet and numerous below-water rocks lie in the

center of the bay. There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay.

A prominent iron bridge, about 43m high, spans a ravine at the

head of the bay. Punta Totoralillo is low and rocky with numerous rocks which extend about 0.3 mile SW from the point.

5.9 Punta Quelen, about 5 miles S of Punta Totoralillo, is low

and rocky. Roca Negra, an above-water rock, lies almost 0.5

mile offshore about 2 miles NNW of Punta Quelen. Bajo Tapado, which dries about 0.9m, lies about 0.8 mile offshore about

2 miles NNW of Punta Quelen. The passage between Bajo Tapado and the mainland is foul.

5.9 Puerto Pichidangui (32°09'S., 71°33'W.) recedes about 1

mile E between Punta Quelen and Punta Salinas, about 1.5

miles SSW. The bight affords a completely sheltered anchorage from the SW, but is exposed to the sea during NW winds.

The holding is poor and large vessels should use the bay as a

temporary anchorage only. The Rio Quilimari, which flows into the head of the bay, is spanned by two prominent bridges

about 125m apart which lie about 0.5 mile above the mouth of

the river. A wreck lies in about 4.6m of water, near the NE

shore of the harbor off the mouth of the Rio Quilimari.

5.9 Pichidangui, on the SW shore, is a summer resort which is

used by fishing craft.

5.9 Roca Casualidad, with a depth of 1.8m or less, lies about 0.2

mile NE of the N extremity of Isla Locos, located close N of

the S entrance point of the bay. The rock is about 183m long, E

to W, and breaks with a heavy swell.

5.9 Anchorage.—The best anchorage, in about 16.5m, lies

about 0.2 mile E of Isla Locos. The anchorage area is shaped

like a horseshoe. It is protected from NE winds, but not from

SE winds, which cause a swell to enter the anchorage area.

5.9 Punta Salinas, the S entrance point of Puerto Pichidangui, is

low, rocky, and dark. Cerro La Silla del Gobernador (Santa Ines), saddle-peaked and about 695m high, stands 2.5 miles SE

of the point. The coast for about 5 miles S of the point is irregular, dark-colored, and rocky. It is fringed by foul ground to

about 0.5 mile offshore.

5.9 A prominent tank stands 0.3 mile SE of Punta Salinas. A

parabolic aerial is situated 500m NW of the tank.

5.9 Punta Huesos (32°10'S., 71°33'W.), about 2 miles S of Punta Salinas, is low and rocky. Rocks extend about 0.3 mile W

from Punta Huesos. Punta Ventana, about 1 mile S of Punta

Huesos, is also low and rocky. Below-water rocks extend up to

0.3 mile off Punta Ventana.

5.9 Punta Puquen, about 5 miles SSE of Punta Salinas, is about

40m high and steep-to. A blow hole, which pierces it, can be

heard for a considerable distance. A small prominent islet lies

about 0.2 mile SW of Punta Puquen.

5.10 Punta Molles (32°14'S., 71°32'W.), about 3.8 miles

SSE of Punta Huesos, is low, dark-colored, and rocky. Foul

ground extends about 0.4 mile S from it. The coast for 30 miles

S of the point is indented by several large bays. It is steep-to,

rocky in places, and interspersed with long sandy beaches. The

prominent points are fringed with above and below-water

rocks. The coast is backed by a chain of mountains which lie

up to about 10 miles inland.

5.10 A conspicuous concrete railway bridge is situated in position

32°07'S, 71°32'W. A road bridge is situated 125m away from,

and parallel to, the railway bridge.

5.10 Caleta Molles (32°16'S., 71°29'W.) occupies a cove about 3

miles SE of Punta Molles. There is a sandy beach at the head of

the cove. Small vessels should anchor in this cove only in case

of necessity.

5.10 Punta Pichicui, about 4 miles S of Caleta Molles, is steep-to

and rocky. The point has a white cross, painted on a green

background, which are visible from the S. Caleta de Pichicui

occupies a bight between Punta Pichicui and Punta Guallarauco, about 2.5 miles SE. The shore of the bight is a sandy beach.

Anchorage may be taken by small vessels, in 14m, sand, about

0.2 mile SW of a large storage building on the shore.

5.10 Roca Bogata, with less than 1.8m over it and depths of from

21.9 to 25.6m close around, lies about 1.5 miles SSW of Punta

Pichicui. Caution is advised, and the coast in the vicinity of

Roca Bogata should not be approached within 2 miles.

5.10 Caleta Ligua recedes about 1 mile E between Punta Guallarauco and Punta Ligua, about 2 miles SSE. The NE shore of
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 95

Pub. 125

the cove is fringed by reefs for almost 0.8 mile and the E shore

is fringed by reefs and foul ground to about 0.4 mile offshore.

The cove is constantly beaten by surf. Anchorage may be taken

by small vessels, in about 13.9m, about 0.5 mile NE of Punta

Ligua. The Rio Ligua flows into the SE corner of the cove. Local knowledge is required to enter. A dangerous below-water

rock, over which the sea occasionally breaks, lies about 0.2

mile NW of Punta Ligua.

5.10 Caution.—Bajo Dayot (32°24'S., 72°16'W.), with a least reported depth of 30m, lies about 43 miles W of Punta Ligua.

5.10 Punta Canas, about 2.5 miles S of Punta Ligua, is rocky. Isla

Lobos, about 1 mile S of Punta Canas, is low and rocky. It is

prominent due to its whitish color.

5.10 Puerto Papudo (32°30'S., 71°28'W.) lies between Isla Lobos and Punta Pite, about 2 miles SW. The town of Papudo, a

summer resort, is situated at the S end of the bay about 1 mile

SE of Punta Pite.

5.10 Monte Papudo, a conical mountain about 457m high, is located about 1.3 miles SSE of Punta Pite and is a good landmark. Cerro El Gobernador about 692m high, stands 0.5 mile S

of Monte Papudo.

5.10 From Punta Lilen, about 1 mile SSE of Isla Lobos, to an unnamed point about 0.3 mile S, the coast is low and rocky. From

the unnamed point to a position about 1 mile SW, the coast

consists of a sandy beach; thence to Punta Pite, almost 1 mile

WNW, the coast is steep-to and rocky.

5.10 A pier, equipped with a small crane, is situated 0.8 mile ESE

of Punta Pite. The port is mostly used by fishing vessels and

pleasure craft.

5.10 Puerto Papudo is exposed to SE winds, which predominate

in winter. Fog is most frequent in March, April, and October.

5.10 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the S part of the bay,

in 20.1m, fine sand, about 0.3 mile N of the pier. It is unsafe

during the three winter months.

5.11 Punta Pite (32°30'S., 71°29'W.) is low and rocky, but

is reported to give a good radar return. It is fringed on its NW

side by rocks and islets. Roca Baja, the largest, lies close NW

of the point. Above-water rocks and foul ground extend about

0.1 mile N from Roca Baja. From Punta Pite to Punta Panulcillo, about 1.5 miles SSW, the coast is steep-to and rocky. Punta

Panulcillo, low and rocky, is fringed by foul ground to a distance of about 0.2 mile.

5.11 Puerto Zapallar, a resort, lies about 3 miles S of Punta Pite.

The bay indents the coast between Punta Isla Seca and Isla

Liles, almost 0.5 mile SSW. The bight has general depths of

about 27.4 to 50m across its entrance, which decrease gradually toward the shore. Zapallar, a small summer resort, is situated

on the S shore of the bight. The shore of Puerto Zapallar is

rocky except at its head, where there is a sandy beach. Anchorage can be taken, in 21.9m, sand, about 0.3 mile NE of the

summit of Isla Liles.

5.11 Isla Liles is connected to the mainland by a sandy beach.

Punta Zapallar consists of a drying reef which extends about

0.1 mile W from Isla Liles.

5.11 Punta Peumo lies about 2 miles SSE of Isla Liles. The coast

between is steep-to and rocky. Punta Peumo, which provides a

good radar return, is also bold and rocky. Islote Cachagua,

about 26m high, lies about 0.1 mile SW of Punta Peumo. From

Punta Peumo to Punta Maitencillo, about 3.5 miles S, the coast

consists of a sandy beach, except for Punta Frutillar, about

halfway between these two points, which is low and rocky.

5.11 Caleta Maitencillo de Valparaiso is a small cove between

Punta Quiscos, about 0.2 mile NNE of Punta Maitencillo and

Punta Chacarilla, about 0.3 mile NE. The cove is used only by

boats, which can land at a small sandy beach at its head. Anchorage can be taken by larger vessels, in 16.5 to 18.3m, sand,

off the mouth of the cove. Vessels must be prepared to put to

sea during W winds.

5.11 Punta Maitencillo, at the S end of Caleta Maitencillo de Valparaiso, is steep-to and rocky. The point is reported to give a

good radar return. Above and below-water rocks, which break,

extend up to about 0.2 mile NW of the point.

5.11 Punta Horcon lies about 5 miles SW of Punta Maitencillo.

The coast between recedes about 2 miles SW to form a large

bight. Caleta Horcon lies in the S part of the bight about 1 mile

E of Punta Horcon. Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1m, fine

sand, about 0.3 mile N of the W entrance point of Caleta Horcon. Punta Horcon, dark in color, is cliffy and has a conspicuous hole in the extreme point of the cliff. The point serves as a

good radar target. The coast, closely backing the cliffs, is level

and from 88 to 101m high. The peaks farther inland reach

greater heights and the Andes can be seen in the distance.

5.11 Farallones de Quintero, a group of low rocks of dark color,

lie on a shoal bank located about 1 mile NW of Punta Horcon;

a stranded wreck lies on the N part of the shoal bank. Roca

Chandler, which breaks in bad weather and has 3.7m over it,

lies about 0.8 mile SW of Farallones de Quintero.

5.11 Punta Ventanilla (32°45'S., 71°30'W.), the N entrance point

of Bahia Quintero, lies about 2 miles SSE of Punta Horcon.

The point is a small headland.

5.11 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close N of the point.

Bahia Quintero (32°46'S., 71°32'W.)

World Port Index No. 14510

5.12 Bahia Quintero lies between Punta Ventanilla and

Punta Liles, about 2.3 miles SW. The bay is sheltered during S

winds, but it is open to the NW.

5.12 Winds—Weather.—In Summer, the winds in Bahia Quintero are mainly SW, blowing the strongest in December; in the

winter, N winds prevail.

5.12 Fogs are most frequent in the months of April and May.

5.12 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 1.2m, while

the spring rise is 1.5m.

5.12 Strong S sets have been reported on a spring flood tide.

5.12 Aspect.—A light is shown from a prominent tower 16m

high, standing on Peninsula Los Molles. A prominent tank

stands about 0.1 mile E of the light tower. A red and white

banded chimney stands 0.9 mile SE of the light on Peninsula

Los Molles. Two conspicuous white buildings stand about 1.3

miles E of the chimney, while a conspicuous group of tanks

stand just E of a small craft pier lying 0.5 mile NNE of the

buildings. A chimney, marked by white flashing obstruction

lights, lies 0.7 mile NE of the pier. Two chimneys, marked by

red flashing obstruction lights, stand at the root of the ore pier,

while a radio tower, marked by obstruction lights, lies 0.9 mile

N of the pier’s head. The conspicuous sheds of the copper factory stand about 0.6 mile NE of the ore pier.
96 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

5.12 Peninsula Los Molles, of which Punta Liles is the N extremity, attains an elevation of 68m and forms the SW side of the

bay. The peninsula is fringed by foul ground extending up to

0.2 mile from its shores.

5.12 Bajo Las Malenas, a detached rocky patch with a least depth

of 10.6m, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Liles. This patch

should be avoided as it breaks heavily and may have a less

depth over it. Bajo Zenteno, a rocky patch with a least depth of

14.6m, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of Punta Liles.

5.12 Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Ventanas is a 1,115m long

multipurpose cargo handling facility. Three berths are located

on the N side of the pier, while another berth is located on the S

side of the pier. The pier is located on the E side of the bay,

with berthing facilities, as follows:

1. Berth No. 1—Can accommodate vessels up to 160m

long, with a maximum draft of 6.9 to 10.5m.

2. Berth No. 2—Can accommodate vessels up to 200m

long, with a maximum draft of 7.5 to 10.2m.

3. Berth No. 3—Can accommodate vessels up to 45,000

dwt, with a maximum length of 200m and a maximum draft

of 11.5m.

4. Berth No. 4—Can accommodate vessels up to 70,000

dwt, with a maximum length of 240m and a maximum draft

of 14.3m.

5.12 Vessels are moored and unmoored during daylight hours

only.

5.12 There is a single pier 725m long, with depths alongside ranging from 9.8 to 19m. On the S side of the pier is a berth with

four dolphins, which provide frontage of 180m, accommodating vessels of 160m loa and a 9.1m draft. Copper concentrates

are handled by belt conveyor for loading at the rate of 1,000

tons per hour. The berth is also used for discharging bulk grain,

but vessels have to move along the berth to unload each hatch,

owing to the fixed loading tower.

5.12 Range lights indicate the approach to the pier and sets of

range beacons assist with approaching the berths.

5.12 Muelle Asimar is a smaller berth used for loading copper. 

5.12 Vessels up to 95m loa can be accommodated, with a maximum draft at HW of 5.2m. There are also fish canneries and

fishmeal plants.

5.12 The Empresa Nacional de Petroleo (ENAP) Pier, on the E

side of the bay, is 200m long and used by service craft.

5.12 Muelle Oxiquim lies almost 0.9 mile S of Muelle Ventanas.

It is 832m long and is used for handling bulk chemical and liquid gas cargo. Vessels may berth on either side of the jetty, but

due to the constant heavy swell in the bay, surging and ranging

is commonly experienced when berthed alongside. Local

sources should be contacted for details of depths, maximum

size, and other information.

5.12 The ENAP Oil and Gas Terminals are located W of the

ENAP Pier; vessels are accommodated at mooring buoys. The

oil terminal can accept vessels up to 90,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 250m and a maximum draft of 12.9m. The gas

terminal can accept vessels up to 40,000 dwt, with a maximum

length of 182m and a maximum draft of 10.1m. Vessels are

moored during daylight hours only.

5.12 The ENAP Superbuoy lies NW of the ENAP pier and is connected to shore via a pipeline. Tankers up to 209,000 dwt, with

a maximum length of 342m and a maximum draft of 24.3m,

can be accommodated in a depth of 47m. Vessels are berthed

during daylight hours only.

5.12 Pilotage.— Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the

waiting area located 1.4 miles NE of the light on Peninsula Los

Molles. The vessel’s ETA should be sent to the agent 72 hours

before arrival, with confirmation sent 24 hours before arrival.

The port can be contacted by VHF channel 9, 14, or 16 and radiotelephone.

5.12 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

lies in the approaches to Bahia Quintero and may best be seen

on the chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated S of the separation zone.

5.12 Anchorage.—In general, vessels can anchor anywhere in

the bay clear of the Prohibited Anchorage Area, and the dangers in the SW portion of the bay, keeping in mind the Traffic

Separation Scheme. Depths range from 14.6 to 20m. Caution

should be exercised when anchoring, however, as the bay is

open to NW winds, and possesses poor holding ground; vessels

are liable to drag when the cable begins to work.

5.12 The best berth for large vessels in SW winds is about 0.9

mile E of the light shown from Peninsula Los Molles, in depths

of 15 to 20m, over a sand and mud bottom. It has been reported

that large tankers anchor about 1 mile N of the SPM, in depths

of 65 to 70m, bottom quality unknown.

5.12 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area includes the entire

inshore portion of the bay and the waters around the SPM. Vessels are advised to consult the local authorities and the pilot for

information concerning the prohibited area before anchoring in

the port.

5.12 Vessels moored at the offshore pipeline berths are advised to

exercise caution as bad weather, particularly that associated

with NW winds, may disrupt cargo operations.

Bahia Quintero to Valparaiso

5.13 Punta Artesas (32°47'S., 71°33'W.) lies about 1 mile

SSW of Punta Liles. Foul ground fronts the point. Cerro Centinela, about 0.4 mile SSE of Punta Artesas, is almost 91m high

and marked on its summit by a conspicuous white wooden

cross with a water tank standing close S of it.

5.13 Punta Ritoque lies about 6 miles S of Punta Artesas. The

coast between is generally of a moderate elevation, backed by

smooth rolling hills which have a barren and weather-beaten

aspect. Playa Ritoque, a sandy beach, extends for about 3.5

miles SSE of Punta Ritoque and is closely backed by sand

dunes of a whitish color.

5.13 Rocas Concon, a group of above and below-water rocks, lie

about 2.5 miles SSW of Punta Ritoque. Caution should be exercised in approaching Rocas Concon, as a current sets toward

them from S and there is usually a swell.

5.13 Islote La Isla, 8m high, is the largest of several above-water

rocks which lie on a reef extending up to 0.8 mile from the

shore about 3.5 miles SSE of Punta Ritoque. The Rio Aconcagua flows into the sea about 1.5 miles S of the islet.

5.13 Punta Concon (32°56'S., 71°34'W.) lies about 6.3 miles S

of Punta Ritoque and is the NE entrance point of Bahia de Valparaiso. The point is steep-to and radar prominent. Foul ground

extends up to 0.2 mile on the N side of the point.

5.13 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds, but exposed to N winds, is available in Caleta Higuerilla E of Punta

Concon. Vessels can anchor with the head of a marina break-
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 97

Pub. 125

water bearing 220°, 0.4 mile distant, in a depth of 15m, sandy

bottom. 

Valparaiso (33°02'S., 71°37'W.)

World Port Index No. 14500

5.14 Bahia de Valparaiso, entered between Punta Concon

and Punta Angeles, 7 miles SW, is the most important harbor in

Chile. Valparaiso, the principal container port on the W coast

of South America, lies along the S shore of the bay. Bahia de

Valparaiso is well-sheltered except from N and NW winds during the winter season, which leave shipping exposed, although

the breakwater provides shelter for the wharves and for the

small anchorage area. Winds from the SW can cause problems

in the afternoons for vessels berthing or sailing.

5.14 The harbor is protected by a breakwater which extends from

Duprat Point 300m, bearing 080°, then 600m bearing 140°, and

100m bearing 135°. The Chilean Navy uses the rest of the

breakwater for mooring and shelter. 

5.14 Winds—Weather.—A “Norther” frequently passes over

Valparaiso without doing damage, but occasionally its effects

are disastrous. Vessels poorly situated or anchored have been

driven ashore by the wind. One anchor with a long scope of

chain, a spare anchor ready, and the ship ready for sea are advisable precautions to take in riding out a “Norther.” Vessels

sometimes prefer riding near the shore due to the undertow, but

there is more risk of being fouled by other vessels and the sea

is felt considerably.

5.14 During the summer, S gales blow in squalls off the heights.

However, the sea breeze has been reported to blow so strongly

on summer afternoons that people seek shelter, and communication between vessels in the bay and the shore becomes difficult.

5.14 Clear weather and a high barometer precede strong S winds.

Cloudy weather and a low barometer, accompanied by the remarkable visibility of such distant land as the heights near Puerto Papudo or Puerto Pichidangui, indicates N winds. At any

time, but especially during the months of June, July, and August, strong N winds which reach gale force and last from 24 to

36 hours may close the port to shipping. However, an average

of only one or two such storms strike Valparaiso each year. The

climate at Valparaiso is mild.

5.14 Fog occurs more frequently during March through May than

the other months of the year. The fog may be so dense that it

impedes navigation. Under these conditions, vessels making

landfall may be guided by radar. During the spring and summer

months from September to March, the surf at Bahia de Valparaiso is appreciable, but not great enough to seriously hamper any operation. There is a steady swell resulting in breakers

of 0.9 to 1.5m all along the shore, except in the area within the

breakwater.

5.14 During the fall the surf becomes heavier, but small boats may

be launched on all except the windiest days. During the winter

from June through August, there are heavy swells, except on

rare calm days, which prohibit normal small boat operations.

Breakers usually average 2.1 to 2.4m during the winter or may

be greater for 3 or 4 days after each occasional heavy storm.

5.14 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range here is 0.9m,

while the spring range is 1.2m.

5.14 During N winds there is a set toward the W shore of the bay.

During S winds, no set is perceptible.

5.14 Depths—Limitations.—The artificial harbor on the W side

of the bay is formed by Molo de Abrigo, a breakwater, which

extend 0.1 mile ENE to an elbow, then 0.4 mile SE.

5.14 Eleven numbered berths exist throughout the port area, ten of

which are available to ocean-going vessels. No details are presently available on Berth No. 11, which lies between the N end

of Berth No. 1 and the angle of the breakwater. It is reported to

be used by fishing vessels. Naval vessels utilize berths along

the inner face of the breakwater.

5.14 Vessels up to 220m in length and 9.6m draft can be accommodated in the harbor.

5.14 The main quay on the W side of the harbor consists of Berth

No. 1 through Berth No. 5, numbered N to S. 

5.14 Muelle Pratt, extending SE from the root of Berth No. 5 to

the root of Berth No. 6, is usable by small craft and yachts.

5.14 Espigon de Atraque forms the SE end of the harbor and extends about 0.1 mile NNE. Berth No. 6, Berth No. 7, and Berth

No. 8 are situated alongside this pier.

5.14 Muelle Baron, 0.8 mile ESE of Espigon de Atraque, extends

about 0.1 mile NNW from the S shore of the bay. Berth No. 9

and Berth No. 10 are situated alongside the pier. 

5.14 A tanker and bulk liquid cargo terminal, consisting of three

offshore multi-point moorings connected to submarine pipelines, lies at Las Salinas, about 3.8 miles NE of the breakwater

head. The maximum admissible length is 210m, with a depth

of 14.9m. The local authorities should be consulted for the latest information on this terminal before attempting to berth

here.

5.14 Mooring buoys are situated in areas close NNE of Muelle

Baron and Espigon de Atraque.

5.14 The port has repair facilities and a floating drydock is situated E of Espigon de Atraque.

5.14 Aspect.—Punta Angeles, the SW entrance point of the bay,

is high and rocky. Rocas Buey, two dangerous rocks, lie on foul

ground which extends about 0.3 mile NW, N, and E of the

point.

5.14 The city of Valparaiso sits on the hills surrounding the bay in

the shape of an almost perfect amphitheater.

Valparaiso—Berth Information

Berth Length Depth

No. 1 175m 8.2m

No. 2 180m 9.6m

No. 3 240m 9.6m

No. 4 212m 9.3m

No. 5 105m 9.0m

No. 6 170m 8.3m

No. 7 110m 6.6m

No. 8 180m 8.1m

No. 9 150m 9.0m

No. 10 90m 6.0m
98 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

5.14 Punta Gruesa, where a light is shown, lies about 2.8 miles

ESE of Punta Angeles and is prominent. Bajo Ester, a shoal

patch with a least depth of 6.6m, lies about 0.6 mile WSW of

the point. Isolated depths of 2.6 and 3.5m lie 0.2 mile SSW of

Bajo Ester.

5.14 Numerous dangerous wrecks lie within the waters of the port

and can best be seen on the chart.

5.14 From the N the buildings of the city are reported to be visible

for a great distance in clear weather, while the city lights can be

seen up to 40 miles away.

5.14 The Presidential Palace and several governmental buildings

standing about 3.8 miles E of Punta Angeles on Cerro Castillo

are conspicuous, as is a university campus, 0.8 mile SW of

Punta Gruesa. A group of conspicuous buildings, which form

the Naval School, stands on Punta Angeles and the conspicuous building of the Naval War Academy stands on the top of a

cliff about 0.5 mile W of the breakwater head. From the S, the

cemetery at the W side of Punta Angeles is conspicuous.

5.14 A light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 18m high, standing at the NW side of Punta Angeles. A radiobeacon is situated

at the light tower. A light is shown from a prominent tower,

15m high, standing on the elbow of the breakwater. Lights are

shown from the breakwater head and Punta Gruesa.

5.14 Numerous other prominent buildings and masts with obstruction lights stand on the surrounding hills.

5.14 Two sets of visual ranges, utilizing the light on the breakwater elbow as a common front beacon, are available for compass

adjustment within Bahia de Valparaiso.

5.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in an area

about 0.8 mile ENE of the breakwater head. Vessels should

send their ETA 24 hours and 4 hours in advance. Pilots may be

contacted on VHF channel 9, 14, or 16.

5.14 In fog, radar guidance can be provided on request by VHF.

5.14 Pilots are also available at Valparaiso for vessels intending to

navigate the coast and channels S of 41°S.

5.14 Regulations.—Tankers approaching or leaving the terminals

at Las Salinas are not required to use the traffic lanes.

5.14 During heavy SW swells, vessels may be required to put to

sea to avoid damage to docks and ships. 

5.14 An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the approaches to the port and can best be seen on the chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated W of the separation zone.

5.14 Signals.—Weather signals are shown from a signal mast located on the Port Captain’s building situated close SSW of the

S extremity of the W side of Espignon de Atraque, as follows:

1. A blue pennant, with a white circle or a green light—

Indicates variable weather.

2. One black sphere, or a red light.—Indicates bad

weather with N winds of force 4 to 7.

3. Two black spheres, or two red lights—Indicates

stormy weather.

5.14 Anchorage.—Vessels wishing to anchor should include a request for a suitable anchorage with its 24-hour ETA message.

5.14 An anchoring and mooring area lies close E of the pilot waiting zone and is shown on the chart. Vessels less than 100m in

length anchor in an inshore area best seen on the chart. The explosives anchorage is situated with the light on the breakwater

head bearing 233°, 2.9 miles distant, in charted depths of 58 to

61m.

5.14 Vessels are advised by the local authorities to anchor with a

good scope of cable, with a second anchor ready to let go. With

stormy weather, the vessel should be ready to put to sea.

5.14 Caution.—Submarine cables extend SW from the floating

drydock to the root of Espigon de Atraque.

5.14 Numerous wrecks and obstructions lie within the vicinity of

the port and may best be seen on the chart.

5.14 Vessels using the Inshore Traffic Zone are recommended to

stay well clear of the dangers fronting Punta Angeles.

5.14 Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the approaches to the port.

5.14 Winds from the N may render the berths alongside Muelle

Baron unusable.

5.14 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which may be

seen on the chart, lies E and S of the breakwater.

Bahia de Valparaiso to Puerto San Antonio

5.15 Between Punta Angeles and Puerto San Antonio,

about 33.3 miles S, the irregular coast is indented by numerous

bays and bights. It is rugged and steep-to in places, and interspersed with sandy beaches. Most of the coast is backed by low

hills. Above and below-water rocks fringe the prominent headlands to a distance of about 2.5 miles offshore.

5.15 Bahia Laguna Verde (33°06'S., 71°42'W.) lies between the

W side of Punta Angeles and Punta Curaumilla, about 6.5

miles SW. The bay is bordered by cliffs, except at its head,

where there is a sandy beach. There are depths of about 91m

across the entrance, decreasing gradually toward shore. A

strong current has been observed to flow into the bay. A pier,

belonging to a conspicuous power station, extends about 30m

into the bay from a position about 3.3 miles E of Punta

Curaumilla. Mooring buoys in 13.7m, about 0.2 mile NNE of

the pier. There is also a mooring buoy 0.2 mile NNW of the

head of the pier. Anchorage can be taken in the bay, in an emergency, in about 50m, about 0.5 mile offshore. The bay is protected from S winds, but is completely exposed to N winds.

5.15 Punta Curaumilla (33°06'S., 71°45'W.) is steep-to and

rocky. A light is shown from the W extremity of the point. Islote Lobos, rocky and of yellowish-white color, lies about 0.1

mile offshore, about 0.2 mile W of the above-mentioned promontory. Punta Curaumilla is reported to provide a good radar

return.

5.15 Cerro La Campana de Quillota, about 1,890m high, lies

about 26 miles ENE of Punta Curaumilla and can be seen in

clear weather. With exceptionally good weather, the Andes

Mountains are visible and Volcan Aconcagua may be identified

easily because of its great height. It is 6,949m high and lies

about 90 miles ENE of Punta Curaumilla.

5.15 Monte Curauma, about 5 miles SE of Punta Curaumilla, lies

about 0.5 mile inland and attains an elevation of about 457m.

This summit is generally the first land which can be made out

distinctly when approaching Bahia de Valparaiso from the S.

5.15 Rada de Quintay occupies a bight between Punta Curaumilla

and Punta Loros, about 6 miles SSE. The shore of the bay is

cliffy, except at its head where there is a sandy beach. Anchorage, with poor holding ground, may be taken about 0.8 mile

NNE of Punta Loros. A small pier, with some mooring buoys,

is situated at an abandoned whaling station in the S part of the

bight and is used by local fishing craft. Lights are occasionally

shown from the shore to assist vessels entering the cove.
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 99

Pub. 125

5.15 Punta Loros (33°12'S., 71°42'W.), which is reported to give

a good radar return, is steep-to, rocky, and about 50m high.

Roca Fraile, a small rocky islet, lies off Rada de Quintay, about

0.8 mile offshore NNW of Punta Loros. Punta Gallo, located

about 3 miles S of Punta Loros, is a dark steep-to headland,

about 69m high.

5.15 Rada El Algarrobo is entered between Punta Rincon

(33°19'S., 71°40'W.) and Punta Pena Blanca, about 3.5 miles

farther SW. The village of Algarrobo stands on the S shore of

the roadstead and is a pleasure resort. A light is shown from Islote Pajaros Ninos, located about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Rena

Blanca. Numerous rocks, shoals, and islets lie in the approaches to the roadstead and can best be seen on the chart. Los Farallones, a group of above and below-water rocks, are the

outermost danger and lie about 1 mile N of Punta Pena Blanca.

5.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of Rada

El Algarrobo, in 20.1 to 22m, sand and rock, about 0.5 mile

offshore. Local knowledge is advised.

5.16 Punta Pena Blanca (33°21'S., 71°42'W.), the S entrance point of Rada El Algarrobo, is a flat-topped rock about

15.2m high. It is a good landmark. The sides of the rock are

precipitous and of a whitish-gray color, which is prominent

against the darker background. The rock is joined to the mainland by a spit which covers only during unusually high tides.

Care must be taken not to confuse Punta Pena Blanca with

Punta Talca, about 4 miles S.

5.16 Breakers extend 0.5 mile offshore, about 0.4 mile S of Punta

Pena Blanca, and there are breakers to the W and NE of the

point.

5.16 Punta Talca (33°25'S., 71°43'W.), a conspicuous mass of

rocks about 33m high, appears to be a castle. It has a light appearance when seen from the N and a dark appearance when

seen from S. The point is fringed by below-water rocks. Punta

Cordorba, about 2.5 miles SE, is also low and rocky. A sandy

beach extends about 2.5 miles SSE of Punta Cordorba.

5.16 Punta Lacho, a low and rocky point, lies about 5.5 miles SE

of Punta Talca and is the N entrance point of Bahia Cartagena.

5.16 Bahia Cartagena indents the coast about 1.5 miles between

Punta Lacho and Punta Vera, about 3 miles S. Anchorage may

be taken in the SE part of the bay, in 16.5 to 23.8m, sand, about

0.3 mile offshore with Punta Vera bearing 247°. Roca Canova,

which dries, lies close to the S shore about 0.5 mile ENE of

Punta Vera.

5.16 Punta Vera is the NW extremity of Fronton de San Antonio,

a promontory which projects about 1 mile W from the general

trend of the coast and about 1.8 miles S. Cerro Norte 141m in

elevation, rises about 1 mile SE of Punta Vera and is prominent.

5.16 Punta Panul is located 1.3 miles S of Punta Vera. The point is

rocky, steep, and fronted by ridges of stone over which the sea

breaks. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 9m high,

standing close SE of the point.

5.16 Cerro Centinela, the summit of Fronton de San Antonio, rises to an elevation of 170m about 0.5 mile E of Punta Panul. A

conspicuous white statue on a conical pedestal stands at the

summit, and a radio mast stands close by it. It has been reported that the statue is not visible from the N.

5.16 Punta San Antonio, the SW end of Fronton de San Antonio

and the N entrance point of Puerto San Antonio, lies about 0.5

mile SSE of Punta Panul. The point is high and steep. Several

conspicuous tanks stand close NW of the point.

Puerto San Antonio (33°35'S., 71°38'W.)

World Port Index No. 14470

5.17 Puerto San Antonio occupies a small bight between

Punta San Antonio and a position about 0.8 mile SSE. The port

has facilities for handling general, bulk, container, ro-ro, and

tanker traffic. It is well-sheltered from SW winds, but heavy

swells cause vessels to range alongside. 

5.17 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are S from October to March, with strong breezes blowing in the after-noon

and dying down at sundown. Severe storms usually come from

the N, but the port is protected from them by the hills in the vicinity. A strong swell, which causes vessels to range heavily,

occurs frequently in the port.

5.17 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 1.2m, while

the spring rise is 1.5m.

5.17 With fresh S or SW winds, a N set has been observed across

the harbor entrance, at a rate of 2 to 3 knots. With strong N,

NW, S, or SW winds, strong currents have been observed within the harbor itself, hampering cargo operations.

5.17 Depths—Limitations.—A bulk liquid and grain terminal is

situated close E of the N breakwater in depths of 12m. Vessels

of up to 200m in length and 10.6m draft can be handled at the

terminal, which consists of an L-shaped pier with dolphin.

5.17 A pier extends NW from the E side of the harbor and divides

it into two basins. Ro-ro cargoes and containers can be handled

at the pier. Vessels up to 210m in length and 10.3m draft can be

accommodated alongside the S side of the pier, and vessels up

to 185m in length and 8.8m draft alongside the N side.

5.17 Three mooring buoys are situated in the N basin of the harbor and can accommodate vessels up to 200m in length and

12.2m draft. Numerous other mooring buoys, best seen on

chart, are situated throughout the harbor. 

5.17 Bulk Liquid Pier No.9 (Muelle Policarpo Toro) is located at

the N entrance point of the bay; can berth vessels up to 190m

and 10m draft. 

5.17 There is a study in progress for the regaining of lost sites after the earthquake. There are existing projects for further expansion of the port area. 

5.17 It is reported that berths situated along the inner side of the S

breakwater remain out of service, except for fishing craft, due

Puerto San Antonio—Berth Limitations

Berth Max. length Max. draft

No. 1 200m 10.36m

No. 2 200m 10.36m

No. 3 175m 10.05m

No. 4 200m 9.14m

No. 5 200m 9.14m

No. 6 165m 7.92m

No. 7 185m 6.24m
100 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

to the extensive damage suffered during a severe earthquake

(1985).

5.17 Aspect.—The port is protected by two breakwaters. The N

breakwater extends S for about 100m from a point on the shore

close SE of Punta San Antonio. The S breakwater extends

NNW for about 800m, forming the harbor entrance which is

about 400m wide. A line of breakers extends S from a point on

the seaward side of the S breakwater about 300m from the

head. There is not much room for maneuvering for vessels over

130m long.

5.17 The three-story hotel, with a lighted sign, and the grey hospital building are conspicuous. Lights are shown from the breakwater heads and ranges indicate the entrances into the harbor

basins.

5.17 The Calbu Hills rise to an elevation of 1,100m about 13

miles E of the bay.

5.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board vessels

about 1 mile W of the entrance of the port. In the event of bad

weather preventing pilots from coming out, vessels should lay

off the entrance of the port in the vicinity of the pilot boarding

ground and await instructions. Vessels should await pilots in

position bearing 159°, approximately 1,080m from Panul

Light. The pilot can be contacted by VHF channel 16. 

5.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in charted depths of

28m, sand and mud, about 1.3 miles W of the S breakwater

head.

5.17 Caution.—Due to being narrow, caution is advised when

maneuvering within the harbor.

5.17 Minimum distances must be maintained between vessels at

the berths, as follows:

1. During the winter (April-September)—30m.

2. During the summer (October-March)—20m.

Puerto San Antonio to Bahia Concepcion

5.18 Punta Santo Domingo (33°37'S., 71°38'W.), low and

rocky, lies about 2 miles S of Puerto San Antonio. The mouth

is inaccessible. The Rio Maipo lies about 0.8 mile NE of Punta

Santo Domingo. The sea always breaks along the coast between Puerto San Antonio and the Rio Maipo. During strong

W winds, the breakers extend about 1 mile offshore.

5.18 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 1 mile S of

Punta Santo Domingo.

San Antonio 
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 101

Pub. 125

5.18 Punta Toro (33°46'S., 71°48'W.), about 13 miles SW of

Punta Santo Domingo, is low and sandy. Above and below-water rocks lie up to 1 mile off the point. Bajo Intermedio, which

breaks, lies almost 0.8 mile N of Punta Toro. Bajo Toro, a

rocky patch on which the sea breaks, lies about 1.5 miles N of

Punta Toro.

5.18 Roca Coronilla, a below-water rock, lies about 4.5 miles N

of Punta Toro. It has been reported that it has a depth of 1.2m.

The sea seldom breaks over it in fine weather. Its position and

existence is doubtful.

Bajo Rapel (33°51'S., 71°53'W.), an extensive reef with its

outer extremity about 3.3 miles offshore, 6 miles SW of Punta

Toro, is the only charted offshore danger along this part of the

coast. There are three rocks, awash, on this reef which always

break.

5.18 Caution.—Vessels should not approach the land in the vicinity of this reef as they will be set toward the shore by the

heavy SW swell and prevailing current which may run at a velocity of more than 1 knot around Punta Topocalma toward Bajo Rapel.

5.19 Punta Perro (33°55'S., 71°52'W.), about 8.5 miles

SSW of Punta Toro, is a low sandy tongue. It is the S entrance

point of the Rio Rapel. Unsheltered anchorage may be taken, in

14.6m, about 0.5 mile offshore and about 0.5 mile NW of Punta Perro.

5.19 Caleta Matanza occupies a bight about 3 miles SE of Punta

Perro. The bight can be identified by a ravine at its head

through which a stream flows. The hills N of the ravine are

green, while those S of it are sandy. The village of Matanzas

lies near the head of the cove.

5.19 Numerous reefs, rocks and islets, best seen on the chart, lie

in the vicinity of Caleta Matanza.

5.19 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 12.8 to 16.5m,

mud and sand, about 0.2 mile offshore and almost 0.3 mile NE

of Punta Extremo, the S entrance point of Caleta Matanza.

There is room for only one vessel at this anchorage and it is exposed from SW through N to NE.

5.19 Islotes Pupuya lie about 0.7 mile SW of Punta Extremo. The

largest islet is a steep whitish-colored rock with a flat top

which slopes WSW. The passage between the islets and the

mainland can only be used by small craft.

5.19 Caleta Tuman lies between Punta Los Barrancos, about 5.5

miles SW of Punta Extremo, and Punta Tuman, about 2.3 miles

farther SW. Farallon del Infiernillo, a dark islet in the form of a

pyramid, lies about 0.1 mile offshore and about 0.5 mile NNE

of Punta Los Barrancos.

5.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of Caleta Tuman, in 21.9 to 25.6m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore N of

Punta Tuman. The anchorage is sheltered from S winds and

swell.

Punta Domingo, 0.5 mile SSW of Punta Tuman, is a steep-to

point and about 116m high. The point can be identified by yellow sand hills which begin here and extend S to Punta Topocalma. The sandhills are backed by higher tree-covered land.

Punta Topocalma (34°08'S., 72°01'W.), about 2.5 miles SW

of Punta Domingo, is a bluff promontory about 122m high with

a steep narrow valley which separates it from the mainland. A

light is shown from the summit of the promontory.

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 32 to 36m, sand

and mud, about 0.5 mile N of the point, in Rada Topocalma.

The anchorage is exposed from the N through W to S, and cannot be recommended for long periods or in unfavorable winds.

5.20 Punta Pichilemu (34°23'S., 72°01'W.), about 15

miles S of Punta Topocalma, is low, rocky, and fronted by

rocks. Puerto Pichilemu, a small cove, lies about 1 mile NE of

the point. La Puntilla, the SW entrance point of the cove, can

be identified by a large square building on its summit. Above

and below-water rocks extend up to almost 0.3 mile NNE of La

Puntilla.

5.20 The E and S shores of Puerto Pichilemu are sandy, while the

SW shore is rocky. Anchorage can be taken, in 14 to 15m, sand

and mud, about 0.5 mile offshore NE of La Puntilla. The anchorage is sheltered from the S, but is exposed to the W. Pichilemu, a resort, is situated on the SE shore of the cove.

5.20 Several conspicuous lights, visible from seaward, are shown

from a point on the coast about 6 miles N of Punta Pichilemu.

5.20 Punta Lobos, about 2.5 miles SSW of Punta Pichilemu, is an

excellent landmark. There are two high and conspicuous rocks

close off the N extremity of the point. A large white building

with a red roof stands on the point.

5.20 Punta Sirena lies about 7 miles S of Punta Lobos. The coast

between recedes about 1.5 miles E to form a bay. The N part of

the bay consists of a sandy beach, while the S part is rugged

and rocky. The entrance of Laguna de Cahuil lies at the head of

the bay.

5.20 Rada Llico (34°46'S., 72°07'W.) can be identified from seaward by the brown sandy heights E of Llico. Punta Llico, at the

S end of the bight, is the W entrance point of a channel which

leads to Laguna de Vichuquen. The point rises to a height of

about 111m. Cueva de Tricahue, about 250m high, lies about

1.5 miles S of Punta Llico. The village of Llico stands on the S

shore of the channel. The bar at the mouth of the channel is

navigable only by small craft with local knowledge.

5.20 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile

offshore NNW of Punta Llico, in about 35m, mud and shell.

The anchorage is exposed to all winds from the NW to S. During strong N winds, it is advisable to put to sea although the

holding ground is good.

5.20 Punta Cardonal lies about 5 miles SW of Punta Llico. The

coast between is fronted by submerged rocks. A group of houses stands about 4 miles S of the point, and a prominent summit

335m in elevation, stands about 2 miles E of the point.

5.21 Punta Roncura (34°58'S., 72°11'W.), the S entrance

point of the Rio Mataquito, lies about 10 miles SSW of Punta

Cardonal. Roca el Penon, a prominent large rock, lies close N

of the point and marks the N entrance point of the river.

5.21 Punta Arenas lies about 21 miles SW of Punta Roncura. The

coast between is low and sandy. Hills rising to 390m back the

coast about 3 miles inland.

5.21 Puerto Constitucion (35°19'S., 72°23'W.) about 3.5 miles S

of Punta Arenas, is situated at the mouth of the Rio Maule. The

river empties between Punta Quivolgo and Punta Ventanas, almost 0.3 mile W. The entrance to the river is easily identified.

Northward is a long, low, sandy beach which extends beyond

the range of vision while S of the entrance the land is high and

the shore is rocky. There are two incomplete moles on the W

side of Punta Ventanas. The area within the moles was intend-
102 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

ed to be a harbor, but is now filled with sand.

5.21 Piedra de La Iglesia, a prominent rock which resembles a

church from the offing, is situated close offshore about 1 mile

SW of Punta Ventanas. La Gaviota and Piedra de la Lobos are

two whitish rocks that lie close W and N, respectively, of Punta

Ventanas. Cerro Mutrun rises to an elevation of 87m, close SSE

of Punta Ventanas. A monument and a prominent television

mast stand on the summit.

5.21 The town of Constitucion, which is a summer tourist resort,

is situated close within the mouth of the river on the S bank. A

small quay fronts the town.

5.21 The bar is subject to frequent changes and is only crossed by

small craft with local knowledge.

5.21 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2 miles NE of

the river mouth.

5.21 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.8 mile W of Punta Ventanas.

5.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the mouth of the

Rio Maule, as convenient. The anchorage is exposed and

should only be used in emergency.

5.22 Cabo Humos, a bold and prominent headland is located 6 miles SW of Puerto Constitucion. It is fronted by submerged rocks and is radar prominent.

5.22 Depths of 14m and 13m have been reported to lie, respectively, about 18 miles NW and 16 miles WNW of the cape. The

existence of these depths should be considered doubtful.

5.22 Ensenada Maguellin, a cove used by fishing craft for shelter,

lies midway between the mouth of the Rio Maule and Cabo

Humos. There is a small pier in the cove with three prominent

warehouses near the root. Ensenada Maguellin is only sheltered from winds between the E and S and there is always a

running swell. With winds above 15 knots from any other direction, sea conditions can make anchoring unsafe.

5.22 Caution.—Strong E currents have been reported to exist between Punta Topocalna and Cabo Carranza, with many groundings between Cabo Humus and Cabo Carranza. Vessels are

urged to exercise the appropriate caution in navigation here.

5.23 Cabo Carranza (35°35'S., 72°38'W.), about 12 miles

SW of Cabo Humos, is formed by a wide and low spit of land.

The cape lies between Punta Santa Ana, the NW extremity, and

Punta La Vieja, a low tongue of land which forms the SW extremity about 3 miles SSW of Punta Santa Ana. The cape

should be given a wide berth as the coast has not been examined and is frequently obscured by haze. Foul ground is reported to lie up to 1 mile off the cape, while a rock, position

approximate, which breaks, lies 1.5 miles NW of it.

5.23 A light is shown from a tower, 19m high, standing on the

cape. The keeper’s house, painted white with a prominent red

roof, is connected to the tower.

5.23 Bahia Chanco recedes about 3.5 miles E between Punta La

Vieja and Punta Puchepo, about 14 miles S. The shore of the

bay is sandy. Rada Pelluhue, a cove at the S end of Bahia

Chanco, provides anchorage, in 17m, sand and rock, about 0.3

to 0.5 mile offshore NW of the head of the cove. Rada Curanipe, another small cove, lies just NE of Punta Trarao, a rock

on the extremity of a sandy point about 0.3 mile NE of Punta

Puchepo. The cove affords little protection from S winds and

the swell is always heavy.

5.23 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 14 to 20m,

sand, about 0.5 mile N of Punta Trarao. Smaller vessels may

anchor, in 10m, sand, about 0.3 mile N of Punta Trarao. Vessels should always be prepared to put to sea, as the holding

ground is not good.

5.23 The village of Curanipe lies close within the combined

mouths of the Rio Parron and the Rio Curanipe, which flow into Rada Curanipe about 0.2 mile E of Punta Trarao.

5.24 Punta Puchepo (35°49'S., 72°36'W.) is low and

sandy with a central strip of rock. Montes Pelados are located

about 3 miles E of Punta Puchepo. The summits of these hills

are bare and dark and attain a height of 396m.

5.24 Punta Nugurne (35°59'S., 72°48'W.), about 11 miles SW of

Punta Puchepo, is a prominent point with a mound on its extremity. Punta Nugurne is reported to give a good radar return

up to 17 miles. A rock, on which the sea breaks, lies about 0.3

mile W of the point. A shoal, with a depth of 18m, lies about

9.5 miles WNW of the point.

5.24 Rada Buchupureo is a small cove which lies on the N side of

Punta Maquis, about 6 miles S of Punta Nugurne. The cove can

be identified by the sandy beach which forms the E side of the

bay, and by the road which passes over Punta Maquis. The Rio

Buchupureo empties into the cove about 0.4 mile E of Punta

Maquis, and the town of Buchupureo lies about 0.5 mile within

the mouth of the river on the N bank. Three bridges cross the

river close within the mouth.

5.24 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 21.9m, sand,

almost 0.5 mile offshore NNE of Punta Maquis. The holding

ground is poor and the bottom is foul with lost anchors and cables. There is anchorage for smaller vessels in, 14.6m, sand, almost 0.3 mile offshore NE of Punta Maquis.

5.24 Landing is impossible, even in fine weather, and there is no

maritime activity at Aldea de Buchupureo, at the S end of the

bay. 

5.25 Punta Maquis (36°05'S., 72°48'W.) is steep-to,

rocky, and about 213m high. Punta Maquis is reported to give a

good radar return up 25 miles. Farallon Iglesia de Piedra, a

prominent rock, lies close off Punta Iglesia de Piedra, about 1

mile S of Punta Maquis. It was reported that Punta Maquis extends about 0.8 mile farther W than charted.

5.25 Bahia Cobquecura (36°08'S., 72°48'W.) lies between Punta

Iglesia and Punta Achira, a high, steep-to, and rocky point

about 5.5 miles S. Punta Achira is reported to give a good radar

return up to 25 miles. Bajo Miramar, a reef with some abovewater rocks, lies in the S part of Bahia Cobquecura and extends

about 1 mile offshore from 1.5 to 2.5 miles N of Punta Achira.

The shores of the bay are unapproachable except in the finest

weather. The village of Cobquecura stands about 2.8 miles S of

Punta Iglesia. Lights at the village may be seen up to 10 miles

seaward.

5.25 Depths of 18m (existence doubtful) lie about 8.5 and 29

miles W of Punta Achira.

5.25 Punta Coicoi, the N entrance point of the unnavigable Rio

Itata, lies 12.5 miles SSW of Punta Achira. Punta Coicoi is

steep-to and rocky. A reef extends a little over 0.5 mile W from

the point.

5.25 Bahia Coliumo (36°32'S., 72°56'W.), about 10 miles SSW

of Punta Coicoi, is entered between Punta Lingueral and Punta

Blanca, almost 1 mile W. The bay recedes S for about 1.5
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 103

Pub. 125

miles. Punta Blanca is low and rocky, but rises steeply to Morro Necoche, which appears to be an islet from the N. Islote

Hormiguita, a rocky islet, lies about 91m N of Punta Blanca.

The bay is a tourist resort and the Marine Biology Headquarters of the University of Concepcion. Small vessels may anchor

within the bay. A pier at the SE side of the bay is reported to be

destroyed.

5.25 Morro Loberia (36°35'S., 73°00'W.), a high and dark bluff,

stands about 4 miles SW of the W entrance point of Bay Coliumo. The coast between is fronted in most places by submerged

rocks. A light is shown from the point. Above and below-water

rocks lie up to 0.1 mile offshore W of the point, and the sea

breaks heavily on them during N winds. The point can be identified easily, even on dark nights.

5.25 Roca Concepcion, a pinnacle rock with 5.9m over it, lies

about 0.3 mile W of Morro Loberia. The sea breaks over Roca

Concepcion in bad weather.

5.25 Cerro Neuque, a prominent hill, rises to an elevation of

490m about 4.5 miles E of Morro Loberia.

5.25 Punta Tumbes (36°37'S., 73°07'W.) 6 miles WSW of Morro

Loberia, is steep and rocky. A light is shown from the point

which is the NW extremity of a peninsula. Foul ground and

rocks extend up to 0.3 mile N of the N end of the peninsula.

Roca Quiebra Olas, a rock 7m high and blackish in color, lies a

little over 0.8 mile NW of Punta Tumbes. Vessels should not

pass between the rock and the coast of the peninsula. Islote Pan

de Azucar, an islet 35m high, lies on foul ground which extends 0.8 mile W from a point about 1.8 miles SSW of Punta

Tumbes.

5.25 Caution.—A shoal, with a least charted depth of 29m, lies

about 28 miles NW of Punta Tumbes.

5.26 Bahia Concepcion (36°41'S., 73°02'W.) is one of the

best and most protected harbors on the coast. It is entered between Morro Loberia and Punta Tumbes and recedes S for

about 9 miles. There are excellent anchorages and several

small ports within the bay.

5.26 Isla Quiriquina lies on the W side of the entrance. Two channels, passing on either side of Isla Quiriquina, lead into the bay.

Boca Grande, the E channel, is free of dangers, except for Roca

Concepcion, which has already been described above in paragrtaph 5.25. Boca Chica, the W channel, is narrow and difficult

to navigate. 

5.26 Winds—Weather.—About 40 days of heavy seas are caused

by N winds during the months from May to August; there is no

swell.

5.26 Good weather prevails from September to April. During the

winter months, about 10 to 15 days are unworkable due to

heavy rains. Fogs are more frequent from January to April than

in the other months.

5.26 Tides—Currents.—The tides are affected by seismographic

disturbances along the coast. In the winter, after N winds and

hard rains, there is an ebb current.

5.26 Strong currents are reported to run through Boca Chica at a

spring tide.

5.26 Aspect.—Boca Chica, the W channel, is narrow. Vessels

over 60m in length or 600 grt are prohibited from using this

channel, with the exception of warships of the Chile Navy.

5.26 Rocas Buey, the outer end of a reef which extends about 0.5

mile E from the shore, lies about 2 miles ESE of Punta Tumbes

and is marked by a lighted buoy. The channel E of Rocas Buey

is reduced to a navigable width of about 0.4 mile and there are

strong and irregular currents in the vicinity. There is a least

depth of 12m in the fairway of the channel.

5.26 Boca Grande, the main entrance channel, lies E of Isla

Quiriquina. 

5.26 Vessels are limited to a speed of 20 knots when passing

through either entrance channel.

5.26 Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the entrance channels.

5.26 Isla Quiriquina, home to a naval school, is 131m high and

about 3 miles in length. Foul ground extends between 0.1 and

0.5 mile off the island’s shores. Punta del Faro, the N extremity

of the island, lies about 3.3 miles ENE of Punta Tumbes.

5.26 A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing about 0.4

mile S of Punta del Faro. 

5.26 Punta Arenas, a low sandy spit, is the SE extremity of the island and lies 2.5 miles SSW of Punta del Faro. A light is shown

from the point. Punta Fronton, the SW extremity of the island,

lies about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Arenas. Kelp is frequently

found off the point.

5.26 Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme

is situated within Boca Grande and may best be seen on the

chart. The inbound traffic lane lies to the W of the separation

zone.

5.26 Anchorage.—During NW winds, vessels can anchor anywhere under the lee of Isla Quiriquina outside of the prohibited

area.

5.26 Caution.—A submarine cable area extends WNW from the

vicinity of Punta Fronton to the E coast of the Tumbes Peninsula. 

5.26 A measured distance range on a course of 036.5°-216.5° is

established SE of Punta Arenas. The NE limit is marked by a

pair of beacons on Cerro Amarillo and the SW limit is marked

by a pair of beacons, which stand about 0.5 mile SW of Punta

Arenas. Each of the beacons consists of a quadrangular framework, orange tower, 11m high, surmounted by a triangle.

5.26 The entire island is enclosed within a Prohibited Area, best

seen on the chart.

5.27 Tome (36°37'S., 72°57'W.) is situated in Tome Bay,

in the NE part of Concepcion Bay. The bay measures about 2

miles across and recedes 0.7 mile, providing an excellent anchorage. The port consists of a single cargo pier. Cargo consists mainly of coastal trade and exports, imported cargo is few

and far between.

5.27 Depths—Limitations.—The pier is about 152m long, with a

depth of 2.4m at its head. No lighters are kept at this port, as

vessel entries are sporadic. When they are needed, the lighters

are brought across from Talchuano and discharged at Tome,

with the 3-ton cranes at the pier.

5.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, and there is no resident pilot. However, if pilotage is required, the vessel must

give 48-hour notice of requirements to Talcahuano; VHF channel 16 (calling only) is used.

5.27 Caution.—An outfall extends W from the shore in the SW

part of Puerto Tomes. An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, best seen on the chart, surrounds the outfall.

5.28 Lirquen (36°43'S., 72°59'W.) (World Port Index No.
104 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

14425) is a small port situated on the SE side of Bahia Concepcion.

Depths—Limitations.—Lirquen Wharf No. 1 is a 615m

long concrete pier, with an access bridge, built into the bay,

running from S to N. Four berths (Berth No. 1 through Berth

No. 4) are situated on the pier, two on each side. A light is

shown from the pier head. There are no cranes; vessels must

use their own equipment.

5.28 Lirquen Wharf No. 2 is a combination pier and access bridge

712m long located W of Lirquen Wharf No. 1. Berth No. 5 and

Berth No. 6 are found at this pier.

5.28 Berthing limitations for the two piers are, as follows:

5.28 Aspect.—Range marks situated on the roofs of the sheds at

the root of the pier assist the pilot in berthing; however, these

leading marks should not be used during a fog or during a severe wind. Berthing takes place only in daylight.

5.28 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels.

The pilot from Talcahuano boards in an area 1 mile W of the

pier head. The port can be contacted by VHF channel 16. The

use of tugs is compulsory. 

5.28 Regulations.— Tugs are used to berth and unberth ships at

both piers.

5.28 Signals.—When signal for variable weather is displayed,

vessels must vacate Berth No. 3, Berth No. 4, Berth No. 5, and

Berth No. 6. The signals are, as follows:.

1. By day—A blue triangular flag.

2. By night—One green light.

5.28 Anchorage.—A vessel waiting to berth should anchor in

one of the designated anchorage areas (measured from pier

head No. 2): 

a. 0.5 mile N.

b. 0.875 mile NW.

c. 1.5 miles WNW.

d. 1.5 miles NW (quarantine anchorage). 

5.29 Penco (36°42'S., 73°00'W.) (World Port Index No.

14440) is situated about 2 miles SW of Lirquen at the mouth of

the Rio Andalien.

5.29 Depths—Limitations.—A conveyor pier extends about 1

mile N from the shore. A phosphate factory stands at the root

of the pier. Lights along the pier are prominent. A berth, with

three dolphins and four mooring buoys, is situated alongside

the E side of the pier head. Vessels up to 200m in length and

10.1m draft can be accommodated.

5.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, and may be had at the

boarding ground situated about 1 mile N of the pier head. The

pilot and tugs are supplied from Talcahuano. Pilots are also

compulsory for vessels proceeding to the anchorage.

5.29 Anchorage.—Large vessels should anchor about 0.4 mile

ESE of the pier head, in a depth of 11m. Small vessels should

anchor about 0.5 mile SE of the pier head, in a depth of 9m.

5.30 Talcahuano (36°42'S., 73°06'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14420) is situated along the S part of the W shore of Bahia

Concepcion, and serves as a naval base and a commercial port.

5.30 Talcahuano is one of the safest and best ports in Chile, being

protected from all directions.

5.30 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 1.5m, while

the spring rise is 1.8m.

5.30 Strong N winds cause a swell which may interrupt boatwork

in the inner anchorage.

5.30 Depths—Limitations.—The Emporchi Pier consists of two

berths. Berth No. 1 has a length of 155m and a depth of 8.8m.

Berth 2 has a length of 200m and a depth of 6.7m; it is reported

no longer in use.

5.30 There is an important naval base at the port within which

Molo Quinientos is used commercially. Its extension of 500m

and a depth of 8.2m accommodate up to two vessels at a time.

Berth No. 1 has a length of 250m and a depth of 8.2m. Berth

No. 2 has a length of 175m and a depth of 7.3m.

5.30 It is reported that vessels up to 92,100 dwt can be handled at

the naval drydock.

5.30 Aspect.—Banco Belen lies 3 miles SSW of the S extremity

of Isla Quiriquina. The naval facilities, which include a repair

basin and two drydocks, extend E from the W shore of the bay

and are protected by a breakwater situated about 0.3 mile W of

Banco Belen. The naval base extends along the W coast of the

bay about 1 mile S and 2.5 miles N of the repair basin. The

commercial harbor is situated close S of the naval base.

5.30 A very conspicuous radio mast, the tallest of several masts,

stands on the summit of Cerro Centinela, about 1 mile W of the

commercial pier. Three prominent radio masts and then two

other prominent radio masts stand about 0.3 mile W and 0.5

mile SSW, respectively, of the repair basin. Morro Talcahuano

is prominent and rises on the E side of the entrance to Canal

del Morro, about 0.5 mile SSE of the root of the commercial

pier.

5.30 A light, with a racon, is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing at the SE side of Banco Belen. Buoys are moored at the N

and W ends of the shoal. Ranges indicate the approach to the

commercial pier.

5.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels for

both anchoring and docking. The pilot boards about 0.6 mile

SSE of Banco Belen Light. The port and pilot can be contacted

on VHF channel 16.

5.30 Anchorage.—The port is the best anchorage for large vessels within the bay, as it is sheltered from the prevailing winds.

Vessels anchor in the port area about 0.5 mile offshore, in

depths of 7.5 to 9m. Vessels unable to anchor in the port area

should do so S of a line extended 069° from the head of the

commercial pier. Explosives, quarantine, and fumigation anchorage areas are shown on the chart S of Banco Belen.

5.30 Caution.—A restricted area in which anchoring and fishing

are prohibited, the limits of which is shown on the chart, fronts

the naval base and facilities. This area adjoins the prohibited

area. 

Lirquen—Berthing Limitations

Berth Usable length Draft

No. 1 220m 11.9m

No. 2 210m 11.4m

No. 3 200m 9.6m

No. 4 160m 7.4m

No. 5 220m 15.5m

No. 6 220m 12.86m
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 105

Pub. 125

Bahia San Vicente (36°44'S., 73°10'W.)

World Port Index No. 14415

5.31 Bahia San Vicente is situated close SW of Peninsula

Tumbes. It is entered between Punta Lobos, about 6.3 miles

SSW of Punta Tumbes, and Punta Gualpen, 2.5 miles SW. The

town of San Vicente, situated along the NE shore of the bay, is

considered part of Talcahuano. The port has two berthing piers.

A petroleum refinery has been recently installed in the neighborhood of the bay. 

5.31 Winds—Weather.—Bahia San Vicente is open to winds

from the NW, which raise a swell in its southern half. The port

facilities, which are situated in the NE corner of the bay are

well protected from the surf generated by these winds. During

the summer, winds from the S and SW prevail here creating a

non dangerous swell in the bay’s N portion.

5.31 Tides—Currents.—The local authorities and the pilot

should be consulted for data on tides and currents within the

bay. The tidal rise here is reported to be 1.7m.

5.31 Depths—Limitations.—There are two piers available for

use 24/7. The general cargo and bulk berths are at the North

Pier, which has a length of 200m and an alongide depth 9.9m,

and South Pier, which has a length of 180m and an alongside

depth of 7.9m. The Emporchi Berths are Pier No. 1, with a

length of 220m and depth alongside of 11.2m, and Pier No. 2,

with a length of 220m and depth alongside of 11.9m.

5.31 Three multi-point mooring terminal berths, connected to

submarine pipelines, are available in the NE part of the bay, as

follows: 

1. Terminal A handled tankers up to 150m in length with

drafts up to 9.4m. It has been reported that Terminal A is

now out of service.

2. Terminal B can handle tankers up to 250m in length

with drafts up to 12.8m. It is for crude and fuel oil.

3. Terminal C is for clean products. It can handle tankers

up to 150m in length with a maximum draft of 9.1m. There

is no night berthing. Vessels up to 80,000 dwt call here. 

5.31 The gas terminal is located in the SE part of the bay. Vessels

lie with ships head 270° using both anchors and stern lines to

three mooring buoys.

5.31 Muelle CAP is a mechanized pier extending 371m from the

E shore of the bay. Vessels up to 200m in length can be accommodated at the N side with drafts up to 10m, and at the S side

with drafts up to 8m. Four sets of lighted range beacons provide navigation assistance to the berths.

5.31 Aspect.—The bay recedes about 2.3 miles SE. The N shore

is high and rocky, curving around to Punta Gualpen, which is a

rocky steep-sided promontory. The E portion of the bay is

formed by a sandy beach. Islote Los Chanalles, 19m high,

stands on foul ground extending up to 0.2 mile SW of Punta

Lobos. Ras Lobos stand on foul ground extending up to 0.2

mile N of Punta Gualpen. Punta Liles lies about 1.5 miles SE

of Punta Lobos. A breakwater extends 0.3 mile SW from Punta

Liles.

5.31 The high hills of Tetas de Bio are the most conspicuous landmarks for making the bay; Teta Norte, 244m high, and Teta

Sur, 247m high, stand about 1.3 miles SSE and 1.5 miles SSW,

respectively, of Punta Gualpen. A radio mast stands on the

summit of Teta Sur.

5.31 A light is shown from Punta Gualpen. The lights and flares

of the steel mill at the E side of the bay may be seen from a

considerable distance seaward.

5.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. There are five pilots

available. Pilots board in an area about 1 mile ENE of Punta

Gualpen. Caution is advised as the light on the point may become obscured. Vessels should contact the pilot at least 1 hour

prior to arrival. The pilot can be contacted on VHF channel 16.

5.31 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from all but NW winds,

is available anywhere in the bay clear of the Prohibited Anchorage Area in depths of less than 20m over a bottom of sand

and mud, good holding ground. Vessels anchored within the

bay during bad weather should leave and heave-to at sea or

proceed to Bahia Concepcion to anchor in the lee of Isla

Quiriquina.

5.31 Regulations.—Bahia San Vicente is considered an integral

portion of Talcahuano, so no additional clearance is necessary

if sailing between these ports.

5.31 Tankers are berthed and unberthed during daylight hours

only. 

5.31 An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the approaches to the bay and may best be seen on the chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated SW of the Traffic Separation

Zone.

5.31 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which

can be seen on the chart, lies in the NE part of the bay.

5.31 Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the approaches to the bay. 

5.31 Roca Villa de Burdeos, a shoal patch with a least depth of

4.1m, lies about 0.4 mile WSW of the breakwater head and is

marked by a lighted buoy moored close S. Roca Navia Chica,

4m high, and Roca Navia Grande, 14m high, lie off the SW

shore of the bay about 0.8 mile ESE of Punta Gualpen.

5.31 In bad weather conditions, it is recommended that vessels

making a landfall at Bahia San Vicente or anchored within the

bay should leave and either heave-to at sea or head for Bahia

Concepcion to anchor in the lee of Isla Quiriquina.

Golfo de Arauco

5.32 Golfo de Arauco is a large gulf entered between Punta

Cullinto, 2.5 miles SW of Punta Gualpen, and Punta Lavapie

about 28 miles SW. It recedes about 16 miles SE. The mouth of

the Rio Bio Bio is situated in the NE part. Isla Santa Maria lies

about 8 miles NNE of Punta Lavapie in the entrance of the

gulf. The shores of the gulf consist mostly of sandy bays and

beaches, interspersed with rocky points and cliffs.

5.32 Punta Cullinto is low and rocky. Islotes Los Lobos, a group

of islets and rocks, front the point up to 0.3 mile SW.

5.32 Morro Pompon, formed by an islet connected to the mainland by a sandy isthmus, lies 2.8 miles SE of Punta Cullinto.

5.32 The Rio Bio Bio empties into the gulf between Morro Pompon and an unnamed point about 1 mile S. The river is inaccessible due to sand banks. The water is discolored up to about 4

miles NW and 14 miles S of the mouth by the discharge from

the river.

5.32 An aeronautical light is situated about 5 miles ENE of the

river mouth. A prominent radio mast stands about 3.5 miles

ESE of Morro Pompon on the S bank of the river.

5.32 Punta Lavapie (37°09'S.,73°35'W.) is low and rocky. Islets
106 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

and rocks, awash, front the point up to 0.5 mile N. A light is

shown from the point. Emergency anchorage may be taken by

small vessels in depths of 8m ESE of the point protected from

S and W winds. Foul ground extends up to 1 mile from the

shore SE of the point.

5.32 Isla Santa Maria, in the SW part of the gulf, is low and has

numerous off-lying rocks and shoals surrounding it. Isla Santa

Maria is undulating, treeless, and covered with grass and small

shrubs.

5.32 The W coast of the island is mostly cliffy, except for a flat

sandy area in the middle which extends ESE across the island

and gives it the appearance of two islands from a distance.

Morro Dolores, the W extremity, is a detached hill about 58m

high, which stands on a small peninsula. The E side of the island is hilly at its N and S parts. The flat sandy area mentioned

above forms a spit on the middle of the E side which terminates

in Punta Delicada. Morro Cansado, the N extremity of the island, lies 6 miles NW of Punta Delicada. Punta Cochinos, the S

extremity of the island, lies 3.3 miles SW of Punta Delicada.

Above and below-water rocks lie up to 1.3 miles off the W

coast of the island, and are not always marked by breakers.

Dangerous ground, islets, and rocks lie up to 3 miles NNW of

Morro Cansado.

5.32 A light is shown from a tower standing at an elevation of

210m, about 1 mile SSW of Morro Cansado. A light is shown

from a tower standing about 1 mile NW of Punta Delicada.

5.32 Boca Chica, the passage between Punta Lavapie and Isla

Santa Maria, is nearly 5 miles wide with a navigable width of

2.3 miles. A sandy ridge, with a least depth of 7.8m, extends S

across Boca Chica between Punta Delicada and Punta Pichicui,

7 miles SE of Punta Lavapie.

5.32 A depth of 0.5m, existence doubtful, lies 2.5 miles N of Punta Pichicui. Roca Huemul, with a depth of 6m, and Roca Meteoro, with a depth of 6.8m, lie 1.8 miles SSE and 1 mile S,

respectively, of Punta Cochinos; the sea breaks occasionally

over both rocks.

5.32 Roca Hector, existence doubtful, is reported to lie about 1.8

miles N of Punta Lavapie. Roca Cockatrice, existence doubtful, is reported to lie about 3.3 miles W of Punta Cochinos.

Several other dangers lie between Roca Cockatrice and Isla

Santa Maria and may be seen on the chart.

5.32 Approaching Boca Chica from the W, an E set at about 0.5

knot may be felt. Within the channel entrance, the flood sets

ENE, while the ebb sets WSW, both at a rate of 1 to 2 knots.

5.32 In heavy weather, the sand ridge across the channel becomes

a mass of breakers. 

5.32 There is a considerable amount of fog in the vicinity of the

channel from January through July, but less frequent during the

rest of the year.

5.32 Punta Coronel, 11.5 miles S of Morro Pompon, can be identified by a small village about 0.5 mile N, by a small house on

the end of the point, and by an old mine shaft close S of it. A

sandy beach extends for about 11 miles N of the point to the

mouth of the Rio Bio Bio.

5.32 Punta Puchoco, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Coronel, is moderately high and has some trees and houses standing on it.

5.32 A prominent building, with a metal tower, 55m high, stands

midway between the above points. Obstruction lights mark the

tower. A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on

Punta Puchoco. A chimney, 40m high, stands at a power station

about 0.5 mile NE of the light tower. A wreck is reported to lie

approximately 1.5 miles NW of Punta Puchoco.

5.32 Roca Boca Maule, with a least depth of 7.1m, lies about 1

mile NW of Punta Puchoco.

5.32 Bahia de Coronel recedes about 1.5 miles E between Punta

Puchoco and Punta Cuervos, about 2.8 miles SSE. The bay has

depths of about 20.1m across its entrance, which decrease

gradually toward the shore. Bajo Playa Negra, a reef on which

the sea breaks heavily in ordinary weather, lies on the shore

bank about 0.3 mile offshore near the middle of the E shore,

about 2 miles NE of Punta Cuervos. Roca Playa Blanca, with

4.6m over it, lies about 0.8 mile offshore almost 1 mile NNE of

Punta Cuervos. Playa Blanca, at the head of the SE part of the

bay, consists of fine yellowish sand, on which a heavy surf always breaks. Bajo Puchoco, at the N end of the bay, extends up

to 0.3 mile SE of Punta Puchoco.

5.32 Winds—Weather.—Strong S winds prevail in Bahia Coronel in the summer months from September to March, and

sometimes cause a short choppy sea. These winds are not dangerous to shipping. Northerly gales prevail during the winter

months. Fine drizzle and somewhat dense fog are frequent in

Bahia Coronel. It has been reported that an E current set between 2 and 3 knots occurs between Punta Coronel and Punta

Lota, about 6 miles S.

5.33 Coronel (37°02'S., 73°10'W.) (World Port Index No.

14400) lies about 1.3 miles E of Punta Puchoco. It is a coal

mining port. The harbor bay provides no restriction to maximum vessel size permitted. However, berthing is sized during

daylight hours only. Masters should be aware that his vessel

should be ready to leave the berth at short notice due to bad

weather. 

5.33 Tides—Currents.—It has been reported that a current sets E

at a rate of 2 to 3 knots off the approach to the bay.

5.33 Tides rise 1.2 to 1.5m here.

5.33 Depths—Limitations.—Jureles Pier, a mechanized terminal

for loading bulk cargo, has a total length of 750m. Vessels up

to 12.1m draft, length 170m, and 35,000 dwt can berth across

the head of the jetty. Vessels berth starboard side-to, using five

mooring buoys. The largest vessel berthed at Muelle Puerto

Coronel was 220m long, with a maximum draft of 14m. Puchoco Pier can berth vessels up to 71,000 dwt heading to SW

with bow lines to a dolphin and an offshore anchor. At the

berth, vessels experience continuous surge and swell during the

winter months.

5.33 Aspect.—From Puchoco Point, the coast runs E, then S, and

finally W, forming the Bay of Coronel. The port of Coronel is

located in the NE corner of the bay.

5.33 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board vessels

about 1 mile SW of Punta Puchoco. Pilots are supplied from

San Vicente. 

5.33 Vessels are to wait in the anchorage, 400m from the head of

the coal pier, in a depth of 10m, if the pilot is not available or

the berth is occupied; VHF channels 9, 14 and 16 are used. 

5.33 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 11 to

12m, mud, in the following positions:

1. With Punta Puchoco Light bearing 342°, distant 1.2

miles, about 1 mile W of Baja Playa Negra.

2. With Punta Puchoco Light bearing 346°, distant 1.5

miles, about 0.6 mile WNW of Roca Playa Blanca.
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 107

Pub. 125

3. With Punta Puchoco Light bearing 349°, distant 2

miles, about 0.6 mile WSW of Roca Playa Blanca. 

5.33 Ships involved in the loading and unloading of explosives

must anchor 1 mile SE of Punta Puchoco Light.

5.33 Caution.—It is reported that Bajo Puchoco is extending S.

5.33 Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie in the bay and

may best be seen on the chart.

5.33 Vessels are prohibited from navigating in the vicinity of a

submarine pipeline situated on the N side of the pier.

5.33 Punta Pique is located about 1 mile SE of Punta Cuervos and

fringed by a reef. A conspicuous tower, 56m high, stands on

the point.

5.33 Punta Lota (Lutrin) lies about 0.3 mile S of Punta Pique and

is fringed by a reef. A light is shown from a prominent tower,

13m high, standing on the point. The tall chimneys at a disused

smelting works stand E of the point near the foot of the hills

which dominate the shore. Caleta Chambique, a small cove entered between Punta Pique and Punta Lota, is used by small

craft, but is exposed and SW winds cause a heavy sea.

Bahia de Lota recedes about 0.5 mile NE between Punta Lota and Punta Fuerte Viejo, about 0.8 mile SE. The bay has general depths of about 11m across its entrance between Punta

Lota and Islote Lobos, about 0.1 mile W of Punta Fuerte Viejo.

Depths within the bay decrease gradually toward the shore.

Punta Escoria, formed by slag from an abandoned smelting

works, is located a little over 0.5 mile ESE of Punta Lota. Bajo

Punta Escoria extends about 0.1 mile S of the point and is

marked by a lighted buoy. It is reported that the S part of the

shoal breaks.

5.34 Lota (37°06'S., 73°09'W.) (World Port Index No.

14380) is situated along the NE shore of Bahia de Lota. Lota is

the site of a mechanical coal loading pier, now operated by the

National Coal Board. The port is used for the loading of coal. 

5.34 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise here about 1.2m. During

strong W or NW winds, a current has been observed to run E

and S around the shores of the bay to Isla Lobos and then turn

S.

5.34 Depths—Limitations.—The coal loading pier is 220m long.

There are two sets of range lights for laying out the two anchors, based on a vessel with a maximum length of 110m. No

tugs are required, but there is one launch for mooring. The

220m long pier has a berthing length of 149m, on the E side.

There is 8.8m at the head of the pier and to 60m shorewards,

shoaling to 7m at the 149m mark. The W side is no longer used

and there are no lighters. 

5.34 Vessels can berth or sail at any hour. It was reported that the

port intends to extend the length of the pier.

5.34 Pilotage.—Pilots board vessels about 0.3 mile SE of Punta

Lota in the charted waiting area. Pilotage is compulsory, and is

supplied from Talcahuano.

5.34 When waiting for a pilot or berth, vessels anchor 500m off

the light, bearing 135°, in 10.6m of water.

5.34 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the entrance to the

port, midway between Punta Lota and Islote Lobos, in a depth

of 12m, mud. The explosive anchorage lies about 0.5 mile W

of Isolote Lobos.

5.34 Caution.—Winds from the W to NW cause swells which

may suspend loading operations.

5.34 Caleta Colcura (37°07'S., 73°09'W.) occupies a bight between Punta Fuerte Viejo and a position about 0.8 mile S. The

cove can be identified by a sandy beach at its head and Islote

Lobos lying off the N entrance point. Several wrecks lie in the

vicinity of the cove and may be seen on the chart.

5.34 Anchorage.—The bight affords good anchorage to small

vessels, in 7.3 to 9.1m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore S of Punta

Fuerte Viejo.

5.34 Punta Laraquete is located about 4.3 miles SSW of Punta

Lota. The Rio Laraquete empties into the gulf close S of the

point. Caleta Laraquete lies off the river mouth, and Caleta

Chivilingo lies about 1 mile NNE of the point. Both these

bights offer anchorage, but they are exposed and not recommended.

Golfo de Arauco to Bahia de Corral

5.35 Punta Lavapie (37°09'S., 73°35'W.), previously described in paragraph 5.32, is the N extremity of Cabo Rumena,

a hilly and wooded promontory about 335m high. The W side

of Cabo Rumena, from Punta Lavapie to Punta Los Piures,

about 4 miles SW, is fringed by above and below-water rocks

to a distance of about 0.5 mile offshore. A rock, with a depth of

5m, lies 1.3 miles NNW of Punta Los Piures, while a rocky

shoal, with a depth of 11m, lies close S of the rock.

5.35 Between Punta Los Piures and Morro Carnero, the N entrance point of Bahia Carnero about 11 miles SSW, the coast is

steep-to and fringed by numerous dangers to a distance of almost 0.5 mile offshore.

5.35 Bahia Carnero is a large bay which recedes about 4 miles E

between Morro Carnero and Punta Millomhue, about 14 miles

S. Punta Arenas (37°22'S., 73°40'W.) is a low point about 0.8

mile E of Morro Carnero. Isla Uchaguapi and Isla Pichiguapi

extend almost 1 mile S from the point and are almost contiguous with the point and with each other.

5.36 Puerto Yana (37°22'S., 73°39'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14370), used by coastal vessels for shelter, indents the

coast about 0.8 mile between the S extremity of Isla Pichiguapi

and Punta Liles, about 1.3 miles ENE.

5.36 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 11 to 15m, sand,

good holding ground, about 0.3 mile E of Isla Uchaguapi.

Large vessels anchor, in a depth of 18m, sand, 0.8 mile WSW

of the hill on Punta Liles.

5.36 Caution.—When approaching these anchorages, take care to

avoid the wrecks off the E coast of Isla Uchaguapi.

5.36 Puerto Yana is well-sheltered from N and W winds, but open

to the S and SW. During southerly winds, rough seas penetrate

the anchorage, making the vessels stay difficult.

5.36 Bajo Maule, a detached reef on which the sea breaks heavily

during gales, lies about 3 miles offshore about 4 miles S of

Morro Carnero and appears to extend E. Depths are sufficient

for vessels to pass between it and the coast, but vessels are advised to pass well W of Bajo Maule.

5.36 Punta Millomhue (37°36'S., 73°39'W.) is rocky and about

41m high. Some above-water rocks extend about 0.1 mile N.

From Punta Millomhue, the coast trends about 1.3 miles SSW

to La Puntilla, the E entrance point of the Rio Lebu. This part

of the coast consists of a sandy beach backed by dunes.
108 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

5.37 Lebu (37°38'S., 73°40'W.) (World Port Index No.

14360) lies in a bight between Punta Millomhue and Punta Tucapel, about 2.3 miles SW. The port facilities are situated at the

W bank of the entrance to the Rio Lebu, and at the port of Lebu

on the S bank of the Rio Lebu, about 0.7 mile within the entrance.

5.37 Winds—Weather.—In general, vessels may enter, anchor,

and work cargo during the whole year. From January to April

and from September to December, the predominant winds are

N and allow an almost continuous working period, as do the

predominant S winds from May to August. East and W winds

are of short duration and occur during weather changes. Calms,

although unusual, are distributed evenly throughout the year.

During N storms, vessels change their anchorage to the harbor

at Yana.

5.37 Tides—Currents.—An E current passes by Punta Tucapel,

while a N current that may reach 5 knots flows N from the Rio

Lebu. The two currents join, and flow NE. This NE current,

coupled with a S wind, may severely strain the vessel’s ground

tackle.

5.37 Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Fiscal, 0.3 mile SE of Punta Tucapel Light, is 120m long, with a depth of 3m at its head;

it was reported out of use.

5.37 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor anywhere according to

their draft, as the bay is free of dangers. The port captain will

designate the anchorage. Ships at anchor may roll heavily, unless they are moored on a NW heading, as the swell caused by

a SW wind penetrates the anchorage. 

5.37 The following are anchor berths, with bearings and distances

from Punta Tucapel Light:

1. Best berth—ENE, 0.5 mile, in depths of 14 to 16m,

sand.

2. Recommended berth—083°, 0.5 mile, in a depth of

about 11m, sand.

3. Recommended berth—078°, 0.4 mile.

4. Recommended berth—076°, 0.3 mile

5. Quarantine anchorage—032°, 0.6 mile.

6. Explosives anchorage—058°, 0.73 mile.

7. Unloading ballast—051°, 0.8 mile.

5.37 Caution.—It was reported that the river was silted up and

could only be used by small craft with drafts up to 2m. 

5.37 A dangerous wreck lies 100°, 0.5 mile from Punta Tucapel

Light

5.38 Punta Tucapel (37°37'S., 73°41'W.) attains a height

of about 145m. It is precipitous to the W, but slopes more gently to the S. Roca Guapi, with a height of about 3.9m, lies

about 0.2 mile N of Punta Tucapel.

5.38 A light is shown from the point and a radio mast, marked by

obstruction lights, stands about 0.3 mile SSE of Punta Tucapel

Light. A conspicuous tower stands about 2 miles SE of the

point and can be seen from a considerable distance seaward.

The mast of a stranded vessel lies 0.8 mile ESE of the light

tower.

5.38 From Punta Tucapel to Punta Morguilla, about 8 miles S, the

coast consists mostly of sandy beaches separated by projecting

rocky points about 2 miles apart.

5.38 Punta Morguilla (37°44'S., 73°40'W.) is a small peninsula

about 9.1m high. It is partly wooded and is joined to the coast

by a sandy isthmus. Above-water rocks fringe the point on its

N and S sides, and rocks, awash, extend up to 0.8 mile S of the

point outside the above-water rocks. A light is shown from

Punta Morguilla.

5.38 From Punta Morguilla to Punta Nena, about 31 miles S, the

coast forms a bight that recedes about 5 miles E. The coast,

from 8.5 to 10.5 miles SSE of Punta Morguilla, is fringed with

submerged rocks which extend about 0.5 mile offshore. Bajo

Hassler, on which a depth of 23m was reported, lies about 25

miles WSW of Punta Morguilla.

5.38 Caleta Quidico is a small bight which lies on the E side of

Punta Nena. The bight is sheltered from the SW by Punta Nena

and the rocks which break and extend about 0.8 mile N. The

bight recedes about 1 mile S between Punta Nena and a position about 2 miles E. It is open to the N. Depths across the entrance are from 5 to 6m and decrease gradually toward the head

of the bay. Small vessels may take anchorage, in 6m, off the E

side of Punta Nena.

5.38 Between Punta Nena and Punta Nihue, about 63 miles SSE,

the coast consists mainly of low sandy beaches, with intermittent cliffs. Higher land backs the coast about 5 or 6 miles inland. The summits of the Andes are visible when the weather is

clear, and the active volcano of Villa Rica, about 30 miles E of

Tolten, mentioned below, is visible about 60 miles.

5.38 Cabo Tirua (38°22'S., 73°31'W.), about 8 miles S of Punta

Nena, is rocky. The Rio Tirua flows into an inlet about 2.5

miles NNE of the cape. A light is exhibited at the river entrance.

5.39 Isla Mocha (38°23'S., 73°55'W.) lies about 18 miles

W of Cabo Tirua. The island is steep-to on its W side, but

slopes more gradually to the E. It attains an elevation of about

335m near the SW side of a wooded plateau, which lies in the

center of the island. There are three aircraft landing strips on

the island.

5.39 Winds—Weather.—North winds are most frequent in the

vicinity of the island from October to April. South winds prevail from May to July. Thick weather occasionally lasts for

days.

5.39 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents attain a velocity of 1.5

knots with the rising tide and set N. The tidal current accompanying the falling tide sets S. Sometimes there is no current accompanying the falling tide for days and the current

accompanying the rising tide then has the effect and appearance of a continuous N current.

5.39 Punta Arvejas (38°19'S., 73°58'W.), the NW extremity of

the island, is low and composed of yellowish sand. From Punta

Arvejas to Punta Anegadiza, about 6 miles SE, the coast is

nearly straight. There are two small piers in Caleta La Hacienda, about 2.5 miles SE of Punta Arvejas. It is reported that one

of the piers is out of service. A 4.1m spot lies outside the 9.1m

curve, about 0.8 mile ENE of Caleta La Hacienda. A light is

shown from a framework tower standing about 1 mile SSE of

Punta Arvejas on the W side of the island.

5.39 Punta Anegadiza, the E extremity of the island, is low and

sandy and has an abandoned lighthouse situated 0.5 mile SW

of it. The entire E coast of the island is fringed by above and

below-water rocks and foul ground to a distance of about 0.5

mile offshore.

5.39 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage off Caleta La Hacienda, in 12.8m, with the pier bearing 202°, Punta Anegadiza
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 109

Pub. 125

bearing 155°, and Cerro Los Chinos, a detached hill about 1

mile SE of Punta Arvejas, bearing 266°.

5.39 Caution.—Due to tide rips caused by the meeting of the tidal currents, it is reported that the waters off Punta Anegadiza

are dangerous for small craft.

5.40 Punta Chales, about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Anegadiza, is the SE extremity of the island. The point is rocky and

low.

5.40 A light is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing about 0.2

mile NNE of the point.

5.40 Punta de las Islas, about 2.3 miles W of Punta Chales, is the

SW extremity of the island. The point consists of a strip of

sand covered with vegetation, which terminates in Isla de las

Docas. Numerous islets, rocks, and below-water dangers fringe

the S shore of the island up to about 3.5 miles S of it.

5.40 From Punta de las Islas the W coast of Isla Mocha trends irregularly N about 6 miles to Punta Arvejas. Islets, above and

below-water rocks, reefs, and breakers fringe this coast. Morro

de las Torrecillas lies about 2.8 miles NNW of Punta de las Islas. It is a dark and rocky promontory, about 15.2m high. Morro de las Torrecillas is prominent when seen from the N or S,

but does not show up well from the W due to the sand dunes

behind it. A white, round, disused light tower stands on Morro

de las Torrecillas.

5.41 Punta Manuel (38°30'S., 73°31'W.) backed by the

hills, lies 7.5 miles S of Cabo Tirua. The coast extending S of

the point consists of precipitous cliffs.

5.41 Morro Cauten lies 11 miles SSE of Punta Manuel. The headland, about 90m high, is bare and cliffy.

5.41 The Rio Imperial empties into the sea about 6 miles SE of

Morro Cauten. The original mouth of the river was displaced to

its present position by a seaquake. The present mouth of the

river is fronted by a shallow bar; the original mouth is silted up.

5.41 The Rio Tolten (39°14'S., 73°14'W.), about 34 miles SSE of

Morro Cauten, is barely visible from 2 miles offshore. At the

mouth of the river is a bar, on which the sea breaks.

5.41 Aspect.—Volcan Villarrica (39°28'S., 71°55'W.) rises about

60 miles E of the Rio Tolten mouth. It is an active volcano and

reported to be visible up to 60 miles offshore.

5.41 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine oil wells, a

fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the

chart, lies about 23 miles NW of the mouth of the Rio Tolten.

5.42 Bahia Queule (39°20'S., 73°13'W.) is located about 8

miles S of the mouth of the Rio Tolten. It occupies a bight between Punta Nihue, high and thickly wooded, and Punta Ronca, almost 5 miles S.

5.42 Anchorage.—Small vessels can take anchorage in the S part

of the bay in Caleta Queule, in 8 to 9m, sand, almost 0.5 mile

NE of Punta Choros, the NE extremity of Punta Ronca. The

bay affords good anchorage, except during W and N winds

when the sea breaks over the whole extent of the bay and

makes it impossible to remain at anchor.

5.42 Punta Ronca is the steep-to and cliffy W extremity of Promontorio Queule, a peninsula which has the appearance of an island when seen from the N. Roca Martinez, with a depth of

4.6m, lies about 0.2 mile NNW of Punta Choros. A light is

shown from a framework tower standing about 0.2 mile S of

Punta Choros.

5.42 Caution.—An isolated shoal, with a depth of 16m, was reported to lie about 22 miles W of Punta Ronca.

5.42 Bahia Maiquillhue is entered between Punta Ronca and Punta Maiquillahue, about 4 miles SSW. The depths in the bay

vary from 11.9 to 18.3m, fine black sand. Caleta Maiquillahue,

in the S part of the bay, is well-sheltered from SW wind. Coastal vessels use this cove for protection during the S gales which

prevail in the summer. The best anchorage is in 14.6m, with

Punta Ronca bearing 359° and the outer rocky islet off Punta

Maiquillahue bearing 280°.

5.42 Punta Maiquillahue is low, but may be recognized by several

rocky islets which extend about 1 mile NW from the point.

Rocks and breakers fringe these islets.

5.42 Morro Bonifacio (39°42'S., 73°25'W.) about 15.5 miles SW

of Punta Maiquillahue, is steep-to and fringed with below-water rocks. The higher part of the headland is well-wooded, and

on its NW side there is a white peaked rock, which is prominent when seen from the N. Eastward of the point there is a

range of mountains, the highest of which, Cerro Oncol, is

about 671m high.

5.42 A light is shown from Punta Rocura, the NW extremity of

Morro Bonifacio.

5.42 From Morro Bonifacio to Punta Juan Latorre, about 6.5

miles S, the coast forms a bay composed of sandy beaches separated by projecting rocky points, which are fringed with below-water rocks. Punta Loncoyen, the southernmost of these, is

steep-to and lies about 1.3 miles N of Punta Juan Latorre.

5.43 Punta Juan Latorre (39°49'S., 73°25'W.), the E entrance point of Bahia de Corral, is somewhat steep-to with a

low and level summit.

Bahia de Corral occupies a large bay between Punta Juan

Latorre and Morro Gonzalo, about 3 miles WSW. The port of

Corral is situated on the W shore of the bay, about 3.3 miles S

of Punta Juan Latorre. Maximum size vessel entering the port

is 180m length with a draft of 9.7m and 15,000 grt. Vessel

moors to the buoy from astern using two anchors, usually paying out 8 shots on each. The Rio Valdivia empties on the E

shore about 3 miles SSE of Punta Juan Latorre. The port of

Valdivia lies about 8 miles within the mouth of the Rio Valdivia. 

5.43 Winds—Weather.—Winds between the N and NW frequently bring bad weather and fogs. Fogs sometimes last 2

days and persist at the entrance to Bahia de Corral. 

5.43 Tides—Currents.—The current accompanying the rising

tide generally has a velocity of about 1 knot, increasing to

about 2 knots between Morro Niebla and Punta del Conde.

During the rainy season the current accompanying the rising

tide is barely perceptible, but the velocity of the current accompanying the falling tide is increased by the falling rains to 3 or

4 knots, and in the vicinity of Morro Gonzalo it has a velocity

of 5 to 6 knots. The currents at the entrance of Bahia de Corral

and along the adjacent coast are somewhat irregular, depending

on the season, tides, and prevailing winds. 

5.43 Aspect.—From Punta Juan Latorre, the E shore of the bay

trends irregularly S about 2.3 miles to Morro Niebla, and is

composed mostly of sandy beaches. The cliffs at Morro Niebla

are perpendicular, reddish-colored, and about 35m high with a

level summit. The point is fringed by black above-water rocks.
110 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

It is easily recognized by the light structure, the barracks, and

the battery on it.

5.43 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both entering and

mooring in Bahia de Corral, or when proceeding upriver to

Valdivia. The pilot boards off Punta Armagos on the W side of

the entrance and near Pena del Conde Beacon; VHF channels

13 and 16 are used. 

5.43 Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting berths or a pilot may anchor

to the N of Pena de la Conde, where there is 13.7m of water

available. Vessels must enter or sail on a rising tide as there are

strong currents on the ebb which may make any maneuvering

highly dangerous. Vessels bound for Valdivia should not exceed 4.8m in draft. 

5.44 Isla Mancera (39°52'S., 73°24'W.) rises in its center

to a height of 87m. The plain surrounding the hill is cultivated

and has some houses on it.

5.44 Caleta San Carlos (39°50'S., 73°26'W.) indents the coast

between Punta Palo Muerto, a low and rocky point, and Punta

San Carlos. The head of Caleta San Carlos is divided into two

small coves by an area of foul ground that extends almost 0.1

mile offshore. The settlement of San Carlos, which can be

identified by its chimneys, is situated in the SE cove. Punta San

Carlos is the extremity of a rocky peninsula, on the summit of

which are the ruins of a fort.

5.44 From Punta San Carlos, the W shore trends almost 1 mile SE

to Punta Amargos, a low rocky point with the ruins of a fort on

its summit. The ruined fort is difficult to distinguish. A group

of above-water rocks, the NE of which is Punta del Conde, lies

close NE of Punta Amargos.

5.44 From Punta Amargos to Punta Chorocamayo, about 0.2 mile

S, the coast recedes about 0.1 mile W to form Bahia Amargos,

a small bight with a sandy shore.

5.44 Punta Fronton (39°53'S., 73°23'W.), about 0.5 mile E of

the SE end of Isla Mancera, is steep-to and covered with vegetation.

5.44 Punta Carbonero (39°52'S., 73°23'W.) is the S entrance

point of the Rio Valdivia. The point is low, of blackish color,

and backed by a high cliff with vegetation on it. The river provides access to Las Mulatas, the river port for Valdivia, about 7

miles upstream. A series of submerged training walls border

the river channel to Valdivia.

5.44 Fogs are frequent in the river from May to August. In foggy

weather, vessels are advised to anchor clear of the fairway and

as close as possible to the bank, as even during fogs the passage of tugs and other small craft continues.

5.44 The river banks are lined with beacons which indicate the

fairway. Lights are shown from some of the beacons. Special

attention should be given to the steering in certain parts of the

river, especially just below Valdivia. An anchor should always

be ready to let go.

5.44 It was reported that vessels with a draft of 3.8m could navigate the river, preferably at half-tide.

5.44 Mooring buoys are situated 0.2 mile WNW and 0.1 mile NW

of the lighted beacon, situated about 1 mile ENE of Punta Carbonero.

5.44 Tides—Currents.—The outgoing tidal current attains a velocity of 2 knots in summer, and a velocity of 4 knots in winter.

The incoming tidal stream is not felt in winter. In summer, it is

advisable to navigate the river on the rising tide.

5.45 Valdivia (39°48'S., 73°15'W.) (World Port Index No.

14340) is situated on the S shore of the Rio Valdivia, about 7

miles from its entrance. The terrain in the vicinity of the town

is wooded and hilly, and attains an elevation of about 305m.

5.45 At Las Mulatas, close SW of the city, there is a pier 126m in

length with a depth of water alongside of 5.8m; the turning basin here is 600m wide with a depth of water in this area of

7.9m. There are two mooring buoys and a dolphin at either end

of the pier. At the city itself there is a customs wharf 71m in

length. 

5.45 Vessels with cargo for Valdivia discharge to lighters at Puerto de Corral, which lies at the mouth of the river between the

old Spanish forts of San Carlos to the W and Niebla to the E.

Cargoes such as wheat, fertilizers, and lumber are handled

here. 

5.46 Puerto de Corral (39°52'S., 73°26'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14330) is situated on the W shore of Bahia de Corral. All cargo operations are to lighters, which are then taken to

Valdivia. There are no warehouses at Corral. The port has piers

for small river passenger vessels. 

5.46 Depths—Limitations.—Depending on its direction, the

maximum wind speed for daylight entry into the port is 20

knots. For night maneuvers the wind speed must not exceed 5

knots.

5.46 Muelle Portuaria Corral is located at Punta Chorocamayo.

Vessels up to 60,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 229m,

can be accommodated. The maximum sailing draft is 12.2m. In

general, all maneuvers at this jetty are carried out on a rising

tide, in daylight, and with good visibility. Vessels over 120m

long must use tugs.

5.46 There are three buoys at Bahia de Corral, with room for three

vessels, except when the length of the vessels exceed 130m,

then it is reduced to two buoys. Buoy No. 2 can accommodate

vessels up to 20,000 dwt, with a length of 186m. Buoys 1 and 3

are for smaller vessels. Maximum draft at all buoys is 9.1m. 

5.46 Anchorage.—Vessels up to 180m in length and 20,000 dwt,

with drafts of 9.1m, enter this anchorage on the alignment of

two beacons, bearing 195°. Vessels secure on a N heading with

both anchors down, and their stern secured to a buoy.

5.46 Due to the limited maneuvering room and swift currents

here, entrance is restricted to daylight only; entrance and departure are prohibited on an ebb current.

5.46 There are three anchorage areas within the port limits, which

can accommodate vessels with a maximum draft, as follows:

1. Anchorage Area A—8.0m.

2. Anchorage Area B—6.5m.

3. Anchorage Area C—5.0m.

5.46 Large vessels anchor in the bay outside the port, about 0.6

mile NW of Morro Niebla, in depths of 12 to 13m, sand, good

holding ground.

Bahia Corral to Cabo Quedal

5.47 The coast, from Morro Gonzalo through Cabo Quendal to Punta Chocol, is generally cliffy and fringed by many

rocks and reefs. Few anchorages are available here and offer

poor shelter.

5.47 Morro Gonzalo (39°50'S., 73°28'W.) is a steep-to cliff
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 111

Pub. 125

about 160m high. It is slightly reddish in color and its summit

is covered with trees. A light is shown from Morro Gonzalo. 

5.47 Between Morro Gonzalo and Punta Chaihuin, about 9 miles

SW, the coast recedes about 1.5 miles SW to form a bay, on the

shores of which there are several rocky points.

5.47 Between Punta Chaihuin (39°55'S., 73°36'W.), high, rocky,

and wooded, and Punta Galera, about 6.5 miles SW, the coast

is indented by two large bights, Caleta Chaihuin and Caleta

Guadei.

5.47 Caleta Chaihuin recedes about 1.3 miles SE between Punta

Chaihuin and Punta Falsa Galera, about 5 miles WSW. The E

shore of the cove is composed of a sandy beach 1 mile long. Islotes Loberia, a group of islets, lie about 0.1 mile offshore at

the SE end of the bight. Cerro Chaihuin, 154m high, is a prominent conical hill with numerous white rocks on its slopes located about 2 miles SE of Punta Chailhuin. Vessels may take

anchorage, in 20.1m, sand, about 0.5 mile offshore SSW of

Punta Chaihuin, but are advised to proceed to Puerto de Corral

and not use the anchorage at Caleta Chaihuin except in case of

extreme necessity.

5.47 From Punta Falsa Galera to Punta Galera, about 2 miles S,

the coast recedes almost 0.5 mile E and forms a bay. There are

depths of 18.3 to 21.9m in the entrance, which decrease gradually toward the shore.

5.47 Caleta Guadei, at the S end of the bay, has depths of 4.6 to

12.8m. Vessels can take anchorage, in 23.8 to 32.9m off the

head of the cove outside a line joining Punta Falsa Galera and

Punta Galera, but should be prepared to put to sea on the first

sign of bad weather from the N or W.

5.48 Punta Galera (39°59'S., 73°43'W.) is prominent. The

point is low, wooded, and undulating. Altos de Valdivia, three

prominent peaks about 472m high, back the point about 3

miles NE. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 12m high,

standing on the point.

5.48 From Punta Galera to Punta Colun, a steep-to and rocky

point about 5.5 miles SSE, the coast consists of a beach of

black sand.

5.48 Punta Hueicolla (40°09'S., 73°42'W.), the W entrance point

of Caleta Hueicolla, is steep-to and rocky. A rock, on which the

sea breaks constantly, lies about 0.3 mile N of Punta Hueicolla.

Caleta Hueicolla has depths of 11 to 12.8m, sand, but is of little

importance as it is exposed to W winds.

5.48 Caleta Lameguapi (40°11'S., 73°43'W.) recedes about 0.3

mile SE between an unnamed point and Punta Lameguapi,

about 1 mile SW. The cove is sheltered from the S, but fully exposed to W winds.

5.48 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 11 to 18.3m,

black sand, about 0.3 mile offshore NE of Punta Lameguapi.

5.48 Piedra Lobos, an above-water rock surrounded by below-water rocks, lies close offshore about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta

Lameguapi. Punta Escalera, about 2 miles SSE of Piedra Lobos, is steep-to, rocky, and backed by high hills.

5.48 Ensenada Dehui lies between Punta Escalera and Punta Dehui (40°14'S., 73°45'W.). It has depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, but is

exposed to the prevailing winds and subject to heavy swells.

5.48 The Rio Bueno, which empties into Ensenada Dehui, is

fronted by a shoal, shifting, dangerous bar which breaks, and is

impassable by ocean-going vessels.

5.48 From Punta Dehui to Punta Trahuilco, about 3 miles SSW,

the coast is steep-to and rocky. It is backed by mountains which

rise to an elevation of about 1,006m, about 4.5 miles E of Caleta Milagro, described below in paragraph 5.49. Punta Trahuilco

is rocky, and below-water rocks extend about 0.8 mile SW

from the point.

5.49 Farallones de Trahuilco (40°20'S., 73°45'W.), a

group of low above-water rocks, lie about 0.3 mile WSW of the

N entrance point of Caleta Milagro.

5.49 Caleta Milagro recedes about 0.3 mile SW between its N entrance point, mentioned above, and Punta Milagro, about 0.7

mile SW. Anchorage can be taken, in 15m, sand, about 0.3 mile

N of Punta Milagro. The cove is sheltered from the S, but the

anchorage is not good. Some above and below-water rocks extend about 0.2 mile W from the point. El Farallon, a detached

rock with a height of 14.9m, lies almost 0.7 mile W of Punta

Milagro.

5.49 Punta Pucatrihue (40°25'S., 73°48'W.) is high, steep-to,

and fringed by foul ground up to 0.5 mile off. Rada de las Banderas lies between Punta Pucatrihue and a point about 1.5

miles NNE. The cove is open from the N to WSW, and the anchorage is exposed to the ocean swell. Depths range from 12.8

to 33m, with a bottom of fine white sand and large stones. The

S part of the bay affords the best shelter.

5.49 Roca Covadonga, a below-water rock over which the sea

usually breaks, lies almost 1.5 miles offshore about 2.5 miles

SSW of Punta Pucatrihue.

5.49 Rada Manzano, about 6.5 miles S of Punta Pucatrihue, affords anchorage, in 12.8 to 27.4m, sand. It is protected from

winds between the E and S. Below-water rocks extend about

0.8 mile W from the N entrance point of the cove. 

5.49 Farallones de Los Lobos, consisting of some black above

and below-water rocks, extend about 1 mile offshore between

the S entrance point of Rada Manzano and the N entrance point

of Caleta Mansa, about 1.5 miles SSW.

5.50 Caleta Mansa (40°33'S., 73°46'W.), a small bay, has

depths of 12.8 to 21.9m in its entrance. Two beacons situated

on the SE shore, in line bearing 104°, lead into the bay. The approach to Caleta Mansa should only be made in daylight with

clear weather, as the entrance is difficult to distinguish because

of breakers. A light is shown from Punta Moquegua, the S entrance point of the bay.

5.50 A wharf, about 48m long, lies in a NE and SW direction in

the N part of the cove. The wharf, which has depths of 7.9m at

its seaward end, and 6.7m and 4.9m on its E and W sides, respectively, is connected to the shore N by a bridge, 183m long.

Ships berthed at the wharf are sheltered from all but W winds.

The E berth, with a depth of 6.7m alongside, is used by small

vessels up to 80m in length with a maximum draft of 5m.

5.50 Caleta Muicolpue (40°34'S., 73°46'W.) lies between Punta

Moquegua, the S entrance point of Caleta Mansa, and Punta

Muicolpue, a wooded point a little over 0.8 mile SSW. Above

and below-water rocks extend about 0.1 mile W from Punta

Moquegua, and below-water rocks extend about 91m off Punta

Muicolpue. Caleta Muicolpue affords good shelter during S

winds, but is completely exposed to W and NW winds. Anchorage may be taken, in 20.1 to 21.9m, sand, about 0.5 mile

NW of the mouth of the Rio Muicolpue, at the head of the

cove.
112 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 

Pub. 125

5.51 The coast from Punta Muicolpue to Punta Llesquehue, about 6 miles SW, is rocky and steep-to. Between Punta

Llesquehue and Cabo Quedal, about 20 miles SSW, the irregular coast is generally steep-to with intermittent sandy beaches.

It is indented by numerous bays and bights.

5.51 Morro del Compas (40°42'S., 73°52'W.), about 3.5 miles S

of Punta Llesquehue, is rocky, steep-to, and wooded to its summit.

5.51 Rada de Ranu recedes about 1 mile SE between Morro del

Compas and the N entrance point of the Rio Hueyelhue, about

1.5 miles NNE. The N entrance point of the cove is high and

steep-to; below-water rocks and breakers extend almost 0.3

mile off it. Three rocks, awash and surrounded by below-water

rocks, lie about 0.8 mile WNW of the N entrance point of Rada

de Ranu. The cove affords anchorage in its SE part during S

winds, in depths of from 20.1 to 28m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore NW of the head of the cove.

5.51 Punta Condor (40°45'S., 73°54'W.) is high and steep-to.

Caleta Condor lies between Punta Condor and the S entrance

point of the Rio Chalguaco, about 1 mile NE. Depths decrease

gradually from 37 to 40m in the center of the entrance to about

7.3m near the shore. The N and S shores of the cove are rocky,

steep-to, and densely wooded. The cove provides shelter from

S winds, but cannot be recommended.

5.51 Cabo San Antonio, about 6 miles S of Punta Condor, is high

and covered with vegetation. Below-water rocks fringe the

coast between Cabo San Antonio and the N entrance point of

Bahia San Pedro, and lie up to 0.2 mile offshore.

5.51 Punta San Pedro (40°56'S., 73°53'W.) is the S entrance

point of Bahia San Pedro. The point is somewhat high. Above

and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3 mile off the point and from

the coast SW to Cabo Quedal. Farallones de San Pedro, a

group of above and below-water rocks, lie with their NW extremity almost 1.5 miles WNW of Punta San Pedro. There is a

clear channel about 0.3 mile wide, with depths in the fairway

of from 12.8 to 37m between these rocks and the coast SE.

5.51 Bahia San Pedro recedes almost 2 miles between Punta San

Pedro and a position about 3.8 miles N. The bay has depths of

from 11.9 to 16.5m from 0.3 to 0.7 mile off its head, but is exposed to swells from NW.

5.52 Cabo Quedal (40°59'S., 73°57'W.) lies about 8 miles

SSW of Cabo San Antonio. The cape is high and precipitous,

and the most prominent point in the vicinity. Several moderately-high hills back Cabo Quedal to the E. The shore of the cape

is fronted by submerged rocks. A light is shown from a tower,

8m high, standing on the cape.

A small cove, about 1.5 miles NE of the cape, has a sandy

beach with two streams emptying into it.
113

Pub. 125

6. 

Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes, including the West 

Coast of Isla de Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
115

Pub. 125

SECTOR 6 

CHILE—CABO QUEDAL TO CABO TRES MONTES, INCLUDING THE WEST COAST OF ISLA 

DE CHILOE AND THE ARCHIPELAGO DE LOS CHONOS

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Cabo

Quedal S to Punta Cogomo, the SE extremity of Isla de Chiloe.

Canal de Chacao, the channel between Isla de Chiloe and the

mainland N, and the N, W, and S coasts of that island are also

described. Isla Guafo and the dangers in Boca del Guafo, the

passage between Isla de Chiloe, and the Archipelago de los

Chonos are described. The W side of the Archipelago de los

Chonos is described and the inner channels within the archipelago from Isla Guaiteca to Cabo Taitao from the N to S. The inner channels are described from E to W when they connect

with Canal de Moraleda. The coast from Cabo Taitao to Cabo

Tres Montes is then described from N to S.

General Remarks

6.1 A number of bays and bights indent the coast and numerous rivers empty into it. It is mostly steep-to and rocky,

with intermittent sandy beaches. It is generally backed by low

ground and occasional hills, except at the central part of Isla de

Chiloe, where the hills reach an elevation of almost 823m. In

general the coast is steep-to, but above and below-water dangers fringe many parts of the coast.

6.1 The Archipelago de los Chonos extends about 120 miles N

from Peninsula Taitao and is separated from the mainland eastward by Canal de Moraleda. The islands on the seaward side

are generally barren, rugged, and steep. Those to eastward are

forested. Some of the peaks attain elevations of more than

1,524m.

6.1 The three principal channels, which trend from W to E and

connect with Canal de Moraleda, are Canal Pulluche and its

continuation E, Canal Darwin, and Canal Ninualac. Canal Darwin provides a safe passage for vessels wishing to pass inside

the archipelago via Canal de Moraleda.

6.1 Most of the channels within the archipelago have not been

thoroughly examined and uncharted dangers may exist. Navigation is often difficult in autumn and winter because of fog.

6.1 Most of the vessels which frequent the Archipelago de los

Chonos are small in size and possess local knowledge. Information on anchorages described in this sector has been derived

from these small vessels, therefore, larger vessels should keep

this in mind when evaluating the information herein.

6.1 The coast between Cabo Taitao and Cabo Tres Montes is

hilly and rugged. Most of the inlets have not been thoroughly

examined, although some provide shelter to small vessels.

6.1 Tides—Currents.—The west wind drift, flowing across the

South Pacific Ocean, strikes the coast of Chile within the area

covered by this sector. Part of the current turns S and flows

along the coast past Cabo Hornos, while another portion turns

N and becomes the Peru Current. The Peru Current has a width

of 100 to 150 miles, but is generally weak. Offshore, the current has a more W set, but within 10 miles of the shore an E set,

towards land, is experienced.

6.1 Caution.—Between Isla de Chiloe and about latitude 50°S,

E sets are encountered, especially near Golfo de Penas. North

of 50°S, after storms or strong winds from the N or NW, E and

SE sets should be guarded against; with these conditions, rates

of more than 1 knot have been observed. Between Isla Guanbin

and Isla Guafo, an E current of 2.5 knots has been observed

when augmented by wind and tidal currents.

6.1 Northward of Islas Guaitecas the tidal currents follow the

general trend of the coast, running E on the rising tide and W

on the falling tide. Northeast of Islas Guaitecas the tidal current

sets SE toward Canal de Moralenda on the flood, and NW on

the ebb, with rates of 1 to 3 knots.

6.1 In Canal Tuanapu the tidal currents run in a general ESE direction on the flood, and in a WNW direction on the ebb. Maximum rates for the current are usually 1 to 3 knots, but rates of

4 knots have been experienced.

6.1 Currents of a local nature are described with the features of

which they occur.

Cabo Quedal to Canal de Chacao

6.2 Cabo Quedal (40°58'S., 73°58'W.) has been previously described in paragraph 5.51.

6.2 Punta Capitanes, about 10 miles S of Cabo Quedal, has a

small peninsula at its extremity with reddish-yellow cliffs

which appear to be an island when seen from the S. Above and

below-water rocks extend about 1 mile offshore between Cabo

Quedal and Punta Capitanes. Roca Parga, an above-water rock

surrounded by below-water rocks, lies about 0.8 mile offshore

about 5 miles SSE of Punta Capitanes. From Roca Parga the

coast trends about 4.5 miles S to the N entrance point of

Ensenada de Llico. This part of the coast is rugged, hilly, and

backed by high mountains covered with trees. Ensenada de Llico and Ensenada Estaquillas, close S, are of little importance.

6.2 Punta Estaquillas (41°21'S., 73°51'W.) is prominent. Numerous above-water rocks and rocks awash extend nearly 1

mile W from Punta Estaquillas. From Punta Estaquillas to Punta Quillagua the coast is rugged, with intermittent sandy beaches in its S part.

6.2 Punta Quillagua (41°35'S., 73°48'W.), the NE entrance

point of Golfo de los Coronados, is low and rocky at its extremity, but rises to a wooded summit. There are several sandy

beaches and small rocky points in the vicinity. Two below-water rocks, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, lie about 1.8

miles offshore WNW of Punta Quillagua. The point should not

be approached within a distance of 2 miles.

Bahia Maullin recedes about 5 miles E between Punta Quillagua and Punta Chocoi, about 9.5 miles SSE. Small vessels

may find shelter within the Rio Maullin, which empties into

the head of Bahia Maullin.

6.2 The bay has general depths across its entrance of from 11.9

to 36.6m, which decrease gradually toward the shore. Farallones de Carelmapu, a chain of rocky islets, lie from 3.5 to 5.5

miles NW of Punta Chocoi. Farallon Grande, the outermost
116 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

and highest islet, is reported to give a good radar return. El Moco, in the middle of the chain, is sharp-pointed and prominent.

Farallones de Carelmapu are surrounded by numerous belowwater rocks and should not be approached within 0.5 mile.

6.2 Banco Alto del Peru, with depths of less than 9.1m, extends

about 2.5 miles W from a position about 1 mile offshore, about

1.3 miles NNE of Punta Chocoi, where it has a least depth of

2.7m. The sea breaks on the E side of the shoal with strong

winds and a heavy swell, and occasionally breaks when it is

calm.

6.2 Isla Dona Sebastiana lies with its E extremity about 1.5

miles W of Punta Chocoi. There are two prominent hills on the

island separated by a cultivated valley. A wreck lies sunk close

off the SE side of a 5m shoal, about 0.3 mile SSW of the SE

extremity of the island. Lights are shown from the SE and SW

ends of the island.

6.3 Bajo Aquiles (41°44'S., 73°51'W.), with depths of

less than 9.1m on its outer part and less on its inner part, extends 2 miles WNW from the NW side of the island. A 9.1m

patch, over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies about 3

miles WNW of the NW extremity of the island. Bajo Campana,

a spit of coarse sand and shells which dries, extends almost 0.7

mile E from the SE extremity of Isla Dona Sebastiana. An isolated shoal, with an unconfirmed depth of 14.1m (position approximate), was reported to lie about 6.5 miles NW of the

island.

6.3 Paso Chocoi, about 1 mile wide between the E extremity of

Bajo Campana and Punta Chocoi, is encumbered in its N approach by Banco Alto del Peru, and is not recommended as the

tidal currents in the passage are very strong.

6.3 Caleta Godoy recedes about 0.8 mile N, on the N side of Bahia Maullin. From the SE entrance point of Caleta Godoy to

the S extremity of Morro Godoy, about 2.5 miles SE, the coast

is rocky except for a small sandy beach on the N side of Morro

Godoy.

6.3 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 11m, sand,

about 1.8 miles E of Punta Quillagua. Small vessels can take

anchorage, in about 8.2m, about 1 mile W of Punta Godoy.

6.4 Punta Godoy (41°36'S., 73°41'W.), the N entrance

point of the Rio Maullin, is low, rocky, and steep-to. El Mirador, about 58m high, is the largest of a group of rocks which

lies close offshore about 0.7 mile NW of the S extremity of

Morro Godoy. Javier Igor, a high, yellow, above-water rock,

lies about 0.5 mile W of the S extremity of Punta Godoy.

6.4 Morro El Amortajado lies about 1.8 miles SSW of Morro

Godoy. The promontory has steep-to sides of reddish-yellow

color. A reef extends about 0.2 mile N from the N extremity of

Morro El Amortajado, and ends at a below-water rock marked

by kelp.

6.4 From Morro El Amortajado to Punta Lincai, about 1.5 miles

S, the coast is steep-to and rocky. Then Playa de la Yagua, a

sandy beach, extends about 5.5 miles SSW to Punta Chocoi.

The coast about 1 mile inland is low, with sand dunes and

swamps.

6.4 The Rio Maullin empties into Bahia Maullin between Morro

Godoy and Morro Amortajado. The bar at the entrance to the

river is reported to have depths of 2m and to be silting up.

6.4 The river is one of the most important in Chile, and has its

source near the foot of the Andes. Vessels of light draft can

reach Puerto Maullin, about 4 miles from the mouth of the river. Numerous dangers encumber the Rio Maullin. The fairway

of the river channel is marked by range beacons.

6.4 Maullin (41°37'S., 73°36'W.) (World Port Index No. 14320)

lies on the S bank of the Rio Maullin, on an extensive plain.

There are several piers used by fishing craft and shallow-draft

river vessels.

6.4 Tides—Currents.—The tidal current at the river entrance

sometimes has a velocity of from 2 to 4 knots. Caution should

be exercised during the E current as a vessel may be set N, and

during the W current a vessel may be set toward the S. The tidal current attains a velocity of from 3 to 7 knots off Maullin.

6.4 It is not advisable to enter the river without local knowledge.

6.4 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken by small vessels

about 0.2 mile N of Maullin, in 5.9m. Anchorage is prohibited

within 27m of the submarine cable which extends from Maullin in a NNE direction to the N shore.

Canal de Chacao

6.5 Canal de Chacao separates Isla de Chiloe from the

mainland northward, and joins Golfo de los Coronados with

Golfo de Ancud. Both shores of the channel are moderately

high and regular, either sloping to the shore or terminating in

cliffs of up to 49m in elevation.

6.5 The canal is entered between Punta Chocoi and Punta Corona, about 5.5 miles WSW. It extends about 13 miles E to its E

entrance between Punta Coronel and Punta Tres Cruces, about

2 miles S. The channel is navigable, but caution must be exercised to avoid several dangers.

6.5 The least charted depth on the recommended track shown on

the chart is 22m, near the W end of the canal.

6.5 Tides—Currents.—The currents in Canal de Chacao are

very dangerous, and have velocities from 2 knots off Punta

Huechucuicui to 9 knots off Roca Remolinos, about 2 miles W

of Punta Coronel. In the vicinity of Roca Remolinos the E tidal

current begins 5 hours after HW, and the W tidal current begins

1 hour before HW. There is no slack water. After N gales a

strong E current may be experienced which attains velocities of

more than 5 knots in the channel proper. During spring tides

the waters have the appearance of a rapid river, with rips and

whirls of great strength; at quarters of the moon the strength

decreases considerably. With strong winds contrary to the current, great agitation of the waters, called “rayas,” takes place.

6.5 Aspect.—When approaching the W entrance of the canal,

the loom of the lights at Ancud (41°52'S., 73°50'W.) may be

seen up to 25 miles seaward.

6.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the canal. Pilots board

at the Ancud pilot boarding area. The port monitors VHF channels 13 and 16.

6.5 Caution.—Fog appears in Canal de Chacao, especially in

the vicinity of Farallones de Carelmapu, in the form of dense

banks. Fog occurs more frequently during the months of February, March, and April.

6.5 In addition to the dangers fringing the shore, there are numerous detached dangers, best seen on the chart, in and near

the channel.

6.5 Heavy tide rips and breakers occur on Rocas Puguenun

(41°48'S., 73°42'W.), which are covered with kelp which
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 117

Pub. 125

shows only at low water. Heavy tide rips also occur about 0.5

mile N and NW of Rocas Puguenun, and should be avoided as

they may mark hidden dangers.

6.5 Submarine cables lie across the canal in an area shown on

the chart near the W end. It was reported (1986) that a risk to

anchoring was possible when remaining in a former cable area

about 4 miles W of Punta Coronel.

6.5 Ferries cross the canal between Pargua and Chacao, and between Carelmapu and Ancud.

6.5 Navigational aids marking the fairway in the canal are liable

to drift and should not be relied on.

6.5 A power cable, with a vertical clearance of 44.8m, crosses

the E end of Canal de Chacao.

6.6 Punta Chocoi (41°45'S., 73°46'W.), the NW entrance

point of Canal de Chacao, is cliffy and of medium height. The

point is pierced by a visible opening. A small, but conspicuous,

islet lies close off the N tip of the point. From Punta Chocoi the

cliffy coast trends about 2.3 miles ESE to Punta Falsa Picuta,

and then 0.5 mile E to Punta Picuta de Carel mapu. A wreck,

with one mast visible at all stages of the tide, lies about 0.7

mile SSE of Punta Chocoi. Small vessels can take anchorage,

in about 11m, almost 0.5 mile offshore, about 1 mile ESE of

Punta Chocoi. A quantity of pig iron, dumped about 0.1 mile

offshore, may cause difficulty in this anchorage.

6.6 Punta Picuta, about 2.8 miles E of Punta Chocoi, is prominent. Its S and E slopes are steep-to and there is a rocky beach

at its foot. The principal cross-channel ferry plies between the

village of Carelmapu, close N of the point, and Ancud, about

10 miles SW. Bajo Colo-Colo (41°45.4'S., 73°4.0'W.), extending S from Punta Picuta, is marked by a lighted beacon. In the

vicinity of Bajo Colo-Colo an extensive rocky shoal area

stretches ESE and WNW. Mariners are advised to exercise extreme caution. 

6.6 Punta Lenqui, about 2 miles E of Punta Picuta, is cliffy and

about 19.8m high. A light is shown from the point.

6.6 From Punta Lenqui to Punta Astillero, about 3.5 miles E,

there are cliffs about 19.8m high. In places these are located

from 0.3 to 0.5 mile inland and are fronted by marshy ground.

A pyramidal concrete beacon, 9.1m high, is situated about 0.5

mile ESE of Punta Lenqui, but the beacon is reported to be difficult to see. Punta Redonda, a prominent point, is located

about 2 miles E of Punta Lenqui.

6.6 Punta Astillero, surmounted by a stone monument about 3.5

miles E of Punta Lenqui, is rugged and covered with vegetation. From Punta Astillero to Punta Santa Teresa, about 2.5

miles ESE, the coast is rugged and steep-to.

6.6 Punta Coronel (41°48'S., 73°29'W.) is the NE entrance

point of Canal de Chacao. The yellow cliffs on the point are

barren and about 24m high. A light is shown from the point

and at Punta Barranco, about 1.3 miles NNW.

6.6 Bahia Guapacho (41°47'S., 73°58'W.), on the SE side of the

W entrance to Canal de Chacao, lies between Punta Huechucuicui and Punta Guapacho, about 4.3 miles E. Punta Barrancas, about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Huechucuicui, is rocky and

has a height of about 50m.

6.6 Punta Guapacho, about 56m high, is steep-to and of light

yellowish color. Its summit is bare and its seaward extremity is

rocky. The point is reported to give a good radar return. Two

red patches, visible from N, are located on the hillsides 0.5

mile S and 1 mile SSE of the point. Rodal Guapacho, a reef

which dries in places, extends about 1.8 miles W from Punta

Guapacho. This reef is generally marked by breakers, but it is

dangerous at night during calm weather, when it breaks infrequently and the low land behind it cannot be seen. Roca Osorio, with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies about 0.8 mile NW of

Punta Guapacho and breaks in moderate weather. Punta Guapacho should be given a berth of at least 1 mile as the tide rips

are very strong off Rodal Guapacho and becomes dangerous

during strong NW winds. In 1998, shoaling was reported 0.6

mile NNW of Punta Guapacho.

6.6 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 20.1 to 25.6m,

sand, in Bahia Guapacho about 1.3 miles E of Punta Huechucuicui. There are depths of 14.6 to 23.8m, with good holding

ground in the SE part of the bay.

6.7 Punta Corona (41°47'S., 73°53'W.) is about 58m

high. Pale yellow cliffs, with a uniform elevation of from 50 to

61m, lie between Punta Corona and Punta Guapacho.

6.7 A light is shown from a prominent tower standing on the

point. A racon is situated at the light tower.

6.7 From Punta Corona to Punta Ahui, about 3 miles SSE, the

coast recedes about 1.3 miles W to form Puerto Ingles. The N

shore of Puerto Ingles is steep-to, while the S shore is rocky

and backed by hills of moderate height. A group of three houses stands on the N shore and a church stands at the head of the

bight.

6.7 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 12.8 to 14.6m,

gravel and coarse sand, a little over 0.5 mile SSE of Punta Corona. Puerto Ingles is the quarantine anchorage for Ancud.

Strong winds from the N, NE, and NW create a heavy sea at

this anchorage.

6.7 Punta Ahui (41°50'S., 73°52'W.) is the W entrance point of

Bahia de Ancud. The point is steep-to and about 44m high.

Punta Ahui is reported to give a good radar return. A light is

shown from the point.

6.7 Isla Cochinos, about 2.3 miles ESE of Punta Ahui, is wooded and has a depression in the middle. The coasts of the island

are cliffy and rocky, except on its SE side. Roca Cochinos,

which dries, lies almost 0.3 mile N of the W end of Isla Cochinos. Depths of less than 5.5m extend up to about 0.3 mile off

the NW side of the island, and about 1 mile offshore SE of the

SE side of the island.

6.7 Punta Mutrico (41°51'S., 73°46'W.), about 5 miles ESE of

Punta Ahui, has a height of about 53m and is rocky and rugged.

A church is situated near the shore about 0.5 mile SSW of Punta Mutrico.

6.7 From Punta Mutrico to Punta Pihuio, about 3.3 miles NE, the

coast consists of a sandy beach interrupted by small streams

and backed by hills. Punta Pihuio is cliffy with a sand and

gravel beach at its foot.

6.8 Punta Puguenun (41°48'S., 73°40'W.) is low and

consists of yellow sand dunes, backed by higher ground. A

small church is situated on the point, and another church is situated near the shore about 1 mile SW.

6.8 Punta Quetrelquen (41°48'S., 73°36'W.), about 21.3m

high, is a small cliffy peninsula. The point is reported to give a

good radar return. About 0.3 mile S of the point the land rises

to an elevation of about 46m and is wooded.
118 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

6.8 Punta San Gallan, about 2.3 miles E of Punta Quetrelquen, is

cliffy and about 46m high. There is a prominent clump of trees

on its summit. A whitish rock stands on the beach at the foot of

the cliff. Punta San Gallan is one of the most prominent points

in Canal de Chacao. A light is shown from the point.

6.8 Roca Remolinos lies about 0.8 mile E of Punta San Gallan; a

lighted beacon stands on the rock. Roca Seluian lies 0.5 mile

SE of Roca Remolinos. Tidal currents run strongly over and

past these rocks, causing tide rips.

6.8 Punta Remolinos, almost 1 mile SE of Punta San Gallan, is

of even height, cliffy, and has deep water close-to. Punta

Soledad, about 1 mile SSE of Punta Remolinos, has a dark,

barren aspect.

6.8 Punta Tres Cruces (41°50'S., 73°29'W.), the SE entrance

point of the canal, lies 2.5 miles SE of Punta Remolinos. The

point is steep and wooded. A light is shown from a prominent

tower, 8m high, standing on the point.

6.9 Chacao (41°50'N., 73°32'W.) is situated at the head

of Bahia Chacao, which recedes about 0.8 mile between Punta

Soledad and El Morro, about 1 mile further ESE. A small

church, school, post office, and telegraph office are visible

from seaward. 

6.9 There is a pier about 100m long which is used by passenger

and automobile ferries. A pier, 78m long, is used by small

craft. A mooring buoy is situated off the ferry pier.

6.9 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be taken in Bahia

Chacao, in 10.1 to 11.9m, coarse sand and gravel, about 0.5

mile SE of Punta Soledad. The holding ground is not good.

6.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels.

The pilot is the same for directing vessels through the canal.

The port can be contacted by VHF.

6.9 Caution.—A countercurrent, with a velocity of from 1 to 3

knots, exists within Bahia Chacao. The dividing line between

the currents and the countercurrents extends from Punta Tres

Cruces to Punta Remolinos and is marked by strong tide rips.

6.10 Bahia de Ancud (41°52'S., 73°52'W.) recedes about

3 miles SW between Punta Ahui and Punta San Antonio, about

2 miles SE. The W extension of the bay, Golfo de Quetalmahue, recedes about 5 miles W. Bahia de Ancud is encumbered with numerous dangers which reduce the navigable area

to a width of about 0.8 mile. 

6.10 Ancud (41°52'S., 73°50'W.) is situated in a small valley surrounded by wooded hills on the E shore of Bahia de Ancud.

The town is divided into two sections, the higher part standing

19.8 to 24m above sea level and containing the main plaza, the

cathedral, and government buildings. The lower part contains

the shops, warehouses, and customhouse. A small pier, 63m

long, extends from the town. 

6.10 Tides—Currents.—A vessel entering the bay should beware of crosscurrents.

6.10 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks include an isolated house

and a monument standing 0.1 mile SE and 0.1 mile SSW, respectively, of Punta San Antonio; a tank with a radio mast,

20m high, standing close NW, situated about 0.8 mile SSE of

Punta San Antonio; a radio mast, 45m high, standing on a hill

about 2 miles SSE of Punta San Antonio; a statue standing on

the slope of a hill about 1.8 miles SW of Punta San Antonio;

and an isolated tree standing about 1.5 miles SW of Punta

Ahui.

6.10 Aeronautical lights are reported to be shown from two radio

masts standing 0.2 mile apart about 2 miles SW of Punta San

Antonio. These lights are reported to be visible from a distance

of up to 35 miles seaward.

6.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards vessels

in position 42°47.7'S, 73°50.5'W, about 2.5 miles NNE of Punta Ahui and can be contacted on VHF channels 13 and 16. Pilots for Canal de Chacao and channels farther S are also

embarked and disembarked here. 

6.10 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 7.8 to 9.1m,

sand, about 0.5 mile offshore SSE of Punta Ahui. This anchorage is partially protected from SE winds and sea and is particularly convenient for vessels awaiting a pilot or favorable

conditions in Canal de Chacao. Vessels may also anchor about

0.3 mile offshore E of Punta Balcacura, in 10.1 to 12.8m, sand

and mud.

6.10 Anchorage can be taken in about 12.8m, sand and mud,

about 1 mile ESE of Punta Arenas (41°52'S., 73°54'W.). This

anchorage is sheltered from NW winds. Temporary anchorage

may be taken, in about 10.1m, a little over 0.8 mile N of Punta

San Antonio.

6.10 Anchorage can be taken off the entrance of Golfo de Quetalmahue, about 0.5 mile SE of Punta Arenas, and is inconvenient

only because of the currents. West winds, when contrary to the

current, may interfere with the working of cargo. Anchorage

can also be taken, in about 7.3m, within the gulf about 0.3 mile

offshore about 1 mile W of Punta Arena, and, in 11m, about

0.3 mile offshore, about 1 mile WSW of Punta Arenas.

6.10 Caution.—Numerous changes in depths have occurred in

Bahia de Ancud. Ships should proceed with caution.

6.10 Rollers are encountered in the bay after strong gales which

are common May through September.

6.10 The buoys marking shoals in Bahia de Ancud and the approaches to Canal de Chacao are liable to drift and should not

be relied on.

Isla de Chiloe—West Coast

6.11 The W coast of Isla de Chiloe is irregular, generally

high, and rugged, with short stretches of whitish sandy beach.

It is characterized by its thick forests and the even outline of its

high land, in marked contrast with the islands along the W

coast of Patagonia to S and the mainland to E, the mountain

ranges of which are higher and very steep-to and rugged.

6.11 A lowland, in which lie Lago Cucao and Lago Huillinco,

nearly divides the island into two parts. North of the lowland

the land rises to Alturas de Cucao, prominent heights which attain elevations of from 610 to 914m;, the range continues N

with lesser elevations, except for Tetas de Metalqui, about 30

miles S of Punta Huechucuicui and 3 miles inland.

6.11 About 15 miles N of Tetas de Metalqui the range is interrupted by a valley through which the Rio Chepu flows. From a distance the heights of Cocotue to the N of this valley and the

heights of Metalqui to the S appear as islands. Cerro Huy

Manao, conical in form and about 320m high with a cap resembling a helmet, lies at the S end of the heights of Cocotue and is

an excellent landmark from the W.

6.11 Caution.—Caution must be exercised because of the lack of

sufficient soundings and the possibility of uncharted dangers.
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 119

Pub. 125

In addition, the charts have been reported not to conform with

the actual coastal configurations in a number of places.

6.12 Punta Huechucuicui (41°46'S., 74°00'W.), the NW

extremity of Isla de Chiloe, is cliffy and rises to a height of

about 244m about 1 mile S of the point. The lower part of the

point is bare, but there is dark vegetation near its summit. A

dangerous submerged rock lies about 1 mile NE of the point in

position 41°45.8'S, 73°58.6'W. Additionally, a depth of 13.1m

has been reported about 5.8 miles NE of Punta Huechucuicui

in position 41°43.2'S, 73°53.6'W.

6.12 Punta Guabun, about 3 miles SW of Punta Huechucuicui, is

about 128m high and has the appearance of a steep wall. Punta

Caucaguapi, about 2 miles S of Punta Guabun, is high, cliffy,

and fringed by high ground.

6.12 Tetas de Teguaco, prominent summits covered with vegetation, lie about 3.3 miles E of Punta Almanao (41°56'S.,

74°04'W.). Punta Choros, the S entrance point of the Rio

Chepu, lies about 7.5 miles S of Punta Almanao and is of moderate height. Islote Tromacho, a dark conical rock with red

patches on it, lies about 0.8 mile NNW of Punta Choros. Rodal

Aulen, below-water rocks with depths of less than 1.8m on

which the sea always breaks heavily, lies about 1 mile N of Islote Tromacho.

6.13 Islote Ahuenco (42°07'S., 74°05'W.), a dark abovewater rock with vegetation on its summit, lies close offshore.

Punta Refugio, about 4 miles SW of Islote Ahuenco, is rugged

with a wooded summit.

6.13 Morro Metalqui, about 3 miles SW of Punta Refugio, is

steep and bare, with a beach at its foot formed by rocks which

have fallen from it. Cabo Metalqui lies about 4.5 miles SSW of

Morro Metalqui. Islote Corcovado, which is conical and yellow, lies close off it.

6.13 Caleta Quiutil (42°31'S., 74°14'W.) recedes about 0.5 mile

between Punta Cuevas and Punta Huentemo, about 0.5 mile S.

The cove is encumbered by islets and rocks, and is suitable

only for small vessels, which take anchorage, in a depth of

14.6m, fine sand and stones, with Punta Cuevas bearing 006°

and Farallones de Quiutil bearing 290°. This anchorage should

be vacated at the first sign of bad weather. Farallones de

Quiutil, a group of above and below-water rocks, lie in the approach to the cove about 0.5 mile NW of Punta Huentemo.

6.13 Punta Huentemo, the S entrance point of Caleta Quiutil, is

shaped like a sugar loaf and is about 55m high. It appears to be

an island when seen from the N or S.

6.13 Bahia Cucao (42°37'S., 74°13'W.) lies between Punta

Huentemo and Punta Pirulil, about 13 miles S. The shores of

the bay are composed of a sandy beach on which there is always a heavy surf. Villorio de Rahue, which can be seen from

seaward, lies about 2 miles NE of Punta Pirulil.

6.14 Punta Pirulil (42°43'S., 74°13'W.) rises about 1 mile

E to Morro Pirulil, which has steep-to cliffs of a yellowish or

reddish color and with two whitish rocky islets close offshore,

and is very conspicuous. From Punta Pirulil to Punta Tablaruca, about 12 miles SSW, there are several unimportant sandy

bays.

6.14 Punta Tablaruca, about 47m high, is covered with dense vegetation and is steep-to on its N side. A large unimportant bay,

with a sandy beach about 3 miles long at its head, lies between

Punta Tablaruca and Punta Chaiguaco, about 4 miles SSW.

6.14 Punta Chaiguaco, a small and cliffy peninsula of dark color,

can be identified by some large rocks which lie up to almost

0.3 mile off it.

6.14 Ensenada Huenocoihue lies between Punta Chaiguaco and

Punta Huenocoihue, about 2.5 miles S. There is a sandy beach

about 1.8 miles long at the head of this bay.

6.14 Caleta Zorra (43°08'S., 74°19'W.) lies between Punta Barranco and Punta Zorra, about 1 mile S. It is used as a shelter by

local fishermen in fair weather. There is a sandy beach about

1.8 miles long at its head. Caleta Zorra provides moderate shelter to small craft.

6.14 Punta Pabellon, about 5.5 miles SSW of Punta Zorra, is conical. The Rio Pabellon flows into the head of a cove about 1.3

miles ENE of the point. From Punta Pabellon to Cabo Quilan,

about 2 miles S, the coast is cliffy and fringed with numerous

above and below-water rocks lying up to 0.8 mile offshore.

6.14 Cabo Quilan (43°16'S., 74°24'W.) is about 79m high and of

yellowish color. From SW or NW, it appears to be a series of

terraces. The beach at the foot of the cape is very narrow and

strewn with large rocks. The sea is always very rough and

breaks violently against the cape and for about 1 mile off. Cerro Quilan, with an elevation of about 488m, is located about 6

miles E of Cabo Quilan.

Isla Guafo

6.15 Isla Guafo (43°35'S., 74°42'W.), centered about 25

miles SW of Cabo Quilan, is densely wooded and reaches an

elevation of about 240m near Punta Weather, its NW extremity.

There is a noticeable depression near the middle of the island

and the E part, which is not as high as the W part, descends

gradually to Punta Caleta, its E extremity. It was reported that

an earthquake 34 years ago had caused changes in the vicinity

of the island and that the island had risen about 3m.

6.15 Caution.—Fog occurs on the average of 11 to 12 days per

month in December and January, and on 4 to 8 days per month,

on the average, in the vicinity of the island.

6.15 Isla Guafo should not normally be approached within 2

miles. Small vessels navigating within this distance should exercise extreme caution.

6.16 Punta Norte (43°31'S., 74°45'W.) is the N extremity

of the island. A small bay indents the NW coast of the island

between the point and Punta Weather, the NW extremity about

5 miles SW. Above and below-water rocks extend about 0.8

mile N from Punta Norte. The shores of this bay are fringed

with rocks and the sea breaks up to 0.8 mile offshore.

6.16 Punta Weather (43°34'S., 74°50'W.) consists of a small

peninsula, from 61 to 70m high, which is joined by a low isthmus to a steep-to bluff over 122m high. Rocas Salientes, above

and below-water rocks, extend about 1.5 miles offshore NW

from the point. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 8m

high, with a dwelling alongside, standing on Punta Weather. A

racon is situated at the light tower.

6.16 Caleta Rico lies on the E side of Punta Weather and affords

some shelter during S winds. The best anchorage is in 20.1m,

sand, about 0.2 mile NE of Punta Weather.

6.16 From Punta Weather to Punta Sur, about 6.5 miles SSE, the
120 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

W coast consists of high and almost continuous cliffs, fringed

by islets and rocks up to about 1 mile offshore.

6.16 Caleta Toro is located about 0.8 mile S of Punta Weather.

The cove indents the coast about 0.3 mile and is about 0.1 mile

wide. Entrance into the cove is difficult with a W swell, because of a rock, awash, in the middle of the channel.

6.16 The S coast of Isla Guafo is unapproachable due to rocks and

breakers which lie up to about 0.7 mile offshore. An islet, surrounded by breakers, lies about 0.5 mile S of Punta Caleta and

should be given a wide berth.

6.16 Caleta Sheep recedes about 0.5 mile W between a position

almost 0.5 mile NW of Punta Caleta and a point about 1 mile

farther NW. Caleta Sheep is sheltered from S winds, but should

not be used during strong N winds, which cause a heavy sea.

6.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18.3m, rock, almost 0.5 mile SSE of the N entrance point of the cove.

6.16 Caleta Samuel recedes about 0.5 mile W between Punta

Toro, about 2.3 miles NW of Punta Caleta, and Punta Yanez,

almost 0.3 mile further NNW.

6.16 The cove affords shelter to small vessels during NE to SE

winds, but the latter winds may at times raise a moderately

heavy sea. The shores of the cove are cliffy. A building and a

pier of the former whaling station, both in ruins, are situated

near the head of the cove. A chimney is situated 0.3 mile SW

of Punta Yanez. Below-water dangers, marked by kelp, extend

about 0.1 mile off the N shore.

6.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in an emergency, in

12.8m, sand, about 0.2 mile NW of Punta Toro. This anchorage

should be abandoned upon indications of S winds, which form

strong currents and heavy breakers.

Isla de Chiloe—South Coast

6.17 Punta Cogomo, the SE point of Isla de Chiloe, lies

about 28 miles ESE of Cabo Quilan. The point is 24m high and

easily identified. The coast between is generally steep-to with

intermittent sandy beaches. Numerous above and below-water

rocks and islets fringe the coast up to about 8 miles offshore. In

general, the land backing the coast is high. There are no ports

or important villages along this coast.

6.17 Isla Quilan, centered about 10 miles SE of Cabo Quilan, is

the largest of Islas Guapi Quilan and has the appearance of two

walls, one at each end. The remainder of the island consists of

smooth hillocks, thickly covered with small trees.

6.17 Grupo Esmeralda, consisting of several small islands and islets surrounded by dangerous ground and rocks, is centered

about 3 miles SE of the S extremity of Isla Quilan.

6.17 Punta Roble lies about 3 miles SE of Cabo Quilan. The coast

between is a continuous cliff about 40m high. It is fronted by a

beach composed of sandstone blocks and fossiliferous conglomerates.

6.17 Cabo Doce de Febrero, about 3.5 miles ESE of Punta del

Roble, is a steep-to promontory about 61m high. Between Cabo Doce de Febrero and Punta del Roble, the coast recedes to

form a bay with a whitish sandy beach. From Cabo Doce de

Febrero to Punta Tiques, about 4 miles ESE, the coast is fronted by foul ground which extends up to 0.5 mile offshore. The

W part of this coast is steep-to and bold, and the E part is low.

Isla Redondo, about 0.5 mile S of Punta Tiques, is steep-to and

about 19.8m high.

6.17 Bahia Nayahue indents the coast about 1 mile N between

Punta Tiques and Punta Inio, a cliffy point about 3.3 miles

ESE. The shore of the bay is composed of a sandy beach. A

group of above-water rocks extends about 0.8 mile S from Punta Inio.

6.18 Canal Quilan (43°20'S., 74°14'W.) lies between the

S shore of Isla de Chiloe, from Cabo Doce de Febrero to Isla

Redondo, and the N extremities of Isla Quilan and Grupo Esmeralda. The channel is 2.5 miles wide. It is foul, dangerous,

and affords passage only to small vessels with local knowledge

or a pilot.

6.18 Isla Yencouma (43°24'S., 74°05'W.) is about 19.8m high,

cliffy, and wooded. Punta Chacua, about 4 miles ENE of the island, is about 30m high, cliffy, and wooded. Two groups of

above-water rocks lie about 1 mile and 2.5 miles S of Punta

Chacua.

6.18 Bahia Asasao recedes about 1.3 miles N between Punta

Chacua and Punta Locos, a cliffy point about 3.5 miles E. The

Rio Asasao empties into the NW part of the bay. The shore is

rocky to the W of the mouth of the river and sandy to the E.

6.18 Punta Olleta, about 2.5 miles SE of Punta Locos and 3.5

miles WSW of Punta Cogomo, terminates in a cliff about

19.8m high. Above and below-water rocks lies on foul ground

which extends up to about 7 miles SE of Punta Olleta.

6.18 Boca del Guafo is the deep channel extending for about 40

miles E from the E side of Isla Guafo to its connection with the

N end of Canal Moraleda and the S end of Golfo Corcovado. It

is about 20 miles wide between the S coast of Isla de Chiloe on

the N side and de los Chonos on the S side.

6.18 Caution.—A submarine exercise area, the limits of which

are shown on the chart, lies in the E end of Boca del Guafo.

The Archipelago de los Chonos

6.19 The Archipelago de los Chonos extends S for about

130 miles from Islas Guitecas, on the S side of Boca del Guafo,

to Cabo Taitao (45°52'S., 75°04'W.), the NW extremity of Peninsula Skyring. Canal Moraleda lies on the E side of the archipelago and leads to Golfo Corcovado in the N and numerous

small channels and inlets in the S. The archipelago consists of

over 1,000 islands of various sizes. The islands closer to the

ocean and consequently exposed to the prevailing W winds are

barren. The islands in the inner part are covered by vegetation

which extends from the water to the summits of hills, some of

which attain elevations of about 1,500m. Most of the islands

are not permanently inhabited, but are visited in summer by

lumbermen, hunters, and fishermen. The only commercial settlement is at Puerto Melinka. The principal channels leading

through are Boca Wickham, Canal Darwin, and Canal Ninualac.

6.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels

navigating in the channels. Pilots should be requested in advance by the vessel’s agent.

6.19 Caution.—Navigation through the channels is frequently

made difficult by fog. It occurs slightly more often in summer.

6.19 The inner channels have not been completely surveyed and

many uncharted dangers may exist. The main dangers are rocks

marked by kelp; caution is advised due to the strong tidal

streams frequently drawing the kelp under water.
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 121

Pub. 125

6.19 Off the W side, vessels have experienced a set toward land.

In general, the tidal currents set E through the archipelago on

the rising tide and varies within the channels.

6.20 Isla Gran Guaiteca (43°52'S., 74°00'W.) is the most

important and extensive of the Islas Guaitecas, and attains an

elevation of about 370m, 9 miles ESE of the W extremity. The

island has two good places for shelter, Bahia Low on the N

coast and Puerto Barrientos on the S coast.

6.20 Punta Chayalime (43°46'S., 73°52'W.), the N extremity of

Isla Guaiteca, is the NW point of a peninsula which rises gradually to Monte Trau, 148m high. Rips occur off the point.

6.20 Bahia Low (43°48'S., 73°58'W.) recedes about 4 miles S between Punta Chayalime and Islote Urano, about 6 miles W.

The bay has depths of from 14.6 to 37m and offers good shelter

from all winds except from the N, which blow with great force.

It is one of the best and most spacious harbors on this coast.

6.20 Islotes Gaviotas and its surrounding reefs lie about 1 mile

offshore from about 1 to 2 miles W of Punta Chayalime. Two

islets lie close offshore in a bight between Punta Chayalime

and Punta Selanec, about 2.5 miles SW. Only small craft can

use this part of the bay.

6.20 Islote Blanco lies near the center of the bay, about 1.5 miles

SW of Punta Selanec, and is connected by foul ground with a

rocky point on the S shore about 1.5 miles farther S. Islote Sargento, fringed by above and below-water rocks, lies on this

bank. The coast E of Islote Sargento, in the SE part of the bay,

is very low, flat, and swampy, and is backed by low hills. The

coast W of Islote Sargento is backed by low hills, and the

beaches are generally composed of sand and pebbles.

6.21 Puerto Low (43°49'S., 74°00'W.) occupies the W

part of the head of the bay and is sheltered from the W by Isla

Guacanec and Isla Marta.

6.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the W part of Puerto Low, in 12.8 to 22m, sand and stones, but care should be

taken to avoid above and below-water dangers which lie up to

0.3 mile offshore S of Isla Guacanec and Isla Marta. The best

anchorage for large vessels is in 14.6 to 37m, sand and mud,

midway between Isla Guacanec and Islote Sargento.

6.21 Isla Guacanec, about 142m high, is larger and more prominent than Isla Marta and is easily recognized. The N and S extremities of the island are low and rocky. A chain of islets

extends about 0.8 mile N from Isla Guacanec, the N of which is

Islote Urano. Another chain of islets extends about 2.5 miles

WSW from Islote Urano and borders the coast at about 0.8

mile offshore to a position about 0.8 mile N of Punta Patgui,

the NW extremity of Isla Guaiteca.

6.21 The W coast of Isla Guaiteca, from Punta Patgui to Isla Murta, about 4 miles SSW, is fronted by rocks and reefs on which

the sea breaks heavily. These dangers extend up to 2 miles offshore, and with strong currents in the vicinity, render the N approach to Canal Tuamapu dangerous.

6.21 Isla Maria and Isla Murta, two small islands, lie within about

0.7 mile offshore SW of the SW extremity of Isla Guaiteca,

and form the NW entrance point of Canal Tuamapu.

6.22 Canal Tuamapu (43°59'S., 74°07'W.) separates Islas

Guaitecas from the other islands of the Archipelago de los

Chonos. At its E end it joins Canal Leucayec, which leads N to

Bahia Melinca, and Canal Perez Norte, which trends S through

the archipelago. Numerous dangers lie in the channel.

6.22 Tidal currents in Canal Tuamapu flow ESE on the rising tide

and WNW on the falling tide, with rates of 2 to 3 knots. 

6.22 Islas Bajas (43°57'S., 74°08'W.), consisting of numerous islets and rocks, lie at the middle of the W entrance of Canal

Tuamapu. The islets are low and wooded. Isla Larenas, the E

islet, attains an elevation of 79m. There is no suitable anchorage for ships among the islets. The islets are closely fringed

with above and below-water dangers and should not be approached within 1 mile.

6.22 The S coast of Isla Guaiteca, from its SW extremity to the W

entrance point of Puerto Barrientos, about 6 miles ESE, is generally steep-to and fringed by above and below-water dangers

to a distance of about 0.2 mile.

6.23 Puerto Barrientos (43°55'S., 74°01'W.) recedes

about 1.5 miles N between its W entrance point, mentioned

above, and a point about 0.8 mile SE. The W entrance point is

low and rocky, with foul ground that extends about 0.3 mile

offshore S of it. At the middle of the entrance there is a 9.1m

patch which can be passed on either side. A rock, awash and

marked by kelp, lies about 0.2 mile NE of the W entrance point

of the inlet, and about 0.1 mile offshore.

6.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken near the head of the

bay, in 20.1m, sand and mud, or farther off the head, in 16.5 to

17.8m, sand and stones. Although open to the SW and S, a vessel will be well-protected when anchored near the head of the

bay.

6.23 Islita Cae lies almost 0.8 mile SSE of the E entrance point of

Puerto Barrientos; a reef marked by rocks and breakers extends

0.3 mile SW from the islet. A small islet lies almost 0.5 mile

SSE of Islita Cae, and a reef extends about 0.1 mile S from this

islet.

6.23 From Puerto Barrientos, the N shore of Canal Tuamapu

trends about 10 miles SE to the W entrance point of Canal Leucayec. Canal Cuervo, about 4 miles SW of Puerto Barrientos,

separates Isla Guaiteca from Isla Betecoi, but its S entrance is

obstructed by rocks and is accessible only to boats. Isla Cuervo

lies close off Isla Betecoi, about 1.5 miles SW of the S entrance

of Canal Cuervo, and a rock lies close S of the islet. Another islet, with a rock close S, lies close offshore about 3.3 miles SE

of Canal Cuervo; several islets lie about 0.3 mile offshore

about 0.5 mile farther SE.

6.24 Islas Gemelos (44°02'S., 73°53'W.) lies midway between the SE end of Isla Betecoi and the N extremity of Isla Sierra, about 6.5 miles WSW. Above and below-water rocks

extend almost 0.3 mile N from Islas Gemelos and should not

be approached within 0.5 mile. A rock, with a depth of less

than 1.8m, lies about 0.9 mile SW of the W end of Islas Gemelos.

6.24 Ships should not attempt passage between Isla Sierra and Isla Amita, about 1.5 miles SE.

6.24 Islotes Pochas, two low islets, lie about 1 and 1.3 miles NE

of Islas Gemelos. Below-water rocks extend up to 0.2 mile off

each islet.

6.24 A rock, position approximate, with a depth of less than 1.8m,

lies about 0.8 mile E of the islets.

6.24 The S side of Canal Tuamapu lies about 7 miles S of the S
122 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

coast of Isla Guaiteca. The SW entrance point of the passage is

the NW extremity of Isla Tuamapu and lies about 7 miles SSW

of the SW extremity of Isla Guaiteca, which is the NW entrance point of Canal Tuamapu. A rock, with a depth of less

than 1.8m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore and about 1 mile ENE

of the N end of Isla Tuamapu.

6.24 Islas Rhone (44°01'S., 74°08'W.), fringed by above and below-water dangers, lie about 1.3 miles ESE of the E extremity

of Isla Tuamapu. Isla Requelme, about 1 mile S of Islas Rhone,

is a little lower than Islas Rhone and is also surrounded by

reefs.

6.25 Puerto Rhone (44°02'S., 74°08'W.) lies between the

E extremity of the eastern Islas Rhone and an islet located

close off the NE end of Isla Requelme, about 1 mile S. Isla Hulaud, about 1 mile SW of the W extremity of the western Islas

Rhone, lies in the approach to Puerto Rhone together with numerous islets and rocks.

6.25 Roca Petun, an above-water rock, lies about 2 miles ENE of

the S entrance point of the port. Vessels should pass N of Roca

Petun. Bajo Hederra, with a least depth of 3.1m, lies about 0.5

mile S of Roca Petun and is marked by kelp. Bajo Diaz, with a

least depth of 4.9m, lies about 0.5 mile W of Roca Petun and is

marked by kelp. Bajo Lopez, two rocks with depths of less than

1.8m, lie about 0.5 mile ENE of the S end of the port.

6.25 Vessels can take anchorage, in 20.1 to 33m, rock covered

with a thin layer of sand and stones, almost 0.5 mile SSW of

the E extremity of the western Islas Rhone. This anchorage is

not recommended and is exposed to E winds and to tidal currents. The chain of rocks and keys on the W side of the harbor

do not offer sufficient protection.

6.25 Tidal currents at the anchorage flow E on the rising tide and

W on the falling tide at rates from 1 to 3 knots. 

6.25 Isla Llanos lies about 1.5 miles S of Roca Petun, and Isla

Morel lies about 0.5 mile farther E. Isla Concoto, about 3.5

miles E of Isla Morel, lies at the junction of Canal Tuamapu

and Canal Perez Norte.

6.25 Canal Leucayec (43°59'S., 73°45'W.) trends NNE from its

junction with Canal Tuamapu and separates Isla Betecoi from

Isla Leucayec. The channel is about 7 miles long and has a

least width of a little over 0.5 mile between Grupo Anitas,

about 3.5 miles NE of the SE extremity of Isla Betecoi, and Isla

Emma, about 1 mile farther E. The channel leads to Bahia

Melinca and is deep and free of dangers in the fairway, except

for an islet on the E side of the channel about 0.5 mile off Isla

Leucayec about 1.5 miles S of Isla Anita.

6.25 Caleta Betecoi, a small cove, lies at the E end of Isla Betecoi

and is suitable as a temporary anchorage, in 20.1m, stones.

6.25 Tides—Currents.—The current on the rising tide sets NE

between Isla Betecoi and Isla Leucayec at a velocity of up to 4

knots. Between Isla Mercedes, about 4.5 miles NE of the SE

extremity of Isla Betecoi, and Isla Gunther, about 1.5 miles farther E, it attains velocities of from 1 to 3 knots. On the falling

tide the current is reversed at the same velocities. There are tide

rips off the W side of Isla Leucayec. A 4.4m shoal exists about

0.3 mile S of the S coast of Isla Leucayec. 

6.26 Puerto Melinka (43°54'S., 73°45'W.), at the SE end

of Isla Ascension and the confluence of Canal Lagreze, Canal

Carbunco, and Canal Leucayec, is the commercial center of

Grupo Guaitecas and the Archipelago de los Chonos. 

6.26 The harbor is a fishing and shellfish cultivation center.

6.26 Winds—Weather.—North winds are the most frequent

throughout the year. Mist or fog is reported to occur on only 10

days a year on an average.

6.26 Aspect.—The harbor is formed by the S coast of Isla Ascension, the NE coast of Isla Clotilde, and the islets and rocks in

the entrance to Canal Lagreze. The town of Melinka is situated

along the shore W of Punta Melinka. The islands which form

the bay are of low elevation with rocky coasts and are covered

with vegetation.

6.26 Punta Melinka, the SE extremity of Isla Ascension, is low

and rocky. A hill, about 69m high, lies about 0.3 mile NW of

Punta Melinka, and another hill about 171m high lies a little

over 0.7 mile farther NW. These hills shelter the bay from N

and NW.

6.26 Punta Valiza lies about 0.3 mile W of Punta Melinka. A

chain of rocks extends about 0.1 mile S from Punta Valiza.

Roca Melinka, the outermost, is marked by a lighted beacon,

and is surrounded by rocks, awash.

6.26 Isla Westhoff lies with its S extremity a little over 0.5 mile E

of Punta Melinka. Above and below-water rocks lie up to 0.1

mile off its N extremity.

6.26 Isla Mercedes lies with its N end about 1 mile SSW of Isla

Westhoff. A reef extends about 0.2 mile N of Isla Mercedes.

An islet, connected with Isla Mercedes at low tide, lies on this

reef and extends about 0.1 mile NNE. A rock lies awash at the

N end of the reef.

6.26 A detached group of below-water rocks lies about 0.2 mile

W of the above-mentioned islet, in the N entrance of Canal

Carbunco.

6.26 Isla Anita, which lies with its S extremity about 3.3 miles S

of Punta Melinka, is the largest and S of a chain of islets and

rocks which extend about 1.8 miles NNE to Islote Toro.

6.26 Foul ground extends about 0.2 mile offshore S of the coast

between the E entrance to Estero Alvarez and Punta Melinka,

about 0.5 mile ESE. Above and below-water rocks closely

fringe the coast between Punta Melinka and Isla Falsa Melinka, about 1.3 miles NNE, and depths of less than 9.1m extend

up to 0.2 mile offshore along this part of the coast.

6.26 Anchorage.—The bottom is mostly rock and does not afford

holding ground. Vessels can take anchorage, in 40m, stone,

shells, and sand, with Roca Melinka bearing 348°, about 0.3

mile distant. This anchorage is open to the NE and a vessel

may drag slightly during a fresh gale from the NW. It has been

reported that a better anchorage is in about 44m off the entrance to Estero Alvarez, with Roca Melinka bearing 079°, 0.3

mile distant.

6.26 Small vessels can obtain shelter from winds between the W

and N in depths of about 18m, sand, good holding ground, with

Roca Melinka Light bearing 121°, 0.2 mile distant.

6.27 The coast of Isla Ascension, from Isla Falsa Melinka,

trends about 4 miles NNW to Punta Puquitin, the E entrance

point of Canal Puquitin. Isla Canelo, fringed with rocks, lies

about 0.5 mile offshore, about 1.3 miles N of Isla Falsa Melinka.

6.27 Canal Puquitin (43°51'S., 73°50'W.) separates the N shore

of Isla Ascension from Isla Guaiteca. The channel is impassable due to rocks at its E entrance. From Canal Puquitin, the
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 123

Pub. 125

NE shore of Isla Guaiteca trends about 4.3 miles NW to Punta

Chayalime and is backed by low hills.

6.27 Caleta Trau, about 2.5 miles NW of Punta Puquitin, recedes

about 1 mile SW from its entrance. There are numerous above

and below-water rocks in the entrance to the cove and vessels

are advised not to enter without a pilot.

6.27 Isla Leucayec (44°00'S., 73°40'W.) lies with its N extremity

about 2.8 miles SE of Punta Melinka, the SE extremity of Isla

Ascenscion. Isla Leucayec has a lesser elevation than Isla

Guaiteca, but attains an elevation of 410m at Cerro Mantan,

about 5 miles SE of its N extremity.

6.27 Isla Elvira, close E of Isla Leucayec, is very irregular, and is

fringed with above and below-water rocks. Foul ground extends W from Isla Elvira to Isla Leucayec. Islote Riquelme,

about 2.3 miles offshore E of Isla Elvira, is fringed with foul

ground. An above-water rock lies about 1.3 miles WNW of Islote Riquelme.

6.27 Islote Pato lies about 1.7 miles off the NE coast of Isla Leucayec. There are three islets fringed with sargasso within about

0.3 mile off the N side of Islote Pato.

6.28 Isla Mulchey (44°08'S., 73°30'W.) is roughly triangular in shape with sides measuring about 4.5 miles in length.

A dangerous sunken rock lies off the S end of Isla Sanchez,

which lies close W of Isla Mulchey. Punta Alta, the NE extremity of the island, has been reported to lie about 0.5 mile

farther E than charted.

6.28 Canal Perez Norte and Canal Perez Sur, connected by Canal

Baeza, lead S through the E part of de los Chonos from the E

end of Canal Tuamapu. The passage joins Canal Moraleda at

the E entrance of Canal Ninualac, about 60 miles S.

6.28 The N entrance of Canal Perez Norte lies about midway between Islote Sin Nombre and Isla Laurel. Islote El Amortajado

and Islita Yack lie about 1.8 miles S and 3.3 miles SSE, respectively, of the E extremity of Islote Sin Nombre, on the W and E

sides of the channel. Two pyramidal-shaped islets lie close off

the SW side of Islote El Amortajado. A 3.4m patch lies 1 mile

E of Isolote El Amortajado. Islita Yack is hemispherical in

shape and easily identified. An islet lies close off the NW extremity of Islita Yack. Islote Peinado lies on the W side of the

fairway, about 1.5 miles W of the N extremity of Islita Yack,

and a rock, awash, lies a little less than 0.3 mile offshore NE of

Islote Pienado.

6.28 Roca Negra lies on the E side of the fairway, nearly 1 mile

SE of Islita Yack, and is marked on its S side by kelp. The rock

is also marked by a light. Islita Ceres and Islita Bobe lie on the

E side of the fairway, about 0.5 mile W and about 0.8 mile

SSE, respectively, of Roca Negra. Rocks extend nearly 0.5

mile SSE from Islita Bobe.

6.28 From a position about 0.3 mile W of Isla Yack, the passage

continues S and passes between the islets and rocks off the E

coast of Isla Concoto and the W coast of Isla Verdugo. Isla

Concoto lies with its NE extremity about 3.3 miles SW of Isla

Ceres, and Isla Verdugo lies with its NW extremity about 4.3

miles SSE of Isla Ceres.

6.29 Grupo Roa (44°10'S., 73°47'W.), an extensive detached patch of above-water rocks and foul ground, lies on the

E side of the channel from 1 to 2 miles W of Isla Verdugo. Isla

Chipana lies on the E side of the channel, about 1.8 miles S of

Grupo Roa. An 11m shoal lies close W of Grupo Roa. Isla

Aguayo, about 1.5 miles in extent, lies about 1 mile S of Isla

Chipana on the E side of the channel, and some islets and rocks

lie about 0.5 mile offshore off its NW coast.

6.29 From a position about 0.5 mile W of Isla Aguayo, the passage continues S between Isla Garcia and Isla Valverde. Isla

Garcia lies about 2.8 miles S of Isla Verdugo, and Isla Valverde

lies about 1.5 miles farther W. Isla Garrao Chico lies on the E

side of the channel, about 0.5 mile SW of the S end of Isla Garcia.

6.29 Islets and rocks lie up to 0.5 mile offshore N and S of Isla

Garrao Chico. Grupo Mustafa and Islote Guia lie on the E side

of the channel about 1 and 1.5 miles S, respectively, of Isla

Garrao Chico. Islote Guia is shaped like a helmet and has two

white patches at its base which make it very prominent.

6.29 From a position a little over 1 mile SW of Islote Guia, Canal

Perez Norte trends about 2 miles SW between Isla Valverde

and Isla Garrao (44°24'S., 73°43'W.). Punta Garrao, the W extremity of Isla Garrao, lies about 1 mile S of the S extremity of

Isla Valverde and is prominent. Foul ground extends almost 0.3

mile offshore W of Punta Garrao.

6.29 From Punta Garrao the channel trends SE about 6 miles between Isla Garrao and Isla Jechica to its junction with Canal

Baeza. Islote Direccion, helmet-shaped and prominent, lies

close off the E side of Isla Jechica about 2 miles SE of Punta

Garrao. Islote Peligroso, about 2.8 miles SE of Islote Direccion, lies a little over 0.5 mile E of the SE end of Isla Jechica.

6.29 From a position about 1 mile SSE of Islote Peligroso, the

channel trends in a W direction for about 8.3 miles passing S of

Isla Jechica and N of Isla Matilde, Isla Marta, and Isla Mercedes. The channel then rounds the NW coast of the latter island and trends S for about 9 miles, passing W of Ilot Blanco

(44°35'S., 73°53'W.).

6.29 Isla Soria (44°47'S., 73°46'W.), about 1.8 miles in extent,

lies on the E side of the fairway about 0.8 mile offshore W of

Isla Transito. Isla Florencia, about the same size, lies about 0.3

mile S of Isla Soria. An islet lies close off the NW end of Isla

Florencia, and a group of islets lies within about 1.5 miles E

and S of Isla Florencia.

6.29 Isla Canal, about 2.8 miles in extent, lies on the NE side of

the fairway about 0.7 mile SW of the SW end of Isla Transito.

Above and below-water rocks fringe the S coast of Isla Canal.

Islote Cervantes, marked by a light, lies about 0.3 mile S of the

S end of Isla Canal. Several islands and above-water rocks lie

close off the NE end of Isla Canal. Isla Lalanca, about 1.7

miles in extent, lies on the N side of the fairway about 0.5 mile

SE of Isla Canal.

6.29 The W side of de los Chonos, from Isla Tuamapu to Isla Ipun, about 40 miles SSW, is formed by the W sides of Isla Llenihuenu, Isla Arthur, Isla Mellersh, Isla Midhurst, Isla May,

Isla Forsyth, Islas Broken, and Isla Level.

6.29 Numerous detached rocks and islets lie up to 4 miles W of

the W ends of the above-mentioned islands. Bajo Duble, the

outermost danger, lies about 8.8 miles NNW of Isla Ipun.

6.29 The channels between the islands, from Canal Tuamapu to

Canal Ninualac at the head of Bahia Adventure, have not been

surveyed and vessels should not attempt to proceed through

them.

6.30 Isla Guamblin (44°50'S., 75°05'W.), 217m high, is
124 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

comparatively level, and thickly wooded. The coasts of the island are generally sloping, but in places there are cliffs which

are conspicuous against the darker woodland. The island has

been reported to lie 2.3 miles W of its charted position.

6.30 Punta Norte, the N extremity of the island, is bold and a conical rock lies at its extremity. The coastal bank, having depths

of 11.9 to 12.8m, extends about 1.5 miles N from Punta Norte.

Punta Searle, the NW extremity of the island, lies about 3 miles

SW of Punta Norte and is high and steep, with a conical rock at

its summit. A wreck, with masts showing, lies in a small bight

about 0.8 mile S of Punta Searle. Punta Bories, the SW extremity of Isla Guamblin, is high and rounded with steep sides, and

should not be approached within 0.5 mile.

6.30 Punta Edwards, the SE extremity of the island, lies about 4.5

miles ENE of Punta Bories. The S coast of the island is very

steep-to and the sea breaks in 5.5 to 8.2m along it in ordinary

weather, and in 18.3m in heavy weather.

6.30 Punta Arenas, about 3.5 miles N of Punta Edwards, is sandy.

The coast between the two points is low. Punta Piedras, about

2.5 miles NW of Punta Arenas, is fringed by foul ground. Punta Baja, about 2 miles NW of Punta Piedras, is low and flat as

is the coast NW of it. The point should not be approached within 1 mile.

6.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the E coast of Isla

Guamblin in several places. The best anchorage is in depths of

14.6 to 27.4m, mud, sand, and stones, about 1.5 miles ESE of

Punta Arenas. Anchorage can also be taken, in 14.6m, mud,

about 1.5 miles E of Punta Piedras. This anchorage affords

shelter from SW winds and should not be used during winds

between the W and N.

6.31 Bahia Adventure (44°50'S., 74°45'W.) lies between

the S extremity of Isla Ipun and the N islet of Grupo Vallenar,

about 34 miles S. Islets and rocks extend up to 2.5 miles into

the bay from the islands forming the E side of the bay. The entrance to all of the channels between the islands are encumbered with dangers in their approaches, except for Canal

Ninualac. Isla Paz and Isla Liebre lie about 7 miles offshore in

the middle of the bay, and are conspicuous because of their

conical form. The islands which form the bay are high and generally barren.

6.31 Isla Ipun (44°37'S., 74°47'W.), about 101m high, is comparatively low, flat, and fertile, while the other islands of the group

are generally high, rugged, and bare on their seaward sides. Isla

Ipun can usually be approached, as the rocks and reefs which

lie in the vicinity of the salient points are marked by breakers

and can be avoided without difficulty. However, Roca Tacna,

which lies about 5 miles NE from Cabo Lort, the NW point of

the island, is visible only during strong W winds. These winds

form breakers over Roca Tacna. Bajo Duble lies about 8.8

miles N of Cabo Lort and is about 1 mile long N to S, and has

surrounding depths of 31.1m. Breakers form over Bajo Duble

only during strong W winds.

6.31 A detached reef, on which there is an above-water rock, lies

about 3.5 miles E of the NE extremity of Isla Ipun.

6.31 Anchorage.—Puerto Scotchwell, in the SE part of Isla Ipun,

affords excellent anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in

5.5 to 16.5m, with 18.3 to 31.1m in the entrance between the

reefs. This anchorage should be approached by the N passage.

Although no hidden dangers are known to lie in the S passage,

it is narrow and may contain uncharted dangers.

6.32 Canal Ninualac is one of the principal channels between the Pacific and Canal de Moraleda. The entrance is at the

head of Bahia Adventure, between Isla James on the N and Isla

Kent on the S. The passage presents no great difficulties. Numerous rocks, shoals, and reefs lie within 2.5 miles W of the W

entrance and are dangerous during fog. The channel is from 1

to 1.5 miles wide, but there are several islets and rocks, described below, within the entrance. The tidal currents in Canal

Ninualac attain velocities of from 3 to 4 knots at springs. 

6.32 A local magnetic anomaly, which caused a deflection of the

compass needle of more than 8°, was reported to exist in Canal

Ninualac.

6.32 Puerto Concha (45°01'S., 74°20'W.), with a depth of about

14.6m, provides anchorage for small vessels about 3 miles

within the W entrance on the N side of the channel. It lies between the SW end of Isla James and a small island close offshore.

6.32 Isla Kent lies on the S side of the W entrance to Canal Ninualac, about 0.5 mile S of the SW extremity of Isla James. The

shape of Isla Kent is very irregular and the W coast of the island is fringed by above and below-water rocks which extend

from 0.5 to 1.5 miles offshore. The E coast of Isla Kent is broken and indented and a small harbor lies in its NE part.

6.32 Puerto Maria Isabel (45°05'S., 74°17'W.), on the E side of

Isla Kent, provides anchorage, in 51m, less than 2 miles from

the center of Canal Ninualac. Isla Puren, at the entrance to the

port, forms two channels into the harbor. The S channel is preferred as it is deep and clear, although only 366m wide.

6.32 The S shore of the harbor is formed by Isla Renan. A white

patch a little above the water on Punta Manchon, the S entrance

point of Puerto Maria Isabel and the NE extremity of Isla

Renan, provides a good landmark.

6.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken near the center of the

port, in 51m, sand and mud. The anchorage is sheltered and the

holding ground is good. 

6.32 Caution.—A rock, awash, not marked by kelp, lies in the

SW corner of the inlet, 0.1 mile offshore.

6.33 Islote Leuconton (45°01'S., 74°10'W.) lies near the

middle of Canal Ninualac, about 8.5 miles E of the N extremity

of Isla Kent, and should be passed to the N. Islote Leuconton

should not be approached closely, although depths of 92m lie

within 274m offshore, as a shorebank with depths of 3.7 to

5.5m fringes the islet. A rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m,

lies about 366m W of this islet. Roca Engano, marked by a

beacon, lies in mid-channel about 3.5 miles E of the abovementioned rock. A white mark is situated N of the rock on the

N side of the channel. Vessels may pass close off either side of

this rock in about 18.3m.

6.33 The entrance of Estuario Cisnes, about 0.3 mile wide, lies on

the S side of Isla James about 15 miles E of the SW end of the

island and trends about 3.5 miles NW. Anchorage may be taken in Estuario Cisnes, a short distance within the entrance, in

21.9 to 27.4m or about 2 miles within the entrance, in 18.3m.

When entering the inlet a vessel should keep close to the E entrance point in depths 14.6 to 16.5m to avoid the reef on the W

side of the entrance.

6.33 Islotes Gemelos, consisting of two islets and some rocks,
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 125

Pub. 125

with depths of less than 1.8m, extend about halfway across Canal Ninualac from the S shore at a position about 3.5 miles E of

the entrance to Estuario Cisnes.

6.33 Isla Auchilu (45°20'S., 74°35'W.) is the S island of Grupo

Vallenar. A beacon, consisting of a white post with a white disc

topmark, stands on a rock close offshore NE of Punta Sur, the

SE extremity of the island. A light is shown from a tower

standing close NW of Punta Sur. A shoal, which breaks in

heavy weather, extends about 0.7 mile W and SW from the

same point. The island has been reported to lie 0.5 mile S of its

charted position.

6.33 Caution.—The depths in the approaches to Bahia Darwin

and Bahia Anna Pink are deep, over 18.3m, but soundings

throughout the area are sparse and scattered. Less water or dangers in addition to what is shown on the chart may exist. Rocks

lie up to 1 mile off the seaward sides of the outermost islands.

6.33 Bahia Darwin lies between the S end of Bahia Adventure

and the N end of Bahia Anna Pink, about 20 miles SW. The N

shore of Bahia Darwin is formed by Grupo Vallenar. 

6.33 The E and S shores of the bay are formed by the W coast of

Isla Garrido and the N coasts of Isla Clemente, Isla Tenquehuen, and Isla Menchuan. The W coast of Isla Garrido is high,

rugged, and barren. The N coast of Isla Clemente, which is also

rugged and barren, rises to an elevation of 968m.

6.33 Isla Analao (45°29'S., 74°41'W.), steep, flat-topped, and

about 40m high, lies in the center of the bay and is a good landmark. Two above-water rocks lie close off the E and N sides of

the islet and breakers extend about 0.8 mile S.

6.33 Rada Vallenar (45°19'S., 74°33'W.) lies on the E side of

Grupo Vallenar, between Isla Tres Dedos and Isla Auchilu on

the W and the W end of Isla Isquiliac on the E. The harbor is an

excellent roadstead and is easy of access. Anchorage may be

taken, in about 21.9m, protected from the prevailing winds,

about 0.5 mile off the SE extremity of Isla Tres Dedos.

6.34 Canal Darwin is entered between the SW end of Isla

Isquiliac and the N end of Isla Garrido. A light is shown from

the SW end of Isla Isquiliac. The passage is free of dangers. It

is considered to be the best of the channels which lead through

the archipelago from the Pacific to Canal de Moraleda. The

channel is about 3 miles wide at its entrance, which is clear of

danger and between high ground.

6.34 A 3.9m shoal was reported close off the SE tip of Isla Isquilac, near the S entrance to Canal Unicornio.

6.34 The tidal current within the channel sets E on the flood and

W on the ebb at a maximum velocity of about 3.5 knots between Punta Quilan (45°24'S., 74°07'W.) and Isla Negra, about

7 miles ESE close S of the SW coast of Isla Quemada.

6.34 Roca Pajaros (45°24'S., 74°11'W.), a white rock about 3m

high, lies a little over 0.5 mile NW of the W extremity of Isla

Marcacci. A shoal, with at least a depth of 12.5m, lies 0.6 mile

W of Roca Pajaros. A 10m sounding is charted about 0.4 mile

NW of the rock.

6.34 Bajo Darwin lies about 1.5 miles NE of Roca Pajaros about

midway between Roca Pajaros and the SE extremity of Isla Italia. Bajo Darwin is a small pinnacle rock with almost 7m over

it and is surrounded by deeper water. The rock can be passed

on either side, but to the N is preferred, as this side is marked

by a lighted buoy with a radar reflector.

6.34 Vessels should exercise caution in the vicinity of Islotes Lamencura and Islote Lobos, close W of the S end of Isla Palumbo (45°23'S., 74°03'W.), as the bottom is rocky and uneven.

Above and below-water rocks extend about 0.2 mile S from the

W extremity of Isla Quemada, about 4 miles ESE of Punta

Quilan, and the width of the channel between these rocks and

the NW end of Isla Luz (45°30'S., 73°56'W.) is only about 0.3

mile. A rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies close off the S

end of Isla Quemada. An 8.5m patch lies 0.5 mile SE of the

rock.

6.34 Isla Analao can usually be seen at a distance of 15 to 20

miles, even in hazy weather. On approaching closer, Grupo

Vallenar and Monte Isquiliac (45°20'S., 74°29'W.) are easily

identified, and the entrance to Canal Darwin, with its high and

rocky sides, shows clearly. There is a conspicuous white patch

near the middle of the S coast of Isla Italia, about 13 miles E of

Punta Alfredo. Another conspicuous patch is located on the S

side of the W end of Isla Quemada about 1 mile E of the W extremity of the island.

6.34 Canal Williams connects the W end of Canal Darwin with

the E end of Bahia Anna Pink. The channel is entered between

Punta Garrido and Punta Este (45°26'S., 74°25'W.), a little

over 0.8 mile ESE, and trends SSW for about 24 miles with an

average width of about 0.5 mile, although narrower in places.

The channel has not been examined and is not recommended.

6.35 Puerto Yates (45°29'S., 74°26'W.) lies from 2.5 to 3

miles S of the N entrance to Canal Williams and provides anchorage, in about 21.9m, sand, about 0.5 mile N of the spit

mentioned below. The anchorage is bounded to the S by a low

sandspit, which extends about 0.5 mile W from the NW coast

of Isla Rivero. A small islet lies 183m NW of the extremity of

the sandspit. Between the end of the spit and the W shore, there

is a passage about 0.2 mile wide with depths of 6.7m. Depths

of less than 5.5m extend 0.3 mile N from the spit.

6.35 Caution.—Depths in Puerto Yates may be decreasing due to

sediment deposited by the meeting of tidal currents from Canal

Williams and Canal Darwin. 

6.35 Bahia Anna Pink (45°47'S., 74°49'W.) is formed between

the N side of Peninsula Skyring on the S and Isla Tenquehuen,

Isla Menchuan, and Islas Inchin on the N. Numerous islets and

rocks lie within the bay. Most of the bay is unsurveyed except

for a partially examined passage that trends E between the islets and rocks in the S part of the bay and which leads into

Boca Wickham.

6.35 The N side of Peninsula Skyring is indented by a number of

inlets. Puerto Refugio is the only inlet that has been examined

and that is known to provide shelter to vessels.

6.35 The bay is entered from the W between the N point of Cabo

Taitao and Isla Inchemo, about 3.5 miles NNE.

6.35 Isla Inchemo (45°48'S., 75°00'W.) lies about 3.5 miles NNE

of Punta Seal, the N extremity of Cabo Taitao. Islita Penguin,

with a rock close off its S side, lies 0.5 mile off the E side of

the island. A light with racon is shown from a tower standing

on the S side of the island.

6.35 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 14.9m, good holding ground, about 0.7 mile ESE of the light on Isla Inchemo.

Anchorage can also be taken closer inshore, in 16.5m, sand,

with the S point of Isla Inchemo bearing 207° and Islita Pen-
126 Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 

Pub. 125

guin bearing 060°.

6.35 Roca Gallardo, submerged and on which the sea sometimes

breaks, lies about 2.3 miles E of the S point of Isla Inchemo. A

detached rock, with a depth of 3.9m, lies 0.8 mile N of Roca

Gallardo.

6.35 Isla Julian, 90m high, lies 3 miles E of Islita Penguin. Islote

Mitra and Islote Patch lie close together about 1.5 miles ESE of

Isla Julian. A reef, on which the sea breaks, extends about 0.5

mile W from Islote Mitra and Islote Patch. Grupo del Medio

consists of three small islets which lie from 2.5 to 3 miles ENE

of Islote Mitra. A shoal, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies about

0.3 mile S of Grupo del Medio.

6.35 From Punta Seal to Punta Gallegos, about 3.5 miles E, the N

side of Peninsula Skyring is indented by two inlets, both of

which are unexamined. Seno Purgatorio, the W inlet, has several small islets and rocks in its entrance. Fiordo Gallegos, the E

inlet, recedes about 10 miles SE. Small vessels can anchor on

the SW side of the latter inlet, about 4 miles inside the entrance.

6.35 From Punta Gallegos to Punta Stripe, about 5.5 miles ENE,

the shore recedes S to form a very irregular bight that is further

indented by several coves, the entrances of which are encumbered with numerous rocks and islets. The only cove suitable to

small vessels is Puerto Refugio.

6.36 Puerto Refugio (45°52'S., 74°48'W.) recedes about 2

miles SE between Punta Stripe and Isla Puentes, about 1.5

miles SSW. Islote Hyatt and a number of above-water rocks encumber the entrance. The entrance is restricted to a width of

about 0.2 mile, between some rocks that lie about 0.3 mile S of

Punta Stripe and the above rocks adjacent to the N side of Islote Hyatt. A rock, with less than 1.8m over it, lies on the SW

side of the entrance fairway. An unnamed islet lies 0.3 mile E

of Isla Puentes. A reef, with a least depth of 7m, extends 0.5

mile E from the islet.

6.36 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1 to 37m,

about 0.7 mile SE of the summit of Isla Puentes. Within the entrance a rock, with less than 1.8m over it, lies about 0.3 mile

NNE of Islote Videla, which lies about 0.8 mile SE of Isla

Puentes.

6.36 From Punta Stripe to Boca Wickham, about 8 miles E, a

number of islets lie on the S side of the passage leading to that

channel. A shoal, with a depth of 12.1m, lies on the recommended track, about 0.8 mile NW of Isla Entrada; a shoal

depth of 6.8m lies close to the track, about 1.3 miles WNW of

the same islet.

6.36 Boca Wickham (45°49'S., 74°34'W.), Canal Pulluche, and

Canal Chacabuco form a continuous passage between Bahia

Anna Pink and Canal Errazuriz, the S extension of Canal de

Moraleda. The passage is narrow and winding, but navigable.

It is about 35 miles long and trends E, NE, and then E.

6.36 A light marks the SW end of Isla Ricardo (45°49'S.,

74°28'W.). The recommended track passes through Canal Pulluche from Ricardo Light and leads 6.7 miles to NNW of Punta

Morro Light on Isla Prieto. The track then leads 4.7 miles NNE

to Punta Pangal (45°42.3'S., 74°15.5'W.) then leading E to enter Canal Utrupa or Canal Chacabuco as necessary. 

6.36 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents set E and NE through

the above passage following the trend of the passage at velocities of up to 4 knots on the rising tide and in the opposite direction on the falling tide.

6.37 Islote Notable (45°49'S., 74°29'W.) is a conspicuous

islet on the N side of the fairway.

6.37 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 14.6 to 20.1m,

mud, in the entrance of Fiordo Balladares (45°44'S.,

74°22'W.), a small inlet on the SE side of Isla Rivero.

6.37 Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1m, about 0.4 mile W of Cayo

Observatorio in Puerto Harchy (45°43'S., 73°55'W.) at the E

end of Canal Chacabuco. Caution is necessary here, as many

dangers lie in the approaches, and the anchorage itself is open

to SW winds.

6.37 Canal Utarupa (45°31'S., 74°14'W.), about 15 miles long

and with a least fairway width of about 1 mile, joins Canal

Darwin and Canal Chacabuco and passes along the E side of

Isla Rivero. The fairway trends NNE to abreast Puerto Condell,

about 4.5 miles N of the SE point of Isla Rivero, and then it

trends NNW between Isla Rivero and Isla Matilde. Like the

other major channels within the Archipelago de los Chonos, it

has only been partially examined.

6.37 The E side of Isla Rivero is fringed with above and belowwater rocks up to 0.3 mile offshore in places. Numerous islands and rocks lie on the E side of the channel SE of Isla Matilde.

6.37 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Puerto Condell

(45°37'S., 74°12'W.), in 21.9 to 29.3m, sand and shell, about

0.3 mile WNW of the S entrance point.

6.37 Anchorage can be taken in Puerto Aurora, in 42 to 46m,

about 0.7 mile within the entrance. This anchorage is situated

in Fiordo Duble Sur, an inlet entered on the E side of Isla Rivero, about 3 miles NNW of Puerto Condell.

Cabo Taitao to Cabo Tres Montes

6.38 The coast between Cabo Taitao and Cabo Tres Montes, about 65 miles SSW, is formed by the outer part of Peninsula Taitao. The NW part of Peninsula Taitao is formed by

Peninsula Skyring and the SW part by Peninsula Tres Montes.

The conspicuous gap, located about 10 miles NW of Cabo Tres

Montes and connecting the two peninsulas, is low, densely

wooded, and about 1.3 miles wide. This coast is irregular and

indented by a number of coves and inlets, most of which have

not been examined. Steep, barren hills, with heights of up to

about 1,067m, back the coast. The fringing dangers lie within 1

mile of the coast, except for Rocas Hellyer, described below in

paragraph 6.39. There are no ports, but small vessels with local

knowledge can find shelter in some of the inlets and coves.

6.38 Tides—Currents.—The offshore currents along this coast

set toward the land at a velocity of 1 knot on the rising tide. A

SSE set has been observed in the vicinity of Cabo Tres Montes.

The currents are probably augmented by the tidal currents setting into the embayments N and S of Cabo Taitao and Cabo

Tres Montes.

6.39 Cabo Taitao (45°52'S., 75°04'W.), the NW extremity

of Peninsula Skyring, is steep, barren, and fringed with rocks

up to about 1 mile offshore. Cabo Taitao is one of the most

prominent promontories in the vicinity. It appears as an island

from the offing.

6.39 Rocas Hellyer (46°02'S., 75°10'W.), several rocks awash,
Sector 6. Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes 127

Pub. 125

are the outermost dangers along this coast. A shoal, with a

depth of 15.8m, lies about 1.5 miles S of Rocas Hellyer, while

a second shoal, with a depth of 16m, lies the same distance E

of the rocks.

6.39 Fiordo Cornish is entered between the SW end of Peninsula

Duende and a point about 7 miles S. This inlet recedes about

22 miles NE from its entrance and narrows toward its head. It

nearly separates the Peninsula Skyring from Peninsula Taitao.

Within the entrance, several arms branch off either side. Monte

Alejandro, 590m high, rises close within the S entrance point.

An islet, with submerged rocks up to 0.5 mile off its NW side,

lies about 0.5 mile off the S entrance point.

6.39 Islas Usborne (46°11'S., 75°00'W.), three islands and several islets and rocks, lie in the middle of the entrance of Seno

Cornish. Foul ground obstructs the passage E of the islands.

Small vessels can take anchorage, in 9.1 to 11m, sand, off the E

side of the western and largest island. Rocks, which dry, extend

up to 1 mile W and 0.8 mile S of that island.

6.39 The main channel into Fiordo Cornish is N of Islas Usborne.

Small vessels can find shelter from W winds in a small inlet on

the NW side of Seno Cornish, about 8 miles within the entrance. The depth at this inlet is about 23.8m. Three islets lie

off the entrance of the latter inlet.

6.39 Fiordo Alejandro (46°14'S., 74°55'W.), an inlet, branches

SE from the S side of Fiordo Cornish just within the entrance.

Two rocks which dry lie in the entrance.

6.39 An island lies close offshore about 3 miles NNE of the NE

entrance point of Fiordo Alejandro. Vessels can take anchorage

off the S side of this island in good holding ground, mud bottom. This anchorage should be approached from the W passing

S of Islas Usborne. Vessels should be careful to avoid a rock

that lies about 0.3 mile N of the S entrance of the bay formed

by the island.

6.39 From the S entrance point of Fiordo Cornish to Caleta Gato,

about 4 miles SSW, the coast is fronted by numerous islets and

rocks up to 1 mile offshore.

6.40 Caleta Gato (46°17'S., 75°03'W.), a small inlet frequented by sealing vessels, is entered by passing S of the islets

in its entrance.

6.40 Estero San Esteban (46°19'S., 75°06'W.), a narrow inlet,

recedes about 10 miles E between Punta Rescue, a small prominent peninsula, and a point about 2 miles E. Cerro Oscura,

645m high, rises within the N shore of the inlet about 8.5 miles

E of Punta Rescue and is a good mark for approaching the inlet. The rocks off Punta Rescue should be passed at a distance

of at least 0.1 mile. A rock lies in midchannel about 3.5 miles

from the inlet’s head. Breakers were reported in a position

about 3 miles NE of Punta Rescue. Anchorage can be taken in

the lee of Punta Rescue, in about 18.3m, clear of the fringing

rocks. 

6.40 Caleta Cliff (46°28'S., 75°17'W.), entered about 10 miles

SSW of Punta Rescue, affords excellent anchorage for small

vessels, in depths of 8.7 to 57m, mud. The entrance channel is

about 0.3 mile wide and at the inner end the cove opens to a

width of 1.5 miles forming a circular basin protected by mountains. The least depth in the fairway is 7m. A small islet lies

close off the S entrance point of the cove. Rocks lie up to 180m

N of the islet and should be passed to N. Two triangular-shaped

islets, lying close together, lie about 2 miles NNE of the cove

entrance. One of these islets has an open tunnel through it

which is clearly visible from W. A group of rocks, which

break, lies about 1 mile NW of the islet.

6.40 Directions.—Vessels should approach the entrance on a

course of 130° to 144° and then maintain mid-channel courses

to the basin. Within the basin anchorage can be taken, in

25.6m, mud and sand, about 0.2 mile off the NW shore, or in

31.1m, mud and sand, 0.2 mile off the SE shore. 

6.40 Bahia Stewart, just S of Caleta Cliff, has extensive areas of

foul ground and anchorage is not recommended.

6.40 Punta Pringle (46°32'S., 75°30'W.) is fringed with rocks

which extend about 0.5 mile offshore from the coast. Within

the point the land is low.

6.41 Bahia San Andres (46°34'S., 75°31'W.) is entered

between Punta Pringle and Cabo Gallegos, about 4.5 miles SW.

The inner part of the inlet is divided into two arms, Caleta Inutil, the NE arm, and Estero Cono, the SW arm. Monte Cono, a

prominent 488m conical peak, rises at the outer end of the peninsula which separates the two arms. Islita Cono lies at the entrance of Estero Cono. 

6.41 Estero Cono (46°37'S., 75°28'W.) is protected except when

the NW winds enter the anchorage area, and it does with great

violence. A submerged wreck (46°36.9'S., 75°28.1'W.) lies

about 100m off the W shore, halfway along the fjord.

6.41 Cabo Gallegos is a bold steep promontory, barren on its seaward side. Islita Rees, small and rock-fringed, lies about 0.5

mile SW of the cape. This islet is pot-shaped and pierced by a

tunnel which is visible from the W. Islita Rees is a good mark

for identifying the cape from the S. It was reported that a

stranded wreck lies on the shore about 0.8 mile SE of the cape.

6.41 Anchorage.—Small vessels can take anchorage, in 11.9 to

21.9m, in Caleta Pascuas, a small cove on the S side of Bahia

San Andres about 1.8 miles E of Cabo Gallegos, or off the S

side of Islita Cono. Small vessels can also take anchorage near

the head of Estero Cono, about 2.3 miles within the entrance of

this arm, in 21.9 to 31m, mud and sand. 

6.41 Cabo Raper (46°49'S., 75°38'W.) lies about 13 miles SSW of

Cabo Gallegos. The coast between is mostly cliffy and rugged, rising to elevations of over 700m. The cape is a high, barren promontory. Foul ground extends about 1 mile W from it. A light is shown

from a tower, 14m high, standing on the cape.

6.42 Cabo Tres Montes (46°59'S., 75°26'W.) lies about 13

miles SE of Cabo Raper. It is a bold and remarkable headland

rising to an elevation of 396m. A conical above-water rock lies

close off the cape.

6.42 Between Cabo Raper and Cabo Tres Montes the coast is

formed by Peninsula Tres Montes. The peninsula is hilly with

elevations of up to about 396m along the coast. It is joined to

Peninsula Taitao just SE of Cabo Raper by a low isthmus. The

summits of the hills are often obscured by clouds or squalls

when the lower land is visible from a distance of about 2 miles.

The small coves that indent the SW side of the peninsula are

accessible only to boats, but some have sandy beaches at their

heads.

6.42 A prominent gap, which is a good mark when the summits of

the hills are obscured, separates the NW side of Peninsula Tres

Montes from the SW end of Peninsula Taitao.
129

Pub. 125

7. 

Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
131

Pub. 125

SECTOR 7 

CHILE—WATERS EAST OF THE ARCHIPELAGO CHILOE AND 

THE ARCHIPELAGO DE LOS CHONOS

7.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E sides of the Archipelago

Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos, with the mainland

coast E, and the inner waters between the mainland and each

archipelago.

General Remarks

7.1 The Archipelago Chiloe extends from Puerto Montt to

Boca del Guafo. It consists of Isla de Chiloe and numerous

small islands which lie in Seno Reloncavi, Golfo de Ancud,

and Golfo Corcovado. The aspect of the archipelago differs

radically from that of the adjacent coast. The islands, of moderate height and densely forested, differ from the continental

coast which is very high, with snow-capped mountain peaks

and volcanoes. There are numerous inlets and coves affording

anchorage and shelter during inclement weather.

7.1 The Archipelago de los Chonos is separated from the mainland by Canal de Moraleda. From its N entrance, in the vicinity

of Isla Queitao (43°44'S., 73°29'W.), Canal de Moraleda is

navigable by ocean-going vessels to the E entrance of Canal

Darwin (45°27'S., 73°48'W.), which leads to the Pacific Ocean.

Although there are many deep inlets indenting the mainland

coast E and S of Canal de Moraleda, none of them lead to ports

of importance. There are several anchorages within the archipelago that are used by coastal vessels.

7.1 Ice.—There is little evidence of icebergs of Antarctic origin

being encountered in the channels and inlets of Patagonia, and

most of them are ice free throughout the year. There are, however, a number of glaciers which occupy the valleys at the

heads of some of the more landlocked inlets. Most of these do

not reach the sea, but some affect certain channels from time to

time, and will be identified in the text.

7.1 Tides—Currents.—Because of the peculiar formation of

the large gulfs, Golfo de Ancud and Golfo Corcovado, and because the tidal wave enters each gulf at about the same time,

the rise and fall in this region reaches a greater height than in

any other part of Chile, except the E entrance of the Strait of

Magellan. In these bodies of water the rise and fall of the tide

reaches 7m, causing tidal currents to run with great velocity. In

Canal de Chacao the tidal currents attain rates of 5 to 9 knots.

7.1 The E tidal current strikes Isla de Chiloe and flows around

the S end of the island into Golfo Corcovado, reaching as far N

as Golfo de Ancud, in the NE part of which it meets the current

which flows through Canal de Chacao. In the central part of

these gulfs the current is weak, but it is greater in the vicinity

of the coast and between the islands.

7.1 Southeast of Punta Piedras, about 1 mile SE of Punta Tres

Cruces, at the E end of Canal de Chacao, the tidal current is

very weak, and in Bahia Manao, S of Punta Piedras, there is no

current at all. The N and S currents meet opposite this bay in

the middle of Golfo de Ancud. On the E coast of Isla de Chiloe

the tides are very irregular because of the variable influence of

the wind.

7.1 In Estero de Castro and its vicinity, HW is attained sooner

than at other points farther S. For example, it has been observed in Fiordo Huildad, about 32 miles S of Estero de Castro,

that the time of HW during a strong NW wind was 45 minutes

later than the time of HW at Estero de Castro. The average time

of HW in the N part of Archipielago Chiloe is about 1 hour, a

figure which decreases about 15 minutes at the S part. The time

of HW is very irregular, a difference of one half hour having

been observed between the times of consecutive tides. The

point of HW is also quite variable as it frequently occurs that

the water reaches its highest point during the outgoing tide.

7.1 Caution.—The easy gradient with which the land slopes into the water in Archipelago Chiloe is the cause of producing

extensive flats at low water. These flats, in connection with unexpected shoals, makes possible grave errors when fixing the

position of the ship by bearings.

7.1 The waters described in this sector are incompletely surveyed. In general, the soundings appearing on the charts are of

a reconnaissance nature. Mariners proceeding through this area

should use the utmost prudence in navigation.

7.1 Shoals have been reported to lie up to 5 miles off the coast

between Punta Auchemo (43°02'S., 72°52'W.) and Punta

Pucaihuen (43°19'S., 73°04'W.).

Seno Reloncavi

7.2 Seno Reloncavi (41°40'S., 72°50'W.) opens N of

Golfo de Ancud and has its main entrance between Punta Perhue (41°52'S., 73°00'W.) and Punta Trentelhue (41°55'S.,

72°53'W.), with Isla Nao lying on the coastal bank extending at

least 0.5 mile NW of Punta Trentelhue. Estero Reloncavi

(41°43'S., 72°35'W.), indenting the E side of the bay, extends

about 30 miles inland. Isla Puluqui, Isla Guar, Isla Maillen, and

Isla Tenglo lie in the W side of the bay. Isla Queullin (41°53'S.,

72°55'W.), lying in the main entrance of Seno Reloncavi, divides the bay into two passages, Paso Queullin and Paso Nao.

7.2 Winds—Weather.—At times, there is considerable atmospheric refraction in the bay and approaches. The air becomes

so clear, and the sea so calm, that objects can be seen at great

distances. However, a rapidly rising temperature and nimbus

clouds forming in the N part of the bay indicate the coming of

foul weather.

7.2 Tides—Currents.—Under certain circumstances, the winds

and currents in Seno Reloncavi produce violent eddies and tide

rips, known by the name of “rayas.” These tide rips occur in

Paso Queullin, off Punta Perhue, and in Paso Nao, and are

caused by a S wind and outgoing tide. Tide rips occur over Bajo San Jose with an incoming tide and a N wind. Under the

same circumstances, there is a tide rip between Punta Redonda,

the E end of Isla Guar, and Farallones Caicura, about 8.8 miles

E. These tide rips are particularly dangerous for small craft.

7.2 Vessels navigating in Seno Reloncavi should take precautions to avoid being set off course by the tidal currents which
132 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

set into and out of Estero Reloncavi.

7.2 Depths—Limitations.—There are general depths of over

182.9m in Seno Reloncavi. Shoals extending off Isla Guar, and

the mud flats off river mouths emptying into the N part of the

bay, are best seen on charts. Bajo San Jose and Bajo Pucari, lying between Isla Queullin and Isla Guar, uncover at LWS.

Dense smoke from forest fires on Isla de Chiloe and the mainland may impair visibility.

Seno Reloncavi—Southwest Side

7.3 Punta Coronel (41°48'S., 73°29'W.), the W approach

point of Seno Reloncavi, is prominent due to its barren, high,

yellow cliffs. Between Punta Coronel and Punta Guatral

(41°43'S., 73°03'W.), the coast is very irregular and indented

by many inlets. Several islands front this coast.

7.3 Bahia Pargua (41°47'S., 73°26'W.), indenting the coast between Punta Coronel and Punta Tique, about 3.5 miles E, has a

depth of 120m in the entrance, with lesser depths near shore.

The shores of the bay are low and sloping, with several rivers

emptying into the N and W part. Kelp patches extend about 0.3

mile off the W shore. Tidal currents in the bay run with a velocity of 6 to 9 knots at times, especially during spring tides.

The currents change direction very suddenly, causing whirlpools and tide rips which bring great stress on the anchor cable.

A pier, about 79m long, used by the ferry between Pargua and

Puerto Chacao, is situated about 1 mile NE of Punta Coronel.

There is a mooring buoy near the pier. Anchorage can be taken,

in a depth of 20.1m, sand and gravel, about 0.2 mile, bearing

110° from the head of the pier. However, the anchorage should

be used only in an emergency, or in calm weather and a N

wind.

7.3 Punta Tique (41°48'S., 73°25'W.), a good radar target, is a

high, steep, prominent bluff fronted by a sand and gravel beach

for about 0.3 mile. The beach is bare at low water. Shoal water

extends 0.5 mile offshore. Raya de Tique is the name given to a

line of tide rips, especially heavy during spring tides, which extend from Punta Tique to Punta Lilicura (41°54'S., 73°29'W.).

7.4 Punta Abtao (41°49'S., 73°21'W.), the E entrance

point of Rada de Cunco, is low and slopes inland. The point is

a good radar target. A drying, rocky reef extends 0.8 mile SSE

of Punta Abtao. Isla Abtao, a crescent-shaped island lying 0.5

mile NE of Punta Abtao, is very conspicuous at Punta Barranco (41°48'S., 73°21'W.), its NE end. Monuments stand on Punta Abato and the N end of Isla Abato. The SW end of the island

is a low isthmus terminating at Punta Quilque (41°50'S.,

73°21'W.), off which foul ground extends 0.5 mile.

7.4 Rada de Cunco (41°49'S., 73°22'W.), about 0.5 mile W of

Punta Abtao, is a roadstead sheltered from N winds by high

cliffs fronted by shoals. Tidal currents are strong, but not considered dangerous. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 25 to

30m, good holding ground of sand and gravel, about 0.7 mile

WSW of Punta Abtao. However, with freshening winds from

the S and W, it is recommended that vessels leave the anchorage.

7.4 Canal Abtao lies between Isla Abtao and Peninsula Challahue to the W. Small vessels with local knowledge can transit

this channel, which has sharp turns and a depth of 18.5m in the

fairway. There is a 6m patch in the middle of the N entrance to

the channel. The channel shores dry for 183m at LW. A dangerous reef extending SSE from Punta Abtao covers at HW. Tidal

currents in Canal Abtao attain a velocity of 1.5 knots.

7.5 Puerto Abtao (41°48'S., 73°22'W.) consists of a widening of Canal Abtao at its N end to a width of 0.5 mile, with

depths of 9.1 to 29.3m. Anchorage can be taken, protected

from all directions, in depths of 18 to 29m, sand and mud, good

holding ground. The confluence of the tidal currents from each

end of Canal Abtao may make vessels ride uneasily. 

7.5 Ensenada Codihue (41°47'S., 73°22'W.), between Peninsula Challahue and the mainland N, is entered N of Punta Barranco. Punta Peuque (41°47'S., 73°23'W.) is a conspicuous point

rising vertically on the SW shore of the inlet. There are depths

of 8.5 to 64m in the bay. There are no known dangers and anchorage is afforded in suitable depths, sandy bottom, throughout Ensenada Codihue. A settlement is situated at the head of

the bay.

7.5 Dangers in the entrance of the bay include Isla Lagartija, an

island in the center with a steep bluff at its S end. Above and

below-water shoals extend at least 0.1 mile NW and 2 miles SE

of the island. There are several detached patches, sometimes

marked by kelp, which lie SSW of the island. Bajo Abtao, with

a depth of 4m, is the outermost danger extending ESE from

Punta Quilque. Pasa Lagartija, with a least charted depth of

20.1m, leads between Bajo Abtao and the detached dangers.

The passage is not buoyed and should not be used without local

knowledge.

7.5 Isla Quihua (41°45'S., 73°14'W.) lies in an indentation of

the coast. The shore dries about 0.1 mile off Punta Chullehua,

the S extremity of the island. Roca San Pedro, 0.7 mile E of the

point, lies close offshore and is an excellent landmark. Canal

San Antonio and Canal Quihua are shallow channels W and E

of the island, respectively. An overhead cable, with a vertical

clearance of 20.1m, spans Canal San Antonio. Anchorage can

be taken, in about 20.1m at the entrance of Canal San Antonio.

7.5 Dangers S of Isla Quihua include Bajos de Lami, Bajo Buta,

Bajo Chal, and Bajo Cailin, all above and below-water shoals

that are shown on the charts. Paso Lami leads between these

dangers, but is little used and not recommended. Bajo Quihua

and Bajo Corvio (41°51'S., 73°13'W.) are drying, foul grounds

connected by a low neck that does not dry at LW. A light is

shown from near the center of Bajo Corvio. Another light is

shown from Bajo Quihua. Paso Quihua and Paso Corvio are

passages shown on the chart which lead between the above

charted dangers. A 11m patch lies about 0.8 mile W of Punta

Pinto (41°49'S., 73°10'W.) and is marked by a lighted buoy.

The fairway leads S and W of the charted dangers.

7.6 Isla Calbuco (41°47'S., 73°09'W.) is separated from

the mainland W by Canal Caicaen, and from the off-lying islands by Canal Calbuco. The island, barren and with few inhabitants, is separated from Isla Quenu (41°50'S., 73°09'W.)

by Canal Quenu. A causeway joins the N end of Isla Calbuco

with the mainland, thus blocking the channel to through navigation. A submarine cable is laid across the channel about 0.2

mile W of the causeway. An overhead cable, with a vertical

clearance of 25m, spans the N end of the channel. Anchorage

can be taken, sheltered from W winds, in Caleta La Vega, a

bight located at the NE end.
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 133

Pub. 125

7.6 Good anchorage can be taken by small vessels in Canal Caicaen between Punta Caicaen, the SW end of Isla Calbuco, and

the village of San Jose, on the S coast of Isla Quihua. In addition, vessels may take shelter in any part of Canal Caicaen except at its NE end. A current of 2 knots and over sets through

Canal Caiaen.

7.6 Vessels anchor at Puerto Calbuco, in depths of 20.1 to 40m,

about 0.3 to 0.5 mile NE of the town. Small vessels usually anchor 0.3 to 0.4 mile NNE of the town, in 31m. The N point of

Isla Calbuco should not be approached within 183m because of

fringing rocks.

7.6 Calbuco (41°46'S., 73°08'W.) stands on the N end of Isla

Calbuco. A small pier, showing a light, is situated at the town.

Coastal vessels frequently call here.

7.6 Estero Huito is entered between Punta Yahuecha and a point

about 0.5 mile farther N. A church and the settlement El Rosario are situated on the NE shore of the estuary, NW of Punta

Yahuecha.

7.6 Within the entrance to Estero Huito the depths are irregular.

About 0.8 mile NW of Punta Yahuecha, there is an 8.8m shoal

in mid-channel. At the narrows, 0.2 mile farther WNW, a bank

extends from the S shore, leaving a channel only 91m wide and

with a depth of 6.1m N of the bank. At the inner end of the narrows a bank extends 0.1 mile SW from the N shore, S of El Rosario.

7.6 Vessels can anchor just inside the entrance to Estero Huito,

in depths of 25.6 to 31m, sand, in mid-channel. There is also an

anchorage about 1.5 miles within the entrance, W of El Rosario, in depths of 12.9 to 36.6m, sand. Great care must be used

when passing through the narrows.

7.6 The tidal currents have a rate of about 2.5 knots, but at

springs reach 4 knots.

7.6 An overhead power cable extends across the S approach to

Estero Huito, at a height of 17m. 

7.7 Punta Metrencue (41°44'S., 73°06'W.) lies about 2.3

miles NE of Punta Yahuecha and shows a light. A settlement

lies close S of the point. Good anchorage, in 20.1m, mud, can

be obtained about 0.2 mile S of Punta Metrencue.

7.7 Estero Rulo lies between Punta Metrencue and a point about

1.5 miles to the ENE. The inlet is shallow, there being only

11m in the entrance and 7.3m inside. The inner part of the estuary dries at low water. A church stands on the E shore of the inlet, near the entrance.

7.7 Banco San Agustin extends about 0.7 mile SW from the E

entrance point of Estero Rulo. There is 5m on the outer edge of

the bank and at low water the bank dries 0.5 mile offshore. It

was reported that a concrete obstruction, with a depth of 1.5m,

lies about 0.7 mile SW of San Agustin church.

7.7 Isla Tautil (41°43'S., 73°04'W.) lies about 0.3 mile SE of the

E entrance point of Estero Rulo. Rocas Tautil, awash, lies 0.1

mile E of the NE end of Isla Tautil.

7.7 Paso Tautil, between Isla Tautil and Punta San Ramon, the N

end of Isla Puluqui, has a navigable width of about 0.2 mile,

with a least depth of 7.3m.

Inner Channel to Puerto Montt

7.8 The inner route from Gulfo de Ancud between the islands to Seno Reloncavi and Puerto Montt is by way of Paso

Corvio, Paso Quihua, Paso Quenu, Canal Calbuco, and Paso

Tautil. The least depth in the fairway, as shown on the chart, is

7.3m in Paso Tautil.

7.8 Paso Corvio (41°45'S., 73°14'W.) is entered between Bajo

Corvio Light and the dangers extending WNW from Isla Polmaltahue. By remaining about midway between these two features, a least depth of about 16.4m is obtained.

7.8 Paso Quihua leads between Bajo Quihua and Isla Quenu.

This passage has a least depth of 10.9m and is free of dangers,

except for the reef which extends W from Punto Pinto, the NW

point of Isla Quenu.

7.8 Pasa Quenu (41°49'S., 73°10'W.) leads between Isla Quenu

and Isla Calbuco. This passage is about 0.3 mile wide and has a

least charted depth of about 35m in mid-channel.

7.8 Canal Calbuco leads to the NE where it joins Paso Tautil.

This channel is over 8 miles long and has a mid-channel depth

of about 18.3m; however, a shoal depth of 9.1m is charted 2

miles SE of Isla Tautil.

7.8 Having passed through Paso Tautil, a vessel can join the

main channel to Puerto Montt, when E of Punta Guatral.

Gulfo de Ancud—North Side

7.9 Grupo Tabon lies S of Isla Chidguapi and Isla Quenu.

The group consists of islands connected by low ridges which

dry at low water. The tidal currents in the area attain a rate of 1

to 2 knots at neaps and 3 to 4 knots at springs. The incoming

tidal current sets NE and the outgoing current sets SW.

7.9 Isla Lin (41°54'S., 73°05'W.), the E island of Grupo Tabon,

is connected with Isla Tabon by a spit of fine sand which covers at HWS. It can be seen for 15 miles and is reported to be a

good radar target. Good anchorage, in 14.6 to 20.1m, mud and

sand, can be taken about 0.5 mile S of Punta Llayehue, the E

extremity of Isla Lin. A 9.1m patch lies nearly 0.8 mile SSW of

Punta Llayehue.

7.9 Isla Tabon (41°55'S., 73°09'W.) is the largest and highest of

the group. The island is nearly 3.5 miles long, E and W, and

near the center there is a low part which covers at HW, forming

a small inlet which extends from the N to S, with its entrance in

Bahia Lin. The S shore of the island is steep and the sea breaks

against it at HW. Its greatest elevation is about 60m, near its W

end. A sandbank extends nearly 0.5 mile S from this side. A

bank of sand and stone extends about 0.5 mile W from Punta

Ilto, the W end of Isla Tabon. Most of the bank dries at low water. Roca Lobos, about 0.3 mile S of the E end of the island,

dries 5m, but it is covered at HW. A shoal, with a depth of

10.7m, lies about 0.6 mile offshore, 1 mile SE of Punta Ilto. A

light is shown about 0.8 mile E of Punta Ilto. A church is situated on the NE side of the island.

7.9 Vessels of moderate size and with local knowledge can take

anchorage, in 29m, about 0.3 mile ENE of the church on Isla

Tabon.

7.9 Bahia Ilto lies between the NW side of Isla Tabon and Isla

Llanquinelhue. It is about 1 mile wide, with depths of 46m in

the center and 12.8m from shore in the SE corner of the shore.

The bay is not recommended as an anchorage.

7.9 Isla Llanquinelhue and Isla Polmallelhue together measure

2.5 miles, SE and NW. The SE end of Isla Llanquinelhue joins

with Isla Tabon at LW. A conspicuous church stands on the N

side of Isla Polmallelhue. A 2.7m patch lies 0.5 mile NE of the
134 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

church.

7.10 Bajo Culenhue (41°52'S., 73°11'W.) extends about

1.3 miles NW from the center of Isla Polmallelhue. Roca

Granello is a large rock which lies near the N end of the reef.

The rock uncovers shortly after the start of the outgoing tide.

7.10 Banco Amnistia (41°58'S., 73°08'W.) lies with its N edge

about 2.5 miles S of Isla Tabcn. The bank is of irregular form

and about 1.5 miles in extent. The bank has a least depth of

2.4m. A lighted beacon is situated on the NW side of the bank.

7.10 Isla Quenu, about 1.5 miles long and 0.8 mile wide, lies

about 2 miles N of Isla Polmallelhue. A church stands near the

S end of the island. Reefs surround the island on all sides. A

lighted buoy is moored about 0.5 mile W of the NW point of

the island and marks a 11m patch. A church stands near the S

end of the island.

7.10 There is anchorage for small vessels, in about 10m, about 0.3

mile E of the church. The anchorage is sheltered against W

winds.

7.10 Isla Chidguapi (41°50'S., 73°06'W.) lies about 1.5 miles E

of Isla Quenu. The island is of irregular shape and surrounded

by foul ground. A church stands near the E extremity of the island.

7.10 Bahia Pilolcura, in the middle of the W side of the island is

about 0.5 mile wide at its entrance. The depths in the bay are

moderate and the holding ground is good. Being open to W

wind and sea, the bay is recommended for anchorage only in

good weather.

7.10 Canal Chidguapi separates Isla Chidguapi from Isla Puluqui

and has a length of 2.5 miles. The channel is about 0.2 mile

wide at its narrowest part. It is somewhat crooked with dangers

near each shore, but it has sufficient depth at HW for vessels of

moderate tonnage.

7.10 Roca Layene, awash at LW, lies in the E approach to Canal

Chidguapi about 0.4 mile S of the E extremity of Isla Chidguapi. Vessels entering or leaving the channel should always pass

E of Roca Layene, being careful to remain a prudent distance

off the coast of Isla Puluqui, which is bordered by shallow water and foul bottom.

7.11 Isla Puluqui (41°48'S., 73°03'W.) borders the E side

of Canal Chidguapi and Canal Calbuco. It is the largest island

in the area, being nearly 8 miles long, with a variable width

caused by the numerous inlets on its W side. On the W side the

land is sloping and is fronted by shoal water. On the E side the

beaches uncover for quite a distance at spring tides.

7.11 Punta San Ramon, the N end of the island, is low and round,

with shores of sand and stones which descend steeply into the

sea. Punta Perhue, the SE extremity of the island, is very low

and narrow. There is deep water around the point, but the wind

and currents produce eddies known as “rayas.” High cliffs rise

a short distance in back of the point. The point is reported to be

a good radar target.

7.11 Estero Puluqui, located on the NW side of the island, is

about 183m wide in the entrance and extends about 1 mile NE.

About 0.3 mile within the entrance there is a bank of sand and

stones. The inlet is shoal and tortuous, and useful only for

small craft.

7.11 Estero Chauquiar is the largest and longest inlet on the W

coast of Isla Puluqui. It is 3.3 miles in length and has a uniform

width of about 0.5 mile. The depths decrease from about 31m

in the entrance to 5.5m, about 0.3 mile from the head of the inlet. Vessels of any size can anchor here, but are exposed to NW

winds.

7.11 Estero Machildad and Estero Chope, located NE and SW, respectively, of Estero Chauquiar, are of little importance to navigation. Vessels may anchor at the entrance to Estero Chope,

but the anchorage is exposed to NW winds.

Seno Reloncavi—East Side

7.12 Seno Reloncavi extends about 25 miles N from the

NE part of Golfo de Ancud. The main entrance lies between

Punta Perhue, on the W side, and Isla Nao (41°55'S.,

72°53'W.) on the E side. The entrance is divided into two passages by Isla Queullin.

7.12 Paso Queullin (41°52'S., 72°58'W.), the W entrance to Seno

Reloncavi, is deep and has a navigable width of about 1.8

miles. The tidal current runs N on the rising tide and attains

rates of 1 to 2 knots; on the falling tide the current runs S and

attains rates of 3 to 4 knots.

7.12 Paso Nao, the E passage entrance, has a navigable width of

about 0.5 mile, with depths of from 23.8 to 49.4m. The tidal

current attains a rate of 3 knots in the narrowest part of Paso

Nao. During the incoming tide, vessels should take care to

avoid being set onto Isla Queullin.

7.12 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels navigating in

the channels.

7.12 Isla Queullin (41°53'S., 72°55'W.) lies with Punta Cola, its

SE extremity, about 1.3 miles NW of Punta Trentelhue

(41°55'S., 72°53'W.) and Punta Huin, its NW extremity, about

2.5 miles ESE of Punta Perhue. The W side of the island is

steep, but the E side is low and broken. Depths of 2.4m extend

0.5 mile E from Punta Martin, the NE extremity of the island.

A light is shown from Punta Huin.

7.12 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 18.3 to

29.3m, in Caleta Martin, close S of Punta Martin. The anchorage is exposed to NW and can only be used in good weather. A

small church stands on the shore nearly 1 mile W of the anchorage. South of Caleta Martin the shore bank, with less than

1m on it, extends 0.5 mile E from the island.

7.12 Isla Nao lies close W of Punta Trentelhue (41°55'S.,

72°53'W.) and is connected with the point by a bank that dries

at LWS. The island has been reported to be a good radar target.

A small anchorage lies N of the bank connecting Isla Nao and

Punta Trentelhue. The anchorage is protected against SW

winds, but with winds from the N, NW, and S, the entire coast

is unapproachable.

7.13 Bajo San Jose (41°50'S., 72°56'W.) lies between 1.5

and 2.3 miles N of Isla Queullin. At LWS, two patches, the

largest nearly 0.5 mile long, dry. It is reported that the bank

breaks heavily at times, with N, NW, and even S winds. A light

is exhibited from a red framework tower with a green band,

15m high. 

7.13 Estero Curahuene, about 3 miles NE of Punta Trentelhue, is

about 0.3 mile wide at the entrance and about 0.5 mile long. A

conspicuous white cross stands on a hill about 0.5 mile NE of

Estero Curahuene.

7.13 Isla Aulen (41°52'S., 72°50'W.) lies close N of Estero
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 135

Pub. 125

Curahuene and is separated from the coast by a narrow channel

which dries at LWS. The island is surrounded by shallow water.

7.13 Between the N end of Isla Aulen and Punta Pampichuela,

about 2 miles to the NE, lies Estero Quildaco and Estero La

Poza. A light is shown on the head of a pier on the N side of the

entrance of Estero Quildaco. 

7.13 Punta Pampicuela (41°50'S., 72°48'W.), the most salient

point along this shore, lies about 6 miles NE of Punta Trentelhue. It is circular, with shores of round stones which uncover

0.2 mile at LWS. The Rio Chagual discharges NE of the point.

7.13 Anchorage can be obtained 0.8 mile WSW of this point, off

the entrance to Estero La Poza. 

7.13 The Rio Contao lies 2.5 miles NE of the Rio Chagual and is

about the same in size. At low water the mouth of the river

dries. All but small vessels should give this part of the coast a

berth of at least 1 mile. A village stands close SW of the river

entrance. Small ships can obtain anchorage, in 45.7m, about 1

mile W of the mouth of the river. The Rio Manihueico discharges about 2.3 miles NE of Rio Cantao.

7.13 Farallones Caicura (41°43'S., 72°42'W.) consists of two

groups of islets and rocks which lie off the entrance to Estero

Reloncavi. The largest of the S group is Islita Caicura which

has a well-sheltered cove on its N side. East of Islita Caicura

there are several islets, and N of it there are two rocks awash.

Grupo Piren, the N group, consists of two main islets and some

rocks. Large vessels should not attempt to pass between the

two groups.

Estero Reloncavi

7.14 Estero Reloncavi is entered between Morro Chico

(41°44'S., 72°39'W.) and Morro Hornos, about 2 miles N.

From its entrance it extends about 15 miles ENE, then 16 miles

N, with a width of from 0.5 to 2 miles.

7.14 The shores of the estuary are rocky and rugged, but clear at

the foot of the bluffs, with deep water over a sand bottom. The

inlet contains several good anchorages. High mountains lie on

each side of the estuary and a number of rivers empty into it.

7.14 Winds—Weather.—West winds follow the bends of the

channel, and, if of any strength, create a heavy sea. Northwest

and N winds are not felt beyond Farallones Marimeli, about 9

miles within the entrance. Winds from between the S and W

extend as far as the head of the estuary.

7.14 Moderate or fresh N or W winds cause strong gusts which

follow the bends of the estuary and, when they meet outside,

cause the formation of waterspouts dangerous to boats. Strong

SW winds, with violent squalls descending from the mountains

on the S side, render the entrance impassable.

7.14 Morro Chico (41°44'S., 72°40'W.), the S entrance point of

Estero Reloncavi, is conspicuous although not very high. It rises in the center of a small peninsula, which appears as a small

island that is joined to the coast by a low isthmus. Small vessels bound for Estero Reloncavi and awaiting good weather

take shelter in Caleta Puelche, just S of Morro Chico.

7.14 Punta Chaparano lies about 3.5 miles E of Morro Chico and

is similar to it. Bahia Martin lies W of the point and Bahia

Chaparano lies E of it. These bays are only used by small craft

in fair weather. There is a small pier at the head of Bahia Martin, which is shallow. Cerro Chaparano lies 4 miles E of the

point.

7.14 Farallones Marimeli (41°42'S., 72°26'W.) consist of one

large island surrounded by a group of islets and rocks, and is

located about 9 miles ENE from the entrance to Estero Reloncavi. A rock, which dries, lies 0.2 mile off the SW point of the

island. Farallones Marimeli divides Estero Reloncavi into two

channels, one to the N and one to the S. The N channel, though

deep, is very narrow and should not be used. The channel to the

S is deep and clear.

7.14 The Rio Blanco and the Rio Puelo, which are not navigable,

discharge through the S shore of the estuary NE of Volcan Yate

(41°46'S., 72°23'W.). A concrete ramp for small craft is situated 0.5 mile SSW of the S entrance point of the Rio Puelo. A

small village is situated close to the ramp. A light is shown

from the village.

7.15 Punta Sotomo (41°39'S., 72°22'W.), the S entrance

point of Bahia Sotomo, lies about 14 miles ENE of Morro Chico. Bahia Sotomo is about 0.5 mile wide between Cayo Observatorio, an islet which marks the SE entrance of the bay, and

the coast to the N. Two above-water rocks lie about 91m offshore in the N part of the bay. Bahia Sotomo is deep and the

bottom irregular, but small vessels can obtain good shelter.

Large vessels can anchor, in 49.4m, on a line between Cayo

Observatorio and Cayo Toro, about 0.3 mile offshore.

7.15 Caleta El Canutillar is a small port on the W side of Estero

Reloncavi, about 8.5 miles N of Bahia Sotomo. There is a

small settlement there. The port is useful only for small craft.

7.15 Bahia Cochamo (41°30'S., 72°16'W.) lies on the E side of

Estero Reloncavi opposite Caleta El Canutillar. The bay is

about 2 miles wide and recedes about 1 mile to the E. Cochamo

is a settlement on the N shore of the bay close E of Punta Relonhue, the N entrance point of the bay. A conspicuous church

and a small pier are situated at the settlement. A ramp lies close

E of the pier. A light is shown from a small islet located about

0.1 mile W of the head of the pier. Anchorage, in 44m, mud,

can be taken about 0.2 mile SW of the church. 

7.15 Bahia Ralun (41°24'S., 72°19'W.), which forms the head of

Estero Reloncavi, is a circular bay that is entered between Punta Limpia, about 4.3 miles N of Punta Relonhue, and a point

0.8 mile to the NE. Several rivers flow into the bay. A conspicuous church stands on the W side of the bay.

7.15 Banco Petrohue, which dries 0.9 to 2.7m, fills the N part of

Bahia Ralun. It is formed by the silt brought down by the rivers

that empty into the bay. A narrow channel gives access to an

anchorage in the W part of the bay. The channel is available

only to small craft which should remain just over 91m offshore

from abreast of Punta Limpia until W of Punta Veriles.

7.15 Cayo Nahuelguapi, on which a light is shown, is an abovewater rock on the S edge of Banco Petrohue, about 0.1 mile

NNW of Punta Veriles. Vessels should not attempt to pass N of

the rock.

7.15 Anchorage is afforded in Bahia Ralun, in depths of 32.9 to

40.2m, 0.5 mile W of Cayo Nahuelhuapi.

Seno Reloncavi—East Side (continued)

7.16 Morro Hornos (41°42'S., 72°39'W.) is the N entrance point of Esteros Reloncavi. It is visible for over 20 miles

in the N part of Seno Reloncavi, forming one of the best land-
136 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

marks in the region. This remarkable promontory is about

115m high. 

7.16 From Morro Hornos the coast trends about 3 miles NNW to

Punta Chaica, and consists chiefly of steep cliffs with a few

beaches. Caleta La Arena, close N of Morro Hornos, is narrow

and deep, and affords shelter only for boats. Morro Chaica,

close E of Punta Chaica, is high and takes the form of a sugarloaf, which makes it distinctive.

7.16 Bahia Lenca (41°38'S., 72°41'W.) recedes about 1 mile to

the NE between Punta Chaica and Punta Lenca. The bay is

shallow in its E part and of no importance. The Rio Lenca and

the Rio Chauta discharge into the bay. A settlement and a

church are situated about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Lenca.

7.16 Punta Metri lies about 1 mile NNW of Punta Lenca. The

point, though low, is prominent. A group of whitish above-water rocks extend up to 0.5 mile W and NW of the point. A 1.8m

patch lies about 0.3 mile S of the point.

7.16 Roca Verde (41°35'S., 72°44'W.) lies about 1.8 miles NNW

of Punta Metri and about 0.2 mile offshore. The rock is green

in color and above-water. Roca Negra, nearly 0.8 mile NW of

Roca Verde and 0.5 mile offshore, is low and covers at HW.

Several shoals, with less than 10m over them, lie about 0.5

mile offshore between these two rocks.

7.16 Punta Quillaipe, about 3.5 miles NW of Punta Metri, is of

moderate height and rugged, with numerous rocks in its vicinity. A shoal, with depths of 1.5 to 2.7m, extends up to 0.5 mile S

and W from the point. Piedra Blanca, a conspicuous white

rock, lies on the shore close S of Punta Quillaipe. Bahia Quillaipe is not recommended as half of it dries at LW.

7.16 The Rio Coihuin (41°30'S., 72°50'W.), the most important

river of those that discharge into the N part of Seno Reloncavi,

rises in Lago Chapo and is 12 miles long. It is very crooked,

but navigable by boats, which at HW can proceed 6 miles upriver. Thereafter, the river becomes rapid and foul. Punta Coles,

of moderate height and wooded, forms the E entrance point of

the river.

7.16 Bancos de Coihuin extend about 0.8 mile S of a line between

Punta Pilluco (41°30'S., 72°53'W.) and Punta Quillaipe. The

outer edge of the banks have depths of from 8.2 to 10m at LW,

increasing rapidly farther off. Bancos de Coihuin constitute a

danger in the approach to Puerto Montt, particularly during

overcast weather. Vessels should keep well to the W of the

banks during such weather.

Seno Reloncavi—West Side

7.17 Between Punta Guatral and Puerto Montt, about 14

miles N, the coast is irregular and indented by a number of

bays. Several islands lie off the coast, of which Isla Guar and

Isla Maillen are the largest.

7.17 Punta Guatral (41°43'S., 73°03'W.) is low but prominent.

The point is clear of fringing dangers, but to the N it is fronted

by a reef that is shelving and rocky, and should not be approached within 0.5 mile.

7.17 Isla Guar lies with its W extremity about 1.5 miles E of Punta Guatral. The island is very irregular in outline, rendered so

by various inlets which penetrate deep into its shores, dividing

the island into three parts which are connected to one another

at HW by a narrow isthmus. The shores are rugged and surrounded by a dangerous beach on which lie large blocks of

granite. The N, E, and SW sides of the island are somewhat

shoal. Numerous houses stand on the island.

7.17 Punta Redonda (41°42'S., 72°54'W.), the SE extremity of

the island, is low, but backed by cliffs, which serve as good radar targets. The coastal bank dries 0.1 mile offshore; depths of

less than 3.6m extend nearly 0.5 mile off the point. A light is

shown from the point.

7.17 Estero Chipue recedes nearly 2.5 miles NW between Punta

Redonda and Punta Blanca, about 1 mile WSW. Depths of 18.3

to 29m are found in the outer part of the inlet; the inner part is

shoal. Vessels of moderate size and with local knowledge can

find good anchorage in the outer part. The anchorage lies off

the NE shore of the inlet, in depths of 20.1 to 21.9m, and is

sheltered from NE and NW winds. 

7.17 Small vessels can anchor, in 20m, sand and mud, with Punta

Redonda Light bearing 079°, distant 0.8 mile. 

7.17 Punta Blanca (41°43'S., 72°55'W.), the W entrance point of

Estero Chipue, takes its name from the whitish color of the

point. Depths of less than 5.5m extend 0.3 mile S from the

point and 0.3 mile from the coast W of the point.

7.17 Bajo Pucari lies from 1.2 to 2 miles SSE of Punta Blanca.

The bank is over 0.5 mile in diameter. At LWS, an area of

about 0.4 mile in diameter dries, the central part showing about

3m above water. With strong winds, the sea breaks over the

bank. There is a wide, clear channel between Bajo Pucari and

Isla Guar.

7.17 A rock, awash at low water, lies about 0.3 mile SW of the

central part of Bajo Pucari.

7.18 Estero Chauqui (41°43'S., 72°58'W.) is entered between a point located about 1 mile W of Punta Blanca and Punta Corral Grande, 1.2 miles SW. The outer part of the inlet is

deep, with depths of about 60.4m in the entrance, and depths of

21.9m near its head, about 1 mile farther in. The shores of the

inlet are shoal and dangerous. The inlet should only be used by

small craft.

7.18 Punta Corral Grande (41°44'S., 72°58'W.), the SW entrance point of Estero Chauqui and the S extremity of Isla

Guar, is craggy and conspicuous. A church stands about 1.5

miles WNW of the point. A conspicuous statute of the Virgin

Mary stands on a hill 3 miles NNW of Punta Corral Grande.

7.18 Isla Mallina (41°40'S., 73°00'W.) lies with its S side about

0.3 mile N off the NW end of Isla Guar and is joined to the

larger island by a bank of sand and gravel which dries at low

water. A light is shown from a white, round, concrete tower

with red bands, 8m high, situated on the N side of the island.

7.18 A 4.8m patch lies about 0.3 mile W of Isla Mallina. A bank,

with 4.3m at its outer end, extends about 1 mile NE from the

NE end of the island.

7.18 Anchorage can be taken in Caleta Alfaro, off the village of

Alfaro, on the NW side of Isla Guar. The anchorage is in

20.1m, poor holding ground, a little over 0.5 mile SSW of Isla

Mallina and about 0.3 mile offshore. It is used mainly by small

local vessels.

7.18 Estero Cholhue (41°40'S., 72°59'W.) lies between Isla

Mallina and Punta Alta, about 0.5 mile to the E. Roca Blanca, a

large white rock, visible a long distance, lies at the foot of the

inlet. The depth in the inlet is about 5m.

7.18 Paso Guar leads between Isla Guar and the mainland. The

passage has a least width of about 1.3 miles and a least charted
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 137

Pub. 125

depth near the center of 29m. Paso Guar is safe and suitable for

large ships.

7.19 Isla Huelmo (41°40'S., 73°04'W.) lies 3 miles NNW

of Punta Guatral. The island is separated from the mainland by

a drying channel. A reef extends about 0.5 mile E from the SE

end of the island and terminates in Roca Lobos, which is black

and uncovers at half tide. Roca Huelmo, nearly always visible

and of a whitish color, lies between Roca Lobos and the island.

It resembles a boat under sail. 

7.19 Bahia Huelmo, between Isla Huelmo and the mainland, is

about 1 mile in extent. Anchorage is obtainable in the outer

part of the bay, in depths of 13 to 33m; local knowledge required. The shores of the bay are shallow and rocky, particularly on the S side, where rocks extend 0.2 mile offshore. A light

is shown from the E extremity of the rocks.

7.19 Bahia Ilque (41°38'S., 73°05'W.) is entered between Punta

Capacho and Punta Ilque, 1.7 miles NNW. The shores of the

bay should not be approached within 0.4 mile. Shoal water borders the shores for a distance of about 183m, especially near

the head of the bay. A 7.2m shoal lies in the entrance to Bahia

Ilque, 1 mile NNE of Punta Capacho. Anchorage, in 26m, can

be taken about 0.5 mile offshore.

7.19 Bahia Huenquillahue lies 2 miles N of Bahia Ilque, and recedes about 2 miles to the W. The bay is semicircular, with

depths of 86m in the outer part which decrease to 11m, 0.5

mile offshore. The bay is protected against W winds and offers

anchorage in moderate depths in its SW part.

7.19 Isla Maillen (41°35'S., 73°00'W.) lies close NE of Bahia

Huenquillahue. Shoal depths extend 0.5 mile offshore on the N

and S sides of the island. Vessels should not approach closer

than 0.3 mile of the island without taking soundings. A conspicuous church stands near the S side of the island. The E extremity of the island is reported to be a good radar target.

7.19 Isla Capeaguapi lies about 0.3 mile S of Isla Maillen. The islands are separated by a channel which is 0.4 mile wide at high

water, but at low water it is impassable even for small vessels.

The island is surrounded by shoal ground, particularly on the N

and SE sides.

7.20 Paso Maillen (41°34'S., 73°02'W.) lies between Isla

Maillen and the mainland. It has a clear navigable width of 0.2

mile and a least depth of 7.9m in mid-channel. Depths of 1.8m

extend 0.2 mile offshore on the N side of Punta Panitao

(41°34'S., 73°03'W.). Less water than charted was reported in

the N and S approaches to the pass and vessels are advised not

to use the pass. During spring tides, the currents attain a rate of

2 knots and form strong eddies. Overfalls have been reported to

exist here.

7.20 Bahia Chincui is entered between Punta Panitao and the SW

extremity of Isla Tenglo, 3.2 miles to the NE. The bay is deep

in the center, but shoals extend 0.5 mile offshore. Islita Chincui, close offshore in the N part of the bay, has a small sheltered anchorage E of it. Isleta Caullaguapi lies close offshore

near the middle of the bay and is connected to the shore by a

sand bank.

7.20 Isla Tenglo (41°30'S., 72°59'W.) is 2.7 miles long and lies at

the head of Seno Reloncavi. The island is separated from the

mainland by Canal Tenglo. A lighted buoy is moored off the N

end of the island. Submerged rocks near the S entrance and eddies in the N part render passage through Canal Tenglo difficult, and should not be attempted without local knowledge.

Depths less than charted have been reported off the S and SE

coasts of the island. A lighted radio mast stands on the W side

of the canal. Six overhead cables, with a clearance of 39.6m,

cross the canal. Pilotage is compulsory.

7.20 Bahia Puerto Montt lies at the N end of Seno Reloncavi and

is entered between the S end of Isla Tenglo and Punta Pilluco,

about 4.5 miles to the ENE. Puerto Montt is situated at the

head of the bay. Depths of 35 to 77m are found in the center of

the bay.

Puerto Montt (41°29'S., 72°58'W.)

World Port Index No. 14270

7.21 The bay consists of two parts; the W side, formed by

Tenglo and Angelmo Bay, and the outer port, Puerto Montt

Bay; the depth in the center of the harbor is 20 to 50m. There is

accommodation for general cargo and bulk vessels, ro-ro vessels, and tankers. The main cargoes handled are fertilizer,

chips, lumber, frozen fish, general cargo, and petroleum. Almost 1,300 vessels visit the port annually.

7.21 Winds—Weather.—The port is protected against N winds.

Southeast and SW winds cause considerable sea in the port and

interrupt small boat traffic.

7.21 Tides—Currents.—Spring tides at Puerto Montt rise 5.8m,

while neap tides rise 2.3m.

7.21 Tidal currents in Canal Tenglo run E-W.

7.21 Depths—Limitations.—There are two harbors which make

up Puerto Montt. The inner harbor, which is situated at the NE

end of Canal Tenglo, consists of two commerical berths and a

ro-ro terminal. Berth No. 1 can accommodate vessels up to

170m in length with a draft of 7.5m. Berth No. 2 can accommodate vessels up to 100m in length with a draft of 6.8m. The

ro-ro terminal is situated W of the commerical berths.

7.21 The Esso Terminal can accommodate vessels up to 120m in

length, with a draft of 3.6m.

7.21 The outer harbor consist of two tanker berths which can accommodate vessels up to 180m long, with a draft of 12.2m.

Vessels berth here during daylight hours only, with two anchors

down and their stern secured to two mooring buoys.

7.21 The local authorities should be consulted for the latest information on this port complex, as limiting drafts may vary depending on the state of dredging in the channel and off the

wharf.

7.21 Aspect.—On approach to the port, the most conspicuous

landmark is a large white hospital situated about 1 mile NE of

the N extremity of Isla Tenglo. Several tanks with obstruction

lights are situated about 0.7 mile ESE of the hospital. A number of radio towers stand on hills E of the town. It was reported

that a prominent lighted cross stands on Quinta Hoffman at the

NE end of Isla Tenglo.

7.21 Recommended tracks through Golfo de Ancud and Seno Reloncavi may best be seen on the chart.

7.21 The maneuvering area of the port for mooring is restricted to

vessels up to 230m length and a 9m draft; vessels must use two

tugs. 

7.21 The SE coast of Isla Tenglo should be given a berth of at
138 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

least 0.5 mile to avoid the shoal depths and rocks extending

from it. Depths of less than 5.5m extend 0.2 mile N and E of Isla Tenglo’s NE end, and the area was reported to be shoaling

further.

7.21 The outer harbor of Puerto Montt has depths of 20.1 to

159m.

7.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage for the port is compulsory for berthing

alongside and anchoring. Foreign vessels entering from the Pacific board pilots for the outer channels to Puerto Montt at Valparaiso or Ancud. The harbor pilot should be ordered through

the vessel’s agent at least 24 hours in advance. The pilot boards

about 1 mile from the head of the bay and may be contacted by

VHF channel 16 and radiotelephone.

7.21 Signals.—When the port is closed because of bad weather,

signals are shown from a flagstaff on the Ministry of Marine

building. The building is situated opposite the N end of Isla

Tenglo. The signals consist of a black ball by day and a red

light at night.

7.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage berths for vessels over 180m in

length have been established, in depths of 40 to 58m, over a

charted bottom of sand, at the following bearings and distances

off the conspicuous hospital; 180°, 0.6 mile distant; and 178°,

1.1 mile distant. During the winter, vessels are advised to moor

with both anchors down on a N heading to face the prevailing

wind.

7.21 Caution.—Generally, berthing is not carried out with cross

winds exceeding Force 4.

7.21 A number of lights at a resort close E of Punta Penas should

not be taken for Puerto Montt when approaching the port.

Golfo de Ancud

7.22 Golfo de Ancud comprises the water area between the

NE part of Isla de Chiloe and the mainland to the E. It is bound

on the N by Seno Reloncavi and on the S by Golfo Corcovado.

Punta Tres Cruces is the NW entrance point of the gulf, and

Punta Trentelhue is the NE entrance point. The W coast of the

gulf extends as far S as Punta Quiquel. The E coast extends as

far S as Punta Tengo. All the islands that lie on or N of a line

joining the latter two points are considered as lying in Golfo de

Ancud. Fish farms are situated throughout the coastal area and

along the islands in the N of the gulf, especially off the E shore

of Chiloe and adjacent islands.

7.22 The gulf is deep with depths over 180m in the center. Depths

between the islands are irregular and there are a number of

shoals.

7.22 Fogs are frequent and smoke clouds, produced by the clearing of the forests, hamper navigation in these waters. Navigational aids cannot be relied upon because of storms and strong

currents in the area.

7.22 Tides—Currents.—The currents and rising tide sets N from

Golfo Corcovado and E through Canal de Chacao into Golfo

de Ancud, and meet in the NE part of the gulf. There is considerable tidal rise along the shores of the gulf, but near the center

the rise is less.

7.22 Raya de Tique.—The meeting of the tidal streams setting N

through Golfo de Ancud and E through Canal de Chacao causes a line of tide rips to form between Punta Lilicura, about 3.5

miles S of Punta Tres Cruces, and Punta Tique, about 6.5 miles

to the NE. This line is known as Raya de Tique, and under certain conditions of wind and tidal cuurent, the tide rips form

high waves, which are very dangerous to small craft.

Golfo de Ancud—West Side

7.23 Punta Tres Cruces (41°50'S., 73°29'W.), the W entrance point of Golfo de Ancud and the SE entrance point of

Canal de Chacao, was previously described in paragraph 6.8.

7.23 Tide rips and eddies occur in the vicinity of the point. They

are especially strong with fresh winds from the S.

7.23 Punta Piedras, about 1 mile S of Punta Tres Cruces, is steep.

A conspicuous house close N of the point serves as a good

landmark.

7.23 Bahia Manao (41°52'S., 73°30'W.) recedes about 2.5 miles

W between Punta Piedras and Punta Lilicura, about 2.5 miles

to the S. Depths of over 92m are found in the center of the bay.

A 10m patch lies about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Piedras. The Rio

Manao discharges into the head of the bay.

7.23 Anchorage is afforded close NW of Punta Lilicura. A second

anchorage, in 11 to 18.3m is about 0.4 mile S of Punta Piedras

and is used mainly by vessels awaiting favorable conditions in

Canal de Chacao. The house on Punta Piedras serves as a good

landmark when making this anchorage. Small craft can obtain

good anchorag,e in about 12.8m, close inshore about 0.5 mile

E of the mouth of the Rio Manao.

7.23 A small village stands about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Piedras. A settlement, with a church, is situated on the S side of

the mouth of the Rio Manao. A group of houses can be seen

between the hills 1 mile W of Punta Lilicura.

7.23 Punta Chilen (41°54'S., 73°28'W.) is the SE extremity of a

peninsula that projects between Bahia Manao and Bahia

Hueihue. A foul bank extends about 0.8 mile ESE from the

point. Strong eddies and tide rips are formed on this bank by

the meeting of the currents from Gulfo Corcovado and Canal

de Chacao. The commotion of the waters, known as the Raya

de Chilen, is seen over this bank, and its effects are felt particularly when the wind and tide are opposite.

7.23 Bahia Hueihue recedes a little over 1.5 miles NW between

Punta Chilen and Punta Lamecura, about 2.3 miles to the SW.

Piedra Lobos lies about 0.1mile offshore, close N of Punta

Lamecura. The large rock, whitish in color, makes a good landmark. Islote Cholche is a small peninsula about 1 mile W of

Punta Chilen. Puerto Hueihue forms the head of Bahia

Hueihue.

7.23 The bay is sheltered from all winds except those from the

SE. The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile WNW of Islote

Cholche, the bottom is sand.

7.24 Bahia Linao (41°57'S., 73°33'W.) is located between

Punta Lamecura and the NE extremity of Peninsula Guapilinao, about 1.5 miles to the S. A reef extends about 0.8 mile E

from the peninsula. The reef contains several above-water

rocks. A light is shown on the peninsula.

7.24 Bahia Linao has depths of from 26 to 31m, with good holding ground of sand and mud. Anchorages are situated in the S

and W sides of the bay. A village lies on the slopes of the hills

in the SW part of the bay.

7.24 From Peninsula Guapilinao, the coast trends SE for about 9

miles to Punta Queniao. This section of the coast consists of

beaches backed by wooded hills. During spring tides, the
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 139

Pub. 125

beaches dry over 0.5 mile offshore. If a vessel is obliged to anchor on this coast, it is advisable to keep in a depth of at least

31m. Cerro Quelequehuen, about 2 miles S of Peninsula Guapilinao, is a good landmark.

7.24 Roca Pido (42°01'S., 73°29'W.) lies about 0.3 mile offshore

and about 4 miles SSE of Peninsula Guapilinao. The rock is

dark in color, above-water at all times, and a good landmark.

7.24 Lliuco, a small village about 4.8 miles SE of Peninsula Guapilinao, can be recognized at a long distance by the tower of its

church. A sandbank, with less than 9.1m over it, extends nearly

2 miles offshore in this vicinity.

7.25 Isla Caucahue (42°09'S., 73°24'W.) lies with Morro

Lobos, its N extremity, about 2.3 miles SSE of Punta Queniao.

The island is about 4.5 miles long and 4 miles wide at its widest part. The N and E shores are rough and composed of stone

and gravel. The S and SW shores are smooth, sloping back to

high wooded hills.

7.25 Morro Lobos is a steep bluff which serves as a good radar

target, and shows a light. Between Morro Lobos and Morro

Quinterguen, the SE extremity of Isla Caucahue, the coastal

bank, with depths of less than 5.5m, extends up to 0.5 mile offshore. Bajo Quilahuilque, a drying rock lies 1 mile SSE of

Morro Lobos.

7.25 Punta Teliupta (42°11'S., 73°24'W.), the S extremity of the

island, is prominent. A reef extends about 0.4 mile S from the

point. 

7.25 Bajo Caucahue lies nearly 0.8 mile SW of Punta Teliupta.

The shoal has a least depth of 1.8m, and is marked by a lighted

beacon.

7.25 Punta Queler (42°09'S., 73°28'W.) forms the W extremity

of Isla Caucahue. Roca Pillihue, with 1.8m over it, lies about

1.5 miles ESE of Punta Queler.

7.25 Canal Caucahue is the channel between Isla Caucahue and

Isla de Chiloe. The channel is about 10 miles long, with an average width of 1.3 miles. West of Punta Queler the width is reduced to about 0.3 mile, and in these narrows the current

attains a rate of 3 knots.

7.25 Depths in the channel are great throughout, and there are no

dangers except Bajo Caucahue and the reef that extends from

Punta Teliupta.

7.25 Puerto Huite (42°07'S., 73°27'W.) is situated on the NW

side of Canal Caucahue. The port is surrounded by sloping

land and provides excellent shelter. Depths of 26m in the center

of the port decrease gradually toward the shore. On the E side

of the port, about the middle of the length of the sandy peninsula and less than 0.1mile from the shore, is a rock which

should be avoided when anchoring. Small vessels can be

beached on the W shore for repairs.

7.25 Estero Tubildad, located about 1.8 miles SW of Puerto

Huite, affords well-sheltered anchorage, in depths of 21.9 to

29.3m. Vessels should anchor nearer to the E shore, as a shallow bank extends about 183m from the W shore.

7.26 Puerto Quemchi (42°09'S., 73°29'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14250) is a calm and well-sheltered harbor, and lies

on the W side of Canal Caucahue, about 1 mile S of Estero Tubildad. 

7.26 Vessels anchor, in 22 to 27m of water, opposite the township,

or if desired, one ship’s length from the shore in 11 to 15m of

water. Loading is from the few available lighters. The loading

rate is about 15 tons per gang, per hour, and a maximum of

four gangs are available. Cargo transfer between the lighters

and the ships is carried out by the ships own gear.

7.26 There is no pilot, but the channel pilot for Magellan will assist; VHF channel 16 and CBM Radio Naval Station of Magellenas on 500 kHz is used.

7.26 The tidal rise, nearly 7.6m at springs, is the highest of any

other place in Golfo de Ancud.

7.26 Islita Aucar lies about 1 mile SSW of Quemchi, and at LW is

connected with the coast of Isla de Chiloe. A church stands on

the islet and a sawmill with bright lights stands about 0.8 mile

NNW of the church.

7.26 Punta Chohen (42°12'S., 73°23'W.) forms the S side of the

S entrance of Canal Caucahue. The point is topped by a rugged

wooded hill. A bank of sand extends 0.3 mile from the point

and uncovers over the greater part at LW. The village of

Chohen, with a church, stands about 1 mile WSW of the point.

7.26 Punta Pirquen lies nearly 1 mile SSE of Punta Chohen.

When coming from the S, Morro Pirquen, standing W of the

point, can be recognized by a conspicuous ravine which can be

seen in that direction.

7.26 Punta Colu (42°14'S., 73°22'W.) lies nearly 1.8 miles S of

Punta Pirquen. The point is low, rocky, and backed by low

cliffs. A village with a church is situated close N of the point.

The water is shoal for 0.5 mile offshore. The point is the N entrance point of Estero Colu.

7.26 Piedra Lilecura, which dries 3m, lies near the extremity of

rocky ledges which extend about 0.4 mile E from Morro

Quicavi (42°16'S., 73°21'W.). A lighted beacon marks the E

side of the ledges.

7.27 Punta Huechuque (42°17'S., 73°22'W.) is a low

bank of sand that extends about 0.8 mile S from Morro

Quicavi. It encloses a lagoon which is accessible from seaward

and has depths of from 6.1 to 7m at high water.

7.27 Rada Quicavi is formed S of Punta Huechuque and affords

moderately good holding ground, protected from W winds.

The best anchorage is in 50m, with Quicavi church bearing

325° and Punta Escaleras, the N extremity of Isla Mechuque,

bearing 091°. At the head, Rada Quicavi is a channel 0.1 mile

wide which connects with a lagoon that is formed W of Punta

Huechuque. The depths in this lagoon at high water are 6.1 to

7m. Fresh food in limited quantities is obtainable at Aldea de

Quicavi, a small settlement, from which timber is exported.

7.27 Punta Tenaun (42°20'S., 73°22'W.) is low and wooded up

to 0.3 mile inland, at which distance it rises suddenly to join a

chain of hills. These hills, from a distance, appear as though

they were the point. A light is shown from the point. Reefs extend up to 0.5 E of the point; S of the point lie tide rips.

7.27 Rada Tenaun about 0.8 mile W of Punta Tenaun, has depths

of 18.3 to 20.1m, sand and mud, about 0.2 mile offshore. The

roadstead offers shelter against NW winds, but is recommended only as a temporary anchorage, as winds from the S make it

untenable. A good berth is in 26m, with Tenaun church bearing

350° and Punta Tenaun 104°.

7.27 There is also anchorage about 0.2 mile offshore in a small

bay about 2.5 miles WNW of Punta Tenaun. Rocks, awash, extend about 0.2 mile off the NW shore of the bay. The bay is

sheltered from N winds.
140 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

7.27 Paso Tenaun (42°21'S., 73°27'W.) borders the coast of Isla

de Chiloe between Punta Tenaun and Punta Quiquel. The pass

is deep, with the exception of Bajo Linlin, located about 2

miles WSW of Punta Tenaun.

7.27 Estero Tocoihue is located about 4 miles W of Punta Tenaun.

The inlet is about 183m wide at the entrance and recedes about

0.8 mile to its head. Depths range from 24m at the entrance to

8.2m at its head.

7.27 Rada Calen (42°20'S., 73°28'W.) lies about 1 mile SW of

Estero Tocoihue. The roadstead has depths of 40 to 56m and is

exposed to winds from the SW and ENE. The village of Calen,

with a church, lies near the roadstead.

7.27 Estero San Juan, with a village and church at its E entrance

point, is encumbered by shoals and is of no use to navigation.

The inlet lies about 2.5 miles W of Estero Tucoihue.

7.27 Rada Quetalco (42°21'S., 73°33'W.) lies 2 miles W of Estero San Juan. The roadstead is open to the S, making it necessary to approach the shore within 0.2 mile to get soundings of

less than 40m. It serves only as a refuge from strong NW

winds, which are somewhat frequent in this area. A light is

shown close S of the church in the village of Quetalco.

Off-lying Islands and Dangers

7.28 A number of islands and dangers lie off the W coast

of Gulfo de Ancud, between Punta Chohen and the S part of

the gulf. Grupo Chauques lies 2 to 13 miles E of the coast and

is separated from the coast by Canal Quicavi. Canal Chauques

divides the group into two groups, Islas Chauques Occidentales

and Islas Chauques Orientales. There are six islands in the W

group and three islands in the E group. Several of the islands

join together at low water.

Islas Chauques Occidentales

7.29 Isla Mechuque (42°18'S., 73°17'W.) is the highest

and westernmost island of this group. A light is shown from

the S side of the island. A reef, with a depth of 1.5m at its outer

end, extends about 0.5 mile from the N side of the island.

7.29 Isla Anihue, close S of Isla Mechuque, is separated from it

by Canal Anihue. Bajo Anihue, with less than 5.5m, extends

nearly 0.5 mile S and nearly 1 mile E from Punta Ouchen, the

SE end of Isla Anihue. A depth of 12.8m has been reported

(1991) in a position approximately 1.5 miles S of the SE end of

Isla Anihue. 

7.29 Canal Anihue (42°19'S., 73°17'W.), having moderate

depths and convenient shelter, is useful as a temporary anchorage. Rada Mechuque, about 0.8 mile within the entrance of Canal Anihue, affords anchorage to vessels of moderate size with

local knowledge, in 20.1m, with Isla Mechuque Light bearing

325° and the NW corner of Isla Anihue bearing 210°. Small

vessels can anchor, in 10m, about 1 mile within the entrance of

the W end of the canal. The spring range of the tide in the canal

is about 5m.

7.29 Isla Cheniao and Isla Taucolon, joined by a narrow isthmus,

lie E and N of Isla Mechuque. Canal Cheniao separates Isla

Cheniao from Isla Mechuque. Bajo Cheniao, which dries over

its E part, extends 2 miles WNW of the W end of Isla Cheniao.

Rocas Peligro, awash, lie on the W part of Bajo Cheniao and is

marked by a lighted beacon.

7.29 Puerto Voigue (42°19'S., 73°13'W.) indents the E side of Isla Taucolon. Anchorage is afforded at the head of the harbor in

moderate depths. Puerto Voigue should only be entered by vessels with local knowledge.

7.29 Bajo Pulmunmun extends about 2 miles SE from a position

about 4.8 miles N of the NW end of Isla Cheniao. The bank

consists of a chain of black rocks, some of which dry at LW.

The sea breaks on Bajo Pulmunmun with a moderate swell.

During fair weather the rocks are not easily seen.

7.29 Bajo Chauques (42°15'S., 73°15'W.), about 1.3 miles long,

E and W, consists of sand and stone. A rock awash lies on the

W side of the bank, about 1.5 miles N of Isla Cheniao.

7.29 Canal Quicavi is about 8 miles long between Punta Chohen

and Punta Tenaun, with a least width of about 1 mile. It can

safely be used by vessels of any size, but a mid-channel course

must be maintained. The tidal currents attain a rate of 2 to 3

knots in Canal Quicavi. During N winds, short, choppy seas

and strong tide rips are produced.

Islas Chaques Orientales

7.30 Isla Buta Chauques (42°18'S., 73°07'W.) is the E

and largest of both groups. A conspicuous church stands about

1.3 miles NE of Punta Conev, the S extremity of the island.

Foul ground extends 0.8 mile off Punta Tugnao, the E extremity of the island, which shows a light. A depth of 7.7m lies 1.5

miles SE of Punta Tugnao.

7.30 Isla Aulin lies on a shallow bank that extends about 4 miles

NW from the NW coast of Isla Buta Chauques.

7.30 Anchorage is afforded about 0.5 mile off the SE coast of Isla

Buta Chauques, in a depth of 14.6m, gravel. The anchorage is

E of Piedra Cochetahue, which lies close offshore about 1 mile

ENE of Punta Conev.

7.30 Canal Chauques (42°19'S., 73°11'W.) runs between the E

and W groups of Grupo Chauques. There are depths of 40 to

212m in the center of the channel. Although sufficiently wide

for vessels of any size, it is not recommended because of Bajo

Pulmunmun and Bajo Chauques, which lie in the NW entrance,

and because of the reefs which extend into the channel from

the islands on either side. Vessels which pass through should

maintain mid-channel courses, and on no account pass between

Bajo Pulmunmun and Bajo Aulin.

7.30 Caleta Juan Pedro lies on the W side of Isla Buta Chauques,

about 2.5 miles NNW of Punta Conev. The cove affords good

anchorage for small vessels, in a depth of 24m, about 183m off

the NE or SE shore of the cove. The cove is partially exposed

to E winds, and wholly exposed to winds from the W. A useful

mark is that of a prominent church in position (42°18'S.,

73°08'W.).

7.30 Isla Tac (42°23'S., 73°08'W.) lies about 2 miles S of Isla Buta Chauques. Bajo Yahuen extends nearly 0.5 mile from the SE

side of the island. Good anchorage, in 14.6m can be taken between Bajo Yahuen and Punta Piche Niche, the NE end of Isla

Tac.

7.30 The NW end of Isla Tac terminates in Punta Quilque, from

which a rocky shoal projects nearly 0.5 mile in a NW direction.

South of the point is a small cove which affords anchorage to

small craft. A church stands at the head of the cove.

7.30 Bajo Dugoab (42°23'S., 73°11'W.) lies from 0.5 to 2.5 miles

W of Punta Lobos, the SW extremity of Isla Tac. The bank is
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 141

Pub. 125

covered at high water, but dries and exposes numerous rocks at

low water. The channel between the shoal and Punta Lobos is

foul, and heavy tide rips are formed by the currents here.

Islands South of Grupo Chauques

7.31 Isla Meulin (42°25'S., 73°19'W.) lies with Punta

Raihue, its N extremity, about 3.8 miles SSW of Isla Anihue

and about 4 miles SE of Punta Tenaun. The island is about 3.5

miles long and about 2.8 miles wide. The island is very irregular and has a bight on its NW side. Reefs extend about 0.3 mile

from the E side of the island and up to 0.8 mile from its W side.

Anchorage is afforded between Punta Lalin and Punta

Queldao, on the S side of the island.

7.31 Bajo Meulin, an off-lying reef, lies with its center about 2.3

miles W of Punta Raihue. The reef is about 1 mile long and

about 1.2m deep. Bajo Esmeralda lies about 1.3 miles W of Isla Meulin and has a least depth of 1.8m. Bajo Veintinuno de

Mayo, with a least depth of 7.7m, lies about 2 miles WNW of

Isla Meulin, and is marked by a lighted buoy.

7.31 Isla Quenac (42°28'S., 73°21'W.) lies about 1.5 miles S of

Isla Meulin. The channel between these two islands is about

1.3 miles wide and deep. Farallon El Faro, a steep rock, lies

close off the NW side of Isla Quenac. The S and W sides of the

island are generally clear, but the E side is foul. Bajo Huemul

consists of two rocks, awash, which lie about 0.8 mile SE of

the SE extremity of Isla Quenac.

7.31 There are two principal anchorages off Isla Quenac. One is

in the middle of the S shore, in 14.6 to 21.9m, protected from

N winds. The second is off the N shore opposite the town of

Quenac, but is exposed to N winds. Caleta Punilco, on the E

side of the island, offers good anchorage to small vessels, but

caution should be used to avoid Bajo Huemul.

7.31 Isla Caguache (42°29'S., 73°16'W.) lies E of Isla Quenac

and has a high hill near its center on the W side. The hill is visible for a good distance. The island is fringed with foul ground.

Isla Teuquelin lies about 0.5 mile NE of Isla Caguache and is

surrounded by shoals. Two rocks, which dry, lie about 0.2 mile

off its SE extremity. Roca Teuquelin, with less than 1.8m over

it, lies nearly 1 mile NW of Isla Teuquelin.

7.31 Bajo Tiquia, the W part of which dries, lies from 3 to 4.3

miles E of the S end of Isla Caguache.

7.31 Isla Linlin (42°24'S., 73°26'W.) lies 3.5 miles WNW of Isla

Meulin. A sandbank extends between Isla Linlin and Isla

Llingua, about 0.5 mile to the S. Small vessels can anchor off

the village of Linlin on the W side of the island.

7.31 Isla Llingua is comparatively low, with a high hill near its W

end. Islita Chequeten lies close off the SE end of Isla Llingua

and is connected to the island by a sandy spit which dries. A

red and white banded beacon stands on the island. Puerto Conchas, on the S side of Isla Llingua, affords good anchorage to

small vessels during N winds.

Golfo de Ancud—East Side

7.32 Punta Trentelhue (41°55'S., 72°53'W.) is low and

wooded. The point is connected to Isla Nao by a bank that dries

at LWS. A reef, with a rock awash at its outer end, extends

about 0.8 mile SE from Punta Huron, about 1.3 miles SE of

Punta Trentelhue. Isla Nao was previously described in paragraph 7.12.

7.32 Ensenada Rolecha and Ensenada Queten occupy the NW and

SE parts, respectively, of a bight between Punta Huron and

Punta Chauchil, about 3.3 miles to the SE. The former bay is

sheltered from the N and E., and the latter bay is sheltered from

the N. Both bays afford good temporary anchorage to vessels

with local knowledge. A village, with a conspicuous church,

stands at the head of Ensenada Rolecha. A pier, 50m long,

which dries at low water, lies at the head of the bay. A factory

situated nearly 1 mile NNE of Punta Huron is a good landmark.

7.32 Punta Chauchil (41°58'S., 72°49'W.) is located about 1.5

miles SSE of Ensenada Queten. Banco Chauchil extends SW

from the point. The bank dries for about 0.5 mile at LW and the

sea breaks over the bank with winds from the W. Vessels

should stay at least 3.5 miles off the coast between Punta

Chauchil and Punta Gualaihue

7.32 Punta Gualaihue lies about 6.5 miles SE of Punta Clauchil.

The point is low, but can be identified by the conspicuous pastures backing it. A light is shown from the point. A reef, over

which the sea breaks at low water and W winds, extends 0.5

mile W from the point. The reef is joined to the coast by a

sandbank, and at HW during calm weather is very dangerous.

Bajo Maria, which dries, lies nearly 0.5 mile offshore, about

0.5 mile N of Punta Gualaihue.

7.33 Bajo Santo Domingo (42°01'S., 72°47'W.) lies about

4.3 miles WNW of Punta Gualaihue. The outer part of the bank

dries at LWS, and with W winds, the sea breaks heavily over it.

The channel between the bank and the coastal reef is about 0.8

mile wide with depths of 25 to 42m. A 9.1m patch lies about

1.3 miles E of the bank, in a position about 3 miles NW of Punta Gualaihue.

7.33 Ensenada Gualaihue recedes about 2 miles N between Punta

Gualaihue and Punta Quebradlas, which is marked by a light,

about 2 miles E. At HW, the bay appears spacious, but at low

water its area is reduced two-thirds by a large drying flat which

occupies the inner part of the bay. The flat terminates abruptly

at less than 1 mile inside a line joining the two entrance points.

A prominent church stands on the W side of the bay about 0.5

mile N of Punta Gualaihue. Cerro La Silla, a good landmark,

stands about 1.5 miles N of Punta Gualaihue.

7.33 A rocky patch of unknown depth lies about 0.5 mile ENE of

Punta Gualaihue. Isla Manzano lies on the S side of the flat in

the E part of the bay.

7.33 Ensenada Gualaihue affords two anchorages, Caleta Manzano, NE of Isla Manzano and Caleta Gualaihue, NE of Punta

Gualaihue. The first of these anchorages affords anchorage in

its outer part to vessels of moderate size, with local knowledge,

in 26m, good holding ground. Small craft with local knowledge can anchor in Caleta Gualaihue about 0.5 mile NE of

Punta Gualaihue. A rock, awash, is reported to lie in the middle

of the cove and silting is reported E of Punta Gualaihue. Vessels should not get N of Punta Gualaihue Light.

7.33 Estero Pichicolu entrance lies about 4 miles ESE of Punta

Gualaihue. The inlet recedes about 2.5 miles to the N and has a

width of about 0.5 mile. A sandbank extends about 0.2 mile E

from its W entrance point. The inlet is reported navigable by

moderate-sized vessels almost to its head. Depths in mid-channel of 40m were reported. There is good anchorage, in 20m
142 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

near the W side of the head of the inlet. The E side of the head

of the inlet was reported to be foul.

7.33 Violent squalls blow down the length of the inlet, whatever

the direction of the wind. 

7.33 Puerto Llanchid (42°03'S., 72°36'W.) is situated close E of

the E entrance point of Estero Pichicolu. The port consists of a

small cove with depths of 11.9 to 14.6m, sand bottom. It is

well-sheltered from W winds, but is subjected to violent

squalls which come down Estero Pichicolu. A sawmill and a

village are situated in the port.

7.33 Grupo Llanchid consists of about ten islands and islets

which lie S of Estero Pichicolu and Ensenada Gualaihue. Canal

Llanchid separates the group from the mainland to the N. Canal Llancahue separates the group from Isla Llancahue to the

SE.

7.33 Isla Linguar (42°04'S., 72°39'W.) is the largest of the group

and lies about 2 miles SSW of the entrance to Estero Pichicolu.

The other large islands in the group are Isla Malomacun, close

N of Isla Linguar, and Isla Llanchid, about 1 mile E of Isla

Malomacun. Islita Cuchillo lies about 0.3 mile E of Isla Llanchid. Submerged rocks and shoals make the use of the channels

between the islands impracticable, except for small craft with

local knowledge. A conspicuous church stands on the NE extremity of Isla Llanchid.

7.33 Islita Maniu, lying about 0.5 mile NW of the NW extremity

of Isla Llanchid, is difficult to distinguish against the latter

when seen some distance to the W. When seen from a closer

distance, the coffee color of Islita Maniu contrasts with the

green of Isla Llanchid.

7.34 Canal Llanchid (42°03'S., 72°38'W.) leads between

the island group and the coast to the N. The channel is 3 miles

long and deep in mid-channel. Roca Huevo, awash, lies about

0.1 mile N of Islita Maniu. The channel is deep between these

two features. Roca Blas, awash, fouls the channel S of Islita

Maniu. 

7.34 Caution.—The width of the channel is reduced to 0.1 mile

between Isla Maniu and Roca Huevo, 1.5 miles W of the E entrance to this channel. 

7.34 Canal Llancahue leads NE between Grupo Llanchid and Isla

Llancahue to the SE. The channel has a least width of about 1.5

miles and is deep; there is a least charted depth of 107m in

mid-channel.

7.34 Punta Piti Horno (42°03'S., 72°33'W.) lies about 3 miles

ENE of Isla Llanchid, and forms the W entrance point of the W

branch of Canal Hornopiren. Cerro Piti Horno, a prominent

peak, stands about 2 miles N of the point.

7.34 Isla Pelada lies with its W side about 1 mile E of Punta Piti

Horno. The island, of moderate height is rugged and has rocky

shores. It is wooded on its higher parts.

7.34 Canal Hornopiren extends W, N, and E of Isla Pelada, turning at right angles at each change of direction. The channel has

a uniform width of about 1 mile, with depths exceeding 101m,

and is free of known dangers. The W side of the canal is

formed by mountains with abrupt slopes and steep clear shores.

The E side of the head of the channel is a large flat formed by

the discharge of two rivers, the Rio Negro and the Rio Blanco.

A light is shown from the W bank of the Rio Negro. Anchorage

can be taken about 183m S of the light, in 20.1m, but local

knowledge is necessary.

7.34 Volcan Hornopiren (41°54'S., 72°27'W.), with a snow-covered summit, stands about 11 miles NNE of Punta Piti Horno.

It is the most prominent mountain in this vicinity, and is visible

all over Golfo de Ancud and Seno Reloncavi.

7.34 Isla Cabras and Isla Lobos lie about 0.5 mile and 1.5 miles,

respectively, WSW of the W extremity of Isla Pelada. Both islands are of moderate height and densely wooded. Reefs surround both islands; a 9.1m patch lies midway between them.

7.35 Isla Llancahue (42°07'S., 72°33'W.) lies about 0.8

mile S of Isla Pelada. The channel between the two islands is

deep and free of dangers. When Cerro Calzoncillo, near the

center of the island, is clear of clouds, it is said to be a sign of

good weather. Islote Perras lies close offshore, NW of Punta

San Francisco, the W extremity of Isla Llancahue. Islote Abel,

with a rock awash close E of it, is about 1.5 miles NNE of Punta San Francisco, and about 0.4 mile offshore.

Caleta Andrade indents the N shore of Isla Llancahue for

about 1.5 miles. Caleta Los Banos, about 1 mile E of the month

of Caleta Andrade, affords anchorage to vessels of moderate

size, but care is necessary when anchoring. Estero Bonito, on

the SW side of the island, affords shelter to small craft during

NE and NW winds.

7.35 Canal Cholgo (42°08'S., 72°29'W.) extends about 5.5 miles

N and S between Isla Llancahue and the mainland to the E. The

channel has a least width of 0.5 mile and is deep. Rada Potreros

de Cholgo indents the E side of Isla Llancahue near the N part

of the canal. Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor

here, in 35m, about 0.2 mile offshore, but this anchorage is exposed to heavy N squalls. The average rise of the tide at springs

is 5m and the current is very light.

7.35 Estero Quintupeu (42°10'S., 72°26'W.) is located opposite

the S end of Isla Llancahue. The inlet is very deep, except near

the head, where there is a wide bank on which only boats can

anchor. The anchorage is exposed to violent gusts which descend from the mountains.

7.35 Peninsula Huequi is located about 3 miles S of Isla

Llancahue. The peninsula consists of a massive projection of

high ground that extends about 21 miles N from the mainland.

Volcan Huequi rises near the center of the peninsula, its peak is

sharp and at times emits smoke.

7.36 Fiordo Comau (Estero Comau) (42°20'S., 72°30'W.)

is entered between Punta San Francisco, the W extremity of Isla Llancahue and Morro Comau, the N extremity of Peninsula

Huequi. The inlet extends about 19 miles SSE from Morro Comau, along the E side of Peninsula Huequi, and varies from 1

to 3 miles in width. Depths are quite deep throughout the inlet.

7.36 Pico Ulgade, an isolated cone of regular outline, dark in color and bare, but with patches of snow at the summit, and Pico

Amunatagui, always snow-covered and visible all over Gulfo

de Ancud, lie on the E side of Flordo Comau.

7.36 There are numerous coves where small vessels can anchor

close to shore.

7.36 Caution.—The most common winds are those from N or S.

North winds enter the mouth of the inlet with a strength that is

dangerous to small boats. South winds take the form of violent

gusts which descend through the ravines.
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 143

Pub. 125

7.37 Isla Liliguapi (42°10'S., 72°36'W.) lies in the entrance to Flordo Comau, midway between Punta San Francisco

and Morro Comau. The island is high and visible for about 10

miles. There is a small town on the E coast of the island. Islote

Ballena and some above-water rocks lie 0.3 mile E of the E end

of the island. Canal Marilmo lies N of the island and Canal Comau lies S of the island; both canals are deep.

7.37 Caleta Marilmo, Caleta Telele, Caleta Soledad, Caleta Calle,

and Caleta Porcelana are coves on the W side of Flordo Comau. All of these afford shelter to small craft. Caleta Leptetu

lies on the SW shore and affords anchorage to small vessels.

The Rio Leptetu discharges at the head of the cove.

7.37 Estero Cahuelmo (42°16'S., 72°26'W.) recedes about 2

miles to the E and is 0.5 mile wide at its entrance. There is

well-sheltered anchorage, with plenty of swinging room, in 40

to 42m within the entrance. Beyond the entrance the depths

shoal rapidly. Northwest winds blow strongly in the inlet.

Punta Cascada, about 3 miles SSW of the N entrance point

of Estero Cahuelmo, has several waterfalls near it. Piedra Blanca, about 2 miles S of Punta Cascada, lies close offshore and is

whitish in color. The rock is visible more than 6 miles.

7.38 Caleta Lloncochaigue (42°23'S., 72°28'W.) is about

2.8 miles SSE of Piedra Blanca. The waters of the cove are

deep, with soundings of more than 40m at 91m offshore. Small

vessels anchor on the N and S sides of the cove near the beach.

7.38 Surgidero Bodudahue lies on the E side of the head of Estero

Comau. The anchorage is deep, the S shore being steep-to.

Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 40m, about 0.1

mile off the N or E shores of the anchorage. This anchorage

should not be used during N winds.

7.38 Morro Comau (42°11'S., 72°36'W.), the N extremity of

Peninsula Huequi, is a high rounded promontory which slopes

steeply to the sea, and is visible more than 8 miles. Caleta Velero and Caleta del Ray lie E and W, respectively, of the point.

These coves are suitable only for small craft.

7.38 The coast trends about 13 miles WSW between Morro Comau and Punta Chulao. Islita Poeguapi lies on the coastal bank

about 4.8 miles WSW of Morro Comau. A conspicuous church

is situated on the coast about 0.5 mile SW of Islita Poeguapi.

Surgidero Poeguapi, about 0.5 mile ENE of Islita Poeguapi, affords anchorage to vessels of moderate size in 18.3m, and

should only be used in good weather.

7.38 Punta Baja (42°14'S., 72°45'W.) is low and wooded. The

coastal bank dries 0.2 mile offshore between Punta Baja and

Morro Comau. The coastal bank between Punta Baja and Punta

Chulao, about 6 miles SW, dries 0.5 mile offshore.

7.38 Estero Huequi is shallow and available only to small craft.

Surgidero Huequi affords anchorage to moderate size vessels

with local knowledge, in 20.1m, about 1.5 miles SW of the S

entrance point of Estero Huequi, and about 1 mile offshore.

7.38 Punta Chulao (42°18'S., 72°51'W.) lies about 4 miles SW

of Estero Huequi and shows a light. The coastal bank dries for

a distance of 1 mile NNW of the point. Shoal water lies 1 mile

W of the light and 1.3 miles WSW of the light. A shoal patch,

with a depth of 3.6m, lies about 1.5 miles S of the point.

7.38 Caleta Ayacara lies with its entrance about 2.5 miles SE of

Punta Chulao. Punta Huequi forms the W entrance point to the

cove. The cove affords good anchorage in moderate depths.

Anchorage can be taken, in 28m, about 0.2 mile offshore, with

a group of three houses on the N shore bearing 283°, 3.5 miles

distant. A conspicuous white chimney stands at the head of the

cove. A light is shown on the E side of the cove near a conspicuous white painted cave.

7.39 Isla Ica (42°22'S., 72°48'W.) is 2 miles S of Caleta

Ayacara Light. Between the island and the mainland is a channel about 0.5 mile wide, which affords an anchorage. A rock,

awash, lies 1 mile SE of the island.

7.39 Caleta Buill is located about 5 miles SE of Isla Ica. The N

shore of the cove is low and flat, and the S shore is cliffy and

steep-to. Roca Yelcho, a prominent white painted rock with a

red “Y,” is located on the S side of the cove. A light is shown

on the S side of the cove near its head. A conspicuous bridge

and school are visible within the cove.

7.39 The cove affords anchorage, in 29m off its SW shore. The

cove is exposed to violent gusts which descend through the ravine at its head.

7.39 Fiordo Renihue (Estero Renihue) (42°30'S., 72°45'W.), the

entrance of which lies about 2.5 miles S of Caleta Buill, is

about 12 miles long, with a least width of 1 mile. The Rio

Renihue discharges at the head of the inlet and a sand bank extends 0.5 mile N from its mouth. The bank is steep-to on its

outer edge.

7.39 Estero Pillan, on the W shore of Estero Renihue at its head,

has depths of 20 to 29m, but has not been closely examined.

The entrance channel, between the N shore and the edge of a

steep-to bank formed by the Rio Renihue, is only 50m wide,

with depths of 5 to 6m. 

7.39 Punta Chumilden, the SW entrance point of Fiordo Renihue,

rises gradually to the SW and is thickly wooded. A light is

shown about 0.8 mile SW of the point. A settlement, with a

conspicuous church, stands about 1.3 miles SW of the point,

while a monument stands on the point’s NW side.

7.39 Several islets lie W and SW of Punta Chumilden. Between

these islets and the mainland there is good anchorage for small

vessels with local knowledge, in 20.1m. The anchorage is sheltered from SW and W winds. The entrance, between the point

and the NW of the islets, is about 30m wide, with a depth of

about 9.1m. A conspicuous monument stands on the shore at

the head of the anchorage.

Golfo Corcovado

7.40 Golfo Corcovado extends from Punta Quiquel, on the

W, and Punta Tengo, on the E, about 60 miles S to Buca del

Guafo. It has a least width of about 20 miles. Golfo de Ancud

is a N continuation of the gulf. Canal Moraleda extends about

100 miles S from the S end of Golfo Corcovado. A number of

small ports are situated on the shores of the gulf.

7.40 The gulf is deep, with depths over 183m in some parts. The

depths between the islands are irregular and there are a number

of shoals.

7.40 The direction of the flood tide is always to the N and the ebb

tide is always to the S. The tidal currents entering the gulf from

Boca del Guafo after strong W winds have rates of 3 to 4 knots.

At the S end of the gulf, about 7 miles E of Isla San Pedro

(43°22'S., 73°44'W.), the current sets NE with a rising tide and

SW with a falling tide, at rates of up to 4 knots. In the center of

the gulf the current rate is 1 to 2 knots. The rate of currents are
144 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

variable in the narrow channels between the islands.

7.40 Caution.—Large patches of kelp grow in the vicinity of

shoals in the N part of the gulf. The kelp extends in long lines

in the direction of the currents, and are light green in color. The

navigator should use caution when in the vicinity of kelp.

7.40 A submarine exercise area, the limits of which are shown on

the chart, lies in the S part of Golfo Corcovado.

7.40 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A/B) is in effect in the

area of Golfo Corcovado. 

Golfo Corcovado—Northwest Side

7.41 Canal Dalcahue.—Punta Quiquel (42°22'S.,

73°35'W.) is the NW entrance point of Golfo Corcovado, and

the N entrance point of Canal Dalcahue. A church is situated

about 0.8 mile N of the point.

7.41 The canal separates Isla de Chiloe from the N and W sides of

Isla Quinchao. The channel is about 9.5 miles long and winding. Its average width is about 1 mile, but shoals reduce the

navigable width to about 0.2 mile.

7.41 Bajo Dalcahue, a rocky patch with a depth of 4.8m, lies near

the center of Canal Dalcahue, about 1 mile ENE of Punta

Balseo, the NW extremity of Isla Quinchao. Banco del Astillo,

with a least depth of 1m at its center, lies nearly 0.6 mile off the

W shore of the channel S of Punta Balseo. The least depth in

the canal, about 4m, is found opposite this bank.

7.41 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 65m, crosses

the narrowest part of the canal between Punta Balseo and the

coast of Isla de Chiloe to the NW.

7.41 Two pairs of lighted range beacons on reciprocal bearings

159°-339°, lead through the shallow part of the canal E of Banco del Astillero.

7.41 The canal should not be attempted by vessels with drafts

over 4m, and then only at not less than half tide. The currents

set N with a rising tide and S with a falling tide, attaining rates

of 4 to 5 knots at springs. The tidal rise at springs is about

5.5m.

7.41 Vessels traversing the canal from the N should pass S of Bajo

Dalcahue; then, keeping in depths over 9.1m, round Isla Quinchao. Having passed the overhead cable, a mid-channel course

can be steered until on the lighted range beacons. Pass SW of

Bajo del Pasaje, then remain in mid-channel throughout the remainder of the channel.

7.41 Dalcahue (42°23'S., 73°39'W.) is the largest of several villages on the canal. A pier, 60m long, extends from the shore S

of the village. The recommended anchorage, in 10m, lies about

0.3 mile SSW of the village church. A light is shown from the

pier. 

7.41 The coast from Punta Atal, the SW entrance point of Canal

Dalcahue, trends about 5.5 miles SE to Punta Aguantao.

Ensenada Pullao and Estero Rilan are small inlets close S and

about 3 miles SE, respectively, of Punta Atal. Estero Rilan has

anchorage for small craft.

7.42 Punta Aguantao (42°32'S., 73°35'W.) is conspicuous

and easily identified. A light is shown from the point. A drying

bank extends nearly 0.8 mile SE from the point. A buoy is situated off the point in anchor position 42°32.1'S, 73°34.0'W. Vessels can anchor, in about 35m, with the point bearing 051°,

distant about 0.3 mile. The SE tidal currents sets strongly in

this vicinity.

7.42 From Punta Aguantao the coast trends about 7 miles WSW

to Punta Tutil, the SE entrance point of Estero Castro. Caleta

Rilan and Caleta Carahue are situated about 2.5 miles W and 5

miles WSW, respectively, of Punta Aguantao. These coves afford good anchorage in moderate depths, with good holding

ground, to vessels with local knowledge. The coastal bank extends about 0.2 mile SE from Punta Tutil.

7.42 Estero Castro (42°30'S., 73°45'W.), entered between Punta

Tutil and Isla Linlinao, about 1.3 miles WSW, penetrates about

10 miles into Isla de Chiloe. The inlet is about 1 mile wide at

the entrance, narrowing gradually to a width of about 0.5 mile

at Punta Animo, on the E side of the channel about 3.5 miles

NW of Punta Tutil. Just beyond, at Punta Peuque, 0.7 mile N of

Punta Animo, the inlet widens again, but shoals which fringe

the W shore reduce the navigable width considerably. The

depth along the fairway is sufficient for large vessels, with a

least depth of 12.8m in mid-channel about 1.5 miles N of Isla

Linlinao.

7.42 Caleta Yutuy lies about 1.5 miles NW of Punta Peuque and is

mostly shoal. In case of necessity, a vessel can anchor in the

cove on the line of the entrance points.

7.42 A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies on the W side of Estero

Castro, about 0.5 mile N of Punta Peuque.

7.42 Lights are shown on Isla Linlinao, Punta Animo, Punta Peuque, and from the mole in Puerto Castro. A lighted buoy is

moored about 0.4 mile E of Punta Castro.

7.43 Puerto Castro (42°29'S., 73°46'W.) (World Port Index No. 14220) is situated in the outer part of a cove which is

entered between Punta Castro and Punta Tenten, about 1 mile

to the NE. There are depths of 9.1 to 11m between the entrance

points. The inner part of the cove dries.

7.43 Depths—Limitations.—A pier, the Fiscal Wharf, is 70m

long with a depth alongside of 6m. No cranes are available.

Vessels use ships own gear. There are six lighters with a total

capacity of 400 tons. The port can be contacted by VHF channel 16 and radiotelephone.

7.43 A sheltered offshore berth, with mooring buoys, for tankers

is situated at Rauco, on the W shore of the estuary. Tankers secure to the mooring buoys in a depth of about 16m. 

7.43 Pilotage.—There is no pilot. Patagonian pilots will assist, if

required.

7.43 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 14.6m, about

0.7m mile NE of Punta Castro. Punta Tenten is shoal for about

0.2 mile S and should be avoided. Vessels carrying explosives

should anchor E of Punta Tenten. The harbor bottom is reported to be composed of mud and sand, good holding ground.

7.43 When approaching the anchorage off Puerto Castro, vessels

should stay close to the E shore of Estero Castro until S of Ponta Pello, which lies E of Punta Tenten, then steer directly for

the anchorage, thus avoiding the bank which extends SE from

Punta Castro.

7.44 The coast of Isla Linlinao and Punta Ahoni, about 14

miles to the SE, is indented with a number of inlets. Canal de

Yal is located in this section of the coast.

7.44 Caleta Linlinao (42°35'S., 73°46'W.) recedes about 0.5 mile

NW between Isla Linlinao and a point about 0.2 mile to the

SW. The outer part of the cove contains depths of up to 31m,
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 145

Pub. 125

which decrease near its head. Small vessels can anchor, in

18.3m, in the outer part of the cove while awaiting favorable

weather conditions to enter Estero Castro or to proceed S

through Canal de Yal.

7.44 Puerto Chonchi (42°37'S., 73°46'W.), a small bay, lies 3

miles S of Isla Linlinao. The village of Chonchi, at the head of

the bay, has a pier. The pier extends about 137m to the E and

61m SE from the shore. There are depths of 7m alongside the

seaward side, and 6.4m alongside the inshore side, of the outer

leg of the pier. A light is shown from the head of the pier. Anchorage can be taken, in 37m, about 0.3 mile ENE of the pier.

7.44 Punta Yal (42°40'S., 73°40'W.) lies about 5.5 miles ESE of

Chonchi and is conspicuous. A prominent yellow house stands

on the SW shore of Canal de Yal, about 4 miles WNW of Punta

Yal. Islote Yal, on which a light is shown, lies about 0.4 mile N

of the point. The narrow channel between Punta Yal and Islote

Yal has sufficient depths for small vessels, but the currents here

attain rates up to 4 knots and the channel is not recommended.

The channel N of Islote Yal is wide and deep.

7.44 Bahia Yal recedes about 1.5 miles W from between Punta

Yal and Punta Terao, about 1.8 miles to the SE. Anchorage can

be taken a little over 0.3 mile off the W side of the bay, in 31 to

40m, but this anchorage is not recommended as the bay is open

to the NE.

7.44 Caleta Yal (42°41'S., 73°40'W.) lies in the N part of Bahia

Yal. Halfway to the head of the cove there is good anchorage,

for vessels with local knowledge, in 10 to 20.1m. A hill on

each side of Caleta Yal form good landmarks for recognizing

Bahia Yal and Caleta Yal.

7.44 From Punta Terao, the SE entrance point of Bahia Yal, the

coast trends S to SE to Punta Ahoni. A large bight is formed

between the two points. The shores of the bight are shallow

from 0.1 to 0.2 mile offshore. Inland from the coast, the land

rises progressively, and wooded tracts can be observed.

Golfo Corcovado—Northwest Side—Off-lying Islands

7.45 Isla Quinchao and Isla Lemuy, with several islands lying between them, are the principal islands lying off this section of coast. Grupo Chaulinec, consisting of three islands, lies

E of the above islands. The inner track through the N part of

Golfo Corcovado leads between the islands.

7.45 Isla Quinchao (42°29'S., 73°30'W.), about 17 miles long,

extends NW from Punta Cheguian to Punta Balseo. The island

is one of the most populated in the area. The NW part of the island consists of high hills; the NE side is cliffy, while the rest

of the island is rocky, broken by sandy beaches. A number of

villages are situated about the island.

7.45 Punta Palqui, the NE extremity of the island, shows a light.

Anchorage, sheltered from W winds, can be taken about 0.3

mile S of the point.

7.45 Achao (42°28'S., 73°30'W.), the largest village on the island, lies about 3.5 miles SSE of Punta Palqui. A pier, about

152m long, with a depth of 1m at its head, is situated at the village. A light is shown from the root of the pier.

7.45 The roadstead of Achao affords anchorage, in about 25m,

about 0.2 mile NNW of the head of the pier. Small vessels can

anchor, in 18.3m, about 0.1 mile NW of the head of the pier.

7.45 Punta Cheguian (42°35'S., 73°24'W.) is the SE extremity of

Isla Quinchao. Shoals and rocks lie E and SE, up to 1 mile

from the point. The above foul ground is covered by a red sector of Isla Imelev Light.

7.45 Punta Matao, about 2.8 miles WNW of Punta Cheguian, has

a reef extending nearly 1 mile W from it. The coast turns N,

forming Estero Matao and Estero Quinchao, in the entrance of

which are settlements of the same name. A shoal, with a depth

of 5m, lies about 0.8 mile WNW of the church at Quinchao.

7.45 Canal Quinchao (42°30'S., 73°28'W.) extends along the NE

coast of Isla Quinchao, from Punta Palqui to Punta Cheguian.

It has a least width of about 2 miles and is deep. A mid-channel

course will clear all dangers.

7.46 Isla Chelin (42°34'S., 73°32'W.) lies about 2.5 miles

off the SW coast of Isla Quinchao. Anchorage can be taken, in

about 24m, on the S side of the island, about 0.4 mile SW of a

church near the SE end of the island. Bajo Chelin, with a depth

of 2.8m, lies 2 miles W of the N extremity of the island. A

buoy is moored about 0.5 mile NW of the shoal.

7.46 Isla Quehui lies S and SE of Isla Chelin, the channel between

being 0.5 mile wide and deep in mid-channel. A light is shown

from the SW point of the island. A conspicuous house stands

nearly 1.3 miles ENE of the light.

7.46 Estero Pindo, on the NW coast of Isla Quehui, nearly divides

the island in two parts. This inlet affords good anchorage to

vessels with local knowledge SW of Huillo Church, near the N

entrance point. This is one of the best anchorage areas, being

sheltered from all winds. The N entrance point, S of the

church, can be approached to within 30m, in a depth of 14.6m.

A light is shown from this point.

7.46 Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage, in

9.1 to 16.4m, off the E end of Isla Quehui. The anchorage is

about 0.8 mile SW of the light on Isla Imelev. Anchorage is afforded off the SW end of Isla Quehui, about 0.3 mile ESE of

the light. Small vessels can anchor about 1.5 miles E of the

light.

7.46 Isla Imelev (42°37'S., 73°25'W.) lies about 0.5 mile ENE of

the E extremity of Isla Quehui, and is connected to the larger

island by a reef which dries. The island is triangular in shape.

A light is shown on the SE end of the island. A beacon stands

near the E extremity of the island. A bank, part of which dries,

with rocks, awash, extends 1 mile SE from the SE end of the island.

7.46 Bajo Johansen, about 0.5 mile in extent with a depth of 2.7m,

lies about 4.5 miles SSE of the SE end of Isla Imelev. A buoy is

moored on the bank.

7.47 Bajo Apabon (42°41'S., 73°27'W.), with depths of

less than 1.8m, and rocks awash, lies with its W extremity

about 2 miles ESE of Punta Apabon, on Isla Lemuy. The currents are strong and irregular over this shoal. A metal tripod

beacon stands on the N side of the shoal.

7.47 Isla Lemuy (42°37'S., 73°38'W.) is about 8 miles long, E to

W, with an average width of 4 miles. Puqueldon is the principal

town on the island and is situated on its N coast. Vessels with

local knowledge can anchor off the town.

7.47 Estero Ichuac indents the W side of the island. The entrance

is narrow and exposed to W winds, but good anchorage for

small vessels is afforded in the central part of the inlet, in

depths of 11.9 to 20.1m.
146 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

7.47 Promontorio Detif constitutes the SE extremity of Isla Lemuy and is connected to the island by a low, narrow, sandy

isthmus about 1 mile long. Punta Detif, the SW extremity of

Promontorio Detif, is steep-to on its W side. The SE side is

fronted by a reef which extends 0.8 mile offshore. A reef extends 0.2 mile E from Punta Apabon. All these reefs are covered with kelp and should be passed at least 0.5 mile from their

outer limits.

7.47 Canal Lemuy (42°34'S., 73°40'W.) leads between Isla Lemuy and Isla de Chiloe for a distance of about 7 miles. It is

deep and clear of dangers. When entering from the N, vessels

should pass W of Bajo Chelin.

7.47 Canal de Yal, a continuation of Canal Lemuy, has its N entrance between Isla Linlinao and Punta Yelqui, the N extremity

of Isla Lemuy. The channel is somewhat irregular and winding,

narrow at its W side, but deep and clear throughout. An overhead cable, with a center elevation of 28m, spans the narrow W

side, about 2.5 miles W of Islote Yal. This cable is radar conspicuous, but produces confusing echoes. In traversing the canal, vessels should pass N of Islote Yal, which shows a light.

7.47 The tidal currents in the canal are generally weak, but in the

narrows they attain a rate of 2.5 to 3 knots.

7.47 Caution.—The narrow passage between Islote Yal and Punta Yal is not recommended, due to strong tidal currents.

7.48 Grupo Chaulinec (42°37'S., 73°16'W.)consists of Isla Alao, Isla Chaulinec, and Isla Apiao. The islands are generally flat or with easy slopes, and thickly wooded.

7.48 Isla Alao (42°36'S., 73°18'W.) lies with its W end about 2.8

miles E of Punta Cheguian. A beacon, painted white with red

horizontal stripes, stands at an elevation of 40m close N of the

W extremity of Isla Alao. The S shore of the island is clear, but

the N shore is foul up to 1 mile off. There are no suitable anchorages about the island. Bajo La Barra, about 1 mile in extent, with a least depth of 1m, lies 2.5 miles NNW of Punta

Alao. A buoy is moored on the NW side of the shoal. The shoal

is covered by the red sector of Isla Imelev Light.

7.48 Canal Alao lies E of Isla Alao. The canal is 1 mile wide,

deep in the middle, and free of dangers. Currents in the canal

attain rates of 5 to 6 knots at springs.

7.48 Isla Apiao (42°36'S., 73°13'W.) lies about 1 mile E of Isla

Alao. Punta Apiao, the N extremity of the island, is conspicuous. A bank of foul ground extends 2 miles NNW from the

point. A church stands near the coast on the W side of the island. A bank, with depths of 11m, lies between 3 and 4.5 miles

E of Punta Apiao.

7.48 Bahia Pilcomayo, on the S side of Isla Apiao, has good holding ground and moderate depths. Small vessels with local

knowledge can obtain anchorage in the bay, in a depth of about

11.9m.

7.48 Isla Chaulinec, the largest island of the group, lies S of Isla

Alao and Isla Apiao, and is separated from these islands by Canal Chaulinec. A light is shown from Punta Manzano, the S extremity of the island.

7.48 Shoals extend up to 0.5 mile S from Punta Manzano and

from the middle of the S side of the island. An 11m patch lies

about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Manzano. Bajo Chaulinec, a rocky

patch, awash, lies about 1 mile N of Punta Huelmo, the W extremity of the island.

7.48 A light is shown from a position about 0.1 mile N of the

church at Tres Redes. Good anchorage, in 20.1m, can be obtained off Tres Redes, a village 2.5 miles E of Punta Huelmo.

The anchorage lies about 0.2 mile N of the church in the village.

7.48 Canal Chaulinec (42°37'S., 73°19'W.) is deep and free of

dangers in mid-channel. In the E entrance the tidal currents attain rates of 5 to 6 knots. Vessels should avoid Bajo Chaulinec

when approaching the channel from the W.

7.48 Paso Imelev is formed between Grupo Chaulinec on the E

and by Isla Imelev and Punta Cheguian on the W. The channel

is about 2 miles wide, but its navigable width is reduced to 1

mile by dangers on each side. The channel is well-traveled by

vessels having due regards to the dangers it contains.

7.48 The currents of the rising and falling tides in Paso Imelev set

N and S, respectively. The rate of the currents depend on the

stage of the moon. Heavy tide rips form here, and when the

current and wind are opposed, a rough sea is formed.

Golfo Corcovado —Northeast Side

7.49 Punta Tengo (42°37'S., 72°52'W.) lies 7.5 miles

SSW of Punta Chumilden. The point is surrounded by foul water that extends 0.5 mile offshore. Rocas Tengo, awash, lie

about 1.5 miles SSW of the point and about the same distance

offshore. The channel E of the rock is suitable only for small

craft.

7.49 Isla Llahuen, about 3.8 miles S of Punta Tengo, is low and

wooded. Rocks extend 1.5 miles NW from Punta Aro, the W

end of the island.

7.49 Bahia Pumalin (42°42'S., 72°50'W.) is entered between

Punta Robles and the S end of Isla Llahuen. A rock, awash, lies

in the approach to the bay. There are other dangers in the bay,

making it available only to small craft with local knowledge,

and drawing less than 3.5m.

7.49 Caleta Munoz is a small cove about 1.3 miles S of Punta

Robles. A conspicuous barracks and several cabins are situated

at the head of the cove. Large vessels can anchor, in 36 to 42m,

about 0.2 mile offshore. Smaller vessels anchor W of the barracks in less than 15.5m, about 0.1 mile offshore.

7.49 Punta Chana (42°46'S., 72°51'W.) lies about 3.8 miles S of

Punta Robles. The Rio Rayas, the largest river in this area, discharges N of Punta Chana. The river water discolors the sea

water in the vicinity. A light is shown from the point.

Off-lying Islands and Dangers

7.50 Grupo Desertores lies between 3 and 11.5 miles offshore between Punta Tengo and Punta Vilcun, being separated

from the mainland by Canal Desertores. There are six principal

islands and several islets in the group. The channels among the

islands are seldom used, as Canal Desertores and Canal Apiao

are the principal channels through the N part of Golfo Corcovado.

7.50 Vessels seeking an anchorage among the islands should exercise caution in approaching them, as many rocks surround the

islands and extend from their salient points. In addition, uncharted dangers may exist in the area. The tidal currents attain

rates up to 6 knots, with overfalls and eddies, between the islands.

7.50 Islote Nihuel (42°38'S., 72°56'W.) lies nearly 4 miles W of
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 147

Pub. 125

Punta Tengo. Foul ground, with rocks awash, extends about 0.5

mile NW and about 1 mile S from the islet. Islote Nihuel can

be passed on either side, but the channel to the E is recommended as it is straight, and passes well clear of the foul

ground extending S from the islet.

7.50 Isla Chulin, the N of the group, is of moderate height and terminates in the S in Punta Chulin, which is low. Bajo Navarro,

over which the sea breaks with NW winds, extends 1 mile S

from Punta Chulin. Foul ground extends up to 0.8 mile off the

N and NW sides of the island. An above-water rock lies 0.5

mile NE of Punta Espinosa. Depths of less than 10.1m extend

0.9 mile W from Punta Cor. A light is shown from Punta Cor,

the W extremity of the island.

7.50 Ensenada Manzano lies E of Punta Gaona, a point about 1.5

miles SE of Punta Cor. A church stands at the head of the bay.

Anchorage can be taken about 0.5 mile SSE of Punta Gaona, in

18.3m, good holding ground.

7.51 Rocas Barrientos (42°35'S., 73°03'W.) lie from 1 to

1.5 miles N of Punta Espinosa. The rocks are the N danger of

this group of islands, and dry 0.3m.

7.51 A shoal, with depths of 11.9 to 19.2m, lies in the N approach

to Canal Apiao, from 3.8 to 4.8 miles NW of Isla Chulin Light.

7.51 Isla Chuit (42°40'S., 73°05'W.) lies about 2 miles SW of Isla Chulin. The island is surrounded by foul ground except on

its SE side. The channel between these two islands is about 2

miles wide and deep in mid-channel. Vessels should pass S of

Bajo Navarro and N of Bajo Driver and Roca Naranjo, taking

into account the currents, which set N in the vicinity of Roca

Naranjo.

7.51 Isla Imerquina lies with its NE extremity about 1 mile SW of

Isla Chuit. The island is surrounded by foul ground with rocks,

awash, off the NW end of the island. The channel between Isla

Imerquina and Isla Chuit should not be attempted without taking soundings.

7.51 Bajo Inconveniente (42°41'S., 73°11'W.), with a depth of

6.7m, lies in the center of Canal Apiao, about 3.5 miles W of

Isla Imerquina. An 14.6m patch lies about 0.8 mile N of this

shoal.

7.51 Bajo Imerquina lies between 0.3 and 1.3 miles SW of the

SW side of Isla Imerquina. The shoal has rocky heads at its N

and S ends. The shoal is marked by kelp and the depths over it,

as well as those surrounding it, are very irregular.

7.51 Vessels should not attempt to enter the channel between Isla

Imerquina and Isla Ahullini and Isla Nayahue, two islands to

the S.

7.51 Isla Ahullini and Isla Nayahue are the SW islands of the

group. Both islands are high and wooded. A church and a small

group of houses stand on the W side of the N extremity of Isla

Nayahue. Foul ground extends 0.3 mile off the W side of Isla

Ahullini, and 1.3 miles WSW from the S end of the island.

Foul ground extends 0.5 to 1 mile S from the S ends of both islands. A rock, awash, lies 0.3 mile NW of the NW end of Isla

Nayahue.

7.51 Small vessels can anchor between the islands, in 20.1m, taking care to avoid the rock NW of Isla Nayahue. Small vessels

can also anchor, in 11m, in a cove on the N side of Isla

Nayahue, with the church bearing 190° and the W entrance

point of the cove bearing 290°.

7.51 Bajo Solitario (42°47'S., 73°10'W.) lies about 5 miles WSW

of Isla Ahullini. There are rocks, awash, on this shoal, and

parts of its W end dries. Heavy breakers form on this shoal at

all times and it is covered with kelp which is hard to see at high

water. A lighted buoy is situated SW of the shoal.

Bajo Minna, about 10 miles WSW of the S end of Isla Ahullini, has 0.9m on its W side; a lighted buoy is moored on the

SW part of the shoal. A shoal, the position of which is doubtful, has been reported about 1 mile S of Bajo Minna.

7.52 Isla Talcan (42°45'S., 73°00'W.) is the largest and S

island of the group. The island is deeply indented on its N and

S sides by Ensenada Tendedor and Estero Talcan, respectively.

Estero Talcan is available only to small vessels with local

knowledge. The entrance to the channel of Estero Talcan is

very narrow and almost full of kelp, with a current of nearly 6

knots.

7.52 Ensenada Tendedor opens to the W of Punta Cordenas, about

1.3 miles NW of Punta Tirua. The inlet has shoal water in all

parts. Anchorage can be taken about midway between the entrance points of the inlet, seaward of a line joining these points.

7.52 Roca Naranjo is above water and shows a light. Good anchorage, in 19.2m, can be taken about 0.2 mile ESE of Roca

Naranjo.

7.52 Bajo Driver (42°41'S., 73°02'W.), which dries, lies 1 mile N

of Punta Beltran. Two rocks, awash, lie midway between Roca

Driver and Roca Naranjo.

7.52 Bahia Edwards is a small bay on the W side of Isla Talcan,

about 2.8 miles SSE of Punta Beltran. Small craft with local

knowledge can anchor, in 12.8 to 15.5m in the bay. The anchorage is near the middle of the bay, about 137m NW of a

submerged rocky patch marked by kelp. Islote Jorge lies close

S of the bay. Bajo Salvo, a group of dangerous rocks, awash

and marked by kelp, lies from 1.3 to 1.8 miles SSW of Islote

Jorge. A church stands on the NW side of Isla Talcan.

7.53 Canal Apiao (42°39'S., 73°10'W.) leads between

Grupo Chaulinec and Grupo Desertores. The channel has a

least width of about 5 miles and is deep. The only dangers in

the channel are those extending from the islands and Bajo Minna, Bajo Inconveniente, and Bajo Solitario. Vessels should pass

NW of Bajo Inconveniente when traversing Canal Apiao. The

current of the rising tide sets W toward Canal Chaulinec, and

caution must be exercised to avoid being set onto the dangers

extending from the islands of Grupo Chaulinec.

7.53 Canal Desertores leads between Islote Nihuel and Isla Talcan

on the W, and the mainland coast on the E. The canal has a

least width of about 2.8 miles and a least depth of 64m in midchannel. Islote Nihuel can be passed on either side; however,

the passage E of the island is the recommended channel.

Golfo Corcovado—Southwest Side

7.54 The coast between Punta Ahoni and Punta Chiguao,

about 24 miles S, is indented by a number of large inlets,

among which there are a number of anchorages. Several islands and dangers lie off the coast.

7.54 Punta Ahoni (42°45'S., 73°33'W.) lies S of the S side of Isla

Lemuy. The point is dome-shaped and covered with vegetation.

A shoal, with 2.7 to 9.1m over it, extends 0.8 mile off the point;

the shoal is covered with kelp, and continues in a SE direction
148 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

for about 3.5 miles to abeam of Punta Lelbun. Off Punta Ahoni

the current of the falling tide sets SE at a rate of about 2 knots.

7.54 Punta Lelbun, about 3.5 miles SE of Punta Ahoni, is low and

sandy. Ensenada Libno, in which occasional anchorage can be

found, lies about halfway between the two above points. The

village of Lelbun, with a church, stands close onshore.

7.54 Bajo Vettor Pisani (42°46'S., 73°28'W.), about 2 miles

long, N to S, and nearly 1 mile wide, lies about 2 miles NE of

Punta Lelbun. A lighted buoy marks the SW side of the shoal.

It is recommended to pass E of the shoal.

7.54 Cabo Aitui, about 2 miles SSE of Punta Lelbun, is low, rugged, and rocky. The coast between the points should be given a

berth of at least 1 mile. The village of Aitui with a church

stands near the point.

7.54 Bajo Aitui (42°46'S., 73°28'W.) extends up to 2 miles offshore between Cabo Aitui and Punta Chomio. Several rocks on

the shoal dry at LW. With any wind, heavy breakers form over

the shoal. A buoy is moored on the outer part of this danger,

about 2.5 miles NNE of Punta Chomio.

7.54 Punta Chomio lies about 4 miles S of Cabo Aitui and shows

a light. It consists of a sandy cliff on which a beacon stands. A

shoal more than 0.5 mile in width, and on which two rocks

show at LWS, fronts the point. The shoal and rocks are marked

by kelp. A 5m patch lies about 0.7 mile ENE of Punta Chomio.

7.54 Bajo Cahlinao (42°55'S., 73°26'W.) extends about 1 mile W

and E, and nearly 2 miles N from the N end of Isla Acui, which

lies on the S part of the shoal. There is deep water 0.1 mile off

the S side of the island. There is a channel between this shoal

and Punta Chomio; navigation presents no difficulties, provided a mid-channel course is maintained.

7.54 Punta Queilen, about 1.8 mile SW of Punta Chomio, is long,

narrow, and wooded, except NE of the point, which is sandy.

The point can be approached to within about 0.2 mile. A light

is shown about 0.3 mile NE of the point.

7.54 A depth of 15.9m lies about 0.5 mile, bearing 243°, from the

light. A depth of 5m exists about 1.3 miles, bearing 231°, from

the light.

7.55 Puerto Queilen (42°54'S., 73°30'W.) (World Port Index No. 14210) is a small bight located W of the peninsula

which terminates in Punta Queilen. The bight extends N in Estero Mechai, at the head of which the Rio Mechai discharges.

Puerto Queilen and Estero Mechai have moderate depths with

good holding ground, although the latter is narrow.

7.55 The town of Queilen stands about 1.3 miles NE of Punta

Queilen. A conspicuous grove of trees and a church, close by,

stand in the town. There is a small pier, but it cannot be used at

HWS. A large amount of kelp is found in the vicinity of the

pier. Small vessels and fishing craft anchor off the pier. 

7.55 The best anchorage in Puerto Queilen is abreast the town, in

a depth of about 18m, mud, with the conspicuous church

(42°59'S., 73°35'W.) bearing 083°, distant 0.6 mile, and close

N of a 10m shoal. Farther offshore the bottom is sand and rock.

7.55 Estero Mechai, at the head of Puerto Queilen, affords good

anchorage for small vessels, sheltered from all winds.

7.55 Ensenada Detico lies 1.5 miles W of Estero Mechai. Islote

Chagualin lies in the center of the entrance. The bay is about

0.8 mile wide and recedes about 0.5 mile to the N. The head of

the bay is foul. A small village, with a conspicuous church,

stands on the W shore of the bay.

7.55 Ensenada Detico provides anchorage, in depths of 18 to

26m, sand and mud, having regard to a shoal, least depth 8m,

extending WNW from Islote Chagualin, which lies in the middle of the entrance. 

7.55 Caleta Pilar (42°53'S., 73°33'W.) lies 1.3 miles W of

Ensenada Detico. The cove affords good anchorage, in 10m,

sand and stone, about 0.1 mile offshore. 

7.55 Estero Pailad lies about 1.3 miles W of Caleta Pilar, and is

about 3.5 miles long, but narrow. The inlet is useful only for

small vessels with local knowledge. Larger vessels can anchor

in the entrance where the depths are moderate. A 6.1m patch

lies 0.2 mile off the W entrance point of the inlet.

7.55 Estero Compu (42°52'S., 73°40'W.) is entered between

Punta Tumaumon and Punta Yategua, 2 miles S. The inlet is

about 6 miles long and about 1 mile wide, except at its head.

The depths in the inlet vary from 18.3 to 44m, sand and mud,

and is free of dangers. Vessels with local knowledge can find

good anchorage, in a depth of 29.3m. Caleta Compu lies on the

S side of the inlet, about 2.5 miles W of Punta Aulen. It has a

wooden pier, suitable for small craft, and can be identified by a

church close W of the pier.

7.55 Punta Yategua constitutes the S entrance point of Estero

Compu. Bajo Yategua, consisting of rocks with less than 1.8m

over them and marked by kelp, lies between 0.5 and 0.8 mile N

of Punta Yategua.

7.56 Isla Tranqui (43°01'S., 73°20'W.) lies with Punta Vilo, its NW extremity, about 0.8 mile SE of Punta Yategua and

extends about 13 miles SE to Punta Centinela, its SE extremity.

A chain of hills extends the length of the island. The shores are

formed of sand and gravel, and the surrounding waters contain

no dangers farther than 0.5 mile offshore except off Punta Centinela, where there lies a rock about 0.7 mile off.

7.56 Bahia Chauco lies N of Punta Vilo and affords anchorage,

for vessels with local knowledge, in about 28m. Islote Conejos

lies in the entrance of Bahia Chauco, about 1 mile NNE of

Punta Vilo. The recommended anchorage is about 0.4 mile SW

of Islote Conejos, which shows a light. The currents in the bay

attain a rate of 5 knots at springs.

7.56 Ensenada Leutepo (42°57'S., 73°36'W.) lies between Punta

Vilo and Punta Lobo, about 2.5 miles SE. Ensenada Mapue lies

between Punta Lobo and Punta Alqui, about 2.8 miles ESE. A

church stands at the head of the latter bay. These two bays are

suitable as emergency anchorages.

7.56 Caleta Alqui lies E of Punta Alqui and affords good anchorage, in 12m, about 0.2 mile offshore. The anchorage is abreast

a flagstaff situated at a sawmill.

7.56 Punta Centinela (43°01'S., 73°20'W.), the SE extremity of

Isla Tranqui, is one of the best landmarks in this region. A light

is shown on the point. A rock, awash, and a 1.8m patch lie

about 1 mile SE and 1 mile NE, respectively, of the point. A

rock, awash, lies 8 miles N of the point. The point should be

given a berth of at least 1.5 miles E of it to avoid the shoal water and strong currents in this vicinity.

7.56 Bajo Magallanes, about 1 mile in extent with a least depth of

11m, lies with its central part about 2.8 miles NNE of Punta

Centinela. It is marked by kelp.

7.57 Bajo Bien Conocido (42°58'S., 73°09'W.) lies in the

central part of Golfo Corcovado, between 7 and 11 miles ENE
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 149

Pub. 125

of Punta Centinela. The shoal has depths of less than 5.5m and

patches of as little as 2.8m. Rocks, awash, lie on the NW part

of the shoal.

7.57 Canal Queilen leads between the coast of Isla de Chiloe and

Isla Tranqui. Its width varies between 0.5 and 2 miles. The tidal currents follow the direction of the coast and in the N part of

the channel attain a rate of 1.5 knots. In the narrows of the W

part of the channel, the current attains a rate of 5 to 6 knots at

springs.

7.57 A 7.9m patch lies in the canal about 0.4 mile N of Punta Santa Maria. Vessels can anchor, in 9.1m, about 1 mile WNW of

Punta Cuello, with fairly good holding ground.

7.57 Punta Cuello (42°59'S., 73°33'W.), the SW entrance point

of Canal Queilen, is marked by a prominent hill at the end of a

range which extends from the interior. Rocks, with less than

1.8m over them, extend 0.3 mile from the point.

7.57 Bajo Chagua lies nearly 1 mile SE of Punta Cuello. The

shoal consists of rocks and gravel, and is marked by kelp. At

spring tides, about 0.1 mile of it uncovers, with shoal water extending 183m from its central part. An 8m patch lies close S of

Bajo Chagua.

7.57 Punta Queuman (43°04'S., 73°32'W.) lies about 6 miles

SSE of Punta Cuello. A light is shown from the point. A bank

of sand extends 0.3 mile E and 0.2 mile SE from the point.

7.57 Isla Chaullin lies about 3.3 miles ENE of Punta Queuman.

The island is about 1.8 miles long and 0.3 mile wide. A shallow bank extends 0.8 mile off the E side of the island. Roca

Navio, which resembles a small ship when seen from E or W,

lies close off the S side of the island. Bajo Navio, on which

there are rocks awash, extends nearly 2 miles S from the S extremity of Isla Chaullin.

7.58 Estero Huildad (43°05'S., 73°32'W.) recedes about

3.8 miles WNW from Punta Queuman. The entrance of the inlet is only about 65m wide between the coastal banks which

dry on either side. The least depth in mid-channel is 10m. Inside the entrance the inlet is about 0.3 mile wide. Bajo MacIntyre, with a depth of 2.7m, lies in mid-channel about 1.5 miles

WNW of Punta Queuman. Bajo Diez, a sandy shoal with a

depth of 4m, lies in mid-channel about 0.3 mile W of Punta

Queuman.

7.58 An overhead cable, with a clearance such that is not a hindrance to navigation, crosses the inlet about 1.3 miles WNW of

Punta Queuman.

7.58 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents have a normal rate of

about 2 knots in the entrance of the inlet. At springs, the currents attain a rate of 4 knots in the narrows. Tidal currents are

stronger on the N side of the inlet. The currents attain maximum rates of 5 to 6 knots at springs, between the entrance and

Punta Carvajal.

7.58 Anchorage.—The best anchorage in the entire inlet is off

the S shore, in 9.1 to 14.6m, a little over 1 mile WNW of Punta

Carvajal. The N side of the inlet is not recommended for anchorage as the tidal currents are strong there. A pier is situated

on the S shore of the inlet, about 1.3 miles WNW of Punta Carvajal.

7.59 Punta Chiguao (43°09'S., 73°29'W.) lies about 4.8

miles SSE of Punta Queuman. Banco Chiguao, a stony spit

with rocks, awash, extends 1.8 miles S from the point. A 3.9m

patch lies about 0.3 mile E of Banco Chiguao. A buoy is

moored off the S end of Banco Chiguao.

7.59 Bahia Quellon is entered between Punta Chiguao and Punta

Yatac, about 13 miles SW. The bay has three principal islands,

Isla Coldita, Isla Laitec, and Isla Cailin. There are four channels between the islands, three of which are navigable.

7.59 In view of its size, ease of access, and moderate depths, this

bay is perhaps the best in all the archipelago. At the head of the

bay, in the N part, is the port of Quellon, the principal industrial center of the region.

7.59 Isla Coldita (43°13'S., 73°43'W.) lies in the W part of Bahia

Quellon. The island is thickly wooded and forms one side of

Canal Coldita, about 7 miles long, narrow, and encumbered

with rocks, and is practicable only for boats. Caleta Tuquetui,

on the E side of the island, provides a temporary anchorage for

small vessels. Foul ground extends 0.5 mile N from Punta Queupue, the N extremity of the island.

7.59 Isla Mauchil lies close S of Isla Coldita. A rock, which dries,

lies in the passage between the two islands. A light is shown

from the SE extremity of the island.

7.59 Isla Laitec (43°14'S., 73°37'W.) lies between Isla Coldita

and Isla Cailin, separated from the first by Canal Laitec, and

from the second by Canal Yelcho. A light is shown from Punta

Laitec, the S extremity of the island. A reef extends nearly 1.3

miles E from Punta Laitac. Bajo Laitec, with a least depth of

7.8m, lies about 3.5 miles SE of Punta Laitec. Bajo Errazuriz,

nearly 1 mile long, N and S, and with 4m over it, lies with its

central part nearly 2.5 miles E of Punta Laitec.

7.59 During S or SW winds, which prevail in this region, ripples

are formed on Bajo Laitec and breakers on Bajo Errazuriz.

During N winds there is nothing to mark these shoals.

7.60 Bajo Blanco (43°10'S., 73°40'W.) lies, awash, about

1.5 miles NNW of Punta Lill, the NW extremity of Isla Laitec.

Above-water rocks lie up to 0.3 mile off this point.

7.60 Canal Laitec lies between Isla Coldita and Isla Laitec and

can best be seen on the chart. To avoid the dangers in the canal,

it is recommended to keep a little to the W of the middle of the

channel, taking care not to go too close to Isla Coldita, the

coast of which is bordered by a bank of 5.5 to 7.3m, with foul

ground, extending 0.4 mile offshore. 

7.60 Two pilot transfer areas, the limits of which are shown on the

chart, lie in the vicinity of the canal.

7.60 Pilots for Canal Laitec, for vessels with a draft in excess of

12.2m, board 3.7 miles SSW of Isla Laitec Light or, for vessels

under 12.2m in draft, at the S end of the channel.

7.60 These pilot boarding places are also used for embarking and

disembarking channel pilots. 

7.60 Isla Cailin (43°11'S., 73°34'W.) is the easternmost island in

Bahia Quellon. The W part of the island is hilly and thickly

wooded, while the E coast is low and cultivated. The S coast

borders on a large rocky bank known as Banco Velahue. The E

coast is also bordered by banks, but less extensive. Canal

Chiguao leads between Isla Cailin on the W and Punta Chiguao

on the E.

7.60 Punta Yelcho, the SW extremity of the island, is low and visible only a short distance. The headland which rises E of the

point is high and steep. The point is clear on the N and W, and

at low water a wide beach of sand uncovers.

7.60 Banco Velahue (43°12'S., 73°33'W.) extends S of Isla
150 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

Cailin, between Punta Yelcho and Punta Direccion, a distance

of about 4.5 miles. The rocky bank extends about 1.8 miles SE

from the island and has been reported to be extending to the

NE.

7.60 Canal Yelcho, between Isla Laitec and Isla Cailin, is about

0.5 mile wide at its narrowest part. The water in mid-channel is

deep, but caution must be used to avoid Banco Velahue, and

other dangers when approaching the canal from the S. The

channel is suitable for use only in good weather. 

7.60 Punta Direccion (43°11'S., 73°31'W.), the E extremity of

Isla Cailin, is marked by a light. A detached rock, with a depth

of less than 1.8m, forming the E side of Banco Velahue, lies 1.5

miles SSE of the point.

7.60 Bahia Huellongquen indents the N coast of Isla Cailin, between Punta Mayo and Punta Petronhue, about 1.5 miles to the

E. The bay affords space for a number of vessels to anchor, in

24 to 29m, especially on the W side of the bay, as depths decrease rapidly on the E side. The holding ground is excellent,

particularly near the W shore, and in the basin in the E part of

the bay. At low water, stretches of beach uncover on the S

shore of the bay.

7.60 Canal Chiguao (43°09'S., 73°31'W.) is the most dangerous

of the navigable channels leading into Bahia Quellon. Because

of the dangers, currents, and winding course, the mariner must

use the greatest of caution.

7.60 Lighted beacons, in line bearing about 000°, are situated on

Isla de Chiloe, about 0.8 mile NW of Punta Chiguao. This

range leads through an inner leg of Canal Chiguao. The rear

light was reported to be partially obscured by trees. The dangers in the canal can best be seen on the chart. Tidal currents in

the channel attain a rate of 5 knots at springs.

7.61 Puerto Quellon (43°08'S., 73°38'W.) lies in a bight

on the N shore of Bahia Quellon, about 6.5 miles WNW of

Punta Chiguao. The port has a small ramp which is used by

small craft with drafts up to 3m and a ferry from Chacabuco. It

is considered one of the best ports in the Chonos Archipelago,

but now only with regional movement, owing to the lack of

lumber imports. There are no lighters available. A floating

wharf, 183m long, with a depth of 10m alongside, is situated

W of the ramp. It is recommended that vessels using this wharf

contact the harbormaster 2 hours in advance. 

7.61 Pilotage.—There is no pilot. A Patagonian pilot will assist if

required; VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 are available. 

7.61 Anchorage.—There is an anchorage, in 12.1 to 18.2m, 3

miles SE from the passenger pier. This is now a busy ferry terminal for ro-ro traffic to Chacabuco port. 

7.61 The currents in this area attain rates of 2 to 3 knots, and are

variable and irregular in the channels.

7.61 Estero Yaldad, about 2.5 miles long and nearly 2 miles wide,

lies about 5 miles W of Puerto Quellon. Isla Linague, with an

islet about 0.5 mile N of it, lies in the E entrance of the inlet. A

2.7m patch lies about 0.5 mile S of the island. A rock, awash,

lies about 0.5 mile W of the N extremity of the island.

7.61 Puerto Carmen (43°09'S., 73°46'W.) (World Port Index No.

14205) stands on the W shore of Estero Yaldad, about 1.3

miles WNW of Isla Linague. There is a sawmill and partially

destroyed pier which dries alongside at LW. Vessels up to

10,000 grt enter the anchorage to load timber products.

7.61 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be taken, in about

18.3m, about 0.8 mile W of the N extremity of Isla Linagua.

The best anchorage lies between Puerto Carmen and the mouth

of a small river, 1.3 miles SSE. It is protected from the violent

and frequent W winds.

7.62 Punta Yatac (43°20'S., 73°40'W.), the S entrance

point of Bahia Quellon, is rocky, rugged, and wooded. Islotes

Blanco, two prominent white rocky islets, lie about 0.4 mile

SSW of the point.

7.62 Isla San Pedro lies in a bight between Punta Yatac and Punta

Cogomo, about 8.5 miles to the SW. Canal San Pedro leads N

of the island and Canal Guamblad leads W of the island. The

island consist of a single high mountain and is the highest of all

in the archipelago.

7.62 Canal San Pedro (43°20'S., 73°44'W.) is entered between

Punta Yatac and Punta Boigue, the NE extremity of Isla San

Pedro. It leads about 7 miles W and joins the N part of Canal

Guamblad. Numerous rocks and shoals encumber the channel.

Bajo San Pedro, with a least depth of 4m, extends about 1 mile

N from the NE extremity of Isla San Pedro. Because of the

strong currents and dangers, the canal is available only to small

craft.

7.62 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorge in Puerto San Pedro, a little over 1 mile WSW of Punta

Yatac. The best anchorage is in 12 to 18m, about 1 mile WSW

of Islotes Blanco, with Punta Boique bearing 146°.

7.62 Canal Guamblad, narrow and winding, leads along the W

side of Isla San Pedro. Estero Guamblad leads W from the

junction of Canal San Pedro and Canal Guamblad. Strong currents and dangers restrict the use of the inlet to small vessels

only.

7.62 Islotes Guamblin (43°25'S., 73°44'W.), consisting of several conspicuous rocks, lie about 1 mile S of the S end of Isla San

Pedro. Punta Cogomo lies about 3 miles W of Islotes Cuamblin. The point is of a dark color and easily recognized.

Golfo Corcovado—Southeast Side

7.63 The coast between Punta Vilcun and Punta Guala,

about 55 miles S, is characterized by the imposing aspects of

the Andes Mountains. The outline of the coast is notably regular, and without important indentations other than the large

openings of the valleys of the Rio Yelcho and the Rio Tictoc.

Aside from these, the coast is unprotected and beaten constantly by W winds and sea.

7.63 A peculiar phenomenon of this region, which may lead the

mariner to believe he is in the area of shoal water, is the earthy

or red coloration of the waters, which is produced by the materials carried down in the waters of the Rio Yelcho and the Rio

Corcovado, and which at spring tides, when the currents set

with great velocity, are carried a considerable distance.

7.63 Caution.—Shoals have been reported to lie up to 5 miles off

the coast between Punta Auchemo (43°02'N., 72°58'W.) and

Punta Pucaihuen (43°10'S., 73°04'W.).

7.64 Punta Vilcun (42°50'S., 72°51'W.) lies 3.5 miles S of

Punta Chana and is conspicuous. Monte Vilcun rises from the

point and is wooded to its summit. It is conspicuous because of

its regular conical form and is visible a long distance. When

the coast is obscured by clouds, the mountain is always visible
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 151

Pub. 125

as a dark shape emerging from the water.

7.64 Volcan Minchinmahuida lies about 13 miles ENE of Monte

Vilcun. It is a notable saddle-shaped mountain, always covered

with snow.

7.64 Ensenada Chaiten (42°55'S., 72°47'W.) lies between Punta

Islotes and Punta Garcia, the N extremity of Isla Puduguapi.

The inner part of the bay is occupied by a bank of sand and

mud, brought down by the Rio Yelcho and the Rio Chaiten; the

remainder of the bay is deep, but offers no advantage, being

quite open to the W. The bank was reported to be extending towards the pier. Caleta Pescadores lies at the head of the bay.

There is a detached 2.5m patch 1.5 miles WSW of Punta Piedra

Blanca, the N entrance point of Caleta Pescadores.

7.64 A light is shown on Punta Piedra Blanca. An aeronautical radiobeacon, with an obstruction light, stands about 0.8 mile SE

of the above light. A small pier, in a poor state of repair, is situated at Punta Piedra Blanca, and has a depth of 6m alongside.

The village of Chaiten stands at the head of the bay.

7.64 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage in

the entrance to Caleta Pescadores, about 0.2 mile S of Punta

Piedra Blanca.

7.64 Isla Puduguapi is located on the SW side of Ensenada Chaitin. The island is thickly wooded and when seen from the W,

appears as a large conical hill.

7.65 The Rio Yelcho (42°58'S., 72°45'W.) flows into the

sea through a marshy delta blocked by hills N and S of Isla

Puduguapi. About 2.5 miles inland, the river winds through a

spacious valley between alluvial banks covered with dense

vegetation. The river is available only to small craft.

7.65 Estero Palvitad is entered between Punta Becerra, the W extremity of Isla Puduguapi, and Punta Auchemo, about 4.5

miles to the SSW. The delta of the Rio Yelcho occupies the NE

part of the inlet. Grupo Auchemo consists of several islands

and rocks, and lies up to 1 mile offshore between Punta

Auchemo and Punta Frias, about 3.3 miles to the E.

7.65 The inlet is deep, but is not a good anchorage. A least depth

of 31m has been obtained 183m off the E shore. There are several small bays with moderate depths on the W shore. Anchorage in these bays is safe only during good weather. The Rio

Palvitad discharges at the head of the inlet.

Bajo Abreojo (43°01'S., 72°52'W.), nearly 1 mile N of Punta Auchemo, is a black rock which uncovers at very low tides.

Roca Negra, which uncovers at low water, lies about 0.2 mile

NNE of Punta Fries.

7.65 Puerto Yelcho is situated about 1.5 miles NE of Punta Fries.

In approaching Puerto Yelcho, care must be taken to avoid the

sandbank which extends about 0.5 mile S from Punta Errazuriz, the S entrance point of the Rio Yelcho. This bank dries at

LW, but is not visible at HW. Vessels must give this bank a

wide berth.

7.65 The anchorage at Puerto Yelcho is about 0.3 mile in extent,

with depths of 12.9m to 44m, the former depth being about

183m offshore. When at anchor, a vessel must maintain vigilance in regards to Williwaws during N winds. These squalls,

combined with the effects of current and tides, may cause difficulty in the anchorage.

7.66 Puerto Auchemo (43°01'S., 72°50'W.) lies about 1.8

miles NE of Punta Auchemo. The port should be entered from

the E, as the W channel is narrow and used only by small craft.

The port provides one of the best anchorages in the area. It is

more than 0.5 mile wide and has depths of 29m to 50m, with

good holding ground. The water in this vicinity is discolored

because of sediment brought down by the Rio Yelcho.

7.66 Caution.—Caution should be exercised along this portion of

the coast, as shoals may be encountered up to 5 miles offshore

between Punta Auchemo and Punta Pucaihuen.

7.66 Cabo Alman is located about 3.5 miles SSW of Punta

Auchemo. The coast between the two points is rocky, high, and

wooded. A small yellowish islet lies close offshore, about 0.5

mile NNE of Punta Alman. A second islet lies close offshore,

nearly 1.5 miles farther in the same direction.

7.66 Temporary anchorage is obtainable N of the yellowish islet,

in a depth of 20m, sheltered from S winds. The position is not

recommended during winds from the SW to NW. 

7.66 Cabo Corcovado (43°08'S., 72°55'W.) lies about 3.5 miles

SSW of Cabo Alman. The cape is the extremity of one of the

spurs of Volcan Corcovado, which terminates here in a high,

wooded bluff. Rocks lie up to 0.5 mile off the point.

7.66 Bahia Corcovado recedes about 5 miles SE between Cabo

Corcovado and Punta Pucaihuen, about 13 miles to the SW.

The shores of the bay are entirely unprotected and should not

be approached. Moreover, the possibility of uncharted dangers

exists in this vicinity.

7.66 Volcan Corcovado (43°12'S., 72°48'W.) lies 6 miles SE of

Cabo Corcovado and is one of the most prominent peaks in this

region; in clear weather it can be seen more than 80 miles. It

rises to a very sharp point about 2,240m high, and is always

covered with snow. El Morrillo, a small hill, lies about 3.8

miles SW of Volcan Corcovado and is conspicuous.

7.66 The Rio Corcovado discharges about 3.5 miles SW of El

Morrillo. Sediment brought down by the river colors the water

for some distance offshore, giving the appearance of shoals.

The bar at the mouth is an extensive bank which projects 1.5

miles in a NW direction, and is marked for some distance by

breakers, especially during W winds. The river is navigable by

boats for 35 miles from the entrance; beyond that distance

progress is blocked by huge rocks, rapids, and trunks of trees. 

7.67 Isla Linagua (43°17'S., 72°58'W.) lies 2.5 miles SW

of the mouth of the Rio Corcovado. At low water the island is

connected to the shore by a sandbank. A rock, awash, lies 0.3

mile W of the S extremity of the island. A shoal, with a depth

of 5.8m, lies 0.3 mile E of the island.

7.67 Punta Pucaihuen (43°19'S., 73°04'W.), about 4.5 miles SW

of Isla Linagua, is of moderate height, sandy, and wooded toward the interior. Shoal water, over which there are violent

breakers with W winds, extend up to 2.8 miles off Punta

Pucaihuen.

7.67 Punta Cucagua, about 7 miles SSW of Punta Pucaihuen, is

the most salient point on this section of coast. Shallow water

exist between these two points, and this part of the coast should

be given a wide berth. A stranded wreck lies about 1 mile NNE

of Punta Cucagua. The Rio Canev, which discharges about 2

miles NNE of the point, has a large waterfall near its mouth

which is visible a considerable distance offshore.

7.67 Montes Yanteles, about 13 miles ESE of Punta Cucagua,

consists of four principal peaks. The peaks are always covered
152 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

with snow and can be seen for a great distance rising to about

2,051m.

7.68 The Rio Yeli (43°32'S., 73°02'W.) flows through a

sandy beach at the head of Estero Yeli. The river has a dangerous bar, which can only be crossed at HW with local knowledge. The river is used mainly by fishermen. Morro Yeli forms

the S shore of the river mouth.

Bahia Tictoc recedes nearly 7 miles E between a point close

W of Morro Yali and Punta Guala, about 13 miles to the S. A

chain of islands, with off-lying islets and rocks, extends across

the entrance of the bay and protects the bay from the wind and

sea of Golfo Corcovado. Channels between the island are used

only by vessels with local knowledge. The inner part of the bay

contains four well-protected anchorages.

7.68 Cerro Miragualay (43°34'S., 73°00'W.) rises on the N side

of Bahia Tictoc to an elevation of about 906m, and is distinguished by its conical form. The Rio Tictoc empties into the E

side of the bay. The sediment deposited at the mouth of the river has formed a shoal which extends nearly 1 mile offshore,

and has formed two sandy points. Punta del Rio, the W point,

projects farther and is the most dangerous.

7.68 Isla Horadada lies about 3.3 miles S of Morro Yeli. A group

of rocks, on which there are always breakers, lies about 0.8

mile W of the S end of the island. Isla Colocla, the largest island, is low at its S end and high at its N end. Isla Redonda, the

S of the islands, lies about 3.8 miles N of Punta Guala. Isla

Hernandez lies 0.5 mile SSE of Isla Colocla, and Isla Huepan

lies about 1.3 miles N of Isla Hernandez. The remaining islets,

rocks, and dangers can best be seen on the chart.

7.68 Puerto Tictoc (43°36'S., 72°57'W.), on the N side of the

bay, is well-sheltered from W winds. The bottom of the cove is

very irregular, but vessels can anchor, in 31 to 40m, about 0.3

mile NW of the E entrance point.

7.68 Caleta Silva Palma, about 0.8 mile E of Puerto Tictoc, affords good anchorage for vessels of moderate size, in 26m,

about 183m offshore. Caution should be used in approaching

both the above anchorages.

7.68 The E side of Bahia Tictoc terminates into two arms, Bahia

Pescadores, which extends to the N, and Puerto Escondido,

which extends to the S. Vessels of almost any size can anchor

in the middle of Bahia Pescadores, in 40m. This anchorage is

protected from all but SW winds. The best anchorage in Puerto

Escondido is in the middle, in 28m. Vessels should not anchor

near the head of the inlet as it is foul.

7.68 Anchorage can be taken by large ships, in 38.4m, sand, in the

middle of Bahia Tictoc in position 43°37'S, 72°56'W.

7.68 Peninsula Coca (43°43'S., 72°55'W.), which forms the SE

side of Bahia Tictoc, consists of high sheer mountains. The

shores are rocky and steep-to. The peninsula is thickly wooded.

Caution must be used when approaching the peninsula because

of the currents in this area.

Canal de Moraleda—North Entrance to the East

Entrance of Canal Darwin

7.69 Canal de Moraleda trends about 105 miles S from Islas Queitao at its N entrance to the E entrance of Canal Darwin,

the principal channel leading from the W through Archipielago

de los Chonos. The canal is about 3 to 7 miles wide in the N

part between the dangers, but is restricted to a width of about

1.5 miles in the S part, where numerous dangers encumber it.

7.69 The land on the E side of the channel is generally high and

rises abruptly from the sea. Some of the mountain peaks are

snow-covered year round. The islands on the W side of the

channel are generally lower than those on the E side. Monte

Cuptana is the only peak on this side that has snow on its summit in summer.

7.69 Depths—Limitations.—Canal de Moraleda has not been

completely examined. There is a least charted depth of 43m in

the fairway between the N entrance and Canal Darwin.

7.69 Several dangers lie near the fairway, and others may exist.

These known dangers are described in this sector with their related features.

7.69 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range in the Archipelago de

los Chonos does not generally exceed 3m. The tidal currents in

the E-W channels set generally E on the rising tide and W on

the falling tide in the direction of the channels.

7.69 In the N entrance of Canal de Moraleda, the tidal currents set

SE from Boca del Guafo on the rising tide and NW on the falling tide, at rates of from 1 to 3 knots. These currents apparently

meet opposing currents in the vicinity of 44°05'S. South of this

latitude. the tidal currents set generally N on the rising tide and

S on the falling tide. In the vicinity of Isla El Gorro. the rates

are from 0.5 to 1.5 knots.

7.69 In the S part of Canal de Moraleda, in the vicinity of Isla Pajel, the tidal currents set N to NNE on the rising tide and S to

SSE on the falling tide at 2 to 3 knots.

West Side of the North Part of Canal de Moraleda—North Entrance to Cayo Blanco

7.70 Islas Queitao (43°43'S., 73°30'W.) consists of two islands and some adjacent rocks that lie in the middle of the N

entrance of Canal de Moraleda. The W island is the highest and

largest of the two and shows a light. The other islets are low

and wooded. Above and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3 mile

W and N of the islands. A small islet, with rocks off its N and S

ends, lies about 1 mile NW of the E end of the E island.

7.70 Small vessels can find shelter off the S entrance of the passage between the two larger islands. The depth is 18.3m, shells,

with the E end of the W island in range with the W end of the E

island. A 6.9m shoal lies about 0.2 mile SW of the W end of

the E island. During strong S winds, anchorage can be taken

with the light bearing 215°, 0.4 mile W of the coast, in 42m,

rock, good holding ground.

7.70 Grupo Peligroso, the NE islets of the Guaitecas group, lies

about 11.5 miles SSW of Islas Quietao and should be passed W

to NE. Cerro Mantan (44°00'S., 73°39'W.) rises in the NE part

of Isla Leucayec of the Guaitecas group and is fairly prominent

from the N.

7.70 Islotes Locos (43°59'S., 73°27'W.), on the W side of the

fairway, comprises two small islets with above and below-water rocks up to 0.5 mile N and NE, and about 0.3 mile S of

them. A light is shown on the S and larger islet, which is wooded.

7.70 Islotes Riquelme lies about 3 miles SSW of Islotes Locos. A

rock, awash, lies about 1.5 miles WNW of Islote Riquelme.

7.70 Isla Mulchey (44°08'S., 73°30'W.), which has been previously described in paragraph 6.28, is the SW island of the
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 153

Pub. 125

Guaitecas group. Its E end lies about 8 miles S of Islotes Locos. The island is irregular in shape. Puerto Ballenas is a small

cove on the SE side of the island. Isla Mike, with a 12m shoal,

lies 0.2 mile off the E side of the island. Four small islets lie W

and SW of Isla Mike. Anchorage can be taken in the middle of

the cove, about 0.3 mile W of a waterfall on the E shore. The

anchorage has depths of 29 to 35m, with good holding ground,

except during NW winds.

7.70 Islas Los Quincheles is a group of islands that lies from 4 to

7.5 miles S of Isla Mulchey. Isla El Gorro (44°18'S.,

73°28'W.), the SE island of the group, is sheer and barren, and

shows a light. Foul ground extends about 114m E from it.

7.70 Penon Blanco (44°23'S., 73°32'W.), a detached rock with

foul ground off its W side, and on which a light is shown, lies

about 5.5 miles SW of Isla El Gorro. Anchorage can be taken

during moderate weather about 137m off the rock. The bottom

is sand and rock, good holding ground. Isla Ballena, with a

rock close off its S shore, lies 3.5 miles N of Penon Blanco.

7.70 Isla Filomena lies with its NE end about 3.5 miles SSW of

Penon Blanco. Foul ground, with above-water and submerged

rocks, extends about 1 mile E from the SE point of the island.

Isla Lagora, a low detached islet, lies about 1.5 miles SE of the

above point. 

7.70 Caution.—A 7m shoal patch in position 44°S,

73°W, has been reported to exist.

7.71 Isla Francisco (44°31'S., 73°38'W.), close S of Isla

Filomena, is separated from it by a narrow passage. Several

rocks lie on foul ground that extends nearly 1 mile E from the

E end of the island. Isla Nassau, with an islet and rock close off

its NW side, lies about 1 mile SE of the SE point of Isla Francisco. Small vessels can take temporary anchorage, in 9.1 to

37m, about 0.2 mile S of the point. This anchorage is known as

Puerto Nassau.

Isla Cuptana is separated from the SW side of Isla Francisco

and the islands to the W by a passage encumbered with islands

and rocks. Monte Cuptana, with double summits, and always

covered with snow, rises near the center of the island. Puerto

Cuptana (44°40'S., 73°38'W.), about 0.5 mile wide at its entrance and outer part, recedes about 6 miles to the SW into Estero Cuptana. The inlet is used mainly as an anchorage for

fishermen. Only the outer part of the inlet is usable. Small vessels can anchor, in 28m, in the small cove at the S entrance

point of Estero Cuptana, 0.1 mile from Punta Bornscheurer and

Isla Medio.

7.71 Isla Letrero lies on the N side of the entrance to the inlet. The

S side of the island has a pebble beach which is one of the few

in this vicinity. Roca de Afuera, awash and marked by breakers, lies 0.15 mile E of the E side of Isla Letrero. The entrance

channel is clear and about 0.5 mile wide, and is entered between Isla Letreros and Punta Bornscheure. The tidal currents

attain rates of up to 2 knots and set in the direction of the channel.

7.71 Anchorage can be taken, in 26m, in the entrance, about 0.2

mile SSE of the W end of Isla Letreros or, in 70m, about 183m

offshore on the N side of the inlet, about 1 mile W of Punta

Bornscheure. The anchorages in Estero Cuptana are reported to

be poor, with a bottom of rock.

7.72 Isla Sierra (44°44'S., 73°35'W.) lies close off the SE

end of Isla Cuptana. The island lies on the N side of the E entrance of Canal Temuan, a narrow passage with a least depth of

22m in the fairway, which separates Isla Cuptana from Isla

Transito. It has been reported that small craft with local knowledge can proceed through this channel and then N through Canal Perez Sur and Canal Perez Norte when the seas are heavy

in Canal de Moraleda.

7.72 Isla Transito, just S of Isla Cuptana, forms the S shore of Canal Temuan. The island can be identified by a prominent mesashaped hill near the center of the E side of the island. The summit of the island is located on its NW side.

7.72 Grupo El Enjambre (44°48'S., 73°39'W.) comprise numerous islets and above and below-water rocks that lie up to 2

miles off the E side of Isla Transito. Cayo Blanco (44°47'S.,

73°33'W.), a white rock, on which a light is shown, is the outermost of the group. The dangers in Grupo El Enjambre can

best be seen on the chart.

7.72 Puerto Frances, an anchorage for vessels with local knowledge, lies off the E side of Isla Transito inside Grupo El Enjambre. The entrance channel, with depths of 16.4 to 33m, leads W

between the group from a position about 1 mile S of Cayo

Blanco. Roca Janequero, awash at low water, lies on the S side

of the fairway.

7.72 Anchorage, restricted to within a radius of 0.3 mile, can be

taken, in 16.4 to 33m, rock, mud, and sand, about 0.3 mile SW

of the largest and innermost islet on the N side of the fairway.

This islet lies close off the N entrance point of a small inlet on

the E side of Isla Transito. The anchorage is with Cayo Blanco

Light bearing 076°, distant about 2 miles.

7.72 Puerto Espanol (44°50'S., 73°41'W.) lies on the SW side of

Isla Transito. Anchorage is afforded, in 18.3m, rocky bottom

covered with sand and mud. This anchorage is sheltered from

N winds. 

7.72 The entrance is clear of dangers, but local knowledge is required due to the lack of soundings on the chart.

North Part of Canal de Moraleda to Punta Machelan—East Side

7.73 Isla Refugio (43°57'S., 73°13'W.) is separated from

the mainland by Canal Refugio. The island is high, steep, and

prominent from the N. Canal Refugio is narrow and deep, with

several islets in its S end. Isla Yalac and adjacent islets lie

about 1 mile off the SW side of Isla Refugio and are separated

from it by Canal Pedregoso, a rock encumbered passage.

7.73 Isla del Barranco, with a prominent white cliff on its W side,

lies about 1 mile S of the islets off the SW side of Isla Yalac.

7.73 Peninsula Sin Nombre (44°08'S., 73°11'W.) projects irregularly about 8 miles W from the mainland. The inlets on both

sides have not been examined. A number of islets and rocks lie

up to 1 mile N of the NW point of the peninsula. Monte Melimoyu, high, narrow, dome-shaped, and crowned with four

peaks, rises about 14 miles ENE of the outer end of the peninsula. The NE slopes of the mountain have glaciers.

7.73 Roca Negra (44°09'S., 73°22'W.) lies about 4 miles W of

the outer end of Peninsula Sin Nombre. The rock is easily distinguished by its black color.

7.73 Grupo Gala consists of a number of islands and rocks on the

N side of the W entrance of Canal Jacaf, and lies from 1 to 5

miles S of the S side of Peninsula Sin Nombre. They lie on a
154 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

foul bank which extends about 1.5 miles W from them and

continues NNW to the outer end of the peninsula and obstructs

the entrance to Seno Gala, an irregular and unexamined inlet

that recedes NE and indents the mainland.

7.73 Isla Vico (44°19'S., 73°17'W.), which forms the S entrance

point of the W entrance of Canal Jacaf, lies about 2.5 miles SW

of the S island of Grupo Gala. The island lies about 0.5 mile off

the NW side of Isla Atilio. A light is shown from the NW extremity of the island.

7.73 Roca Chacabuco, submerged, steep-to, and marked by seaweed, lies on the E side of the fairway of Canal de Moraleda,

about 5.5 miles NW of Isla Vico. A lighted beacon is shown

from the rock.

7.73 Isla Magdalena (44°35'S., 73°05'W.) is separated from the

mainland by Canal Jacaf and Canal Puyuguapi. The W coast of

the island fronts the E side of Canal de Moraleda. The NW and

SW sides of the island are indented by several large but unexamined inlets. The outer edge of a dangerous shore bank, on

which a number of islands and rocks lie in the approaches to

the inlets on the NW side of the island, trends about 21 miles

SSW from Isla Vico to Punta Calqueman.

7.73 Punta Calqueman (44°39'S., 73°28'W.), the W extremity of

Isla Magdalena, is fairly prominent. A number of islets and

rocks lie up to 2 miles S of the point.

7.73 Isla Senec lies about 4 miles SSW of Punta Calqueman. Foul

ground and rocks extend about 183m to the N off the N end of

the island. Isla Guayanac lies about 2 miles SE of Isla Senec,

and a group of above-water rocks lies about 1 mile farther to

the SE.

7.73 Punta Machelan (44°49'S., 73°24'W.), with rocks up to 1

mile NW of it, lies about 10 miles SSE of Punta Calqueman

and forms the N entrance point of Canal Puyuguapi.

South Part of Canal de Moraleda—East Side 

7.74 Isla Tuap (44°56'S., 73°30'W.) lies about 9 miles SW

of Punta Machelan. A light is shown on the NW side of the island. The E side of Canal de Moraleda, between Isla Tuap and

Isla Meninea, nearly 20 miles to the SSW, is encumbered with

numerous dangers. Only those adjacent to the E side of the

fairway are described below. The other dangers are described

later in this sector.

7.74 Grupo los Yuyos comprise a number of islets and rocks that

lie up to 1.5 miles SW of Isla Tuap. Isla Guia, the largest, has

two prominent bluffs. A submerged rock lies about 0.2 mile

SW of Isla Guia.

7.74 Isla Latolque (45°02'S., 73°32'W.) lies 5.5 miles SSW of Isla Tuap. The island is fringed with rock and foul ground up to

0.5 mile off its E side. Isla Auchile is wooded and lies 2.5 miles

SW of Isla Latolque. The island has two summits, one sharp

and one flat. A rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies close

off the NW end of Isla Auchile.

7.74 Isla El Morro shows a light and lies about 4.5 miles SSW of

Isla Auchile. Foul ground extends 1.5 miles S from the S end

of the island. Foul ground also lies off the N and E sides of the

island.

7.74 Islote El Blanco (45°13'S., 73°39'W.), with a conspicuous

white cliff on its N side, lies about 4.5 miles S of Isla El Morro.

Foul ground, with a submerged rock at the outer end, extends

about 1.5 miles N from Islote El Blanco.

7.74 Isla Meninea, rock-fringed and irregular, lies with its W end

about 2.5 miles S of Islote El Blanco. This island is the southernmost of the islands on the E side of the fairway of Canal de

Moraleda.

South Part of Canal de Moraleda—West Side

7.75 Several islands and rocks lie on the W side of Canal

de Moraleda, between Isla Transito and Isla Teresa. They encumber the S entrance to Canal Perez Sur. Isla Lalanca lies

about 1 mile S of Isla Transito. Isla Verde lies about 1 mile S of

Isla Lalanca, and Grupo Blanco, a group of white rocks, lies

about 1 mile farther S.

7.75 Isla Pajalo (44°58'S., 73°39'W.) lies 3 miles S of Grupo

Blanco. Foul ground, with submerged rocks, and Roca Westoff, an above-water rock at the outer end, extends about 1.3

miles NE of Isla Pajalo.

7.75 Isla Tangbac lies about 3 miles SW of Isla Pajalo. Puerto

Americano (45°02'S., 73°42'W.), a small inlet formed between

Isla Tangbac and Isla Dar close off its SW side, affords shelter

to small vessels. The S entrance is narrow and obstructed by a

bar with a reported depth of 4.5m, but within, the depths in the

wider part are from 8.8 to 18.3m. The N entrance is obstructed

by a spit. A group of above-water rocks lies in the approach to

the S entrance, about 1 mile SSE of the entrance. Three abovewater rocks lie up to 0.2 mile offshore N of the above group of

rocks.

7.75 Anchorage for small vessels can be taken, in 18.3 to 20.1m,

about 0.3 mile E of the SE end of Isla Dar. The shore bank E of

the anchorage has been reported as extending. Vessels with local knowledge anchor off the E side of Isla Tangbac, about 1

mile N of the S end of that island, where the depth is about

12.8m.

7.75 Isla Melchor (45°08'S., 73°53'W.), large and irregular, lies

close SW of Isla Tangbac. A dangerous rock, awash, lies close

E of a group of above-water rocks that lie in a bight about 2.5

miles N of the SE point of the island. Small vessels with local

knowledge can anchor, in 10m, in a small cove about 6.5 miles

N of the same point.

7.75 Puerto Lagunas (45°17'S., 73°42'W.) is entered between

the SE point of Isla Melchor and the dangers N of Isla Castillo,

1.5 miles to the SW. Isolita Santa Maria, with numerous abovewater and below-water rocks off its E side, lies in the SE approach to the anchorage, about 1 mile SE of Isla Castillo. Foul

ground, fringed with kelp and an above-water rock marked by a

beacon at the outer end, extends up to 0.3 mile N from the N

point of Isla Castillo. Bajo Otranto, a detached 4.5m shoal, lies

0.6 mile NE of the same point and on the S side of the entrance

fairway. A rock, marked by a beacon, lies close off the N shore

of the anchorage, and about 1.5 miles W of the SE point of Isla

Melchor. A detached shoal, marked by kelp and with a least

depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.3 mile SW of the rock.

7.75 A radio tower is situated on the E entrance point of a small

lagoon, about 0.8 mile W of the SE point of Isla Melchor.

7.75 Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1 to 29m, about 0.3 mile S of

the lagoon entrance. Small vessels can anchor, in 12.8 to

14.6m, in Caleta Sepulco at the NW part of Puerto Lagunas.

7.75 Isla Victoria and Isla Quemada, two large islands, lie S of Isla Melchor. The islands are separated by unexamined passages.

Grupo Barba comprises numerous islets and above and below-
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 155

Pub. 125

water rocks that lie on a foul area that extends up to 3 miles E

from the E coasts of the two islands, and extends about 4 miles

S from Isla Castillo to Isla Mitahues. Isla Pescetto, the largest

of a group of small islets that lies on the outer edge of this foul

ground, lies about 2 miles NNE of the NE end of Isla Mitahues.

A detached 12.9m patch lies in the middle of Canal de Moraleda, about 1.8 miles E of Isla Pescetto.

7.75 Isla Mitahues (45°24'S., 73°44'W.), on the SE part of which

a light is shown, lies on the NW side of the junction of Canal

de Moraleda and Canal Darwin, and about 0.5 mile E of Isla

Quemada. It marks the S end of the W side of Canal de Moraleda. 

7.75 Emergency anchorage can be taken, in 24 to 26m, between

Isla Mitahues and Isla Quemada, but vessels must avoid a 3.6m

patch that lies about 1.5 miles W of the S extremity of Isla Mitahues.

Mainland Canals and Fjords East of Canal de

Moraleda—Punta Guala to Canal Costa

7.76 Punta Guala (43°44'S., 73°03'W.) is rock-fringed

and salient, and has a sharp summit. A disused light structure,

consisting of a stone tower, stands on the point.

7.76 From Punta Guala, the S side of Peninsula Coca trends about

3.5 miles ESE to Punta Piti, the N entrance point of Estero PitiPalena. Grupo Las Hermanas, a group of rocks and islets, lies

on the S side of the approach, about 1.7 miles S of Punta Guala. A number of rocks also lies about 0.3 mile S of the E island

of the group.

7.76 Isla los Leones (43°47'S., 72°57'W.) lies on the S and W

sides of the narrows leading into Estero Piti-Palena. The Rio

Buta-Palena flows into the sea between the W side of Isla los

Leones and Punta Palena, 0.3 mile W of the W side of Isla los

Leones. The river entrance is fronted by a drying bar. A light is

shown from a small islet located off the NE extremity of Isla

los Leones.

7.76 The entrance channel to Estero Piti-Palena is narrow and

winding. Within the inlet there are a number of above-water

rocks on either side. A narrow arm recedes about 6 miles N

from the NE end of the inlet and is reported as deep. A shallow

river flows into the SE end of the inlet.

7.76 Canal Refugio (43°58'S., 73°08'W.), a passage between Isla

Refugio and the mainland, is foul in its S part. The N part is

deep, but the coves on the mainland offer little protection. Puerto Santo Domingo, a cove on the mainland side near the middle part of the canal, offers anchorage to vessels with local

knowledge. A rock, awash, lies about 0.5 mile N of some islets

that lie within the N entrance and on the W side of the passage.

7.76 Canal Jacaf is entered between the S island of Grupo Gala

and Isla Vico, 2.8 miles to the SW. The canal is about 30 miles

in length and joins Canal Puyuguapi off the NE end of Isla

Magdalena. The canal is clear of dangers in the fairway, except

for some islets in Paso Sibbald, where the fairway SE of Islote

Oreste is restricted to a width of 0.2 mile. There is a patch, with

7.3m over it, lying about 0.3 mile W of Islote Oreste. There are

a number of islands, islets, and rocks outside the fairway that

can best be seen on the appropriate chart.

7.76 The tidal currents in Canal Jacaf run NW on the rising tide

and SE on the falling tide, following the general direction of

the channel. 

7.76 Canal Puyuguapi (44°55'S., 73°21'W.) separates the SE

side of Isla Magdalena from the mainland. It has a least width

of about 1 mile and is clear of dangers in the middle part

throughout its length, although islets and rocks lie up to 0.5

mile offshore in places. The canal is 38 miles in length from its

entrance to the junction with Canal Jacaf. The depths in midchannel are deep throughout the length of the canal.

7.76 Isla San Andres, from which a light is shown, lies in the entrance to the canal. The approach channel leads SE between

this island and Isla Magdalena. A light is shown from the N

shore of the canal in a position about 17 miles NE of Isla San

Andres.

7.77 Puerto Cisnes (44°44'S., 72°42'W.) is a small deep

cove on the E side of Canal Puyuguapi, 30 miles above its entrance. Local assistance is required to anchor in the S part of

the cove E of the delta of the Rio Cisnes, which flows into the

S side of the cove. The delta extends about 0.5 mile N from

Punta Buist. The bank was reported to have extended NE. The

cove recedes about 1 mile E between Punta Buist and the N entrance point on which a light is shown, about 1.7 miles NNE.

The light is exhibited from a green tower, 4m high. Punta Bennett can be identified by a waterfall. The E shore of the bay is

backed by a gravel beach which changes to cliffs along the S

part. A beacon stands on the beach about 0.4 mile SE of Punta

Bennett. Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1m, about 0.3 mile offhore in a cove just SW of the delta. An emergency light is

shown when using this anchorage.

7.77 A wharf, 25m long E and W, stands close E of Punta Bennett. Ships up to 70m long and having a draft of 4.6m can berth

alongside in good weather on a W heading. The port anchor

should be used with six shots out, in a depth of 40.2m.

7.77 Seno Ventisquero (44°28'S., 72°38'W.), the NE extension of

Canal Puyuguapi, extends about 12 miles NE from the junction

of Canal Jacaf and Canal Puyuguapi. Toward the middle part of

the inlet the channel is restricted at Paso Galvarino to a width

of 79m and a depth of 26m. The E side of the inlet is fringed by

a shore bank, the outer edge is marked by two beacons. A light

is shown on the W shore of the inlet. The inlet is used mainly

by small craft.

Puerto Puyuguapi, at the head of Seno Ventisquero, affords

anchorage for small vessels, in 46m, about 183m off the beach

and S of a sawmill and prominent house. An L-shaped pier,

31m long, stands on the N side of the inlet, with a least depth

of 5.2m alongside. Vessels approach the dock steering 350°

and drop the anchor broadside at about 75m off the dock, in a

depth of 16m.

7.78 Canal Ferronave (45°08'S., 73°29'W.) leads S

through the islands that encumber the E side of Canal Moraleda in its S part. The canal has a least width of 0.2 mile and a

least charted depth of 12m in the fairway. Lights are shown

from some of the islets adjacent to the fairway.

7.78 The fairway of the canal trends SSE between Isla Tuap and

Grupo Tisne to a position about 0.5 mile E of Islote Eugenia

(44°58'S., 73°28'W.), on which a light is shown. Then it trends

SSW between Isla Oreste on the E side and Isla Viola and Isla

Latolque on the W side. Foul ground extends 0.5 mile E from

the E side of Isla Latolque. A rock, awash, lies about 0.5 mile S

of Islote Eugenia Light.
156 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

7.78 The canal continues S to Islote Precaucion, which shows a

light, then SSW to Islote La Boina, which also shows a light.

The N and central part of the canal is fairly free of dangers.

The dangers in the S end of the canal can best be seen on the

chart. Canal Ferronave joins Canal Pilcomayo SE of Isla Zola

(45°14'S., 73°32'W.). 

7.78 Caution.—When navigating Canal Ferronave, the bearings

of the lights must be closely watched due to the set of the current which here runs strongly. The utmost care is necessary. 

7.79 Puerto Aguirre (45°10'S., 73°32'W.) is formed between Isla Eugenio and Isla Las Huichas. Small vessels can approach from the S and take anchorage, in 29 to 35m, about 0.2

mile E of the S extremity of Isla Las Huichas. The port has two

small piers that are used by small craft. A third L-shaped pier,

33m long, can accommodate vessels with a draft of 4.6m

alongside.

7.79 Canal Pilcomayo is entered from Canal de Moraleda at a position about 0.5 mile SW of Islote Direccion (45°11'S.,

73°37'W.). The fairway trends SE and leads SW of Isla Swett,

Isla Viel, Roca Blanca, and Isla Pilcomayo; then between Isla

Pilcomayo and Isla Costa; and then along the N side of Isla

Chaculay. Numerous islets lie on the S side of the approach between Isla El Blanco and Isla Costa.

7.79 The fairway continues SSE between the E side of Isla Chaculay and Isla Carvallo, and then E into Seno Aisen (Fiordo Aysen) between Isla Elena and the mainland to the N.

7.79 Canal Pilcomayo has been only partially examined, but there

is a least charted depth of 10.9m at the inner end of the channel

between the N side of Isla Elena and the mainland. The narrowest parts of the channel are between Isla Costa and Isla Pilcomayo, and between the E end of Isla Elena and the mainland

to the N where the channel is restricted to a width of about 0.3

mile.

7.79 The principal dangers are the foul ground that extends N

from Isla El Blanco; above and below-water rocks that lie up to

0.2 mile W of the W extremity of Isla Pilcomayo; and rocks,

submerged and awash, that lie 0.2 mile E and W of the S extremity of Isla Carvallo. A light is shown on the SW side of Isla

Carvallo; another light is shown on the N side of the E end of

Isla Elena. The tidal current attains a rate of up to 3 knots in

this channel.

7.79 Large vessels can take anchorage, in 10.9 to 28m, off the entrance to Caleta Vidal, about 1 mile E of Isla Carvallo. An old

landing pier and a white triangular daymark are situated near

the NW entrance point of the cove.

7.80 Canal Rodriguez (45°19'S., 73°33'W.), entered from

Canal de Moraleda, trends E and NE between Isla Chaculay

and Isla Churrecue, and joins Canal Pilcimayo to the E of the

former island. This channel is recommended only for small

vessels.

7.80 Punta Rudolphy (45°18'S., 73°36'W.) is the W extremity of

a peninsula that projects from the SW end of Isla Chaculay. Islote Sur, with a rock close off its N side, lies in the middle of

the entrance about 1.3 miles SE of the point.

7.80 Paso del Medio leads between the mainland and Isla Churrecue and Isla Elena. The fairway is deep, but has not been

completely examined and several islands and dangers lie in the

channel. This channel is the one recommended for large vessels proceeding into Seno Aisen (Fiordo Aysen), because it is

the widest of the approach channels to that inlet.

7.80 Isla Gutierrez (45°22'S., 73°36'W.) lies on the NW side of

Paso del Medio. Vessels should not pass N of this island because of foul ground in the passage. Islote Gonzalez lies about

0.5 mile NNW of Isla Gutierrez, and a dangerous underwater

rock lies about 0.5 mile farther to the W.

7.80 Isla Casma lies on the S side of Paso del Medio. A detached

submerged rock, with 1.8m over it, lies about 0.8 mile N of the

W extremity of the island. Islote Rodriguez, with several above

and below-water rocks, lies up to 0.7 mile S of the SE point of

Isla Churrecue.

7.80 Isla Colorado (45°21'S., 73°21'W.) lies near the middle of

the channel about 3 miles E of the SW point of Isla Elena and

can be passed on either side.

Seno Aisen (Fiordo Aysen)

7.81 The inlet is deep, irregular, and clear of known dangers in the fairway, but not completely examined. It is from 1.5

to 3.5 miles wide. The Rio Aysen, 6 miles within the mouth of

which Puerto Aysen is situated, is accessible only to small vessels of limited draft.

7.81 Los Cincos Hermanos (45°16'S., 73°16'W.), a group of islands and rocks, lies on the N side of the fairway about 4 miles

within the entrance. Puerto Perez, an anchorage with 22 to

40m, is between the group and the shore to the N. This anchorage is not recommended because vessels must anchor too close

to the shore and the shorebank is steep-to.

7.81 Punta Angosta is the NE end of a T-shaped peninsula that

projects from the S shore and lies about 2 miles SSE of Los

Cincos Hermanos. Islote Petizo lies close off the W end of the

peninsula, and Islote Bonito lies 0.5 mile off the NW side of

the peninsula.

7.81 Isla Carmen and Isla Partida, separated by a deep passage, lie

at the head of the inlet and in a NE direction. Two islets lie

close off the NE end of Isla Carmen.

7.81 Bahia Chacabuco (45°28'S., 72°50'W.) lies on the S side of

the head of Fiordo Aysen and is entered between Punta Weste

and Punta Soffia, 0.8 mile to the NE. The bay affords good anchorage to all classes of vessels. The bay is well-sheltered, but

is affected by sudden squalls which blow from a ravine on the

SW side of the bay. A light is shown on the S side of the approach to the bay, about 1.8 miles WSW of Punta Weste, and a

lighted buoy is moored on the E side of the bay and marks the

edge of a shoal.

7.81 A vessel reported that the only aid to navigation for approaching the bay was a single light. Anchorage was reported

to be sparse, as the bay is deep, with the exception of a shelf

extending 0.2 mile from shore near the bay’s SW side.

7.82 Puerto Chacabuco (45°28'S., 72°50'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14197) lies on the E side of the bay. The bay offers

excellent anchorage with depths up to 45m. Accommodations

consist of an old pier, a new pier, a ro-ro berth, and an offshore

tanker terminal. Principal cargoes handled at this port are zinc

concentrates, wool, and petroleum products. 

7.82 Depths—Limitations.—Muelle No. 1 is 71m long, with a

maximum depth alongside of 10m.

7.82 Muelle No. 2, located close NW of Muelle No. 1, has three
Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 157

Pub. 125

berthing faces, with limiting dimensions, as follows:

7.82 It has been reported that at Berth No. 3 it is possible to berth

a vessel with a maximum length of 165m, with a draft of 7.6m

forward and a draft of 9.7m aft.

7.82 An offshore tanker terminal, situated 600m to the N of the

cargo piers, is used by coastal tankers for the discharge of diesel, gasoline, and kerosene via a submarine pipeline. The maximum loa allowed is 91.4m. 

7.82 Ships should moor heading S with two anchors down and the

stern secured with a line to shore from each quarter. The end of

the pipeline is marked by a buoy which lies near the approach

transit of 096°. The berth is affected by squalls from the SSW.

A stranded wreck lies close offshore NW of the pipeline.

7.82 A discharge line is available S of the offshore tanker berth

for vessels up to 750 grt. 

7.82 North of the new pier is a ro-ro berth with four concrete

ramps; the maximum draft allowed is 2.5m. A ferry service to

Puerto Quellon operates on a regular basis. 

7.82 The COPEC Terminal accommodates tankers up to 10,000

dwt, with a maximum length of 110m and a maximum draft of

10m.

7.82 The Esso-Shell Terminal accommodates tankers up to

40,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 165m and a maximum

draft of 25m. 

7.82 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; the port may be contacted by VHF channel 16.

7.82 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be obtained SE of the

bay, in depths ranging from 40 to 50m.

7.82 The Rio Aysen (Rio Aisen) flows into the head of Seno Aisen between low, swampy islands. The shoals which front the

river entrance are reported to be advancing, but fluctuate with

the seasonal outflow of the river. The channel across the shoals,

for which pilotage is advised, proceeds through depths of less

than 3m, and is unmarked. Tidal currents with rates of 3.5

knots are reported to exist here. It is reported that the river has

silted and navigation for small craft with drafts up to 2.5m is

only practicable as far as 4 miles within the entrance.

Channels and Fjords South of Seno Aisen

7.83 The network of inner channels and fjords S of Canal

de Moraleda and Seno Aisen have no commercial importance.

Canal Errazuriz, a S extension of Canal de Moraleda, offers a

navigable route to the sea via Canal Chacabuco, Canal Pulluche, and Boca Wickham. Some of the inner fjords have hardly been explored and the surveys are only of a reconnaissance

nature. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels proceeding

into these waters. Although many of the channels are deep and

navigable, dangers are known to exist and other unknown

dnagers may exist.

7.83 Canal Errazuriz trends about 17 miles SSW from the junction of Canal de Moraleda and Canal Darwin to Canal Chacalbuco. It leads generally between Isla Traiguen on the E side

and Isla Luz and Isla Humos on the W side. Several smaller islands and dangers lie on both sides of the channel. Although

the channel has been only partially examined, the fairway has a

least width of about 0.5 mile and a least charted depth of

31.5m.

7.83 Islotes Quetros (45°28'S., 73°46'W.), a group of islets and

rocks, lie close off the NE point of Isla Luz on the W side of

the fairway at the N entrance of the channel. Isla Ballico and

several adjacent islets lie on the E side of the channel about 5

miles S of Islotes Quetros. Grupo Centro, three small islets, lie

toward the middle of the channel, but on the E side of the fairway, about 1.3 miles W of the S end of Isla Ballico. A rock,

awash and marked by kelp, lies about 0.5 mile SSE of the S of

Grupo Centro.

7.83 A dangerous steep-to rock, awash and marked by kelp, lies

on the E side of the channel a little less than 1 mile NW of the

NW point of Isla Acuao.

7.84 Isla Acuao (45°38'S., 73°49'W.), with foul ground up

to 0.5 mile off its SW side, lies on the E side of the channel

close off the W side of Isla Traiguen, and about 3 miles SSW

of Isla Ballico. Islote Ana and two small islets lie about 0.3

mile S of Isla Acuao.

7.84 Islote Lillian lies on the W side of the channel, close off the

E side of Isla Humos. Shoals have been reported between Islote

Lillian and Isla Humos, making this pass unnavigable. Islote

Diego, on which a light is shown, lies close off the SE side of

Islote Lillian. Two rocks, awash, lie close off the S end of Islote

Lillian. Roca Gloria, awash at low water and marked by a lighted beacon, lies about 0.5 mile NE of Islote Diego.

7.84 Cayo Observatorio, awash, lies about 0.2 mile S of Punta

Harchy (45°43'S., 73°53'W.). A number of rocks and shoal

patches lie S and W of the cay and can best be seen on the

chart. Anchorage can be taken in Bahia Harchy, about 1.3

miles W of Punta Harchy, in a depth of 20.1m. This anchorage

is not recommended, as there are many dangers in the approach, and the bay is exposed to S and SW winds which blow

with great force.

7.85 Estuario Barros Arana (45°52'S., 73°55'W.) has a

long irregular channel that is entered from Canal Chacabuco

through Canal Renjifo. The channel is only partly explored and

known only to local lumbermen who report it as deep. South of

Isla Fitz Roy (45°50'S., 74°00'W.) the channel opens with several islands with rocks close off their shores on the W side of

Estuario Barros Arana.

Paso Tres Cruces is the E part of Canal Chacabuco, which

trends SE from its junction with Canal Errazuriz and joins Canal Elefantes E of Isla Simpson. In Paso Tres Cruces, the tidal

current attains rates of from 4 to 5 knots. There are tide rips on

the SW side of the passage.

7.85 There are depths of 8.5m, 1.8 miles WNW and 0.5 mile W of

the W end of Isla Paty; the latter position is on the recommended track. There are depths of 13.1m on the recommended track,

0.6 mile W and 0.9 mile NW of Islote Norte (45°46'S.,

73°46'W.).

7.85 Anchorage can be taken, in 18.3 to 37m, in the outer part of

Bahia San Ramon. This bay is entered from the SW between

Isla Paty and Isla Rojas. Small vessels can anchor in Puerto

Berth Berth length Max. draft (aft)

No. 2 42m 8.0m

No. 3 52m 9.75m

No. 4 37m 8.0m
158 Sector 7. Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos 

Pub. 125

San Miguel, a small cove that indents the SE end of Isla Rojas,

but there are several dangers near this anchorage.

7.85 Paso Casma (45°25'S., 73°37'W.) is about 1 mile wide and

deep in its middle part. It joins the S end of Canal de Moraleda

with Canal Costa and trends SE between Isla Lavin (45°25'S.,

73°36'W.) and Isla Renaico, about 1 mile SW of Isla Lavin.

Bajo Casma, with less than 1.8m over it and marked by kelp,

lies about 0.7 mile ESE of Isla Lavin.

7.85 Canal Costa is about 20 miles long with a least width of

about 1.5 miles. It is clear of known dangers except at its S entrance. The least charted depth in the fairway is 42m. The

channel separates Isla Traiguen from the mainland E. Isla

Raimapu lies at the S entrance of the channel.

7.86 Estero Quetralco (45°43'S., 73°25'W.), an unexamined inlet, recedes about 18 miles to the NE between Punta

Lynch (45°47'S., 73°34'W.) and a point about 3 miles SE. Several islands lie at the head of the inlet where it divides into two

arms. A wooden pier and a flagstaff are situated at a small village which stands on the E shore of the inlet, at the mouth of a

river, about 4.8 miles ENE of Punta Lynch.

Estuario Elefantes trends about 47 miles S from the S end of

Canal Costa to Golfo Elefantes, the head of the inlet. The entrance to the gulf is through Paso Quesahuen, a narrow passage

about 0.3 mile wide between the islets that restrict the entrance.

From the entrance to Estuario Elefantes to Paso Quesahuen, the

fairway is deep and clear of known dangers in mid-channel, except for Islotes los Mogotes and Bajo Porvenir.

7.86 Islotes los Mogotes (45°57'S., 73°39'W.) comprise a number of islets and rocks on the W side of the N part of Estuario

Elefantes. Shoals, with depths of 4m and 12.7m, lie 3 and 4.5

miles SSW, respectively, of Punta Garrao (46°20'S., 73°40'W.).

This point is the N entrance point of Estuario Francisco, a deep

narrow fjord that leads 24 miles NNE of its entrance. A 3.9m

patch lies 3 miles SW of Punta Garrao and it is close E of the

recommended route. 

7.86 Paso Quesahuen (46°24'S., 73°46'W.), with a least fairway

depth of 9.1m, trends SW between Isla Leanor on the W side of

the passage and Islote Pelado, about 0.5 mile SSW of the E end

of Isla Leanor. The tidal currents in the passage attain rates of 5

to 7 knots at springs. The passage should only be used by small

vessels with local knowledge.

7.86 Golfo Elefantes is entered from Paso Quesahuen, its N extremity. The gulf is deep and clear of dangers. Caleta Gualas, a

cove on the E side of the gulf, is restricted by unmarked shoals

that extend into its entrance from both entrance points. A river

flows into the head of the cove. The cove has a muddy bottom,

but cannot be recommended as an anchorage.

7.86 Small vessels can take anchorage in a number of places in

Estuario Elefantes. Temporary anchorage can be taken, in 26m,

about 0.3 mile S of Isla Raimapu. A vessel can anchor in a

small bay just S of Islotes los Mogotes, in 14.6m. Anchorage

can be taken in the NW part of Bahia Exploradores, about 0.5

mile offshore. This bay is entered on the E side of Estuario

Francisco, about 6 miles ENE of Punta Garreo. Vessels also

take anchorage in Puerto Grosse, at the head of Estuario Francisco, in 23.8m, but may be obstructed by floating logs from

the local sawmills. Anchorage can also be taken in Fond Pinto,

on the SW side of Golfo Elefantes, in 59m, close offshore.

7.86 Anchorage, with good shelter, can be taken, in 29.3m, in an

inlet entered on the E side of Estuario Elefantes, about 7.8

miles S of Isla Raimapu. A police station with a radio is reported to lie within the inlet.

7.87 Bahia San Rafael (43°33'S., 73°48'W.), most of

which dries, is the inner part of Golfo Elefantes and is separated from it by a peninsula that extends SE from the W shore.

The Rio Tampanos, from 0.1 to 0.2 mile wide and with a depth

of 8.2 to 14.6m, flows into the SW end of the bay and connects

it with Laguna San Rafael about 5 miles to the S. Small vessels, with drafts up to 4m, can navigate the river with the aid of

local pilots from Aysen or Puerto Aguirre. Icebergs from the

glacier on the E side of the lagoon are carried down the river by

the strong tidal currents. They can best be avoided by entering

the channel on the flood tide.

7.87 The intricate channel through Bahia San Rafael is entered

between Islote Entrada and Islote Direccion, which lies 0.1

mile and 0.5 mile S, respectively, of Punta Leopardos, the outer

end of the peninsula. The channel then trends NW and SW between the shore banks to the river mouth. The fairway passes N

of Isolote Observacion, about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Leopardos, and then turns to the SW.

7.87 The best anchorage in Bahia San Rafael is W and about midway between Islote Entrada and Islote Direccion. Anchorage

can be taken, in 5.5 to 11m, hard mud. A vessel should anchor

as close to shore as depths permit in order to avoid the full

strength of the tidal current and the track of the drifting ice.

The channel through the Rio Tempanos into Lagoon San Rafael should not be attempted without local knowledge.
159

Pub. 125

8. 

Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes, including the Patagonian Channels

8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
161

Pub. 125

SECTOR 8 

CHILE—CABO TRES MONTES TO ESTRECHO DE MAGALLANES, INCLUDING THE PATAGONIAN CHANNELS

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast from Cabo Tres Montes S to the W entrance of Estrecho de Magallanes, and the inner waters and channels from Golfo de Penas S to the S

entrance of Canal Smyth.

General Remarks

8.1 See Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast

of South America for a description of the approaches to, and

the waters of, Estrecho de Magallanes.

8.1 The SW coast of Chile, between Golfo de Penas and the Magellan Strait, is fronted by a succession of islands of considerable extent, between which are good navigable channels

affording a smooth water route of about 300 miles. These channels are known as the Patagonian Channels.

8.1 This route is mostly used by vessels desiring to avoid the

heavy seas and bad weather so often experienced on passing

into the Pacific from the W end of Estrecho de Magallanes.

8.1 Most large high-powered vessels use the ocean routes between points, but smaller low-powered vessels find the Patagonian channels the best route to avoid weather. With care, the

larger vessels can also use these channels.

8.1 In no case are these channels more than 5 miles wide, the average width being about 1.5 miles. In Canal Mayne, the navigable width is reduced to 0.2 mile and in Guia Narrows the width

is about 0.3 mile wide, but navigation of these presents no difficulty or danger for larger vessels.

8.1 The charted route to be followed through the Patagonian

channels is Messier Channel, English Narrows, Grappler

Reach, Wide Channel, Concepcion Channel, Inocentes Channel, Guia Narrows, Sarmiento Channel, Victory Pass, Canal

Mayne or Canal Gray, and Canal Smyth.

8.1 Winds—Weather.—Except where an opening occurs, the

true wind is rarely felt, but it is forced by the high mountains

into a kind of funnel, up or down into which it always blows.

The prevailing wind is from the N, and sometimes blows with

great fury, but in so confined a space there is never any sea sufficiently high to be dangerous to a vessel or even a boat. The

principal feature in the weather here is not the strength of the

wind, but the almost perpetual rain.

8.1 Day after day, there is this steady downfall, unless the vessel

is so fortunate as to arrive in one of those rare breaks of fine

weather which sometimes occur. Then it will seem as if this is

one of the most interesting of navigable waters, with smooth

sea, well-sheltered anchorages, and surrounded by the most

glorious scenery.

8.1 As far as the rain is concerned, one season is as bad as another, but the warmth and length of daylight in the summer render

that season far better for such navigation.

8.1 In these narrow channels, during the squalls which frequently occur, sharp hailstorms and snow flurries will be felt, even in

summer.

8.1 In many of the countless narrow passages the wind follows

the run of the passage, and has therefore only two possible directions. It may be reversed abruptly when there has been a

large shift of wind direction over the open sea.

8.1The most dangerous winds are the violent and unpredictable

squalls. The occurrence of one or more of these in succession

from the same direction is no indication that the next will not

be from some widely different direction. Moreover, of two possible anchorages a few miles apart, the more open may well be

the less subject to these squalls. These squalls, unlike most of

the squalls which occur in tropical and temperate regions, depend largely, if not entirely, on the existence of strong winds or

gales at sea or at a height of several thousand meters over the

land. These strong winds generally prevail over an area of several thousand square miles. As they strike the rugged mountains of the archipelagos, they set up eddies of varying size and

intensity. In a sheltered inlet, even where the general slope of

the ground is fairly regular, the wind often changes greatly in

speed and direction from minute to minute; such changes are

generally due to circular eddies of distant origin. The strong

high-level winds occasionally disappear for a few days when

an anticyclone forms, and there is then a little respite from the

violent squalls; but near the W coast the return to normal

weather may be very sudden. 

8.1 Ice.—There is little evidence of icebergs of Antarctic origin

being encountered in the channels and inlets of Patagonia, and

most of them are ice free throughout the year. There are, however, a number of glaciers which occupy the valleys at the

heads of some of the more landlocked inlets. Most of these do

not reach the sea, but some affect certain channels from time to

time, and will be identified in the text. Ice is frequently met

within Canal Wide.

8.1 Tides—Currents.—Local tidal and current features will be

described in the text.

8.1 Depths—Limitations.—Generally, the Patagonian Channels

are limited to vessels up to 50,000 grt and 220m in length.

8.1 The maximum permitted draft of vessels using Canal Mayne

at LW is 7.3m.

8.1 Canal Gray, the alternative channel to Canal Mayne, can accommodate vessels up to 10.7m draft. Pilots for the channel are

reportedly able to handle vessels up to 230m in length at their

discretion, depending on tidal and weather conditions.

8.1 Angostura Inglesa is limited to vessels with a maximum

length of 150m.

8.1 It is reported that vessels up to 240m in length and drafts up

to 11m can use Canal Trinidad.

8.1 Pilotage.—Pilots for the Patagonian Channels are obtained

at Valparaiso and Punta Arenas. Pilotage for all foreign vessels

entering Chilean ports or navigating Chilean channels is compulsory.

8.1 Regulations.—See Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia for details on regulations pertaining to vessels in Chilean waters.

8.1 Patagonian Channels regulations for passing certain obstruc-
162 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

tions or stretches of the channel will be given with the description of the relevant feature the regulations apply to.

8.1 Upon approaching Canal Gray or Angostura Guia in good

visibility, vessels should sound one prolonged blast.

8.1 A southbound vessel should on hearing the sound signal, or

on confirming the presence of a northbound vessel, wait until

the northbound vessel has passed.

8.1 In inclement or foggy weather and at night, vessels should

maintain a listening watch on 500 kHz 1 hour before arrival,

broadcasting their ETA at 10-minute intervals.

8.1 On sighting another vessel, contact should be made by VHF.

If contact cannot be established, a watch should be maintained

on 2182 kHz.

8.1 Caution.—As there has been no complete survey of the

channels between Estrecho de Magallanes and the Golfo de Penas, the navigator is cautioned that, although the charts and directions may be considered sufficient guides by daylight, he

must not trust too implicitly in them during thick weather, as in

some instances the bearing from headland to headland are not

strictly accurate, and the buoys and beacons are not to be depended on.

Golfo de Penas

8.2 The mouth of Golfo de Penas lies between Cabo Tres

Montes, the N entrance point, and Archipielago Guayaneco, 42

miles to the S. From its mouth the gulf recedes to the E for

about 50 miles. There are many inlets and sounds in the gulf,

but a large part of its shores are unsurveyed. The Patagonian

Channels open into the S part of Golfo de Penas.

8.2 Caution.—Great care is necessary when navigating in the

vicinity of the gulf, as a strong E set is experienced here. Winds

of great force, which raise a very heavy sea, must be dealt with.

Golfo de Penas—North Shore

8.3 Cabo Tres Montes (46°59'S., 75°26'W.), the S extremity of Peninsula Tres Montes, has been previously described in paragraph 6.42.

8.3 Cabo Stokes lies about 9 miles NE of Cabo Tres Montes and

is the W entrance point of Golfo Tres Montes. The cape is rugged and dark in color. There are some above-water rocks near

the cape and foul ground extends out about 0.3 mile from the

cape. Good anchorage is afforded in Surgidero Stokes, 1.3

miles N of Cabo Stokes, 0.3 mile off the head of a small bay, in

a depth of 22m. A shoal, with a depth of 4.7m, lies about 0.3

mile SSW of the berth.

8.3 Emergency anchorage, in a depth of 36m, may be obtained

about 0.5 mile off the head of a sandy cove situated 2.5 miles N

of Surgidero Stokes. This appears to be a better anchorage than

Surgidero Stokes, but the cove has not been examined. 

8.3 Golfo Tres Montes (46°50'S., 75°00'W.) is entered between

Cabo Stokes and the SW extremity of Peninsula Forelius, 23

miles to the E. The shores of the gulf are very indented, and

there are several inlets, flanked by high mountains. In the inner

part of the gulf is Grupo Chaicayan, an extensive group of islands, islets, and rocks.

8.3 Puerto Barroso (46°50'S., 76°17'W.) lies on the SW side of

Golfo Tres Montes, about 5 miles NNW of Cabo Stokes. Islotes Entrada and Roca Logan lie on the NE side of the entrance to Puerto Barroso. The harbor is perfectly safe and can

be entered in the heaviest weather. Anchorage is available off a

sandy beach on the harbor’s W side, about 0.6 mile within the

entrance, in depths of 18 to 20m, over a rocky bottom. Caution

is advised when approaching this anchorage as extensive shoaling has been reported at this berth.

8.3 Nearly 2 miles within the entrance the port opens into a large

and deep inlet, with two arms extending SW and SE 3.5 and 2

miles, respectively. Anchorage exists in nearly all parts of the

inlet, with depths of from 37 to 55m in the W arm, except near

the head, and 18.3 to 46m in the outer part of the E arm.

8.3 Tidal currents reach rates of 1 knot in the entrance and 3

knots in the basin.

8.4 Seno Hoppner (Fiordo Hoppner) lies in the NW corner of Golfo Tres Montes and is approached through Seno Holloway (Fiordo Holloway), and opens up W of Islas Marinas

(Grupo Chaicayan) to a width of 5 miles. A deep inlet extends

7 miles to the SW of Seno Hoppner. Bajo Entrada, awash at

times, lies S of the entrance to the inlet. Puerto Slight lies at the

head of the inlet and affords anchorage, in a depth of about

28m, about 0.8 mile from the head. A second anchorage lies

about 0.2 mile off the W shore, with a small pier bearing 206°,

distant 0.4 mile, in a depth of 35m. It was reported the shoal at

the head of the harbor was extending to the NE. A white signboard beacon stands on the W side of the harbor.

8.4 Islas Marinas (Grupo Chaicayan), in the NW part of Gulfo

Tres Montes, extends 11 miles WNW from the SE end of Isla

Crosslet, the largest of the islands, located 9.5 miles NE of Cabo Stokes. The islands can best be seen on the chart.

8.4 Seno Newman (46°32'S., 74°57'W.) lies in the NE part of

Golfo Tres Montes. The inlet extends 13 miles NE between

two ranges of wooded hills. The depths near the middle are too

great for anchoring, but anchorage may be obtained near the

shores. The inlet should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.4 Peninsula Forelius, 13 miles long and from 1.5 to 4 miles

wide, forms the S shore of Bahia San Quentin. Peninsula Cirujano is connected to the E end of Peninsula Forelius by a sandy

isthmus. Islas Purcell consist of one large island and several

small ones. These islands are separated from the SW part of

Peninsula Forelius by a deep channel 2 miles wide. Roca Tortuga lies in the middle of the channel.

8.5 Golfo San Esteban (46°57'S., 74°17'W.) is bordered

on the S by San Javier Island, on the W by Isla Purcell, on the

N by Peninsula Cirujano, and on the E by the mainland. A

heavy surf breaks on the long sandy beach on the mainland,

which curves around to the NW toward the entrance to the Rio

San Tadeo.

8.5 Bahia San Quentin extends W for about 12 miles from the N

part of Golfo San Esteban, between Peninsulas Forelius and

Esmeralda. Seno Aldunate (Fiordo Aldunate) extends WNW

for about 7 miles from the NE end of Bahia San Quentin. The

shores of the bay are thickly wooded. Isla Arbolada lies in the

middle of the entrance to the bay and can be passed on either

side. Bajo San Quentin, in the middle of the W part of the bay,

has depths of less than 10m and a least depth of 3m. The shoal

consists of sand, shells, and pebbles. The bay affords good anchorage with moderate depths and good holding ground.
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 163

Pub. 125

8.5 The Rio San Tadeo (46°45'S., 74°12'W.) flows into the NE

side of the entrance to Bahia San Quentin, where it is divided

into two mouths by Isla del Diablo. A sandy beach extends E

and W of it for many miles, the land being low and marshy and

covered with stumps of dead trees. The mouth of the river is

obstructed by a bar on which the sea breaks heavily and which

cannot be crossed even by small craft, except at HW in very

good weather. Within the bar, the river has depths of 2 to 4m. 

8.5 Isla del Diablo, forming the NW side of the entrance to the

Rio San Tadeo, is very low. The W end of the island is only

1.8m high, while the eastern and greater part is made up of

mud brought down by the river.

Golfo de Penas—East Shore 

8.6 Abra Kelly (46°59'S., 74°07'W.), in the NE corner of

Golfo de Penas, is entered between Punta Armando and Punta

Blanca, 2.5 miles to the ENE. Within the entrance the inlet divides into two arms. The S arm whose entrance is 1.7 miles S

of Punta Blanca is of little importance. The N arm, close NE of

Punta Blanca, forms Bahia Kelly inside its entrance point. The

best anchorage in the inlet is in Bahia Kelly, in a depth of 45m,

with Punta Armando shut in by Punta Blanca. Ventisquero San

Quentin, a large glacier N of the anchorage, is a good landmark.

8.6 Isla Javier (47°06'S., 74°24'W.), which is separated from

the mainland by Canal Cheap, is 11 miles long and 5 miles

wide. The island is of good height and thickly wooded. There

are two anchorages on the E side of the island, Surgidero Javier

to the N and Surgidero Ignacio to the S. Surgidero Javier is the

better of the two, being secure from the prevailing winds, with

a depth of 31m, 0.4 mile from the shore. The shores of these

anchorages are bordered with kelp, and surf often renders the

shore inaccessible for a landing.

8.6 Seno Jesuitas lies with its entrance 7 miles E of the S point

of Isla Javier. Isla Maldonado, in the middle of the entrance to

the sound, makes the passage on either side very narrow. The S

passage is the wider and safest of the two. The sound should

not be entered without local knowledge. The sound contains a

number of long inlets, none of which are of any importance to

the mariner. Anchorage may be obtained on the NW side of Estero Benito, in depths of 20 to 40m, 3.2 miles E of Punta Monaguillo. Small vessels can obtain anchorage in Puerto San

Salvador, a cove on the S side of the entrance to Seno Jesuitas.

8.6 Boca de Canales (47°30'S., 74°30'W.), on the SE side of

Golfo de Penas, runs in a SE direction for about 11 miles and

then divides into two arms, one turning to the E for 15 miles

and the other to the S for 11 miles. They are merely deep and

narrow arms of the sea, running between steep-sided ranges of

mountains. The shores are rocky, affording neither coves or

bights for shelter. A number of islets, rocks, and shoals lie on

both sides of the entrance to Boca de Canales, and can best be

seen on the chart.

Golfo de Penas—South Shore

8.7 Archipelago Guayaneco consists of Isla Byron and Isla Wager, as well as many small islands, islets, and rocks. It extends 22 miles W to E, forming the S side of Gulfo de Penas.

8.7 Cabo Mogotes (47°44'S., 75°23'W.) is the W extremity of

Isla Byron. Islets and rocks, both above and below-water, lie up

to 3 miles off the island between the cape and the N end of the

island, 12 miles ENE. Islote Medora, 2.5 miles N of Cabo

Mogotes, is prominent from seaward.

8.7 Isla Wager lies close E of Isla Byron and can be identified by

Monte Anson, which stands on the N side of the island, also by

Monte Wager near the middle of the island.

8.7 Paso Rundle (47°43'S., 75°05'W.) separates Isla Byron

from Isla Wager, and leads SSE for 8 miles between these islands to Paso Sur Oeste. The channel is only 0.2 mile wide, but

is clear of dangers except at the N entrance.

8.7 Bahia Tarn lies between Archipelago Guayaneco and Peninsula Larenas on the mainland, 6.5 miles to the E, and is described in paragraph 8.82.

Golfo de Penas to Golfo de Trinidad

8.8 Paso Sur Oeste separates Archipelago Guayaneco

from Isla Juan Stuven. The SW part of the pass is obstructed by

rocks, and at the S extremity of Isla Byron it is scarcely 1 mile

wide. The channel, which has not been surveyed, is narrowed

by islets, rocks, and shoals on both sides and the W end.

8.8 Cabo Bynoe (47°59'S., 75°18'W.), with the breakers and islands extending 5 miles from it, forms the NW entrance point

of Canal Fallos. There is a clear narrow passage between the islands and the cape, but foul ground extends for nearly 3 miles

to the NW of the islands.

8.8 Puerto Santa Barbara is situated about 5 miles WSW of Cabo Bynoe, and affords anchorage to small vessels. The anchorage is well-sheltered by Isla Breaksea, which lies close N.

Local knowledge is necessary.

8.8 Roca Dundee (48°07'S., 75°41'W.), about 4 miles W of Cabo Dyer, the NW extremity of Isla Campana, is about 36m high

and a good mark in the approach to Puerto Santa Barbara.

There is a below-water rock, on which the sea always breaks,

midway between Roca Dundee and Cabo Dyer.

8.8 Rocas Nimrod (48°24'S., 75°42'W.) lies 16 miles S of Roca

Dundee. Puerto Nimrod, between Islote Torpedo and the coast

of Isla Campana, affords anchorage to small vessels with local

knowledge.

8.8 Canal Octubre is entered between Rocas Nimrod and Roca

Promontorio, 4 miles to the SE. The channel trends E for 12

miles, thence S for 16 miles to Canal del Castillo. The W entrance to the canal is encumbered with rocks, but within there

is a least depth of 11m in the fairway. The channel is tortuous

and very narrow in places. Several inlets branch from the channel, but the area has not been fully explored and there are no

known anchorages. 

8.9 Punta Conglomerada (48°42'S., 75°38'W.) lies 16

miles S of the W entrance to Canal Octubre. Foul ground extends 5 miles NW and SW from the point. A narrow channel,

entered close N of Punta Conglomerada, separates Isla Cabrales from Isla Patricio Lynch, it leads 17 miles to Canal Octubre. Monte Pardo is located 4 miles NNE of Punta

Conglomerada.

8.9 Punta Dineley, the NW extremity of Isla Esmeralda, lies 12

miles S of Punta Conglomerada. Rocas Dineley lies at the outer end of foul ground which extends 4 miles NW from Punta

Dineley. Bahia Dineley, the approach to Canal del Castillo
164 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

from the W, lies between foul ground which extends E from

Rocas Dineley for 5.5 miles to the S entrance point of Canal

del Castillo, and foul ground extending 5 miles NW from the

SW extremity of Isla Cabrales.

8.9 Canal del Castillo (48°45'S., 75°18'W.) is entered from the

E end of Bahia Dineley and leads 25 miles ENE through the archipelago to Canal Fallos. The channel is clear of dangers, but

the NE end is narrow. Local knowledge is necessary for navigating Canal del Castillo.

8.9 Canal Riquelme lies with its W entrance point about 10

miles S of Rocas Dyneley. The canal separates Isla Covadonga

from the W part of Isla Esmeralda. It is entered 2 miles NNW

of Cabo Colmillo, between foul ground extending 1 mile off

the NW end of Isla Covadonga and foul ground which extends

3.5 miles W from the SW point of Isla Esmeralda. The channel

joins Canal Covadonga 11 miles ESE of the entrance.

8.9 Canal Covadonga (49°05'S., 75°27'W.) is entered 4 miles

SSW of the entrance to Canal Riquelme. The W part of the canal is encumbered with reefs and is very intricate as far as the

SE end of Isla Covadonga, 8 miles E of the entrance. It should

not be entered without local knowledge.

8.9 Isla Western lies 3.5 miles SSW of Cabo Colmillo (49°03'S.,

75°42'W.), the W extremity of Isla Covadonga. The island is

flat and bare. Rocks and breakers stretch 1.2 miles N and 1

mile W of Isla Western and from the NW end of an area of foul

ground extending ESE to the coast and S to Roca Maipo. A detached rock, with a depth of less than 2m, lies 1.5 miles NNW

of Isla Western.

8.9 Islote Montague (49°13'S., 75°40'W.) lies in foul ground

about 8 miles SSE of Isla Western. It forms the N side of the W

entrance point to Golfo Ladrillero.

8.10 Golfo Ladrillero is entered between the foul ground

that extends 1.5 miles S from Islote Montague and Grupo Vorposten, 8 miles to the S. The gulf extends 8 miles E and is clear

of dangers, except those on each side of the entrance and the

foul ground on the S side between Grupo Vorposten and

Rompiente Stortebecker.

8.10 Canal Ladrillero is entered from Gulfo Ladrillero between

Punta Piedras (49°16'S., 75°28'W.) and the NW extremity of

Peninsula Wharton, 2.5 miles to the S. The canal trends NE for

about 28 miles to Paso The Knick, which connects to the S end

of Canal Fallos. The depths in the fairway which lead past Isla

Stubbenkammer, Isla Hansa, and Isla Staude are deep everywhere. The channel SE of these islands has not been surveyed.

There are several inlets and smaller channels on both sides of

Canal Ladrillero. A light and racon are shown from Punta Piedras.

8.10 Estero Desengano (49°21'S., 75°16'W.), on the SE side of

Canal Ladrillero, extends SSE for about 15 miles. There is

good anchorage at the head of the inlet for vessels with local

knowledge, in a depth of 31m, mud. Estero Klippen, on the W

side of the entrance to Estero Desengano, is narrow and encumbered with islets and rocks. SSE of Estero Klippen, four

small inlets have been reported to afford anchorage to vessels

of moderate size.

8.10 Punta Piramide lies 2 miles W of the N end of Isla Stosch

(48°58'S., 75°18'W.). The point forms the S entrance point of

the E entrance to Canal Covadonga, which joins Canal

Riquelme and affords a good passage to the ocean.

8.11 Canal Fallos (48°20'S., 75°10'W.) is the continuation

of Canal Ladrillero N of Paso The Knick (48°57'S., 75°00'W.).

The channel trends N for 29 miles to Puerto Jasmund, on the E

shore, and then NNW for 31 miles to Cabo Bynoe, the NW entrance point of the canal. The S part of the canal has a least

width of about 1 mile and its N part about 2 miles. Canal Fallos

is deep throughout and is clear of dangers, except near the

shore in places and at its N entrance.

8.11 This canal has the great disadvantage of not affording any

anchorages near its N end to large vessels if meeting a NW

gale when approaching Golfo de Penas. Within the canal there

are many inlets and channels, some of which can be used by

vessels of moderate size. The principal channels are Canal de

Castillo, on the W side, and Canales Adalberto, Albatross, and

Barbarossa, connecting with Canal Messier to the E. Many of

the smaller channels and inlets have not been fully surveyed

and should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.11 Puerto Kaiser (48°43'S., 74°50'W.), on the SE side of Canal

Erhardt, affords anchorage 0.3 mile wide near its head, in

depths of 15 to 22m.

8.11 Puerto Grande, on the W side of Canal Fallos, is entered 5

miles N of the entrance to Canal del Castillo. The cove is quite

spacious and sheltered, but during the predominant NW winds,

violent squalls descend from three deep ravines at its head. The

cove is very deep, but cannot be recommended as an anchorage.

8.11 Seno Cruz del Sur (48°30'S., 75°04'W.) is entered 2 miles

N of Puerto Grande and has three arms branching S, W, and N,

1.5 mile within its entrance. Puerto Maldonado, at the head of

the N arm, affords the best anchorage in Canal Fallos, with

depths of 29 to 45m, mud. The anchorage is well-sheltered and

easy of access. When approaching the anchorage keep nearer

to the W shore, so as to avoid a reef which extends into the

middle of the N arm from an inlet on the E side of its entrance.

The S and W arms are useless to navigation, as their entrances

are rocky and foul.

8.11 Puerto Escampavia is a cove 2.5 miles NNW of the entrance

to Seno Cruz de Sur. It is well-sheltered from all except NE

winds, but is a little more than 183m wide. Small craft can obtain anchorage near the W shore, in depths of 6 to 9m, sand and

stone, protected by a rocky point.

8.11 Seno Mac-Vicar is entered S of Punta Saliente (48°23'S.,

75°08'W.). Isla Nestor, close within the entrance, divides the

inlet into two arms. Brazo Sur, the S arm, extends 4.5 miles

SW with a width of about 0.3 mile. Puerto Sporer, at its head,

affords anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in a depth

of 20m, mud. Brazo Norte, 2.5 miles long, is narrow and difficult to navigate.

8.12 Canal Miramar (49°34'S., 75°30'W.) is entered between Punta Baja and the foul ground off the SW side of Isla

Taggart. Foul ground on both sides of the entrance reduces its

width to about 0.2 mile. As the channel is intricate, it should

only be entered by small craft with local knowledge. The channel trends E for about 6 miles and leads to the N end of Canal

Picton. Puerto Nuevo is a small inlet in Isla Mornington near

the E end of Canal Miramar and affords anchorage, in a depth

of 27m, thick mud. The anchorage is best approached from Canal Picton.

8.12 Anchorage may also be obtained off the SE end of Isla Tag-
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 165

Pub. 125

gart, 5 miles NNW of Puerto Nuevo. 

8.12 Cabo Pakenham, the NW extremity of Isla Mornington, lies

about 5.5 miles SW of Punta Baja. Pico Spartan stands 3 miles

ESE of Cabo Pakenham and is very prominent from seaward.

Foul ground, showing breakers, extend 3 miles W from the

cape. A rock, position doubtful and which breaks, lies 4.5

miles WSW of the cape.

8.12 Cabo Primero (49°52'S., 75°35'W.), the S extremity of Peninsula Corso of Isla Mornington, lies 12.5 miles S of Cabo Pakenham. The cape is a long low shelving point off which

numerous islets and rocks extend 1.2 miles, there are breakers

as much as 3.5 miles S and 4.2 miles ESE of the cape This vicinity is exceedingly dangerous and should be avoided. A light

and racon are situated at the cape.

Golfo Trinidad—North and South Shores

8.13 Bahia Bossi (49°50'S., 75°26'W.) is entered between

Cabo Primero and Cabo Gamboa, 10.5 miles to the E. The bay

is shallow and encumbered with bare islets and rocks. During

SW gales, breakers extend the whole distance across the bay.

Several hills, tower-shaped and thickly wooded, rise from the

shores of the bay.

8.13 Rocas Seal are located about 3.5 miles S of Cabo Gamboa.

The sea always breaks over three of the above-water rocks. A

rock, which dries, lies 0.4 mile SE of Rocas Seal and a belowwater rock lies 1 mile E. Rocas Seal can be passed on either

side, but the S passage is wider and recommended.

8.13 A ridge extends across Golfo Trinidad at the W entrance to

Canal Trinidad, but has not been thoroughly examined. The

least charted depth of 26m lies 7 miles S of Cabo Primero and

there are a number of extensive areas with depths of less than

30m.

8.13 The S shore, from the W entrance point to Cabo Hawksworth (50°05'S., 75°23'W.), is fronted by Rocas Vidette, consisting of many low islets and rocks, some of which lie nearly 3

miles offshore. Numerous breakers have been observed extending 3 miles NW of Cabo Rugged and probably some rocks remain to be charted. This part of the coast should not be

approached within 5 to 6 miles.

8.13 Cabo Rugged (50°02'S., 75°23'W.) is a detached mass of

rock, of a pyramidal form, at the base of Cerro Tudor. The cape

is not easy to distinguish from W, but from S or N it appears as

a round-topped island; it can be further identified by a peculiar

shoe-shaped mass of rock on the slope of Sierra Tudor. Pico

Horn stands 1 mile E of Cabo Hawksworth and resembles a

horn. It is very prominent from the NW.

Canal Trinidad

8.13 Canal Trinidad provides an exit to the Pacific Ocean for

those vessels too long to pass through, or do not wish to wait

for slack water at Angostura Inglesa. The canal trends ESE

from Golfo Trinidad for about 19 miles and then SE for about

15 miles, where it intersects with Canal Concepcion. The canal

is deep and free of dangers in the fairway. The S shore of the

canal is bordered by high hills and mountains, and is indented

by several inlets, most of which are deep. The N shore is comparatively low and wooded, but high hills rise 1 or 2 miles inland. Most dangers are marked by kelp, but this should not be

relied on.

8.13 The weather and sea experienced in the approach to the canal

are generally more moderate than farther S. Therefore, the canal offers a favorable alternative route to that through the W

approach to Estrecho de Magallanes.

Canal Trinidad—North Side

8.14 Puerto Alert (49°52'S., 75°14'W.) is easy of access

and affords good anchorage. The entrance to the inlet is easily

identified by Punta Castle, a steep white limestone cliff, with a

wooded summit. Roca Fairway is bare, rugged, and lies in the

middle of the entrance. Rompientes Challenger is a group of

rocks, above and below-water, and lie about 0.8 mile SW of

Roca Fairway. Puerto Alert inlet consists of islets and rocks

that can best be seen on the chart. A disused light structure

stands near the middle of Roca Fairway.

8.14 Anchorage may be obtained in Puerto Alert, in depths of 20

to 42m, mud or sand, between Islote Knocker and Punta Currant, 1.7 miles to the NNW. A good berth for a large vessel is in

a depth of 40m, mud, with Roca Fairway seen between Isla

Knocker and Isla Button, bearing 162°, and the small islet

183m N of Punta Fielden, 1.7 miles NNW of Punta Castle,

bearing 090°.

8.14 Fondeadero Mackerel, at the head of the inlet, is a good anchorage for small vessels, it has good holding ground, in

depths of 20 to 30m, mud. The approach channel is narrow and

tortuous, and is not recommended for vessels drawing more

than 3.4m. 

8.14 Islas Van lie 3.7 miles SSE of Roca Fairway and consists of a

number of islets and rocks extending 1 mile N and 3 miles

WNW. Vessels should not attempt to pass between the islets.

Punta Sakkarah lies 2 miles N of Islas Van and is on the W side

of the E entrance to Canal Picton.

Canal Picton

8.15 The canal is entered from Canal Trinidad, E of Punta

Sakkarah, the SE end of Isla Mornington. The canal extends 38

miles to Golfo Ladrillero and has an average width of 1 mile

and is deep for the first 30 miles.

8.15 The E shore of the canal is bold and formed by Peninsula

Wharton and several small islands. A number of inlets penetrate the peninsula. The W shore is also bold, with a few coves

and Estero Payne, a small inlet, N of Isla Mornington. The canal should only be used by vessels with local knowledge.

8.15 Paso Picton (49°26'S., 75°27'W.), the narrowest part of Canal Picton, has a least depth of 9m over a width of 0.1 mile.

During W and NW winds, the passage should not be used by

vessels drawing more than 7.6m. 

8.15 Puerto Payne (49°42'S., 75°16'W.), off the entrance to Estero Payne, is sheltered from W winds and affords good anchorage out of the tidal currents. Hills on each side serve to identify

the entrance. Estero Payne is generally shallow, and boats may

ground in many parts on the W side of Canal Picton. Punta

Verde, the N entrance point, is steep-to on its E side but has

some rocks close S of it.

8.15 Anchorage is available, in a depth of 15m, sand and shells,

with Punta Verde bearing 000°.

8.15 Puerto Beresford is in the N part of Bahia Beresford, on the
166 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

E side of the canal. Anchorage may be obtained in the NE corner of the port, in depths of 10 to 12m, mud.

Canal Trinidad—North Side (continued)

8.16 Islas Malaspina (49°57'S., 75°01'W.) lies between

the S entrance to Canal Picton and the entrance to Brazo del

Norte, and consists of many islets and rocks extending 2 miles

E and W. The S side is free of dangers and can be passed at a

distance of 0.5 mile.

8.16 Brazo del Norte (Fiordo del Norte) is entered to the E of Islas Malaspina. The inlet extends 23 miles N, then 18 miles NE.

On both sides of the inlet there are many deep arms, four of

which offer anchorage to small vessels. There is anchorage 2

miles within the entrance to Seno Parque, which branches E 8

miles from the head of the inlet.

8.16 The E shore of Brazo del Norte is backed by lofty mountains

and the W shore is low. Monte Catedral is a prominent peak on

the E side of the inlet and is usually hidden by clouds, but in

clear weather it is visible from Gulfo Trinidad.

8.16 Islitas Antonio (50°01'S., 74°52'W.) lies on the E side of the

entrance to Brazo del Norte, and consists of a chain of rocks

and islets. Islotes Petley lie about 2.5 miles SSE of Islitas Antonio. Isla Burges lies about 2 miles ESE of Islotes Petley. The

channel N of this island is not navigable.

8.16 Isla Topar divides the E entrance to Canal Trinidad into Paso

Caffin and Paso Brassey. The shores of the island are free of

dangers, except close off its N point and part of the NW coast.

Bahia Loveless, on the W side of the island is deep, but open to

the prevailing W wind. Paso Brassey leads N of Isla Topar and

is deep with no known dangers. Paso Caffin leads S of Isla Topar and is also deep. Isla Medio shows a light from a tower, 8m

high, on the W extremity of the island. 

Canal Trinidad—South Side

8.17 Punta Brazo Ancho (50°09'S., 74°46'W.) is the NE

extremity of Isla Madre de Dios, and borders on the S side of

Paso Caffin. Monte Vereker is prominent and lies 1.2 miles to

the NW. Islotes Mabel lies close off Punta Brazo Ancho.

8.17 Islotes Redbill lies 6 miles NW of Punta Brazo Ancho, and

consists of a group of rocks and low islets off the entrance to

Seno Delgado. There is foul ground between the islets, but the

fairway N of them is free of dangers and they can be passed at

a distance of 0.5 mile.

8.17 Seno Delgado (50°09'S., 74°51'W.) lies 2 miles SE of Punta

Dinwoodie (50°04'S., 74°57'W.). The inlet can be identified by

Cerro Pan de Azucar, 1 mile S of Punta Dinwoodie. The inlet is

not suitable as an anchorage for vessels of moderate size.

8.17 Isla Pilot, 3 miles NW of Punta Dinwoodie, is one of the

most prominent features in Canal Trinidad. The island is the

largest and highest in the canal. Cabo Candelaria is the NE extremity of the island and appears as a conical hill, wooded at

the base only.

8.17 Puerto del Morro (50°04'S., 75°01'W.) is an indentation on

the E side of Isla Pilot and is fronted by Isla Grant. The harbor

is about 1 mile long and from 0.1 to 0.2 mile wide; depths are

from 11 to 34m over a bottom of mud. Though safe in fine

weather, the anchorage is subject to squalls which blow with

extreme violence in bad weather. The NE entrance, which is

recommended, is 91m wide, with a least depth of 11m in the

fairway. The most sheltered berth is in a depth of 24m, sand

and rock, with the SW extremity of Isla Grant bearing 162° and

the NW extremity bearing 058°.

8.17 Caleta Cockle, 3.8 mile S of Cabo Candelaria, is a snug anchorage for vessels up to 50m long and a 4.6m draft. It is largely free from the squalls experienced at Puerto del Morro. Local

knowledge is required.

8.17 Islas Hernando (50°02'S., 75°05'W.), an island and a number of islets and rocks, lie in the entrance to Seno Lamero. The

island has a remarkable square cleft in the summit and slopes

down to a low projecting point on the N shore, which is free

from off-lying dangers. A light, 6m high, is exhibited on the N

point of the island. There is no anchorage between these islands.

8.17 Seno Lamero extends to the SE for about 7 miles and is used

by boats only. Near the NW entrance are two conspicuous

peaks, Monte Silvertop and Monte Graham, the former composed of limestone and the latter has a black summit.

8.18 Puerto Rosario (50°01'S., 75°09'W.) lies about 2

miles W of Seno Lamero and has general depths of 35 to 46m.

The best anchorage is in 35m, with Punta Short bearing 297°,

and the E extremity of Isla Baker bearing 038°. The space here

is confined, but it is sheltered from furious squalls.

8.18 Seno Wolsey, about 4 miles W of Puerto Rosario, is a deep

fjord 3 miles long in a S direction and about 0.5 mile wide.

East of this inlet, 1.5 miles distant, is the entrance to Seno

Cranmer. These inlets are connected on the SW side of Isla Latimer by a channel which has numerous islets and rocks in it.

There is no ship passage between the two inlets and Seno Cranmer affords no anchorage. Seno Wolsey affords an indifferent

anchorage, in depths of 16 to 31m, rock, among a number of islets and rocks at the NW end of the channel SW of Isla Latimer. This anchorage is subject to violent squalls and a bad

holding ground.

8.18 Puerto Henry (50°00'S., 75°20'W.) is entered between Islotes Seymour and Islote Low, the E islet of Islotes Arragon,

0.7 mile to the WSW. The inlet is somewhat restricted and is

only suitable as a temporary anchorage in good weather. During storms the squalls are severe and a heavy swell runs in.

8.18 Cabo Boleyn lies about 0.3 mile W of Islote Low. A light is

shown from a tower, 8m high, standing on the cape. A racon is

situated at the light tower.

8.18 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 13 to 25m, sand,

with fair holding ground, 0.2 mile N of Punta Bluff, with Islote

Low bearing 009°, distant 0.5 mile.

Golfo Trinidad to Bahia Salvacion

8.19 Estuario Barros Luco (Fiordo Barros Luco)

(50°09'S., 75°17'W.) is entered between Islote Redonda

(50°08'S., 75°25'W.) and Cabo Hawksworth, 3 miles NNE. It

extends 13 miles ESE and is from 1 to 2 miles wide. The inlet

is deep, with two good anchorages and several coves in its

shores. When making the inlet, the first objects seen will be

Cabo Rugged, Islotes Rugga, and Cabo Vertical with its conspicuous white cliffs. The inlet leads to a large bay in which lie

the Islas of Ramon and Renato.

8.19 Grupo Fortunata lies 5.5 miles W of Estuario Barros Luco
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 167

Pub. 125

and consists of two small islets. Below-water rocks and foul

ground extend 1.5 miles NNW from the islets.

8.19 Seno Desconocido (50°15'S., 75°24'W.) lies about 6.5 miles

SSE of Grupo Fortunata. The inlet extends 2.5 miles to the E

and consists of some above-water rocks in the middle of its inner part, which reduces the width of the channel to 183m.

8.19 Between Seno Desconocido and Cabo North, 9.5 miles to

the S, the coast is steep and foul, and has not been completely

surveyed. There are a number of below-water rocks and small

islets up to 3 miles off it.

Canal Oeste is entered between Cabo North (Head) and Punta Sur, 5 miles S. Cabo North is the S extremity of Isla Tarlton,

which extends 6 miles N, and is separated from the SW part of

Isla Madre de Dios by a narrow channel that is unsurveyed. Islote Conejo (50°28'S., 75°28'W.) lies between Cabo North and

Punta Sur. A reef, which breaks, extends 2.5 miles W and 4

miles NW from Islote Conejo.

8.19 Paso Metalero, the S approach channel to Canal Oeste, lies

between Islote Conejo and Roca Camila. Paso Goleta, the N

approach channel, lies between Islote Conejo and Cabo North.

Vessels should only use the S channel when entering Canal

Oeste.

8.19 Seno Eleuterio (50°22'S., 75°21'W.) extends 10 miles from

Cabo North and Isla Angel, 2.5 miles E. The inlet is very foul

and unfit for navigation. The inlet connects with Seno Contreras through Bahia Corbeta Papudo, 5 miles within the entrance.

8.19 Seno Contreras is entered between the foul ground extending

SE from Isla Angel and Islote Entrada, 0.7 mile SE. The inlet is

about 10.5 miles long and free of dangers in the fairway. Islote

Entrada shows a light. A beacon stands close off the N entrance

point of a small inlet on the E side of Seno Contreras. Isla

Guarello and Isla Angel form the S half of the W shore of the

inlet.

8.19 It is reported that an aeronautical radiobeacon is situated on

Isla Guarello.

8.19 Punta Garate, the NE extremity of Isla Guarello, lies 4.5

miles NNE of Islote Entrada. Islote Bascunan, 183m long, lies

1 mile ENE of Punta Garate. A light is shown from the S end

of the islet.

8.19 Bahia Corbeta Papudo (50°22'S., 75°20'W.) is located on

the N shore of Isla Guarello, about 2 miles WSW of Islote Bascunan Light. Range lights and beacons lead to the anchorage

and a small concrete pier on the SW side of the bay. 

8.20 Guarello Ore Terminal (50°22'S., 75°20'W.) is situated on the SW shore of Bahia Corbeta Papudo. The terminal is

used by ore carriers loading limestone from a quarry nearby.

The approach is through the outer part of Seno Contreras, then

through Bahia Corbeta Papudo.

8.20 Vessels up to 200m in length and a 9.7m draft can be accommodated.

8.20 Winds from NW can make berthing difficult. Berthing and

unberthing of vessels are not carried in winds above force 3.

8.20 Depths—Limitations.—The berth consists of a short concrete loading pier projecting from the shore, 780m WSW of

Baliza Este. The tower of a loading appliance on the pier has a

white stripe on the upper part of its base. 

8.20 Three short concrete piers project from the shore 25m NW,

25m SE, and 55m SE of the loading pier, respectively. A hauling-off buoy lies 180m E of the loading pier. An underkeel

clearance of at least 0.6m must be maintained during loading. 

8.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot remains on

board during loading. Tugs are not available. The terminal is

equipped with VHF.

8.20 Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage for vessels

waiting to berth at Guarello Ore Terminal is in depths of 25 to

50m, stones and pebbles, with Islote Bascunan Light bearing

073°, distant 0.4 mile. At this berth, vessels have ridden out

NW winds of force 7 to 8 in safety.

8.20 Caution.—Grupo Guia is a chain of many small islets and

below-water rocks. These islets lie close to the S edge of a

large are of foul ground extending S from the N shore of Canal

Oeste. A light is shown from Islote Guia.

8.21 Seno Palo (50°30'S., 75°16'W.) is the largest inlet on

the S side of Canal Oeste, and is free of dangers. Near its head

there is a landslide on the E side, where the inlet widens and

depths increase to 40m. There is anchorage in the middle of the

channel with the ends of the landslide bearing 056° and 108°,

over a bottom of hard mud. The berth is well-sheltered from E

and W winds and the swell does not reach it. The berth is used

as a temporary anchorage for medium-sized vessels requiring

shelter from bad weather in Canal Oeste.

8.21 Puerto Caracciolo (50°28'S., 75°11'W.) lies on the SW side

of Isla Caracciolo. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle

of Puerto Caracciolo, in a depth of 36m, gravel, 0.5 mile SE of

Punta Santa Rosa, the NE extremity of Isla Santa Rosa. There

is a second anchorage, in a depth of 25m, 0.1 mile ENE of Punta Santa Rosa.

8.21 Canal Pasaje is located on the N side of Canal Oeste, about

2.5 miles E of Puerto Caracciolo. The canal has not been surveyed, but is reported to be suitable for small craft. A shoal,

with a depth of 12m, marked by kelp, lies in the middle of the

entrance.

8.21 Canal Oeste, on its E end, is entered from Canal Concepcion,

between Punta Anunciada and the S extremity of Isla Escribano. A light is shown from Punta Anunciada.

8.22 Cabo West Cliff (50°40'S., 75°31'W.) is located

about 10 miles SSW of Punta Sur, the S entrance point to Canal

Oeste. The cape is the W extremity of a promontory forming

the N side of an inlet, at the head of which is Puerto Morales.

The cape consists of a remarkable dark-colored cliff, the top of

which is nearly level and a waterfall which is visible a fair distance.

8.22 Puerto Morales lies in an inlet 5 miles E of Cabo West Cliff.

The entrance is bordered by dangers marked by breakers, and

has a navigable width of 0.5 mile. Below-water rocks extend

0.5 mile from the N shore. Roca Negra, above-water, lies in the

middle of the channel, 0.7 mile from the head of Puerto Morales. Vessels with local knowledge may obtain anchorage in

the middle of Puerto Morales, with good holding ground, in a

depth of 8m, mud, with Roca Negra bearing 308°, distant 0.3

mile. The swinging radius is 0.3 mile. 

8.22 Islote Yunque (50°44'S., 75°28'W.) is located about 5 miles

SSE of Cabo West Cliff. A rock, with a depth of less than 2m,

lies 1.5 miles W of the islet. Foul ground extends 2 miles NW

from the islet. Roca Sur, awash, is a detached rock lying 0.5

mile N of this foul ground. Breakers have been seen 1.5 miles

SW of this rock.
168 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

8.22 Rocas Scout is a group of above-water rocks, on which the

sea breaks with great violence, that lie about 6 miles SSW of

Islote Yunque. It is common to see these rocks covered with

seals.

8.23 Cabo Ladrillero (50°49'S., 75°19'W.) is the S extremity of Isla Duque de York and forms the N side of Bahia

Salvacion and the W entrance to Canal Concepcion. The Cape

lies in foul ground and should be given a wide berth.

8.23 Bahia Salvacion is exposed from the W and is encumbered

by Roquerio Davila and other dangers. Canal Farrel is entered

at the head of Bahia Salvacion, and separates Isla Farrel from

Isla Hanover. It extends 10 miles E and is narrow in places. The

canal then turns N for 14 miles, where it unites with Canal Inocentes Many arms and inlets branch off from Canal Farrel, but

the whole area is unsurveyed.

8.23 Canal Concepcion is entered between Cabo Ladrillero and

the S extremity of Isla Donas, 12 miles E. The S part of the canal separates the NW end of Archipielago de Hanover from Isla Duque de York and extends to Punta Anunciada, the E

entrance point to Canal Oeste. The best anchorage in the S part

of Canal Concepcion is Puerto Shergall, 6 miles NNE of Cabo.

Ladrillero. The inlet can be identified by Isla Negra and Pico

Shergall, 1.5 miles NW. The inlet is narrow and has a sharp

bend, and there are several dangers. The anchorage is near the

head of the inlet, in a depth of 22m, mud, good holding ground.

8.23 Seno Francisco (50°35'S., 75°16'W.) is entered 6.5 miles N

of Isla Negra, extending 5.5 miles to the NW. The inlet is reported to afford anchorages in a number of places over a bottom of mud. When entering it is necessary to keep the SW

shore, in order to avoid shoals lying off the opposite shore. Local knowledge is required. 

Bahia Salvacion to Estrecho Nelson

8.24 Isla Solar (51°00'S., 75°00'W.) lies with Punta

Stokes, its SW extremity, 15 miles SE of Cabo Landrillero. Isla

Aristides lies close NE of Isla Solar. Both these islands are

high and barren and are separated from Isla Hanover by Canal

Santas, which is narrow and foul. Foul ground extends 2 miles

S from Isla Solar.

8.24 Canal Elena is entered 4 miles SE of Punta Stokes and extends 5.5 miles NE, thence 6 miles SW to join Canal Ignacio.

Paso Anao, is the narrowest part of the canal and is free of dangers. Puerto Queto, on the N side of the canal 4 miles NE of the

W entrance, affords anchorage to small vessels at the head of

the small inlet.

8.24 Canal Ignacio is entered between Isla Solar and Isla White

Horse, 9 miles to the SSW. The canal has a least width of 1

mile for the first 8 miles, but N of Isla Armonia it is narrow and

intricate, making it impassable except for small craft.

8.24 Isla White Horse (51°09'S., 75°06'W.) lies on an extensive

area of foul ground. The island is high on both ends and appears as two islands when seen from a distance. This is an excellent mark, visible from a distance of as much as 50 miles.

On the E side of the island is a small cove which affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of

22m, sand, good shelter from all winds.

8.24 Canal Guadalupe is entered between the foul ground S of Isla White Horse and Isla Augusta, 2.3 miles S. The canal extends 7 miles ENE between Isla Dagnino and Isla Valenzuela.

The canal continues E, separating Isla Armonia from Isla Jorge

Montt, and connects with the N end of Canal Castro. Caleta Patos lies close within the W entrance of the canal and affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of

26m, sand and gravel.

8.25 Canal San Blas (51°14'S., 74°55'W.), between Isla

Agustin and Isla Dangnino, is entered 1.5 miles E of Isla Augusta (51°15'S., 75°05'W.). The channel extends 6.5 miles E

then turns SW and S, on the W side of Isla Jorge Montt, where

it is narrow. The canal connects with Estrecho de Nelson E of

Isla Diego de Almago. Paso Pascua connects Canal San Blas

with Canal Guadalupe.

8.25 Isla Duncan lies 6 miles WSW of Isla White Horse. Isla

Conica lies 0.5 mile S of Isla Duncan. Foul ground, over which

the sea breaks in stormy weather, extends 1.5 mile SSE from

Isla Conica.

8.25 Arrecife Cordillera, a reef with a depth of less than 2m, lies 8

miles NNW of Isla Duncan. The sea breaks violently over this

isolated reef.

8.25 Punta Huemul (51°16'S., 75°07'W.) lies 6 miles S of Isla

White Horse. Foul ground extends almost 2 miles off the N and

W side of the point. The point forms the N extremity of Isla Diego de Almagro.

8.25 From Punta Huemul the coast of Isla Diego de Almagro

trends 22 miles SSW to Cabo Santa Lucia. This stretch of coast

should be given a wide berth, as foul ground extends up to 1

mile offshore.

8.25 Cabo Jorge (51°39'S., 75°17'W.) is the S extremity of Isla

Diego de Almagro and forms the N entrance point of Estrecho

de Nelson. Monte Lucia rises 3 miles N of the cape.

Estrecho de Nelson

8.26 Estrecho de Nelson (51°42'S., 75°07'W.) is entered

between Cabo Jorge and Cabo Isabel, 12 miles SSE. The strait

extends 44 miles ENE to Paso Tarleton, which leads to Canal

Sarmiento. The strait is deep, and easy to access from the W,

but vessels should keep N of its center.

8.26 The strait is reduced 15 miles within the entrance, to a width

of 4.5 miles between Cabo Charlton, the N extremity of Isla

Contreras, and Cabo Virtudes, the S extremity of Isla Virtudes.

East of these capes the strait opens out into an extensive basin,

divided into channels and passages by numerous islands, islets,

and rocks. Estrecho de Nelson, especially its E part, is imperfectly charted and should be navigated with the utmost caution.

Estrecho de Nelson—South Shore

8.27 Rocas Bahamonde (51°45'S., 75°11'W.) lies in the

entrance of Estrecho de Nelson, about 4 miles NNW of Cabo

Isabel. It consists of three below-water rocks on a reef which

extends 2 miles N. The rocks only break in bad weather. Roca

Milward, with a depth of 2m, lies 2.5 miles NE of Rocas Bahamonde, and breaks in bad weather.

8.27 Canal Vidal Gormaz is entered 1 mile W of Punta Lucas

(51°40'S., 74°55'W.). Islets and rocks extend 0.5 mile off the

point. Seno Vargas is entered about 7.5 miles S of Punta Lucas.

Caleta Torres, on the W side of Canal Vidal Gormaz, affords
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 169

Pub. 125

anchorage, in a depth of 30m, but is not recommended as the

depths are great and the bottom is rocky. Caleta Lopez, on the

W side of the narrow part of the canal, affords anchorage, in a

depth of 28m, off its S side.

8.27 Canal Noqueira is entered 5 miles ESE of Cabo Charlton between some islets close off the NE end of Isla Contreas and Islotes Verdejo, 1.5 miles E. Puerto Cornejo, on the W side of the

canal, is entered 1.5 miles SW of Isla Sombrero (51°43'S.,

74°45'W.) and extends 2 miles SW. Roca Tinta lies in the entrance, but is well-marked by kelp. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 20 to 25m, with a prominent beach bearing

240° and Islote Ester bearing 025°. To reach the anchorage,

pass 183m off Punta Octavo the S entrance point, and E of Islote Ester. The swinging radius is 0.3 mile and it is possible to

lie to a single anchor. 

Estrecho Nelson—North Shore

8.28 Puerto Diego de Almagro (51°36'S., 75°10'W.) is

entered about 5 miles ENE of Cabo Jorge. It affords temporary

anchorage for small vessels, but should only be used in good

weather; local knowledge is required. The best berth is in the

entrance, clear of a rock awash lying off the NE entrance point.

The head of the harbor is encumbered with rocky islets. 

8.28 Cabo Virtudes, 11 miles ENE of Cabo Carolina (51°38'S.,

75°12'W.), is high and steep with some white patches on its

lower part which can be seen from a considerable distance.

Several above-water rocks lie on a bank, extending 0.5 mile

SW of the cape.

8.28 Puerto Virtudes (51°31'S., 74°54'W.) lies on the E side of

Isla Virtudes and is the best sheltered harbor in the area. The

harbor is divided into three coves, with an anchorage in each

one. The outer anchorage has a depth of 36m in its center. On

the W side of the outer anchorage is a passage 137m wide,

which has a depth of 22m. North of this anchorage is the inner

cove, where small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 11m.

Estrecho de Nelson—East Part

8.29 Grupo Lobos (51°33'S., 74°44'W.) lies 5 to 12 miles

E of Cabo Virtudes. The W and largest island of the group rises

to a very prominent hill, which is easy to identify from a distance. A reef extends 1 mile W and N and 1.5 mile SW from

this island, and is usually marked by breakers. Islas Cueri-Cueri lie 2.5 miles SE of Grupo Lobos.

8.29 Canal Uribe is entered from the N, about 12 miles ESE of

Cabo Charlton. The entrance is about 2 miles wide between

Cabo Dispatch (51°42'S., 74°31'W.) and Cabo MacPherson,

the NE extremity of Isla Torres. The fairway is nearer Islas

Rennel, and E of all the islets lying near mid-channel. Navigation of the channel is safe and easy, as the depths are considerable and the few dangers are mostly visible. Abra Honda is a

small bay on the W side of Islas Rennel, 8 miles SSE of Cabo

Dispatch. Small vessels can find anchorage in the bay on its N

side. Canal Smyth, on the NE side of Islas Rennel, will be discussed beginning in paragraph 8.34.

8.29 Grupo Gomez Carreno (51°39'S., 74°19'W.) lies, with Isla

Alfredo, the W islet, 6.7 miles NE of Cabo Dispatch. The

group is separated from the islets and rocks off the W end of Isla Piazzi by Paso Heywood, a channel 1.5 miles wide. This

channel should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.29 Islas Angelotti, 8.5 miles NE of Cabo Dispatch, are separated from Grupo Gomez Carreno SE by a channel 1.5 miles

wide. An isolated rock lies 2.5 miles NNE of the islands. Islotes Sin Nombre lie 7 miles SW of Cabo Kendall (51°28'S.,

74°07'W.), the S extremity of Isla Vancouver; 2.5 miles NE of

these islets is Grupo Lopez, with Grupo Becerra 0.5 mile farther N. These three groups are surrounded by foul ground.

8.30 Paso Tarleton (51°28'S., 74°07'W.), between Cabo

Kendall and Punta Oeste, leads into Canal Sarmiento. Islotes

Loco form a small group 2.5 miles SSW of Cabo Kendall.

There is a shoal 2.5 miles WSW of the cape. Surgidero Relief

lies among some islets close off Isla Vancouver, 1.7 miles NW

of Cabo Kendall.

8.30 Grupo Carmela lies 3.5 miles NE of Grupo Lobos. Midway

between these groups is Islote Negro (51°29'S., 74°38'W.),

which is black in color. Grupo Solari is separated from Grupo

Carmela by Canal Elena, which has a least width of 1.2 miles.

Monte Richard and Monte Coronel Madrid, on the two larger

islands, are prominent.

8.30 Canal Castro (51°22'S., 74°28'W.) extends NE from the W

end of Grupo Lobos for 25 miles to Paso Sharpes. The canal

has a least width of 2 miles. The channel is very deep and a

straight course can be steered throughout, however, caution

should be used due to the imperfect nature of the survey. The N

end of Canal Castro leads into the S end of Canal Esteban, between Isla del Medio and the NW extremity of Isla Vancouver.

8.30 Canal Esteban extends 25 miles from Isla del Medio to the

NW end of Canal Sarmiento, and has a least width of 1 mile at

the N end. The canal is reported to be deep and clear of dangers, but has not been surveyed. It should not be used without

local knowledge.

Estrecho Nelson to Golfo Sarmiento

8.31 Isla Beagle (51°55'S., 75°08'W.) is a precipitous

grayish-colored island, lying 5.5 miles S of Cabo Isabel. It can

be seen at a distance of 10 miles. Rocks, with depths of less

than 2m, marked by breakers, lie 3 miles WSW and 3.5 miles

SW of the island. A group of above-water rocks lie 2 miles

NNW of Isla Beagle.

8.31 Rompiente Styrer, on which there are breakers, lies 8.5 miles

SSW of Isla Beagle. Roca Galicia are two above-water rocks,

4.2 miles SSE of Rompiente Styrer. Rocas Holborn, marked by

breakers, lies 3 miles ESE of Roca Galicia.

8.31 A rock, position doubtful, with a depth of less than 2m, lies

about 4 miles NW of Rompiente Styrer; this rock is the westernmost danger located between the entrances of Estrecho de

Nelson and Estrecho de Magallanes.

8.31 Golfo Sarmiento (52°13'S., 75°00'W.) is entered between

Cabo Brigstock (52°07'S., 75°00'W.) and Cabo Victoria, 10

miles SSE. A light with a racon is shown from Grupo Evangelistas (52°23'S., 75°06'W.) lying about 9.5 miles SW of Cabo

Victoria. The gulf forms the approach to four channels, Canal

Silva Varela, Canal Huemul, Canal Montt, and Canal Nogueira. Several below-water rocks lie in the entrance to the gulf and

can best be seen on the chart.

8.31 Canal Silva Varela, with its NW end 1.2 miles NNE of Cabo

Victoria, separates Isla Victoria from the W part of Isla Pache-
170 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

co. The canal has breakers in its entrance and is almost useless

to shipping. Canal Huemul, between the N side of Isla Pacheco

and the SW end of Islas Chaigneau, is entered E of Islote Cantuaria. The canal is intricate and foul, and should be avoided.

8.31 Puerto Cholguas is entered 1.5 miles SSE of Islote Cantuaria

and is deep. Vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain anchorage off the W shore, in a depth of 36m, sand and stones. There

is a mooring buoy at the anchorage. It is advisable to moor. 

8.31 Canal Montt (52°06'S., 74°41'W.) is entered 2 miles ENE

of Islote Cantuaria. The center of the canal is free from dangers, except at the NE end where it is foul. Paso Nuevo is entered from the S end of Canal Montt and branches NE for 14

miles to join Canal Uribe.

8.31 Puerto Overend (52°08'S., 74°44'W.) lies on the SE part of

Canal Montt. Vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain anchorage in the middle of the cove, in a depth of 16m, good

holding ground. It is advised to moor with anchors laid in a N

to S direction with 140m of cable out on each. 

8.31 Note.—For details of the approaches to Estrecho de Magallanes, S of Golfo Sarmiento, see Pub. 124, Sailing Directions

(Enroute) East Coast of South America.

Archipelago Reina Adelalida

8.32 Archipelago Reina Adelalida extends from Cabo Phillip (52°45'S., 73°55'W.) for 76 miles NNW to Estrecho de Nelson. It is up to 45 miles wide and includes all the islands W of

Canal Smyth. Four channels connect Canal Smyth with the interior of Archipielago Reina Adelalida, the principal of these

being Canal Viel, entered 28 miles NNE of Cabo Phillip.

8.32 Isla Bordes (52°05'S., 74°21'W.) is high and wooded, and

clear of dangers on its NE coast which is steep-to. Puerto Bordes, off the W side of the island, affords anchorage to vessels

with local knowledge. The N end of the island forms the S side

of Paso de la Golondrinas.

8.32 Canal Ballena is the fairway through Seno Ballena, from

Paso de la Golondrinas to Canal Anita, which separates Isla

Cornejo (52°16'S., 74°35'W.) from Isla Pacheco. Numerous islets and rocks make navigation difficult, but with caution is

sufficiently safe for vessels. A triangular beacon stands on the

summit of Isla Cornejo.

8.32 Canal Bertrand (52°20'S., 74°34'W.) extends about 8.5

miles from the E side of Isla Cornejo to the E side of Isla King

where it joins Canal Esmeralda. The least width of Canal Bertrand is about 1 mile, but local knowledge is necessary for passage.

8.32 Canal Wilson trends parallel to Canal Bertrand, on the E side

of the islets and rocks lying up to 2.5 miles E of Grupo

Djenana (52°21'S., 74°30'W.) and close to the SE part of Isla

Summer. The canal joins Canal Esmeralda 6 miles E of Paso

Lamire. Canal Wilson has not been fully explored and should

be avoided.

8.32 Canal O’Higgins (52°25'S., 74°04'W.) extends 7 miles

WSW from Seno Membrillar, along the S coast of Isla Juan

Guillermos, and NW of Isla Escobar. The canal is deep in the

fairway, but has not been surveyed and should not be entered

without local knowledge.

8.32 Seno Membrillar lies in the E entrance to Canal O’Higgins.

Grupo Membrillar lies in the middle of the sound. Islita Estrella, the N islet of the group, is covered with vegetation, with no

trees, and is a good landmark.

8.33 Canal Pacheco (52°14'S., 74°03'W.) separates Isla

Barros Arana and Isla Pedro Montt from Isla Juan Guillermos.

The canal is about 20 miles long and runs parallel to Canal Molinas and Canal Viel. Although generally deep, the canal

should be navigated with great care, due to its narrowness and

the existence of rocks. In Paso Juan Bravo it is only 160m

wide, with a least depth of 13m. There is a constant SE flow

through the channel. 

8.33 Canal Virgenes is entered from the NE side of Canal Pacheco and separates Isla Barros Arana from Isla Pedro Montt.

Only the NE part of the canal is navigable. Small boats use the

SE part and have some difficulty due to the narrowness of the

channel.

8.33 Canal Molinas (52°04'S., 74°14'W.) extends from the S end

of Canal Uribe to Seno Enjambres, at the NW end of Canal

Viel, a distance of about 19 miles. The narrowest part of the canal is NW of Seno Meteoro. The SE entrance, N of Punta

Ceres, is 1.2 miles wide. There are no known dangers in the

fairway. Paso Diana, in the N end of the canal, is the main passage to Canal Uribe and Canal Cutler.

8.33 Canal Viel extends from Seno Enjambres to Isla Orlebar, 12

miles SE. The fairway is deep and free of dangers. Rocks lying

near the shores are invariably marked by kelp. Winds from the

NW blow strongly through Canal Viel. Paso Toro, 2 miles N of

the NW end of Canal Viel, enters into Canal Cutler. The pass is

reported to be navigable, but is unsurveyed and should not be

entered without local knowledge.

8.33 Canal Cutler (52°05'S., 74°00'W.) extends 30 miles SE between Paso Cutler and Isla Cutler. The channel is unsurveyed

and completely unexplored, but is reported to have a least

width of 45m at Angustura Bannen at the NW end.

Canal Smyth—South to North

8.34 Canal Smyth connects Estrecho de Magallanes with

the E end of Estrecho de Nelson, and lies E and NE of Archipielago Reina Adelaida. The channel extends 45 miles N along

the W side of Peninsula Munoz Gamero, from Islotes Fairway

to the SW entrance of Paso Victoria, then it trends NW for 40

miles and is unsurveyed, separating Islas Rennell to the SW

from Isla Hunter, Isla Taraba, Isla Palermo, and Isla Piazzi to

the NE.

8.34 Caution.—Chilean surveys have shown the chart of the area

to be inaccurate in many places, therefore, caution is advised

when navigating this channel.

8.34 Bahia Sholl (52°45'S., 73°53'W.) lies 1.5 miles NE of Cabo

Phillip, the W entrance point of Canal Smyth. Pico Sainte

Anne stands 1.5 miles N of the bay and is a conspicuous landmark for entering the bay. Anchorage is afforded in the NE part

of the bay, but caution must be used to avoid rocks close S of

the anchorage. Much of the bay is filled with kelp. Local

knowledge is required. 

8.34 Islotes Fairway lies about 3.8 miles ENE of Bahia Sholl and

consist of four islets. A light is shown from the W end of the

largest islet. A light is shown on Isla Oscar, about 2 miles E of

Islotes Fairway Light. A light is shown on an islet about 1.3

miles N of Islotes Fairway Light.
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 171

Pub. 125

8.34 Roca Lynch (52°44'S., 73°47'W.), 0.5 mile NNE of Islotes

Fairway Light, is awash and surrounded by kelp. A dangerous

wreck lies close N of the rock. Rocks, also marked by kelp,

with depths of 3m, lie from 0.3 mile N to 0.8 mile NE of Roca

Lynch.

8.34 Puerto Profundo, on the W side of the channel, is entered S

of Islote Carreta (52°41'S., 73°45'W.). The entrance is 0.3

mile, wide with patches of kelp. Anchorage may be obtained

0.5 mile inside the port, off the entrance to a lagoon, in depths

of 54 to 64m. Two narrow inlets extend 2 miles SW and N

from the anchorage; both are fronted by rocks.

8.34 Islas Viel (52°41'S., 73°42'W.) form a large group of islands,

islets, and rocks on the E side of the channel, extending 6.5

miles NNE from Isla Oscar. The group is generally low and appear from the SW as one large island. The highest island is in

the N part of the group.

8.35 Bahia Burgoyne, on the E side of the channel, is entered close S of Cabo Walker (52°37'S., 73°40'W.). A light is

shown from Cabo Walker. The entrance is less than 183m

wide, but the bay is easily accessible to vessels of moderate

size. A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 0.1 mile ESE of Punta

Sudweste; a buoy marks the shoal.

8.35 Good anchorage may be obtained at the head of the bay, 0.7

mile from the entrance, in a depth of 32m. The berth is between

a rock, 1m high, which lies off the N shore and an islet, 5m

high, in the SE corner of the bay.

8.35 Isla Green (52°36'S., 73°41'W.) lies on the W side of the

channel, 1.5 miles NNW of Cabo Wilson. This group of islands

can be identified from the S by its green appearance against the

barren background of Isla Renouard. A light is shown from an

islet close E of Islas Green.

8.35 Bahia Pylades lies on the E side of the channel, abreast Islas

Green. The bay affords anchorage off its S shore between two

islands, in a depth of 29m. The bay is sheltered from all winds

except those from the W.

8.35 Isla Renouard (52°34'S., 73°40'W.), about 1.5 miles NNE

of Islas Green, is high, rugged, and barren. A light is shown

from Punta Buckley, the E extremity of the island. Bahia

Goods and Bahia North are coves on the W shore, 1 mile W of

Isla Renouard. The two bays are suitable for small craft with

local knowledge. The entrance to Bahia Goods is almost closed

by rocks.

8.35 Paso Shoal is that part of Canal Smyth which continues N for

7 miles from Punta Cecil, 1.5 miles NE of Cabo Walker on the

E side, and Islas Green, 1.2 miles W on the W side. It leads,

with three sharp bends and a least width of 0.3 mile, between a

number of islets and rocks.

8.35 Regulations.—Every vessel approaching Paso Shoal from

the S or N should sound one prolonged blast 0.5 mile before

reaching Punta Buckley or Punta George, respectively. The signal should be answered in a similar manner by any vessel approaching from the opposite direction. The northbound vessel

should wait until the southbound vessel has passed.

8.35 In bad or thick weather, and at night, vessels should maintain

a listening watch on the radio for 1 hour before their ETA at

Paso Shoal. Vessels should broadcast their arrival time at 10

minute intervals.

8.36 Isla Shoal (52°33'S., 73°38'W.) lies about 1.3 miles N

of Punta Buckley Light. The E side of the island is foul and

fringed with kelp. A beacon stands on the summit of the island.

A light is shown from the W side of the island.

8.36 Grupo Adelaida, a chain of islets and rocks on the E side of

the channel, lies about 1 mile NE of Isla Shoal. A wreck is

stranded on one of the islets and can clearly be seen when approaching Paso Shoal from the N.

8.36 Isla Richards (52°31'S., 73°39'W.) lies on the W side of the

channel with its SE extremity, Punta George, 1 mile NNE of Isla Shoal. The island is rugged, barren, and of grayish color. A

light is shown from Punta George. To vessels approaching

from the N, the two high hills on the island appear as two hummocks.

8.36 Islotes Shearwater, on the E side of the channel, lies 1 mile N

of Islote Isabel (52°31'S., 73°37'W.). They are five islets with

several rocks between them, some awash and some above-water. Roca Pearse, about 0.3 mile SW of Islotes Shearwater,

shows a light. Roca Alert lies 0.7 mile N of Roca Pearse and is

marked by a beacon.

8.36 Seno Aguila (52°30'S., 73°30'W.) is entered 1.7 miles E of

Roca Alert. Caleta Amelia, at the head of the inlet, consists of

two small coves 0.5 mile apart. Anchorage may be obtained in

the N cove, in a depth of 8m. Estero Clapperton extends NNE

from the entrance to Seno Aguila, but it has not been surveyed.

8.37 Bahia Retreat, on the W side of the channel, is entered

1.5 miles NNW of Cabo Colworth (52°29'S., 73°39'W.). The

bay is well-sheltered, but the depths are too great for a good

anchorage. A conspicuous white patch, close N of the bay, is

visible from the N on the side of a hill near the shore. Islotes

Sparkes lies in the entrance to the bay.

8.37 Caleta Tandy (52°25'S., 73°38'W.) lies on the E side of the

channel, about 3.8 miles NNE of Bahia Retreat. Small vessels

with local knowledge can obtain anchorage off the N shore of

the cove. A beacon stands on the S side of the mouth of the

cove. Islotes Connor lies 2.5 miles WNW of Caleta Tandy, and

on the W side of the channel. The islets are dark in color and

appear as stacks of hay. A light stands on the largest islet.

8.37 Cresta de Otter, a narrow ridge of sand and stones with some

patches of kelp and depths of less than 35m, extends S 1.2

miles from Isla Cunningham and Isla Bedwell. Anchorage may

be obtained on Cresta de Otter. Because of its size and accessibility, this is the best temporary anchorage for vessels in the area. The recommended berth is in depths from 12 to 13m, with

Islote Pollo Light bearing 313°, distant about 0.7 mile. Although the bottom is rock, the holding ground is good.

8.37 Small vessels can anchor, in depths of less than 10m, on the

bank extending S from Isla Cunningham. 

8.38 Islas Otter (52°22'S., 73°40'W.) consists of five islands and several islets separating Canales Mayne and Gray at

their S end. Isla Campbell, the highest, lies in the middle of the

group. Foul ground, with a depth of 5m at its outer end, extends

about 0.3 mile E from the N end of Isla Bedwell.

8.38 Caleta Otter, which is well-sheltered but confined, lies between Islas Cunningham and Bedwell. It affords good anchorage for small vessels just within the entrance, in depths of 10 to

16m, or near its head under the lee of Isla Campbell, in depths

of 11 to 13m. When entering Caleta Otter, keep nearer to the

SE side of Isla Cunningham until well inside the cove. When
172 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

the islets between Islas Bedwell and Campbell are visible, steer

for them and anchor when the NE end of Isla Cunningham is in

line with the SW extremity of Isla Campbell.

8.38 Vessels then continue N through Canal Smyth by transiting

either Canal Mayne or Canal Gray.

8.38 Recommended routes through Canal Mayne and Canal Gray

are shown on the chart.

8.38 Canal Mayne is about 8 miles long and leads E of Islas Otter

and Summer, though shallower than Canal Gray, it is preferred

for vessel not drawing more than 6.7m.

8.38 Islote Bradbury, lies about 2 miles NE of Isla Bedwell and

on the E side of Canal Mayne. A light is shown from the islet.

8.38 Isla Summer (52°20'S., 73°39'W.) lies 1.7 miles NW of Islote Bradbury, on the W side of Canal Mayne. Anchorage can

be found, in 20 to 25m, on the S side of Isla Summer between

Isla Pemberton and Bajo Summer Sur. A lighted buoy is

moored about 0.8 mile NE of the NE extremity of Isla Summer.

Vessels should pass about 91m W of this buoy.

8.38 Roca Barrie, with a depth of 9m, lies on the W side of the

fairway, about 0.8 mile WNW of Islote Bradbury and is

marked by kelp.

8.38 Isla Larga is located on the E side of the N end of Canal

Mayne. The island consists of a range of reddish hills, extending from the S point to about 0.8 mile from the N point. Isla

Istmo lies close off the S end of the island. A vessel should not

approach nearer than 0.8 mile off the island. A lighted buoy

marks San Juan Shoal off the NW end of Isla Larga; vessels

pass W of the buoy.

8.39 Puerto Munoz Gamero (52°20'S., 73°33'W.) is located in the inner part of Bahia Munoz Gamero, 2.5 miles E of

Isla Istmo. The recommended anchorage is in a depth of 32m,

sand and shells, 0.3 mile off the S shore, with Punta Herrera

bearing 278°, distant 1 mile. 

8.39 Ensenada Searle, on the N side of the harbor, is too foul and

shallow to be of any use. 

8.39 Canal Gray, which leads W of Islas Summer and Otter, offers a narrower and more intricate yet deeper passage than Canal Mayne. The channel, which has a least depth of 12.7m, is

unlit and more tortuous than Canal Mayne. The kelp, which

marks all the dangers, is only visible at slack water. The tidal

currents are very strong in the channel, and in general follow

the direction of the channel axis. Between Islas Hoskyn and

Orlebar, a velocity as great as 5 knots has been noted.

8.39 Islas Vereker (52°22'S., 73°43'W.) lie on the W side of Canal Gray and consists of Isla Vereker Mayor and numerous islets and above-water rocks surrounded by kelp. A beacon

stands on the SW extremity of Isla Vereker Mayor. The recommended track in the fairway of Canal Gray is well-marked by

beacons on both sides.

8.39 Isla Orlebar (52°19'S., 73°43'W.) lies on the W side of the

N end of Canal Gray. Three leading beacons are situated on the

E side of the island. Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of

55m, 0.4 mile ENE of the rear beacon. The anchorage is sheltered from the swell and W winds, and the holding ground is

good.

8.39 Bajo Guacolda, with a least depth of 5.5m, marked by kelp

which is only visible under favorable conditions, lies 0.5 mile

E of the E side of Isla Orlebar. Roca Cutter lies 0.2 mile NW of

Bajo Guacolda and is marked by kelp.

8.39 Canal Hernandez (52°18'S., 73°45'W.), W of Canal Gray,

separates Isla Orlebar from Isla Pedro Montt. Only the N part

of the canal has been surveyed. The S part is encumbered with

dangers and should not be entered. Bahia Adriana, on the W

side of Canal Hernandez, affords good anchorage to small vessels. The best anchorage is in 14m, with Roca Estacion shut in

by Punta Tirsa bearing 045°. 

8.40 Isla Baverstock (52°14'S., 73°44'W.) lies about 1.5

miles N of Isla Orlebar and forms the S entrance to Canal Viel

and Canal Cutler. The island is 5 miles long with Monte

Scherbakoff its highest point. A fair anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in Bahia Fortuna, in a depth of 13m,

183m W of the N extremity of Islote Low, situated on the SE

side of Isla Baverstock.

8.40 Canal Viel, which has already been described in paragraph

8.33, branches NW from Canal Smyth and is entered N of Isla

Orlebar. It separates Isla Pedro Montt from Isla Baverstock and

Isla Munoz. The fairway is deep and free of dangers. Rocks lying near the shores are marked by kelp.

8.40 Isla Cutler (52°14'S., 73°40'W.) lies 1.2 miles E of the E extremity of Isla Baverstock, on the W side of Canal Smyth.

Roca Simm, awash, and the two Islotes David lie close off the

S and N ends, respectively, of the island. A light is shown on

the SE end of the island.

8.40 Canal Cutler extends 30 miles NW to Paso Cutler. The canal

lies NE of Isla Baverstock, Isla Munoz, Isla Huemul, and Isla

Silva Renard, and SW of the larger island of Islas Rennel. The

channel is unsurveyed and completely unexplored, and is reported to have a least width of 45m at Angustura Bannen at the

NW end.

8.40 Cabo Palmer (52°13'S., 73°40'W.), the SE extremity of Islas Rennel, lies 1 mile N of Isla Cutler, on the W side of Canal

Smyth. The cape is low and covered with trees and backed by

high land. There are several flat-topped islets off the cape. Bahia Carnatic lies 2.5 miles E of Cabo Palmer and is incompletely surveyed and should be avoided.

8.40 Bahia Welcome, on the W side of Canal Smyth, is entered

3.7 miles NW of Cabo Palmer. Small vessels, with local

knowledge, may obtain anchorage here, in a depth of 16m,

about 0.4 mile SW of an islet on the N side of the entrance to

the bay.

8.40 Bahia Isthmus lies on the E side of Canal Smyth, 3.5 miles

NNE of Cabo Palmer. This small bay is one of the best anchorages in the vicinity, and is safe for large vessels. The best anchorage is in depths of 25 to 29m, in the inner part of the bay,

but its width is only 0.1 mile. The dangers in the bay are

marked by kelp and markers. When entering the bay, keep to

the E of the markers and dangers where a clear channel 0.2

mile wide will be found.

8.40 Bahia Sandy (52°07'S., 73°41'W.), on the E side of Canal

Smyth, is entered 3.5 miles NNW of Bahia Isthmus. A bank of

kelp, with a depth of 7m, extends across the entrance E to W.

Within the kelp there are depths of 36m, but the bay is not recommended for large vessels. Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor close S of the kelp.

8.40 Promontorio Stanley, 4 miles N of Bahia Sandy, projects 0.5

mile from Peninsula Zach to within 0.7 mile of Islas Rennel. A

light is shown on a small islet close off the SW side of the

promontory.
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 173

Pub. 125

8.41 Paso Victoria (52°00'S., 73°43'W.) is entered 2 miles

N of Promontorio Stanley and joins Canal Smyth to Estrecho

Collingwood. This is part of the normal route followed by shipping bound N and S. At the S end of the pass Canal Smyth continues NW for 40 miles to join Estrecho de Nelson. This part of

Canal Smyth is mainly unsurveyed.

8.41 Roca Bessel lies on the E side of the fairway in Paso Victoria. The rock is 3m high. A light stands on its summit.

8.41 Isla Brinkley (51°59'S., 73°41'W.) lies at the NE end of

Paso Victoria and has a well-defined peak. The island is

brownish in color and has a few small trees on it. A light is

shown from Punta Cork, the W extremity of the island. Arrecife Cloyne lies 0.7 mile WNW of Punta Cork and is marked by

a beacon and a light.

8.41 Seno Union extends 20 miles SE from Isla Brinkley and is

1.5 to 4 miles wide. Bajo Bordes (52°05'S., 73°31'W.) has a reported depth of 5.7m and lies 7 miles SE of Isla Brinkley. Roca

Crater, with a depth of 5.5m, lies 1 mile ENE of Bajo Bordes.

8.41 Puerto Fontaine (52°03'S., 73°29'W.) lies 8.5 miles ESE of

Isla Brinkley. Islote Rosaura, with a rock which dries close W,

lies 0.1 mile E of the W entrance point. The cove, 0.4 mile

wide, affords anchorage 0.2 mile NNE of Islote Rosaura, in a

depth of 29m. The W side of the cove appears to be less deep

than the E side and its head should not be approached closer

than 0.1 mile. The cove affords temporary anchorage for vessels.

8.41 Bahia Oracion lies on the S side of Seno Union, 9.5 miles

SSE of Isla Brinkley. Islotes Thomson lies 1.5 miles NE of Bahia Oracion. Cabo Ano Nuevo is located 2.5 miles E of Islotes

Thomson.

8.42 Bahia Ano Nuevo (52°10'S., 73°32'W.) is entered 2.5

miles WSW of Cabo Ano Nuevo. The bay is about 3 miles long

and 1.5 miles wide. The bottom is naturally level with a mean

depth of 30m, soft black mud, and good holding ground. It is

divided into two bays, E and W. The W bay affords anchorage

to all size vessels. The E bay affords anchorage for small vessels. A fair amount of sea enters the bay from Seno Union during N and NW winds, but vessels will be well-sheltered if

anchored near the W shore. There is little shelter from SW

winds as the S shore is low.

8.42 Paso Sin Nombre is entered E of Cabo Earnest, 7 miles E of

Cabo Ano Nuevo. The pass trends N for 2.5 miles and is 1 mile

wide. There are two small coves on the E side of the pass. Bahia Leeward, close to the E entrance point has not been examined, but Caleta Whale Boat, situated 1 mile farther N, affords

anchorage to small craft.

8.42 Estero de las Montanas (52°00'S., 73°18'W.) extends 30

miles N from Paso Sin Nombre, and is 0.5 to 2 miles wide. The

inlet is bordered on both sides by steep mountains, covered

with snow. At its N end are two bays, with sandy beaches, rising to the mountains 2 miles inland.

8.42 Canal Morla Vicuna leads from the N end of Paso Sin Nombre, 4 miles E, where it divides into Canal Santa Maria and Canal Kirke. The shores of the channel have not been surveyed,

but there are no known dangers, although the tidal currents are

strong.

8.43 Canal Santa Maria (52°00'S., 73°07'W.) and Canal

White, its continuation, trend N and NE for 18 miles between

Peninsula Roca and Isla Diego Portales. Both sides of the

channel are high, steep, and thickly wooded. Canal Santa Maria is very deep, in places exceeding 275m, but Canal White is

shallower. The channel is very liable to sudden heavy squalls,

especially in summer, when Canal White is frequently a mass

of spray.

8.43 Puerto Condell is a cove formed by the S side of Isla Margarita and the W shore of the S end of Canal Santa Maria. It provides excellent temporary anchorage for vessels up to 50m in

length, and is often used by vessels waiting for the tide to

slacken in Canal Kirke. The anchorage, which is easy to leave

at night, is in a depth of 30m, 183m offshore in the NW corner

of the cove.

8.43 Islote Fernandez and Islote Vial lie near mid-channel, 0.5

mile N of Isla Margarita. A rock, awash, lies close N of Islote

Vial. Vessels should pass E of Islote Vial or W of Islote

Fernandez, the latter passage being much wider and deeper.

8.43 Canal White (51°55'S., 73°00'W.) is much encumbered

with islands and islets and can best be seen on the chart. Vessels transiting this channel should preferably be equipped with

twin screws. This channel is not recommended for vessels over

1,000 grt. Many drifting icebergs have been reported in the

channel. Vessels transiting the channel are also limited to a

maximum length of 140m and a maximum draft of 7m. Transits should only be done in favorable weather conditions during

daylight hours.

8.43 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels navigating Canal

White. 

8.44 Canal Kirke leads ENE from the E end of Canal Morla Vicuna for 5 miles to the S end of Canal Valdes. The channel

has a least navigable width of about 40m in Angostura Kirke at

its E end. There are three groups of islands, 1 mile apart, in the

E half of the channel. The fairway lies S of these islands and is

clear of dangers except in the narrows. There are several anchorages for small vessels, with local knowledge, out of the

tidal currents.Vessels up to 150m long, with a maximum beam

of 23m and a maximum draft of 6.3m, can transit the narrows.

8.44 Canal Valdes (52°00'S., 72°57'W.) extends NNE from the E

entrance of Canal Kirke for 10 miles to the SW end of Golfo

Almirante Montt. The channel is deep and from 1 to 3 miles

wide. The only known dangers are in the N part and are not

more than 0.3 mile offshore. Peninsula Morgan lies 1.5 miles E

of the entrance to Canal Kirke, with Punta Lavapie, its N extremity.

8.44 Bahia Ladrillero lies E of Peninsula Morgan. It affords a

well-sheltered anchorage to small vessels, with local knowledge, in a depth of 6m, mud. Caleta Fog, on the W side of Canal Valdes, affords anchorage 3 miles NNW of Punta Lavapie

(52°03'S., 72°57'W.).

8.44 Bahia Cameron (51°57'S., 72°56'W.), on the W side of Canal Valdes, is a cove 6 miles N of Punta Lavapie.

8.44 Bahia Easter is on the E side of the N end of Isla Diego Portales (51°55'S., 72°54'W.). Bajo de Afuera, with a depth of 3m,

and marked by kelp, is S of several dangers in the entrance to

the bay. Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor in the SW

part of Bahia Easter, in a depth of 12m, sand. 

8.44 Caleta Estancia Montes (51°58'S., 72°52'W.) lies 6 miles

NNE of Punta Lavapie and can be identified by several white

houses which are the only buildings in the vicinity. There is a
174 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

small wooden pier with a depth of 1m at the head. Small vessels can anchor off the pier, but are exposed to NW winds.

8.44 Estero Worsley extends from the NW part of Golfo Almirante Montt, 3 miles N of the entrance to Canal White. It extends 20 miles NW and is mostly unsurveyed. Isla Ballesteros

is the largest of several islands in the inlet. Estero Resi branches 10 miles SW of this island. Seno Borcosky lies N of Estero

Resi.

8.45 Golfo Almirante Montt (51°53'S., 72°40'W.) is entered from the W through either Canal White or Canal Valdes.

It extends 15 miles E and is 5 miles wide. The W part of the

gulf is deep, but there are moderate depths E of Isla Focus. Estero Obstruction leads S from the S side of the gulf, and Canal

Senoret leads from its NE end into Estero Ultima Esperanza.

8.45 Islas Focus (51°55'S., 72°44'W.) is 114m high and steep on

its W side, and is usually uninhabited. A rocky bank, with a

depth of 4m over its outer edge, extends 2 miles ESE from the

SE point of the island. This bank almost closes the passage between it and the mainland to the S and E. There are well-sheltered anchorages, for vessels with local knowledge, 0.3 mile E

of Isla Focus, in a depth of 12m, or farther E, in a depth of

27m.

8.45 Bajo Virginia, with a depth of 7m, lies in the middle of the

passage between Isla Focus and Isla Ismael, 1.2 miles to the N.

A buoy is moored close E of the rock in the middle of Bajo Virginia.

8.45 Grupo Coruna (51°52'S., 72°45'W.), N of Isla Focus, consists of four islets extending 1.5 miles S from close N shore of

the gulf. All the islets are steep-sided and rocky with some vegetation. Passage between the islets and between the group and

the N shore should not be attempted.

8.46 Bahia Coruna (51°51'S., 72°44'W.) is protected from

SW and NW winds, and affords anchorage for small vessels. A

rock, with a depth of 1.5m, lies off the NE shore. The recommended berth is in depths of 18 to 20m, mud, SW of Bajo Nielson. Local knowledge is required. 

8.46 Puerto Riquelme (51°50'S., 72°39'W.), on the N side of the

gulf, is situated 4.5 miles NE of Isla Focus. The cove is reported not to be a good anchorage as vessels are liable to drag anchor when the wind exceeds 20 knots.

8.46 Caleta Delano, on the N side of the gulf, is entered W of

Morro Jorge (51°50'S., 72°37'W.). The cove affords good anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge off the W side

of Morro Jorge. The entrance should be approached with caution as foul ground, marked by kelp, extends S from the S entrance point and also SE from Morro Jorge.

8.46 Seno Obstruccion is entered 3 miles E of Punta Obstruccion

(51°57'S., 72°49'W.). Grupo Escampavia, a chain of islets and

rocks, lie in the entrance to Seno Obstruccion and penetrates

the middle of the inlet for 5 miles. The inlet is mostly unsurveyed, but there is an anchorage in a cove on the E side of the

inlet, 6 miles within the entrance. There is anchorage in Caleta

Dora, on the W side of the inlet, in a depth of 18m.

8.46 Puerto Lastarria (51°58'S., 72°37'W.), on the S side of the

gulf, is entered between Punta Cuevas, 4.5 miles ESE of Isla

Focus, and Punta Linacre, 1 mile farther ESE. The port affords

the best anchorage in the gulf to vessels with local knowledge,

in depths of 9 to 12m. There are, however, several shoals with

depths of 5m in the fairway.

8.46 Puerto Demaistre is a cove on the E side of the gulf, 3.5

miles NNE of Punta Desengano (51°51'S., 72°32'W.). It affords a good, but unsheltered, anchorage to small vessels with

local knowledge, in depths of 6 to 8m, mud.

8.47 Canal Senoret (51°43'S., 72°37'W.) is about 9 miles

long and is entered between Punta Bordes (51°47'S.,

72°34'W.), which is low, and the N entrance point of Puerto

Demaistre. Islotes Cisnes are three low islets covered with vegetation. A light is shown on the E islet. A buoy marks the shoal

water on the E side of the canal, 0.7 mile NE of Islotes Cisnes

Light.

8.47 Punta Galpon lies on the E side of the Canal, about 2.5 miles

NNE of Punta Bordes. It is easily distinguished by the corrugated iron warehouses which stand on it. Rodal Liberona, a

bank which dries, extends 0.2 mile S from the point.

8.47 Puerto Natales (51°45'S., 72°32'W.) lies 0.5 mile NNE of

Punta Galpon. The prevailing W and NW winds affect berthing

and unberthing.

8.47 Depths—Limitations.—The deepest and longest berth is

Muelle Terminal Maritimo. It is an L-shaped pier projecting

105m from Punta Galpon. The head of the pier is 32m long

with a depth of 9m alongside. Two berthing dolphins lie off the

S end of the pier. Ro-ro ferries drawing 8.2m berth alongside.

A mooring buoy, 0.1 mile SW of the pier, is for the use of ferries. 

8.47 Muelle Arturo Prat, 133m N of Muelle Terminal Maritimo,

is a T-headed pier projecting 108m from the shore at the end of

the main street of the town. The pier has a berthing face 31m

long and can be used by vessels drawing up to 4.26m. It is illuminated at night and a light is exhibited at its head. No cargo

handling equipment is available. It is advisable for vessels to

berth bows N. There are no mooring buoys at the berth. 

8.47 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels berthing

alongside at Puerto Natales. The pilot boarding place is 0.5

mile ENE of Islotes Cisnes Light. Tugs are not available. The

port monitors VHF channel 16.

8.47 Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting a berth can anchor, in a

depth of 30m, mud, in mid-channel NW of Muelle Arturo Prat. 

8.48 Puerto Bories (Puerto Graseria) (51°43'S., 72°33'W.)

lies 2 miles NNW of Puerto Natales. The port is the terminal

for a large cold storage plant situated 2 miles NNW of Puerto

Natales. The buildings of the plant are prominent.

8.48 The terminal consists of a T-headed pier 185m in length

fronting the plant. Vessels up to 150m long and a 7.3m draft

can berth alongside the head of the pier 60m long. Vessels usually berth starboard side-to, letting go the port anchor and veering at least 110m of cable. 

8.48 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels berthing

alongside. The pilot boarding place is the same as Puerto Natales.

8.48 Anchorage.—Anchorage, in depths of 10 to 12m, stones

and mud, can be obtained 0.2 mile WNW of the head of the

pier. The anchorage is completely exposed to the prevailing

winds. 

8.48 Estero Eberhardt extends 5.5 miles N from the NW end of

Canal Senoret. It should only be entered by small vessels with

local knowledge, as much of it is shallow. A bank, with depths
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 175

Pub. 125

of less than 5m, continues NW from Bajo Choros across the

entrance to the inlet. There is a least depth of 3m E of Punta Jamon. The depths increase to 8m, 1 mile within the entrance.

8.48 Puerto Condor (51°40'S., 72°40'W.) lies on the E side of

the entrance to Estero Eberhardt. It affords an anchorage, in a

depth of 3.5m, 183m SW of a pier. A warehouse and hotel are

good landmarks.

8.48 Puerto Prat is on the E side of the inlet, 1 mile N of Puerto

Condor. There is a well-sheltered anchorage, in depths of 7 to

8m, with a flagstaff in line with the hotel at Puerto Condor.

There are two piers, a warehouse, and a shed in the port.

8.49 Estero Ultima Esperanza (51°35'S., 72°56'W.) extends 26 miles WNW from Isla Guanaco. The inlet has steep

cliffy shores, but has not been surveyed. The passage leading

into the inlet is 0.2 mile wide and deep. There are probably

many shoals in the inlet, which is reported to be dangerous. It

can be navigated only by vessels with local knowledge, and

having a draft of not more than 2m for a distance of about 20

miles from the entrance.

8.49 Puerto Bellavista lies on the N side of the head of the inlet. A

beacon stands at the S end of Bajo Topar, 0.4 mile NE of Punta

Emma (51°28'S., 73°19'W.). There is a pier for small craft, 0.2

mile NW of the beacon and close to a sawmill. The pier is 40m

long with a depth of 3m at its head. The cove affords a wellsheltered anchorage either E or W of the beacon, with good

holding ground.

8.49 Tidal currents in Estero Ultima Esperanza are weak, and

mainly influenced by the winds.

8.49 In Estero Eberhardt, the tide is greatly influenced by the

winds, with as many as four high waters being experienced in

one day shortly before a gale. Conversely, in continuous calm

weather, there may be no rise or fall of the tide for 2 or 3 days

at a time.

Estrecho Collingwood to Canal Inocentes

8.50 Estrecho Collingwood, the continuation of the charted

smooth water route N from Paso Vitoria, separates Isla Newton (51°52'S., 73°45'W.) and Isla Carrington, 1 mile to the N.

Paso Farquhar, between the two above islands, leads sharply W

for 4 miles to the S end of Canal Sarmiento.

8.50 The N part of Estrecho Collingwood is not recommended as

it has not been examined. It is narrow, with varying depths, and

bordered by dangers. The channel between Isla Newton and Isla Hunter, to the SSW, has not been surveyed. The channel between Isla Newton and Isla Taraba is narrow and foul.

8.50 Islote Catalina (51°58'S., 73°41'W.) lies 0.5 mile W of the

fairway. Grupo La Place, 1 mile N of Islote Catalina, extends

NW to the S extremity of Isla Newton. The islets are low, flattopped, and covered with trees and bushes.

8.50 Caleta Dixon (51°57'S., 73°42'W.), between Grupo La

Place and Isla Newton, can be entered either from the N or S,

but during strong N winds it is advisable to enter from the S.

Local knowledge is required. When approaching from the S,

Caleta Dixon opens as soon as Punta Ross, the E extremity of

Isla Hunter, is passed. When approaching from the N, follow

the coast of Isla Newton to the entrance between that island

and Isla La Place. If the N wind is blowing strongly, it is better

to pass E of Grupo La Place and enter the cove from the S,

head to wind.

8.50 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 30 to 43m, clay,

sand, and mud, good holding ground.

8.50 Caleta Columbine is entered S of Peninsula Ward, 3 miles N

of Grupo La Place. The cove is fairly well-sheltered, but strong

squalls sometimes descend the steep mountainside, and the

holding ground is bad. A beacon stands on a small islet in the

middle of Caleta Columbine. Another beacon stands on a hill

on the W entrance point. Anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 14m, with the SE extremity of Peninsula Ward bearing

062°, distant 1 mile. Caleta Columbine has been reported to be

a poor anchorage even during normal weather.

8.50 Seno Profundo (51°55'S., 73°35'W.) is located on the E side

of Estrecho Collingwood, 5 miles SE of Peninsula Ward. The

sound is deep, but anchorage may be found, in depths of 25 to

35m, 0.5 mile from its head near the N shore. The anchorage is

only 183m in extent, but is well-sheltered. A vessel in the anchorage can secure their stern to trees on the shore. When entering the sound, pass through the entrance in mid-channel,

with a large dip in the hills at the head of the sound bearing

120°.

8.51 Isla Quena (51°49'S., 73°42'W.) lies on the NE side

of Estrecho Collingwood and in the middle of the entrance to

Bahia Stewart. The island shows a light on is SW extremity.

Bahia Stewart lies NNE of Isla Quena and is deep and free of

dangers. Isla Young lies 1.5 miles NE of Isla Quena and in the

entrance to Seno Taraba, which branches SSE from Bahia

Steward for 20 miles. There is anchorage in a cove on the W

side of Seno Taraba, 5 miles within its entrance.

8.51 Seno Yuseff lies at the N end of Bahia Stewart, and is free of

dangers to a creek at its head. Seno Llorente is 2.5 miles E of

Seno Yuseff, extends in a N direction, and has a river at its

head. There is anchorage, in a depth of 45m, 0.2 mile S of the

river mouth. Seno Benavente is entered close E of Seno

Llorente and between two groups of islands. It is free of dangers. A bay, at its head, may afford anchorage, but has not been

examined.

8.51 Bahia Islas lies 2 miles N of the N extremity of Isla Newton.

The bay affords emergency anchorage for vessels up to 80m in

length. The bay is well-sheltered from all winds, and no sea or

swell comes in. The anchorage is on a large rocky shelf, in

depths of 15 to 30m. The least depth reported in the bay was

8.2m. To reach the anchorage, steer 290° in mid-channel

through the NE entrance, which leads in a least depth of 30m.

8.51 Bahia Gregg (51°49'S., 73°52'W.) is a small but deep bay

with much kelp around its shores. In emergency, small craft

can obtain temporary anchorage, in depths of 40 to 45m, with

shelter from the SW and NW quarters, within 68m of the head

of the bay. A light is shown on the N entrance point of Bahia

Gregg, but it is not visible from the anchorage. 

Canal Sarmiento

8.52 Canal Sarmiento extends from Bahia Gregg, 67 miles

NNW, to Angostura Guia and is from 0.5 to 2 miles wide. During the winter months, ice and drifting icebergs render navigation hazardous at night and in poor visibility.

8.52 Bahia Wodehouse (51°47'S., 73°56'W.) lies on the W side

of the canal, about 3.8 miles NW of Bahia Gregg. Two small
176 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

islets, almost joined together, lie in the middle of the entrance

to the inlet, within which the inlet narrows to a width of 0.2

mile before opening out to form a bay. Good temporary anchorage, for vessels up to 120m in length, can be obtained, in

depths of 30 to 35m, good holding ground.

8.52 Abra Lecky Retreat has an entrance 0.7 mile wide, but opens

out to a width of 1.5 miles within the entrance. It is located on

the W side of the canal, about 4.5 miles NNW of Bahia Wodehouse. Anchorage in Abra Lecky Retreat is precluded by its

great depths. Caleta Ocasion lies on the N side of Abra Lecky

Retreat, at the foot of Cerro Alfredo. There is temporary anchorage for small vessels in the cove during good weather. A

light is shown on a point 2.7 miles NNW of the entrance to

Abra Lecky Retreat. 

8.52 Close N of Isla Piazzi Light, a well-sheltered cove affords

anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 27 to

37m. When entering the cove, keep close to the N shore to

avoid a patch of kelp near the middle.

8.52 Bahia Moore (51°46'S., 73°52'W.) is on the W side of the

canal, about 2 miles NE of the entrance to Bahia Wodehouse.

Good anchorage may be obtained in the outer part of the bay,

in a depth of 50m. Local knowledge is necessary for entering

the bay as it has not been surveyed.

8.52 Bahia Pascoe is entered 1.5 miles N of Bahia Moore by a

narrow channel with a least width of 0.1 mile. In the channel,

depths decrease toward the inner end where a depth of 19m has

been obtained. Anchorage with good holding ground may be

obtained in the middle of the bay, in a depth of 55m, clay and

mud. When entering the inlet steer 005°, parallel to the W side

of the channel and 91m off it, until the point projecting from

the E side has been passed, when course may be shaped for the

anchorage.

8.52 Punta Oeste (51°32'S., 74°04'W.), on the W side of the canal, is the N extremity of Isla Piazzi. Islotes Locas form a small

group 4 miles NW of Punta Oeste and near the middle of Paso

Tarleton. This passage separates Isla Piazzi from Isla Vancouver, and leads into Estrecho Nelson.

8.52 Punta Don Pedro lies 5 miles NNW of Punta Oeste. It is the

SE extremity of Isla Vancouver, which extends 10 miles NNW.

A light is shown on an islet 1.7 miles N of Punta Don Pedro.

Abra Themis is an inlet 5 miles NNW of Punta Don Pedro and

is entered close S of Punta Anderson (51°22'S., 74°07'W.).

Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage W of the

islets off Punta Anderson.

8.53 Cabo San Mateo (51°24'S., 74°02'W.), on the E side

of the canal, lies 3.2 miles SE of Punta Anderson. It is the S extremity of Isla Evans. Puerto Mayne lies 4.5 miles NNW of Cabo San Mateo and consists of an inner and outer anchorage.

Both anchorages are perfectly safe, but only suitable for small

vessels as the space is limited. Large vessels can obtain anchorage outside Puerto Mayne, midway between Punta Richard and

Isla Eclipse, in a depth of 47m, but there is very little shelter.

8.53 Isla Evans is separated from Peninsula Staines by Paso Childers,

and from the unnamed peninsula to the N by Paso Stewart. Paso

Blanche, entered from Paso Childers, 7 miles NE of Cabo San

Mateo, separates Isla Evans from Isla Owen to the E.

8.53 Isla Whidbey (51°17'S., 74°10'W.), on the W side of the canal, lies close off the NE end of Isla Vancouver. A shoal, the

charted position of which is doubtful, lies 0.5 mile ENE of the

N extremity from Isla Esperanza, leads 4 miles W into Canal

Esteban, but has not been surveyed. Grupo Hays form a chain

of islets extending 3.5 miles S from the SE end of Isla Esperanza to within 1 mile of Isla Whidbey. A rock, with a depth of

less than 2m, marked by kelp, lies 0.7 mile N of the N extremity of Isla Whidbey.

8.53 Islote Edelmira (51°08'S., 74°12'W.) lies on the W side of

the canal close to Isla Esperanza. A shoal, with a depth of 5m,

lies close E of the island’s N end and is marked by kelp.

8.53 Isla Lucia lies on the W side of Canal Sarmiento, and 5 miles

NNW of Cabo Brassey, the NW end of Isla Evans. A light is

shown on the SW point of the island. Islotes Paget, which are

low, extend 1.7 miles N from Isla Lucia.

8.54 Puerto Bueno (51°00'S., 74°13'W.) lies on the E side

of the canal and is entered between Punta Hankin and Islote

Pounds, 0.3 mile to the NW. A light is shown on Islote Pounds.

The port consists of an inner and outer anchorage. Both anchorages are safe, but the inner is more sheltered. The outer anchorage affords a good berth 183m NNE of Islote Pounds, in a

depth of 12m, mud. The inner anchorage is 0.1 mile NE of Isla

Paynter, in a depth of 18m, sand and shells.

8.54 Islote Bonduca (50°56'S., 74°17'W.) lies on the E side of

the canal, 4.7 miles NNW of Islote Pounds. An above-water

rock lies on a reef close S of the islet. A light is shown on the

SW side of the islet. Isla Sombrero Ladeado lies on the E side

of the canal, 1.2 miles N of Islote Bonduca.

8.54 Regulations.—All vessels using Canal Sarmiento, when approaching the narrows of Islote Bonduca, are required to make

a general call via radiotelephone when 4 miles from the island.

8.54 Vessels approaching the narrows from the S should reduce

speed and, if necessary, wait for southbound vessels to pass before proceeding.

8.55 Estero Peel, E of Canal Sarmiento, is entered between

Cabo San Antonio, 3 miles ENE of Islote Bonduca, and the S

side of Isla Chatham, 3 miles N. Estero Peel extends 12 miles

E, 15 miles NNE, and 12 miles NE. This inlet should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.55 Canal Pitt (50°40'S., 74°12'W.) leads NNW from Estero

Peel for 25 miles to Estero Andres. Isla Peel is separated from

the SE end of Isla Chatham by a narrow channel, 4 miles long,

which is deep and clear of dangers.

8.55 Estero Asia is entered 6 miles E of Isla Peel. The inlet extends 30 miles NNE and forms Peninsula Wilcock to the W.

Estero Calvo branches 15 miles E, 12 miles within Estero Asia.

Many glaciers descend to both these inlets, which reach the

foot of Cordillera de los Andes.

8.55 Caleta Amalia (50°56'S., 73°51'W.) lies 2.5 miles from the

head of Estero Peel, on the W side. The cove affords a wellsheltered anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in a depth

of 27m. An islet lies in the middle of the entrance to the cove,

with a passage on either side. The deeper and wider passage is

S of the islet, which should be given a wide berth as there is a

rock, awash, 91m S of it. The cove appears to be easy to access

and clear of dangers except for floating ice. 

8.55 Caleta Goicolea (50°48'S., 74°16'W.) is a small cove on the

W side of an inlet on the S side of Isla Chatham. Small vessels

can obtain good sheltered anchorage, in a depth of 12m, good

holding ground. The cove is free from dangers apart from some
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 177

Pub. 125

rocks close inshore, and a vessel anchored in the middle of the

cove has 137m of swinging room.

8.55 Isla dos Canales lies 1.5 miles S of Cabo Carlos (50°51'S.,

74°20'W.). The island is the junction point of Canal Sarmiento

and Canal Esteban, which leads S on the W side of Isla Esperanza.

8.56 Caleta Latitud (50°52'S., 74°24'W.), on the W side

of the canal, is entered between Punta Laura and Punta Blanca,

0.1 mile to the NW. The navigable width of the entrance is reduced to 91m by shoals, with depths of 3.5 to 4.9m, which extend from the shore S and SE of Punta Blanca. A shoal, with a

depth of 11m, lies in the middle of the navigable channel SE of

the point. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 32 to 36m.

When entering the cove, keep to the S side to avoid the shoals

off Punta Blanca, and when inside the cove, steer to pass 183m

N of Punta Elisa to the anchorage.

8.56 Angostura Guia, between Isla Hanover and Isla Chatham to

the NE, connects Canal Sarmiento with Canal Inocentes. The

narrows extend 4 miles WNW, and have a least width of 0.2

mile at the NW end between Punta Porpoise and Isla Guard, an

islet close off the NE shore. There are no known dangers, and

the shores on either side are steep-to.

8.56 Caution.—Icebergs have been reported occasionally in Angostura Guia, and in Canal Inocentes as far as Punta Don. Caution is therefore necessary when navigating in this vicinity,

especially at night and in poor visibility.

8.56 Isla Escala Alta (51°47'S., 74°26'W.) is prominent from the

approaches to both ends of the narrows. There is a small cove

on the E side of the island, but the bottom is foul and it is not

recommended. A light is shown on the NE extremity of the island.

8.56 Isla Bonny lies close off the N shore of the narrows, 2.7

miles WNW of Punta Passage. Isla Guard lies 1 mile NW of Isla Bonny. Punta Porpoise, on the S side of the NW entrance to

the narrows, is low and sharp. A light is shown on the point.

8.56 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in Angostura Guia run

SE and NW at rates of 2 to 3 knots at springs, but a maximum

rate of 8 knots has been experienced between Punta Porpoise

and Isla Guard (50°44'S., 74°31'W.). Strong overfalls occur on

the NW current at springs, just outside the NW entrance to the

narrows. While the current is running S in Canal Sarmiento,

the corresponding current NW of Angostura Guia runs N, the

place of separation is not known.

Canal Inocentes

8.57 Canal Inocentes leads NW from Angostura Guia for

18 miles to Canal Concepcion, where it is 10 miles wide. There

are many islands and islets on both sides, and some large islets

which have not been surveyed. The S side of the channel is

formed by a succession of high coves, sloping NW, and terminating in Grupo Clements and Isla Froilan. On the N side are

three precipitous headlands, with deep inlets between them, the

land then trends N, and the foreground consists of fairly high

islands.

8.57 Mariners are warned that the channels in this area are usually

obstructed due to drifting icebergs. Extreme caution should be

used, especially at night.

8.57 Caleta Rayo (50°45'S., 74°32'W.), on the SW side of Canal

Inocentes, is entered W of Punta Porpoise. It is a narrow and

deep inlet extending 3 miles S. Anchorage can be obtained 1

mile within the entrance, in depths of 50 to 60m, but it is not

recommended. The W side of the cove has depths of 10 to

23m, but it is too close inshore for vessels to swing. A vessel,

when entering, should keep close to the E shore.

8.57 Puerto Ochovario, on the NE side of Canal Inocentes, is entered 1.5 miles N of Punta Porpoise, and extends 2.5 miles E

between lofty mountains. Anchorage may be obtained at the

head of the inlet, in a depth of 40m, off a remarkable bluff on

the S shore, but should only be used in case of necessity. A

patch of kelp extends across the inlet within the entrance.

8.58 Bahia Wide (50°39'S., 74°36'W.) is a cove at the

head of a bay which is formed by Islotes Long and Isla Juan.

The bay is deep, with a rocky bottom, and well-sheltered from

N gales. Anchorage may be obtained in Bahia Wide, in depths

of 27 to 31m, with Islote Green bearing 023°, distant 0.1 mile,

and a low hill in the NE part of Isla Juan bearing 289°. When

entering the bay, keep close to Isla Juan to avoid Roca Ramses

and the dangers N of it. Bahia Wide is not recommended as a

good anchorage.

8.58 Isla Robert, on the NE side of the canal, lies with its S end 4

miles NNW of Punta Don (50°40'S., 74°38'W.). The island is

double-peaked, shaped like a saddle, and is very prominent

when seen from the N. No anchorages have been found on the

S and E sides of the island.

8.58 Islotes Wheeler (50°34'S., 74°44'W.) lie on the E side of the

Canal, 4 miles NW of the S point of Isla Robert. When approaching from NW, the islets appear as one long islet, covered

with stunted trees. The islets are useful in thick weather for

making the entrance to Canal Inocentes, as they are often seen

when the higher land is hidden. A light is shown from the W

side of the islets.

8.58 A shoal bank, with depths of less than 18m and a least

known depth of 8m on its SE side, lies 1.5 miles NW of Islotes

Wheeler. In case of emergency, the S side of this bank affords

anchorage, sheltered from moderate W and NE winds, with a

bottom of soft mud.

8.58 Canal Artilleria, entered 3.2 miles NE of Roca Taylor

(50°32'S., 74°45'W.), separates Isla Chatham from Isla

Figueroa to the NW. The channel, which is only navigable by

small craft, is less than 20m wide in its narrowest part and has

depths of from 10 to 14m. On the NW side of the channel, 2

miles from its NE end, a deep inlet extends NW to the foot of

Pico Sungular. 

8.58 Isla Inocentes (50°33'S., 74°51'W.) lies at the NW end of

Canal Inocentes, at its junction with Canal Concepcion. Islotes

Hope, which are low, and some rocks extend 0.5 mile off the

SE end of the island. It has been reported small craft could anchor during N winds in a cove at the S end of the island. A light

is shown on the E side of the island.

Canal Concepcion—East Side

8.59 Canal Concepcion (50°18'S., 74°49'W.) commences

at Isla Inocentes and terminates at Paso Brassey, the junction of

Canal Trinidad and Canal Wide. This part of the canal is about

30 miles long, with an average width of 5 miles in the S part
178 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

and 2.5 miles in the N part. A number of good anchorages are

found on the W side of Canal Concepcion.

8.59 Mariners are warned that the channels in this area are usually

obstructed due to drifting icebergs. Extreme caution should be

used, especially at night.

8.59 Punta Tapering (50°29'S., 74°47'W.) is located on the E

side of the canal, 4.5 miles NNE of Isla Inocentes Light. The

point is low and wooded. Islotes Chance, 1.5 miles N of Punta

Tapering and close offshore, are low and wooded, and difficult

to distinguish from the W. Vessels should not approach this

shore within a distance of 2 miles.

8.59 Bahia Eardley is entered about 1.3 miles N of Islotes

Chance. Depths of 42m, with a rocky bottom, have been obtained at the head of the bay, but it is an exposed and confined

situation. A narrow channel leads from the N end of the bay to

a basin, and is used only by small craft.

8.59 Bahia Hugh (50°24'S., 74°45'W.), on the E side of the canal, is entered 2.7 miles NNE of Cabo Childers. The entrance

is encumbered by a group of islets and rocks, dividing it into

two passages. Either passage can be used, but Entrada Norte is

the preferred entrance as it is the wider and straighter of the

two. Anchorage may be obtained in the bay S of Islas Middle,

in depths of 31 to 54m. The anchorage is sheltered from all but

NW winds, and even during these no sea is felt.

8.59 Cabo San Andres is the W extremity of Isla Canning and is

located 5 miles N of Bahia Hugh. The cape is a low promontory, with a flat top. It forms the N entrance point to Canal Andres, which has not been fully examined. The cape may be

passed safely at a distance of 0.5 mile.

8.59 Canal Andres is entered between Bahia Hugh and Cabo San

Andres. Islas Kentish lie near the middle of Canal Andres,

about 12 miles ESE of Cabo San Andres. Seno Fuentes, entered 3 miles E of Islas Kentish, extends 10 miles N. Seno

Guillardi, 9 miles E of Islas Kentish, branches ENE for 9 miles.

Large blocks of ice, which descend from a glacier at the head

of Seno Guillardi, render navigation in Canal Andres dangerous.

8.60 Isla Jorge (50°15'S., 74°42'W.) lies 3.5 miles N of

Cabo San Andres. It is separated from Isla Canning by a channel, 1 mile wide, which has not been surveyed. The island can

be identified from the S by a round summit, on its E side. Isla

Portland lies with Punta Green, its SE end, 0.5 mile SSE of the

W extremity of Isla Jorge. Bahia Portland is the SE part of the

channel between Isla Jorge and Isla Portland.

8.60 Good and convenient anchorage for small vessels may be obtained, in depths of 16 to 20m, with Punta Green bearing 212°

and Roca Entry (50°16'S., 74°44'W.) bearing 138°. Vessels lie

comfortably here at single anchor, but if intending to remain, it

is recommended that a vessel drop both anchors 183m farther

WNW.

8.60 Seno Tres Cerros is entered between Cabo Bentinck, the NW

extremity of Isla Jorge, and Cabo Clanricarde (50°12'S.,

74°42'W.). It separates Isla Jorge from the mainland, 1 mile

NE, and is unsurveyed. A rock lies close S of Cabo Clanricarde.

8.60 Estero Lecky is entered S of Punta Squire (50°06'S.,

74°36'W.). No anchorages have been found in Estero Lecky.

There is a depth of 18m, mud, in a very confined position in a

small cove on the N shore, 2.5 miles NE of Punta Squire.

Canal Concepcion—West Side

8.61 Punta Anunciada (50°30'S., 75°03'W.) is the NE extremity of Isla Duque de York, 7 miles WNW of Isla Inocentes.

The point is prominent, having three islets close N which are

covered with dark trees of triangular shape, and stand out

against the high ground backing the point. A light is shown

from an islet close off the point. Canal Oeste is entered between Punta Anunciada and Cabo Cortes, the SE end of Isla

Escribano. 

8.61 Seno Landslip is entered S of Punta Snout (50°27'S.,

75°00'W.) and extends 2.5 miles N between Isla Hocico and Isla Escribano. Isla Garcia lies close off the NE part of Isla Escribano. Seno Landslip should not be entered without local

knowledge.

8.61 Canal Monteith (50°25'S., 75°01'W.) leads 5.5 miles WNW

from the N end of Seno Landslip. Canal Pasaje, which is only

fit for small craft, branches SSW from the middle of Canal

Monteith for 5 miles to Canal Oeste, separating Isla Escribano

from Isla Caracciolo to the W. There is good anchorage in the

canal, 1.5 miles from the E entrance, but the approach is intricate. Vessels with local knowledge may obtain anchorage, in

depths of from 27 to 36m, mud, with Monte Sunday bearing

000°, distant 0.7 mile.

8.61 Bahia Walker is entered between Islote Wake and Punta Fox

(50°22'S., 74°55'W.), 1.5 miles N. The inlet is deep and extends 5 miles to the W. The best anchorage may be obtained in

the N part of the bay. Small vessels with local knowledge can

anchor in Caleta Wilson, 183m W of Islote Wake, in a depth of

40m. The anchorage is exposed to the N and cannot be recommended.

8.62 Seno Molyneux (50°17'S., 74°53'W.) is entered between Punta Rogers and Punta San Miguel, 1 mile N. The inlet

extends 4 miles NW where a channel, which is clear of dangers, leads 1 mile N to the W end of Estero Temple. About 3.5

miles within the entrance to Seno Molyneux, Canal Grove

branches SW for 15 miles to Canal Oeste.

8.62 Tidal currents in the fairway run NNW and SSE at rates of 2

to 3 knots.

8.62 Puerto Molyneux is 1 mile NNW of Punta San Miguel

(50°18'S., 74°52'W.). A light is shown on the point. A buoy

marks a rocky patch, 0.3 mile S of Punta San Miguel. Islote

Romulo lies close off the NE shore of the inlet, 1 mile NNW of

Punta San Miguel.

8.62 Anchorage may be obtain in Puerto Molyneux, in a depth of

36m, mud, with the S extremity of Islote Romulo bearing 275°,

about 0.2 mile distant. This anchorage is the easiest of access

in Canal Concepcion and is suitable for all types of vessels.

8.62 Isla Drummond-Hay (50°15'S., 74°49'W.) consist of two

summits on its N side and is cone-shaped on its S side. Estero

Temple and Estero Don Pedro, separated by Isla Chaine, are

entered N of Isla Drummond-Hay, and unite with the head of

Seno Molyneux. Good anchorage may be obtained by vessels

with local knowledge off the N shore of Estero Temple, 2.5

miles within the entrance, close to the W end of Isla Chaine, in

a depth of 27m, mud. It is not generally used because of the

dangers in the approach channel. Estero Don Pedro affords anchorage 1 mile within the entrance, in a depth of 49m, mud.
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 179

Pub. 125

8.63 Bahia Tom (50°12'S., 74°48'W.) is entered between

Islote Devinish, 5.5 miles NNE of Punta San Miguel and Punta

Mehegan, 1.7 miles NE. The bay consists of many small inlets

affording anchorages near the main channel. When approaching from the N, Bahia Tom can be identified without difficulty.

8.63 Strong winds from seaward are seldom felt in these anchorages, which are more sheltered than others in the vicinity. Tidal

currents in Bahia Tom never exceed 0.5 knot. 

8.63 Estero Henderson is the N inlet of Bahia Tom and is entered

between Isla Stratford and Punta Mehegan. This inlet is strongly recommended for vessels requiring to anchor in this vicinity,

as it has the easiest access. Anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 27m, sand and rock, with the W extremity of Islote

Fletcher (50°11'S., 74°48'W.) bearing 177°, distant 0.1 mile.

Isla Stratford, the S entrance point to Estero Henderson, shows

a light.

8.63 Bahia Day (50°09'S., 74°47'W.) is entered N of Punta

Whale, 1.2 miles NNE of Punta Mehegan. The bay has a confined anchorage, in a depth of 33m. Islita Cecil lies close offshore 0.5 mile N of Punta Whale.

8.63 Punta Brazo Ancho, the NE extremity of Isla Madre de Dios,

is low, but the land within rises steeply to Monte Vereker, 1.5

miles NW. This mountain is prominent from the N or S. Islotes

Mabel lies close off the point. Isla Topar lies 1.5 miles NE of

Punta Brazo Ancho.

Canal Wide

8.64 Canal Wide is the continuation of the smooth water

route N from Isla Topar, at the junction of Canal Concepcion

and Canal Trinidad. The canal separates the S part of Isla Wellington from the mainland, and has a least width of 1.7 miles.

From Cabo Somerset, the S extremity of Isla Wellington, the

canal extends 10 miles NE and then 20 miles N to Punta Averell, the S end of Isla Saumarez.

8.64 Caution.—This canal was reported (1938) to be inaccurately charted.

8.64 Navigation in Canal Wide is often impeded by drift ice from

Seno Eyre. Numerous large pieces of ice have been seen in the

canal in June. In August (1934), icebergs were reported on

both sides of the recommended track as far N as Estero Ringdove.

8.64 Estero White, on the W side of Canal Wide, is entered 6.5

miles NE of Cabo Somerset and extends 6 miles NW. The inlet

is unsurveyed. Seno Europa, on the E side of the canal, is also

unsurveyed. 

8.65 Estuario Gage (49°54'S., 74°26'W.), on the W side

of the canal, is entered SW of Punta Cameron, 12.5 miles NE

of Cabo Somerset. The inlet is deep and the tidal currents

strong. This inlet is not recommended as an anchorage. A light

is shown on Punta Snell, 0.7 mile NE of Punta Cameron. Caleta Refugio, about 1.3 miles NNW of Punta Snell, affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 11

to 12m.

8.65 Seno Penguin, on the E side of the canal, is entered 3.5 miles

E of Punta Snell Light. It has not been surveyed and in the

spring is usually obstructed by ice. About 12 miles within the

entrance, Seno Jarpa branches NE for 9 miles. 

8.65 Glaciers descend to the head of both Seno Penguin and its

tributary Seno Jarpa; both inlets are encumbered with floating

ice for much of the year. 

8.65 Caleta Sandy (49°47'S., 74°24'W.) lies 7 miles N of Punta

Snell Light, on the W side of the canal. Small vessels can obtain anchorage in the middle of the cove, in a depth of 15m, but

it is not recommended, as it is too restricted. A below-water

rock, marked by kelp, lies in the N part of the cove; a rock,

awash, lies close offshore in the S part. 

8.65 Seno Antrim, entered between Caleta Sandy and Punta Beresford (49°46'S., 74°23'W.), extends 4 miles WNW. At its

head, a narrow passage leads into Seno Interior. This inner part

of the inlet forms two basins, connected by a boat passage.

Both passages contain whirlpools. Caleta Elena is a sheltered

anchorage on the S side of Seno Antrim, near its head. Vessels

anchor, in 26m, between the entrance points to the cove. It is

necessary to keep NE of a rocky ledge, marked by kelp, extending from the SE shore to the middle of the cove.

8.65 Estero Ringdove (49°45'S., 74°11'W.) on the E side of the

canal, is entered 4.5 miles ENE of Seno Antrim. On the S side

of the entrance, Caleta Richmond and Caleta Chacaburo afford

anchorage for small vessels. There is a propane gas terminal at

Caleta Chacaburo.

8.65 Islote Mason lies midway between Punta Averell, the S extremity of Isla Saumarez and Punta Baja (49°38'S., 74°19'W.).

A light is shown on the S side of the island.

Isla Saumarez to Paso del Indio

8.66 At Isla Saumarez, which extends 13 miles N from

Punta Averell, the charted route divides, the two parts unite

again at the S end of Paso del Indio, N of Isla Saumarez. Isla

Angle lies close W of the SW part of the island, the passage between these two islands has not been surveyed. Estero Backout

is entered close S of Punta Patch (49°37'S., 74°27'W.). The inlet, which is narrow and tortuous, should be avoided.

8.66 Paso del Abismo (49°34'S., 74°28'W.) is entered 1 mile N

of Punta Patch and extends 4.5 miles NNW between Isla Angle

and Isla Wellington. The passage is deep and clear of dangers,

but, owing to its narrowness, passage by night is not recommended. In autumn, when ice from the glaciers at the head of

Seno Eyre comes down in large lumps, this passage is to be

preferred to Canal Icy.

8.66 Estero Veto extends 2.5 miles W of the N end of Paso del

Abismo and has not been surveyed. A flat reef of rocks, awash

and marked by kelp, lies on the N side of the entrance. On the

E side of the fairway, a below-water rock lies 0.6 mile SW of

Punta Curle.

8.66 Regulations for Paso del Abismo.—Every vessel approaching Paso del Abismo from the S or N should sound one prolonged blast 0.5 mile before reaching Punta Patch or Estero

Veto respectively, the signal should be answered in a similar

manner by any vessel approaching from the opposite direction.

The N bound vessel should wait until the S bound vessel has

passed.

8.66 Vessels should establish communications on radio, on reaching the vicinity of the above positions.

8.67 Canal Escape (49°27'S., 74°27'W.) leads NNE for 7

miles from the N entrance point of Estero Veto. The canal is

deep and clear of dangers, except in the vicinity of Punta Bar-
180 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

clay (49°30'S., 74°27'W.). Roca Corn, with a depth of 5.2m,

lies on the W side of the canal and is marked by a buoy. On the

E side of the canal, foul ground extends 0.5 mile off Punta Barclay.

8.67 Canal Icy (49°36'S., 74°17'W.), which extends 7 miles NE,

appears to be clear of dangers, but is less used than Paso del

Abismo, due to the quantity of ice from Seno Eyre. Bahia Cascada on the SE side of the canal, affords anchorage to small

vessels, but is exposed to the prevailing winds and is not recommended.

8.67 Seno Eyre is entered at Punta Chill, the SE end of Promontorio Exmouth. The inlet has very irregular depths, 7m being

found near its head, where there are two large glaciers. Seno

Falcon is entered at the S end of Seno Eyre, 3 miles E of Punta

Chill. It also has several glaciers at its head. There are two

coves on the N shore of Seno Falcon, with anchorages for

small vessels, 1.5 and 7 miles within the entrance. Seno Exmouth branches 13 miles SE from Seno Eyre, 17 miles from

Punta Chill.

8.67 Canal Grappler (49°29'S., 74°17'W.) is entered between

Morro Escarpado and Cabo Colorado, 1 mile E. The canal is 10

miles long and appears to be free of dangers. The canal has a

least width of 0.2 mile off Punta Hayman, the N extremity of

Isla Saumarez. A light is shown on Cabo Colorado.

8.67 Puerto Micaela, on Isla Saumarez, is entered 2.7 miles NNW

of Morro Escarpado. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle

of Puerto Micaela, in depths of 42 to 50m, 0.1 mile offshore. A

light is shown on the NE extremity of Isla Saumarez.

8.67 Puerto Grappler (49°25'S., 74°19'W.) is an excellent, wellsheltered harbor in the Exmouth Promontory, opposite the NE

side of Isla Saumarez. Isla Cloue, in its entrance, shows so distinctly that it is impossible to mistake the position of this island. There is passage on either side of the island, but the E

passage is the wider and better. The best anchorage for a large

vessel is 0.3 mile inside Isla Cloue, in 14 to 16m, but small vessels can anchor, in 10m, about 183m E of Islote Diamante. The

holding ground in all parts of the harbor is good. A beacon

stands on the summit of Isla Cloue. A light is shown on Punta

Hayman, the N extremity of Isla Saumarez.

Paso del Indio

8.68 Paso del Indio, which separates Isla Wellington and

Promontorio Exmouth, is the continuation of the charted route

N from the junction of Canal Escape and Canal Grappler. It extends 17 miles N to Islas Harwood, which lies W of the fairway

at the S end of Angostura Inglesa. There are several islets and

rocks in the middle of the channel, with considerable depths

between them. The least navigable width E and W of these

dangers is 0.2 mile. The position of the beacons and buoys cannot be depended upon.

8.68 Puerto Horacio (49°21'S., 74°26'W.) lies on the W side of

the fairway, 4.2 miles NNW of Punta Hayman. The port is narrow, deep, and affords anchorage to small vessels at its head.

8.68 Calata Grau lies about 0.8 mile E of Puerto Horacio. Vessels

are afforded good anchorage in the middle of the cove, with

depths of 30 to 34m, stones. The shores of the cove are free of

off-lying dangers, except for Arrecife Dolores, which lies 0.2

mile ESE of the SW entrance point; the reef is marked by kelp,

and the greater part of it is below-water or dries.

8.68 Islote Fantome (49°18'S., 74°24'W.) lies 0.2 mile off the W

shore of Paso del Indio. Anchorage can be obtained close S of

the islet, with its extremities bearing 343° and 016°, in a depth

of 51m, sand, shells and rocks. It is feasible to anchor nearer

the islet.

8.68 Grupo Covadonga consist of several islets, rocks, and shoals

located in mid-channel, 0.8 to 2 miles N of Isla Crossover

(49°17'S., 74°24'W.), which shows a light. A light is shown

near the middle of Grupo Covadonga, on Islote Bouquet. A

beacon stands on Islote Perch, 0.5 mile E of Punta Falsa

(49°16'S., 74°25'W.).

8.69 Roca Vaudreuil (49°13'S., 74°22'W.) lies in midchannel and is very dangerous to navigation. The rock is only

slightly marked by kelp and is marked by a metal beacon. A

patch of kelp is located 0.3 mile W of the rock.

8.69 Islotes Guia, on the NE side of Paso del Indio, consist of two

low islets. A light marks the N extremity of the N islet. Estero

Reindeer is entered E of Islotes Guia. It extends 2.5 miles ESE

and has not been surveyed. Arrecife Gorgon, which dries, lies

about 1.3 miles SW of Islotes Guia. A beacon stands on the

reef. A below-water rock, marked by kelp, lies 0.5 mile NNE

of the beacon.

8.69 Puerto Eden (49°08'S., 74°27'W.) lies on the W side of

Paso del Indio, about 0.8 mile NW of Arrecife Gorgon. The

port affords several good anchorages for all size vessels. The

entrance is divided into two channels by Isla Carlos and Islote

Dulce.

8.69 Caleta Lackawana is entered by a narrow channel on the S

side of the approach to Puerto Eden. Small vessels, with local

knowledge, can anchor in the middle of Caleta Lackawana, 0.2

mile inside the narrows, in a depth of 12m. The cove is landlocked and well sheltered, but is very restricted.

8.69 Arrecife Hammond, on the S side of Canal del Sur, is awash

and marked by kelp, and lies about 0.3 mile W of Isla Carlos

Light. A lighted buoy is moored close NE of the reef.

8.69 Islota Eden (49°09'S., 74°27'W.) lies in the middle of the

approach to the main anchorage in Puerto Eden, and shows a

light. A beacon stands on a rock close E of a point 0.1 mile

NNE of Islote Eden. Three radio masts and a building stand

near the W shore, 0.5 mile WNW of Islote Eden. A white cross

stands on the summit of an islet, 0.7 mile NNW of Islote Eden.

This mark is useful when anchoring. There is a mooring buoy

0.1 mile NW of Islote Eden.

8.69 The best anchorage in Puerto Eden is 0.2 mile NE of the radio masts, in depths of 22 to 26m. Vessels can also anchor, in

depths of 15 to 38m, from 0.1 to 0.2 mile E of the mouth of a

stream located 0.3 mile WSW of Islote Eden.

8.69 Anchorage may also be obtained SE of Puerto Eden, with Islotes Guia Light (49°10.5'S., 74°23.4'W.) bearing S, distant

1,000m, in depths of 30 to 40m, mud and shingle bottom. This

anchorage is suitable for vessels of up to 180m in length, but is

not recommended during N winds in excess of 25 knots. 

8.69 Large vessels, not wanting to enter Puerto Eden, can anchor

on the W side of Paso del Indio, 0.6 mile E of Isla Carlos Light,

in a depth of 55m. The holding ground is good, and the berth is

out of the swell. A lost anchor and cable lie near the berth.

8.69 A pilot boarding station is established about 0.6 mile ENE of

Isla Carlos Light. 

8.69 Caletita Malacca is entered by a narrow channel close E of
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 181

Pub. 125

Punta Oldfield, located about 0.6 mile N of Islote Eden. This

small cove is landlocked, but confined. There is anchorage for

small vessels, with local knowledge, in a depth of 13m, mud,

0.2 mile NE of Punta Oldfield (49°08'S., 74°26'W.).

8.69 Islas Harwood (49°07'S., 74°22'W.), at the N end of Paso

del Indio, are two islets, close together, with their NE extremity

1.5 miles N of Islotes Eva. Isla Salamandra lies close N of Isla

Morton, and Isla Henry lies between Isla Salamandra and Islas

Harwood. The narrow channel between these islands should

not be entered. Temporary anchorage can be obtained in the

main channel E of Islas Harwood, where the depths vary from

25 to 65m, but the tidal currents here run strongly.

Approach to Angostura Inglesa

8.70 Angostura Inglesa, with its approach from the S, connects Paso del Indio with the S end of Canal Messier, 11 miles

N. The approach is entered between Islas Harwood and Punta

Halliday, 0.5 mile NE.

8.70 Bajo Capac (49°07'S., 74°22'W.), with a depth of 3m, lies

W of the fairway, 183m NNE of Islas Harwood, and is marked

by kelp and a lighted beacon, 6m high. A buoy is moored close

NNE of Bajo Capac. Bajo Valverde, another rock with a depth

of 3m, lies 0.1 mile WNW of Bajo Capac. Bajo Pascua, with a

depth of 5.5m, lies 0.2 mile W of Punta Halliday and is marked

by a buoy.

8.70 Seno Duque de Edimburgo is entered between Punta Pascua

and Punta Paradise, 0.7 mile NW. This inlet is unsurveyed, but

is reported to be free of dangers. No bottom at a depth of 65m

has been found in the middle, nor have any anchorages been

situated off its shores. The hills in the vicinity of the inlet rise

to 202 to 300m, except at its N end where the land is low.

8.70 Bajo Memphis (49°05'S., 74°23'W.), a rock with a depth of

2.3m, lies over 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Paradise (49°06'S.,

74°24'W.); it is steep-to and marked by a lighted buoy. A 14m

patch lies 0.3 mile S of the shoal. North of Isla Adan, the approach to Angostura Inglesa is 1 mile wide as far as Isla Chinnock.

8.70 Isla Kitt, located 0.5 mile SSW of Punta Nickoll (49°01'S.,

74°28'W.), the W extremity of Isla Chinnock, is fronted by

kelp on its W side extending up to 183m offshore. An abovewater rock lies 114m W and a shoal, with a depth of 4m, lies

183m SW of the W extremity of Isla Kitt. A beacon stands on

the rock.

8.71 Caleta Lucas (49°00'S., 74°24'W.), E of Isla Chinnock, is entered through a narrow channel SE of the inlet. The

channel is encumbered with kelp extending from the S end of

the island, but there is a depth of 7m in the fairway, which lies

close to the SE shore. Good anchorage for small vessels may

be obtained in the middle of the cove, in depths of 18 to 20m,

mud; large vessels anchor outside the entrance in a depth of

36m.

8.71 Estero Beauchamp is entered N of Punta Pemberton

(49°01'S., 74°26'W.) on the W side of the channel. It is divided

into two parts by a narrow channel between Punta Enrique and

Punta Roberto.

8.71 The outer part of the inlet is deep, with depths of 16 to 20m,

with a bottom of mud near the narrows. Its shores are fronted

by kelp, which extends up to 183m offshore. Banco Florida,

with a rock with a depth of less than 2m on its SE edge, lies 0.3

mile NE of Punta Roberto.

8.71 Puerto Simpson (49°01'S., 74°29'W.) is the inner part of

Estero Beauchamp. Roca Elena, with a depth of 4.8m, lies

close to the S end of a split extending 91m S from Punta Roberto (49°01'S., 74°28'W.). The entrance channel has a least

width of only 68m, and is unsafe for vessels of more than

100m long and a 4.5m draft.

8.71 Puerto Simpson affords anchorage to vessels with local

knowledge, 183m SE of the remarkable white patch, in a depth

of 44m, mud, or, in a depth of 15m, 1.7 miles WNW of Punta

Elena.

Angostura Inglesa

8.72 Angostura Inglesa (48°58'S., 74°24'W.), the narrowest part of the channel between Isla Wellington and the mainland, extends 4 miles NNE to Canal Messier. The entrance is

between Isla Chinnock and Islitas Croft, close off the W shore

0.4 mile NW. Angostura Inglesa has a least width of 183m W

of Islote Zealous, but it presents no great difficulty. As the narrows are tortuous, it is always advisable, at spring tides, to

await slack water. Large vessel proceeding N should do it at

Puerto Eden, or Puerto Gray if proceeding S. When proceeding

with the wind and tide, passage should not be attempted if the

wind is strong. This passage is suitable for vessels up to 180m

in length. Time of passage is in daylight only. 

8.72 Bajo Lookout, with a depth of 6.2m, and marked by kelp,

lies W of the fairway 0.3 mile NW of Punta Nickoll, the W extremity of Isla Chinnock. A lighted buoy is moored close NE of

the shoal. A patch, with a depth of 12m, lies 0.4 mile WNW of

Punta Nickoll.

8.72 Banco Mindful, with depths of 5 to 7m on its E side, is an area of foul ground extending 0.2 mile E of Islitas Groft. A 13m

patch lies W of the bank. A buoy is moored close off the E end

of the bank, 0.5 mile N of Punta Nickoll. Isla Wallace, 0.2 mile

NNE of Islitas Croft, is an islet, surrounded by kelp, off Bahia

James, a deep cove.

8.72 Islote Zealous (48°59'S., 74°24'W.) lies on the E side of the

fairway, 1.5 miles NNE of Punta Nickoll. Roca Zealous, with a

depth of 4.5m, lies 91m WSW of Bajo Zealous. The rock

forms the edge of Bajo Zealous, a shallow rocky bank marked

by kelp, extending SW from the islet and 0.1 mile N to the

shore. A buoy is moored close W of Roca Zealous.

8.73 Punta Cedar (48°59'S., 74°27'W.) lies on the E side

of the fairway. A buoy is moored 91m W of the point on the

NW edge of the bank, covered with kelp, which extends from

the E shore close S of the point.

8.73 Isla Medio-Canal (48°58'S., 74°24'W.) lies 183m W of

Punta Cedar, with Roca Hall, awash, close off its SW end. Two

beacons stand on the N and S extremities of the island. The island can be passed on either side, but large vessels should use

the channel W of the island, as it is wider, deeper, and less affected by the tidal currents.

8.73 Islote Clio, NW of the fairway, lies 0.3 mile N of Punta Cedar. The islet is easily identified by a prominent white cross

standing in its center. A shoal, with a depth of less than 6m, lies

about 137m E of the islet. Bajo Caution Norte, a rocky pinnacle with a depth of 6.2m, lies 0.2 mile E of Islote Clio. A shoal,
182 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

with a depth of 3.4m, lies close NW of the rock. The kelp on

this shoal is run under by tidal currents and is not always visible.

8.73 Two leading beacons on the E side of the narrows stand

183m apart near the SW end of Isla Disraeli. The beacons form

the course to clear the above shoals.

8.73 Isla Cavour lies with Punta Hume, its NW extremity, 1.7

miles NNE of Punta Cedar. Kelp extends up to 183m offshore

from the W and SW shores of the island. A beacon stands on

the summit of the island. A beacon stands on Punta Hume.

8.74 Caleta Hoskyn (48°57'S., 74°26'W.), on the W side

of the N entrance of Angostura Inglesa, is formed on its N side

by Isla Lamarmora, joined to the mainland at low water. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the cove, in a depth

of 24m, mud, 0.1 mile WSW of Punta John. Although a considerable tidal current is felt near HW, a vessel can lie here in

perfect safety. The approach between the kelp on either side, S

of Punta John, which is steep-to, is 137m wide. Care must be

taken when entering or leaving as the tidal currents sweep very

strongly across the approach S of Islote Loney.

8.74 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Angostura Inglesa

attain rates of 6 to 8 knots at springs. The N current begins

about 45 minutes after HW, and the S current about 45 minutes

after LW, by the shore.

8.74 Predicted times of slack water are given in Chilean tide tables. The actual time of slack water occasionally differs by as

much as 30 minutes, and in special circumstances by as much

as 1 hour, from the predicted time.

8.74 When N winds are blowing in Canal Messier, the S current

in Angostura Inglesa continues for 2 or 3 hours after HW, and

the N current is only of short duration. Strong N winds can

cause the S current to attain a rate of 8 or 9 knots near springs.

8.74 Signals.—As it is advisable to wait for slack water to pass

through Angostura Inglesa, vessels bound in opposite directions, being unable to see each other, might meet at the critical

part of the narrows. To avoid this, vessels proceeding S, when

abeam of Punta Maude, off the N entrance, should sound one

long blast on the whistle or siren, a second long blast should be

sounded when Isla Disraeli is abeam. A vessel hearing a reply

to her signal should wait off Isla Disraeli until the vessel from

the S has passed.

8.74 Vessels proceeding N should make a similar signal when off

Punta Nickoll, at the S entrance, and a second long blast should

be sounded when Islote Zealous is abeam.

8.74 Warships shall discharge a gun instead of the whistle signal.

8.74 Assistance in estimating slack water is provided on request

by the radio station at Puerto Natales.

8.74 Regulations.—Passage through the narrows can only be

made during daylight hours. Vessels are limited to a maximum

length of 150m, a maximum beam of 23m, and a maximum

draft of 6.3m. Vessels over 120m long should request assistance from a support vessel. Vessels proceeding from the W

have priority.

8.74 Vessels should give 1 hour advance notice of passing through

the narrows on 2182 kHz and VHF channel 16. From 1 hour

before the expected time of passing though Angostura Inglesa,

in either direction, and also on sighting other vessels, a radio

watch is to be kept, and masters are to broadcast every 15 minutes, the time they will pass Isla Medio-Canal, their position

relative to a well-known object and the prevailing weather conditions

8.74 When navigating Angostura Inglesa, vessels must observe

strictly the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions

at Sea, especially the provisions regarding sound signals.

Canal Messier

8.75 Canal Messier extends N from the N end of Angostura Inglesa for 72 miles to Bahia Tarn, on the S side of Golfo de

Penas. The canal lies E of the N part of Archipielago Wellington, and is from 2 to 5 miles wide. There are several bold headlands and the land within the shores is mountainous, with lofty

snow-capped peaks on either side. The channel is open and free

from dangers, except for Bajo Cotopaxi. There are numerous

inlets which can be entered with perfect safety, but the depths

in most of them are too deep for anchoring.

8.75 Islote Haycock (48°56'S., 74°23'W.), on the E side of Canal

Messier, is located close N of the N end of Isla Cavour. Roca

Entrada, above-water, lies a little more than 0.5 mile NE of Islote Haycock. This rock forms a good mark for identifying the

N entrance to Angostura Inglesa.

8.75 Bahia Magenta is entered between Islote Haycock and Roca

Entrada. The bay extends 3 miles S and has not been completely surveyed. Isla Barton, near the head of the bay, is surrounded

by foul ground, marked by kelp, which extends 0.2 mile N and

SW of the island.

8.75 Isla Thomas (48°56'S., 74°24'W.) lies on the W side of the

S entrance to Canal Messier. When seen from the N, it can be

identified by a well-defined peak near its center. Isla Moat,

about 0.3 mile NW of Isla Thomas, has three peaks which lie in

a N and S direction, the center peak being the highest. Isla Isabel lies on the E side of the canal, 0.7 mile ENE of Isla Thomas.

8.75 Bahia Liberta, on the E side of the canal, is about 1 mile

wide at its entrance, and lies N of Isla Isabel. Bajo Durban,

with 10m over it, lies on the S side of the entrance to Bahia

Liberta. Bahia Flindt, a deep cove, lies on the S side of the bay.

8.75 Puerto Gray (48°55'S., 74°19'W.) lies on the E end of Bahia

Liberta. The recommended anchorage is in a depth of 30m,

mud. The anchorage is only 0.2 mile wide, and it is necessary

for all but very small craft to moor. Large vessels can moor at

the anchorage. A large lagoon lies at the head of the harbor and

can be entered by boats at HW. Roca Talisman, awash, lies

about 0.5 mile within the entrance to the harbor, on the E extremity of a shallow spit with depths of less than 5.5m. A beacon stands close NW of a light shown from the N summit of

the peninsula, which forms the W side of Puerto Gray.

8.76 Bahia Halt is entered NW of Punta Halt (48°55'S.,

74°22'W.) and extends about 0.8 mile E. It has irregular depths

including an 8m patch located 0.1 mile NNE of Punta Halt.

Small craft can obtain anchorage, in a depth of 47m, in the inner part of the bay, which is only 91 to 183m wide. A coaster

might be able to obtain anchorage in the outer part of the bay

where depths vary from 36 to 75m. 

8.76 Isla Daly (48°52'S., 74°29'W.), an islet on the W side of Canal Messier, lies 3 miles NNW of Isla Moat. When seen from

the N, the outline of the islet has a rounded aspect near the center, and its E and W extremities appear as bluff points. Estero
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 183

Pub. 125

Seymour is entered 1 mile SSW of Isla Daly and is of little importance. Estero Denman is entered 2 miles E of Isla Daly and

is also of no importance.

8.76 Bajo Cotopaxi (48°46'S., 74°28'W.), a rock with a depth of

4m, lies near mid-channel on the W side of the canal. The kelp

on this danger is only visible when the sea is smooth. There is a

depth of 5m, 0.5 mile N of the rock. A stranded wreck, marked

by a light, lies on the S end of the rock.

8.76 Bahia Tribune is entered between Punta Lautaro, 2.5 miles

SE of Bajo Cotopaxi, and Punta Yeleho, 3.5 miles NNE. Isla

Williams lies across the entrance to the bay and shows a light

on its S end. Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, in depths

of 24 to 58m, good holding ground. The depths in the bay are

very irregular and the N part is too deep for anchoring. With N

winds, the recommended berth is 0.3 mile SSW of the light in a

depth of 37m, and with the NW winds, 0.2 mile SE of the light,

in a depth of 38m. A foul area lies about 0.3 mile, bearing

182°, from the light. A cove, close E of Punta Lautaro, affords

anchorage for small craft.

8.76 Caution.—The channel between Bajo Cotopaxi and Isla

Williams has been reported (1991) to be 0.28 mile narrower

than charted. 

8.77 Islotes Direccion (48°41'S., 74°26'W.) lie near a deep

channel, 5 miles N of Isla Williams. A light is shown on the S

extremity of Islotes Direccion. Anchorage may be obtained

about 0.4 mile NE of Islotes Direccion Light, in a depth of

47m. Strong E sets towards the islets have been reported.

8.77 Seno Iceberg is entered between Punta Yelcho, 3 miles SE of

Islotes Direccion, and a point 2.2 miles N. The inlet extends

12.5 miles E to the foot of a glacier. The inlet is deep and no

anchorages have been found. Three miles within the entrance

on the S side, a shallow arm branches 7 miles SE. Estero Farquhar, 2 miles within the entrance on the N side, leads 5 miles

NE, and another arm branches 3 miles N, both these arms are

unsurveyed.

8.77 Abra Search (48°42'S., 74°32'W.), on the W side of Canal

Messier, is entered S of Cabo Nelson, 2.5 miles W of Islotes

Direccion. It is 1 mile wide and extends 4 miles WSW to Punta

Glucks, where it joins Canal Adalberto.

8.77 Seno Wald extends 9 miles S from the junction of Abra

Search and Canal Adalberto. Isla Schroder is an islet in the entrance to the inlet, 1.7 miles S of Punta Glucks (48°43'S.,

74°36'W.). The inlet affords anchorage, in a depth of 18m,

183m offshore.

8.77 Punta Bremmer (48°39'S., 74°28'W.), 2.5 miles NNE of

Cabo Nelson, is the E extremity of Peninsula Thornton, which

is steep and rugged. A flat-topped mountain rises 2 miles

NNW of Punta Bremmer. Two points lie at the N end of Peninsula Thornton, about 5 miles NNW of Punta Bremmer; two

rocks lie off the W point. A large bay lies between the N extremity of Peninsula Thornton and a point 5 miles NNW. The

bay is deep, but has not been surveyed.

8.77 Canal Farquhar lies on the E side of Canal Messier and is entered SE of Isla Boxer (48°33'S., 74°21'W.). Estero Bernardo is

the continuation of Canal Farquhar from its N end, and extends

12 miles SE to the foot of a glacier. Canal Farquhar and the inlets and channels leading from it have not been surveyed and

should only be entered with local knowledge.

8.78 Bahia Lion (48°33'S., 74°25'W.), off the S side of Isla Farquahar, forms the W end of the narrow channel between

Isla Boxer and Isla Farquahar, and is almost entirely unknown.

Caleta White Kelp lies on the N side of the bay, but is very restricted and does not serve as a good anchorage.

8.78 Isla Middle, on the E side of Canal Messier, lies 1.5 miles

NW of Punta Caffin (48°31'S., 74°27'W.). The island has two

peaks which are very prominent from the N and visible as soon

as a vessel enters Canal Messier from Bahia Tarn. The two

peaks are not seen separately until the island is almost abeam.

A light is shown from a square concrete tower, 3m high, on the

W extremity of the island.

8.78 Caleta Connor (48°30'S., 74°26'W.) is entered 1 mile NNE

of Punta Caffin. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of

the cove, in a depth of 24m, NE of the beacon on Punta Goulden. If required, a hawser can be secured to a conspicuous tree,

with notice boards on it, standing on the SE side of the cove

near its head. The anchorage is well-sheltered from the NW

and has good holding ground. Violent squalls are not experienced, even when there are strong winds in Canal Messier.

8.78 Abra Cuthbert, on the W side of the canal, is entered 1.5

miles SW of Islotes Arturo (48°25'S., 74°35'W.). It extends 3.5

miles W and has not been surveyed. There are two islets in the

S half of the entrance, and two islets, close offshore, 1 mile W

of the N entrance point.

8.79 Isla Van de Meulen (48°15'S., 74°29'W.) lies with its

S extremity 1.7 miles N of Morro Hens. It is separated from Isla Caldeleugh, SE, by an unnamed channel which extends 8

miles NE to Isla Justiniano, a small island off its NE entrance.

Three miles within the entrance a narrow inlet branches SE for

8 miles, almost dividing Isla Caldeleugh into two parts. From

Isla Justiniano, a channel on the NE side of Isla Caldeleugh extends 7 miles SE to Isla Ofhidro, and then continues between

these islands for 5.5 miles to join Canal Farquhar. Seno Horacio, entered 1.5 miles NW of Isla Ofhidro, extends 12.5 miles

E. The channel leading NW from Isla Justiniano, separating Isla Van de Meulen from Peninsula Swett on the mainland, extends 12 miles to the W end of Seno Rowley. None of these

channels and inlets have been surveyed, and should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.79 Morro Cock forms the W extremity of Isla Van de Meulen.

The headland appears from the S as a steep cliff with a smooth

top. When seen from the N, it is very remarkable because of its

peculiar shape. A light is shown from this headland.

8.79 Estero Van de Meulen (48°15'S., 74°32'W.) is entered close

E of Morro Cock and extends 7 miles NE. The inlet affords a

very indifferent anchorage with little shelter. The inlet has not

been surveyed and should not be entered without local knowledge.

8.79 Seno Hornby, on the W side of Canal Messier, is entered between Peninsula Negra and Isla Schafer, 2 miles NNW. Seno

Otto is entered S of Isla Hornby and extends 11 miles WNW.

This inlet is deep, but no anchorages have been found. Canal

Albatross is approached from the N through Seno Hornby, but

is unsurveyed and should not be used without local knowledge.

8.79 Canal Barbarossa is approached through Seno Hornby and

Paso Schlucht, a narrow channel entered NW of Isla Schlucht.

The canal leads WNW for 15 miles to Canal Fallos. The canal

is unsurveyed and should not be used without local knowledge.
184 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

8.79 Rada Bachem (48°08'S., 74°50'W.) is located at the NE end

of Paso Schlucht and should not be approached without local

knowledge. Anchorage may be obtained 0.5 mile within the

entrance to the channelm in a depth of 25m, 0.1 mile E of Punta Bachem.

8.79 Isla Millar, on the W side of Canal Messier, lies with its E

extremity 9 miles N of Peninsula Negra, and extends 8 miles N

to S. The summit of Isla Millar is prominent from the N. A

range of mountains run the whole length of the island. A light

is shown on the E point of the island.

8.80 Seno Rowley (48°04'S., 74°28'W.), on the E side of

Canal Messier, is entered N of Peninsula Henry, and extends

10.5 miles NE, but has not been fully explored. Two arms

branch off from the inlet, 3 and 6 miles from the W extremity

of Peninsula Henry.

8.80 Puerto Island is a landlocked harbor, with good holding

ground, extending 0.5 mile NE from Punta Fleuriais, located

3.7 miles NNW of Peninsula Henry. Islote Phipps lies 183m

off Punta Fleuriais. Anchorage may be obtainedm in a depth of

35m, mud, 183m NNE of Islote Phipps. Small vessels can anchor 250m from a large waterfall, which descends at the head

of the harbor, in a depth of 18m, securing the stern to trees on

the shore as there is not room to swing. Large vessels can anchor outside the harbor in a depth of 27m, with Punta Fleuriais

bearing 353° and the S end of Islote Phipps bearing 059°.

8.80 Paso Pluddemann (47°59'S., 74°48'W.) leads 6 miles S between Isla Millar and Isla Juan Stuven. As the pass is unsurveyed, it should not be used without local knowledge. From the

S end of Paso Pluddemann, a narrow channel leads 15 miles

WNW and then N between Isla Juan Stuven and Isla Jung

Frauen to Paso del Sud-Oeste.

8.80 Bahia Fatal, a narrow inlet on the W side of Paso Pluddemann, is entered 1.2 miles WSW of the N end of Isla Millar. A

small cove, with a narrow entrance and deep inside, lies within

the inlet Bahia Fatal; it is not recommended as an anchorage.

8.80 Isla Penguin (47°49'S., 74°48'W.) is located off the NE end

of Isla Juan Stuven and extends 1 mile NW. The island, which

forms the W entrance point of the N end of Canal Messier, can

be approached within a distance of not less than 0.5 mile. The

island has a flat summit and is difficult to distinguish from N.

Paso Tate separates the island from Isla Juan Stuven, 183m

wide and obstructed by rocks, marked by kelp, with depths of

5m. A light is shown on the NE extremity of the island.

8.80 Caleta Austral (Puerto Austral) lies between Isla Penguin

and Isla Juan Stuven, W of Paso Tate. The cove affords the best

anchorage in the vicinity. The holding ground is good, the

depths are convenient, and it is well-sheltered. The recommended anchorage lies 0.3 mile SE of the W end of Isla Penguin, in a depth of 24m, hard white mud. The cove can be

entered by Paso Occidental, SW of Islote Home, or by Paso

Oriental, between Isla Penguin and Islote Patricia. Paso Oriental should be used in preference to Paso Occidental, as it is 0.2

mile wide and less water than charted may exist in the latter.

8.81 Grupo Baker, on the E side of the N end of Canal

Messier, occupies the greater part of the entrance to Seno Baker, between Peninsula Swett and Peninsula Larenas, 15 miles

NNW. The group consists of Isla Orlebar, Isla Zealous, Isla

Porcia, and smaller islands and islets separated by narrow and

deep channels.

8.81 Isla Orlebar (47°57'S., 74°36'W.) lies 3 miles E of Isla

Millar and is separated from Peninsula Swett by Canal Somerset, which leads 5 miles NE of Canal Baker and has a least

width of 0.7 mile. Isla Tito lies off the N side of Isla Orlebar

and is separated from it by Canal Tito, which is 2 miles long

and very narrow. An islet and some rocks lie close off the E

end of Isla Tito (47°55'S., 74°36'W.).

8.81 Caleta Hale lies on the W side of Isla Orlebar and is entered

2 miles N of the SW end of the island. Anchorage may be obtained for moderate size vessels, in a depth of 30m, 0.4 mile W

of Monte Orlebar. This anchorage is sheltered except during

strong NW winds, when fierce squalls from between NW and

NE may be experienced. Anchorage may also be obtained in

the entrance to the cove, 0.1 mile NNE of Islotes Billiard, in a

depth of 64m. There is a rock, with a depth of 13m, 183m N of

this anchorage. A below-water rock has been reported to lie

45m NW of this anchorage.

8.81 Canal Kruger (47°56'S., 74°39'W.) separates Isla Orlebar

and Isla Tito from Islita Alert, Islita Scylla, and Isla Scout to

the W, Isla Zealous to the NW, and Isla Porcia to the N. The

channel enters Canal Baker at Punta Joubert, the SE point of

Isla Porcia. The fairway is clear of dangers and deep. Islotes

Origen, 1m high, lie near mid-channel NW of Isla Tito. These

two rocks can be passed on either side, but the passage S of

them is wider.

8.81 Isla Zealous lies with Punta Braua, its NW extremity, 7 miles

NNW of Islita Alert. Above and below-water rocks extend 0.5

mile from the point. A beacon stands on the SW extremity of

the island. Canal Cronje extends 4.5 miles N from Canal

Kruger to Punta Canarro, the NW point of Isla Porcia. Anchorage may be obtained, in case of necessity, among the several islets at the S entrance to the canal in a depth of 18m, but is

exposed to N winds. Local knowledge is necessary both for the

anchorage and Canal Cronje.

8.81 Isla Sombrero (47°48'S., 74°42'W.), N of Isla Zealous, is

the N island of Grupo Baker. The channel between Isla Zealous

and Isla Sombrero has a least width of 0.5 mile, and is clear of

dangers. When passing through, a mid-channel course should

be maintained. Anchorage, providing shelter from NW, may be

obtained in a small bay with good holding ground on the SE

side of Isla Sombrero, with the island mountain peak bearing

330° and the NE extremity of Isla Zealous bearing 097°. The

depths in this bay decrease suddenly to 5m close to the kelp

which fringes the shore. During E. winds, vessels should anchor farther E, in a depth of 55 to 73m.

8.82 Bahia Tarn (47°44'S., 74°47'W.), on the S side of

Golfo de Penas, is the N approach to Canal Messier and also

the approach to Seno Baker. Islas Ayautau lie on the E side of

the bay about 4 miles off the mainland. They serve as an excellent mark to steer for in making Canal Messier from Golfo de

Penas. The passage between the islands and the mainland appears to be foul. Bajo Sakkarah, with a least depth of 7.8m, lies

3 miles NW of Punta Oscar.

8.82 Isla Schroder, the SE island of Archipielago Guayaneco, lies

with its E end 3 miles NW of Isla Penguin. Puerto Ballenas lies

on the SE side of Isla Schroder and affords anchorage off its

entrance, in a depth of 20m, 183m from the W shore with the

SE end of Islote Jaures bearing 023°, distant 0.1 mile. The cove
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 185

Pub. 125

is foul.

8.82 Caleta Ideal (47°47'S., 74°55'W.) is located on the SW side

of Isla Schroder. Anchorage is afforded 0.1 mile NNW of Isla

Porvenir, in a depth of 13m, or near the middle of the cove, in a

depth of 18m, but the holding ground is poor.

8.82 Isla San Pedro lies 6.5 miles NW of Isla Penguin. A light is

shown from the NE side of the island. San Pedro Naval Radio

Station, situated adjacent to the light tower, maintains watch on

VHF. A small pier, marked by a wooden cross, is situated 0.5

mile NE of the S end of the island. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 15m, about 1 mile WSW of the S end of Isla San Pedro.

8.82 Bahia Acosta (47°44'S., 74°45'W.) lies SW of Isla San

Pedro and Isletas Albertina, N of the foul ground extending

from Isla Schroder. The bay is easily approached and has anchorage space for several vessels of moderate size. The bottom

is very even, consisting entirely of sand. Although strong

winds are felt here, they are generally constant in direction,

while the squalls within the bay are less violent than those harbors surrounded by higher land. Some sea is said to reach the

bay through the NW entrance. The best entrance to Bahia

Acosta is between Isla San Pedro and Isletas Albertina. The SE

entrance, between Isla Schroder and Isletas Albertina, is not

recommended as rocks and other dangers lie off it.

8.82 Puerto Escondido is entered from Bahia Acosta, between Isla Guillermo and the coast of Isla Wager, 183m W. The cove

affords good anchorage for small vessels, sheltered from all

winds and with good holding ground, 0.4 mile S of Isla Guillermo, in a depth of 18m, where the channel is 0.5 mile wide.

The entrance is not easy to identify as the coast of Isla Wager is

low and wooded, and similar in appearance to Isla Guillermo.

8.83 Seno Baker (47°48'S., 74°38'W.) is entered N of Isla

Sombrero and extends 9 miles ESE to Punta Jilguero, where it

divides, N to Canal Martinez, and S to Canal Baker. Estero

Eloisa is entered 2.5 miles NNE of Isla Sombrero and has not

been surveyed. Estero Nicholas, entered 3 miles NW of Punta

Jilguero, is 11 miles long and also has not been surveyed.

8.83 Puerto Francisco is a small cove on the N side of the Seno

Baker, midway between Estero Eloisa and Estero Nicholas. At

the head of the cove, a very narrow channel, with a least depth

of 4.1m, leads into a landlocked basin. Anchorage may be obtained either N or S of the rocky patches on the bank extending

SE from the W entrance point, in depths of 15 to 26m. The S

berth is exposed NW to the seas coming in from Golfo de Penas.

8.83 Canal Baker, which has a least width of 1.5 miles, is entered

W of Punta Jilguero and leads S as Canal Joubert for 5 miles,

and then turns ESE at Punta Baker, the W extremity of Isla Merino Jarpa. Drifting logs often obstruct the canal and adjacent

channels. Care is necessary particularly when navigating at

night.

8.83 Large masses of ice are constantly calved from Ventisquero

Jorge Montt (48°20'S., 73°35'W.), which descends to the S side

of the head of Canal Baker. 

8.83 Caleta Dewett (47°52'S., 74°33'W.), on the W side of Canal

Joubert, is entered 3 miles SW of Punta Jilguero. Caleta Dewett affords temporary anchorage for coasters in good weather.

The recommended berth is in a depth of 31m, stones, about

275m NNW of the S entrance point. 

8.83 Isla Merino Jarpa extends 28.5 miles from Punta Baker, and

attains an elevation of 1,092m at its E end. The coast of the island is clear of dangers, steep-to, and indented by small inlets.

It is separated from Isla Vicente by Canal Sierralta, which extends 8 miles NE from Punta Baker to join Canal Martinez.

The channel has a least width of 0.2 mile, and can safely be

navigated in mid-channel. Puerto Larenas affords the only anchorage on the S side of the island. Small vessels with local

knowledge, can anchor in the middle of the cove, in a depth of

46m, good holding ground.

8.83 Estero Nef (48°07'S., 74°16'W.), on the S side of Canal

Baker, is entered 10 miles ESE of Punta Baker, between Punta

Stony and Punta Carpa, 1 mile E. The inlet divides into two

arms at its S end. Brazo Terminus, the W arm, leads 4.5 miles

S, and Brazo Codo, the E arm, trends SSE for 3.5 miles and

then turns ENE for 4 miles.

8.84 Puerto Tres Meses (48°12'S., 74°16'W.), on the W

side of the entrance to Brazo Terminus, is entered 0.5 mile W

of Punta Castaneda. The cove has depths of 35m, 0.3 mile from

its head, but the W part of its head is shallow. The outer part of

the cove is too deep for anchoring, but anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the cove, 0.1 mile SW of the passage

between the two islets, in a depth of 35m, mud and stone.

8.84 Puerto Cueri-Cueri, on the S side of Canal Baker, is entered

1.7 miles E of Punta Carpa (48°01'S., 74°18'W.). Anchorage

may be obtained 0.4 mile from the head of the inlet, where it is

0.2 mile wide in a depth of 13m, mud, good holding ground

and sheltered from all winds. In the approach to the anchorage

the inlet has a least width of 0.1 mile, with a least depth of

12m. With N winds greater than force 5, strong currents develop in the entrance to the cove setting inward and heavy rip tides

form forcing a vessel off her track and making handling difficult. Estero Amengual and Estero Casma, entered 4.5 and 6

miles, respectively, E of Punta Carpa, are very deep and narrow, being useless as anchorages.

8.84 Canal Troya (47°56'S., 73°49'W.), between Isla Alberto

Vargas and Isla Merino Jarpa, trends NNE to join Canal Martinez, and is 4 miles long and 1 mile wide. The greatest depths

in this channel are off the W shore. During a falling tide the tidal current runs S at a rate of 3 knots, and at this time the water

is nearly fresh, being fed from the Rio Baker. After entering

Canal Baker, the tidal current sets towards Punta Llay-Llay on

the S shore.

8.84 Puerto Brown, on the S side of Canal Baker, is situated at the

N end of a bay between Punta Payaso (48°01'S., 74°02'W.) and

Punta Laura, 6.5 miles ESE. Anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 45m, with moderate shelter, in the middle of the bay

formed by Punta Teresa, the SE entrance point, and an islet, 0.3

mile SW. During strong W or SW winds, the squalls are very

heavy here.

8.84 Between Punta Laura (48°03'S., 73°53'W.) and Punta LlayLlay, 3.7 miles E, there is a deep bay with Estero Angamos at

its head. This inlet has not been surveyed, but has been entered

and reported that navigation presents no difficulty. Anchorage

can be obtained, in a depth of 42m, 0.1 mile offshore on the E

side of the inlet near its head.

8.84 Puerto Valdes (48°05'S., 73°51'W.) is a cove on the E side

of the entrance to Estero Angamos. Foul ground, with depths

of 1 to 6m, extends 0.1 mile N from the small peninsula on the
186 Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 

Pub. 125

S side of the cove. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 33

to 43m, mud, 0.1 mile SE of the N end of the peninsula. Small

vessels can anchor 0.2 mile farther SSW, toward the head of

the cove, in depths of 11 to 18m.

8.84 Puerto Alvarez is an anchorage off the NE side of Islote Alvarez, which lies close off the SE side of the entrance to the unsurveyed Estero Landgren. Anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 16m, with the outermost rock N of Islote Alvarez

bearing 321°, distant 0.3 mile or farther off the islet. The best

berth is just S of the alignment of the rock with a prominent

waterfall on the NW shore of Estero Landgren.

8.85 Canal Plaza (47°58'S., 73°41'W.), E of Isla Alberto

Vargas, separates the island from Peninsula Videau. The canal

is 6 miles long and leads to Canal Martinez. The canal is tortuous, with a least width of 0.3 mile in the middle, with its greater depth towards the E shore.

8.85 Puerto Contreras is situated on the E side of Isla Alberto Vargas in the middle of Canal Plaza. Its position can be identified

by a remarkable waterfall on the E side of Canal Plaza, 0.7

mile E of Punta Obscuro. The fairway in the entrance is deep,

but an 8m shoal patch lies about 0.1 mile SSW of Punta Obscuro. Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 18 to 20m with Punta

Obscuro bearing 056°, distant 0.2 mile. Vessels up to 60m in

length and a draft of 4.5m can enter the bay 1 mile W of Punta

Obscuro, where they can anchor, in a depth of 12m, over a bottom of mud. When approaching Puerto Contreras keep nearer

to the S shore to avoid a rocky shoal, with a depth of less than

2m, lying 0.7 mile W of Punta Obscuro.

8.85 Estero Montegro, on the N side of Canal Baker, is entered 6

miles E of Punta Llay-Llay. It extends 4.5 miles ENE, but has

not been surveyed.

8.85 Isla Francisco (48°07'S., 73°39'W.) lies near mid-channel, 4

miles ESE of Punta Llay-Llay. The channel SE of the island

has not been surveyed. Tenedero Fuentes affords anchorage on

a bank extending 0.5 mile offshore, close N of the E extremity

of the island, but local knowledge is necessary.

8.85 Fondeadero Pedreros lies between the two S islets of the

chain extending from Isla Francisco, 0.7 mile NW of Isla Faro.

It affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in

depths of 20 to 30m, good holding ground of mud, and a

swinging radius of 0.1 mile. The anchorage is exposed and is

not recommended in bad weather. Small icebergs drift down to

the anchorage during the season of the thaw. Large pieces of

ice fill the area S of Isla Faro.

8.86 Tenedero Rio Pascua (48°15'S., 73°26'W.), on the S

side of Canal Baker, lies close E of Punta Pisagua, 2 miles

WSW of Punta Steele. The anchorage is W of the S end of the

delta of the Rio Pascua, having depths of 40 to 60m with Punta

Pisagua bearing 311° and Punta Steele bearing 057°. A small

vessel can anchor 183m from a tree, with a notice board on it,

in a depth of 18m, mud.

8.86 Estero Steele forms the head of Canal Baker. The shores are

steep and wooded, with depths of more than 50m in the middle

of the inlet. Two miles S of the head of the inlet, there is a narrows, 70m wide with depths of 13 to 16m, and a bottom of

mud. Anchorage may be taken immediately S of the W entrance point to these narrows in a depth of 30m, 183m offshore.

If necessary, the vessels stern can be secured to trees on the

shore.

8.86 Caleta Buzeta (48°11'S., 73°19'W.), the best anchorage at

this end of Canal Baker, lies on the E side of Estero Steele, 4

miles ENE of Punta Steele. The channel SE of Isla Julia

(48°12'S., 73°20'W.) is shallow and should not be used. The

general depths within the cove are from 8 to 12m, mud bottom.

8.86 Two anchorages are recommended, although a vessel can anchor anywhere in Caleta Buzeta according to draft. The N

berth is with an above-water rock close of Punta Vasquez bearing 001°, distant about 0.1 mile, in a depth of 11m. A better

and more spacious anchorage is with the same rock bearing

009°, distant 0.3 mile. This anchorage is suitable for vessels

drawing less than 7m, the sterns of which can be secured to the

S shore.

8.87 Canal Martinez, the N portion of Seno Baker, is entered between Punta Jilquero, on the W side of Isla Vicente,

and Isletas Boers, 1 mile N. The canal is tortuous and extends

E for 42 miles, where it is prolonged E by Estero Mitchell for

another 14 miles. The channel is less than 1 mile wide for a

great part of its length. The narrowest part is Paso Termopilas,

which is only 0.1 mile wide, 14 miles within the entrance. The

tidal current in this pass runs at a rate of 4 knots.

8.87 Isletas Boers (47°49'S., 74°30'W.) form the N entrance

point to Canal Martinez and must be passed to the S when entering the canal. A rock, 2.5 miles NE of Isletas Boers, is the

only danger in the W part of the canal. Many of the inlets in the

W part of the canal are unsurveyed and should be avoided.

8.87 Paso Termopilas branches NE at the W end of Isla Irene

(47°50'S., 74°04'W.). From the W entrance to the passage, Estero Gonzalez extends ESE for 7 miles, but is deep and of no

use to shipping. The channel trends E from the pass for 4.5

miles to Punta Vicente, the NE end of Isla Irene, where it turns

S for two miles.

8.87 Puerto Merino Jarpa is entered 1 mile NE of Punta Vicente,

and is the best anchorage in Seno Baker, being well-sheltered

with good holding ground. The inlet extends 1 mile N and

forms two coves. The channel leading to the inner cove has a

navigable width of 183m between shoals on either side. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the outer cove, in

depths of 12 to 16m, with Punta Merino, the E entrance point,

bearing 140°. Small vessels can anchor in the inner cove,

which is 0.2 mile wide, in a depth of 13m, mud. When entering

the inner cove, keep closer to the W side of the channel, as

there are rocks, which dry, 91m off the E shore.

8.87 Puerto Bordali (47°49'S., 74°03'W.), on the E side of the

channel, is entered 1.2 miles SSE of Punta Merino Jarpa. Two

small islets lie close of the W entrance point, which is formed

by a small peninsula extending SW. There is anchorage on the

W side of the N of two coves at the head of the inlet, in depths

of 12 to 16m. The head of this cove is shallow and should not

be approached.

8.87 Caleta Gallardo is a small cove on the N side of the channel,

midway between Punta Ninfa and Punta Baal (47°52'S.,

73°56'W.). The cove affords anchorage to a single small vessel.

8.87 Caleta Espinoza (47°54'S., 73°54'W.) lies in the narrow

channel between Islote Lucano and Isla Merino Jarpa. Small

vessels with local knowledge, may obtain anchorage here, in

depths of 25 to 29m, mud, with the SE point of Islote Lucano

bearing 043°.
Sector 8. Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes 187

Pub. 125

8.87 Estero Steffen, on the N side of Canal Martinez, is entered E

of Punta Steffen (47°49'S., 73°46'W.), 7.7 miles ENE of Punta

Baal. It extends 11 miles N and NE and is deep as far as the

mouth of the Rio Huemules, 8 miles from the entrance on the

NW side.

8.88 Caleta Maria Elena (47°46'S., 73°44'W.) is a cove

on the E side of Estero Steffen, 2.7 miles NNE of Punta Steffen. In good weather, anchorage may be obtained SW of the

creek which flows into the center of the cove, 0.1 mile offshore, with good holding ground.

8.88 Puerto Sargento, in Estero Steffen, lies between sandbanks

which project SE from the mouth of the Rio Huemules, and the

E side of the inlet. The anchorage is 0.3 mile from the edge of

the banks, in a depth of 40m, with the SW extremity of low and

swampy ground, extending S from the N entrance point of the

river, bearing 311°. Local knowledge is necessary.

8.88 Surgidero Raul (47°49'S., 73°42'W.) is an open roadstead 1

mile SE of Punta Lucia, the E entrance point to Estero Steffen.

It lies close on Bajo Raul, which has depths of from 10 to 24m,

good holding ground. The anchorage can be identified by a

white landslide on the side of a mountain, rising 1.7 miles NE

of Punta Raul (47°49'S., 73°43'W.). Vessels with local knowledge can anchor 0.1 mile offshore with the white landslide in

line with a small rocky point, bearing 043°, in depths of 10 to

15m, mud.

8.88 The Rio Baker, the principal river in the vicinity, flows

through a delta into the E end of Brazo Norte. The river is navigable by small craft for 38 miles from its mouth. A pilot

should be obtained locally.

8.88 Surgidero Arturo (47°50'S., 73°39'W.), the best anchorage

off the delta of the Rio Baker, lies on the E side of Punta Casas.

Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage 0.3 mile

offshore, in depths of 16 to 20m. The seaward edge of the delta

is steep-to, and soundings give little warning when approaching it. There are some storehouses and dwellings near the anchorage.

8.88 Ensenada Tortel, which is deep, lies on the S side of the delta

of the Rio Baker and is entered N of Punta Acosta (47°51'S.,

73°36'W.), the N entrance point of Canal Montalva. Caleta

Tortel, which forms the N end of Ensenada Tortel, is entered E

of Punta Mancilla, 0.7 mile NNE of Punta Acosta. A light

stands on the highest point of Punta Mancilla, while a beacon

stands on Punta Gisela, about 0.3 mile SW of Punta Mancilla.

Anchorage may be obtained 183m NE of Punta Mancilla, in a

depth of 22m. A better anchorage in bad weather is in a cove,

outside Caleta Tortel, between Punta Mancilla and a naval signal station, where a vessels stern can be secured to the shore.

Both anchorages are well sheltered.

8.89 Puerto Gunther (47°55'S., 73°30'W.) is entered 0.5

mile E of the SE end of Isla Barrios. Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage 0.5 mile inside the entrance, in a

depth of 20m.

8.89 Estero Mitchell, on the N side of Peninsula Videau, is entered between Punta Lindero (47°55'S., 73°34'W.) and Punta

Quillota, 1 mile SE. The inlet extends for 12 miles ESE to the

mouth of the Rio Brava. The inlet has a least width of 0.5 mile

and is deep throughout.

8.89 Puerto Velenzuela (47°56'S., 73°32'W.) is entered 1 mile E of

Punta Lindero, and lies NE of Punta Quillota. Anchorage may be

obtained towards the S shore in the entrance, in depths of 31 to

44m, mud. Depths of less than 11m extend 0.5 mile from the head

of the cove and 0.2 mile from the NE shore. The holding ground is

good, but during NW and W winds, anchorage in Puerto Gunther

is to be preferred. A shoal, with a depth of 1.2m, lies in the middle

of the cove, 0.2 mile from its head.

8.89 Caleta San Miguel lies on the NE side of Estero Mitchell, 1.5

miles SE of Punta Lindero. It affords an anchorage to small

vessels 91m SSW of the creek, which flows into the cove, in a

depth of 27m, mud.

8.89 Caleta Laguera (48°01'S., 73°28'W.), on the S side of Estero Mitchell, is entered 6.5 miles SE of Punta Lindero. Small

vessels can anchor in the middle of the outer part of the cove,

where it is 0.2 mile wide, in a depth of 35m. When approaching the anchorage, keep SE of a mid-channel line to avoid a

dangerous rock, which is awash.

8.89 Caleta Yungay, 2 miles NE of Caleta Laguera, affords anchorage to small vessels. There is also an anchorage for one

small vessel, with local knowledge, in Surgidero Freddie, on

the S side of the head of Estero Mitchell, off the mouth of the

Rio Bravo in a depth of 51m, but it is not recommended.
Pub. 125

9. Coasts of Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del 

Fuego

9.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION
191

Pub. 125

SECTOR 9 

COASTS OF CHILE AND ARGENTINA SOUTH OF ESTRECHO DE MAGALLANES AND TIERRA DEL FUEGO

9.0 Plan.—This sector describes the archipelago S of the W part

of Estrecho de Magallanes (Strait of Magellan) and the waters

S of Tierra del Fuego. From Cabo Deseado SE to Cabo Falso

de Hornos, then NE to Cabo San Pio and the E entrance to Canal Beagle, then W to Canal Cockburn and its adjacent islands

and inlets.

General Remarks

9.1 See Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast

of South America for a description of the approaches to Estrecho de Magallanes.

9.1 The SW coast from Cabo Deseado to Cabo Falso de Hornos,

300 miles SE, is composed of a large number of islands. It is

generally high, bold, and free of shoals and banks, but there are

many rocks, nearly awash, some of which lie 6 miles from the

nearest coast.

9.1 From a distance this coast appears high, rugged, covered

with snow, and continuous as if there were no islands, but on a

near approach, many islands are seen which intersect the land

in every direction, and open into large gulfs or sounds within

the seaward islands. The high land, covered with snow, now

disappears behind the coastal hills, the latter being thickly

wooded toward the E, though barren, on their W sides, owing

to the prevailing winds. These hills are seldom covered with

snow.

9.1 Ice.—In coastal waters, sea ice is not normally encountered,

but on rare occasions it may form in the shallow portions of

some inlets, during abnormally cold spells in mid and late winter. The SE flowing currents off the W coast of Chile tend to

keep the water temperature in the various inlets and channels

above freezing.

9.1 Some of the channels and inlets possess glaciers, which

calve and produce ice which is a danger to navigation. Channels prone to this problem will be identified in the text.

9.1 Tides—Currents.—Little detailed information is available

concerning the currents along the S coast of Chile. It would

seem that S of about latitude 50°S., the current is predominantly S and then SE following the coast. From the few observations available it would seem that the tidal currents off the

coast between Cabo de Hornos and Cabo Pillar appear to be

weak in relation to the coastal current. Tidal currents will be

described along with the feature they affect.

9.1 Anchorage.—The best anchorages, where good holding

ground exists, are on the W side of high land, protected from

the sea by low islands. Good anchorages on the E side can be

found, but they are usually exposed to heavy squalls from the

high land. Where the land is chiefly composed of sandstone or

slate, anchorages abound, but where it is composed of granite it

is difficult to strike soundings.

9.1 The difference between the granite and slate and sandstone

hills can be distinguished by the former being very barren and

rugged, and of a grey or white appearance, whereas, the latter

are dark colored, covered with vegetation, and have smoother

outlines.

Cabo Deseado to Cabo Tate

9.2 Cabo Deseado (52°45'S., 74°43'W.) forms the NW

extremity of Isla Desolacion. The cape is low and submerged

rocks extend 0.7 mile from it. Pico Adam, 3 miles SE of Cabo

Deseado and 847m high, is prominent and makes a good landfall. Rocas Apostoles, from 1 to 15m high and fringed with

breakers, lie on a reef which extends 2 miles off the cape.

9.2 Caution.—A submarine exercise area, the limits of which

are shown on the chart, is centered about 27 miles NW of the

cape in the approaches to the W entrance of Estrecho de Magallanes.

9.2 Caleta Mataura is entered between Cabo Mataura (52°49'S.,

74°40'W.) and a point 0.5 mile N. The cove is deep, but open to

W winds and cannot be recommended. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile ENE of Cabo Mataura, the S entrance

point, in a depth of 35m, sand. 

9.2 Puerto Loberos (52°51'S., 74°35'W.) is an inlet entered

midway between Cabo Mataura and Punta Chancery, 3.2 miles

SE. Numerous rocks and breakers exist near the entrance, and

the head of the inlet is encumbered with rocks and patches of

kelp. The swinging room is restricted and the anchorage is

open W. Local knowledge is required. Rocas los Jueces lie on a

reef up to 3.5 miles NW of Punta Chancery, there are many

breakers near these rocks.

9.2 Bahia Dislocacion lies 2.5 miles SE of Punta Chancery. The

bay is unsuitable for vessels, except as a refuge when in distress. Islas Cotesworth lie about 5 miles SSE of Bahia Dislocacion and nearly 1 mile offshore. The channel between these

islands and Isla Desolacion has not been surveyed. Bahia Barrister, about 12 miles SE of Bahia Dislocacion, is also unsuitable for vessels, as it is encumbered with foul ground, and is

exposed. Roca Lee, a prominent above-water rock, and Isla

Black lie about 2.5 miles off the coast between the entrance to

Bahia Dislocacion and Islas Cotesworth.

9.2 Puerto Saturday lies about 8 miles SSE of Bahia Barrister

and in the channel between Isla Monday and Isla Tuesday. It

affords a secure and snug anchorage to small vessels in a depth

of 40m, with good holding ground, but access is difficult. Anchorage may also be obtained between Isla Tuesday and Isla

Graves, in 21 to 25m, off a waterfall. The anchorage should be

approached from the N, passing N of a 3.5m patch, marked by

kelp, lying mid-channel 0.5 mile NNE of Isla Tuesday. There is

an anchorage, in depths of 15 to 19m, in a large cove on the E

side of Isla Monday.

9.2 Paso Murray (53°08'S., 74°17'W.) can be navigated without

difficulty in its W part, N of Isla Graves and Isla Monday, but it

is necessary to keep at least 183m off either shore. The E part

of the pass is obstructed by many islets and rocks, which lie be-
192 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

tween the NE end of Isla Monday and Grupo Friday, 1 mile E.

Isla Graves is the largest of Islas Weeks and attains an elevation

of 610m. Several rocks lie off the coast of the island.

9.2 Isla Recalada lies about 8 miles SSE of Isla Monday. Cabo

Schetky, its S extremity, is a remarkable double-peaked promontory. Rocks, just awash, lie up to 1 mile S of this cape. Isla

Inman is separated from the SW end of Isla Recalada by a narrow channel. Off Cabo Inman, the W extremity of the island,

are several detached rocks on which the sea breaks violently

giving them a formidable appearance.

9.3 Bahia Latitud (53°17'S., 74°14'W.), formed by the

NW side of Isla Recalada and the NE side of Isla Inman, has

depths of 13 to 31m. The bay affords good anchorage off the N

entrance to the narrow channel between the two islands, but is

somewhat exposed to the swell caused by strong NW winds. It

is advisable to anchor as close as possible to the W shore, but

not in depths of less than 18m, with an anchor laid out E in

case the wind blows from that direction. 

9.3 Within the channel between the two islands there is a secure

and snug berth, with calm water, which is suitable for a vessel

drawing less than 3.6m. 

9.3 Bahia Otway lies NW of Isla Nunes and Islas Rice Trevor

and SE of Isla Recalada. The bay should not be entered without

local knowledge, as there are many islets and rocks in it, and it

has not been surveyed. Passages lead from the bay to Estrecho

de Magallanes through Seno Dynevor and Canal Abra.

9.3 Puerto Gonzales (53°20'S., 73°47'W.) is the larger and E of

two small bays on the N coast of Isla Childs. The port affords

good anchorage for vessels with local knowledge in depths of

16 to 18m, sand and shells, good holding ground. The port is

recommended as a harbor of refuge.

9.3 Canal Abra is entered at the E end of the head of Bahia Otway. It is a good navigable channel, but has not been completely surveyed. Canal Maule leads 8 miles SE from Bahia Otway

to the head of Seno Profundo. The channel is deep, but it has a

bend which can not be taken by vessels over 59m in length. Canal Evans, which separates Isla Evans from Islas Rice Trevor to

the E, is unsurveyed.

9.3 Cabo Tate (53°38'S., 73°51'W.) is the SW extremity of Isla

Nunes. It is high and rounded at the summit. There are numerous clusters of rocks off its W and N sides, known as Rocas

College, which extend up to 8 miles NW of the cape. This part

of the coast is very dangerous and should be avoided.

Cabo Tate to Isla Noir

9.4 Seno Profundo (Hondo) is entered between Cabo Tate

and the SW end of Islas Fincham, 8 miles SE. The inlet is studded with rocks and for the most part unsurveyed. It contains no

anchorage. Islas Rice Trevor form a large and compact group at

the head of the inlet.

9.4 Puerto Almirante Martinez is a cove on the S side of Punta

Ragged (53°46'S., 73°34'W.), affording anchorage to vessels of

moderate size. The harbor has not been fully surveyed. Vessels

should steer so as to pass W of Rocas del Medio and then E to

some prominent rocks lying near the coast. When the latter

rocks have been passed, the cove opens out.

9.4 Seno Langford (53°49'S., 73°25'W.) is entered between islets and rocks, which extend from the N side of the W entrance

to Paso Wakefield, and Punta Ragged. The inlet is encumbered

with islets and rocks, and has not been surveyed. The whole of

this coast is known as Costa Inabordable. It is exposed to W

winds and no vessel should approach it.

9.4 Cabo Gloucester (54°04'S., 73°28'W.) is the W extremity of

Isla Carlos and is a remarkable promontory which cannot be

mistaken. A rock, on which the sea breaks, lies 1 mile WNW

of the cape, but there are no other known dangers and the cape

can be passed fairly close.

9.4 Bahia Euston lies on the SE side of Isla Carlos. The bay, 2

miles wide, forms the approach to Seno Laura. Anchorage is

obtainable for large vessels, in depths of 10 to 35m. The bay is

only exposed to SE winds, which seldom blow hard. This anchorage is considered one of the best in the vicinity.

9.4 Seno Laura is a small inlet on the SE side of Isla Carlos.

There are three small arms on the W side of the inlet. The S

arm, known as Estero La Darsena, lies 1 mile within the entrance, and is only suitable for small vessels, which can anchor,

in depths of 9 to 16m.

9.5 Bahia Hope (54°07'S., 73°04'W.) lies on the NE side

of Isla James and affords anchorage to vessels with local

knowledge. The best anchorage is with the N entrance point

bearing 023°, in depths of 14 to 20m. There is some kelp in the

entrance to the bay, but it does not indicate any danger.

9.5 Bahia Bolivar lies between the N end of Isla Isabella

(54°11'S., 72°56'W.) and the E side of Isla Libertad. Good anchorage is afforded to vessels with local knowledge, in a depth

of 11m. The bay has been reported to be unsurveyed.

9.5 Paso Wakefield (54°03'S., 73°08'W.), 2 miles wide, separates Isla Santa Ines and Islas William from Islas Grafton. At

times the pass has been used by vessels, and appears to present

no particular difficulty. There are several anchorages in the

passage between the islands, but the best and easiest of access

is in Bahia Euston.

9.5 Bahia Stokes is an almost unsurveyed bay, strewn with dangerous reefs, formed by several islands lying off the SW part of

Isla Santa Ines. It is entered between Islas Agnes and Rocas

Kennel (54°17'S., 72°59'W.). At the head of the bay Canal

Gonzalez connects NE with Canal Barbara.

9.5 Isla Santa Ines rises to a prominent snow-capped summit,

1,341m high, at the SE part of the island.

9.5 Isla Noir (54°29'S., 73°01'W.) lies about 15 miles SSW of

Bahia Stokes. Rada Noir, located on the E side of the island, is

an excellent roadstead. Anchorage can be obtained here, secure

from all W winds, in depths of 26 to 27m, over a clear sandy

bottom. A below-water rock lies in the NE part of the roadstead. Islotes Torres lie about 7 miles S of Isla Noir and can be

passed moderately close on either side.

9.5 Isla Noir, 182m high, was reported to be an excellent radar

target at a distance of 42 miles. Sealers have been known to

visit the island during the season of moderate weather. 

Isla Noir to Bahia Desolada

9.6 Islas Agnes (54°19'S., 72°40'W.) lie on the SE side of

the outer part of Bahia Stokes. The islands form a chain from 2

to 11 miles WNW of the NW extremity of Isla Kempe. Numerous above and below-water rocks lie up to 6 miles S of Islas

Agnes. The islands are unsurveyed, unexamined, and should
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 193

Pub. 125

only be approached in good weather and with local knowledge.

9.6 Isla Lort lies 3 miles N of Islas Agnes. The cove on the SE

side of the island is spacious, and affords good shelter to vessels with local knowledge. There are two narrow passages into

the cove and they are well-defined by kelp. Anchorage may be

obtained in the cove, where depths vary from 18 to 30m, good

holding ground. Isla Lort should only be approached in good

weather and with local knowledge.

9.6 Rocas Neptuno lie 4 miles NE of Isla Noir; Rocas Jupiter lie

6 miles WSW of Cabo Kempe (54°23'S., 72°32'W.). This area

should be avoided, as little is known of it and it is extremity

dangerous to shipping.

9.7 Paso Aviador Ibanez (54°18'S., 72°22'W.) is an unsurveyed channel which extends 9 miles NE from the NW extremity of Isla Kempe (54°21'S., 72°25'W.). Its narrowest part

is between Isla Mortimer and Islas Dora, 1 mile NW. There is

an anchorage, for vessels with local knowledge, off the E side

of Islas Dora, in depths of from 15 to 18m, sand and mud.

9.7 Puerto Skyring is an extensive bay NE of Isla Skyring

(54°24'S., 72°08'W.) and S of Isla Adelaida. The best anchorage is in the SW corner of the bay where the depth is less and

the bottom is sand and rock. There is an anchorage for small

vessels with local knowledge, on the NE side of Isla Bynoe, 4

miles NW of Bahia Adelaida (54°22'S., 72°05'W.).

9.7 Isla Adelaida lies close off the NE extremity of Isla Skyring.

Bahia Adelaida, a small bay on the NE coast of the island, affords two anchorages. One is in a cove on the S side of the bay,

in a depth of 25m, sand, and the other is on the N side of the

bay in a cove which is longer and narrower than the first with a

depth of 15m, mud in the middle.

9.7 Seno Melville (54°22'S., 72°14'W.), in the middle of the

group, is formed by Islas Furias, Skyring, and Adelaide to the

S, and by Islas Kempe, Mortimer, and Bynoe to the W and N. It

is encumbered with islets and rocks, and is unsurveyed. The E

entrance to Seno Melville is in Paso Adelaida at the S end of

Canal Barbara.

9.7 Islote Barcaza is a barren islet, 7 miles SSW of Bahia Furia.

Above and below-water rocks lie N, E, and S of Islote Barcaza

and can best be seen on the chart. The passages between the islets and rocks lead to the SW entrance to Canal Cockburn.

Canal Cockburn

9.8 Canal Cockburn runs in a generally E direction for

some 40 miles following the outline of Peninsula Brecknock of

Tierra del Fuego, which it separates from the S coasts of Islas

Henry, Clavel, Vidal Gormaz, Clarence, Seebrock, Diego, and

Capitan Aracena. It then joins Canal Magdalena and Estrecho

de Magallanes, which are described in Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of South America.

Canal Cockburn crosses a mountainous area and its coasts

are irregular. The channel is wide and very deep and offers no

problems to navigation, except at its ocean mouth where numerous groups of rocks and islets make its navigation dangerous.

9.8 In the E part of the channel heavy overfalls are encountered

to the N and S of Islas King and Fitz Roy, because of the narrowing of the channels.

9.8 The canal is entered between Isla Furia and Isla Aguirre, 8

miles SE. The rocks in the approach to the canal should only be

passed during daylight and in clear weather.

Canal Cockburn—South Side

9.9 Seno Chasco (54°28'S., 71°50'W.) is 15 miles long

and opens SSE of Isla Vidal Gormaz. The S arm of Seno Chasco, and an unnamed sound from Paso Brecknock, form the

base of Peninsula Brecknock.

9.9 Canal Ocasion (54°33'S., 72°00'W.) separates Isla Aguirre

from Peninsula Brecknock to the E. It is convenient for vessels

wishing to avoid the heavy seas which may be encountered at

the NW entrance to Paso Brecknock, but local knowledge is

necessary. The channel should be navigated at a moderate

speed. 

9.9 Paso Brecknock is entered between Isla Aguirre and Isla Astrea. It has a least width of 183m in Paso Aguirre and leads 25

miles E to the W side of Bahia Desolada. The shores of the

passage are barren, mountainous, and desolate. The tidal currents in the pass, although they cannot be called a hazard, are

appreciable in the E part, and eddies and tide rips may be met,

especially in Paso Aguirre. The flood tide which flows E is

stronger than the ebb.

9.9 Islotes Nelson (54°39'S., 74°52'W.) lie on the N side of Paso

Brecknock, 9.5 miles SE of the entrance. There are numerous

rocks around the islets. The closest to the fairway lies 183m S

of the southernmost islet. Temporary anchorage may be taken,

in a depth of 36m, mud, off the E end of the largest islet. A

light is shown from a rock SW of the island.

9.9 Islas Kirke (54°22'S., 71°44'W.) lie in the middle of the

channel near the entrance to Seno Brujo. They are steep-to and

rocks extend 0.2 mile N from them. There is a 12.8m shoal

about 3 miles WSW of the islets.

9.9 Seno Brujo is entered about 2 miles SE of Islas Kirke. It has

many branches and is full of islets and reefs. 

9.9 Islote Petit (54°24'S., 71°40'W.) lies near the middle of the

entrance. A rock, awash, with an 18m shoal close SW, lies 0.5

mile NNW of the islet. The inlet offers only one anchorage in

Puerto Alegria, at the head of the S arm. It is just over 0.5 mile

in diameter and affords good anchorage, in a depth of 20m,

mud. Local knowledge is required.

9.9 Isla Prowse is opposite the entrance to Seno Sargazos and is

3 miles long from W to E. Islote Horacio lies off its N coast,

close to its W point. About 45m W is an islet surrounded by

kelp. One mile E of the E end of Isla Prowse is Isla Reyes, and

1.3 miles NE of the latter is the W extremity of Isla Amaya.

9.9 Seno Sargazos lies S of Isla Prowse, between Peninsula Juan

to the E and Peninsula Rolando to the W. There is no anchorage in this sound.

9.9 Seno Bluff is entered between the W end of Isla Amaya and

Isla Reyes. There are some unnamed islands S of the former,

SE of the latter and right in the entrance. Seno Bluff is 8 miles

long with numerous bays along its coasts with anchorages in

two of them. Puerto Tanteo is near its entrance, on the SW

coast. It is sheltered, but narrow, with space for only one small

vessel which can anchor NW of a small beach at its head in

18m of water. Puerto Saco is at the head of Seno Bluff. It is a

circular basin, apparently free from dangers, with an anchorage

for small vessels a little S of its center, to the W of the outflow

from a small lake located in a valley which opens to the E. The
194 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

depth at this anchorage is 20m.

9.9 Isla King (54°22'S., 71°17'W.) rises 6 miles from the E end

of Canal Cockburn and to the W of it are Rocas Simmons and

Islote Fitz Roy. The channel turns N of these islands and the

passage is wide and deep. Passing to the S is not recommended, as it is narrow and the currents are strong. Isla King Light is

on the E end of the island.

9.9 Puerto Ideal (54°26'S., 71°11'W.) is on the S coast of Canal

Cockburn, about 4.5 miles SE of Isla King Light. It is marked

by an islet in its middle, 1 mile within. There is good anchorage near its head, in a depth of 26m, mud.

Canal Cockburn—North Side

9.10 Bahia Furia, entered at the S end of Isla Furia, affords

little shelter and bad holding ground.

Puerto Tom lies on the SE coast of Isla Skyring and between

it and Isla Henry. The anchorage is good and sheltered, except

from the violent gusts which come down from the adjacent

heights which are common throughout the region. The anchorage is protected from the SE by Isla Henry and from the SW by

a group of unnamed islets on the NW side of the entrance to

Canal Cockburn.

9.10 Islas Clavel lie about 2.5 miles NE of Isla Henry. A light is

shown on the SE side of Islas Clavel.

9.10 Isla Vidal Goemaz lies 1.5 miles NE and has distinctive summits named Titas de Calderon. Isla Enderby lies about 0.4 mile

NW.

9.10 Canal Barbara joins Canal Cockburn between the SE extremity of Isla Clarence and Isla Henry. Isla Vidal Gormaz, Isla

Enderby, and Isla Clavel divide it into three passes; Paso Adelaida is the N pass, Paso Aguila is the central pass, and Paso

Sur is the S pass. Canal Barbara connects with Estrecho de Magallanes, but its use is not recommended as it is difficult to navigate due to numerous obstacles.

9.10 Puerto Niemann (54°20'S., 71°55'W.) is situated on the S

coast of Isla Clarence. It is used by small craft requiring fresh

water. The entrance channel, with an average depth of 40m, is

183m wide, straight, and free of dangers. The harbor is sheltered from winds of all directions and there is no swell. A light

is shown from the SE extremity of Isla Clarence.

9.10 Seno Duntze lies between the SE coast of Isla Clarence and

the W side of Isla Seebrock. It is about 6 miles long and is obstructed by Islas Duntze. Most of Seno Duntze is unexplored,

so that its navigation is not recommended.

9.10 Isla Seebrock (54°18'S., 71°42'W.) is the largest of several

islands and islets which lie between the SE end of Isla Clarence

and Isla Diego, 10 miles E. Isla Elisa, with Isla Baynes 0.5 mile

NE of it, lies close off the E end of Isla Seebrock. Isla Alegria,

with Isla Molly 0.2 mile SE, lies 0.1 mile NE of Isla Seebrock.

9.10 Seno Dyneley is entered between Isla Elisa and Isla Diego, 3

miles E. This sound runs inland for a total of 23 miles, into Isla

Clarence, in a NW direction. It has not been surveyed N of Isla

Alegria. It is joined to Seno Duntze by Paso Andrade Tarada,

which runs N of Isla Seebrock. 

9.10 Canal Engano is entered 2 miles NNE of the entrance to Seno Dyneley and separates Isla Capitan Aracena to the W. It is

4.5 miles long, 0.3 mile wide, deep and free of dangers, except

at its N entrance which is strewn with shoals, which stop the

passage of ships.

9.10 Small craft can anchor at the head of the channel, where it

turns E, in a depth of 20m, sand and mud, good holding

ground. 

9.11 Puerto Barrow (Caleta Barrow) (54°20'S., 71°26'W.)

is on the S coast of Isla Diego. It is entered between Punta Colombo and Punta Final, 0.3 mile WSW. A light is shown about

0.4 mile W of Punta Final. Puerto Barrow extends back for

about 0.4 mile about both its head and W half are occupied by

an extensive shoal where there are several sunken rocks and

rocks awash. Anchorage for large vessels may be obtained in

the middle of the entrance, in a depth of 22m. The anchorage is

open to S winds. Small craft up to 20m in length, with a 1.5m

draft, can anchor, in a depth of 16m, on the E side of the cove. 

9.11 Seno Mercurio is entered to the E of Isla Diego and extends

deeply, via several arms, into Isla Capitan Aracena. Little is

known of Seno Mercurio and of its inner harbors. To the NW is

Seno Prat, which borders the N coast of Isla Diego. Seno Prat

takes a N direction and opens into three inlets. From W to E

these inlets are Alda, Riquelme, and Uribe. Puerto Quidora is

in Ensenada Riquelme, and Puerto Esmeralda opens 0.7 mile S

of Ensenada Uribe. Ensenada Uribe lies at the NE end of Seno

Prat, close NE of Puerto Esmeralda, on Isla Capitan Aracena. It

runs ENE but only its first half is navigable as further passage

is blocked by a 3m shoal. In general, it is narrow and shoal so

its navigation is inadvisable. Anchorage is possible in this inlet, but is not recommended as W, SW, and NW winds are so

strong and the inlet so narrow. Ensenada Riquelme, the center

arm of Seno Prat, is 3 miles long and free from dangers, with

depths between 16 and 36m. It is sheltered from all winds. Puerto Quidora at its N end is a beautiful bay, about 0.8 mile in

diameter, with depths varying from 16 to 26m, so that it is a

suitable anchorage for large vessels.

9.11 Puerto Soffia (54°17'S., 71°24'W.) is an excellent anchorage on the E side of Isla Diego. It extends NW for over 1 mile,

and has a width of about 0.5 mile with depths of 30m half way

up the inlet and 15m near its head. There are no hidden dangers

and the holding ground is excellent consisting of sand, shells,

and mud. Squalls which blow down the harbor are not very severe, as the surrounding land is only moderately high. 

9.11 Bahia Park lies on the S coast of Isla Capitan Aracena, about

1.5 miles E of the entrance of Seno Mercurio. Although there

are no sunken dangers inside it, there are rocks awash 0.2 mile

S and close W of the entrance point. Islote Chulula lies 0.5

mile SW of the entrance. There are several islets off the E

shore of the bay. The bay is exposed to the prevailing winds.

9.11 The best anchorage is in a cove W of the inner islet, in a

depth of 22m, sand and mud, with patches of rock.

9.11 Another anchorage, in a depth of 30m, is between the inner

islet and a point farther in. A belt of kelp nearby marks depths

of 2 to 7m. 

9.11 Bahia Stormy lies 6.5 miles SE of Bahia Park. There is a

peninsula in the middle which divides it into two parts. From

seaward this peninsula looks like an islet. The bay is unsuitable

as an anchorage, as it is entirely open to the prevailing winds.

9.11 Bahia Warp is entered between Punta Raton and Cabo Turn,

1 mile E. It is exposed to the S. It affords temporary anchorage

for small craft; local knowledge is required. It is necessary to

anchor in the entrance, in a depth of 30m; farther in the depths

are greater.
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 195

Pub. 125

Isla Noir to Bahia Desolada (continued)

9.12 Isla London, the largest of Grupo Camden, lies NW of

Punta Cuarzo (54°43'S., 71°52'W.), the NW extremity of Isla

Sidney. It is separated from Isla Sidney by Paso Pratt. Puerto

Townshend, on the SE end of Isla London, is entered from Paso

Pratt. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 16 to 18m, in

the middle of Puerto Townshend, 0.2 mile from the W shore.

The holding ground is good, but strong winds from S and W

descend from the hills in heavy squalls. There is little room to

maneuver should the anchor drag, and vessels are advised not

to remain overnight.

9.12 Isla Georgiana (55°40'S., 71°44'W.) lies on the S side of

Paso Brecknock, 4 miles E of Islotes Nelson. Punta Vuelta, the

NW extremity of the island is low, but there is a hummock on

it. Isla Clementina, lies close S of Isla Georgiana; the passage

between the islands is unsurveyed.

9.12 Isla Basket lies 4.5 miles SE of Isla Georgiana. Caleta Basket is a small bay on the NE side of the island and can easily be

identified by a deep defile, which can be seen high up in the

hills opposite. Small vessels may obtain anchorage, in a depth

of 20m, in the middle of Caleta Basket. There are a number of

rocks, shoals, and islets, to the S, SE, and SW of the island, and

can best be seen on the chart.

9.12 Isla Brecknock (54°41'S., 71°33'W.) lies on the N side of

Paso Brecknock, about 1 mile N of Isla Basket. The narrowest

part of Paso Brecknock, known as Paso Aquirre, lies between

Isla Macias and Cabo Atracadero, the SE extremity of Isla

Brecknock. A light stands on the cape.

9.12 Bajo Bevan, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies in mid-channel,

183m SW of Cabo Atracadero. At half-tide, Bajo Bevan is

marked by patches of kelp, but at HW, there is no visible sign

of the shoal. A lighted buoy is moored close SE of the 0.9m

patch and marks the end of the shoal.

9.12 Isla Marsh (54°42'S., 71°30'W.) forms the S entrance point

to the E end of Paso Brecknock. The island lies 2.5 miles E of

Isla Macias. The passage between the two islands is foul.

Bahia Desolada

9.13 Bahia Desolada lies close E of Isla Marsh. The bay is

open to the sea from the SW. There are many islets and dangers; however, vessels with local knowledge can proceed

across the head of the bay from Canal Ballenero to the E entrance of Paso Brecknock. The head of the bay extends 7 miles

ESE from the S part of Peninsula Edwards to Isla Burnt. The

tidal currents in the bay are weak.

9.13 Isla Gorda (54°41'S., 71°25'W.) lies in the NW part of Bahia Desolada and forms the N entrance point to the E end of

Paso Brecknock. Puerto Estrecho lies between the SW side of

Isla Gorda and two islets close off the island. The port is open

to the SE and affords anchorage to small vessels, in depths of

29 to 40m, sand and gravel, fair holding ground.

9.13 Puerto Langlois, on the E side of Peninsula Edwards, is entered between Cabo Saliente (54°39'S., 71°24'W.) and a point

0.7 mile W. Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with local

knowledge near the head of the inlet, in a depth of 24m, soft

bottom, but the inlet is not recommended because of better

conditions obtainable in Puerto Edwards.

9.13 Puerto Edwards (54°40'S., 71°27'W.) is entered between

the W entrance point of Puerto Langlois and Punta Abrigo, 0.7

mile SW. Grupo Jorge lies in the middle of the entrance. Vessels of moderate size may obtain good anchorage, in a depth of

37m, 0.3 mile WNW of the largest islet of Grupo Jorge. A vessel should approach Puerto Edwards from the S, passing between Isla Gorda and Peninsula Edwards and steer for Cabo

Saliente. When the largest islet of Grupo Jorge bears 270°,

course should be altered W to pass S of the islet and 183m

NNE of Punta Abrigo, then a NW course should be steered for

the anchorage. The passage N of Grupo Jorge should not be attempted.

9.13 Islote Direccion (54°43'S., 71°21'W.) lies in the middle of

Bahia Desolada, on the S side of the fairway. A light is shown

from the islet. Islote Entrada, located close N of Isla Marsh, also shows a light.

9.13 Seno Courtenay (54°35'S., 71°17'W.) is entered between

Cabo Saliente and Cabo Fletcher, 4 miles farther E. The sound

extends 9 miles N from the head of Bahia Desolada and is little

known and unsurveyed. The entrance and the sound itself is

studded with rocks and islets.

Canal Ballenero—North Side

9.14 Isla Burnt (54°44'S., 71°14'W.) lies 3 miles E of Islote Direccion Light. A light is shown from the SW point of the

island. Caleta Burnt lies in the channel separating Isla Burnt

and Isla Smoke, 0.5 mile E. Anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 20m, good holding ground, 0.3 mile NW of the W extremity of Isla Smoke, but this berth is restricted. Another berth

is reported to be in a depth of 20 to 26m, SE of Isla Burnt, with

the NE point of the island bearing 330°, 183m off the W extremity of Isla Smoke.

9.14 Caleta Ancha, located 0.5 mile NNE of the S extremity of Isla Burnt affords anchorage, in a depth of 25m. When approaching the anchorage from W, the S extremity of the island should

be rounded at a distance of not less than 0.7 mile, in order to

clear all dangers. Caleta Ancha is suitable for all size vessels.

A shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m, marked by kelp, lies about

183m E of the recommended berth. 

9.14 Seno Ladrones (54°40'S., 71°03'W.) is an extensive inlet

NE of Isla Smoke, Seno Alfredo, and Seno Searle lie E of Seno

Ladrones, and although extensive, little is known about them.

9.14 Puerto Util (54°51'S., 70°53'W.) lies off the SE extremity of

Isla Grande. An islet lies on the outer end of a reef extending

0.1 mile E of this point. A 5.2m shoal, which is steep-to, lies

0.1 mile SSW of the same point. Anchorage is afforded S of

the reef, in depths of 30 to 36m, with the S extremity of the islet bearing 025°, distant about 0.1 mile.

9.14 Grupo del Medio consists of Isla Grande, Islita Senal, and

several smaller islets. A light is shown from the SW point of Islita Senal. Bajo Jimenez, with a depth of 3m, marked by kelp,

lies 2.5 miles SE of Puerto Until.

Canal Ballenero—South Side

9.15 Isla Catalina (54°48'S., 71°13'W.) lies close off the

middle of the N coast of Isla Stewart. Passage between the two

islands is not recommended. Islote Vargas, 0.5 mile E of the

NW extremity of Isla Catalina, affords anchorage off Caleta

Vargas, in a depth off 30m.
196 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

9.15 Puerto Fanny lies about 3 miles SSW of Isla Grande and is

entered between Punta Fanny and Punta Baja. A reef marked

by kelp extends 0.2 mile NNE from Punta Baja. Anchorage

may be obtained in the outer part of Puerto Fanny by vessels of

moderate size, in a depth of 29m, 0.5 mile from the shore

WSW of Punta Baja. A small beach at the foot of a high mountain may assist in the identification of the anchorage. The inner

harbor is well-sheltered, but the bottom is irregular. Small vessels anchor here, in depths of 25 to 40m.

9.15 Isla Stewart (54°51'S., 71°09'W.) extends from Punta

Walter, its E extremity, 20 miles to Cabo Emilia. The island is

very indented and mountainous. Roca Blanca is a small islet,

with kelp off its N side, 1 mile NE of Punta Walter.

9.15 Bahia Isabel, on the N side of Isla Londonderry, is entered

between Punta Isabel and a point 1 mile NW of Punta Engano

(54°56'S., 70°45'W.). In spite of its size, the bay is encumbered

with numerous islets, rocks, and kelp, and is unsuitable for

shipping.

9.15 Puerto Engano (54°56'S., 70°45'W.) is a cove on the N

shore of Isla Londonderry, and is entered between Punta Engano and Punta Guerrico, 0.7 mile SSE. A beacon stands 0.1 mile

SW of Punta Engano and a second beacon stands on a prominent rock about 0.2 mile SSW of the first beacon. Anchorage

for large vessels may be obtained, in a depth of 27m, 0.3 mile S

of Punta Engano. There is also anchorage, in depths of 20 to

25m, 183m from the NW shore of the cove.

9.15 Bahia Rosa (54°53'S., 70°44'W.) lies about 2.5 miles SSE of

Punta Engano. A beacon stands on the E entrance point to the

bay. The bay should not be entered without local knowledge.

Canal O’Brien

9.16 Canal O’Brien (54°53'S., 70°25'W.) has a least navigable width of 0.3 mile and a least known depth in the fairway

of 18m. In general, all shoals are marked by kelp. 

9.16 Note.—At the W end of Canal O’Brien, between a position

2.2 miles E of Isla Redonda Light (54°55'S., 70°37'W.) and a

position 1.2 miles WSW of that light, it is forbidden for a vessel to pass another proceeding in the opposite direction or to

overtake another proceeding in the same direction. A vessel approaching Canal O’Brien from the W, on hearing a warning

signal or otherwise verifying the presence of a vessel approaching from the E, must wait about 1.3 miles SW of Isla

Redonda Light until the westbound vessel has passed.

9.16 Caution.—It has been reported that the W portion of Canal

O’Brien is incorrectly oriented and mariners should proceed

with caution.

9.16 Isla O’Brien (54°51'S., 70°32'W.), which forms the N shore

of Canal O’Brien, extends 14 miles E from Punta Pinto to Punta Americano. The whole island is mountainous and Monte

Fantasma in the middle of the island is very prominent.

9.16 Islita Redonda, which marks the W end of Canal O’Brien,

lies close off the S extremity of the island. A light is shown on

the islet. Depths of 6 to 10m were reported about 1 mile SSW

and a depth of 12m 0.7 mile SSE of the islet. A shoal, with a

depth of 8.4m, lies 1.2 miles SSW of the island, while a bank

with a least depth of 45m lies between the shoal and Isla Guillermo. This part of the canal must therefore be navigated with

great caution. A recommended track passed 0.5 mile S of the

islet.

9.16 Caleta Canales (54°54'S., 70°36'W.) lies 0.7 mile NE of Islita Redonda and offers fair shelter to vessels with local knowledge. Kelp grows in abundance in the cove, especially on the

W side. Anchorage is afforded 0.7 mile E of Islita Redonda

Light, in a depth of 24m, sand and shells.

9.16 Surgidero Fantasma located on the N side of Canal O’Brien,

3 miles ENE of Caleta Canales, affords temporary anchorage

in good weather for small vessels with local knowledge. The

anchorage, which is in a depth of 18m, 183m offshore due S of

Monte Fantasma, can be identified by a large rock on the hillside almost level with the tops of the trees nearby. The anchorage is completely open to winds from the E and W which blow

along the canal. A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, marked by kelp,

lies close NW of the berth. 

9.17 Puerto Fortuna (54°53'S., 70°25'W.) is a small cove

on the S side of the canal, 3 miles E of Surgidero Fantasma.

There is a well-sheltered anchorage in the middle of the cove,

in a depth of 22m. The cove is used mainly by small vessels

with local knowledge.

9.17 Canal Pomar separates the N side of Isla O’Brien from Tierra

del Fuego. Its W entrance is encumbered by islets and rocks, leaving a narrows known as Angostura Pomar, only 183m wide. Passage through Canal Pomar is prohibited, but there are two

emergency anchorages which can be approached from the E.

9.17 Puerto Almeida (54°50'S., 70°39'W.) lies on the S side of

Canal Pomar, 4 miles NE of the W entrance. There is good anchorage, in a depth of 18m, about 0.3 mile SE of the W entrance point of the cove. The head of the cove is foul.

9.17 Puerto Ballenas (54°50'S., 70°33'W.), on the S side of Canal Pomar and 1 mile wide, is entered 7 miles W of Punta

Americana. The middle of the bay is deep, but anchorage may

be obtained, in depths of 15 to 20m, in the SW corner. As the

bottom is indifferent, a long scope of cable is advised.

9.17 Seno Ventisquero lies N of the E entrance to Canal Pomar

and is entered E of Punta Verde (54°50'S., 70°20'W.). The inlet

is deep and narrow, and affords no anchorage. A vessel found

anchorage about 0.1 mile off the inlet’s E shore, in a depth of

70m, mud bottom, about 1.8 miles N of the entrance. The holding ground proved good in N winds of 40 knots. At its head is a

large glacier, of which portions drift down the inlet and are carried E through Seno Darwin by the current.

South Coast of Isla Stewart to Bahia Cook

9.18 Bahia Stewart (54°54'S., 71°25'W.) is an excellent

anchorage off the W coast of Isla Stewart, 2.5 miles N of Cabo

Castlereagh. The harbor consists of three openings and is easy

of access. The best afforded anchorage for small vessels is in

depths of from 9 to 11m, 0.2 mile N of the two rocks which

dry.

9.18 Bahia Parker King extends SW from Paso Adventure to the

open sea. Its W entrance point lies 4.5 miles E of Cabo Castlereagh (54°56'S., 71°25'W.) The bay is easy to recognize

from seaward by Pico Stewart in the background. The bay offers no anchorage.

9.18 Paso Adventure (54°57'S., 71°06'W.) runs in a W to E direction for about 17 miles. It stretches from Bahia Parker King

to the SE end of Canal Ballenero. In general navigation
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 197

Pub. 125

throughout is not difficult as all known dangers are marked by

heavy kelp. Local knowledge is recommended when using this

passage.

9.18 Islas Gilbert, consisting of two islands surrounded by many

islets and rocks, forms the SW part of Paso Adventure. Caleta

Doria lies on the NE side of the E island and affords anchorage

for small vessels just within the entrance, in a depth of 24m.

9.18 Bahia Fiasco (54°52'S., 71°13'W.) lies near the middle of

the S coast of Isla Stewart, 3 miles W of Pico Stewart

(54°53'S., 71°07'W.). Puerto Piloto Sibbald, a circular basin

0.3 mile in diameter at the NE head of Bahia Fiasco, is entered

through a channel 183m wide and affords anchorage, in a depth

of 27m, sand and rock. Facing the anchorage on the N shore is

a large waterfall.

9.18 Bahia Fitzroy lies 2.5 miles ESE of Caleta Doria. The bay is

entered between the W end of Isla Londonderry and the E side

of Islas Gilbert. The bay leads from the sea to Paso Adventure

and appears to be free of dangers, although the bay is poorly

surveyed.

9.18 Grupo Londonderry (55°07'S., 70°40'W.), consists of Isla

Londonderry, the coast of which is much indented, and numerous islets and rocks. This intricate group has been only partially surveyed and no anchorages can be recommended. Isla

Londonderry extends 27 miles from its W extremity to Bahia

Cook. Rocas Phillips is the S of the group and should be given

a wide berth, as they are low and dangerous.

9.18 Bahia Cook lies E of Grupo Londonderry and W of Isla

Hoste. The bay has not been thoroughly surveyed and should

be approached with caution. It would appear to be free of dangers along the usual track, no kelp or sunken rocks which break

have been sighted, and Rocas Cabrestante (55°22'S., 70°10'W.)

forms the only known danger. It can be regarded as the best

landfall for a vessel coming from sea to Canal Ballenero and

Canal Beagle. 

Seno Darwin

9.19 Seno Darwin leads E for a distance of about 15 miles

between the E entrance point of Canal O’Brien and the W entrance point to Brazos del Noroeste. In the summer Seno Darwin is encumbered with ice flows from the many glaciers in the

region. The N shore of Seno Darwin is high and precipitous,

with a range of mountains that are snow-clad year round.

9.19 Isla Timbal Grande (54°53'S., 70°16'W.) is located about

1.5 miles NE of the E extremity of Isla O’Brien. Its E and W

ends are low, and some of the high ground is nearly covered

with vegetation. The N coast is nearly clear of dangers and the

S coast is fronted by rocks and islets, between which kelp is

visible.

9.19 Isla Darwin lies on the S side of Seno Darwin, about 4 miles

SE of Isla Timbal Grande. The W end of the island borders on

Canal Thomson, which empties into Bahia Cook. Puerto

Huemul (54°54'S., 70°07'W.) is a small, sheltered, cove on the

NE side of the island. An islet is located 0.2 mile within the entrance on the E side of the head of the cove, which is shallow.

Anchorage is afforded 183m or more N of the islet, in depths of

30 to 40m.

9.19 Isla Chair (54°52'S., 70°03'W.) lies in the middle of Seno

Darwin, about 3 miles NNE of Isla Darwin. The N coast of the

island is steep-to, but Rocas Chair and Islote Montenares extend up to 0.7 mile off the NW corner of the island. A light is

shown on Islote Montenares.

9.19 Seno Garibaldi lies on the N side of Seno Darwin, about 3.5

miles NE of Isla Chair. A rock, with a depth of 11m, lies 0.5 mile

ENE of Punta Tempanos, the W entrance point. There are two anchorages, the outer of which has a depth of 18 to 22m, and is located 0.5 mile N of Punta Tempanos. Puerto Garibaldi, the inner

anchorage, lies 0.2 mile off the W shore, 3.5 miles N of the entrance, in a depth of 16m, good holding ground. On the coast

abreast of Puerto Garibaldi, there is a prominent wall-like rock,

with inscriptions on it. Navigation N of Puerto Garibaldi is not

recommended, because of shoal water and dangers.

Brazo del Noroeste

9.20 Brazo del Noroeste lies between Tierra del Fuego and

the N coast of Isla Gordon. It extends 28 miles from Seno

Garibaldi to the E extremity of Isla Gordon. It is deep throughout and free of dangers. Some of the ravines and valleys on the

N shore are occupied by immense glaciers, which sometimes

descend to the shore where blocks of ice may be broken off, to

be carried away by the current. The current in the passage runs

E at a moderate rate. Violent squalls descend from the hills in

the region.

9.20 Bahia Tres Brazos (54°54'S., 69°46'W.) is an extensive inlet

on the S side of Brazo del Noroeste. Two miles inside the bay,

there are several islets, S of which the bay divides into three

arms. Anchorage may be obtained for small vessels, with local

knowledge, in a cove on the E shore, 2 miles within the entrance. On the N shore of Brazo del Noroeste, opposite Bahia

Tres Brazos and Caleta Voilier, there are two extensive unnamed inlets which have not been surveyed. The E inlet is

blocked by an above-water rocky ridge within its entrance.

9.20 Caleta Voilier (54°52'S., 69°39'W.) lies on the S side of the

channel, 5 miles E of the entrance to Bahia Tres Brazos. The

cove may be identified by a sugarloaf on its E side. General

depths are from 16 to 20m, but foul ground extends 0.1 mile off

the W shore. Anchorage is afforded for small vessels with local

knowledge, in a depth of 18m, with the entrance points of

Caleta Voilier bearing 310° and 055°.

9.20 Bahia Romanche, on the S side of the channel, is entered 6

miles ESE of Caleta Voilier. The entrance can be identified by

being opposite two large glaciers on the N shore of the channel.

Caleta Morning lies close within the entrance to the bay on the

W side. Caleta Evening, at the head of the bay, has depths of

49m. Anchorage may be obtained in Caleta Morning, in depths

of 20 to 22m, in the middle of the cove.

9.20 An alternative anchorage is 2.5 miles within the entrance to

Bahia Romanche, before the bay turns W, in a depth of 27m,

with a sharp peaked mountain 899m high, located 2.2 miles

SSW of the W entrance point bearing 302°, distant 0.9 mile.

9.20 Caleta Olla (54°55'S., 69°10'W.) lies on the N side of the

channel, about 1.8 miles NNW of Punta Divide. It is formed by

a small peninsula which shelters it from S and W winds. Good

anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge can be obtained in the cove, in a depth of 22m. Large vessels can anchor

outside the cove, E of the small peninsula, in a depth of 25m.

9.20 Care is necessary to avoid a sandbank, with a depth of 3.4m

at its outer end and marked by kelp, which extends 0.5 mile

SSE from the E entrance point. 
198 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

Brazo del Suroeste

9.21 Brazo del Suroeste, the continuation of Canal Beagle,

leads ENE between Isla Hoste and Isla Gordon for 32 miles,

from Cabo Kokblao to Punta Divide, with a least width of 0.3

mile. Tidal currents in this arm are very strong and cause numerous eddies. On either side of Brazo del Suroeste there are

mountain ranges, and deep inlets in which there are glaciers.

9.21 Bahia Rafagales (55°07'S., 69°58'W.) lies on the S shore of

Brazo del Suroeste, and is entered 2.5 miles NE of Cabo Kokblao. The bay is wide and spacious, but the entrance is encumbered by rocks and islets. Anchorage made be obtained in the

bay by vessels with local knowledge, but it is not recommended.

9.21 Isla Delta and Isla Thomson lie close W of Isla Gordon, and

are separated by Canal Barros Merino. This canal trends N for

9 miles to join Seno Darwin, SE of Isla Chair. Paso Occidental,

between Isla Delta and Isla Olga, is only 0.2 mile wide. Both

these channels appear to be free of dangers, the rocks near the

shore being marked by kelp. They should not be used without

local knowledge. Anchorage is afforded on the W side of Canal

Barros Merino, 2 miles within the entrance.

9.21 Bahia Fleuriais (55°00'S., 69°30'W.), on the N side of Brazo del Suroeste, is entered 12 miles WSW of Punta Divide.

From the bay, a deep inlet extends N, and a shallow one NW, at

the head of the latter there is a glacier which does not reach the

sea. Good anchorage is afforded in the bay, in a depth of 22m,

with the E extremity of the islets bearing 221°, distant 0.6 mile.

9.21 Estero Fouque lies on the S side of the channel, about midway between Cabo Kokblao and Punta Divide. It extends 7.5

miles to the S, forming Peninsula Cloue to the W. The inlet is

deep, but is of no use to shipping. In winter it freezes over.

9.21 Bahia Penhoat (55°02'S., 69°23'W.), on the S side of the

channel, is entered 9 miles WSW of Punta Divide. It consists

of two inlets, 3 miles long, running SE and SW, respectively.

Its entrance can be identified by a long black rock, bare of vegetation, close off the E entrance point. The bay is of no use to

shipping.

Canal Beagle—Punta Divide to Islotes Eclaireurs

9.22 Note.—For information on pilotage in Canal Beagle,

see the Pilotage section for the port of Ushuaia in paragraph

9.27. 

9.22 Caleta Awaiakirrh (55°00'S., 69°01'W.), on the S shore of

Canal Beagle, is entered 3 miles SE of Punta Divide. It can be

identified by a prominent white mark on a cliff on the W side

of the entrance. Islote Observacion (55°01'S., 69°01'W.),

which lies in the entrance to the cove, is rocky and surrounded

by kelp. A 4.9m shoal lies 0.2 mile NE of this islet. Anchorage

for small vessels may be obtained in the middle of the cove, in

a depth of 20m, 0.1 mile SSW of the islet.

9.22 Caleta Sonia, on the N side of Canal Beagle, is entered 2.5

miles N of Caleta Awaiakirrh. The E point of the cove is a

sandy beach. Punta Yamana, the W entrance point to the cove,

shows a light.

9.22 Anchorage, in a depth of 24m, sand, has been obtained off

the cove with Punta Yamana Light bearing 265°, distant 0.4

mile. Small craft up to 60m in length can obtain sheltered anchorage close to the beach, in a depth of 16m, sand and mud,

excellent holding ground. Local knowledge is required. 

9.22 Bahia Yendegaia (54°54'S., 68°42'W.), on the N side of Canal Beagle, is entered E of Cabo Hyades. The bay extends 7

miles NW and is enclosed by mountains. The greater part of

the bay is deep and clear of dangers. Caleta Contreras, on the

W side of the bay, affords good anchorage for small vessels, in

depths of 15 to 25m. Caleta Ferrari lies close to the head of the

bay and affords anchorage for vessels of any size, in 30m, 0.1

to 0.2 mile off a mole located near some buildings and a sawmill. Caleta Dos de Mayo lies on the E side of the bay, about

2.5 miles E of Caleta Contreras. There is a small mole with a

light at its head. Three light-colored army barracks stand near

the mole. Anchorage is afforded, in a depth of 35m, N of the

barracks. Depths of 8m are obtained 0.2 mile offshore.

9.23 Rocas Peron (54°56'S., 68°35'W.) lies 3.5 miles ESE

of the entrance to Bahia Yendegaia, and consists of two islets

with a rock, awash, between them, and surrounded by kelp. A

light is shown on the SW islet. An area of foul ground, marked

by kelp on its NE side, extends from a position 91m WNW of

the light, in a WSW direction to the shore of Isle Hoste.

9.23 Caleta Peron lies on the S shore of Canal Beagle, about 2.2

miles E of Rocas Peron Light. There is an islet, on which there

is a beacon, in the entrance to the cove. The W entrance point

to the cove is also marked by a beacon. Anchorage for small

vessels with local knowledge may be obtained, in a depth of

18m, 0.1 mile N of the islet. The anchorage is completely exposed to W winds blowing in Canal Beagle. There is a small

mole, suitable for small vessels, at the head of the cove.

9.23 Bahia Almirante Saenz Valiente (54°53'S., 68°33'W.) lies

3 miles NNW of Caleta Peron. The bay is deep and free of dangers. There is a shoal patch, with a depth of 6.4m, marked by

kelp, 183m N of the S entrance point. There are several buildings and a sawmill at the head of the bay. A beacon stands on

the S entrance point and a second beacon stands on the N

shore. 

9.23 Anchorage for small vessels may be taken, in depths of 18 to

26m, 0.1 mile off the middle of the head of the bay. A second

berth lies midway between the two entrance points in a depth

of 31m, rock.

9.23 The bay should be approached from the SE, passing midway

between areas of kelp extending from the respective entrance

points. The kelp can be seen from a distance of about 0.3 mile.

From a position within the bay, the approach to the anchorage

leads W towards the houses at the head. 

9.24 Bahia Lapataia, on the N shore of Canal Beagle, is entered between Punta Entrada (54°52'S., 68°31'W.) and a point

0.5 mile N. The bay is easily identified by two islets in the entrance. Isla Redonda, with a stone pyramid on its summit, lies

0.6 mile E of Punta Entrada and Islita Estorbo is located 0.5

mile E of Isla Redonda.

9.24 There are three passages into the bay. The W passage between Punta Entrada and Isla Redonda is reduced in width to

0.1 mile by a 3m shoal in the middle. The middle passage, between Isla Redonda and Islita Estorbo, is the recommended approach to the bay. The third passage, between Islita Estorbo

and the mainland, is not recommended. A light is shown on the

S shore close to the head of the bay.

9.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage is afforded, in depths of 26 to
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 199

Pub. 125

31m, N of Isla Redonda. Vessels also anchor 1.25 miles WNW

of Punta Entrada, in a depth of 26m, or near the head of the

bay, 0.3 mile N of the light, in a depth of 18m.

9.24 Note.—The approximate boundary between Chile and Argentina lies about 3.3 miles W of Punta Entrada. The N side of

Canal Beagle, from Bahia Lapataia E, is in Argentina.

9.25 Caleta Letier (54°56'S., 68°26'W.) lies on the S side

of Canal Beagle, about 2.5 miles ESE of Caleta Peron. Anchorage may be obtained for small vessels with local knowledge, in

11m. Vessels may secure to the shore stern-to, abreast a cattle

enclosure, in a depth of 10m.

9.25 Canal Murray connects Canal Beagle to Seno Ponsonby to

the S. The N entrance to the canal is entered between Cabo

Hahn and Cabo Mitchell. Islotes Campamento are a group of

rocks and islets lying on the W side of the N entrance NW of

Cabo Hahn. Islas Picapedreros are a group of rocks and small

islands lying on the E side of the N entrance N of Cabo Mitchell. It was reported (2001) that several depths in the N section

of Canal Murray are less than those charted. 

9.25 The S entrance is between Isla Button and Isla Pauvre, 2.5

miles W. There are several rocks and islets near the shores of

the canal, but apart from the dangers as seen on the chart, the

center of the canal is generally clear. Puerto Corriente, a small

cove on the W side of Canal Murray, affords anchorage out of

the strong tidal current, but owing to its great depth is not recommended.

9.25 Islas Whaits (54°55'S., 68°22'W.) is a group of islands, islets, and rocks. The principal islands of the group are Isla Chicle, Isla Norte, and Isla Sur. Some of the islets and rocks are

marked by beacons. Islas Whaits lie S of Canal Beagle channel. They can best be seen on the chart.

9.25 Puerto Navarino, where there is a small settlement, is a cove

on the NW extremity of Isla Navarino. It is barely sheltered

from NW winds and is approached from the E via Paso del

Este, a passage with a least depth of 10m, and from the W via

Paso del Weste. Anchorage is afforded small vessels with local

knowledge in poor holding ground. Because of the rocky bottom, anchorage in this area is not recommended.

9.25 Bahia Honda (54°55'S., 68°13'W.), a spacious bay, is entered between Islas Lawrence and Garcia, or between Islas

Garcia and Paty. Both entrances are free of dangers. Two

shoals, marked by kelp, are the only known dangers in the bay.

Good anchorage is afforded large vessels in most parts of the

bay. The recommended anchorage is in 42m, mud, pebbles and

shells, good holding ground, 0.4 mile SE of the small islet off

the E end of Isla Paty.

9.25 Islote Bartlett is a dark colored islet lying in mid-channel,

about 1.8 miles N of Bahia Honda. A light is shown from the

islet.

9.25 Peninsula Ushuaia extends about 1.3 miles S from the N side

of Canal Beagle, about 4 miles NW of Islote Bartlett.

9.26 Bahia Ushuaia (54°49'S., 68°15'W.) lies on the N

side of Canal Beagle, E of Peninsula Ushuaia. It is entered between Punta Oriental, the E extremity of the peninsula, and

Punta Escarpados, 2.7 miles ENE. A light is shown from Punta

Escarpados. The Rio Olivia and the Rio Grande flow into the

bay. Montes Martial, which rise 4 miles inland and round the

head of the bay, are prominent and always snow-capped. Monte Olivia 1,320m high, stands 4.2 miles NNE of Punta Escarpados and is prominent with a sharp pointed summit.

9.26 Islotes Les Eclaireurs (54°52'S., 68°05'W.), a small group

of islets, lie in mid-channel 4.7 miles SE of Punta Escarpados.

A light is situated on the NE islet of the group.

9.26 A chain of islands, islets, and shoals lie on the S side of Bahia Ushuaia, between Islotes Les Eclaireurs and Peninsula

Ushuaia. The main entrance channel to the bay leads from the

E, passing N of Islotes Les Eclaireurs. Three passages lead

through the chain of islands, islets, and shoals, but are not recommended and should only be used by vessels with local

knowledge. Lights are shown from some of the islets in the

three passages.

Ushuaia (54°49'S., 68°18'W.)

World Port Index No. 13980

9.27 The port of Ushuaia is located at the head of Bahia

Ushuaia and is also a navy base. This port is the southernmost

port of Argentina and the South American continent. The governor is a naval officer who is the head of a naval force providing protection of Argentine interests in the disputed areas

around Tierra del Fuego (Land of Fire). The town largely caters

to the tourist industry. 

9.27 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 1.6m at springs and

0.6m at neaps.

9.27 Aspect.—A causeway connects Punta Observatorio with

Ushuaia on the NW shore of the bay. There are numerous

lights and beacons about the bay which can best be seen on the

chart. A prominent radio tower, 25m high, stands N of the city.

Three radio masts stand at the Naval Air Station, about 0.3

mile W of Punta Observatorio. A monument, with a flagstaff

close ESE, stands near the root of the commercial pier. Several

prominent tanks stand along the shore in the vicinity of the

tanker berth.

9.27 Depths—Limitations.—The commercial pier is situated on

the NW of the bay and is built of cement. It is 180m long and is

12.3m wide. The addition of three inter-connected dolphins extends the overall mooring length to 250m on the S side and

378m on the N side. The depth is 5.4m at the shore end and

9.1m at the outer end of the pier. Vessels can berth on either

side, each having certain advantages. On the S side, the SW

winds hold the vessel to the pier. On the N side, in the event of

a S gale, the vessel can cast off and clear the berth quicker. On

the jetty, from which the pier extends at an angle of 140°, are

Customs offices, warehouses, a storage yard, and a cold storage facility. 

9.27 Close N of the commercial pier is a concrete pier 40m long

and 30m wide, used by tankers to discharge to storage tanks

ashore. Vessels berth starboard side-to and moor to two dolphins, one on either side of the pier. The depth of 12.1m allows

passenger cruise vessels to berth here during the summer season. 

9.27 A number of mooring buoys are situated within the port and

may be seen on the chart.

9.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which can be contacted by VHF channel 16 or 74, board, as follows:

1. Vessels approaching from the E—1.0 mile NNW of

Islotes Les Eclaireurs Light.
200 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

2. Vessels approaching from the S and W—1 mile SSE

of Isla Redonda.

9.27 Only Argentine pilots are permitted to take foreign vessels

into Ushuaia. Since pilots have to travel from Buenos Aires,

vessels should send ETA at least 48 hours in advance. Vessels

from the N can arrange to embark the pilot at Puerto Madryn

(42°47'S., 64°57'W.). Vessels from the Pacific, coming through

Estrecho de Magallanes, can arrange to embark the pilot at

Punta Arenas (53°10'S., 70°54'W.).

9.27 In the Beagle Channel, foreign vessels are under the Argentine-Chilean pilotage agreement. For navigating the channel

westbound, vessels should embark an Argentine pilot off Cabo

San Pio (55°04'S., 66°32'W.). The Argentine pilot is disembarked and a Chilean pilot embarked at the meridian demarcating the Argentine and Chilean waters in the channel situated

close W of Bahia Lapataia. For navigating the channel eastbound, vessels should embark a Chilean pilot W of Bahia Lapataia (54°52'S., 68°32'W.); the pilot may be disembarked near

Isla Reparo (55°03'S., 66°49'W.), about 8 miles W of Cabo San

Pio. This area is also used to exchange pilots during inclement

weather.

9.27 It is reported that berthing without tugs can be difficult in

anything but light winds.

9.27 Vessels entering or leaving Chilean waters through Canal

Beagle without calling at any port between the meridians of

66°25'00.0"W and 68°36'38.5"W should embark or disembark

Chilean pilots at the E end of Canal Beagle, about 2.5 miles N

of Punta Waller (55°10'S., 66°34'W.), the N extremity of Isla

Nueva. In bad weather, this transfer may be done in Rada Picton (55°04'S., 66°48'W.).

9.27 Vessels should fly from the foremast the flag of the country

under whose pilot authority it is navigating under.

9.27 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in a depth of 13m, sand

and shells, 0.2 mile ESE of the head of the commercial pier. It

is not advisable to anchor nearer to the Peninsula Ushuaia due

to heavy squalls during SW gales.

9.27 Large vessels may anchor, in a depth of 24m, about 0.8 mile

ESE of Punta Observatorio. Small vessels may anchor, in a

depth of 7m, fine sand with good holding ground, about 0.2

mile NE of the head of the commercial pier.

9.27 Caution.—On the S side of the commercial pier, the SW

winds tend to hold vessels alongside the berth. On the N side,

in the event of a S gale, vessels may cast off and clear the berth

quicker.

Canal Beagle—Islotes Eclaireurs to Cabo San Pio

9.28 Note.—For information on pilotage in Canal Beagle,

see the Pilotage section for the port of Ushuaia in paragraph

9.27.

9.28 Puerto Mejillones (54°54'S., 68°00'W.) lies on the S side of

Canal Beagle, 3.5 miles SE of Islotes Les Eclaireurs Light. Anchorage is afforded, in a depth of 25m, good holding ground,

0.2 mile SSW of the W extremity of Islote Panqueque, the SW

of the two islets on the E side of the entrance to the cove. An

indian village stands at the head of the cove.

9.28 Punta San Juan, on the N side of Canal Beagle, opposite Puerto Mejillones, shows a light. A prominent radio mast stands

close E of the point.

9.28 Arrecife Lawrence (54°53'S., 67°52'W.) lies on the N side

of Canal Beagle, 5 miles ESE of Punta San Juan. The reef is

marked by kelp and lies with two rocks, awash, at its SE end. A

light is shown on the SE rock of the reef. The light tower is visible a long distance by day and resembles the sail of a schooner

when seen from a distance.

9.29 Punta Remolino (54°51'S., 67°53'W.) lies about 0.8

mile NNE of Arrecife Lawrence Light. Foul ground and a rock,

awash, exist within 183m of the point, which is surrounded by

kelp. A beacon stands on the point. The recommended berth

for vessels is in a depth of about 23m, with Fondeadero Remolino Beacon bearing 008° and Remolino Beacon bearing

291°. Good anchorage can be obtained for small vessels 0.3

mile E of the point, in depths of 20 to 22m. There is a sawmill

with a small jetty that small craft can moor alongside, 0.2 mile

NE of the beacon.

9.29 Ensenada Villarino, on the S side of the canal, lies 5 miles

SE of Punta Remolino. The bay affords good anchorage for

small vessels, in a depth of 15m, in the center of the bay. The

W coast of the bay is foul with rocks up to 0.2 mile offshore.

An overnight stay is not recommended, due to the violent W

winds which blow in from Canal Beagle.

9.29 Caleta Robalo (54°56'S., 67°39'W.), on the S side of the canal, lies 3 miles ESE of Ensenada Villarino. The cove provides

two anchorages for small vessels with local knowledge. Neither of these anchorages are recommended. The outer anchorage is exposed to the prevailing winds and the inner anchorage

is small and difficult to approach.

9.29 Banco Herradura, with a least depth of 1.2m over its N edge,

extends 2.2 miles NE from the S shore of Canal Beagle, close

W of Puerto Williams. The bank is particularly dangerous to

vessels approaching from the E, as it is steep-to on its N and E

sides and extends into the fairway. This bank has been reported

to extend N of its charted position; also its W limit has been reported to lie 0.2 mile E of its charted location. A lighted beacon

marks the N edge of the bank.

9.30 Puerto Williams (54°56'S., 67°36'W.) (World Port

Index No. 14075) lies on the S shore of Canal Beagle, 2 miles

E of Caleta Robalo. It is well-sheltered by Peninsula Gusano, a

sandy spit forming its N entrance point. The port is used by

vessels of the Chilean Navy, oil and gas tankers, and ocean-going fishing vessels. 

9.30 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 2.4m at springs and

1.5m at neaps.

9.30 Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Guardian Brito, a T-head

pier, extends 66m NNW from the shore. The head is 86m long

and a hulk is moored off the W end to form a pontoon extension. The outer berth can accommodate vessels up to 86m long,

with a maximum draft of 9m. The inner berth can accommodate vessels up to 42m long, with a maximum draft of 4.5m.

9.30 Muelle Cavadonga, close W of Muelle Guardian Brito, extends 50m from the shore. There is a holding-off buoy moored

about 91m NW of the pierhead. The outer berth can accommodate vessels up to 40m long, with a maximum draft of 4m. The

inner berth can accommodate vessels up to 36m long, with a

maximum draft of 2m.

9.30 Small piers extend from the S shore of Peninsula Gusano and

the S shore of the harbor close W of Muelle Cavadonga. Seno

Lauta, an inlet, lies at the SW corner of the harbor, but is suit-
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 201

Pub. 125

able for only small craft.

9.30 A tanker berth lies in depths of about 17m NE of Muelle

Guardian Brito. Vessels use two anchors and mooring buoys on

each quarter.

9.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots

board about 1 mile NE of the light shown from the N extremity

of Peninsula Gusano. The port can be contacted by VHF channel 9, 14, or 16.

9.30 Anchorage.—The port affords a good safe anchorage to vessels of all sizes. It is clear of dangers with an even bottom of

mud and clay. Good anchorage may be found, in depths of 14.6

to 21.9m off the piers. A recommended berth is in a depth of

31m, with the light at Punta Gusano bearing 330°, distant

about 0.3 mile. 

9.31 Paso Mackinlay (54°55'S., 67°28'W.) is entered between Punta Piedrabuena to the S and Punta Gable, about 1

mile N. The pass has a least navigable width of 0.6 mile between the foul ground extending from the SW side of Isla Gable and Punta Piedrabuena. In the pass the current flows from

W to E and is superimposed on the tidal currents, causing an E

current of 1 to 3 knots. A mid-channel course should be steered

through Paso Mackinlay. Leading lights, in line bearing 140°,

stand on Punta Piedrabuena.

9.31 Isla Gable forms the N side of Paso Mackinlay. The island

extends 4.5 miles E between Punta Gable and Punta Mackinlay, the SE extremity of the island. Leading lights, in line bearing 090°, stand on the W coast of the island, about 0.8 mile N

of Punta Gable. Lights are shown on Punta Espora and Punta

Mackinlay.

9.31 Puerto Gable (54°53'S., 67°25'W.) lies on the NE side of Isla Gable, 1.5 miles NNW of Punta Mackinlay. The cove affords anchorage for small craft, in depths of 5 to 7m. An

emergency airstrip is situated 1 mile N of Puerto Gable.

9.32 Punta Rosales (54°55'S., 67°27'W.) lies on the S side

of Paso Mackinlay, 1.5 miles SW of Punta Mackinlay. Leading

lights, in line bearing 100°, stand near the point. Reports have

stated that a set of beacons, in line bearing 250°, have also been

established on the point. Caleta Pantalon del E, 1 mile SW of

the point, can only be used by small craft.

9.32 Isla Martillo lies 1.7 miles SE of Puerto Gable, on the N side

of Canal Beagle. A light is shown on the SE corner of the island. Between the island and the N shore of the canal, there are

several islets and rocks, the positions of which can best be seen

on the chart. Isla Yunque lies 1.5 miles NE of Isla Martillo.

9.32 Two good anchorages can be obtained in this area in the

event of strong W winds. The first anchorage lies 0.5 mile W of

Harberton Beacon (54°53'S., 67°19'W.) in a depth of 15m. The

second anchorage is 1.2 miles farther SW in Rada de los Cazadores, in a depth of 11m, midway between Isla Yunque and Isla

Martillo. When approaching the second anchorage, care must

be taken to avoid a 5.5m patch WSW of the SW extremity of

Isla Yunque.

9.32 Puerto Harberton (54°53'S., 67°19'W.) lies on the N shore

of Canal Beagle and is entered 0.4 mile W of Ponsati Light. A

beacon stands on the W entrance point. There are two leading

beacons at the head of the harbor. A second pair of beacons

stand on the W coast of the inlet. A village, near a stone jetty,

stands on the W coast. 

9.32 Anchorage.—The recommended berth, in a depth of 15m,

mud and sand, is on the leading line about 0.5 mile within the

entrance. The position is marked by the alignment (263°) of a

pair of beacons, 4m high, standing on the W shore.

9.32 Small craft can anchor 91m off the jetty, in a depth of 10m. 

9.32 Caution.—When approaching Puerto Harberton from the E

in thick weather, care must be taken to identify Harberton Beacon on the W entrance point, to avoid confusion with the entrance to Bahias Varela or Cambaceres to the E.

9.33 Puerto Eugenio (54°56'S., 67°18'W.) lies on the S

side of Canal Beagle and is entered between Punta Eugenio

and Isla Barlovento, which shows a light. Large vessels should

anchor in the E part of the bay, abreast Punta Eugenio, in 22m.

Small vessels can anchor in the W part of the bay, opposite the

buildings of a hacienda, in a depth of 15m. Vessels entering

should keep mid-channel between the NW islet of Islotes Eugenio and the shoal area, marked by kelp, off the E end of Isla

Barlovento. Puerto Eugenio is considered one of the best anchorages in the vicinity.

9.33 Grupo Holger is a group of islets and rocks off the S shore of

Canal Beagle, 3 miles W of Isla Snipe. A 8.2m patch lies 0.4

mile NNE of the NW extremity of the group. Two islets

marked by kelp and a 14.6m shoal lies in the middle of the bay

between Grupo Holger and Punta Eugenio.

9.33 Isla Snipe (54°57'S., 67°09'W.) lies about 3 miles E of Grupo Holger. A shoal, with a depth of 5.9m and marked by a

lighted buoy and kelp, lies 1 mile N of the island. Another

shoal, with a depth of 8.5m (position approximate), lies 1.2

miles further NW. The NNE side of the island should be given

a wide berth as dangerous shoals, marked by kelp, lie as much

as 1 mile offshore. There are other shoals N and S of the island

and can best be seen on the chart.

9.33 Paso Picton lies between Isla Picton and the NE side of Isla

Navarino. The pass has a least width of 2 miles. Two rocks,

awash, lie close together in mid-channel 2 miles ENE of Cabo

Rees (55°06'S., 67°04'W.). There are several dangers at the

NW entrance to the pass.

9.34 Puerto Piedra (55°02'S., 67°02'W.) lie on the W side

of Isla Picton, 2.7 miles NNE of Cabo Rees. The cove affords

anchorage, in depths of 7 to 9m, but the holding ground is bad

and no vessel should remain overnight. There is a small wooden pier at the head of the cove. 

9.34 Puerto Toro is a cove on the SW side of Paso Picton, 1 mile

NW of Cabo Rees. The cove is free of dangers and the holding

ground is good. A settlement consisting of a few houses is situated nearby. Puerto Toro Light is exhibited on the SE entrance

point. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the cove ,in

depths of 25 to 32m, 0.1 to 0.2 mile offshore. 

9.34 A metal pier, 60m long and with a depth of 2.5m at its head,

projects from the head of the cove. 

9.34 Caleta Banner (55°01'S., 66°56'W.) is a small snug inlet on

the N side of Isla Picton. It is well-sheltered from the N by Isla

Gardiner, an islet close off the entrance. Small vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain good anchorage in the middle of the

cove in a depth of 6m. Larger vessels can anchor off the cove in

a depth of 18m, with the NE extremity of Isla Gardiner bearing

315°, distant 0.2 mile. Another good anchorage, protected from

E and S winds, is in a depth of 29m, with Isla Gardiner Light
202 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

bearing 110°, distant about 0.8 mile.

9.34 A lookout post is maintained at Caleta Banner which is in radio contact with the mainland. There is a pier for the use of

small craft.

9.34 Rada Picton lies off the E side of Isla Picton, midway between Cabo Maria and Punta Nordeste (55°02'S., 66°52'W.).

The roadstead affords anchorage, in depths of 18 to 29m, 1

mile offshore. Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 11 to

12m, 0.7 mile offshore, 2.5 miles N of Cabo Maria.

9.35 Islote Alvina (Hakenyeshka) (54°54'S., 67°10'W.) is

surrounded by kelp and lies 2 miles WNW of Pampa de Los Indios Light. Shoal water extends up to 1 mile SW and SE of the

island. Islas Becasses are two islets in mid-channel and lie

about 2.2 miles N of the N extremity of Isla Picton. A light is

shown on the W islet.

9.35 Fondeadero Moat lies on the N side of Canal Beagle, 3.5

miles NW of Punta Moat (55°01'S., 66°44'W.). Vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths of 9 to 18m, 0.2 mile SSE of a small

point. Although the holding ground is good, the anchorage is

exposed to the prevailing winds, and a stay overnight is not recommended. A beacon stands on the point NW of the anchorage. There is a slight ENE current in the anchorage. A light is

shown from Punta Moat.

9.35 Cabo San Pio (55°04'S., 66°32'W.) lies 7.2 miles ESE of

Punta Moat. A light is shown on the point. A rock, awash, with

a breaker 183m SE of it, lies about 0.2 mile SE of the light.

There is an anchorage, in a depth of 24m, with the light bearing

032°, distant about 0.3 mile. The anchorage is clear, but should

not be used during fresh SW winds, which raise a heavy sea.

9.35 Note.—For information concerning waters E of a line from

Cabo San Pio to Falso Cabo de Hornos (55°43'S., 68°04'W.),

see Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of South

America.

Cabo San Pio to Seno Ponsonby

9.36 Bahia Oglander (55°09'S., 66°56'W.) lies about 15

miles SW of Cabo San Pio. The bay is bounded by Isla Nueva

to the E, Isla Lennox to the S, Isla Picton to the N, and Isla Navarino to the W. Navigation in the bay presents no difficulty except between Cabo Maria, the SW extremity of Isla Picton, and

Punta Jorge, the NW extremity of Isla Nueva. A thick patch of

kelp extends 5 miles SE from Cabo Maria, and depths of less

than 11m, lie within 3.5 miles from the cape, the least depth

being 7m near the outer end. Depths of less than 18.3m lie up

to 2.5 miles NW of Punta Jorge.

9.36 Paso Goree lies in the SW entrance to Bahia Oglander, between Islas Lennox and Navarino. The pass is about 3 miles

wide and affords a well-sheltered anchorage. Isla Medio lies

near mid-channel, 2 miles off the W coast of Isla Lennox. Anchorage may be obtained between Isla Medio and Punta Anchor, 3 miles NW, where the depths are moderate and the

holding ground is good.

9.36 Isla Navarino (55°05'S., 67°43'W.), one of the largest of Archipielago de Tierra Del Fuego, lies S of Canal Beagle. From

Cabo Rees, it extends 45 miles W to Cabo Mitchell, and is 20

miles wide. The island is very mountainous, and the summits

are usually snow-capped. Pico Navarino, its highest peak, lies

near the center of the island towards the N side.

9.36 Bahia Nassau lies between Isla Navarino to the N and Islas

Wollaston to the S. It extends to the NW through Seno Ponsonby and Canal Murray to Canal Beagle. The bay has a number

of anchorages on each side.

9.36 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly in the bay affects the

magnetic compass, which becomes very sluggish and serious

errors may occur if the compass is not carefully watched.

9.37 Bahia Windhond (55°14'S., 67°30'W.) lies on the S

side of Isla Navarino and is entered between Punta Harvey and

Punta Courrejolles. The bay has moderate depths, but is exposed to the prevailing winds. Vessels with local knowledge

can anchor off Puerto Bevan, on the E side of the bay, in a

depth of 20m. A beacon stands on the S point of the cove. Fondeadero Oreste affords anchorage close off the W shore of Bahia Windhond.

9.37 Isla Bertrand lies on the S coast of Isla Navarino, about 12

miles W of Bahia Windhond. The island lies in the entrance to

Seno Grandi, which is extensive but incompletely surveyed.

Puerto Grandi, on the NE end of the island, affords anchorage

to vessels with local knowledge in moderate depths, good holding ground.

9.37 Caleta Douglas (55°10'S., 68°07'W.) lies on the W coast of

Isla Naverino. The Rio Douglas flows into the head of the

cove. There is a prominent white stone on the S entrance point

of the river. 

9.37 Anchorage, in a depth of 20m, sand, good holding ground,

can be obtained with the NW entrance point of the cove bearing 348°, distant 0.5 mile. A shoal, with a depth of 4m and

marked by kelp, lies 0.1 mile S of the NW entrance point. Vessels should approach with the white stone bearing 076°.

9.37 The Rio Douglas has a depth of 2m at its mouth and can only

be entered by boats.

9.37 Caleta Wulaia lies on the W coast of Isla Naverino and is entered between Islote Conejos and Islote Aguila. The cove is a

good sheltered harbor for small craft with local knowledge. A

settlement, with a small jetty, lies on the shore of the cove. Two

pairs of beacons mark the anchorage.

9.38 Isla Button (55°01'S., 68°15'W.) lies in the S entrance to Canal Murray at the N end of Seno Ponsonby. Bahia

Catorce de Julio is a cove on the E side of the island. It affords

anchorage for small vessels with good holding ground. Roca

Schirmer, with a depth of 1m, marked by a buoy, lies 0.6 mile

E of the NE point of Isla Button. A chain of rocks and islets extend 1.7 miles SSE from the S end of the island, terminating in

Isla Lobos, which is marked by a beacon.

9.38 Isla Milne Edwards is separated from Peninsula Pasteur to

the SW by Canal Canacus, which leads from the NW part of

Bahia Nassau to the W arm of Seno Ponsonby. Passage through

Canal Canacus should not be attempted without local knowledge. Caleta Canacus lies on the S side of the canal and affords

anchorage to medium-sized vessels, in a depth of 26m.

9.38 Puerto Castillo (55°15'S., 68°16'W.) lies on the E side of

Peninsula Pasteur. Anchorage in the cove affords complete

shelter to small vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 20

to 30m. It is approached from the S through a channel, with a

depth of 12.8m, between Peninsula Pasteur and an islet close

E. A depth of 4m lies close N of the anchorage.

9.38 Seno Ponsonby lies NW of Bahia Nassau and is connected
Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 203

Pub. 125

with Canal Beagle by Canal Murray. An arm of Seno Ponson

by extends W for 26 miles S of Peninsula Dumas, and is separated from Caleta Awaiakirrh by a low and narrow isthmus.

The W arm is deep, but should not be entered without local

knowledge. Caleta Yekadahby lies on the N side of the W arm

and affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge.

Bahia Lagrese, also on the N shore, affords anchorage in a

depth of 26m, but there is very little swinging room. Bahia

Helada, at the head of the W arm, is the only other known anchorage, but it is icebound at times.

Bahia Tekenika to Seno Ano Nuevo

9.39 Bahia Tekenika (55°21'S., 68°15'W.), lying between

Peninsula Pasteur and Peninsula Hardy, extends W for about

20 miles. The greater part of the bay is deep, but the head is

shoal. Bahia Allen Gardiner lies on the S side of Bahia Tekenika and affords anchorage, in a depth of 16m, 0.5 mile from the

head of the bay.

9.39 Bahia Packsaddle lies on the NE side of Peninsula Hardy.

The bay is sheltered from N and E winds by Isla Packsaddle

and Grupo Guffern. Bahia Scotchwell forms the head of Bahia

Packsaddle. Anchorage is recommended between Grupo

Guffern and the W shore, but nearer the latter, in depths of 15

to 24m. Care is necessary to avoid the kelp patches which indicates where the bottom is rocky.

9.39 Bahia Orange (55°31'S., 68°03'W.) lies about 3.5 miles

SSE of Bahia Packsaddle. Isla Burnt lies in the middle of the

bay. A beacon stands on an islet close off the SE side of Isla

Burnt. A rock shoal, with a depth of 1m, and a depth of 7.6m

close SW of it, lie midway between Isla Burnt and Isla Yellow,

1 mile SE. The shoal is marked on its N side by a buoy.

9.39 There is an excellent anchorage between Isla Burnt and the

W shore, in depths of 18 to 29m. Smaller vessels can anchor

close within the entrance of Caleta Mission, in a depth of 14m,

mud, with a flagstaff on the E end of a pier bearing 260° and

with Punta Lephay bearing 157°. A cove on the S side of Bahia

Orange, 1 mile SE of Caleta Mision, also affords good anchorage to small vessels, in depths of 9 to 29m.

9.39 Bahia Schapenham lies about 1 mile SSE of Isla Yellow.

Two remarkable peaks of Cadena de Las Garitas, which resemble sentry boxes, are prominent W of the bay. A black abovewater rock lies near the middle of the entrance to the bay. Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, in depths of

18 to 27m, near the S entrance point.

9.40 Bahia Rice (55°36'S., 67°59'W.), the N of two small

bays, is entered between the S entrance point of Bahia Schapenham and Punta Lort, 2.2 miles S. There is an anchorage,

which is completely landlocked and safe, in a depth of 11m, W

of a small islet in the middle of the bay.

9.40 Bahia Lort is entered between Punta Lort and Punta Cannelier, 2 miles S. Caleta del Medio, a small cove, lies on the W side

of the bay. Anchorage can be taken 0.2 mile from the shore off

the cove, in a depth of 26m, sand. Small craft anchor, in depths

of 8 to 16m, midway between the W side of Islote Orques and

the SW entrance point of a cove N of Caleta del Medio.

9.40 Falso Cabo de Hornos (55°43'S., 68°04'W.), the S extremity of Peninsula Hardy and of Isle Hoste, terminates in a rocky

and sharp pointed islet, shaped like a rhinoceros horn, at the

foot of which there are many rocks, with heavy breakers. The

cape has some resemblance to Cabo de Hornos, for which it

has frequently been mistaken.

9.40 Note.—For information concerning waters E of a line from

Falso Cabo de Hornos to Cabo San Pio (55°04'S., 66°32'W.),

see Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of South

America.

Off-lying Islands

9.41 Islas Diego Ramirez (56°30'S., 68°42'W.), a chain of

islets and rocks in the N part of Drake Passage, extends 5.5

miles S from a position approximately 56 miles SSW of Cabo

de Hornos. They were reported to lie 3.5 miles NE of their

charted position. They are divided into two groups, separated

by a navigable passage 1 mile wide. All the outer rocks are

above-water, and there are no known underwater dangers. The

largest of the N group is Roca Norte. The N group extends 1.2

miles and consists of six islets, high enough to be visible a considerable distance, and numerous rocks.

9.41 Isla Bartolome, in the S group, lies 2.5 miles S of Roca Norte

and is the largest island. Isla Gonzalo is close S of Isla Bartolome and separated from it by Canal Nodal, a boat channel. It

was reported that a light is shown from a tower, 5m high,

standing on Isla Gonzalo. Some detached above-water rocks lie

about 1 mile SE of Isla Gonzalo (56°32'S., 68°44'W.). The islands are usually inhabited during the season of moderate

weather. Anchorage may be obtained close E of the middle of

Isla Bartolome, 0.1 mile from the shore, in a depth of 29m,

sand. A landing can be effected in Caleta Condell, a small cove

on the NE side of Isla Gonzalo, where there is a meteorological

station. There is also anchorage 0.5 mile E of the SE point of

Isla Bartolome, in 33m, sand.

9.41 Islas Ildefonso (55°51'S., 69°15'W.) whose positions are approximate, extend 3.5 miles SE from a position 52 miles W of

Isla Hermite. These islets and rocks appear to be the top of a

narrow mountain range, broken in many places by the sea. Vessels can pass moderately close to them. The islands are usually

inhabited during the season of moderate weather.

Bahia Tekenia to Seno Ano Nuevo (continued)

9.42 Cabo Payen (55°38'S., 68°15'W.), 9 miles NW of Falso

Cabo de Hornos, is the SW end of a promontory which separates

Bahia del Sur from Bahia Bourchier. Both of these bays are encumbered with islets and rocks, and are useless to shipping.

9.42 Canal Romanche lies 14.5 miles NW of Cabo Payen. The canal separates a number of islands and islets from Peninsula

Hardy. The canal is 0.5 mile wide at its narrowest part, and

clear of dangers. It affords two good anchorages to vessels with

local knowledge, sheltered from SW winds. Caleta Coralie, on

the SE side of the canal, affords a temporary anchorage to

small vessels, in depths of 22 to 26m.

9.42 Seno Ano Nuevo lies between the W side of Peninsula Hardy and the E side of Peninsula Rous, the SW part of Isla Hoste.

It extends 20 miles NNW, and is encumbered with numerous

islands and islets. The inlet branches into five main arms,

which are very deep, but mostly terminate in coves where a

vessel could moor. Local knowledge is necessary. Arrecife Peligroso, a dangerous reef which breaks in heavy seas, lies 2
204 Sector 9. Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego 

Pub. 125

miles S of Cabo Brisbane (55°39'S., 69°00'W.).

9.43 Bahia India (55°28'S., 69°10'W.) lies at the SE end

of Peninsula Rous and is entered two miles N of Isla Golddust.

There is a low islet off the N side of the entrance to the bay.

Anchorage in the bay is not recommended, as the bottom is

rocky and the water deep.

9.43 Estero Doze, the S arm on the E side of Seno Ano Nuevo, is

entered about 9 miles NNE of Isla Henderson. There is a large

basin at the head of the inlet which affords an excellent anchorage.

9.43 Isla Morton (55°35'S., 69°12'W.) is the largest of Islas Morton,

a group of islands and islets, located 3.5 miles W of Isla Henderson. The island has two anchorages on its E side, but the water is

very deep and they are not recommended. In the passage between

Islas Morton and Henderson are many rocks and kelp, making

navigation dangerous. Bahia Clearbottom, at the N end of Isla

Morton, is small and not recommended.

9.43 Isla Dumont d’Urville occupies the center of Seno Ano Nuevo, with Isla Mouchex close NW of it. Isla Paques is an islet off

the NW end of Isla Mouchex, and affords a well-sheltered anchorage on its W side.

Isla Hind to Bahia Cook

9.44 Isla Hind (55°31'S., 69°20'W.) lies off the S coast of

Peninsula Rous. Monte Leading, in the E part of the island, has

a remarkable double peak which resembles a mitre. Bahia

Wyatt, on the SE side of the island, affords better shelter than

Bahia Clearbottom, but it is exposed to S winds. Neither Seno

Rous nor Bahia Trefusis to the W of Isla Hind affords anchorage.

9.44 Paso Talbot separates Islas Wood from Peninsula Rous, and has

a least width of 0.3 mile. There are many islets, rocks, and inlets in

it, especially in the SE entrance. Passage through should not be attempted without local knowledge. Caleta Angot lies at the SE entrance to the pass and cannot be recommended as an anchorage, as

the bottom is irregular and rocky.

9.44 Puerto March (55°20'S., 69°58'W.), on the E side of Isla

Waterman, is entered 3 miles NE of the S point of the island

and 0.7 mile W of Isla Shag. The S shore of the cove is formed

by an island, with a channel having a depth of 9m between it

and Isla Waterman. The best anchorage is 0.1 mile NNW of an

islet in the middle of the cove toward its head, in depths of 16

to 25m, with good holding ground. Vessels can anchor in other

parts of the cove, but there are several dangers. It is recommended that vessels should not enter the cove without local

knowledge.

9.44 Puerto Clerke, entered 1 mile N of Puerto March, extends

1.7 miles to the W and is narrow. The approach from the N is

encumbered by rocks and the coast of Isla Shag should be kept

close aboard until abreast the entrance, when the S shore of the

inlet should be closed. Vessels should anchor in the inner part

of the cove, in depths of 14 to 32m, good holding ground. Vessels should not enter without local knowledge.

9.45 Estero Webb (55°14'S., 69°39'W.) is a large inlet lying between Peninsula Rous and Peninsula Cloue. It is entered

2.5 miles N of Isla Goose at the NW end of Paso Talbot, and

extends 13 miles NE. The inlet consists of two arms. One extends NE while the other extends E.

9.45 Islas Christmas, off the W side of Peninsula Cloue, are a

group of islands, islets, and rocks. The principal islands are Isla

Shag, Isla Waterman, Isla Hammond, and Isla Whittlebury. Isla

Waterman, the largest island, can be identified from seaward by

its remarkable height. Rocas Cabrestante, the most seaward of

Islas Christmas, lie 6.5 miles W of the S extremity of Isla Waterman. Vessels passing W of these rocks are advised to give

them a berth of 5 miles.

9.45 Seno Christmas (55°16'S., 70°00'W.) is the continuation of

Paso Talbot for 12 miles WNW, and leads into Bahia Cook by a

narrow, but deep channel. The fairway is close to the S shore of the

channel, as the N shore is studded with islets and rocks. Rocas

Negra Chica, which are two rocks close together with depths of

less than 2m, and Roca Negra Grande, which is always above-water, lie in the S approach to the SE entrance. There are no other

known dangers in this part of Seno Christmas, except for some

submerged rocks off Roca Negra Grande, which are marked by

breakers.
Pub. 125

Glossary 205

Glossary

Spanish

SPANISH English

A

abra........................................... cove, creek, haven, opening

acantilados ................................................................... cliffs

adentro .............................................................. inner, inside

afuera .............................................................. outer, outside

aguada ........................................................... watering place

agudo, da........................................................sharp, pointed

aguja........................................................................... needle

albufera ............................................................lagoon, pond

aldea...........................................................................village

alto, a...................................................................... tall, high

altos........................................................................... heights

alturas........................................................................ heights

amarillo, a ..................................................................yellow

ancho..................................................................wide, broad

ancladero.............................................................. anchorage

anclaje .................................................................. anchorage

ancon................................................. open bay or roadstead

angostura..................................................................narrows

archipielago........................................................archipelago

arena.............................................................................. sand

arenal................................................. extensive area of sand

arrecife ........................................................................... reef

arroyito........................................................................ brook

arroyo ..............................................................steam, rivulet

astillero....................................................................shipyard

atalaya ...................................... watchtower, high viewpoint

azul.................................................................................blue

B

bahia................................................................................bay

bajio ............................................................................. shoal

baliza......................................................................... beacon

balneario..........................................................seaside resort

banco (de arena)......................................... bank (sandbank)

bancha ...........................................................................bank

barlovento .............................................................windward

barra .......................................................bar (of a river, etc.)

barranco ..................................................... precipice, ravine

barrera ...................................barrier (e.g. mountain barrier)

barrio.............................................ward, section (of a town)

bateria.........................................................................battery

boca............................................................................ mouth

bodega..................................................................storehouse

boqueron ..........................wide mouth, opening or entrance

boquete................................................ narrow entrance, gap

bravo, a............... coast, shore, beach exposed to heavy seas

brazo.....................................................arm (of the sea, etc.)

C

cabeza...................................................................shoal head

cabezo ...................................... shoal head, summit of a hill

cabo............................................................................... cape

cadena ..........................................chain (of mountains, etc.)

cala............................narrow cove or creek with steep sides

caleta............................................................................. cove

caleton...................................................................large cove

campo ................................................... any tract of country

canada ............................................................................glen

canal......................................................................... channel

canalizo..............................narrow channel between islands

cano.............................................................................. creek

canto ............................................................................. bluff

capilla ........................................................................ chapel

cargardero ...............................shore-ship loading appliance

carrera, carreiro.......................... narrow channel or passage

casa ..............................................................................house

cascada....................................................................waterfall

caserio............................................ hamlet, group of houses

castillo..........................................................................castle

castro....................... headland, hillock surmounted by ruins

catedral .................................................................. cathedral

cayo................................................................................. cay

cerrito.........................................................................hillock

cerro................................................................... hill, hillock

chico, a......................................................................... small

chubasco ..................................................................... squall

cima ................................................................ summit, crest

ciudad ................................................................... city, town

ciudadela.................................................................... citadel

co .............................................................. rocky shoal, rock

colina ................................................................. hill, hillock

collado ...................................................... hillock, elevation

colonia .....................................................colony, settlement

colorado .......................................................reddish in color

comarca.......................................................................region

concha................................................................ bay or cove

cono .............................................................................. cone

convento................................................................... convent

cordillera......................................................mountain range

corona ...........................................................crown, summit

cortadura ............cut, cutting, very narrow channel or defile

costa..............................................................................coast

coto ...........................................................................summit

cruz ...............................................................................cross

cuartel ..................................................................... barracks

cuesta ....................................... sloping ground, hill, hillock

cueva ..............................................................................cave

cumbre ............................................................ summit, peak

cuna................................................................. quoin, wedge

cuspide......................................................................summit

D

darsena............................................. basin, dock, backwater

delta .............................................................................. delta

departamento ......................................................department

desembarcadero .............................................. landing place

desembocadura ........................................... mouth of a river

desierto ....................................................................... desert

dique .................................. mole, dock, embankment, levee

distrito........................................................................district

SPANISH English
Pub. 125 

206 Glossary

doble...........................................................................double

duna...............................................................................dune

E

el........................................................definite article (masc.)

embocadura................................................................ mouth

ensenada..........................................................................bay

entrada..................................................................... entrance

ermita ....................................................................hermitage

escollera ..............................................breakwater, wavetrap

escollo ........................................... shallow rock, reef awash

espigon........................................................... arm of a mole

estacion ......................................................................station

estancia................................................ ranch, country estate

este ................................................................................. east

estero...................................................................creek, inlet

estrecho ........................................................ straits, narrows

estuario...................................................................... estuary

exterior ........................................................... outer, exterior

F

farallon ...................... stack; steep sharp-pointed rocky islet

faro.......................................................................lighthouse

fondeadero ........................................................... anchorage

fortaleza ....................................................................fortress

fraile...............................................................................friar

freo................................................................................strait

freu....................narrow strait between island and mainland

fronton.............................................................wall-like cliff

fuerte ...............................................................................fort

G

garganta.............................narrow restricted passage, sound

garita ................................................sentry box, hut lookout

golfo............................................................................... gulf

gran, grande .................................................large, great, big

gris .................................................................................gray

grupo ........................................................ group (of islands)

H

hacienda ...................................................... farm, plantation

herradura ........................................... horseshoe-shaped bay

I

iglesia.........................................................................church

insua.........................................................small islet or rock

interior.......................................................................... inner

isla............................................................................... island

islete...............................................................................islet

islita...........................................................small island, islet

islote........................................................barren islet, skerry

islotillo or islotito...................................... small barren islet

istmo ........................................................................ isthmus

L

la, las ...................................................definite article (fem.)

lago.................................................................................lake

laguna...............................................................lagoon, pond

SPANISH English

laja .......................................................................... flat rock

largo, a ...........................................................................long

lastra .................................................................. rocky ledge

laxe.................................................................................rock

levante........................................................................eastern

llana ..............................................................................plain

llano, a ...................................................................plain, flat

llanura ...........................................................................plain

loma .................................................................hillock, knoll

lomo..............................................................................ridge

los .....................................................definite article (masc.)

lugar.................................................................village, place

lugarejo ......................................................................hamlet

M

malecon............................................................... quay, mole

mar...................................................................................sea

margen ....................................................... shore, river bank

marisma ...................................................................... marsh

medano .......................................................... dune, sandhill

medio .........................................................................middle

meridional............................................................... southern

mesa or meseta .........................................tableland, plateau

mogote ..................................................................hummock

molino............................................................................ mill

monasterio ........................................................... monastery

montana .................................................................mountain

monticulo......................................................................knoll

monte .........................................................mountain, mount

monte ................................... forest, group or clump of trees

moreno........................................................................brown

morro ........................... headland, bluff, head of breakwater

muelle ..........................................................pier, jetty, mole

muralla........................................ a wall of mountains, cliffs

N

negro, a ........................................................................ black

norte............................................................................. north

nuevo, a.......................................................................... new

O

obscuro ..........................................................................dark

occidental................................................................. western

oeste...............................................................................west

oriental.......................................................................eastern

oriente .............................................................................east

orilla........................................shore, edge, bank (of a river)

oscuro ............................................................................dark

P

palacio.........................................................................palace

pan de azucar ........................................................ sugar loaf

pantano ..........................................................swamp, marsh

pardo ..............................................................................gray

parque ............................................................................park

pasco ......................................................promenade, avenue

pasaje ....................................................................... passage

paso................................................................................pass

SPANISH English
Pub. 125

Glossary 207 

pedregal................................................stony or rocky patch

peninsula ............................................................... peninsula

pena................................................................................rock

penasco...............................................................a large rock

penon........................................................... rocky mountain

pequeno, a ....................................................................small

peton................................................................pinnacle rock

picacho................................................................ sharp peak

pico................................................................................ peak

piedra .................................................................. stone, rock

placer............................................................................ shoal

playa............................................................................ beach

poblado.......................................................................village

poniente.................................................................... western

pozo.................................well, deep hole in river or sea bed

presa.................................................................barrage, weir

promontorio .......................................................promontory

provincia .................................................................province

puebla.........................................................................village

pueblecito............................................... small town, village

pueblito ......................................................................hamlet

pueblo............................................................................town

puente......................................................................... bridge

puerto .................................................................port, harbor

punta............................................................................. point

puntal ............................................................... narrow point

Q

quebrada........................................................... ravine, gully

R

rada........................................................................ roadstead

redondo, a.................................................................... round

regato ............................................................ torrent, stream

restinga........................................................................... reef

reventazones............................................................ breakers

ria .........................................sunken valley forming estuary

riachuelo.................................................................... riverlet

ribera ..........................................................shore, river bank

rincon ............................ inner angle or corner, a small cove

rio.................................................................................. river

roca.................................................................................rock

rocalloso, a...................................................... pebbly, stony

rochel .................................................................rocky patch

SPANISH English

rodal.......................shoal, usually rocky and of some extent

rojo, a...............................................................................red

rompeolas ........................................................... breakwater

rompientes .............................................................. breakers

roquerio.............................................................. rocky shoal

S

salinas ......................................................................saltpans

san, santo, a................................................................... saint

seco ..................................................................................dry

seno................................................................... bight, sound

septentrional ........................................................... northern

serrania .........................................................mountain ridge

sierra ............................................................mountain range

silla .............................................................................saddle

sotavento.................................................................. leeward

sucio, a........................................................................... foul

sud, sur......................................................................... south

surgidero .............................................................. anchorage

T

tenedero .....................................holding ground, anchorage

tetas..................................................................nipples, paps

teton ........................................................... large nipple, pap

tierra...............................................................................land

torre..............................................................................tower

touza .......................rock (usually lying off a larger feature)

V

vado ............................................................................... ford

valle ............................................................................ valley

varadero ................................................................... slipway

vega...............................................................................plain

ventisquero.................................................................glacier

verde ............................................................................green

viejo, a .............................................................................old

vigia ..........................................................................lookout

villa ......................................................................town, villa

villorio .......................................................................hamlet

volcan....................................................................... volcano

vuelta ............................................ bend, turn (of a channel)

Z

zona............................................................................... zone

SPANISH English
209

 Pub. 125

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ABRA KELLY 46 59 S 74 07 W 8.6

ABRA SEARCH 48 42 S 74 32 W 8.77

ACHAO 42 28 S 73 30 W 7.45

ANAKENA 27 04 S 109 20 W 1.26

ANCUD 41 52 S 73 50 W 6.10

ANGOSTURA INGLESA 48 58 S 74 24 W 8.72

ANTOFAGASTA 23 39 S 70 25 W 4.27

ARCHIP DE JUAN FERNANDEZ 33 37 S 78 50 W 1.20

ARCHIPELAGO DE COLON 0 00 N 90 00 W 1.3

ARCHIPIELAGO DE LA PLATA 4 01 N 77 16 W 2.5

ARICA 18 28 S 70 20 W 4.2

ARRECIFE DE ATACAMES 0 57 N 79 50 W 2.14

ARRECIFE LAWRENCE 54 53 S 67 52 W 9.28

ARRECIFE MACGOWEN 1 07 S 89 54 W 1.10

B

BAHIA ACADEMY 0 45 S 90 18 W 1.12

BAHIA ACOSTA 47 44 S 74 45 W 8.82

BAHIA ADELAIDA 54 22 S 72 05 W 9.7

BAHIA ADVENTURE 44 50 S 74 45 W 6.31

BAHIA ALM SAENZ VAL. 54 53 S 68 33 W 9.23

BAHIA ANNA PINK 45 47 S 74 49 W 6.35

BAHIA ANO NUEVO 52 10 S 73 32 W 8.42

BAHIA ARDITA 7 08 N 77 48 W 2.2

BAHIA BERMEJO 10 33 S 77 55 W 3.27

BAHIA BOSSI 49 50 S 75 26 W 8.13

BAHIA CAMERON 51 57 S 72 56 W 8.44

BAHIA CARRIZAL 29 06 S 71 29 W 4.59

BAHIA CARVAJAL 33 40 S 78 56 W 1.21

BAHIA CHACABUCO 45 28 S 72 50 W 7.81

BAHIA CHOROS 29 13 S 71 30 W 4.60

BAHIA COBQUECURA 36 08 S 72 48 W 5.25

BAHIA COCHAMO 41 30 S 72 16 W 7.15

BAHIA COLIUMO 36 32 S 72 56 W 5.25

BAHIA CONCEPCION 36 41 S 73 02 W 5.26

BAHIA COPIAPO 27 19 S 70 59 W 4.47

BAHIA CORBETA PAPUDO 50 22 S 75 20 W 8.19

BAHIA CORUNA 51 51 S 72 44 W 8.46

BAHIA CUCAO 42 37 S 74 13 W 6.13

BAHIA CUEVITA 5 28 N 77 28 W 2.3

BAHIA CUMBERLAND 33 37 S 78 50 W 1.21

BAHIA DAY 50 09 S 74 47 W 8.63

BAHIA DE AGUADULCE 0 56 S 89 30 W 1.6

BAHIA DE ANCON 11 45 S 77 11 W 3.36

BAHIA DE ANCUD 41 52 S 73 52 W 6.10

BAHIA DE CARAQUEZ 0 35 S 80 25 W 2.17

BAHIA DE CASMA 9 27 S 78 23 W 3.25

BAHIA DE CHANCAY 11 35 S 77 17 W 3.33

BAHIA DE CUPICA 6 41 N 77 27 W 2.2

BAHIA DE HUARMEY 10 06 S 78 10 W 3.26

BAHIA DE JAMES 0 14 S 90 52 W 1.14

BAHIA DE LOS CHINOS 9 21 S 78 26 W 3.25

BAHIA DE MALAGA 3 55 N 77 20 W 2.4

BAHIA DE MANTA 0 57 S 80 43 W 2.19

BAHIA DE NAUFRAGIO 0 54 S 89 37 W 1.7

BAHIA DE PAITA 5 02 S 81 06 W 3.8

BAHIA DE PARACAS 13 49 S 76 16 W 3.45

BAHIA DE PERRY 0 35 S 90 55 W 1.15

BAHIA DE PISCO 13 44 S 76 16 W 3.45

BAHIA DE SAMANCO 9 14 S 78 32 W 3.25

BAHIA DE SAN LORENZO 1 27 N 79 02 W 2.11

BAHIA DE SANTA ELENA 2 12 S 80 55 W 2.23

BAHIA DE SECHURA 5 40 S 81 00 W 3.11

BAHIA DE SOLANO 6 18 N 77 25 W 2.2

BAHIA DE SULLIVAN 0 17 S 90 34 W 1.14

BAHIA DE TALARA 4 34 S 81 17 W 3.5

BAHIA DEL CALLAO 12 02 S 77 10 W 3.38

BAHIA DEL CORREO 1 14 S 90 25 W 1.11

BAHIA DEL OESTE 33 36 S 78 51 W 1.21

BAHIA FIASCO 54 52 S 71 13 W 9.18

BAHIA FLEURIAIS 55 00 S 69 30 W 9.21

BAHIA GARDNER 1 21 S 89 38 W 1.10

BAHIA GREGG 51 49 S 73 52 W 8.51

BAHIA GUAPACHO 41 47 S 73 58 W 6.6

BAHIA HERRADURA GUAYACAN 29 58 S 71 22 W 4.67

BAHIA HONDA 54 55 S 68 13 W 9.25

BAHIA HOPE 54 07 S 73 04 W 9.5

BAHIA HUGH 50 24 S 74 45 W 8.59

BAHIA ILQUE 41 38 S 73 05 W 7.19

BAHIA INDEPENDENCIA 14 14 S 76 10 W 3.47

BAHIA INDIA 55 28 S 69 10 W 9.43

BAHIA INGLESA 27 07 S 70 54 W 4.46

BAHIA ISABEL 0 37 S 91 06 W 1.17

BAHIA LA PEROUSE 27 05 S 109 18 W 1.26

BAHIA LAGUNA VERDE 33 06 S 71 42 W 5.15

BAHIA LAPATAIA 54 52 S 68 32 W 9.27

BAHIA LATITUD 53 17 S 74 14 W 9.3

BAHIA LAVATA 25 39 S 70 40 W 4.35

BAHIA LENCA 41 38 S 72 41 W 7.16

BAHIA LINAO 41 57 S 73 33 W 7.24

BAHIA LION 48 33 S 74 25 W 8.78

BAHIA LOW 43 48 S 73 58 W 6.20

BAHIA MANAO 41 52 S 73 30 W 7.23

BAHIA MEJILLONES 23 03 S 70 27 W 4.21

BAHIA MOORE 51 46 S 73 52 W 8.52

BAHIA OCTAVIA 6 51 N 77 40 W 2.2

BAHIA OGLANDER 55 09 S 66 56 W 9.36

BAHIA ORANGE 55 31 S 68 03 W 9.39

BAHIA PARGUA 41 47 S 73 26 W 7.3

BAHIA PENHOAT 55 02 S 69 23 W 9.21

BAHIA PLAYA PRIETA 1 16 S 90 30 W 1.11

BAHIA PUMALIN 42 42 S 72 50 W 7.49

BAHIA QUEULE 39 20 S 73 13 W 5.42

BAHIA QUINTERO 32 46 S 71 32 W 5.12

BAHIA RALUN 41 24 S 72 19 W 7.15

BAHIA RATAGALES 55 07 S 69 58 W 9.21

BAHIA RICE 55 36 S 67 59 W 9.40

BAHIA ROSA 54 53 S 70 44 W 9.15

BAHIA SALINAS 11 12 S 77 36 W 3.31

BAHIA SAN ANDRES 46 34 S 75 31 W 6.41

BAHIA SAN RAFAEL 43 33 S 73 48 W 7.87

BAHIA SAN VICENTE 36 44 S 73 10 W 5.31

BAHIA SANDY 52 07 S 73 41 W 8.40

BAHIA SHOLL 52 45 S 73 53 W 8.34
210 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

BAHIA STEPHENS 0 48 S 89 30 W 1.9

BAHIA STEWART 54 54 S 71 25 W 9.18

BAHIA TARN 47 44 S 74 47 W 8.82

BAHIA TEKENIKA 55 21 S 68 15 W 9.39

BAHIA TIERRA BLANCA 33 39 S 78 55 W 1.21

BAHIA TOM 50 12 S 74 48 W 8.63

BAHIA TONGOY 30 16 S 71 34 W 4.69

BAHIA TRES BRAZOS 54 54 S 69 46 W 9.20

BAHIA USHUAIA 54 49 S 68 15 W 9.26

BAHIA WIDE 50 39 S 74 36 W 8.58

BAHIA WINDHOND 55 14 S 67 30 W 9.37

BAHIA WODEHOUSE 51 47 S 73 56 W 8.52

BAHIA YENDEGAIA 54 54 S 68 42 W 9.22

BAJO ABREOJO 43 01 S 72 52 W 7.65

BAJO AITUI 42 46 S 73 28 W 7.54

BAJO APABON 42 41 S 73 27 W 7.47

BAJO AQUILES 41 44 S 73 51 W 6.3

BAJO BIEN CONOCIDO 42 58 S 73 09 W 7.57

BAJO BLANCO 43 10 S 73 40 W 7.60

BAJO BORDES 52 05 S 73 31 W 8.41

BAJO CAHLINAO 42 55 S 73 26 W 7.54

BAJO CANTAGALLO 1 17 S 80 58 W 2.21

BAJO CAPAC 49 07 S 74 22 W 8.70

BAJO CHAUQUES 42 15 S 73 15 W 7.29

BAJO CORVIO 41 51 S 73 13 W 7.5

BAJO COTOPAXI 48 46 S 74 28 W 8.76

BAJO CULENHUE 41 52 S 73 11 W 7.10

BAJO DAYOT 32 24 S 72 16 W 5.10

BAJO DE AFUERA 3 01 S 80 03 W 2.29

BAJO DE MONDRAGON 2 40 S 79 55 W 2.33

BAJO DE NEGRITOS 3 54 N 77 26 W 2.5

BAJO DRIVER 42 41 S 73 02 W 7.52

BAJO DUGOAB 42 23 S 73 11 W 7.30

BAJO INCONVENIENTE 42 41 S 73 11 W 7.51

BAJO MEMPHIS 49 05 S 74 23 W 8.70

BAJO MONTANITA 1 50 S 81 03 W 2.22

BAJO RAPEL 33 51 S 71 53 W 5.18

BAJO SAN JOSE 41 50 S 72 56 W 7.13

BAJO SANTO DOMINGO 42 01 S 72 47 W 7.33

BAJO SOLITARIO 42 47 S 73 10 W 7.51

BAJO VETTOR PISANI 42 46 S 73 28 W 7.54

BAJOS DE COJUNES 0 23 N 80 08 W 2.15

BALAO OIL TERMINAL 1 02 N 79 42 W 2.13

BANCO AMNISTIA 41 58 S 73 08 W 7.10

BANCO DE MALA 2 53 S 79 52 W 2.29

BANCO VELAHUE 43 12 S 73 33 W 7.60

BAYOVAR OIL TERMINAL 5 47 S 81 03 W 3.12

BENEPU 27 10 S 109 25 W 1.26

BLACK BEACH ANCHORAGE 1 16 S 90 30 W 1.11

BOCA DE CANALES 47 30 S 74 30 W 8.6

BOCA GRANDE 1 49 N 78 51 W 2.9

BOCA WICKHAM 45 49 S 74 34 W 6.36

BOCANA DE VIRUDO 5 26 N 77 25 W 2.3

BUENAVENTURA 3 54 N 77 05 W 2.6

C

CABO BARRINGTON 0 36 S 90 54 W 1.15

CABO BASCUNAN 28 51 S 71 30 W 4.57

CABO BLANCO 4 16 S 81 15 W 3.4

CABO BRIGSTOCK 52 07 S 75 00 W 8.31

CABO BRISBANE 55 39 S 69 00 W 9.42

CABO BYNOE 47 59 S 75 18 W 8.8

CABO CARLOS 50 51 S 74 20 W 8.55

CABO CAROLINA 51 38 S 75 12 W 8.28

CABO CARRANZA 35 35 S 72 38 W 5.23

CABO CASTLEREAGH 54 56 S 71 25 W 9.18

CABO CHALMERS 0 33 N 90 47 W 1.5

CABO CHOROS 29 15 S 71 28 W 4.62

CABO CLANRICARDE 50 12 S 74 42 W 8.60

CABO COLMILLO 49 03 S 75 42 W 8.9

CABO COLWORTH 52 29 S 73 39 W 8.37

CABO CORCOVADO 43 08 S 72 55 W 7.66

CABO CORRIENTES 5 29 N 77 33 W 2.3

CABO DE SAN FRANCISCO 0 39 N 80 05 W 2.15

CABO DESEADO 52 45 S 74 43 W 9.2

CABO DISPATCH 51 42 S 74 31 W 8.29

CABO GLOUCESTER 54 04 S 73 28 W 9.4

CABO HAWKSWORTH 50 05 S 75 23 W 8.13

CABO JORGE 51 39 S 75 17 W 8.25

CABO KEMPE 54 23 S 72 32 W 9.6

CABO KENDALL 51 28 S 74 07 W 8.29

CABO LADRILLERO 50 49 S 75 19 W 8.23

CABO LOBOS 18 48 S 70 22 W 4.4

CABO MANGLARES 1 36 N 79 03 W 2.10

CABO MARZO 6 50 N 77 42 W 2.2

CABO MATAURA 52 49 S 74 40 W 9.2

CABO MOGOTES 47 44 S 75 23 W 8.7

CABO NORTE 0 41 S 89 21 W 1.9

CABO PALMER 52 13 S 73 40 W 8.40

CABO PASADO 0 21 S 80 30 W 2.16

CABO PAYEN 55 38 S 68 15 W 9.42

CABO PHILLIP 52 45 S 73 55 W 8.32

CABO PRIMERO 49 52 S 75 35 W 8.12

CABO QUEDAL 40 58 S 73 58 W 6.2

CABO QUEDAL 40 59 S 73 57 W 5.52

CABO QUILAN 43 16 S 74 24 W 6.14

CABO RAPER 46 49 S 75 38 W 6.41

CABO REES 55 06 S 67 04 W 9.33

CABO ROSA 1 03 S 91 10 W 1.17

CABO RUGGED 50 02 S 75 23 W 8.13

CABO SALIENTE 54 39 S 71 24 W 9.13

CABO SAN LORENZO 1 03 S 80 49 W 2.20

CABO SAN MATEO 0 57 S 80 49 W 2.19

CABO SAN MATEO 51 24 S 74 02 W 8.53

CABO SAN PIO 55 04 S 66 32 W 9.35

CABO TABLAS 31 51 S 71 34 W 5.6

CABO TAITAO 45 52 S 75 04 W 6.39

CABO TATE 53 38 S 73 51 W 9.3

CABO TIRUA 38 22 S 73 31 W 5.38

CABO TRES MONTES 46 59 S 75 26 W 6.42

CABO WALKER 52 37 S 73 40 W 8.35

CABO WEST CLIFF 50 40 S 75 31 W 8.22

CABO WOODFORD 0 45 S 90 47 W 1.16

CALATA TIERRA COLORADA 5 04 S 81 06 W 3.8

CALBUCO 41 46 S 73 08 W 7.6

CALDERA 27 03 S 70 50 W 4.44

CALETA ABTAO 23 31 S 70 32 W 4.25

CALETA AEOLIAN 0 27 S 90 18 W 1.13

CALETA AGUA DULCE 24 08 S 70 30 W 4.30

CALETA AMALIA 50 56 S 73 51 W 8.55

CALETA AWAIAKIRRH 55 00 S 69 01 W 9.22

CALETA BANNER 55 01 S 66 56 W 9.34

CALETA BARRANQUILLAS 27 31 S 70 54 W 4.48

CALETA BARROW 54 20 S 71 26 W 9.11

CALETA BUZETA 48 11 S 73 19 W 8.86

CALETA CANALES 54 54 S 70 36 W 9.16

CALETA CHANAVAYA 20 53 S 70 08 W 4.13

CALETA CHIGUALOCO 31 46 S 71 32 W 5.5

CALETA CLIFF 46 28 S 75 17 W 6.40

CALETA COLCURA 37 07 S 73 09 W 5.34

CALETA COLOSO 23 45 S 70 28 W 4.28

CALETA CONNOR 48 30 S 74 26 W 8.78

CALETA CONSTITUCION 23 25 S 70 36 W 4.24

CALETA DE LA TORTUGA 0 42 S 89 22 W 1.9

CALETA DEL MEDIO 27 41 S 70 57 W 4.49

CALETA DEL NORTE 0 25 S 90 17 W 1.13

CALETA DEWETT 47 52 S 74 33 W 8.83

CALETA DIXON 51 57 S 73 42 W 8.50

CALETA DOUGLAS 55 10 S 68 07 W 9.37

CALETA ESMERALDA 25 55 S 70 42 W 4.37

CALETA ESPINOZA 47 54 S 73 54 W 8.87

CALETA ESTANCIA MONTES 51 58 S 72 52 W 8.44

CALETA GATO 46 17 S 75 03 W 6.40

CALETA GOICOLEA 50 48 S 74 16 W 8.55

CALETA HERRADURA DE CARRIZAL 28 06 S 71 11 W 4.52

CALETA HORNILLA 30 17 S 71 37 W 4.69

CALETA HOSKYN 48 57 S 74 26 W 8.74

CALETA HUENTELAUQUEN 31 38 S 71 32 W 5.4

CALETA IDEAL 47 47 S 74 55 W 8.82

CALETA IQUANA 0 57 S 91 27 W 1.17

CALETA ITE 17 54 S 70 57 W 3.60

CALETA JUNIN 19 38 S 70 11 W 4.6

CALETA LAGUERA 48 01 S 73 28 W 8.89

CALETA LAMEGUAPI 40 11 S 73 43 W 5.48

CALETA LATITUD 50 52 S 74 24 W 8.56

CALETA LETIER 54 56 S 68 26 W 9.25

CALETA LINLINAO 42 35 S 73 46 W 7.44

CALETA LLONCOCHAIGUE 42 23 S 72 28 W 7.38

CALETA LOBITOS 4 27 S 81 17 W 3.5

CALETA LUCAS 49 00 S 74 24 W 8.71

CALETA MALA 12 43 S 76 39 W 3.42

CALETA MANSA 40 33 S 73 46 W 5.50
Index—Gazetteer 211

 Pub.

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

CALETA MARIA ELENA 47 46 S 73 44 W 8.88

CALETA MOLLE 20 18 S 70 08 W 4.11

CALETA MOLLES 32 16 S 71 29 W 5.10

CALETA MORA 27 00 S 70 49 W 4.43

CALETA MUICOLPUE 40 34 S 73 46 W 5.50

CALETA OLLA 54 55 S 69 10 W 9.20

CALETA PATILLOS 20 44 S 70 12 W 4.12

CALETA PENA BLANCA 28 42 S 71 22 W 4.56

CALETA PILAR 42 53 S 73 33 W 7.55

CALETA PUCUSANA 12 29 S 76 48 W 3.41

CALETA QUILCA 16 43 S 72 26 W 3.54

CALETA QUIUTIL 42 31 S 74 14 W 6.13

CALETA RAYO 50 45 S 74 32 W 8.57

CALETA ROBALO 54 56 S 67 39 W 9.29

CALETA SALINILLO 14 00 S 76 17 W 3.47

CALETA SAN CARLOS 39 50 S 73 26 W 5.44

CALETA SANDY 49 47 S 74 24 W 8.65

CALETA TAGUS 0 16 S 91 22 W 1.17

CALETA TANDY 52 25 S 73 38 W 8.37

CALETA TEMBLADOR 29 28 S 71 20 W 4.64

CALETA VITOR 18 46 S 70 21 W 4.3

CALETA VOILIER 54 52 S 69 39 W 9.20

CALETA WEBB 0 48 S 91 27 W 1.17

CALETA YAL 42 41 S 73 40 W 7.44

CALETA ZORRA 43 08 S 74 19 W 6.14

CANAL ANIHUE 42 19 S 73 17 W 7.29

CANAL APIAO 42 39 S 73 10 W 7.53

CANAL BERTRAND 52 20 S 74 34 W 8.32

CANAL CASTRO 51 22 S 74 28 W 8.30

CANAL CHAULINEC 42 37 S 73 19 W 7.48

CANAL CHAUQUES 42 19 S 73 11 W 7.30

CANAL CHIGUAO 43 09 S 73 31 W 7.60

CANAL CHOLGO 42 08 S 72 29 W 7.35

CANAL CONCEPCION 50 18 S 74 49 W 8.59

CANAL COVADONGA 49 05 S 75 27 W 8.9

CANAL CUTLER 52 05 S 74 00 W 8.33

CANAL DARWIN 45 27 S 73 48 W 7.1

CANAL DE ITBACA 0 29 S 90 16 W 1.12

CANAL DE JAMBELI 3 10 S 80 10 W 2.29

CANAL DE JUANCHACO 3 56 N 77 21 W 2.5

CANAL DEL CASTILLO 48 45 S 75 18 W 8.9

CANAL ESCAPE 49 27 S 74 27 W 8.67

CANAL FALLOS 48 20 S 75 10 W 8.11

CANAL FERRONAVE 45 08 S 73 29 W 7.78

CANAL GRAPPLER 49 29 S 74 17 W 8.67

CANAL HERNANDEZ 52 18 S 73 45 W 8.39

CANAL ICY 49 36 S 74 17 W 8.67

CANAL JUAN DE DIOS 3 54 N 77 20 W 2.5

CANAL KRUGER 47 56 S 74 39 W 8.81

CANAL LEMUY 42 34 S 73 40 W 7.47

CANAL LEUCAYEC 43 59 S 73 45 W 6.25

CANAL LLANCHID 42 03 S 72 38 W 7.34

CANAL MIRAMAR 49 34 S 75 30 W 8.12

CANAL MOLINAS 52 04 S 74 14 W 8.33

CANAL MONTEITH 50 25 S 75 01 W 8.61

CANAL MONTT 52 06 S 74 41 W 8.31

CANAL O'BRIEN 54 53 S 70 25 W 9.16

CANAL O'HIGGINS 52 25 S 74 04 W 8.32

CANAL OCASION 54 33 S 72 00 W 9.9

CANAL PACHECO 52 14 S 74 03 W 8.33

CANAL PITT 50 40 S 74 12 W 8.55

CANAL PLAZA 47 58 S 73 41 W 8.85

CANAL PUQUITIN 43 51 S 73 50 W 6.27

CANAL PUYUGUAPI 44 55 S 73 21 W 7.76

CANAL QUILAN 43 20 S 74 14 W 6.18

CANAL QUINCHAO 42 30 S 73 28 W 7.45

CANAL REFUGIO 43 58 S 73 08 W 7.76

CANAL RODRIGUEZ 45 19 S 73 33 W 7.80

CANAL SAN BLAS 51 14 S 74 55 W 8.25

CANAL SAN PEDRO 43 20 S 73 44 W 7.62

CANAL SANTA MARIA 52 00 S 73 07 W 8.43

CANAL SENORET 51 43 S 72 37 W 8.47

CANAL TROYA 47 56 S 73 49 W 8.84

CANAL TUAMAPU 43 59 S 74 07 W 6.22

CANAL UTARUPA 45 31 S 74 14 W 6.37

CANAL VALDES 52 00 S 72 57 W 8.44

CANAL WHITE 51 55 S 73 00 W 8.43

CARTAGO BAY 0 35 S 90 55 W 1.15

CAYO BLANCO 44 47 S 73 33 W 7.72

CERRO ALTO 33 36 S 78 52 W 1.21

CERRO CALAVERA 12 33 S 76 46 W 3.42

CERRO EL YUNQUE 33 39 S 78 51 W 1.20

CERRO LA MESA MARIA FRANCISCA 14 41 S 75 50 W 3.48

CERRO MALA 2 48 S 80 00 W 2.31

CERRO MANTAN 44 00 S 73 39 W 7.70

CERRO MIRAGUALAY 43 34 S 73 00 W 7.68

CERRO PAN DE AZUCAR 0 43 S 89 21 W 1.9

CERRO TRES PICOS 4 33 S 81 17 W 3.6

CERRO ZAMBAPALA 2 58 S 80 13 W 2.29

CHACAO 41 50 N 73 32 W 6.9

CHANARAL 26 21 S 70 39 W 4.40

CHANCAY 11 35 S 77 17 W 3.34

COISHCO 9 01 S 78 38 W 3.23

CONCHAN OIL TERMINAL 12 16 S 76 56 W 3.41

COQUIMBO 29 57 S 71 21 W 4.66

CORONEL 37 02 S 73 10 W 5.33

CRUZ GRANDE 29 27 S 71 20 W 4.63

D

DALCAHUE 42 23 S 73 39 W 7.41

DURAN 2 10 S 79 51 W 2.34

E

EASTER ISLAND 27 05 S 109 20 W 1.24

EL CABEZO 12 04 S 77 16 W 3.38

EL VIUDO 1 51 N 78 43 W 2.9

EMILY ROCK 29 38 S 87 25 W 1.19

ENSENADA CHAITEN 42 55 S 72 47 W 7.64

ENSENADA CODIHUE 41 47 S 73 22 W 7.5

ENSENADA DE JUAN CHACO 4 00 N 77 18 W 2.5

ENSENADA DE JUANCHACO 3 59 N 77 18 W 2.4

ENSENADA DE SAN FRANCISCO 0 36 N 80 05 W 2.15

ENSENADA GAVIOTA 29 05 S 71 31 W 4.58

ENSENADA LEUTEPO 42 57 S 73 36 W 7.56

ENSENADA TOTORALILLO 32 01 S 71 32 W 5.9

ENSENADA UTRIA 6 02 N 77 21 W 2.2

ESMERALDAS 1 00 N 79 39 W 2.12

ESTERO 42 20 S 72 30 W 7.36

ESTERO 42 30 S 72 45 W 7.39

ESTERO CAHUELMO 42 16 S 72 26 W 7.37

ESTERO CASTRO 42 30 S 73 45 W 7.42

ESTERO CHAUQUI 41 43 S 72 58 W 7.18

ESTERO CHOLHUE 41 40 S 72 59 W 7.18

ESTERO COMPU 42 52 S 73 40 W 7.55

ESTERO DE LAS MONTANAS 52 00 S 73 18 W 8.42

ESTERO DE SANTA ROSA 3 14 S 80 01 W 2.30

ESTERO DESENGANO 49 21 S 75 16 W 8.10

ESTERO HUILDAD 43 05 S 73 32 W 7.58

ESTERO NEF 48 07 S 74 16 W 8.83

ESTERO QUETRALCO 45 43 S 73 25 W 7.86

ESTERO QUINTUPEU 42 10 S 72 26 W 7.35

ESTERO RELONCAVI 41 43 S 72 35 W 7.2

ESTERO RINGDOVE 49 45 S 74 11 W 8.65

ESTERO SAN ESTEBAN 46 19 S 75 06 W 6.40

ESTERO ULTIMA ESPERANZA 51 35 S 72 56 W 8.49

ESTERO VAN DE MEULEN 48 15 S 74 32 W 8.79

ESTERO WEBB 55 14 S 69 39 W 9.45

ESTRECHO DE NELSON 51 42 S 75 07 W 8.26

ESTUARIO BARROS ARANA 45 52 S 73 55 W 7.85

ESTUARIO BARROS LUCO 50 09 S 75 17 W 8.19

ESTUARIO GAGE 49 54 S 74 26 W 8.65

F

FALSO CABO DE HORNOS 55 43 S 68 04 W 9.40

FARALLONES CAICURA 41 43 S 72 42 W 7.13

FARALLONES DE TRAHUILCO 40 20 S 73 45 W 5.49

FARALLONES MARIMELI 41 42 S 72 26 W 7.14

FIORDO ALEJANDRO 46 14 S 74 55 W 6.39

FIORDO BALLADARES 45 44 S 74 22 W 6.37

FIORDO BARROS LUCO 50 09 S 75 17 W 8.19

FIORDO COMAU 42 20 S 72 30 W 7.36

FIORDO RENIHUE 42 30 S 72 45 W 7.39

FORT SAN JUAN BAUTISTA 33 37 S 78 50 W 1.21

G

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 0 00 N 90 00 W 1.3
212 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

GOLFO ALMIRANTE MONTT 51 53 S 72 40 W 8.45

GOLFO SAN ESTEBAN 46 57 S 74 17 W 8.5

GOLFO SARMIENTO 52 13 S 75 00 W 8.31

GOLFO TRES MONTES 46 50 S 75 00 W 8.3

GRUPO CHAULINEC 42 37 S 73 16 W 7.48

GRUPO CORUNA 51 52 S 72 45 W 8.45

GRUPO DE HUAURA 11 24 S 77 45 W 3.32

GRUPO DE PESCADORES 11 48 S 77 16 W 3.35

GRUPO DJENANA 52 21 S 74 30 W 8.32

GRUPO EL ENJAMBRE 44 48 S 73 39 W 7.72

GRUPO EVANGELISTAS 52 23 S 75 06 W 8.31

GRUPO GOMEZ CARRENO 51 39 S 74 19 W 8.29

GRUPO LOBOS 51 33 S 74 44 W 8.29

GRUPO LONDONDERRY 55 07 S 70 40 W 9.18

GRUPO ROA 44 10 S 73 47 W 6.29

GUARELLO ORE TERMINAL 50 22 S 75 20 W 8.20

GUAYAQUIL 2 12 S 79 53 W 2.34

H

HAKENYESHKA 54 54 S 67 10 W 9.35

HARBERTON BEACON 54 53 S 67 19 W 9.32

HORMIGAS DE AFUERA 11 58 S 77 45 W 3.35

HUASCO 28 28 S 71 15 W 4.54

HUTUITI ANCHORAGE 27 07 S 109 17 W 1.26

I

ILOT BLANCO 44 35 S 73 53 W 6.29

IQUIQUE 20 12 S 70 10 W 4.9

ISLA ACUAO 45 38 S 73 49 W 7.84

ISLA ALAO 42 36 S 73 18 W 7.48

ISLA ALEJANDRO SELKIRK 33 45 S 80 45 W 1.22

ISLA ANALAO 45 29 S 74 41 W 6.33

ISLA APIAO 42 36 S 73 13 W 7.48

ISLA AUCHILU 45 20 S 74 35 W 6.33

ISLA AUGUSTA 51 15 S 75 05 W 8.25

ISLA AULEN 41 52 S 72 50 W 7.13

ISLA BALTRA 0 27 S 90 16 W 1.12

ISLA BARTHOLOME 0 17 S 90 33 W 1.14

ISLA BAVERSTOCK 52 14 S 73 44 W 8.40

ISLA BEAGLE 51 55 S 75 08 W 8.31

ISLA BORDES 52 05 S 74 21 W 8.32

ISLA BOXER 48 33 S 74 21 W 8.77

ISLA BRECKNOCK 54 41 S 71 33 W 9.12

ISLA BRINKLEY 51 59 S 73 41 W 8.41

ISLA BURNT 54 44 S 71 14 W 9.14

ISLA BUTA CHAUQUES 42 18 S 73 07 W 7.30

ISLA BUTTON 55 01 S 68 15 W 9.38

ISLA CAGUACHE 42 29 S 73 16 W 7.31

ISLA CAILIN 43 11 S 73 34 W 7.60

ISLA CALBUCO 41 47 S 73 09 W 7.6

ISLA CASCAJALL 4 53 N 77 04 W 2.6

ISLA CATALINA 54 48 S 71 13 W 9.15

ISLA CAUCAHUE 42 09 S 73 24 W 7.25

ISLA CHAIR 54 52 S 70 03 W 9.19

ISLA CHANARAL 29 02 S 71 36 W 4.58

ISLA CHELIN 42 34 S 73 32 W 7.46

ISLA CHIDGUAPI 41 50 S 73 06 W 7.10

ISLA CHOROS 29 16 S 71 33 W 4.61

ISLA CHUIT 42 40 S 73 05 W 7.51

ISLA COAMANS 0 45 S 90 17 W 1.12

ISLA COLDITA 43 13 S 73 43 W 7.59

ISLA COLORADO 45 21 S 73 21 W 7.80

ISLA CORNEJO 52 16 S 74 35 W 8.32

ISLA CROSSOVER 49 17 S 74 24 W 8.68

ISLA CUTLER 52 14 S 73 40 W 8.40

ISLA DALY 48 52 S 74 29 W 8.76

ISLA DE LA PLATA 1 16 S 81 05 W 2.21

ISLA DE MALPELO 3 59 N 81 36 W 1.2

ISLA DE PASCUA 27 05 S 109 20 W 1.24

ISLA DE PUNA 2 50 S 80 10 W 2.27

ISLA DE SANTA CLARA 3 10 S 80 26 W 2.29

ISLA DE TUMACO 1 49 N 78 46 W 2.9

ISLA DEL COCO 5 32 N 87 04 W 1.2

ISLA DEL GUANO 1 50 N 78 46 W 2.9

ISLA DEL MORRO 1 49 N 78 45 W 2.9

ISLA DIEGO PORTALES 51 55 S 72 54 W 8.44

ISLA DRUMMOND-HAY 50 15 S 74 49 W 8.62

ISLA EDEN 0 33 S 90 32 W 1.13

ISLA EL GORRO 44 18 S 73 28 W 7.70

ISLA ESCALA ALTA 51 47 S 74 26 W 8.56

ISLA ESPANOLA 1 23 S 89 40 W 1.10

ISLA FERNANDINA 0 25 S 91 29 W 1.18

ISLA FITZ ROY 45 50 S 74 00 W 7.85

ISLA FRANCISCO 44 31 S 73 38 W 7.71

ISLA FRANCISCO 48 07 S 73 39 W 8.85

ISLA GARDNER 1 20 S 89 39 W 1.10

ISLA GARRAO 44 24 S 73 43 W 6.29

ISLA GENOVESA 0 20 N 89 57 W 1.5

ISLA GEORGIANA 55 40 S 71 44 W 9.12

ISLA GONZALO 56 32 S 68 44 W 9.41

ISLA GORDA 54 41 S 71 25 W 9.13

ISLA GORGONA 2 58 N 78 11 W 2.8

ISLA GRAN GUAITECA 43 52 S 74 00 W 6.20

ISLA GRANDE 11 36 S 77 16 W 3.35

ISLA GREEN 52 36 S 73 41 W 8.35

ISLA GUAFO 43 35 S 74 42 W 6.15

ISLA GUAMAN 23 33 S 70 25 W 4.25

ISLA GUAMBLIN 44 50 S 75 05 W 6.30

ISLA GUARD 50 44 S 74 31 W 8.56

ISLA GUTIERREZ 45 22 S 73 36 W 7.80

ISLA HIND 55 31 S 69 20 W 9.44

ISLA HUELMO 41 40 S 73 04 W 7.19

ISLA ICA 42 22 S 72 48 W 7.39

ISLA IMELEV 42 37 S 73 25 W 7.46

ISLA INCHEMO 45 48 S 75 00 W 6.35

ISLA INOCENTES 50 33 S 74 51 W 8.58

ISLA IPUN 44 37 S 74 47 W 6.31

ISLA IRENE 47 50 S 74 04 W 8.87

ISLA ISABELA 0 30 S 91 10 W 1.15

ISLA ISABELLA 54 11 S 72 56 W 9.5

ISLA JAVIER 47 06 S 74 24 W 8.6

ISLA JORGE 50 15 S 74 42 W 8.60

ISLA JULIA 48 12 S 73 20 W 8.86

ISLA KEMPE 54 21 S 72 25 W 9.7

ISLA KING 54 22 S 71 17 W 9.9

ISLA LAITEC 43 14 S 73 37 W 7.59

ISLA LATOLQUE 45 02 S 73 32 W 7.74

ISLA LAVIN 45 25 S 73 36 W 7.85

ISLA LEMUY 42 37 S 73 38 W 7.47

ISLA LEUCAYEC 44 00 S 73 40 W 6.27

ISLA LILIGUAPI 42 10 S 72 36 W 7.37

ISLA LIN 41 54 S 73 05 W 7.9

ISLA LINAGUA 43 17 S 72 58 W 7.67

ISLA LINGUAR 42 04 S 72 39 W 7.33

ISLA LINLIN 42 24 S 73 26 W 7.31

ISLA LLANCAHUE 42 07 S 72 33 W 7.35

ISLA LOBOS 0 51 S 89 34 W 1.9

ISLA LOBOS DE TIERRA 6 26 S 80 51 W 3.14

ISLA LOS LEONES 43 47 S 72 57 W 7.76

ISLA LUZ 45 30 S 73 56 W 6.34

ISLA MAGDALENA 44 35 S 73 05 W 7.73

ISLA MAILLEN 41 35 S 73 00 W 7.19

ISLA MALLINA 41 40 S 73 00 W 7.18

ISLA MANCERA 39 52 S 73 24 W 5.44

ISLA MARCHENA 0 20 N 90 28 W 1.5

ISLA MARSH 54 42 S 71 30 W 9.12

ISLA MECHUQUE 42 18 S 73 17 W 7.29

ISLA MEDIO-CANAL 48 58 S 74 24 W 8.73

ISLA MELCHOR 45 08 S 73 53 W 7.75

ISLA MEULIN 42 25 S 73 19 W 7.31

ISLA MITAHUES 45 24 S 73 44 W 7.75

ISLA MOCHA 38 23 S 73 55 W 5.39

ISLA MONDRAGON 2 37 S 79 52 W 2.31

ISLA MONO 7 13 N 77 53 W 2.2

ISLA MORTON 55 35 S 69 12 W 9.43

ISLA MULCHEY 44 08 S 73 30 W 6.28

ISLA NAO 41 55 S 72 53 W 7.12

ISLA NAVARINO 55 05 S 67 43 W 9.36

ISLA NEWTON 51 52 S 73 45 W 8.50

ISLA NOIR 54 29 S 73 01 W 9.5

ISLA O'BRIEN 54 51 S 70 32 W 9.16

ISLA ORLEBAR 47 57 S 74 36 W 8.81

ISLA ORLEBAR 52 19 S 73 43 W 8.39

ISLA PACHACAMAC 12 18 S 76 54 W 3.40

ISLA PAJAL 44 58 S 73 39 W 7.75

ISLA PALMAS 3 55 N 77 21 W 2.5

ISLA PALUMBO 45 23 S 74 03 W 6.34

ISLA PAN DE AZUCAR 26 09 S 70 41 W 4.38

ISLA PENGUIN 47 49 S 74 48 W 8.80

ISLA PENINSULA 19 49 S 70 10 W 4.7
Index—Gazetteer 213

 Pub.

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

ISLA PINTA 0 35 N 90 45 W 1.5

ISLA PINZON 0 36 S 90 40 W 1.18

ISLA PULUQUI 41 48 S 73 03 W 7.11

ISLA PUNA 2 50 S 80 10 W 2.29

ISLA QUEITAO 43 44 S 73 29 W 7.1

ISLA QUENA 51 49 S 73 42 W 8.51

ISLA QUENAC 42 28 S 73 21 W 7.31

ISLA QUENU 41 50 S 73 09 W 7.6

ISLA QUEULLIN 41 53 S 72 55 W 7.12

ISLA QUIGUA 41 45 S 73 14 W 7.5

ISLA QUINCHAO 42 29 S 73 30 W 7.45

ISLA RABIDA 0 25 S 90 42 W 1.14

ISLA REDONDA LIGHT 54 55 S 70 37 W 9.16

ISLA REFUGIO 43 57 S 73 13 W 7.73

ISLA RENOUARD 52 34 S 73 40 W 8.35

ISLA REPARO 55 03 S 66 49 W 9.27

ISLA RICARDO 45 49 S 74 28 W 6.36

ISLA RICHARDS 52 31 S 73 39 W 8.36

ISLA ROBINSON CRUSOE 33 38 S 78 50 W 1.20

ISLA SALA Y GOMEZ 26 28 S 105 28 W 1.23

ISLA SALANGO 1 36 S 80 52 W 2.22

ISLA SAN AMBROSIO 26 21 S 79 52 W 1.19

ISLA SAN CRISTOBAL 0 50 S 89 25 W 1.6

ISLA SAN FELIX 26 17 S 80 07 W 1.19

ISLA SAN GALLAN 13 50 S 76 27 W 3.44

ISLA SAN GALLAN 13 51 S 76 27 W 3.39

ISLA SAN LORENZO 12 05 S 77 13 W 3.38

ISLA SAN PEDRO 43 22 S 73 44 W 7.40

ISLA SAN SALVADOR 0 15 S 90 45 W 1.14

ISLA SANTA CLARA 33 42 S 78 56 W 1.22

ISLA SANTA CRUZ 0 38 S 90 19 W 1.12

ISLA SANTA FE 0 50 S 90 04 W 1.13

ISLA SANTA MARIA 1 17 S 90 25 W 1.11

ISLA SANTAY 2 13 S 79 52 W 2.33

ISLA SEEBROCK 54 18 S 71 42 W 9.10

ISLA SEYMOUR 0 24 S 90 17 W 1.13

ISLA SHOAL 52 33 S 73 38 W 8.36

ISLA SIERRA 44 44 S 73 35 W 7.72

ISLA SKYRING 54 24 S 72 08 W 9.7

ISLA SNIPE 54 57 S 67 09 W 9.33

ISLA SOLAR 51 00 S 75 00 W 8.24

ISLA SOMBRERO 47 48 S 74 42 W 8.81

ISLA SOMBRERO 51 43 S 74 45 W 8.27

ISLA SORIA 44 47 S 73 46 W 6.29

ISLA STEWART 54 51 S 71 09 W 9.15

ISLA STOSCH 48 58 S 75 18 W 8.10

ISLA SUMMER 52 20 S 73 39 W 8.38

ISLA TABON 41 55 S 73 09 W 7.9

ISLA TAC 42 23 S 73 08 W 7.30

ISLA TALCAN 42 45 S 73 00 W 7.52

ISLA TAUTIL 41 43 S 73 04 W 7.7

ISLA TENGLO 41 30 S 72 59 W 7.20

ISLA THOMAS 48 56 S 74 24 W 8.75

ISLA TIMBAL GRANDE 54 53 S 70 16 W 9.19

ISLA TITO 47 55 S 74 36 W 8.81

ISLA TORTUGA 1 01 S 90 52 W 1.16

ISLA TRANQUI 43 01 S 73 20 W 7.56

ISLA TUAP 44 56 S 73 30 W 7.74

ISLA VAN DE MEULEN 48 15 S 74 29 W 8.79

ISLA VERDE 2 39 S 79 56 W 2.32

ISLA VICO 44 19 S 73 17 W 7.73

ISLA WENMAN 1 22 N 91 49 W 1.4

ISLA WHIDBEY 51 17 S 74 10 W 8.53

ISLA WHITE HORSE 51 09 S 75 06 W 8.24

ISLA YENCOUMA 43 24 S 74 05 W 6.18

ISLA ZOLA 45 14 S 73 32 W 7.78

ISLAS AGNES 54 19 S 72 40 W 9.6

ISLAS BAJAS 43 57 S 74 08 W 6.22

ISLAS CROSSMAN 0 51 S 90 48 W 1.16

ISLAS DAPHNE 0 25 S 90 22 W 1.13

ISLAS DE CHINCHA 13 38 S 76 24 W 3.44

ISLAS DE FERROL 9 09 S 78 37 W 3.24

ISLAS DE GUANAPE 8 33 S 78 57 W 3.21

ISLAS DE SANTA 9 02 S 78 41 W 3.22

ISLAS DIEGO RAMIREZ 56 30 S 68 42 W 9.41

ISLAS FOCUS 51 55 S 72 44 W 8.45

ISLAS GEMELOS 44 02 S 73 53 W 6.24

ISLAS GUY FAWKES 0 31 S 90 32 W 1.13

ISLAS HARWOOD 49 07 S 74 22 W 8.69

ISLAS HERNANDO 50 02 S 75 05 W 8.17

ISLAS HORMIGAS DE TIERRA 11 45 S 77 17 W 3.35

ISLAS ILDEFONSO 55 51 S 69 15 W 9.41

ISLAS KIRKE 54 22 S 71 44 W 9.9

ISLAS LOBOS DE AFUERA 6 56 S 80 43 W 3.14

ISLAS MACABI 7 49 S 79 29 W 3.19

ISLAS MALASPINA 49 57 S 75 01 W 8.16

ISLAS OTTER 52 22 S 73 40 W 8.38

ISLAS PLAZA 0 35 S 90 10 W 1.12

ISLAS QUEITAO 43 43 S 73 30 W 7.70

ISLAS RHONE 44 01 S 74 08 W 6.24

ISLAS USBORNE 46 11 S 75 00 W 6.39

ISLAS VEREKER 52 22 S 73 43 W 8.39

ISLAS VIEL 52 41 S 73 42 W 8.34

ISLAS WHAITS 54 55 S 68 22 W 9.25

ISLETAS BOERS 47 49 S 74 30 W 8.87

ISLITAS ANTONIO 50 01 S 74 52 W 8.16

ISLOTA EDEN 49 09 S 74 27 W 8.69

ISLOTE AHUENCO 42 07 S 74 05 W 6.13

ISLOTE ALVINA 54 54 S 67 10 W 9.35

ISLOTE BONDUCA 50 56 S 74 17 W 8.54

ISLOTE CARRETA 52 41 S 73 45 W 8.34

ISLOTE CATALINA 51 58 S 73 41 W 8.50

ISLOTE CONEJO 50 28 S 75 28 W 8.19

ISLOTE DARWIN 1 39 N 92 00 W 1.4

ISLOTE DIRECCION 45 11 S 73 37 W 7.79

ISLOTE DIRECCION 54 43 S 71 21 W 9.13

ISLOTE EDELMIRA 51 08 S 74 12 W 8.53

ISLOTE EL BLANCO 45 13 S 73 39 W 7.74

ISLOTE EUGENIA 44 58 S 73 28 W 7.78

ISLOTE FANTOME 49 18 S 74 24 W 8.68

ISLOTE FLETCHER 50 11 S 74 48 W 8.63

ISLOTE GORGONILLA 2 57 N 78 13 W 2.8

ISLOTE HAYCOCK 48 56 S 74 23 W 8.75

ISLOTE ISABEL 52 31 S 73 37 W 8.36

ISLOTE LEUCONTON 45 01 S 74 10 W 6.33

ISLOTE MONTAGUE 49 13 S 75 40 W 8.9

ISLOTE NEGRO 51 29 S 74 38 W 8.30

ISLOTE NIHUEL 42 38 S 72 56 W 7.50

ISLOTE NORTE 45 46 S 73 46 W 7.85

ISLOTE NOTABLE 45 49 S 74 29 W 6.37

ISLOTE OBSERVACION 55 01 S 69 01 W 9.22

ISLOTE PELADO 11 27 S 77 50 W 3.32

ISLOTE PETIT 54 24 S 71 40 W 9.9

ISLOTE REDONDO 50 08 S 75 25 W 8.19

ISLOTE WOLF 1 22 N 91 49 W 1.4

ISLOTE YUNQUE 50 44 S 75 28 W 8.22

ISLOTE ZEALOUS 48 59 S 74 24 W 8.72

ISLOTES ARTURO 48 25 S 74 35 W 8.78

ISLOTES DIRECCION 48 41 S 74 26 W 8.77

ISLOTES LES ECLAIREURS 54 52 S 68 05 W 9.26

ISLOTES LOCOS 43 59 S 73 27 W 7.70

ISLOTES LOS MOGOTES 45 57 S 73 39 W 7.86

ISLOTES NELSON 54 39 S 74 52 W 9.9

ISLOTES PAJAROS 29 35 S 71 33 W 4.64

ISLOTES QUETROS 45 28 S 73 46 W 7.83

ISLOTES WHEELER 50 34 S 74 44 W 8.58

ISOLOTE CULPEPPER 1 39 N 92 00 W 1.4

ITES GUAMBLIN 43 25 S 73 44 W 7.62

J

JORGE MONTT 48 20 S 73 35 W 8.83

JUAN CHACO 4 00 N 77 19 W 2.4

L

LA CONCORDIA LIGHT (PERU) 18 21 S 70 23 W 3.61

LA LIBERTAD 2 13 S 80 55 W 2.24

LA PAMPILLA OIL TERMINAL 11 56 S 77 10 W 3.37

LA SALINA 5 50 S 80 57 W 3.11

LEBU 37 38 S 73 40 W 5.37

LIRQUEN 36 43 S 72 59 W 5.28

LOS CINCOS HERMANOS 45 16 S 73 16 W 7.81

LOS FARALLONES 29 28 S 71 21 W 4.64

LOS NEGRITOS 3 54 N 77 24 W 2.5

LOS ORGANOS 4 15 S 81 08 W 3.3

LOTA 37 06 S 73 09 W 5.34

M

MANGLECITO 0 49 S 89 32 W 1.9
214 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

MATACABALLO 5 39 S 80 51 W 3.11

MATARANI 17 00 S 72 07 W 3.56

MAULLIN 41 37 S 73 36 W 6.4

MEJILLONES 23 06 S 70 28 W 4.22

MONTE ISQUILIAC 45 20 S 74 29 W 6.34

MORRO BONIFACIO 39 42 S 73 25 W 5.42

MORRO CALAVERA 12 33 S 76 46 W 3.42

MORRO CHICO 41 44 S 72 39 W 7.14

MORRO CHICO 41 44 S 72 40 W 7.14

MORRO COMAU 42 11 S 72 36 W 7.38

MORRO DEL COMPAS 40 42 S 73 52 W 5.51

MORRO GODOY 41 36 S 73 41 W 6.4

MORRO GONZALO 39 50 S 73 28 W 5.47

MORRO HORNOS 41 42 S 72 39 W 7.16

MORRO JARA 23 52 S 70 30 W 4.29

MORRO JORGE 51 50 S 72 37 W 8.46

MORRO LOBERIA 36 35 S 73 00 W 5.25

MORRO QUICAVI 42 16 S 73 21 W 7.26

N

NEGRITOS 4 40 S 81 19 W 3.7

NUEVO SAMANCO 9 14 S 78 30 W 3.25

P

PACASMAYO 7 24 S 79 35 W 3.17

PAITA 5 05 S 81 07 W 3.9

PARAMONGA 10 40 S 77 50 W 3.27

PASA QUENU 41 49 S 73 10 W 7.8

PASAJE EL BOQUERON 12 06 S 77 11 W 3.38

PASAJE EL BOQUERON 13 50 S 76 25 W 3.44

PASO ADVENTURE 54 57 S 71 06 W 9.18

PASO AVIADOR IBANEZ 54 18 S 72 22 W 9.7

PASO CASMA 45 25 S 73 37 W 7.85

PASO CORVIO 41 5 S 73 14 W 7.8

PASO DEL ABISMO 49 34 S 74 28 W 8.66

PASO MACKINLAY 54 55 S 67 28 W 9.31

PASO MAILLEN 41 34 S 73 02 W 7.20

PASO MURRAY 53 08 S 74 17 W 9.2

PASO PICTON 49 26 S 75 27 W 8.15

PASO PLUDDEMANN 47 59 S 74 48 W 8.80

PASO QUESAHUEN 46 24 S 73 46 W 7.86

PASO QUEULLIN 41 52 S 72 58 W 7.12

PASO RUNDLE 47 43 S 75 05 W 8.7

PASO TARLETON 51 28 S 74 07 W 8.30

PASO TENAUN 42 21 S 73 27 W 7.27

PASO THE KNICK 48 57 S 75 00 W 8.11

PASO VICTORIA 52 00 S 73 43 W 8.41

PASO WAKEFIELD 54 03 S 73 08 W 9.5

PENCO 36 42 S 73 00 W 5.29

PENINSULA COCA 43 43 S 72 55 W 7.68

PENINSULA PARACAS 13 52 S 76 20 W 3.44,

3.47

PENINSULA SIN NOMBRE 44 08 S 73 11 W 7.73

PENON BLANCO 44 23 S 73 32 W 7.70

PERU 18 21 S 70 23 W 3.61

PICO STEWART 54 53 S 71 07 W 9.18

PIMENTEL 6 50 S 79 56 W 3.15

PLAYA BAIA 6 04 N 77 24 W 2.2

POBLACION DE LA TOLA 1 13 N 79 06 W 2.11

PODESTA ISLAND 32 14 S 89 08 W 1.19

POSORJA 2 42 S 85 15 W 2.28

POST OFFICE 1 14 S 90 25 W 1.11

PROMONTORIO SALINAS 11 16 S 77 37 W 3.31

PUERTO ABTAO 41 48 S 73 22 W 7.5

PUERTO AGUIRRE 45 10 S 73 32 W 7.79

PUERTO ALERT 49 52 S 75 14 W 8.14

PUERTO ALMEIDA 54 50 S 70 39 W 9.17

PUERTO AMERICANO 45 02 S 73 42 W 7.75

PUERTO AUCHEMO 43 01 S 72 50 W 7.66

PUERTO BALLENAS 54 50 S 70 33 W 9.17

PUERTO BALSA 2 35 S 79 55 W 2.33

PUERTO BAQUERIO 0 54 S 89 37 W 1.7

PUERTO BAQUERIZO MORENO LT. 0 54 N 89 38 W 1.8

PUERTO BARRIENTOS 43 55 S 74 01 W 6.23

PUERTO BARROSO 46 50 S 76 17 W 8.3

PUERTO BARROW 54 20 S 71 26 W 9.11

PUERTO BAYOVAR 5 50 S 81 03 W 3.12

PUERTO BOLIVAR 3 16 S 80 00 W 2.30

PUERTO BORDALI 47 49 S 74 03 W 8.87

PUERTO BORIES 51 43 S 72 33 W 8.48

PUERTO BUENO 51 00 S 74 13 W 8.54

PUERTO CABO BLANCO 4 16 S 81 15 W 3.4

PUERTO CALDERA 27 03 S 0 50 W 4.44

PUERTO CALDERILLA 27 05 S 70 52 W 4.45

PUERTO CARACCIOLO 50 28 S 75 11 W 8.21

PUERTO CARMEN 43 09 S 73 46 W 7.61

PUERTO CARRIZAL BAJO 28 04 S 71 10 W 4.51

PUERTO CASTILLO 55 15 S 68 16 W 9.38

PUERTO CASTRO 42 29 S 73 46 W 7.43

PUERTO CHACABUCO 45 28 S 72 50 W 7.82

PUERTO CHICAMA 7 42 S 79 27 W 3.18

PUERTO CHILCA 12 29 S 76 48 W 3.41

PUERTO CHONCHI 42 37 S 73 46 W 7.44

PUERTO CISNES 44 44 S 72 42 W 7.77

PUERTO CONCHA 45 01 S 74 20 W 6.32

PUERTO CONDELL 45 37 S 74 12 W 6.37

PUERTO CONDOR 51 40 S 72 40 W 8.48

PUERTO CONSTITUCION 35 19 S 72 23 W 5.21

PUERTO CUPTANA 44 40 S 73 38 W 7.71

PUERTO DE CAYO 1 21 S 80 45 W 2.21

PUERTO DE CERRO AZUL 13 03 S 76 31 W 3.43

PUERTO DE CHALA 15 52 S 74 14 W 3.52

PUERTO DE CHANCAY 11 35 S 77 17 W 3.34

PUERTO DE CHIMBOTE 9 05 S 78 37 W 3.24

PUERTO DE CORRAL 39 52 S 73 26 W 5.46

PUERTO DE HUACHO 11 07 S 77 37 W 3.30

PUERTO DE MACHALILLA 1 28 S 80 46 W 2.22

PUERTO DE PISCO 13 43 S 76 15 W 3.45

PUERTO DE SAN LORENZO 1 16 N 78 51 W 2.11

PUERTO DE SUPE 10 49 S 77 44 W 3.28

PUERTO DEL CALLAO 12 03 S 77 09 W 3.38

PUERTO DEL MORRO 50 04 S 75 01 W 8.17

PUERTO DIEGO DE ALMAGRO 51 36 S 75 10 W 8.28

PUERTO EDEN 49 08 S 74 27 W 8.69

PUERTO EDWARDS 54 40 S 71 27 W 9.13

PUERTO ENGANO 54 56 S 70 45 W 9.15

PUERTO ESPANOL 44 50 S 73 41 W 7.72

PUERTO ETEN 6 56 S 79 51 W 3.16

PUERTO EUGENIA 54 56 S 67 18 W 9.33

PUERTO FONTAINE 52 03 S 73 29 W 8.41

PUERTO FORTUNA 54 53 S 70 25 W 9.17

PUERTO GABLE 54 53 S 67 25 W 9.31

PUERTO GENERAL SAN MARTIN 13 48 S 76 18 W 3.46

PUERTO GONZALES 53 20 S 73 47 W 9.3

PUERTO GRAPPLER 49 25 S 74 19 W 8.67

PUERTO GRASERIA 51 43 S 72 33 W 8.48

PUERTO GRAY 48 55 S 74 19 W 8.75

PUERTO GUNTHER 47 55 S 73 30 W 8.89

PUERTO HARBERTON 54 53 S 67 19 W 9.32

PUERTO HARCHY 45 43 S 73 55 W 6.37

PUERTO HENRY 50 00 S 75 20 W 8.18

PUERTO HORACIO 49 21 S 74 26 W 8.68

PUERTO HUEMUL 54 54 S 70 07 W 9.19

PUERTO HUITE 42 07 S 73 27 W 7.25

PUERTO IDEAL 54 26 S 71 11 W 9.9

PUERTO ILO 17 38 S 71 22 W 3.59

PUERTO INGLES 33 36 S 78 51 W 1.21

PUERTO KAISER 48 43 S 74 50 W 8.11

PUERTO LAGUNAS 45 17 S 73 42 W 7.75

PUERTO LASTARRIA 51 58 S 72 37 W 8.46

PUERTO LLANCHID 42 03 S 72 36 W 7.33

PUERTO LOBEROS 52 51 S 74 35 W 9.2

PUERTO LOS VILOS 31 55 S 71 31 W 5.7

PUERTO LOW 43 49 S 74 00 W 6.21

PUERTO MADRYN 42 47 S 64 57 W 9.27

PUERTO MALABRIGO 7 42 S 79 27 W 3.18

PUERTO MARCH 55 20 S 69 58 W 9.44

PUERTO MARIA ISABEL 45 05 S 74 17 W 6.32

PUERTO MARITIMO DE GUAYAQUIL 2 17 S 79 54 W 2.28

PUERTO MEJILLONES 54 54 S 68 00 W 9.28

PUERTO MELINCA 43 54 S 73 45 W 6.26

PUERTO MOLLENDO 17 01 S 72 02 W 3.57

PUERTO MONTT 41 29 S 72 58 W 7.21

PUERTO MUNOZ GAMERO 52 20 S 73 33 W 8.39

PUERTO NATALES 51 45 S 72 32 W 8.47

PUERTO NIEMANN 54 20 S 71 55 W 9.10

PUERTO NUNEZ 0 43 S 90 13 W 1.12

PUERTO OVEREND 52 08 S 74 44 W 8.31

PUERTO PAPUDO 32 30 S 71 28 W 5.10

PUERTO PAYNE 49 42 S 75 16 W 8.15
Index—Gazetteer 215

 Pub.

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PUERTO PICHIDANGUI 32 09 S 71 33 W 5.9

PUERTO PIEDRA 55 02 S 67 02 W 9.34

PUERTO QUEILEN 42 54 S 73 30 W 7.55

PUERTO QUELLON 43 08 S 73 38 W 7.61

PUERTO QUEMCHI 42 09 S 73 29 W 7.26

PUERTO REFUGIO 45 52 S 74 48 W 6.36

PUERTO RHONE 44 02 S 74 08 W 6.25

PUERTO RIQUELME 51 50 S 72 39 W 8.46

PUERTO ROSARIO 50 01 S 75 09 W 8.18

PUERTO SAN ANTONIO 33 35 S 71 38 W 5.17

PUERTO SAN JUAN 15 20 S 75 10 W 3.51

PUERTO SAN NICOLAS 15 15 S 75 14 W 3.49

PUERTO SIMPSON 49 01 S 74 29 W 8.71

PUERTO SOFFIA 54 17 S 71 24 W 9.11

PUERTO TAMBO DE MORA 13 28 S 76 12 W 3.43

PUERTO TICTOC 43 36 S 72 57 W 7.68

PUERTO TRES MESES 48 12 S 74 16 W 8.84

PUERTO UTIL 54 51 S 70 53 W 9.14

PUERTO VALDES 48 05 S 73 51 W 8.84

PUERTO VELENZUELA 47 56 S 73 32 W 8.89

PUERTO VIRTUDES 51 31 S 74 54 W 8.28

PUERTO VOIGUE 42 19 S 73 13 W 7.29

PUERTO WILLIAMS 54 56 S 67 36 W 9.30

PUERTO YANA 37 22 S 73 39 W 5.36

PUERTO YATES 45 29 S 74 26 W 6.35

PUERTO ZORRITOS 3 40 S 80 40 W 3.3

PUNA 2 44 S 79 55 W 2.31

PUNTA ABTAO 41 49 S 73 21 W 7.4

PUNTA ACHURRA 26 18 S 70 41 W 4.39

PUNTA ACOSTA 47 51 S 73 36 W 8.88

PUNTA AGUANTAO 42 32 S 73 35 W 7.42

PUNTA AGUJA 5 49 S 81 04 W 3.12

PUNTA AHONI 42 45 S 73 33 W 7.54

PUNTA AHUI 41 50 S 73 52 W 6.7

PUNTA AJI 3 14 N 77 33 W 2.4

PUNTA ALBEMARLE 0 10 N 91 20 W 1.15

PUNTA ALCALDE 28 34 S 71 20 W 4.55

PUNTA ALFARO 0 25 S 90 57 W 1.15

PUNTA ALMANAO 41 56 S 74 04 W 6.12

PUNTA AMOLANOS 31 35 S 71 35 W 5.4

PUNTA ANCON 2 20 S 80 54 W 2.26

PUNTA ANDERSON 51 22 S 74 07 W 8.52

PUNTA ANGAMOS 23 01 S 70 31 W 4.21

PUNTA ANGAMOS 27 05 S 109 18 W 1.26

PUNTA ANIMAS 26 23 S 70 42 W 4.41

PUNTA ANUNCIADA 50 30 S 75 03 W 8.61

PUNTA ARASI 5 37 N 77 30 W 2.3

PUNTA ARENAS 21 38 S 70 09 W 4.16

PUNTA ARENAS 3 02 S 80 08 W 2.29

PUNTA ARENAS 37 22 S 73 40 W 5.35

PUNTA ARENAS 41 52 S 73 54 W 6.10

PUNTA ARENAS 53 10 S 70 54 W 9.27

PUNTA ARTESAS 32 47 S 71 33 W 5.13

PUNTA ARVEJAS 38 19 S 73 58 W 5.39

PUNTA ATAHUACA 10 54 S 77 42 W 3.29

PUNTA ATALA 22 17 S 70 15 W 4.18

PUNTA ATICO 16 14 S 73 43 W 3.53

PUNTA AUCHEMO 43 02 N 72 58 W 7.63

PUNTA AUCHEMO 43 02 S 72 52 W 7.1

PUNTA BAAL 47 52 S 73 56 W 8.87

PUNTA BAJA 42 14 S 72 45 W 7.38

PUNTA BAJA 49 38 S 74 19 W 8.65

PUNTA BAJAS 11 14 S 77 38 W 3.31

PUNTA BALLENA 0 10 S 80 20 W 2.15

PUNTA BALLENA 19 54 S 70 09 W 4.8

PUNTA BALLENITA 25 47 S 70 44 W 4.36

PUNTA BAQUEDANO 18 39 S 70 21 W 4.3

PUNTA BARCLAY 49 30 S 74 27 W 8.67

PUNTA BARNES 30 12 S 71 29 W 4.68

PUNTA BARRANCA 10 48 S 77 45 W 3.27

PUNTA BARRANCO 41 48 S 73 21 W 7.4

PUNTA BARRANCONES 29 25 S 71 21 W 4.62

PUNTA BASSA 0 49 S 89 32 W 1.9

PUNTA BAZAN 3 50 N 77 11 W 2.4

PUNTA BERESFORD 49 46 S 74 23 W 8.65

PUNTA BERNAL 11 55 S 77 09 W 3.38

PUNTA BLANCA 1 41 S 80 48 W 2.22

PUNTA BLANCA 21 15 S 70 05 W 4.15

PUNTA BLANCA 22 10 S 70 14 W 4.18

PUNTA BLANCA 41 43 S 72 55 W 7.17

PUNTA BORDES 51 47 S 72 34 W 8.47

PUNTA BORRACHOS 0 13 S 80 25 W 2.15

PUNTA BRAVA 1 58 S 80 46 W 2.22

PUNTA BRAVA 23 35 S 70 23 W 4.26

PUNTA BRAZO ANCHO 50 09 S 74 46 W 8.17

PUNTA BREMMER 48 39 S 74 28 W 8.77

PUNTA BURRO 31 25 S 71 37 W 5.4

PUNTA CABEZA DE LAGARTO 10 07 S 78 11 W 3.25

PUNTA CABEZA DE VACA 26 53 S 70 50 W 4.43

PUNTA CACHOS 27 40 S 71 02 W 4.50

PUNTA CAFFIN 48 31 S 74 27 W 8.78

PUNTA CALDERA 27 03 S 70 52 W 4.43

PUNTA CALQUEMAN 44 39 S 73 28 W 7.73

PUNTA CAMANA 16 53 S 72 48 W 3.54

PUNTA CAMARONES 19 13 S 70 18 W 4.4

PUNTA CAPITALA 5 08 S 81 11 W 3.10

PUNTA CARBONERO 39 52 S 73 23 W 5.44

PUNTA CARPA 48 01 S 74 18 W 8.84

PUNTA CARRETAS 14 12 S 76 17 W 3.47

PUNTA CASCAJAL 1 59 N 78 41 W 2.8

PUNTA CEDAR 48 59 S 74 27 W 8.73

PUNTA CENTINELA 43 01 S 73 20 W 7.56

PUNTA CHAIHUIN 39 55 S 73 36 W 5.47

PUNTA CHANA 42 46 S 72 51 W 7.49

PUNTA CHAO 8 46 S 78 44 W 3.21

PUNTA CHAPOYA 2 39 S 80 26 W 2.27

PUNTA CHARAMBIRA 4 18 N 77 30 W 2.4

PUNTA CHAYALIME 43 46 S 73 52 W 6.20

PUNTA CHEGUIAN 42 35 S 73 24 W 7.45

PUNTA CHIGUAO 43 09 S 73 29 W 7.59

PUNTA CHILCA 12 31 S 76 48 W 3.41

PUNTA CHILEN 41 54 S 73 28 W 7.23

PUNTA CHOCAYA 12 45 S 76 39 W 3.42

PUNTA CHOCOI 41 45 S 73 46 W 6.6

PUNTA CHOHEN 42 12 S 73 23 W 7.26

PUNTA CHORRILLOS 12 10 S 77 02 W 3.39

PUNTA CHULAO 42 18 S 72 51 W 7.38

PUNTA CLAUCHIL 41 58 S 72 49 W 7.32

PUNTA COBIJA 22 33 S 70 17 W 4.19

PUNTA COLES 17 42 S 71 23 W 3.58

PUNTA COLINA REDONDA 9 38 S 78 22 W 3.25

PUNTA COLORADO GRANDE 10 30 S 77 57 W 3.27

PUNTA COLU 42 14 S 73 22 W 7.26

PUNTA CONCON 32 56 S 71 34 W 5.13

PUNTA CONDOR 40 45 S 73 54 W 5.51

PUNTA CONGLOMERADA 48 42 S 75 38 W 8.9

PUNTA COOK 27 08 S 109 26 W 1.25

PUNTA COQUITOS 0 59 N 79 40 W 2.11

PUNTA CORONA 41 47 S 73 53 W 6.7

PUNTA CORONEL 41 48 S 73 29 W 6.6, 7.3

PUNTA CORRAL GRANDE 41 44 S 72 58 W 7.18

PUNTA CRISTOBAL 0 54 S 91 31 W 1.17

PUNTA CRUCES 6 39 N 77 32 W 2.2

PUNTA CUARZO 54 43 S 71 52 W 9.12

PUNTA CUELLO 42 59 S 73 33 W 7.57

PUNTA CURAUMILLA 33 06 S 71 45 W 5.15

PUNTA DALLAS 27 23 S 70 59 W 4.47

PUNTA DE CHANDUY 2 24 S 80 42 W 2.27

PUNTA DE LA QUIACA 18 05 S 70 46 W 3.61

PUNTA DEHUI 40 14 S 73 45 W 5.48

PUNTA DEL MORRO 2 44 S 80 15 W 2.27

PUNTA DESENGANO 51 51 S 72 32 W 8.46

PUNTA DINWOODIE 50 04 S 74 57 W 8.17

PUNTA DIRECCION 43 11 S 73 31 W 7.60

PUNTA DON 50 40 S 74 38 W 8.58

PUNTA DONA MARIA 14 40 S 75 55 W 3.48

PUNTA DOS REYES 24 32 S 70 35 W 4.31

PUNTA EMMA 51 28 S 73 19 W 8.49

PUNTA ENGANO 54 56 S 70 45 W 9.15

PUNTA ERADA 5 04 S 81 09 W 3.8

PUNTA ESPANOLA 2 48 S 79 56 W 2.31

PUNTA ESPINOSA 0 16 S 91 27 W 1.18

PUNTA ESTAQUILLAS 41 21 S 73 51 W 6.2

PUNTA ESTE 45 26 S 74 25 W 6.34

PUNTA ESTRADA 0 45 S 90 18 W 1.12

PUNTA ESTRADA 54 52 S 68 31 W 9.24

PUNTA ETEN 6 57 N 79 52 W 3.13

PUNTA ETEN 6 57 S 79 53 W 3.15

PUNTA FALSA 49 16 S 74 25 W 8.68

PUNTA FALSA 5 55 S 81 09 W 3.15

PUNTA FINGER 0 45 S 89 28 W 1.9

PUNTA FLAMENQUITO 26 36 S 70 42 W 4.42

PUNTA FOCA 5 14 S 81 12 W 3.10

PUNTA FOLCH 4 27 S 81 17 W 3.5
216 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PUNTA FOX 50 22 S 74 55 W 8.61

PUNTA FRAILE 13 02 S 76 31 W 3.42

PUNTA FRANCISCO 27 02 S 70 50 W 4.43

PUNTA FRONTON 39 53 S 73 23 W 5.44

PUNTA GALERA 0 50 N 80 03 W 2.14

PUNTA GALERA 39 59 S 73 43 W 5.48

PUNTA GARRAO 46 20 S 73 40 W 7.86

PUNTA GLUCKS 48 43 S 74 36 W 8.77

PUNTA GORDA 0 58 N 79 44 W 2.12

PUNTA GORDA 19 19 S 70 19 W 4.5

PUNTA GRANDE 22 28 S 70 16 W 4.19

PUNTA GRANDE 25 06 S 70 30 W 4.33

PUNTA GRUESA 20 21 S 70 11 W 4.11

PUNTA GRUESA 31 02 S 71 41 W 5.3

PUNTA GUALA 43 44 S 73 03 W 7.76

PUNTA GUALAGUALA 22 46 S 70 20 W 4.20

PUNTA GUANAQUERO 30 10 S 71 27 W 4.68

PUNTA GUANILLO DEL SUR 22 23 S 70 16 W 4.18

PUNTA GUASCAMA 3 37 N 78 25 W 2.7

PUNTA GUASILLA 22 34 S 70 17 W 4.20

PUNTA GUATRAL 41 43 S 73 03 W 7.17

PUNTA HALT 48 55 S 74 22 W 8.76

PUNTA HARCHY 45 43 S 73 53 W 7.84

PUNTA HORNOS 22 55 S 70 18 W 4.21

PUNTA HORNOS 29 38 S 71 20 W 4.65

PUNTA HUACAS 13 54 S 76 24 W 3.47

PUNTA HUACHO 11 07 S 77 37 W 3.29

PUNTA HUANCHACO 8 05 S 79 06 W 3.19

PUNTA HUECHUCUICUI 41 46 S 74 00 W 6.12

PUNTA HUECHUQUE 42 17 S 73 22 W 7.27

PUNTA HUEICOLLA 40 09 S 73 42 W 5.48

PUNTA HUEMUL 51 16 S 75 07 W 8.25

PUNTA HUESO BALLENA 33 40 S 78 46 W 1.21

PUNTA HUESOS 32 10 S 71 33 W 5.9

PUNTA ISLA 33 41 S 78 57 W 1.21

PUNTA ISLAY 17 01 S 72 07 W 3.55

PUNTA ISLOTE 28 50 S 71 27 W 4.57

PUNTA JAMBELI 3 12 S 80 01 W 2.29

PUNTA JARAMIJO 0 56 S 80 40 W 2.18

PUNTA JUAN LATORRE 39 49 S 73 25 W 5.43

PUNTA LAGARTOS 23 22 S 70 37 W 4.23

PUNTA LAGUNILLAS 30 06 S 74 24 W 4.67

PUNTA LAS ZORRAS 10 17 S 78 05 W 3.27

PUNTA LAURA 48 03 S 73 53 W 8.84

PUNTA LAUTARO 21 32 S 70 06 W 4.15

PUNTA LAVAPIE 37 09 S 73 35 W 5.35

PUNTA LAVAPIE 52 03 S 72 57 W 8.44

PUNTA LENGUA DE VACA 30 14 S 71 38 W 5.2

PUNTA LIDO 0 53 S 89 37 W 1.8

PUNTA LILICURA 41 54 S 73 29 W 7.3

PUNTA LINDERO 47 55 S 73 34 W 8.89

PUNTA LOBERIA 31 45 S 71 34 W 5.5

PUNTA LOBERIA 33 37 S 78 49 W 1.21

PUNTA LOBITOS 4 27 S 81 18 W 3.5

PUNTA LOBOS 21 01 S 70 10 W 4.14

PUNTA LOBOS 31 57 S 71 33 W 5.8

PUNTA LOBOS 4 27 S 81 18 W 3.5

PUNTA LOBOS 4 28 S 81 18 W 3.5

PUNTA LOMAS 15 33 S 74 51 W 3.51

PUNTA LOROS 33 12 S 71 42 W 5.15

PUNTA LOS VILOS 31 55 S 71 32 W 5.6

PUNTA LUCAS 51 40 S 74 55 W 8.27

PUNTA LYNCH 45 47 S 73 34 W 7.86

PUNTA MACARA 4 32 S 81 17 W 3.5

PUNTA MACHELAN 44 49 S 73 24 W 7.73

PUNTA MAGDALENA 3 56 N 77 21 W 2.4

PUNTA MAL PASO 0 56 S 80 45 W 2.19

PUNTA MALABRIGO 7 42 S 79 28 W 3.17

PUNTA MALACA 4 32 S 81 17 W 3.5

PUNTA MALPELO 3 30 S 80 30 W 2.1

PUNTA MANDINGA 2 45 S 79 54 W 2.31

PUNTA MANUEL 38 30 S 73 31 W 5.41

PUNTA MAPELO 30 30 S 80 20 W 3.1

PUNTA MAQUIS 36 05 S 72 48 W 5.25

PUNTA MARIPOSA 28 29 S 71 16 W 4.55

PUNTA MEDIO 27 10 S 71 00 W 4.46

PUNTA METRENCUE 41 44 S 73 06 W 7.7

PUNTA MILLONHUE 37 36 S 73 39 W 5.36

PUNTA MOAT 55 01 S 66 44 W 9.35

PUNTA MOGOTE NEGRO 28 45 S 71 23 W 4.56

PUNTA MOLLE 28 11 S 71 11 W 4.53

PUNTA MOLLES 32 14 S 71 32 W 5.10

PUNTA MOMPICHE 0 31 N 80 05 W 2.15

PUNTA MONDRAGON 2 39 S 79 54 W 2.32

PUNTA MONTALUO 0 23 N 90 28 W 1.5

PUNTA MORGUILLA 37 44 S 73 40 W 5.38

PUNTA MORRO 27 06 S 70 57 W 4.46

PUNTA MULATAS 11 46 S 77 12 W 3.35

PUNTA MURCIELAGO 0 57 S 80 44 W 2.19

PUNTA MUTRICO 41 51 S 73 46 W 6.7

PUNTA NABOA 0 26 S 90 17 W 1.13

PUNTA NICKOLL 49 01 S 74 28 W 8.70

PUNTA NORDESTE 55 02 S 66 52 W 9.34

PUNTA NORTE 43 31 S 74 45 W 6.16

PUNTA NUGURUE 35 59 S 72 48 W 5.24

PUNTA OBSTRUCCION 51 57 S 72 49 W 8.46

PUNTA OESTE 51 32 S 74 04 W 8.52

PUNTA OLDFIELD 49 08 S 74 26 W 8.69

PUNTA PACASMAYO 7 25 S 79 35 W 3.16

PUNTA PAITA 5 04 S 81 09 W 3.8

PUNTA PALOMA 18 33 S 70 20 W 4.3

PUNTA PAMPICUELA 41 50 S 72 48 W 7.13

PUNTA PANCHA 11 51 S 77 11 W 3.37

PUNTA PANITAO 41 34 S 73 03 W 7.20

PUNTA PARADA 15 22 S 75 12 W 3.50

PUNTA PARADISE 49 06 S 74 24 W 8.70

PUNTA PARINAS 4 40 S 81 19 W 3.7

PUNTA PARINAS 4 40 S 81 20 W 3.7

PUNTA PARINUS 4 40 S 81 22 W 2.1

PUNTA PATACHE 20 49 S 70 12 W 4.13

PUNTA PATCH 49 37 S 74 27 W 8.66

PUNTA PAYANA 3 19 S 80 16 W 2.27

PUNTA PAYASO 48 01 S 74 02 W 8.84

PUNTA PAYAUA 3 19 S 80 16 W 2.29

PUNTA PECHONAS 31 50 S 71 33 W 5.5

PUNTA PEDERUALES 0 04 N 80 07 W 2.15

PUNTA PEMBERTON 49 01 S 74 26 W 8.71

PUNTA PENA BLANCA 27 46 S 71 05 W 4.50

PUNTA PENA BLANCA 33 21 S 71 42 W 5.16

PUNTA PERHUE 41 52 S 73 00 W 7.2

PUNTA PERRO 33 55 S 71 52 W 5.19

PUNTA PESCADORES 16 24 S 73 17 W 3.54

PUNTA PEUQUE 41 47 S 73 23 W 7.5

PUNTA PICHALO 19 36 S 70 15 W 4.6

PUNTA PICHILEMU 34 23 S 72 01 W 5.20

PUNTA PIEDRA LOBOS 30 48 S 71 43 W 5.3

PUNTA PIEDRAS 20 09 S 70 09 W 4.8

PUNTA PIEDRAS 49 16 S 75 28 W 8.10

PUNTA PIEDRAS DEL MORRO 2 39 S 80 26 W 2.27

PUNTA PILLUCO 41 30 S 72 53 W 7.16

PUNTA PINTO 41 49 S 73 10 W 7.5

PUNTA PIOJO 19 42 S 70 10 W 4.7

PUNTA PIRULIL 42 43 S 74 13 W 6.14

PUNTA PITE 32 30 S 71 29 W 5.11

PUNTA PITI HORNO 42 03 S 72 33 W 7.34

PUNTA PITT 0 43 S 89 14 W 1.6

PUNTA PLATA 24 43 S 70 35 W 4.32

PUNTA POROTO 29 45 S 71 22 W 4.65

PUNTA PRINGLE 46 32 S 75 30 W 6.40

PUNTA PUCAIHUEN 43 10 S 73 04 W 7.63

PUNTA PUCAIHUEN 43 19 S 73 04 W 7.67

PUNTA PUCATRIHUE 40 25 S 73 48 W 5.49

PUNTA PUCHEPO 35 49 S 72 36 W 5.24

PUNTA PUGUENUN 41 48 S 73 40 W 6.8

PUNTA PUNTA 12 04 S 77 10 W 3.38

PUNTA QUELER 42 09 S 73 28 W 7.25

PUNTA QUETRELQUEN 41 48 S 73 36 W 6.8

PUNTA QUEUMAN 43 04 S 73 32 W 7.57

PUNTA QUILAN 45 24 S 74 07 W 6.34

PUNTA QUILLAGUA 41 35 S 73 48 W 6.2

PUNTA QUILQUE 41 50 S 73 21 W 7.4

PUNTA QUIQUEL 42 22 S 73 35 W 7.41

PUNTA RAGGED 53 46 S 73 34 W 9.4

PUNTA RAUL 47 49 S 73 43 W 8.88

PUNTA REDONDA 41 42 S 72 54 W 7.17

PUNTA REMOLINO 54 51 S 67 53 W 9.29

PUNTA RINCON 33 19 S 71 40 W 5.15

PUNTA ROBERTO 49 01 S 74 28 W 8.71

PUNTA ROCALLOSA 4 34 S 81 17 W 3.6

PUNTA RONCURA 34 58 S 72 11 W 5.21

PUNTA ROSALES 54 55 S 67 27 W 9.32

PUNTA RUDOLPHY 45 18 S 73 36 W 7.80

PUNTA SALIENTE 30 01 S 71 26 W 4.67

PUNTA SALIENTE 48 23 S 75 08 W 8.11
Index—Gazetteer 217

 Pub.

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PUNTA SALINAS 3 01 S 80 16 W 2.29

PUNTA SALITRAL 11 47 S 77 12 W 3.35

PUNTA SAMA 18 00 S 70 53 W 3.60

PUNTA SAMPER 2 22 S 80 00 W 2.28

PUNTA SAN CARLOS 33 37 S 78 50 W 1.21

PUNTA SAN MATEO 0 57 S 80 51 W 2.20

PUNTA SAN MIGUEL 50 18 S 74 52 W 8.62

PUNTA SAN PEDRO 25 30 S 70 38 W 4.35

PUNTA SAN PEDRO 40 56 S 73 53 W 5.51

PUNTA SANTA 9 00 S 78 40 W 3.22

PUNTA SANTA ANA 15 09 S 75 23 W 3.48

PUNTA SANTA ELENA 2 11 S 81 00 W 2.22

PUNTA SANTO DOMINGO 33 37 S 71 38 W 5.18

PUNTA SARMENIA 20 27 S 70 10 W 4.11

PUNTA SNOUT 50 27 S 75 00 W 8.61

PUNTA SOLANO 6 18 N 77 28 W 2.2

PUNTA SOTOMO 41 39 S 72 22 W 7.15

PUNTA SQUIRE 50 06 S 74 36 W 8.60

PUNTA STEFFEN 47 49 S 73 46 W 8.87

PUNTA SUA 0 52 N 79 56 W 2.14

PUNTA TALCA 33 25 S 71 43 W 5.16

PUNTA TALINAY 30 37 S 71 44 W 5.2

PUNTA TAMES 22 40 S 70 20 W 4.20

PUNTA TAPERING 50 29 S 74 47 W 8.59

PUNTA TELIUPTA 42 11 S 73 24 W 7.25

PUNTA TENAUN 42 20 S 73 22 W 7.27

PUNTA TENGO 42 37 S 72 52 W 7.49

PUNTA TETAS 23 31 S 70 38 W 4.25

PUNTA THOMAS 10 48 S 77 45 W 3.27

PUNTA TIQUE 41 48 S 73 25 W 7.3

PUNTA TOPOCALMA 34 08 S 72 01 W 5.19

PUNTA TORO 33 46 S 71 48 W 5.18

PUNTA TRENTELHUE 41 55 S 72 53 W 7.12,

7.32

PUNTA TRES CRUCES 41 50 S 73 29 W 6.8

PUNTA TRES PICOS 24 20 S 70 32 W 4.31

PUNTA TRINCHERA 2 45 S 80 13 W 2.28

PUNTA TUCAPEL 37 37 S 73 41 W 5.38

PUNTA TUMBES 36 37 S 73 07 W 5.25

PUNTA VANA 31 10 S 71 41 W 5.4

PUNTA VEGUETA 11 01 S 77 40 W 3.29

PUNTA VEINTIMILLA 0 55 S 90 51 W 1.16

PUNTA VENTANILLA 32 45 S 71 30 W 5.11

PUNTA VERDE 1 05 N 79 27 W 2.11

PUNTA VERDE 54 50 S 70 20 W 9.17

PUNTA VILCUN 42 50 S 72 51 W 7.64

PUNTA WEATHER 43 34 S 74 50 W 6.16

PUNTA WRECK 0 55 S 89 38 W 1.6

PUNTA YAL 42 40 S 73 40 W 7.44

PUNTA YAMA 27 08 S 109 17 W 1.26

PUNTA YATAC 43 20 S 73 40 W 7.62

PUNTA ZAPOTAL 0 27 N 80 05 W 2.15

PUNTA ZENTENO 26 49 S 70 48 W 4.42

Q

QUEBRADA LAS CASAS 33 45 S 80 43 W 1.22

QUEBRADA SANCHEZ 33 43 S 80 44 W 1.22

R

RADA BACHEM 48 08 S 74 50 W 8.79

RADA CALEN 42 20 S 73 28 W 7.27

RADA DE ARICA 18 29 S 70 20 W 3.60

RADA DE ATICO 16 13 S 73 43 W 3.53

RADA DE CUNCO 41 49 S 73 22 W 7.4

RADA DE LA COLONIA 33 45 S 80 43 W 1.22

RADA LLICO 34 46 S 72 07 W 5.20

RADA QUETALCO 42 21 S 73 33 W 7.27

RADA TABLAS 31 51 S 71 34 W 5.5

RADA VALLENAR 45 19 S 74 33 W 6.33

RADA VINAPU 27 10 S 109 25 W 1.26

RIO CANETE 13 09 S 76 25 W 3.43

RIO CHONE 0 37 S 80 25 W 2.16

RIO COIHUIN 41 30 S 72 50 W 7.16

RIO GUAYAS 2 40 S 79 55 W 2.32

RIO JAGUAY 13 23 S 76 13 W 3.43

RIO JUAN DIAZ 18 10 S 70 40 W 3.61

RIO LURIN 12 17 S 76 54 W 3.40

RIO MALA 12 41 S 76 40 W 3.42

RIO MOLLES 18 18 S 70 26 W 3.61

RIO PIURA 5 34 S 80 52 W 3.11

RIO RIMAC 12 02 S 77 08 W 3.38

RIO SAN TADEO 46 45 S 74 12 W 8.5

RIO TOLTEN 39 14 S 73 14 W 5.41

RIO YELCHO 42 58 S 72 45 W 7.65

RIO YELI 43 32 S 73 02 W 7.68

RIVADENEYRA SHOAL 4 15 N 85 10 W 1.2

ROCA BLANCA 0 33 S 90 52 W 1.15

ROCA BURRA 0 58 S 90 52 W 1.16

ROCA CATEDRAL PETERBOROUGH 26 16 S 80 08 W 1.19

ROCA DE SANTA RITA 2 28 S 79 52 W 2.33

ROCA DUNDEE 48 07 S 75 41 W 8.8

ROCA ENTRY 50 16 S 74 44 W 8.60

ROCA KICKER 0 46 S 89 31 W 1.9

ROCA LYNCH 52 44 S 73 47 W 8.34

ROCA NEGRA 23 47 S 70 29 W 4.29

ROCA NEGRA 29 36 S 71 19 W 4.64

ROCA NEGRA 44 09 S 73 22 W 7.73

ROCA PAJAROS 45 24 S 74 11 W 6.34

ROCA PETEADORA 0 46 S 89 31 W 1.9

ROCA PIDO 42 01 S 73 29 W 7.24

ROCA PILCOMAYO 30 50 S 71 43 W 5.3

ROCA REDONDA 0 14 N 91 37 W 1.15

ROCA TAYLOR 50 32 S 74 45 W 8.58

ROCA UNION 1 02 S 91 06 W 1.16

ROCA VAUDREUIL 49 13 S 74 22 W 8.69

ROCA VERDE 41 35 S 72 44 W 7.16

ROCAS BAHAMONDE 51 45 S 75 11 W 8.27

ROCAS BARRIENTOS 42 35 S 73 03 W 7.51

ROCAS CABRESTANTE 55 22 S 70 10 W 9.18

ROCAS DALRYMPLE 0 51 S 89 38 W 1.8

ROCAS GORDON 0 34 S 90 09 W 1.12

ROCAS HELLYER 46 02 S 75 10 W 6.39

ROCAS KENNEL 54 17 S 72 59 W 9.5

ROCAS NIMROD 48 24 S 75 42 W 8.8

ROCAS OCTAVIA 6 47 N 77 42 W 2.2

ROCAS PERON 54 56 S 68 35 W 9.23

ROCAS PUGUENUN 41 48 S 73 42 W 6.5

S

SALAVERRY 8 14 S 78 59 W 3.20

SALINAS 2 12 S 80 59 W 2.25

SEFTON REEF 36 43 S 83 15 W 1.19

SENO AGUILA 52 30 S 73 30 W 8.36

SENO BAKER 47 48 S 74 38 W 8.83

SENO CHASCO 54 28 S 71 50 W 9.9

SENO CHRISTMAS 55 16 S 70 00 W 9.45

SENO COURTENAY 54 35 S 71 17 W 9.13

SENO CRUZ DEL SUR 48 30 S 75 04 W 8.11

SENO DELGADO 50 09 S 74 51 W 8.17

SENO DESCONOCIDO 50 15 S 75 24 W 8.19

SENO ELEUTERIO 50 22 S 75 21 W 8.19

SENO FRANCISCO 50 35 S 75 16 W 8.23

SENO LADRONES 54 40 S 71 03 W 9.14

SENO LANGFORD 53 49 S 73 25 W 9.4

SENO MELVILLE 54 22 S 72 14 W 9.7

SENO MOLYNEUX 50 17 S 74 53 W 8.62

SENO NEWMAN 46 32 S 74 57 W 8.4

SENO PALO 50 30 S 75 16 W 8.21

SENO PROFUNDO 51 55 S 73 35 W 8.50

SENO RELONCAVI 41 40 S 72 50 W 7.2

SENO ROWLEY 48 04 S 74 28 W 8.80

SENO VENTISQUERO 44 28 S 72 38 W 7.77

SITIO NUEVO 2 19 S 79 50 W 2.33

SURGIDERO ARTURO 47 50 S 73 39 W 8.88

SURGIDERO RAUL 47 49 S 73 42 W 8.88

T

TALARA 4 34 S 81 17 W 3.6

TALCAHUANO 36 42 S 73 06 W 5.30

TALTAL 25 24 S 70 29 W 4.34

TENEDERO RIO PASCUA 48 15 S 73 26 W 8.86

TOCOPILLA 22 05 S 70 14 W 4.17

TOME 36 37 S 72 57 W 5.27

TUMACO 1 49 N 78 45 W 2.9
218 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

U

USHUAIA 54 49 S 68 18 W 9.27

V

VALDIVIA 39 48 S 73 15 W 5.45

VALPARAISO 33 02 S 71 37 W 5.14

VILLAMIL 0 57 S 90 58 W 1.16

VOLCAN CORCOVADO 43 12 S 72 48 W 7.66

VOLCAN HORNOPIREN 41 54 S 72 27 W 7.34

VOLCAN VILLARRICA 39 28 S 71 55 W 5.41

VOLCAN YATE 41 46 S 72 23 W 7.14

W

WATERING BAY 2 58 N 78 10 W 2.8

Y

YOSEMITE ROCK 32 04 S 83 14 W 1.19